HOMOPTERA

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

by W. D. FUNKHOUSER

WITH I4 PLATES

INTRODUCTION

HE family Membracide was first recognized and especialy named as a more or less

distinct group by Germar who in 1821 erected his division « Membracides » to accommo-

date certain forms which had been previously included in the « Cicadas » of Linnaeus

A and De Geer, Latreille used the same name in 1825. Burmeister followed with

« Membracina » in 1835 and Blanchard in 1840 listed his « Membraciens ». Amyot and Serville in

1843 designated a number of species of this family as « Cornidorsi » and the term « Centrotitze » was

applied to other species by Spinola in 185o. However, the use of « Membracina » by Walker in 1851,

« Membracinz » by Stal in 1858 and « Membracida » by Fieber in 1875 rather definitely established

the terminology. The modern ending of « ide » for the family name was first used by Butler in 1878.

Although the Memóracide include some of the most bizarre and grotesque of all insects, due

to their peculiar pronotal developments, they have seldom been found to be of any economic importance

and consequently have been studied almost entirely by systematists rather than by biologists or economic

entomologists. As a result, a very large number of species have been described and their geographical

distribution is fairly well known but practically no attempts have been made to work out the life histories

of the insects or even to record their hosts.

(The early work of Fabricius (1775-1803), Walker (1851-72), and Stal (1854-70) was of a very

general nature and consisted chiefly in the description of species from all parts of the world. Fairmaire

(1846) made a good start on general classification and Stal (1866) in his « Hemiptera Africana » made

a definite attempt to classify the Meméracidz of Africa, the first regional study ever made of this family.

Later, Melichar (1903-05), Jacobi (1910-12), Lallemand (1925-29) and more recently Pelaez (1935-36)

have made valuable contributions to the knowledge of the membracid fauna of Africa.

The outstanding study of the Membracidz of Asia was that of Distant (1907; 1916) in his « Fauna

of British India » and recent reports by Kato (1928-33) and Matsumura (1912-34) have added a

considerable number of new species from Formosa and Japan.

2 HOMOPTERA

The classical report by Fowler (1894-98) on the family in « Biologia Centrali Americana » covered

very completely the Central American forms and is extremely valuable because of the excellence of the

keys and illustrations. Recently Plummer (1935-36) has begun a serious study of the Membracidz |:

of Mexico.

Australia, Oceanica and East Indies have yielded a large number of interesting species which

have been described and tentatively classified by Goding (1898-1903) and Funkhouser (1927-35).

South America is very rich in Meméracide. Berg (1879-84) early reported on the Argentine

forms and many of the species of South America were recorded by Goding (1914-33) both during the

period in which he lived in Ecuador and during his later years when he published a large number of

papers on South American forms. In his later papers Dr. Goding constructed a long series of dicho-

tomous keys in which he attempted to classify the large number of genera and species represented in

the neotropical fauna. More recently da Fonseca (1932-36) has made valuable contributions to the

literature of the South American forms.

The pioneer work on North American Membracide was done by Goding (1895) and Van Duzee

(1908; 1917). Many species of Membracide had been previously described by Say (1825-59), Harris

(1833-80), Uhler (1871-93), Fitch (1851-70) and other early American entomologists but Goding and

Van Duzee placed the systematic work on a good foundation. 'Woodruff (1915-24) made some splendid

critical studies of certain genera and Ball (1903-33), an unusually fine systematist, has done much to

clarify the nomenclature particularly in the Tribe Telamonini.

Altogether the work on the Meméracide has been widely scattered and consists in the descrip-

tions of new species and the erection of new genera with a few real attempts at classification and

taxonomy. The author's « Catalogue of the Membracide of the World » (1927) recorded the syno-

nymy and bibliography of the family up to that year but of course this volume is now out of date due

to the large number of new species which have been described and the changes in synonymy which have

been made during the last decade.

In this monograph an endeavor has been made to assemble this widely scattered material, bring

it up to date and present it in as compact and usable a form as possible. It is hoped that this may

be of some value to students of this really remarkable and interesting family of insects.

Membracides Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 7 (1821).

Membracides Latreille, Fam. Nat. Régne Anim. 427 (1825).

Membracina Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 126 (1835).

Membraciens Blanchard, Hist. Ins. Hémip. 532 (1840).

Cornidorsi Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 532 (1843).

Membracides Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. France. IV : 235 (1846).

Centrotitae Spinola, Tavola Sinot. 27 (1850).

Membracina Walker, List Hom. Brit. Mus. 472 (1851).

Membracinse Stal, Stet. Ent. Zeit. XIX : 234 (1858).

Jassidse (ex farte) Stal, Hem. Afr. IV : 82 (1866).

Membracinae Sahlberg, Cicad. 97 (1871).

Membracida Fieber, Cicad, d'Eur. I : 39 (1875).

Membracidae Butler, Cist. Ent, II : 204 (1878).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 3

CHARACTERS

The family Menmbracide is characterized particularly by the great development of the pronotum

which usually conceals the scutellum, often extends over the entire body and sometimes completely

conceals the tegmina. This peculiar enlargement of the pronotum often takes curious and grotesque

forms. Other family characters are the three-jointed tarsi, antennze minute and bristle-like inserted

in front of and between the eyes, tegmina with distinct corium and clavus, veins of tegmina and of hind

wings homologous and a hook on the episternum.

PHYLOGENY

The phylogenetic position of the families of the Homoptera is still a matter of much contro-

versy among hemipterists. Osborn and Van Duzee have placed the Cicadellide in the highest position

in the order of taxonomic rank, while Hansen and Kirkaldy make the Fwlgoride the culmination of

the phylogenetic table. Osborn holds that the Cicadidz are the lowest of the homopterous families

and considers the Membracide also very primitive while Ashmead places the Memóracide next to the

Fulgoride near the top of thelist. Stal, whose taxonomic work was of a high order, considered each

of the modern families as subfamilies, while McGiliüivray and Baker ranked each as a superfamily

with the present subfamilies raised to family position. Interesting contributions to the subject have

been made by Reuter, Sahlberg, Goding, Froggat, Ashmead and Distant but no two of these authorities

agree on the same taxonomic arrangement.

Without entering into the discussion of the relative specialization and probable relationship of

the other families, it would seem that the Memébracide, as considered from the standpoint of the structure

and development of the more important of the physiological systems, must be assigned a very low place

in phylogenetic rank. In defence of this conclusion, the following arguments may be offered :

1. The entire sensory system is very poorly developed. We agree with Hansen that the phylogenist

should attach much importance to the structure of sensory organs and the character of the

antenng. In the Meméracide the antennz are so minute as to be in most cases hardly visible and

are but feebly provided with sensory apparatus. The responses of the insects to stimuli are

exceedingly slow or entirely wanting.

2. The wings are extremely generalized. In an earlier paper (Funkhouser 1913) the author pointed

out that the Membracide are in this respect even lower than the Cicadide, which Comstock and

Needham (1899) have pronounced the most conservative of the Hemiptera so far as wing venation

is concerned.

3. The genital organs are very simple. Little progress has been made in developing these structures

from the ancient type.

4. The pronotum, to be sure, is highly specialized, but it is hardly logical to weigh these modifications

of purely mechanical structures against the more important phylogenetic evidence offered by

the sensory, motor and reproductive systems.

DI HOMOPTERA

So far as the present evidence regarding the general relationship and phylogeny of the families

of the division Anchenorhynchi is concerned, we would conclude that the Fwlgoride are the most highly

specialized of the families and considerably removed from the others in origin; that the Cercofide,

Cicadellide and Membracide, in that order, have developed from a common stem; that the Aethalionide

have branched off from the membracid stem but now represent a distinct family, and that the Cicadidez

are the lowest of all, with an origin considerably removed from the others. This arrangement may be

diagramatically represented as follows :

Fu/gor/dae

uos c Cercoprdae

CE C'cade//idae

Mernbraciaae

ira Aefhalioyudae

Ccadidae

Fic. 1. — Phylogeny of the Membracidae

DISTRIBUTION

The Membracide are primarily a tropical and subtropical family. Of nearly three hundred

genera recognized in the family, less than fifty are found in the temperate zones and none in the arctic

or subarctic regions. There seems to be little doubt but that the center of distribution of the group

was somewhere in a tropical region and that migrations have been first eastward and westward in

equatorial areas and that later the forms migrated northward and southward on the respective land-

masses of the eastern and western hemispheres, their limits of distribution depending upon the adap-

tibility of the species to environmental and particularly to climatic and floristic conditions. Records

of distribution from all parts of the world bear out such a hypothesis to a large extent and the

geological theories of land bridges and life zones in comparatively recent times, as used to explain

the appearance particularly of birds and mammals, are sufficient to account for earlier tropical migra-

tions. Unfortunately there is no paleontological evidence to support this assumption since no fossil

membracids have been discovered, although the closely related families of Cercopide, Fulgoride and

Afhide are represented in paleontological literature. Buckton (1903) proposed the theory that previous

to the glacial period when « the monkey and the palm-tree occurred within the limits of the arctic

circle » the Memóracidz became distributed by a northern route. Since the condition which Buckton

postulates would place the period of migration sometime around the Eocene and since these land-

bridges would have been far to the north, his theory does not seem particularly attractive.

The great home of the membracids at present seems to be South and Central America, with

equatorial Africa, southern Asia, and the East Indies offering hardly less abundant forms. According

to the present generally accepted faunal areas of the earth, the Membracide are represented as follows :

Palearctic Region (Europe; the temperate parts of Asia limited by the Himalayas; the north of

Africa; Iceland and the islands of the Atlantic).

Very poorly represented, . Only three genera on the entire continent of Europe, but two species

in Great Britain, four species in Russia, a few representatives in Siberia and north China, and none

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 5

reported from Scandinavia or Iceland. A limited number of species in northern Africa, chiefly forms

which have migrated from the south.

Ethiopian Region (Central and South Africa and its islands; Arabia).

Rich in genera and species. Less collecting has been done in this area than in most of the

other tropical and semitropical regions but there is evidence of an abundant membracid fauna.

Oriental Region (India and the East Indies).

Extremely rich both in the number of forms represented and in the number of individuals.

The center of distribution for the subfamily Centrotine.

Australian Region (Australia, Tasmania and neighboring islands).

Well represented by rather distinct forms. Although only a comparatively few localities in

this region are represented by material in collections, these localities have yielded a large number

of species.

Nearctic Region (America north of Mexico ; Greenland).

About forty genera, some represented by only one species, becoming less abundant northward.

A few species common in Canada as far north as Perry Sound. None reported from Greenland.

Neotropical Region (Mexico; West Indies; Central and South America).

The most important of all the regions for the Membracide. Central America and the northern

part of South America have yielded more genera and almost as many species as all the rest of the world

together. Five of the six great subfamilies are found only in this region.

Oceanic Region (Extending from and including New Guinea on the west to the most easterly islands

of Polynesia on the east and from New Zealand on the south to Micronesia and Hawaii on

the north).

Only 33 species reported from the entire region, practically all of which are from New Guinea

and the Solomon Islands. The paucity of material from this area is probably due to lack of collecting

rather than absence of the insects since the surrounding regions are rich in Memóracide, | However, only

two species have been found in Hawaii and both of these are introduced forms.

HABITATS

(The Membracide are sun-loving insects. They are most commonly found on grasses, shrubs

and trees growing in the open, on bushes and young trees at the edges of timber or on vegetation

along roadsides. "They are seldom seen in shady woods and we have never found them in dense

jungles or in dark forests. In practically all cases they seem to prefer the younger plants; the

tree-inhabiting species are most likely to be found on saplings, or, if on older trees, on the youngest

twigs. Most forms stay close to the ground, and even those species that live on trees of considerable

size are usually on branches not over twenty feet from the ground. The grass-inhabiting forms seek

the youngest plants or the youngest leaves of the older plants. This is probably because of the fact

that the membracid beak is not strong and the young tissue is easier to penetrate. Dry, warm, sunny

spots on young vegetation is their preferred habitat.

However, one exception must be made to the above general statement. Mr. Felix Woytkowski,

6 HOMOPTERA

who has sent the writer a considerable amount of interesting material from Peru, collected one species,

Gelastogonía rufomaculata Fallon, from the roots of water plants and from moss which was actually

under water in the mountain stream Utcubamba in San Ildefonsa, Peru. 'The insects were taken on

July 24, 1936. Mr. Woytkowski states (in correspondence) : « These were positively submerged in

water and the stream has a powerful current ». This is the only example known to the writer of

aquatic or semiaquatic Memébracide and we believe the case to be entirely accidental since the species

concerned has no physiological structures which would fit it for such a habitat.

HABITS

Field notes from all parts of the world indicate that the habits of the Membracide are about the

same wherever they are found. Practically their entire life is spent on the stems and leaves of plants

where they feed, mate and oviposit and where the nymphs go through all of the instar stages.

Their life is on the whole very quiet. The adults have the interesting habit of ranging them-

selves in rows on the branches, often thirty orforty individuals placing themselves so close together that

their bodies almost touch one another and remaining in this position for hours at a time. In the large

majority of cases the adult rests with its head pointing toward the base of the branch, or pointing

downward if it is on the trunk. By actual counts, made in many parts of the world, nine-tenths of the

individuals counted were found in this position so that it seems to be a universal habit but the reason

for it is entirely conjectural. It may be that such an attitude increases the resemblance of the insect to

thorns, twigs or irregularities in the bark or leaf surface of the host plant, but this is not evident in ordi-

nary observation The nymphs are usually found tightly flattened in crevices of the bark or pressed

closely in the axil of a leaf or the crotch of a twig. In most cases the coloration of the nymph is such

that they are not easily seen when in such positions. "This protective resemblance in many cases is

strengthened by the presence of the dorsal spines of the immature insect, which carry out leaf and

bark outlines to an extent which is very conducive to effective concealment.

Membracids are generally most active during the warmest pàárts of the day. Feeding, mating,

oviposition and flight have all been observed oftenest during the hours from eleven o'clock in the mor-

ning until four in the afternoon, and more activity is shown on extremely warm days than on cool

ones. This may be due to the fact that the bird enemies or other diurnal foes of the insects are less

numerous during the heat of the day but such an explanation can be advanced only asa theory. In

the case of certain species attended by ants it has been suggested that the activity of the membracids

during the hours mentioned might be due to the activity of the ants at that time, but this may be the

converse of the true reason, since it may be that the ants are influenced by the membracids, and in

either case, there is no apparent reason why either insect should show increased activity at definite

periods unless it be because of tropisms of light or temperature.

When at rest the insect generally chooses the underside of the first or second-year growth of the

trees or the upright stem of herbaceous plants. The legs are spread rather widely apart, allowing the

abdomen to almost touch the host but keeping the hind legs in a suitable position for springing. This

position may be held for long periods of time, often for hours together, though actual records are not

available owing to the fact that the patience of the writer in timing the resting period of an individual

has never equaled the pleasure of the insect. Some species have the habit of moving spirally around

the twig, the movement being very slow but sufficient to accomplish a complete circuit of the twig in

an afternoon. [t has been thought that this is done in an attempt to keep inthe sunlight as the sun

moves across the sky, but this again is merely a conjecture.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 7

If approached, the insect usually moves around to the opposite side of the twig or stem and

makes no attempt to fly, except as a last resort in escaping. A slowly approaching object is not readily

noticed, and the insect may usually be touched with the finger before it moves if care is taken to make

the movement of the hand very slow and deliberate; a sharp, quick movement in the direction of the

insect, on the other hand, results in its immediate flight. | Few membracids respond quickly to stimuli

of light or heat; the light from a mirror or the condensed rays of the sun as projected through a lens

have little effect on the resting insect if no other stimuli are present. Rain causes the membracid to

move to the underside of the stem or leaf, but a strong wind merely causes it to cling more tightly to

its host without change of position.

In feeding, the insects display no peculiarities and the process isa leisurely one. The beak of

the membracid, while not particularly strong, is well fitted for piercing, being robust and heavy and

fitted with bristle-like mandibular and maxillary sete. Both nymphs and adults have little difficulty

in forcing the beak into the young stems and petioles of the leaves, the parts of the plant on which they

most commonly feed. It is doubtful whether in all cases the labrum or the labium actually enter the

tissue, since it seems possible for the insect to make a sufficient puncture with the setze alone. A few

species, notably Exntylia bactriama, Enchenopa binotata and. Atymna casianee in. North America, and

Gargara $rojecta in the Malay Peninsula, have been observed feeding on the blades of leaves, but

this is unusual. Feeding may be observed at almost any hour of the day, depending on the species,

but the most favored time appears to be the middle of the afternoon. Very little energy is displayed

in the feeding movements. The insects remain in one spot for a long time, seeming to find an

inexhaustible supply of sap at each insertion of the mouth parts, and they show little disposition to

seek new feeding places. So deeply and firmly is the beak sometimes buried in the tissue of the host,

and so absorbed do the insects appear to be while obtaining food, that often the mouthparts are broken

off in collecting and are left in the stem or leaf when the specimen is captured.

The process of feeding in some species is accompanied by the close attendance ofants. It is

presumed that the presence of the ants is to be explained by their well-known habits of seeking the

honeydew secreted by the membracids. A large number of observations, however, have suggested

that possibly there may be another reason for the presence of ants at this time. In many cases the

ants have been found grouped about the head of the membracid, as though sharing the sap drawn from

the stem. Whether or not the ant would be able to make use of such sap is not known, but the

phenomenon has been noticed so many times that it seems unreasonable to believe it accidental.

Be that as it may, the membracids seem in no way disturbed by the attention of the ants, and continue

the feeding process without noticing their presence.

A study of the locomotion of the Meméracidz does not justify the use of the term « tree hopper »

as popularly applied to the family, particularly in the United States. Of the three methods of locomotion

— flying, walking and jumping — the last is certainly the least used.

Most membracids fly well for short distances, with a sharp, whirring flight which in most cases is

too rapid and too erratic to be followed by the eye. The flights, however, are seldom sustained for any

great distance. "The longest flights ever actually measured by the writer were one of fifty yards from

one tree to another made by a female of Telamona unicolor in Tompkins County, New York, and one of

seventy-five yards across an open glade in the forest near Elisabethville, South Africa, made by a female

of Oxyrhachis subserrata. | In each case the insect pursued a rather irregular course, swinging for several

feet from one side to the other of a straight line in the flight, Specimens of Atymna castanez in. the

United States and of Tricentrus truucaticornis in Sumatra have been taken while flying around lights so it

is evident that these species, at least, have the power of remaining on the wing for some little time.

8 i HOMOPTERA

Since the membracids have large, powerful, well-developed wings, there seems to be no reason why they

should not be capable of long, sustained flight unless they are handicapped by the weight and size of the

over-developed pronotum. Buckton (1903) claims that the Membracide, in spite of their abnormal pro-

notal structures, have no difficulty in locomotion, and states on the authority of Mickeljohn that even the

species Bocydium globulare, which is one of the most bizarre of the tropical forms, « flitted from one shrub

to another without difficulty or apparent laboured flight». ^ The writer cannot agree at all with this

conclusion. Our observations on exotic forms indicate that they are seldom able to handle themselves

in creditable fashion even though the mechanism and development of their wings are excellent. It

seems very reasonable to conclude, therefore, that the shape, size and weight of the enormous pronotum

proves more of a handicap to the insects than has been supposed. Certainly the Memibvacide are far

inferior to the closely related families of Cicadide, Fulgoride, Cicadellide and Cercopide in the matter

of flight.

In the matter of jumping, the Membracidz seem to use this method of locomotion only when

leaving the twig for flight. The insect leaves its support with a quick snap, which is apparently accom-

plished by means of the powerful hind legs though the movement is entirely too rapid to be diagnosed

by observation. Thespring from the support on which the insect has rested seems to carry it for some

little distance before the wings are spread. There is, however, no true leaping or hopping from twig

to twig or from leaf to leaf in any species that has been studied in the field.

The commonest method of locomotion is merely walking about over the host. In this process

all three pairs of legs seem to be equally functional. The movement is generally slow and deliberate,

but when disturbed the insect is able to scramble rapidly around the twig in a rather awkward and

amusing fashion. Both nymphs and adults adopt this method as the ordinary means of progress.

The nymphs, of course, are unable to fly and in no case has a nymph been seen to attempt anything

resembling a leap.

At this point in the discussion of habits it may be well to mention the subject of care of the

young, or « maternal affection », which has been given rather general circulation in connection with

the Membracide. "The theory apparently originated in a report by Miss Murtfeldt (1887) which has

been given wide credence and has often been quoted (v. g. Kirkaldy 1906). Miss Murtfeldt describes

the finding of an egg cluster of Entylia sinuata, with a female on the leaf, and expresses surprise that

the insect did not fly away when touched but remained on the leaf while the latter was carried to the

house and later after the eggs had hatched. The significant statement is made, however, that

« although I would not assert that she made any demonstrations of affection, she certainly seemed to

enjoy having them (the nymphs) around her». This appears to be the total evidence for belief in

the maternal solicitude which is attributed to the Memébracide. The truth is that the species in question

is one of the most sluggish of all of the membracids, and the most persistent in clinging to the host

plant. The writer has often carried a thistle covered with Entylias for several miles along a country

road without dislodging the specimens. Moreover, when an attempt is made to take the insect from

the leaf, the insect not only does not spring off, but actually seems to cling more tightly to the hairy

surface of the leaf to escape being captured. The experience of Miss Murtfeldt is therefore not un-

usual, nor is the behavior of the membracid in the case at all unnatural, and it is unlikely that the theory

of maternal affection as based on her report can be proved. Efforts to substantiate such a theory by

observation of a large number of species in many parts of the world have yielded no evidence in its

favor. Many forms have the habit of clinging closely to their host plant if disturbed, and this is true

whether or not there are eggs or nymphs on the plant with them.

On the whole, the Membracide must be considered as rather sluggish insects, content to live a

quiet life and showing much less general activity than most of their near relatives.

FAM. MEMBRACID;/E 9

MIMICRY

'The grotesque appearance of many of the species of Memóbracide suggests at once that the

peculiar structures must have been developed as some sort of protective imitation or mimicry.

Certainly many of the forms bear a remarkable resemblance to thorns, leaves or other parts of a plant

or to other insects. As a result, most observers have apparently assumed that the unusual pronotal

developments of these insects are the result of Natural Selection and serve as methods of protection,

Poulton (1891: 1903) has attempted to explain the meaning of a series of forms by mimicry and pro-

tective resemblance; Mann (1912) has noted a protective adaptation in a Brazilian membracid, and

various authors have called attention to the resemblance of different species of Memébracidz to parts of

their hosts. No doubt the appearance of a considerable number of species may be explained by such

a theory, particularly in the matter of coloration. The colors of both nymphs and adults of many

forms tend toward very effective concealment. Browns, greens and grays in neutral tones predominate

in the color scheme of the family, and these tones blend with those of the leaves and bark of the host

plants to an extent which offers excellent protection.

In the matter of structure, however, a critical study of the pronotal processes from generalized

to specialized forms, breeds the suspicion that the subject cannot be lightly dismissed or explained by

a mere reference to mimicry, protective coloration, imitation or Natural Selection. A few well chosen

examples might seem to illustrate perfectly protective imitation. Such examples would include the

genus Umbonia with the peculiar thorn-like dorsal spines, the members of the genus S/egas?is which so

remarkably resemble dead leaves, and the species of Cyrtolobus which look like fragments of bark.

Another lot would seem also to carry out the same idea but would require a little more use of the imagi-

nation in the explanation, as, for example, the species of Bolbonota and Polyglyfta which, with a little

stretch of the imagination may suggest seeds, or the unusual forms of Sfomngophorus which might

suggest fungi, or the peculiar multibulbous specimens of /Teteronotus which are said to resemble certain

tropical ants. However, when one examines the even more grotesque forms, as represented in such

genera as Pyrgonola, Hypsauchenia, Pterygia, Anchon, and many others, even the wildest flights of fancy

fail to suggest a resemblance to any conceivable part of a plant or other object in the insect's

environment, lf one continues this attempt to explain the structures on the basis of protective

adaptations he soon reaches the limits of his imagination and is led into the realm of conjecture —

which does not provide safe ground for the scientist.

The truth of the matter is that the great majority of the species of Memóbracide, in spite of their

over-developed pronotums, do not suggest any special type of adaptation for concealment but on the

contrary their structures make them rather conspicuous on their hosts. More often than not, the

peculiar processes on the body do not in the least resemble any pait of their host plant or any known

object in their environment. Mereover, the species usually cited as wonderful examples of mimicry

or protective resemblance are comparatively rare; surely not a convincing argument for the Natural

Selection theory which is based on utility and on the supposition that those forms which have the best

imitative structures would increase in number over those lacking such structures.

We are therefore more inclined to the theory that the evolution of the pronotum from generaliz-

ed to specialized conditions is an example of orthogenesis and that in many cases the exaggerated

pronotal developments prove a handicap rather than an advantage to the insects.

IO l HOMOPTERA

ATTENDANCE BY ANTS

'The attendance by ants on various species of Membracidz has often been recorded. Interesting

notes have been published on this subject by Belt (1874), Rice (1893), Green (1900), Baer (1903),

Buckton (1903), Poulton (1903), Branch (1913) and Lamborn (1914), and attention has been called to

the fact by many other authors. The writer (1917a) listed a considerable number of myrmecophilous

species of northeastern United States with the species of ants associated with these forms.

The mutual relationship between these two kinds of insects offers a most interesting field for

study and opportunities for delightful and fascinating observations of the insects in their natural habi-

tats. In general this relationship seems to be about the same as that shown between ants and other

myrmecophilous Hemiptera, particularly the aphids and coccids, and the symbiosis is apparently one

of mutual benefit, but there are a number of unsolved problems regarding the factors involved which

need further study.

One of the first of these problems is suggested by the fact that some species are always attended

by ants while others are never attended although there are apparently no physiological differences to

cause the distinction. For example, in North America, the genus Ceresa, which is very well repre-

sented in species and in individuals, is, so far as is known, never found in association with ants, while

the genus Telamona, almost equally well represented, seems always to be attended. Another problem

arises from the fact that certain species attended in one locality have never been reported as being

attended in other localities, even in the same general region. — As an illustration, ants are usually

found with the nymphs, at least, of Stictocephala inermis in eastern United States but have never

been seen with the same species in Texas. Again, it sometimes happens that a species which is always

attended wherever it is found, has a close relative in the same genus and in the same locality which is

never attended. This is true of several species of Gargara in the Orient. The questions suggested by

these facts cannot be answered on the basis of abundance or distribution nor on the factor of the pro-

duction of the anal secretion which attracts the ants. For example, EmcAhenofa binotata, one of the

commonest species in the United States, with a wide distribution and an enormous number of indiv.

iduals, is, so far as is known, never attended by ants, although the nymphs of this species have the same

extended anal tube and secretes a fluid as do those of the myrmecophilous forms. Moreover, they are

so abundant that they should be easily discovered by the ants ifthere were any occasion for a mutual

relationship.

The species of ants attending Memóbracide seem to be common to all the Memóracide concerned in

a given region. Where two species of Membracidz are abundant on the same host at the same time, the

same kind of ants may be found attending both species, but the same individual ant has never been

observed to go from one species to the other in collecting the secretion. The number of species of ants

attending membracids in any one area seems to be rather limited. The species collected in eastern

United States by the writer and determined by W. M. Wheeler, include Formica obscuriventris Mayr.,

Formica exsistoides Forel, Camponotus pennsylvanicus De Geer, Crematogaster lineolata Say, Prenolepis imparis

Say and Formica fusca Fabr. Since only those species are recorded which were actually observed

taking the secretion from the membracid, it is likely that the above list of species is not at all complete

fortheregion. From other records in the literature it would appear that the Formica in North America

are oftenest noted as attending Membracide. Professor Wheeler, in determining ants taken with South

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE II

African membracids, states (in correspondence): « These ants (Plagtolefsis custodiens F. Smith) repre-

sent in South Africa our species of Formica and Lasiis and probably derive much of their food from

membracids and coccids. » "Other South African ants attending Membracide collected by the writer in

the vicinity of Victoria Falls were kindly determined by M. H. St. John Donisthorpe of the British

Museum as Polyrhachis (Myrma) schistacea and. Crematogaster (Scrocelia) castanea rufonigra Emery. The

commonest species of attendant ant taken by the writer in the Malay Peninsula was the small

longlegged form P/agiolefsis longibes. In Java the only ant taken by the writer was Myrmecaria brunnea

subcarinala Sm. Dr. M. A. Lieftinck of the Zoological Museum at Buitenzorg also reports this same

species as attendant on Hyfsauchenia recurva. Funkh., and states as a footnote in one of the writer's

reports (1935b) :

« At Tjibodas I have frequently wathced small colonies of this membracid on the end-

shoots of a small tree of Talauma candollei L., an indigenous Magnoliacea cultivated in the

garden. Both imagines and larvz were found on this tree at any time of the year, the larvze

being assiduously attended by ants (Myrmecaríia subcarinata Sm.) for the sake of a sweet secre-

tion emitted from the extremity of their body. A colony of Hybandoides sumatrensis Funkh..

also found at Tjibodas, but on a host plant unknown to me, was being attended by the same

species of ant. »

Ants attending various species of EbAul and Leptocenirus collected by the writer in India were

determined by Mr. Donisthorpe as Polyrhachis bihamata Den., and Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea). affinis

glabripes Fowl.

Of course all of these examples represent merely the commoner forms collected on varied occa-

sions and from scattered localities and doubtless include only a few of the species of ants which concern

themselves with the Memóbractde,

The behavior of both the ants and the membracids is much the same wherever they are studied.

The ants stroke their charges with their antennz, whereupon the membracids give off from the

anal tube a liquid that issues in bubbles in considerable quantity. "The anal tube of the membracid

is capable of great evagination, especially in the nymphs, in which it is long and cylindrical and usually

tipped with a fringe of fine hairs. The honeydew is eagerly taken from the end of this tube by the

ants. In many species the adults as well as the nymphs are sought, and the ants seem to be as attentive

to one as to the other but the adults have not been observed to excrete the liquid to the same extent

as the nymphs. That the ants are well paid for their attendance can hardly be doubted when their

industry around the congregations of Membracidez is noted. In many cases the hiding places of the

membracid are at once betrayed by the swarms of ants present. [It is not believed that the ants herd

or segregate their charges as in the case of certain of the AfAide, but shelters for membracid nymphs

are not uncommon.

'The advantage to the membracid is evident by the protection given by the ants, which do not

hesitate to bite viciously the fingers of the collector who seeks to remove nymphs or adults from the

host. The ants have been observed also to attack spiders and attempt to drive away Reduviide in the

neighborhood of membracid colonies.

It as been suggested in a preceding section that in some cases the ants may take advantage of the

punctures made by the membracids to procure sap. The best evidence of this is the fact that ants often

remain gathered about the spot where the membracid has fed after the latter has moved away, and

apparently they find something there to attract them. This may be explained, of course, by the theory

that anal fluid from the membracid has been left on the plant, but it does not account for the fact that

the ants are often at the anterior rather than the posterior end of the insect.

The feeding habits of the Membracide seem in no way affected by the presence ofants, which

12 HOMOPTERA

often swarm over them in large numbers while feeding is in progress. Both nymphs and adults are

apparently oblivious of the presence of their hymenopterous companions, and continue their usual

activities with equal serenity whether ants are present or absent.

The liquid sought by the ants has been much discussed in connection with the A4?AZide and the

Coccide, and seems in no way different in the Memóracide. Itis colorless and transparent, rather heavy,

and somewhat sticky. When first exuded it is inclined to be frothy, due no doubt to bubbles of air

which emerge with it, but it quickly clears on settling. It is practically tasteless even in comparatively

large quantities, and many attempts to distinguish a sweet taste have proved unsuccessful. The term

« honeydew », therefore, commonly applied to the fluid, is hardly a descriptive one. It is very likely,

of course, that the liquid may contain sugars not detected by the human tongue, and this would seem

to be indicated by the fact that fermentation appears to begin if the substance is left exposed. No chem-

ical analysis of honeydew has been made by the writer.

EXTERNAL ANATOMY

The external anatomy of Memébracidz differs in rather interesting and curious, but more or less

superficial respects, from the other families of the Homoptera. This of course is due chiefly to the

unusual development of the pronotum and the adaptation of the other structures to conform to the

conditions thus produced. More fundamental are the types of wings and the arrangement of certain

sclerites which in some cases furnish good characters for classification. A brief summary of the more

important external structures is presented as follows :

Exoskeleton. — The exoskeleton of the Membracide is strongly but not uniformly chitinized.

The head and thorax, particularly the latter, are hard to the point of brittleness; but in the abdomen

and in those parts of the meso- and metathorax that are covered by the pronotum, the impregnation

of chitin is much less heavy.

'The exposed parts of the cuticle — in the Membracide much of the actual body surface is not

exposed but is covered by the pronotal developments — are modified by remarkable and often grotesque

punctuations, ridges and areolations, the function of which is conjectural. The commonest decoration

consists of irregular arrangements of punctures, varying in size and distribution but fairly constant

in appearance. In fact, this punctuation, whether deep or light, fine or coarse, dense or scant,

has been used by practically all systematic workers on the group, and there can be no question

as to the taxonomic value of such structures at least as specific characters. "These punctures are merely

depressions, or pits, extending into or even through the cuticle but in no case perforating the entire

body wall. They apparently have no connection with tracheal or glandular development and must be

regarded as being merely superficial sculpturing. Occasionally the pits give rise to hairs. This is,

however, of no significance so far as the association between the two structures is concerned, since in

the very pubescent species the hairs arise as abundantly from between the punctures as from their cen-

ters. Moreover, many strongly punctate forms are entirely without hairs, while many hairy forms are

entirely without punctures. "The association of the two, therefore, is believed to be accidental.

Pubescence of various types is common throughout the family. It varies from thick, tangled

mats to sparsely occurring thin hairs. Such growth occurs oftenest on the sides of the meso- and

metathorax and on the lateral areas of the pronotum.

The colors of the exoskeleton are in the main somber and dull. As might be expected from

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 13

the phytophagous habits of the insects, the usual colors run to greens, yellows and browns. "The body

colors are generally brown and black. A few tropical species show rather gaudy markings of red,

yellow and orange, and these colors occasionally appear in the nymphs. The colors in general, even

the brighter ones, are permanent, with the exception of the various shades of green, which fade in

cabinet specimens. Most colors, except the greens, change but little when the specimens are preserved

in alcohol.

The Head. — In its essential parts, the head of the membracid differs little from those of other

Homoptera. It varies within the family in size and shape of the sclerites, but shows little variation in

their location or relative position.

The position of the head varies decidedly and this has been used as a systematic character in

certain subfamilies (v. g. Buckton 1903). The variation ranges from an angle slightly greater than a

right angle with the body, in certain Smiliine, to an almost prone position in many of the Centrotine.

In no species does the head project straight forward on a line with the body, and in practically all

species, no matter what the position of the head, the beak projects directly backward and lies between

the coxz when at rest.

The compound eyes are large and prominent and are located at the extreme lateral margins of

the head. In most cases the thorax is hollowed out to receive the eyes, and partly covers the upper

and outer surfaces.

T wo ocelli are present. These are located on the cephalic margin of the head, and their posi-

tion with relation to each other and to the eyes is apparently constant within a species. This offers in

some subfamilies, particularly Darnize,a good specific character. The ocelli are always between the

eyes and usually on a line with each other; but they may be near together close to the epicranial suture

or far apart near the inner margins of the eyes.

'The antenna are located below and slightly in front of the eyes. "These organs are very poorly

developed, and studies in the biology of the insects seem to indicate that their function is extremely

limited. "Three basal segments are present, each more or less cylindrical, with the first segment the

shortest. The filament is fine and hairlike and very minutely segmented. From seventy-five to

eighty-two segments may be counted in the filaments of the species of the Smiliine, and a slightly

smaller number in the other subfamilies. "These segments are longer at the base, closely compressed

in the center and longest at the extreme tip of the filament. At the swollen base of the filament are a

series of pits, from eight to twelve in number, situated on the inner curvature and giving rise to two or

more bristle-like setze. ^ These structures are best seen in certain species of the tribe Telamonini of the

subf. Smiliine. "The antennz are usually better developed in the nymphs than in the adults.

The occiput consists of two sclerites more or less distinctly separated from each other, occupying

the extreme hind part of the dorsal surface of the head and forming caudad the upper boundary of the

occipital foramen. This region is covered by the overlapping flange of the anterior prothorax, which .

forms with it an articulating surface and is not visible unless the head is separated from the body. The

lower ends of the occiput behind are fused with the postgena below them and the suture is very indis-

tinct in the adult head. In the nymph, however, the line of demarkation can usually be determined.

Apparently these two regions — occiput and postgenaz — are intimately connected in the membracid

head and are probably closely related as to origin. The ordinary lower boundary of the sclerites appears

to be the upper line of the eye, but in a few cases the suture has migrated to a point considerably below

this line.

The vertex likewise consists of two sclerites, separated by the epicranial suture, and makes up the

largest area of the cephalic part of the head. The sclerites are equal in size and are complements of

each other in shape and position. The vertex occupies all that part of the head between the compound

I4 HOMOPTERA

eyes, and between the occiput above and the clypeus and gene below. In each sclerite is located an

ocellus. As has been noted, the relative position of the ocelli in the vertex is variable, the migrations

of these organs being both sidewise and up and down. They are always, however, in aline with each

other horizontally and equidistant from the epicranial suture. In shape each sclerite of the vertex is

roughly pentagonal, the basal, or dorsal part often being sinuate to follow the anterior margin of the

prothorax into which it fits snugly. On the whole the vertex shows considerable variation in form, and

the lower cephalic edge is often infolded to form a sharp angle over the base of the antenna.

The clypeus is one of the most variable, most prominent, most interesting and most important of

the sclerites of the head. The position of this sclerite with reference to the vertex is, however, constant

and no difficulty is experienced in locating it. "The position of the clypeus as an unpaired sclerite

between the arms of the epicranial suture suggests at once the possibility of confusing it with the frons.

This indeed would be the natural conclusion, did not the location of the sclerite with reference to the

arms of the tentorium of the endoskeleton preclude such a possibility. The anterior arms of the tento-

rium have been shown (Comstock and Kochi 1902) to arise as invaginations at the cephalolateral angle

of the clypeus or between the clypeus and thefrons. In the case of the Membracide these arms undoubt-

edly reach the cephalic margin of the sclerite in question, although they have migrated slightly to the

laterad. It would be impossible, therefore, to reconcile the conclusion that this sclerite represents the

frons, with any previous work done on the subject, and it seems evident that it must be considered as

the clypeus. In fact such a conclusion accords perfectly with the work done by Bentley (1900) on the

cicada, in which he shows that the large projecting sclerite commonly known as the frons in that insect

is in reality the clypeus.

In shape the clypeus is generally subquadrangular as seen from before, but projects backward at

its extremity to form a deep, rounded keel. "This keel articulates with the gena on either side, and

lifts the distal end of the clypeus up from the anterior outline of the head to an extent which often leaves

a sharp angle between the most cephalic part of the clypeus and the base of the labrum. The variation

in the shape of the clypeus and in the facial outline which it makes with the genz offers a systematic

character of some importance. In generalthe character is generic and apparently constant. 'Theshape

may vary from a broad, flat, almost perfect rectangle to a swollen rounded spindle or diamond, or, in

some cases, nearly a circle. It may continue with the genz an unbroken lower outline of the face, or

may project far below the gena to form a long extension. This variation has been used as a specific

character in certain American genera, particularly Ceresa and Stictocephala. Occasionally the outer mar-

gins of the clypeus are covered by the overlapping projections of the vertex; again, the vertex may be

prolonged to a point below the clypeus. "When such characters are present they have invariably been

found good for systematic work. In fact the relation in position between the clypeus and the lateral

margins of the vertex (the « cheeks » of the older writers) has been often noted as an excellent character

in taxonomic tables. The clypeus is much inclined to pubescence and the tip is usually decorated with

stiff hairs or bristles which partly cover the base of the labium.

The frons is not represented as a distinct sclerite in the Membracidez. In certain forms, however,

a vestigial segment which apparently represents this sclerite may occasionally be found between the

vertex and the clypeus. This has never been found as a constant, clean-cut, and well-marked sclerite,

but numerous suggestions of its presence are offered, chiefly in nymphal material. Curiously enough

the evidence is not limited to a single subfamily but is scattered through widely separated genera.

It is assumed that in the more primitive forms of insects the frons is present and bears the middle or

anterior ocellus and since in the Memiracidz only two ocelli are present it would appear that in this

family the frons has disappeared, and with it the median ocellus which it contains. If the triocellar

condition is the more primitive, the Memiracide is this respect are rather highly specialized.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 15

The labrum is a single, heavily chitinized, subcylindrical piece attached to the distal end of the

clypeus and projecting usually ventro-caudad from that sclerite. Because of the inclined or prone

position of the head, this piece is not visible except occasionally at its basal part from a strictly cephalic

view of the insect. Little variation is noticed in the labrum, but in the subfamily Platycotine it tends

to be shorter and stouter than in other membracids. Although in the Meméracide the labrum should

perhaps be considered as one of the head segments and not as an appendage, it is more or less movable

and probably serves to support and guide the rostrum.

At the extremity of the labrum arises a small triangular piece, the epipharynx. This sclerite

is always distinct in both nymph and adult. In the former it appears as a soft, light-colored fleshy

extension of the labrum; in the latter as a stiff, hard, sharp segment distinctly set off at its base. In

position it follows the general course of the labrum.

The gene form the lateral outline of the head and give the facial contour which is sometimes

used in systematic diagnosis. Each gena is irregular in shape, being bounded dorsad by the vertex

and mesad by the clypeus. [Its lower extremity is contiguous with the base of thelabrum. In general

outline it is usually a long, rather flat plate, beginning at the lower margin of the eye and continuing

to the rostrum. In the Smiliinz the ends are more or less pointed and the middle is swollen; in the

Membracine the entire sclerite is inclined to be nearly quadrangular. The gene are not set in the same

plane as the frontal surface, but extend slightly caudad, so that the width ot the sclerites determines in

part the depth of the head.

Just behind the genz and forming the basal surface of the epicranium are the postgena. — These

sclerites extend from the occiput to the labrum and are most irregular in shape. The upper extremity

of each sclerite is projected laterad in a broad disk which almost entirely covers the hinder part of the

eye. The inner edge bounds the occipital foramen and the lower end fuses with the lateral margin

of the labrum. The extreme ventral projection follows the line of the labrum on the inner margin and

the gena on the outer cephalic, and ends in an attenuated point.

'The occipital foramen, as will be noted from the foregoing, is an almost circular opening, its

edges lined with a thin connective-tissue membrane which is continuous with a like membrane from the

inner body wall of the prothorax, This conjunctival membrane is of greater extent in the nymph than

in the adult.

The rostrum, or beak, consists of a two-jointed labium containing the bristle-like maxillze and

mandibles. Itis stout and heavy, and is better developed in the nymph than in the adult. In the

former it is rather fleshy and swollen; in the latter it is harder and more slender. The length of the

rostrum has been used as a systematic character ; but this character not only is of very doubtful value,

but is hard to determine owing to the fact that the rostrum is carried flat against the ventral surface of

the body. It may be hardly longer than the labrum or it may extend caudad beyond the hind coxa.

This variation is, to be sure, great, but is not constant, Neither within the genus nor within the

species has this character been found useful in systematic work.

The labium in the Membracide does not differ essentially from that organ in other Homoptera.

It consists of two segments, the basal segment being two or three times as long as the distal. The

labium is grooved and bears within the groove the mandibular and the maxillary setz. The entire

organ is movable, and when the insect is feeding it projects downward at right angles to the body.

When not in use it is folded back between the coxa on the median ventral line of the body. In every

form studied, the labium has been found to be straight, and no cases have been discovered in which

the distal segment was bent forward as has been shown to be the case in certain other Hemiptera.

'The maxilla are modified to form long, bristle-like setze. ^ They originate from the inner surface

of the vertex above the ocelli, at a point about midway between the ocelli and the margin of the occiput

16 HOMOPTERA

and slightly nearer than the ocelli to the epicranial suture. The base of each maxilla is swollen to

form a cylindrical club, which represents in length about one-third of that part of the maxilla inclosed

in the head proper. The entire seta is uniformly cylindrical and smooth. It often extends for some

length beyond the tip of the labium when extruded. The tip shows some variation, but in most forms

it is gradually acuminate to a very sharp extremity. In one species of the genus T/Aelia the tips of the

maxillz show a bifurcate condition, and in the genus Gargara they appear to be curled but it is doubtful

if this has any anatomical significance.

The mandibles originate likewise from the vertex, but from a point latero-ventrad of the ocelli.

The base is broadly swollen and bicipital at its junction with the skeleton of the head. Like the

maxilla, the mandible is extended in the form of a long, bristle-like seta ; but, unlike the maxilla, this seta

is not cylindrical but is flat and lance-like. The extremity is produced into a blade, which is smooth on

the outer and sinuate on the inner edge. In length the mandibles and maxillze are about equal.

It will be noted that the attachment of the mandibular and maxillary sete to the vertex does not

agree with the conclusions reached in regard to other insects, in which these organs originate from the

postgeng. Ina large number of dissections of the membracids, however, this structure seems to remain

constant. Whether this condition represents a more or less specialized arrangement, or whether it is

a result of a migration of organs, can be determined only by further investigations. "The position of

the base of the mandibles as here described has been found to vary only in a few of the species of one

subfamily — the Memóbracine — In this group it apparently arises from the upper part of the clypeus.

This may represent a still further migration or a migration in a different direction from the generalized

condition.

The head structures described in the preceding paragraphs are diagrammatically shown in the

following figure :

^77 ab/um

Sw aérum

«. £pipharunr

"Labium

Fic. 2. — The membracid head

The Thorax. — Superficially the thorax presents the most striking and interesting part of the

exoskeleton. This is of course due to the remarkable development of the pronotum, which is character-

istic of the family, The promise of peculiar scleritic structure thus suggested is not fulfilled, however.

when the anatomy is studied. Aside from the unusual and oftentimes grotesque enlargement of the

prothoracic tergum, the general arrangement of the skeletal parts is comparatively simple and rather

easily determined. "The prothorax is very weakly attached to the mesothorax and separates from this

segment easily. The mesothorax and the metathorax are firmly joined and the sclerites occasionally

overlap in such a fashion as to strongly unite these last two segments. On the whole the tergum of

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 17

each thoracic segment is broad, smooth, and, with the exception of the pronotum, simple. The

pleuron is narrow, irregular, and more or less complicated, the sclerites are inclined to be twisted from

a normal position. The sternum is broad, much sculptured, and indistinctly sutured.

The Prothorax. — No evidence of cervical sclerites has been found. The only suggestion

of such structures is a slight thickening of the connecting membrane in the gular region, which in certain

species is of sufficient size to warrant attention. On the whole the membranous connection between

head and prothorax is remarkably thin and easily ruptured, and shows nothing that could be con-

sidered as intersegmentalia or could represent the « microthorax » of Verhoeff (1902).

The notum of the prothorax shows so much variation throughout the family that no general

discussion of it can be attempted. The peculiarities of this region represent by far the most striking

and easily recognized characters of the Membracide. This part of the prothorax is usually expanded

into a more or less irregular plate, which covers the entire meso- and metanotum, often the entire

thorax, and in some cases the abdomen as well, and bears on its surface a wide variety of processes

extending to form most grotesque and bizarre structures. A discussion of such variations would be

merely an endless catalogue, and is of course not to be attempted. Apparently the pronotal structures

have no anatomical significance and are merely hollow extensions of the chitinized wall, raised high

above the basal membrane which represents the normal body outline. Moreover, extended experiments

clearly indicate that these structures are not involved in any way with any of the physiological processes

ofthe insect. In fact, in many instances, the insects seem to fare better without them than with them.

But whether or not they have any functional value, these pronotal developments are a boon to the

writer of descriptions since they lend themselves so well to diagnosis and are apparently quite constant,

both as generic and specific characters, and some apply, at least as secondary characters, to each sub-

family. It may be noted in this respect that the pronotum tends to develop in four principal directions

— posteriorly, anteriorly, dorsally and from the humeral angles. These four great types of development

may be found in various stages of enlargement throughout the family, and on them are based many

attempts of subdivision into subfamilies, tribes and genera. Modifications and combinations of these

types are of course common, and in some groups it is difficult to decide which type is dominant.

By far the commonest of these types is the development posteriorly, to cover the meso- and

metanotum and often the entire body of the insect. This posterior extension is found in so large a

proportion of the forms that it appears to be a sort of foundation structure on which the other types

of development are built, and is apparently one of the most generalized of the prothoracic processes.

It may vary from a perfectly simple short prong to a long ornate projection often branched, extrava-

gantly decorated with barbs, spines, bulbs, and ridges. So constant and so important is this posterior

process that it has been made the character on which the subf. Centroting is separated. — All forms that

have the posterior process wanting or so poorly developed that the scutellum is distinct — and it

would seem that the development of the scutellum increases as that of the posterior process decreases

— have been placed in this subfamily, which as a result has received a. rather heterogeneous collection

of genera. In generic and specific diagnoses the pronotal structures have been more generally used

than any other characters shown in the family. This is true for the posterior process, the size and

shape of the humeral angles, the character of the suprahumeral horns, the structure of the dorsal

humps and spines and the extent of the median carina. This is to be expected, from the fact that

these structures are very prominent and quickly noted. Moreover, they are on the whole reliable and

of much value.

It would be impracticable to attempt to indicate the great number of ways in which these struc-

tures may vary. It would seem, however, from the examination of all of the genera in the family and

18 HOMOPTERA

of an enormous number of species, that the posterior structures are inclined to be more constant than

the anterior; the posterior process, for this reason, is found to be available as a generic character, while

the more variable dorsal and suprahumeral structures are suitable for the separation of species.

'The sclerites of the prothorax are not complicated. "The pleuron is joined directly to the notum

without intervening sclerites. Two distinct lateral sclerites are found, the episternum and the

epimeron. The notum projects downward between these sclerites in a triangular extension, the

cephalic margin of which is hollowed out to form a fossa for the eye. Both episternum and epimeron

are roughly triangular in shape as seen from a side view, the apex of the triangle pointing upward and

the base forming part of the coxal cavity. Neither sclerite is subdivided but the episternum in some

forms shows a slight indentation at the cephalo-ventral margin which suggests a coalescence. The

pleural suture is not prominent, and is very short since the prolongation of the notum in this region

forms a separating ridge which extends almost to the lateral margin of the segment. In certain

foliaceous forms, as represented for example in many species of the Menmbracine, this part of the lateral

notum is inclined to be more or less swollen or flattened and truncate at its distal extremity. This is

a dependable character, but is unnecessary for systematic diagnosis since other more easily dis-

tinguished characters are always present with it. In the rather remarkable genus OxyrAachis the lateral

margin of the pronotum is produced in an extended tooth, a character peculiar to the genus and

important as a distinctive taxonomic structure. just below the cephalic end of the episternum is

found a triangular trochantin. This piece likewise is a single sclerite without evidence of subdivision.

The sternum of the prothorax consists of a single transverse bar extending between the coxal cavities.

Dorsally this sclerite is smooth and articulates with the posterior margin of the head. Ventrally

the sternum is irregular in shape but in the simpler forms is trilobed, the central lobe projecting

downward farther than the lobe on either side.

The Mesothorax. — The mesothorax is intimately connected with the metathorax and its

dorsal surface is usually completely hidden by the posterior process of the prothorax. The sclerites of

the pleura, however, may be distinguished in the mature insect and their extent and position readily

verified in prepared material. "The notum of the mesothorax shows two distinct types, according to

whether the scutellum is or is not developed into a posterior prolongation. In by far the greater

number of species of Membracide the scutellum is simple, rounded, and not at all extended posteriorly ;

in a smaller number it is prolonged into a strong prong or thorn, which shows a wide range of shapes

and positions. As has been noted, this difference serves as a distinction between the subf. Centrotine and

the other subfamilies. While this is a valuable and reliable character, it is unfortunate that it must

be chosen as a primary distinctive structure of so large a group as a subfamily, since its determination

often necessitates the destruction of the specimen.

The mesonotum usually shows three rather distinct areas, but these areas are apparently not

separate sclerites since from the earliest nymphal stages they are evidently fused. In the adult,

however, the regions are set off from one another by infoldings, or grooves, which may warrant the

application of the usual names to these parts. The scutum is uniformly smooth, poorly developed and

weakly chitinized. Being covered by the pronotum it is not in reality an external sclerite at all and

is not functional as far as protection is concerned. The scutellum when present forms the second

region of the mesonotum, and, as been often noted, develops to form a thick, heavy process; when

undeveloped, the scutellar region is indicated by a mere transverse fold. Both scutum and scutellum

are often entirely membranous. — Posterior to the scutellum is a third area, separated from the scutellum

by a narrow band of connective tissue, "This is probably homologous with the « pseudonotum » as

described by Snodgrass (1909). Snodgrass has found that in certain Hemiptera the mesopseudonotum

FAM. MEMBRACIDJE 19

is absent ; but this judgment is based on the study of Heteroptera only, and the Memiracide are

apparently representative of a different type of notal structure. In the more distinct forms this

pseudonotum or postnotum is connected to the scutellum by one or more chitinized bridges, breaking

the connecting membrane up into a series of lacune. In two subfamilies, the Membracine and. the

Darnine, an indication of a postphragma is found. This appears as on extra fold of the mesonotum,

posterior to the pseudonotum, membranous and irregular but of considerable size and fairly constant.

Only one wing process is found, this being the posterior. The anterior process is barely indicated in

a few forms by a thickening or doubling of the lateral margin of the scutum at its extreme ventro-

caudal angle.

The pleuron of the mesothorax is more or less turned under the lateral margin of the notum,

forming part of the ventral body wall. The episternum is a single irregular sclerite, closely fused with

the lateral notum in the mature insect but separated by the anteriorly extended wing cavity in the

nymph. The distal (ventral) extremity is produced into the sternal region. The caudo-ventral margin

forms the upper edge of the mesocoxal cavity. In certain forms of the subf. Memébracine the

episternum seems to be divided by a transverse suture across its lower third. In this subfamily, also,

the entire episternum is elevated so that it forms part of the articulatory surface ofthe wing. |n the

other subfamilies the episternum is crowded downward, and the produced notum serves as both the

dorsal and the ventral margin of the wing cavity at its anterior end and only braces the wing at the

posterior extremity of thiscavity. just cephalad of the episternum is a well-developed spiracle situated

in the intersegmental membrane.

The epimeron consists of two distinct sclerites. 'T'he larger is roughly subquadrangular and joins

the notum cephalo-dorsad and the episternum cephalo-ventrad. The second is a small triangular

piece attached to the dorso-caudal margin of the first and no doubt originating as part of that sclerite.

In the nymphal exoskeleton the suture between these two sclerites is indicated but not pronounced.

The dorsal margins of the two epimeral sclerites form the larger part of the lower margin of the wing

cavity, while the ventral margin of the anterior sclerite forms part of the dorsal-caudal boundary of the

coxalcavity. In general it would appear that both the pleural sclerites of the Memóbracidz tend toward

subdivision. This would agree with the « anepimeron and katepimeron » and the « anepisternum and

katepisternum » of Crampton (1909), but the homologies are not clear if that author's terminology limits

the division to « upper » and «lower» regions. No paraptera of any description have been found.

A much-wrinkled connecting membrane at the anterior base of the wing may represent an episternal

parapterum or preparapterum, but there seems to be no indication of epimeral paraptera or postpa-

raptera. The basal wing membranes are not thickened and certainly not chitinized. Directly ventrad of

the episternum is a small but well-defined trochantin. This sclerite is roughly triangular in shape, with

the base against the episternum and the apex extending cephalo-ventrad to form part of the ventral

margin of the coxal cavity.

'The sternum of the mesothorax indicates by its sculpture a development from three distinct

sclerites, but even in the nymphal forms these sclerites are not clearly distinguished. For the sake

of convenience in description, the areas may be given the usual terms of presternum, sternum and

sternellum, although it is not at all certain that the regions so designated are strictly homologous with

the same sclerites in other insects. "The entire sternum is roughly shield-shaped and in the mature

insect shows an anterior fold, a central plate, and a rather distinct posterior piece consisting of a thin

arm partly encircling the coxal cavity on each side of a lobed central extension. The presternum is

very indistinctly set off from the sternum, and indeed in very few cases can the faint lateral lines that

are believed to represent sutures be determined. The sclerite can be distinguished, however, by the

ventral lobe which is produced downward just behind the presternum. The central sternum is a flat,

20 HOMOPTERA

irregular plate fused with the presternum anteriorly and extending almost to the coxal cavities poste-

riorly. Its lateral margins unite with the ventral edges of the episterna. The sternellum is always more

or less distinct. Its lateral arms form the anterior edge of the coxal cavities and its central disk

separates these cavities. The central disk often bears a median protuberance or tooth, which extends

directly ventrad. The coxal cavities are not completely closed by the sternal plates of the mesothorax.

Because of the fact that the notum of this segment projects farther cephalad than the anterior line of

the sternum, and because the pleural sclerites are turned under the overhanging edge of the lateral

margin of the notum, a strictly ventral view of the mesothorax shows much more than the sternum.

No other segment of the thorax is so well developed ventrally as the mesothorax, and no other shows

any indication of subdivision in the sternum.

The Metathorax. — The metathorax is a narrow segment closely fused with the mesothorax

but weakly joined to the abdomen. In general structure it conforms to the preceding segment but none

of the areas are so well developed. "The notum, as in the mesothorax, is an arched saddle-shaped sclerite

forming the entire dorsal surface of the segment. No subdivisions have been found and the entire

piece is relatively smooth. The metanotum is more strongly chitinized than the mesonotum, probably

due to the fact that this segment is less protected by the pronotum in most forms. The lateral extrem-

ities of the sclerite are slightly bent outward and bear two wing processes, an anterior notal wing

process and a posterior notal wing process. Of these the anterior is the better developed, "The pleuron

consists of an episternum and an epimeron, homologous to those of the mesothorax but differing in

position with reference to the body axis. In the metathorax the sclerites appear to be twisted out

of position, so that instead of being side by side, as in the normal condition, they are in an oblique

line, with the episternum clearly below the epimeron and the pleural suture extending more or less

ventro-caudad rather than perpendicularly. The pleural sclerites are distinctly set off from the meta-

notum by the wing cavity, the only connection being the interscleritic membrane. The metathorax

agrees with the mesothorax in showing no traces of paraptera. It would appear that one of the

distinctive structural characters of the family is the absence of these supporting sclerites. The epi-

sternum is subquadrangular and inclined to be prolonged at its ventral angle. In certain forms of the

sf. Membracine a. small sclerite, apparently derived from the episternum, is found just cephalad of this

sclerite, but this has been noted in only a few species even of that subfamily. 4A divided episternum,

however, would not be an unnatural condition, as evidenced by the structure of the mesothorax. The

epimeron is distinctly divided into two sclerites, the larger being cephalo-ventrad of the smaller. Aside

from a slight shifting in position throughout the subfamilies, the epimeron is a constant and uniform

structure. It may be mentioned that the pleura of both the meso- and metathorax are much inclined

to pubescence in the Memóbracidez. |n certain genera of the Centrotiuz this region is usually covered

also with a hairy white excrescence, which in the adult insect completely hides all anatomical structures.

These white tomentose patches are remarkably persistent and do not rub off easily. They have been

used, in fact, and apparently with success, as systematic characters, and are very distinctive in certain

species. The nature and function of the deposit is unknown, but its presence in many forms entirely

precludes the use of scleritic structure for taxonomic purposes. This same woolly covering, described

by various authors in various terms but often designated as « cretaceously sericeous », is also commonly

found on the exposed scutellum. In fresh specimens it is generally snow-white in color and is a most

attractive decoration. In the genus Oxyrhachis both the meso- and the metapleura are extended to

form short, blunt teeth. Such developments are, however, rare in the family.

A striking development of the pleura which is characteristic of the Membracida is found in

the mesothoracic episternum. This is the episternal hook. "This hook arises from near the upper

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 21

anterior margin of the sclerite and projects forward, engaging the posterior margin of the pronotum.

It is found in the great majority of the genera of the family, but not in all. Its function would appear

to be the interlocking of the pro- and mesothorax by an external mechanical means. |t has been noted

that internally these segments are but weakly joined, the intersegmental membrane being fragile and

easily torn. The shape and position of the hook vary but little, and in all cases the process is close

to the wing base. It has not been found to vary within a genus.

The trochantin of the metathorax is much larger than this sclerite in either of the other two

thoracic segments. It shows the same general shape as in the other segments — an elongated wedge

or triangle — but is longer, wider, and thicker. It forms part of the lateral margin of the coxal cavity

and joins the cephalic bar of the sternum at its lateral extremity. No evidence has been found of either a

transverse or a longitudinal division of this sclerite, and nothing that would suggest the « trochantinus

major » and the « trochantinus minor » which Crampton (1909) has found in other orders of insects.

In a very few instances small thickenings have been found in the coxal region which suggest vesti-

gialsclerites. So rare, however, have been such conditions that they cannot be said to be of importance

in the family. In by far the larger number of forms the sclerites have been only of the number pre-

viously mentioned and no accessory trochantinal or accessory coxal sclerites are present. Neither does

there appear to be any structure of a similar nature concealed by or hidden within the coxa, as has

been shown to be the case in some other hexapods. The metathoracic spiracle is located just cephalad

: of the upper angle of the episternum, in about the same relative position as that of the preceding segment.

It will be seen that only two spiracles are found on each lateral surface of the thorax. Careful examination

of the prothorax has been made fora like structure, with negative results. A prominent spiracle is

located just caudad of the metathoracic pleuron and superficially appears to be a part of that segment;

but, as will be noted later, this properly belongs to the first abdominal segment.

The sternum of the metathorax is much smaller than that of the mesothorax, and, though its

configuration suggests that it may be composed of two or more sclerites, absolutely no evidence has

been found to bear out such an inference. Neither the nymphal nor the adult forms show sutures

indicative of such development, and it seems necessary to discuss this part of the segment as a single

-Mesonofum Mefanofum

£prmeron f

mum ^ £pimeranz

—Fossq -£pimeron ^L E pioTernum f

2 fel Sfernum 2

5^ e prmeron L--rochanfin

z£ornsfernum

L -—7rechanfi

-—Zeurafl sufure

"Zeorsfernum

—777Fochantin

Fic. 3. — Thoracic structures

sclerite. In shape the metasternum is roughly a transverse « H », the openings at the end of the

figure representing the coxal cavities. The sclerite thus encloses the mesal curve and one-half of the

cephalic and caudal margins of these cavities, The cephalic bar is slightly swollen ventrad, the middle

connection is flat, and the caudal bar, again, is somewhat swollen. As in the case of the preceding

segment, a. strictly ventral aspect of the metathorax shows more than the sternum. The lateral edge

of the body is formed, not by a flat, perpendicular pleural wall, but by the junction of the upper pleuron

with the lateral ventral margin of the metanotum. The ventral view, therefore, shows the pleura as

far dorsad as the wings.

22 HOMOPTERA

The thoracic structures described in the preceding paragraphs are shown in the accompanying

diagram.

The Wings. — The structure of the wings, their position, and the sclerites concerned in their

attachments have been discussed in a previous report by the writer (1917a) and the homologies of the

wing veins have also been made the subject of a special paper (1913) so that these matters need not be

discussed in further detail except to call attention to a few particular points which have to do with

phylogeny and taxonomy.

It should be remembered that in the Homoptera the wings are folded against the body with the

costal margin downward. This makes an apparent, but not a real, reverse of the normal position

in insects. Theoretically the wing of an insect may be considered as in a plane projecting horizontally

from the pleural wall of the body, with the costal region extending directly cephalad. Supported in

such a position, the anterior part of the articulating surface of the wing is attached to the anterior

wing process of the notum and the upper wing process of the episternum, while the posterior surface

is attached to the posterior process of the notum and the postparapterum of the epimeron. Actually,

however, in most orders of insects the plane of the wing is more likely to be tilted upward, the costal

margin pointing slightly dorso-cephalad and articulating chiefly with the anterior notal process, while

the anal region extends ventro-caudad and finds its chief connection at the pleural wing process

between the episternum and the epimeron.

In the Meméracide, on the other hand, the costal margin of the wing appears on superficial exami-

nation to be attached to the upper extremity of the episternum — in fact it actually lies in a groove in

this sclerite when at rest — while the anal area is clearly folded against the lower margin of the notum.

This position, which is not peculiar to the wings of the Membracide but is found in most families of the

Homoptera, causes a twisting and. shifting of the parts of the wing base which requires special attention.

If the theoretical position as above described is considered the normal, the position of the membracid

wing may be conceived by imagining that the normal wing is first folded directly downward and then

bent backward until its long axis is parallel with the longitudinal axis of the body. — This shifting of

position has resulted in a migration of basal structures which renders difficult the homologizing of parts.

In spite of the twisting, however, it is possible to reconcile to a large extent the shifted attachments as

shown in this family with the commoner interpretation of the wing base in other insects. It has been

noted, in the discussion of the pleural and tergal sclerites, that in the Membracide no anterior wing pro-

cess could be determined on the notum, while the posterior process was prominent. This is probably

explained by the fact that the anterior angle of the wing base has migrated away from its normal posi-

tion, making the anterior process unnecessary ; while the posterior angle has moved upward, increasing

the musculature of the posterior region. The principal point of attachment of the fore wing is a long,

curved, partly chitinized cord, fused along the costal and middle part of the wing base (the cephalo-

ventral margin when in normal position) and extending between the notum and the episternum into the

body cavity, where itis connected with the wing muscles. This cord supports and probably directs the

movement of that part of the wing which accommodates the bases of the costal, subcostal, radial, median

and cubital veins. It is rather sharply set off, however. from the tissue of the wing proper by a deep

constriction. When the wing is separated from the body it usually breaks along this line. The extreme

cephalic costal angle is supported by the dorsal margin of the mesothoracic episternum. — When at rest

and folded against the body, the basal fifth or sixth of the costal margin is supported by the meta-

thoracic episternum, which is hollowed out to receive it, "This deep groove is indeed very charac-

teristic of the family.

The chitinized portions of the wing base seem to show three weakly developed axillary sclerites

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 23

but their homologies may be questioned. The cephalic costal angle is swollen into a protuberance, or

tooth, which is probably homologous with the tegula of other insects. It is usually pubescent, some-

times hairy, but is notchitinized. The basal region of the fore wing is much given to the development

of barbs, or hooks, which in some cases interlock with one another or with the notum and in other cases

are isolated and seem to have no supporting or bracing function. "These hooks have never been used

as taxonomic characters, but there seems to be no reason why they should not be so used since they are

apparently constant within a species and differ in appearance within a genus.

The structures mentioned above are diagrammatically indicated in the accompanying text figure :

2*757d 34 ana/ Vel?x*

/* anal vernm

ESQ

, bol vem.

Vise, Afedian vernm

y; ue oaa ver

Jo/rac/e à Cos/a/ and

-SubcosTo/ vein

//eron

Zeguc

Z'tyilary cleri. dignas

7Á 7" orilary Jcferife —

x "axillary Jclerife- -

Fic. 4. — Basal structures of membracid fore wing

The basal and costal areas of the wing are inclined to be coriaceous, punctured, pubescent or

opaque, and these features are commonly used as diagnostic characters. In one subfamily, the Tvagopine,

the fore wings are so dense and coriaceous that the veins are scarcely distinguishable and this character

is generally given as distinctive of the subfamily.

The hind wing is similar to the fore wing in position and attachment. It rests partly on the

dorso:caudal extremity of the metathoracic episternum, and is attached by strong muscles which extend

into the body cavity just below the metanotum. The anallobe is folded under the remainder of the anal

area when the insect is at rest. At the base of the analregion isa strong hook, which is generally

constant in appearance but the function of which is not evident. The caudal margin of the metanotum

shows in some species an overlapping flap which engages the wing when folded. No axillary sclerites

have been found in the hind wing. From this fact it might be well to question the correctness of the

interpretation of the structures described in the fore wing as axillaries. There is little doubt that

the hind wing in the Membracide is more generalized than the fore wing, and one would naturally expect

to find in the more generalized wing the better evidence of primitive structures. The fact that such

structures cannot be found would indicate either that the axillaries are not primitive in the family or

that the thickenings in the fore wing are nottrueaxillaries. The latter theory is perfectly tenable since

their validity as chitinized sclerites may well be doubted. It is true that the full complement of

axillaries has been recorded for other Hemiptera by Snodgrass (1909), but here again the forms studied

24 HOMOPTERA

belonged to the Heteroptera. 4A study ofthe alary and pedal apparatus would seem to indicate that the

relationship between the Heteroptera and the Homoptera may not be so close in respect to locomotion

as in other respects, and the presence of the sclerites in the former suborder need not necessarily

presuppose their existence in the latter.

Aside from the basal region, the wings of the Membracidz are usually membranous. It has been

noted that in the small subf. Tragopine this is not the case, but this subfamily is very limited in

representatives. In general the wing consists of a distinct corium and clavus, the claval suture occurring

along the first anal vein. Both pairs of wings are well developed and expanded. Both are charac-

terized by having a strongly scalloped margin outlined by the ends of the veins, and in most forms a

distinct terminal membrane beyond this margin. The extent of this marginal membrane or limbus

is considered a good taxonomic character. The wings may be entirely, partly, or not at all concealed

by the pronotum, a variation which has also proved of value to systematists and on which are based

many keys and tables to genera and tribes.

Other general characters of the wings that are used in taxonomic work are the length as compared

with each other, with the abdomen, and with the posterior process, the shape of the extremities, the

colors and markings and the venation. Of these, the last-named character is by far the most valuable.

This is especially true of the hind wings, which are by far the more constant and apparently the more

generalized. Unfortunately the hind wings are always covered by the fore wings and are usually much

shorter than the fore wings, so that their examination necessitates the relaxing of the specimen.

Moreover, in many cases both wings are entirely hidden under the pronotum. A more or less super-

ficial character of the wing veins, but one which is believed to be of value at least for specific distinction,

is the presence of punctures along their courses. In some species each vein is bordered by a double

row of such punctures and often by corresponding rows of bristles.

The Legs. — The legs in the Menmbracide show some interesting features structurally and are

ofimportance taxonomically. All three pairs of legs are normal in such general points as the number,

position, relative size of the segments, and the attachment to the torso. "The individual segments,

however, are much inclined to variation throughout the family. "The legs increase in length from before

backward in practically all of the genera, but in a few the first and second pairs are about equal in

length. "The hind legs are always the longest. ]tis possible that the relative leg lengths might be of

value in systematic diagnosis, but the character would be a very hard one to determine in ordinary

mounted material because of the fact that the legs are so often tightly folded against the lower part of

the body. In life the front legs usually point forward and the second and third pairs backward. The

front legs, in fact, are attached so closely to the head as to completely hide the mouthparts and the

gular regions when the insect is at rest in its natural position. All of the legs, particularly the posterior

pair, are very well developed, as would be expected from the jumping habits of the insects. "The basal

parts are heavy and swollen and cover most ofthe ventral surface of the thorax. The legs are much

inclined to pubescence and often bear spines.

The coxa are heavy and stout. The posterior pair are usually the largest and closest together,

and show the greatest tendency toward peculiar development. Each coxa consists of a flattened plate

which fills up the coxal cavity, and a distal projection to which the trochanter is articulated. This distal

projection is often bent at an angle to the other two-thirds of the segment and projects ventrad.

Between the body of the coxa and its distal end is found in some cases a constriction or neck. The

articulatory surface is generally swollen and apparently distorted. In a large number of species the

lateral end of the middle and hind coxa is distinctly cut off, leaving a triangular piece laterad of the

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 23

body of the segment but in the coxal cavity. "This separate piece is believed to be a subdivision of

the coxa and originally a part of that sclerite.

The trochanter is normally an elbow-shaped segment attached to the ventro-mesal extremity of

the coxa. The proximal half projects directly ventrad, while the distal half turns ventro-mesad. The

segment is freely movable in the Memóracide, and the articulation with the coxa is comparatively weak.

The coxa-trochanter joint, however, is often strengthened by overlapping hooks or projections.

No special modifications are found in the trochanters of the first or the second pairs of legs, but in

those of the hind legs most interesting developments may be found. The commonest variation is that

of general shape. In most species the segment is practically cylindrical, bent in the middle but nearly

. equal in diameter at each end. This shape graduates to a roughly spatulate outline in which the proxi-

mal end is much narrowed and nearly cylindrical while the distal end is broadly flattened and paddle-

like. In certain species of the subf. Membracine the segment is shortened and nearly straight, the

internal angle being hardly recognizable and the articulatory surfaces almost in a line with each other,

giving the entire segment a spindle-shaped outline. By far the most interesting modification of the

trochanter, however, and one that is extremely valuable for systematic purposes, is the development of

teeth on the internal surface of the distal half. "When teeth are present the distal end is expanded into

a flat plate, or disk and the disk is often hollowed out in the center. The commoner type, however,

is the arrangement of the teeth over the entire surface of the disk with those on the margin slightly

larger than the others. The disk is often elevated to a considerable distance above the body of the

trochanter, and its surface between the spines is usually pebbled or thrown up into slight nodules.

From a strictly lateral view the edge of the trochanter appears merely dentate, and the opposite edges

of the same disk are not uniform in number or position of the teeth. In some species the teeth are

very small and cone-shaped and in almost all cases they are jet-black in color. An interesting feature

in connection with the presence of the teeth is the shifting of the attachment of the femur. Ordinarily

the femur is attached to the lateral end of the trochanter and extends more or less laterally from the

body. When the teeth are present, the plate, or disk, that bears them is developed from the region

at which the femur ordinarily articulates. This forces the base of the femur around to the mesal

rather than the lateral angle, and the femur is thus forced to point farther inward or else develop a

curve in its proximal end. The faces of the toothed disks of the two trochanters oppose each other

when the legs are in the normal position, and if the legs are brought close together the teeth meet and

interlock. No explanation has ever been offered as to the function of these teeth, and their utility

is questionable. Another character that is apparently closely related to the toothed condition is found

in the hairs, or bristles, which often occur on the internal face of the trochanter in many species.

The fact that these bristles are borne on the same area which gives rise to the teeth in the armed forms,

and that the genera in which the bristles are found are closely related to those that bear teeth, would

suggest that the two forms of modification may be the response to similar orthogenetic tendencies.

'T he femora show the least variation of any of the leg segments in the Membracidz. In shape the

femur is usually club-like and often much curved, The proximal end is swollen, and the segment grad-

ually narrows toward the distal end. The distal end is in some cases suddenly expanded to form a

knob, or head, and before this is a slight constriction, or neck. The entire segment is subcylindrical,

seldom flattened, and never angular. It is the largest and strongest segment of the leg and doubtless

furnishes the chief power in jumping. The distal end is hollowed out to receive the end of the tibia,

and usually projects slightly on either side into a plate to direct and strengthen the knee-joint. The

femur is much inclined to pubescence, but in this respect it follows the general tendency of the leg as

a whole and does not differ from the other segments. 1t seldom possessesa color pattern, even in

gaudily decorated species.

26 HOMOPTERA

The tibia has attracted more attention in the Membracide than any other segment of theleg. This

is because in certain forms of the family this segment is broadly foliaceous and very striking in appear-

ance. On the basis of this peculiarity the genus Membracis, the type genus of the family, was early

separated (Fabricius 1775), and the character has since stood as the distinguishing mark of the subf.

Membracine, which has been built up around this genus. The character in itself, however, is not suffi-

cient to distinguish the subfamily, since a number of genera of the subf. Centrotine show the same flatten-

ed, leaf-like tibiae. It is only valid when considered in connection with the covered scutellum. The

foliaceous tibia as represented in the Membracine, however, shows a decided variation in the three pairs

of legs; in the first and second pairs the tibiz, are broadly foliaceous, often three times as wide as the

femur, and generally smooth and without spines or bristles, while in the posterior pair of legs the tibize

are proportionally much narrower and less leaf-like, and are usually armed with strong teeth or spines.

In the Ceatrotine, on the other hand, the foliaceous forms show all three pairs of tibize equally expanded,

the hind pair often as broad as either of the two preceding pairs, and the hind tibia shows a strong

central rod or mid-rib which is quite characteristic of the subfamily. "The tibiz show color patterns

and various markings when the legs are at all decorated and the segments are usually pubescent or hairy.

The tarsus is trimerous and comparatively uniform throughout the family. Ofthe three segments

the middle one is usually the shortest; the first and last vary with the leg, the first being the longest

in the hind leg and the last being the longest in the first two pairs of legs. Each segment is somewhat

club-shaped, narrower at its proximal and swollen at its distal end. At the distal ends the segments are

not evenly truncate but are much extended on the underside and bilobed above. Each tarsus bears

a strong claw, distinctly articulated with the last segment. Each claw is heavy at its base and becomes

gradually acuminate to a fine, sharp point. No pulvillus is present, but most forms show a broad,

irregular membrane below each half of the claw. ^ The claw is attached to the last tarsal segment by a

strong tendon, which is slightly chitinized at its junction with the lower base of the claw and is conspic-

uous as a heavy cord. The comparative length of the tarsal segments varies considerably and this

feature may be used as a specific character but itis of doubtful value. Usually the segments increase

in length from in front backward, the hind tarsi being the longest. In most cases the first and second

pairs of legs show this difference only slightly, while the hind tarsi are easily seen to be much longer

than the others. A notable exception to this occurs in the subf. P/atycotine, in which the hind tarsi are

very much shorter than the anterior or the intermediate ones, — This is the character on which the forms

ofthis subfamily are separated and it is entirely reliable. The relative smallness of the posterior tarsi

in these forms is made more conspicuous because of the fact that the posterior tibia are much swollen

at their distal ends, making the comparison between the tibi; and the tarsal segments all the more

noticeable. It is interesting to observe that when any tarsal variation occurs in the Meméracide it

appears in the hind leg rather than in either ofthe others. The tarsi are much given to pubescence and

hairiness. In some species this development is so remarkable as to be used in diagnosis. In the subf.

Centrotine the bristles, spines and hairs are so numerous in many species as to completely hide the other

structural characters of the tarsus. Aside from its use as the distinguishing character of the subf,

Platycotine, the tarsus has been little used for systematic purposes in the study of the Membracide.

There is little doubt but that enough variation exists to warrant more careful consideration of this part

of the leg, and a further study of the hind tarsus may yield good taxonomic data.

The Abdomen. — The abdomen consists normally of eleven segments, of which the first is

only partially developed and the last two are more or less modified. The arrangement and number

of segments is best shown in the nymph, in which the anal region is represented by a series of tele-

scoping tubes. In this stage the first segment is hidden under the metathorax and the last is poorly

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 27

developed, but the others are evident. In the adult the abdomen of the insect is so modified in the

separate sexes as to require separate descriptions.

In general, each segment from the second to the seventh, inclusive, is ring-like in form and

consists of a distinct tergum, pleuron and sternum. The first segment consists of a tergum only and

this sclerite is only partially developed, the lateral extremities being shortened. "The abdominal terga

are long, horse-shoe shaped sclerites covering not only the dorsum but most of the lateral areas.

They end in a rather sharp angle at the junction of the pleura. The pleura are short and subrectan-

gular, and are located on the ventral rather than the lateral part of the abdomen. The first eight

abdominal pleura bear spiracles in the extreme cephalic mesal angle of the sclerite. "The spiracle for

the first segment is, indeed, not in the chitinized part of the sclerite at all, but is located in the mem-

brane between this sclerite and the metathorax in such a position that it appears as a part of the latter

segment. The spiracle of the second segment, likewise, is usually found at the very edge of the sclerite

if not actually in the membrane. — The sterna are uniform in the anterior region of the abdomen but

are modified in the posterior region in the two sexes. Each sternum is typically a long curved plate

forming the ventral floor of the segment and connecting the pleura of each side. Usually it is smooth

and unsculptured. The abdomen is much thicker at the anterior than at the posterior end, and for

that reason the anterior sterna are the longest and widest.

From an external view of the complete insect very little of the abdomen is visible. The

projecting posterior process of the pronotum hides the dorsal surface, while the two pairs of wings

folded tightly against the lateral regions conceal these areas. For these reasons the dorsal and lateral

parts of the abdomen are not suited for taxonomic study. It is doubtful, however, whether these areas

would offer characters of value even if they were plainly visible. The color of the abdomen is usually

uniform and agrees with the general color of the remainder of the body. "The under-surface is

generally darker than the upper, and the segments are in some cases bordered with a lighter shade

than that of the ground color. The anterior end of the abdomen is inclined to be of a lighter hue than

the posterior, and all the segments are likely to vary in this respect within a species. The entire

abdomen, and particularly the ventral surface, is much given to pubescence; this is very noticeable in

certain forms along the pleural sclerites. Occasionally the white tomentose patches are found on the

abdomen as on the thorax. When present they are usually on the lateral areas of the first three

segments and show through the basal part of the wing. The terga are often punctate, but this

condition is seldom seen on any part of the abdomen, and even on the terga the punctures are much

less developed than on the head or the thorax.

'T'he apical segment of the abdomen of the adult can be discussed only in relátion to the different

sexes, since the modifications in the sclerites caused by the development of the genital organs are

quite distinct in the male and the female.

The Female : In the female the sterna of segments two to five inclusive are comparatively

uniform, each being a broad, flat, slighty curved plate extending across the abdomen. The sixth

sternum is indented at its median posterior margin, and the entire ventral part of the segment is

usualy much recurved. The sternum of the seventh segment is deeply notched in its median

part to enclose the rounded base of the ovipositor. This is the last entire segment in the female

abdomen and its shape varies greatly according to the type of ovipositor surrounded. The structure

of this sternum has been successfully used as a specific character in many genera. In some cases the

sternum is so deeply indented that from an external view it appears as two separate sclerites. The

eighth segment may or may not show a sternum, but if one is present it is reduced to a small triangular

sclerite on either side of the ovipositor and does not extend entirely across the abdomen. 1n most cases

28 HOMOPTERA

no sternum occurs in this segment. The ninth abdominal segment consists only of the tergum, but this

sclerite is much enlarged and makes up the larger part of the posterior end of the body. — This segment

is not represented by a pleuron in any species dissected and no spiracle is present to suggest such a

structure. Thesclerite bends around to form most of the body wall. The free ventral edges do not

meet, but the space between them is occupied by the styles of the ovipositor. This segment is most

inclined to show pubescence and well developed hairs, and is the most conspicuous part of the female

abdomen. The tenth and eleventh segments are more or less vestigial and are usually hidden under

the posterior projection of the ninth.

The ovipositor consists of three pairs of styles. The outer pair is the longest and incloses the

middle pair, which in turn surrounds the inner. The outer styles are roughly forceps-shaped, narrowed

at the base, wide and flat at the center, and hollowed out on the inner surface to form a spoon, or

paddle, the excavated part containing the middle styles. The edges are smooth and the tips pointed.

The outer styles project below and beyond the ninth abdominal segment and are plainly visible from an

external view of the insect. They are often densely pubescent, but seldom punctate. They are

tightly closed except during oviposition and mating, and form a smooth, rounded, ventral surface for

the apical end of the abdomen. — The middle styles are slightly smaller, narrower, and shorter than the

outer styles, and fit snugly into these. The base of the middle pair is flattened and expanded to form

an articulatory joint. The shafts of the styles are doubly curved, the edges are smooth, and the

extremities are very sharp. Like the outer styles, the middle pair are close together when not in use.

The inner styles are again forceps-shaped, the shafts being narrow and about equal in width through-

out their length. The lateral and ventral margins of these styles are smooth, but the dorsal edge is

thrown up into teeth, or nodules, of which there are from two to five on each style. Since the inner

styles are located deeply within the other two pairs, they are not visible except on dissection.

'The abdominal structures of the female show few characters suitable for taxonomic work. Aside

from the shape of the last sternum, which has already been discussed, no parts of the abdomen of this

sex have been used by systematic workers in the family for purposes of classification.

The Male: The abdomen of the male differs from that of the female chiefly in the structure

ofthe apicalareas. As a whole the abdomen of the male is flatter, shorter, less robust, generally darker

in color, and more inclined to pubescence, and the segments are more closely telescoped. The extrem-

ity is more regularly and narrowly pointed. "The tenth and eleventh terga are usually quite distinct

and often project some distance beyond the ninth. "The ninth segment is modified, but in a different

way from that seen in the female. In the female this segment shows no pleuron or sternum, but the

greatly enlarged tergum folds around the entire abdomen; in the male all the parts of the segment are

present, the pleura projecting as separate sclerites on each side or joined below, and the sternum produced

and curved upward at the extremity. The first segment is modified as in the female, but the median

segments are normal.

No modifications of the abdomen for the production of sound, such as the timbal and mirror of

the cicada, are present. So far as is known, no species of membracid has any sort of sound-producing

apparatus and the only noise made in the field is the sharp whir of the wings in flight.

The Membracidz are not characterized by the noxious odors common to many forms of Hemi-

ptera. The spiracles were confused with supposed stink glands by Buckton (1903), but no signs of the

latter structures are shown in histological preparations.

The male genitalia, while comparatively simple in structure, are extremely interesting and are

well deserving of more serious study than has been given to them. — Occasional attempts have been

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 29

made to use the male genitalia for systematic purposes but with little success, It is not unreasonable

to believe, however, that these structures, which have proved of so much value in other groups of

insects, should be equally distinctive in the Memóbracide if the characters are patiently diagnosed for a

large number of genera. It may naturally be supposed that sexual organs undergo less change when

the insects are forced into new conditions and environments than do motor or protective structures, and,

being less plastic, would preserve their characters and readily lend themselves to generic classifica-

tions. The organs have become modified in form and have developed various types of claspers,

styles and prongs, but the necessity of retaining the function of the organs has kept these modifi-

cations within bounds.

"The male genitalia are shown diagrammatically in Text Figure 5, in which the first outline

represents the parts in their normal position, the second shows the same parts as dissected and spread

apart, and the third shows the lateral aspects.

Fecfum d orn

Jeroum ÁUTergum

JRafenal vatve Cur j^ y Recfum

(c Oedaqus pO / Lateral

CA ave , P vae

gue Qeaaqu.s -Tule

--Jfernal plafe "Ole - Qedaqu.s

7 fernal plafe JS fernal plafe

Fic. 5. — The male genitalia

The tergum of the ninth abdominal segment overlaps and partially surrounds the rectum,

which is located at the extreme dorsal angle of the exposed end. Below and on either side are two

broad plates which are here termed, for want of a better name, the lateral valves. "These are sometimes

folded inward to meet each other, and sometimes they project directly caudad leaving the lower

surface of the anal tube exposed. "When the latter condition obtains, or when the lateral valves have

been dissected away, the ventral part of the rectum is seen to consist of a somewhat chitinized plate

which is probably the vestigial sternum ofthe tenth segment. The area below the rectum and cephalad

of the valves is occupied by the intersegmental membrane. From the region between and at the base

of the valves arises the eedagus. — This structure is heavy and curved, extending first caudo-dorsad, and

then dorso-cephalad. Near the base of the cedagus arises a pair of styles, or forceps, which usually

extend outward laterally and are subject to great modification in shape. The sternal plate, which is

apparently the sternum of the ninth segment, bends almost directly upward at its tip and in some

species extends so far dorsad as to form a posterior wall behind the cedagus. The cedagus contains

the penis, a long, white filamentous tube which is seen only on dissection.

The terga of the ninth, tenth and eleventh segments are usually visible in the male. In some

cases the tenth and eleventh are hidden within the ninth, and in some cases they are projected ; but in

all cases they cover the anal tube and form a dorsal roof over the rectum. — The ninth tergum is the

only one suitable for taxonomic use, and this is best seen from a lateral view. From this aspect the

3o HOMOPTERA

sclerite appears as a subtriangular piece extending almost to the pleuralline. "This tergum may project

almost directly caudad so that the rectum is located very near the dorsal margin of the segment and

very little of the tergum is visible from a caudal view; or it may extend well ventrad so that the rectum

appears nearly in the center of the segment and a large part of the tergum shows from a caudal view

asa broad, sloping roof. In some cases the entire ninth segment is so small in diameter that from a

caudal view the eighth segment is visible around it, In some species the tergum is armed with teeth

on each side, such teeth probably functioning in the process of copulation. Occasionally the tergum

shows a process, or projection, on the median dorsal line, which is probably the remains of the

nymphal spines of that region. In many cases the sclerite is pubescent, and the hairs may be devel-

oped to such an extent as to overhang and hide the rectal opening. The variation in lateral length

may range from an almost complete arch to a very narrow strip extending hardly one-third of the

distance toward the pleural line.

The lateral valves are always present and are of considerable importance. From their position

they would appear to be modifications of the pleura of the ninth segment, but, for systematic purposes,

the character most easily determined is whether they project directly caudad to continue the lateral line

of the abdomen, or turn inward to meet under the rectum and form a posterior wall for the body cavity

and an anterior wall before the cedagus. This is believed to be a constant and valuable generic charac-

ter. Insize the valves vary from narrow triangular sclerites to broad, flat plates which occupy most

of the lateral surface of the segment. They are often armed with teeth, but the position of these teeth

is variable. Like the terga, these sclerites are often pubescent. In general the lateral valves seem to

have little protective function, since the cedagus is well caudad, and they are probably used as copulatory

organs of attachment.

The cedagus, or penis sheath, is a heavy, partly chitinized covering for the penis. It is appar-

ently of one piece and does not show the segments described for this organ in other orders of insects.

In composition it is substantial enough to withstand the boiling and clearing necessary for examination

under the microscope, and usually stands out well in such mounts. The cedagus seems to arise from

the very base of the ninth segment, between the bases of the lateral valves and the sternal plate. Such

an origin would agree with that found in certain beetles, and fairly well with the same structure in other

orders. The function of the organ is undoubtedly protective, and it may be noted that practically no

other protection is afforded to the penis since the entire genital chamber is so openly exposed. The

cedagus itself is apparently of sufficient strength and rigidity to need no other protection, although in

most other orders it is covered by some parts of the genital chamber. In shape the cedagus is uniformly

curved, bending upward and forward so that its apex points toward the rectum. It varies greatly in

diameter in different genera and the tip is inclined to be much modified. Often the entire organ is

gradually acuminate and sharp at the extremity; again, the tip may be swollen and surmounted by a

knob-like projection. Such variations may be of taxonomic importance and should at least prove

valuable as supplementary characters since in many cases the tip of the cedagus is protruded in mounted

insects, making the examination of the part possible.

The penis is difficult to locate except in very fresh material. On superficial examination it

appears to be a long, whitish filament, its length being surprising as compared with that of the

cdagus. No indication has been found homologous to the « prapenis » as described by Harnisch

(1915) for certain Coleoptera, nor do there appear to be any important variations in the basal structure

of the organ.

The styles, or forceps, are very apparent in the Meméracide and in many forms extend far enough

out of the genital chamber to make examination possible in the mounted specimen. Only one pair of

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 31

these organs is present and the relative position in the segment is comparatively uniform throughout

thefamily. Each style arises from the lateral margin of the segment near its base and usually between

the lateral valves and the sternal plate. On dissection it is seen that the base extends into the abdomen

and originates in the seventh segment. The style projects almost directly caudad and sometimes

slightly laterad. . In shape the basal part is comparatively straight and the distal end bends upward

in a gradual curve or sharply at an angle. The tip is the most inclined to variation, and may range

from a sharp, needle-like point to broadly angled plates or sharply toothed hooks. Study ofthe process

of copulation in the living insects proves the function of the styles to be that of clasping or inter-

locking organs, as their shape would indicate. "The terminal hook or angle always turns upward and

in some cases forward. |n a few species examined, the styles act in conjunction with the teeth of the

lateral plates in the mating process. As in the case of the cedagus, the structures of the styles offer

suggestive taxonomic characters and may be found useful in a number of genera.

'The sternal plate is apparently a modified abdominal sternum, but its tendency to subdivision

would suggest that it may be a fused or partly fused pair of appendages. The plate originates at the

base of the ninth segment and is attached to the eighth abdominal sternum. It projects first caudad

and then dorsad and is the most posterior of the genital organs. It may extend only a short distance

upward, or it may extend so far in this direction as to hide the other genitalia when viewed from a

caudal aspect. It usually shows a division down the median line. This division may show only a

slight notch, or the separation may be so apparent as to show two distinct plates; but in almost every

case the two halves of the plate may be pulled apart after boiling in caustic potash, showing the real

structure of the sclerite. For systematic purposes the appearance of the plate in the complete insect,

rather than a theory as to its anatomical conditions, is of course of more practical importance. This

can usually be best ascertained from a strictly caudal view, and the characters most easily noted are

the comparative length of the plate, the shape of the upcurved part, and the amount of splitting

atthe tip. All these points show sufficient variation to aid in diagnosis and all are relatively constant.

The sternal plate is usually pubescent and often covered with stiff, bristle-like hairs. It is freely

movable and in the ralaxed specimen may be pulled far downward without injury to itself or to the

remainder of the genitalia. It may often be examined by merely separating the wing tips, and for

that reason is the best adapted of all the genital parts for systematic work.

On the whole the male genitalia afford good taxonomic characters. The parts are simple and

easy to dissect. The relative position of the plates and the structure of the individual pieces show

sufficient variation throughout the family, and are constant enough within a genus, to furnish valuable

data at least to supplement the more evident characters of the exoskeleton.

INTERNAL ANATOMY

The internal anatomy of the membracid does not, on the whole, differ enough from that of other

Hemiptera to warrant special discussion. The digestive system, however, shows some peculiarities.

Kershaw (1913) found that in the species Tricentrus albomaculatus the alimentary canal showed a formation

of the mid-intestine very similar to that reported by Packard (1898) for the Psyllide, with accessory

organs consisting of four uriniferous tubules. "The writer has found this same condition present in the

genus Gargara and in certain other forms of the Certrotine.

By far the larger number of membracids, however, including all of the Smiliing which have been

32 HOMOPTERA

dissected, show a much simpler form of food tube the parts of which are diagrammatically shown in

the accompanying text figure.

-—Filler chamber

wr | Ascend'

"mra -mnfestine

-I- - $na// infes/re

-- Urinary *ubule

----Kecfum

Fic. 6. — The alimentary canal

This type 1s noticeably different from that described by Kershaw particularly in the number

aud position of the urinary tubules. The alimentary canal is short and twisted and the various parts

are strikingly distinct in size and structure. The short esophagus opens directly into the crop, which

is very large and has a peculiar twist at its center. At the posterior end of the crop the canal is much

narrowed to form an ascending mid-intestine, which bends abruptly anteriorly, is irregularly coiled and

twisted, and extends forward as far as the center of the crop. Atthe end of the ascending mid-intestine

is a knot from which arise two urinary tubules; each of these tubules has a blind end projecting a

short distance cephalad, while the tubule itself extends along the full length of the small intestine,

and joins the rectum by the side of the small intestine. From the knotted end of the mid-intestine

arises the small intestine, which is very narrow in diameter and almost straight. The small intestine

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 93

opens into the swollen rectum, which connects by a smaller rectal tube to the opening in the abdomen.

At the point where the mid-intestine ends and the small intestine begins, both these organs are

somewhat looped and give rise to the urinary tubules. This part of the intestine has been called

the filter chamber, and has been described in the Cercopide by Licent (1911); but in the type of chamber

shown by that family the mid-intestine and the urinary tubules are twisted many times around one

another in an enclosed part of the canal. 4A similar filter chamber, though not so eloborate, is de-

scribed by Berlese (1909) for certain Coccide. Apparently such an arrangement of twisted intestine

and nephridial organs is not uncommon in the Homoptera.

The respiratory system shows no peculiarities so far as has been observed. The spiracles have

been discussed under the description of the external anatomy.

In the reproductive system the only points noted as applied particularly to the Membracide are the

number of eggs found in various species in life-history studies. It may be noted in this respect that

the eggs are very large in proportion to the size of the insect, and are usually all matured at about

the same time.

LIFE HISTORIES

The complete life histories of very few species of Membracide have ever been reported. The

writer has published (1915-20) descriptions of the life histories of a number of North American forms

but no similar studies have been made of tropical species so far as the literature of the family would

indicate. However, from field observations in many parts of the world, we believe that the life histories

of these insects are much the same, wherever they are found, except in the matters of number of broods

per year and hibernation.

In the United States most species of Membracide spend the winter in the egg stage and the first

evidence of the family in the spring is the appearance of the nymphs from the winter eggs. These

usually appear in the south in late March and early April while in the north some species do not hatch

until July. A few species are known to winter overas adults. "Thisis true of the species of Slictocephala

in the south and of the species of Exutylia and Publilia in all parts of the country.

In all parts of the world mating begins almost immediately after the insect reaches maturity. The

position assumed in the process is the one not unusual in Hemiptera, with the caudal extremities

together and the heads in opposite directions. The insects are very sluggish at this time and seldom

move unless disturbed. If molested they fallto the ground, not, however, becoming detached from

each other. If movement takes place during copulation, the female generally moves forward, dragging

the male backward behind her. "The process has been timed from five minutes to one hour in different

species. No forms have been observed in flight while in copula. During copulation the styles of the

male function asclasping organs and the ovipositor of the female is drawn downward and forward. In

the temperate regions species that have more than one brood a year show more or less well defined

mating seasons during the summer; but in the tropics the development of nymphs is so irregular that

the broods overlap and mating may be observed at practically all times throughout the year.

"There are a number of rather distinct types of oviposition, as regards both the location of the

eggs and the mechanics of the process. The eggs are most commonly deposited under the bark of the

younger twigs. In most cases a single narrow slit is made in the bark, the ovipositor not reaching the

cambium or, if reaching it, slitting down on one side of the twig between the bark and the wood and

not penetrating the xylem. In thisslit the eggs are deposited and the bark springs back into place over

34 HOMOPTERA

them. In this method little damage is done to the host, as the injury is not a severe one and quickly

heals. In another type of oviposition, the insect makes a curved slit in the bark and another close

beside it in a series of spiral incisions around the stem. This affects the plant more seriously as in

some cases the wounds fail to close which not only interferes with growth but affords entrance for other

insects and for fungi, and in other cases small stems may be so punctured that they break off at the point

ofinjury. A number of species deposit in the buds of the host. In this type of oviposition the eggsare

laid just beneath the outer bud scales, and the nymphs emerge at the time when these scales are first

opening. Ina few cases the eges are not entirely covered but project slightly out of the bud tissue.

This method of oviposition has but little injurious effect on the host, since the outer bud scale, being

entirely protective, may be damaged without injuring the plant. In the case of fruit buds the injury

may be more serious, but in no case has it appeared to an extent great enough to be considered import-

ant. A few species lay their eggs in the leaves. Usually the under side of the leaf is chosen for

oviposition and the eggs are generally placed in two rows, one on each side of the midrib. The egg

is seldom entirely within the leaf but the tip is plainly visible. A number of species choose the axil

of the leaf for oviposition and a few are known to oviposit in the roots or in the base of the stem just

below the surface of the ground.

The mechanics of oviposition differ decidedly in various species. In most cases the ovipositor

is extended at right angles to the body and thrust perpendicularly into the host where it remains until

all the eggs making the complement of a single egg mass are deposited. "The ovipositor seems to move

but slightly in the egg slit during the process, although a considerable movement of the abdomen is

observable. [In other cases the entire egg slit is made first and then the ovipositor is inserted perpen-

dicularly and gradually moved backward during the process until it is almost parallel with the abdomen.

In still other cases the insect makes the egg slit and inserts the egg at the same time. — The ovipositor

moves slowly through the bark, forcing the tissues apart and depositing the eggs in one movement.

With a few species the ovipositor is withdrawn from the host after each egg has been deposited, and

reinserted for the next egg. In one species which was carefully studied, the insect lays a number of

eggs. then rests, then moves forward along the same slit and deposits more — generally a different

number — then rests again, and so on until a complete row has been finished. The writer's obser-

vations have been that oviposition occurs most often when the sun is warmest and the temperature

highest and usually on that side of the tree or plant which is exposed to the most direct rays of the sun

when the process is in progress, but Wildermuth (1915) has reported a species which oviposited chiefly

at night or early morning, so that apparently there is considerable variation in this matter.

The number of consecutive ovipositions made by one female varies with the species but has not

been greater than five in any species noted. The average is not over three. In most cases the insect

after depositing one egg mass moves along the twig for a short distance and repeats the process after a

very short interval of rest. One female generally lays all her eggs on one twig or on twigs very close

together, and it has never been observed that the insects move from one plant to another during the

process. While ovipositing, the insect is entirely occupied with her work and does not respond to

external influences. She refuses to be disturbed and may be touched or pushed without interrupting

the process. The writer has often attempted to take a female from a branch while oviposition was in

progress, and in doing so has broken off the ovipositor, which remained in the egg slit. The time

required for a single oviposition varies from ten minutes to half an hour. "Where several egg masses

are deposited in succession, the resting period between each insertion increases; so that if fifteen

minutes elapse between the first and second, a half hour may elapse between the second and third, and

often several hours before a fourth if so many are made, — The same female may, however, continue to

lay eggs for several days until a large number have been deposited. Daily field records indicate that

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 35

four or five egg masses may be deposited by one female in a single day but after that she remains

quiescent for at least twenty-four hours, and very probably for several days, before another egg-laying

period begins. The number of eggs in one egg mass does not vary greatly for any one species and

shows an average of four for all the species studied by the writer, with a minimum of one and a maxi-

mum of thirteen. The most usual method of placing the eggs seems to be in a palmate arrangement

with the bases close together and the tips projecting outward, but in some species the eggs are laid

singly, in others in straight rows, and in still others in irregular clusters.

The eggs are generally white or pearly, club-shaped or tooth-shaped, and about 1.5 millimeters

long by 0.3 millimeters wide at the maximum diameter. The egg may be smooth or sculptured, the

base usually being rounded and the tip pointed. In the eggs of most species a distinct neck is visible,

often grooved. The chorion is usually vitreous. The micropyle in most cases is oval, opening tan-

gential to the longitudinal axis. The cap is comparatively large, and before hatching becomes swollen

and wrinkled. The lateral margins of the egg are curved, one side often being more convex than the

other. Just before the eggs hatch they become slightly larger.

Observations in the field and breeding experiments in the laboratory indicate that the average

duration of the egg stage for North American forms is approximately twenty days and for tropical

species about twelve days. We have one record of an incubation which lasted only four days, How-

ever, ecological studies have shown that climatic conditions have a decided influence on the incubation

of the egg and the development of the nymph so it is evident that there is much variation in the time

required for the hatching of eggs. The hatching is retarded by dry weather and accelerated by abun-

dance of moisture; likewise hatching is slower in cold weather than in warm weather, This may be

due, however, to the condition of the vegetation during favorable and unfavorable growing seasons and

it is possible that the ecological relationship between the insects and their hosts may have much to do

with variations in life histories. However, even in the same egg mass the eggs do not all hatch at the

same time, a difference of nearly a week between the first and the last having been observed in some

instances.

The mechanics of the process of hatching is practically the same for all species studied. A few

days before hatching, the egg appears somewhat swollen. "This is followed by the cracking of the

chorion about the reck and the upper end. Some days may elapse after the first splitting of the egg

before the insect emerges. Finally the cap is forced upward and the head of the nymph appears.

'The head is quickly followed by the thorax and part of the abdomen. The nymph then appears to

rest for a few minutes after which the legs are slowly withdrawn in order, beginning with the first pair.

At the same time, the dorsal spines become protruded, while the insect is still held by the posterior

end of the abdomen inside the shell. Finally this posterior end of the abdomen is pulled out,

and the nymph creeps a very short distance away from the old shell and again rests. The entire time

required for the emergence, from the time the head is first seen until the process is completed, is

usually about half an hour.

AII of the species of Membracide which the writer has studied show five nymphal instars. Each

of these five instars is usually distinct enough to be recognized, and displays characters sufficient not

only for the recognition of the species but also for the identification of the particular stage of develop-

ment that it represents.

In the first instar the nymph is of course very small, not greatly exceeding in length the egg

from which it hatched, very light-colored, and extremely soft-bodied. Most nymphs have character-

istic dorsal spines on the thorax and abdomen. In the first stage these spines are much inclined to be

complex and branched, and are numerous on the head and thorax with often one or more rows on

36 HOMOPTERA

the abdomen. The head is very large, out of all proportion to the body, and the legs are feeble.

The eyes are likely to be prominent, and the ocelli and antenna absent or not distinguishable.

If the species is a pubescent one, the hairs are usually not developed in this instar. No wing pads are

visible and the abdomen is attenuated. The pronotum is not developed and the prothorax is about

equal in size to the other thoracic segments.

In the second instar the size is usually doubled and the entire insect is much darker in appear-

ance. The prothorax is inclined to be swollen dorsally but no distinguishing protuberance of the

pronotum is apparent. No wing pads are visible. The head is more normal in comparative size and

the eyes not so prominent. The ocelli may now be distinguished and likewise the antennz. The

spines are still very complex and branched but seldom appear on the head. "The anal segment of the

abdomen is prolonged and the entire body is stouter.

In the third instar the characteristic enlargement of the pronotum begins to appear and the

wing pads are evident. The prothorax is much larger than the other two thoracic segments. The

head is normal in size and the eyes are not over-prominent. The antennz are plainly to be seen.

'The spines have lost much of their complexity and are much shorter and less branched. In this stage

the spines of the head and thorax are often entirely wanting and the whole body develops pubescence.

The anal segment of the abdomen is still much enlarged and the anal tube is prominent.

In the fourth instar the pronotal enlargement is pronounced, the posterior process usually covers

the mesothorax and the structures begin to suggest those of the adult. The wing pads are large and well

developed, usually extending posteriorly as far as the third abdominal segment. The head is reduced

in comparative size, the ocelli are larger and the antennz are normal. The spines are much reduced

in complexity if not in size; often they appear as mere stubs or bristles, and they are seldom seen on

any other part of the body than the abdomen. The insect has increased much in size and often

shows colors characteristic of the imago.

The fifth and last instar is the longest in duration and in this instar the nymph attains a size

comparable to that of the adult. The pronotal developments are very pronounced and the wing pads

are fully formed, usually reaching the fourth abdominal segment. The spines are heavy but generally

rather simple, The head is much deflexed, and the eyes, ocelli and antennz are normal. The beak

is fully developed, generally extending posteriorly as far as the hind coxe. The legs are strong and

stout and the abdomen is swollen. "The anal tube is less prominent than in the preceding stages.

The foregoing descriptions of the nymphal stages apply in general to the family as a whole and

of course there are many variations in different genera and species, but it is believed that these general

characters are sufficient to enable one to distinguish the various instars in most species. We believe

that the spines, which are very characteristic and constant, the development of the pronotum, the

appearance of ocelli and antennz, and the relative size of the wing pads, are good structural characters

fo: diagnosis.

The time required for each nymphal instar varies not only with the different species, but also

for the nymphs of a single species, and even for the individuals in a single egg mass. Consequently

only a very general statement can be made on this subject. Studies of North American forms indicate

that, very roughly, the average for each of the first four instars is about five days, and for the fifth instar

ten days, making a total of thirty days for the complete period of development from egg to adult, but

we have no data on the tropical forms in this respect, so that the above figures may not at all represent

the family as a whole.

There are various types of ecdysis, but seldom is there any variation in this respect within a genus.

In most cases the nymph of the last instar fastens itself securely to the underside of a leaf just before

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 37

the final molt, and the old exuviz may be found in this position several days after the process has been

completed. In some cases only the first pair of legs are thus attached; in others all six legs. Some

species do not attach themselves and the old skin falls to the ground as soon as ecdysis is complete; in

other species the old nymphal skin hangs to the end of the abdomen of the adult and is carried about

for some time after molting. just before the last molt, the skin dries out and becomes more or less

transparent and scaly. Under the microscope it is possible to distinguish regions in which the

integument has pulled away from the new skin even before splitting begins. The splitting occurs

down the dorsal line but does not always start in the same place. In most cases the splitting occurs

first along the dorsal line of the head; in a considerable number it begins near the thorax, and in

a few over the abdomen. The various segments gradually enlarge as they are freed, and become

decidedly swollen within a few minutes following ecdysis. The exuviz, if perfect, may be used for

diagnosis and correctly represent the last nymphal stage.

The nymphs are active but they do not jump as do the adults. They are prone to hide them-

selves in crevices in the bark and in the axils of leaves, where their coloration renders them very

inconspicuous. If disturbed they often creep around to the opposite side of the twig and are able to

run fairly rapidly when in the later instars. They often have the habit of flattening themselves close to

the twig if molested and remain without movement even when touched. During ecdysis they are of

course comparatively helpless and may be studied with great ease.

The newly emerged adults are lighter in color than the normal hue of the species, and are very

soft-bodied. The exoskeleton becomes hardened, however, within a couple of hours and the normal

colors appear in twenty-four hours. n the insects are injured during this period the injury becomes

permanent and the mutilation may appear as a grotesque twist or bend in the hardened pronotum.

We suspect that such injured specimens have given rise to certain so-called new species and varieties,

the descriptions of which have been based on single specimens with apparently new pronotal characters.

After reaching the adult stage the insect often moves to a different host from that on which the eggs

were laid. In fact such migration may take place during the last or the next to the last nymphal instar.

In some cases a clear distinction can be made between the host used for oviposition and that used

as a food plant; in other cases the insect spends its entire life on one plant which serves both as food

and asan egg host. In the latter case both nymphs and adults may be taken together, and apparently

they lead a more or less gregarious existence.

The foregoing life history notes apply in a general way to the family as a whole as the activities

of the insects have been observed in many parts of the world. In the matters of numbers of broods

and of methods of wintering over, however, no general statement can be made, since these aspects of

the life histories of the insects show great variation according to the regions concerned. In the temperate

zone and in all regions where the vegetation is retarded by winter conditions for a long or short period,

the insects usually winter over in the egg stage with an occasional species surviving as adults hibernating

in leaves and debris around the plants. In such regions the number of broods per year seems to vary

with the length of the summer and ranges from one to five. In the tropics, however, membracids may

be found as adults and in all the nymphal stages at practically all times of the year, and apparently

mating, oviposition, development and maturation are continuous processes. In fact our collection of

tropical membracids shows specimens collected in every month of the year and curiously enough no

one month seems to be favored over the others so that we are forced to conclude that there is no break

in the life histories unless it be due to purely local seasonal conditions.

38 HOMOPTERA

HOSTS

The Membracide seem to be very excellent botanists and in most cases confine themselves to

very definite host plants both for feeding and for oviposition. In many cases the association between

the membracid and the host is so characteristic that a knowledge of one is sufficient for recognition of

the other. In fact in some cases a species not only confines itself to a single host but is the only

species ever found on that host. As a result, a considerable number of species have received such

names as querci, castanee, crategi, amfelopsidis, etc., to indicate such habitats.

The host plants of the Membracide in the United States are fairly well known since many writers

have included such lists in their reports. Goding (1893a), Branch (1913) and Van Duzee (19082) have

published extended lists of host plants; economic papers by Hodgekiss (1910), Wildermuth (1915) and

others, include detailed accounts of hosts; and life history studies by Matausch (1910-12) and Funk-

houser (t915b, c and d) have discussed the hosts of particular species. The writer (1917) tabulated

all the hosts known at that time for North American species. In North America the host plants may

be divided into four rather well defined groups of plants. The most important of these groups is

represented by the Amentiferz, including such nut-bearing trees as oak, hickory, butternut, chestnut,

beech and hazelnut; of hardly less importance are the legumes of which locust, sweet clover, alfalfa

and red clover are favorite hosts for many species; the Rosacez in general, but particularly apple,

pear, berries, and cultivated roses represent the third group; while the fourth. includes a large number

of succulent composites such as annual asters. sunflower, daisy, joe-pye weed and thistle. Practically

every plant that has been recorded as a host for any species of Memóracide in the United States may be

included in one of these four groups.

The records of host plants of the tropical Membracide, on the other hand, are very meager, partly

because the describers of new species neglected to note or mention the hosts, and partly because, as

has been the experience of the writer in many regions (e.g. Sumatra), the local botanists and foresters

were unable to identify the plants concerned. However, the more recent tropical collectors, among

whom should be mentioned such excellent entomologists as H. S. Pruthi of India, H. M. Pendlebury

of the Malay States, W. E. Hoffmann of China, M. A. Lieftinck of Java, G. van Son of South Africa,

]. P. da Fonseca of Brazil and C. C. Plummer of Mexico, are now keeping careful field records and

their contribution to the knowledge of this subject is rapidly increasing the data on the tropical and

subtropical species. Even so, it is not yet possible to give any definite groupings for such host plants

although certain particular hosts, such as species of Teak, Talauma, Cinnamon, Ficus, Magnolia,

Butea, Gossampinus, Acacia, Dalbergia and Vitex have been reported from the East Indies, Teak,

Sandal, Cedrus and Michelia from India, Acalipha, Blumea, Semecarpus, Mallolus, Hibiscus, Sola-

num, Eugenia, Phyllantus and Croton from the Philippines. and Boccharis, Cassia, Belaria, Wild Fig,

Bucida, Vismia, Tachigalia, various legumes and cultivated tobacco in South America.

It is known that certain species having a wide geographical distribution shift from one host to

another in different localities. Thus in the United States Carynota mera, common on pecan in the south

is found on hickory in the north where the pecan does not grow. In other cases a species seems to

deliberately change its host even though an apparently more constant hostis abundant. "Thus Ewchenofpa

binotlata which has a wide range over practically all of North America and is generally found on the hop

tree (Plelea trifoliata L.) is in somé areas found only on the locust or on the butternut, even though

there are plenty of hop trees in the immediate vicinity.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 39

It is known, also, that certain species change their hosts during the life cycle, the nymphs

migrating from the host on which the eggs were laid to feed on another host and returning to the first

for oviposition. For example, S/ictocephala inermis usually feeds on alfalfa but oviposits on pear and

apple; Ceresa bubalus feeds on sweet clover but oviposits on elm ; Ceresa laurina feeds on aster but ovipos-

its on pear and apple.

As in the case of the life histories of the Membracidez, much study needs to be made of the host

plants, particularly of the tropical and Old World species, before sufficient data are available for a

satisfactory knowledge of this subject.

ENEMIES

The Memóracidz seem to have but few natural enemies. Field notes covering a long period of

years show surprisingly few cases of these insects actually having been observed captured or eaten by

other animals.

Birds undoubtedly occasionally prey upon membracids, especially the soft bodied nymphs, but

the insects form a relatively small part of their diet. The stomach analyses of insectivorous birds show

only a meager percentage of Meméracide. "Wildermuth (1915) reports that of thirty-one birds, repre-

senting eight different species, ten had from one to four adults of Stictocephala festina in their crops; the

writer (1917) published an unimpressive list of birds representing nine species feeding on eight species

of Membracide and McAtee (1918) believes that birds capture more membracids than has generally

been supposed. These records, however, do not indicate that membracids form an important

proportion of the diet of any bird.

Toads have been known to capture membracids, particularly nymphs, and Asilids commonly

carry off both nymphs and adults. Spiders often catch membracids both in their webs and on the

twigs and the Mantis is not averse to an occasional specimen. On the whole, however, the damage

done to the membracid population by these enemies is not great.

More important are the fatalities due to parasites which are found on both eggs and adults.

'The egg parasites in most cases are CAalcidide but only a few have been determined, the only one ever

reared by the writer being Polynema striaticorue Gir. Observations on egg parasitism would indicate

that the parasite deposits its eggs in the newly laid eggs of the membracids and passes its larval and

pupal stages within the egg. On maturing, the adult hymenopteron emerges by breaking off the cap

of the egg-shell, which has meanwhile become discolored or blackened. Parasites on membracid eggs

have been reported by Jack (1886), Ashmead (1888), Murtfeldt (1890), Hodgekiss (1910), and the writer

(1915f, 1917) but only a few of these, including the one described bv Ashmead Trichogramma ceresarum,

have ever been positively determined.

Parasites in nymphs and adults are very common but have seldom been successfully reared.

'The writer has found larvae, which were apparently hymenopterous, in the abdomens of many species

of Membracide, but all attempts to bring the parasites to maturity have thus far failed. We believe

that more than one season is probably required to complete the life history of the parasites and that

our failures may have been due to the fact that sufficient time was not allowed for development.

Matausch (1911) reported parasitism in Membracide which he believed was responsible for the destruction

of sex organs but he was equally unsuccessful in rearing a single specimen of any of the parasites

although he presents an excellent figure of the larvae. Apparently there is some phase in the life

40 : HOMOPTERA

history of these parasites which does not lend itself readily to the usual methods of rearing. However,

Kornhauser (1916, 1919) successfully reared parasites of Telia bimaculata.

Wildermuth (1915) reports a small red mite (Erythreus sp.) feeding on membracid eggs and the

writer has found similar mites, probably of the same genus, as external parasites on a number

of species.

It is likely that the hard, sharp pronotum of the adult membracid, the protective coloration,

and habits of the nymphs, and the protection given to both nymphs and adults by attendant ants,

particularly the so-called « fire ants » of the tropics, which the writer can testify are among the worst

of the enemies of the collector, are sufficient factors to discourage all but the most courageous of the

usual insect enemies of insects and explain the comparative immunity of membracids to these foes.

MIGRATIONS

The migrations of the Membracide are apparently very slow both as regards change of locality and

change of host plants. In any given region the same forms may be found in the same locality year

after year, while a neighboring locality, offering the same natural conditions, remains unentered. Che

writer has often had the experience of collecting in a strange region, under the guidance of a local

entomologist who had taken membracids in a certain particular place « several years ago » ; almost

without fail the insects were there as usual.

The same is true in regard to migrations from one plant to another. It often happens that one

tree may be literally covered with individuals of a species, while another tree of exactly the same kind,

in close proximity to the first, may be unmolested; and these conditions may be noted season after season,

'The reasons for such reluctance in seeking new localities and new hosts are not evident. The

insects fly well for short distances and should be able without difficulty to spread over a considerable

area in a season provided the desired host is abundant throughout the area. ^ This, however, appears

not to be the case and is probably one of the reasons why the Memébracide are not often noted as

economic pests.

The migration of the nymph from the hosts on which the eggs are laid to the feeding plant,

in cases in which such movement is part of the life history, is regular and definite, but the distance

covered is never great.

The adults avoid flights of any distance, and if disturbed they generally leave the twig with a

quick leap, fly rapidly in a narrow circle, and return to the plant from which they were driven. Even

in a series of trees close together, all of the same kind and all inhabited by membracids of the same

species, it is unusual to see the insect fly from one tree to another. The greatest movement noted in

the field is found in areas covered by low grasses or other carpeting vegetation in which the insects fly

erratically about when disturbed.

We believe that this disinclination for migration explains why the various species of Membracidz

seem to be so limited in distribution, why there are no cosmopolitan species, and why there are so

many species. [t is interesting to note that in regions broken by many barriers, such as the islands

of the East Indies, each island has in general its own distinct species while the genera are common to

the region. We believe that this indicates that the islands are the fragments of a large ancient land-

mass which has been submerged long enough to prevent the isolated insects from interbreeding and to

develop specific characters but not long enough to destroy the more general and fundamental generic

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 41

structures. We believe, also, that the general distribution of the Memébracide overthe surface of the

earth may be explained largely on the basis of migrations regulated and governed by the size and

positions of the land masses and land bridges of previous geological periods.

ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE

The Membracida, as a family, are of little economic importance. Since they are not flower-

visiting insects they are of no value in the cross-pollination of plants, and they produce no materials

valuable to man; on the other hand, they destroy no food products, the damage which they may cause

to vegetation is so insignificant that except in the case of a very few species it is negligible, they do not

feed on plant tissues, and so far as is known they are not carriers of disease. '

'T'he manner in which membracids may cause damage to plants is limited to two habits, feeding

and oviposition. Of these the latter is the more harmful.

So far as feeding is concerned, there is little evidence that Meméracidz cause any injury to the

host, The quantity of sap consumed by the insects is negligible, and the wounds made by the incisions

of their beaks are neither large enough to destroy tissue nor extensive enough to offer opportunity for

infection. In fact such incisions cannot usually be found even with a microscope a few hours after

the process. Trees that are literally covered with Memóracide seem in no way less healthy than those

on which no insects are found. — Careful examination of trees in the field shows absolutely no indication

of injury from feeding habits.

The egg-laying process may be more destructive, but even this process in most species is of

little concern. In most cases the slit made by the ovipositor is clean and sharp and very superficial,

seldom extending to the cambium and usually healing at once leaving only a faint scar. The phloem

tissue if injured is not so extensively damaged as to interfere with its function, and the injured part,

in dicotyledons at least, would usually slough off naturally within the first or second season. The ovi-

positor in most of the species is neither long nor powerful, and in those forms in which the eggs are

laid in the stems of trees — which include the larger number of species — the organ does not reach

the xylem or, reaching it, is not able to penetrate the harder wood and slips to one side, leaving the egg

between the wood and the bark. In the cases in which the eggs are laid in buds, the part of the bud

usually chosen is the outer scales, which are not thereby prevented from performing their functions as

protective structures and are of little importance in the later development of the plant.

There are, however, exceptions to the foregoing general statements. Certain species of the

genus Ceresa in North America are known to cause rather serious damage to young stems and twigs

because of the fact that the eges are laid in curving, parallel rows and the bark is cut in such a fashion

that it fails to heal and leaves a conspicuous line of scars. "These scars persist for several years and

are occasionally infected with fungi and offer an entrance for other insects. If such punctures are made

in very young twigs or in the soft stems of annuals, especially if. made close enough together to girdle

the stems, the results may be serious. In a somewhat similar manner, damage may be done to buds

by those species which lay their eggs in buds, particularly if the buds happen to be small ones in which

the internal tissues may be reached. Species of Stictocephala and Enchenopa in the United States have

been known to destroy small buds of fruit trees and of the butternut in this manner. 1n most cases,

however, the buds chosen for oviposition are the large terminal buds and the eggs are so lightly inserted

that they may be seen projecting on the outside of the bud. In these cases very little damage can

result. In a few instances, on the other hand, the buds chosen have been so small and the eggs so

42 HOMOPTERA

deeply inserted that the buds have been deformed. In the case ofa fruit bud this would of course

result in an economic loss, but the chances are so largely in favor of the choice of large buds, or of

leaf buds which can be replaced without serious results, that the relative injury done is small.

The fact that Membracide are found in many parts of the world on host plants of great economic

value, such as fruit trees in North America, teak in the Dutch Indies, sandal in India, and forage crops

in various countries, and that so few reports on economic loss due to these insects have ever been made,

would indicate that the membracids as a group should not be considered as pests.

Even if certain species should prove to be destructive, the problem of control should not be

difficult. Very few if any of the Homoptera are so poorly adapted by habits and like factors to resist

the ordinary control measures of the entomologist, as are the tree-inhabiting species of the Membracide,

and it seems hardly likely that in orchards or forests in which the simplest kind of preventative work

is done they will ever become serious pests. The nymphs of all species are very soft-bodied and habitu-

ally rest in the crotches of twigs and the axils of leaves, where they can easily be reached by contact

sprays. Liquid sprays of the miscible oil or nicotine type will run down the twig and collect in such

places, even if applied in a very careless and superficial manner to the tree. Egg masses are easily

found, are usually on comparatively young stems, and can be removed by intelligent pruning. Clean

cultivation and the removal of the weeds which furnish the food or of the secondary hosts on which the

eggs are laid will control those forms which feed on one host and oviposit on another. On the whole

the Membracide seem to be of little concern to the agriculturist or forester.

TERMINOLOGY

The peculiar pronotal structures of the Memébracide have been largely responsible for the

development of a terminology for this family which is in many cases quite different from that used for

other insects. Certain descriptive terms have been proposed and adopted which are in some instances

unique in entomology. Many of these names were first used by early writers but have found favor by

later entomologists since they were well suited for descriptive purposes and they have now become well

established.

Since these terms are used throughout the following descriptions of genera and in the taxonomic

keys, a few of the most important should be mentioned.

Pronotum. Applies to any part of the notum of the prothorax whether visible or hidden. [It is often

greatly exaggerated in the Membracidz.

Anterior process. Any projection arising from the front of the pronotum.

Dorsal crest. 4A protuberance or hump at or near the center of the pronotum.

Posterior process. . Any extension of the pronotum behind the scutellum.

Scutellum. The posterior dorsal sclerite of the mesonotum.

Humeral angles. The lateral protuberances on either side of the front of the pronotum above

the eyes.

Suprahumeral horns. Projections often cornute or auriculate on either side of the front of the

pronotum above the humeral angles. Generally spoken of simply as « suprahumerals ».

Metopidium. The declivous part of the pronotum from the base of the head to the front of the

dorsum,

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Dorsum. Any part of the upper surface of the pronotum.

Median carina. An elevated ridge extending down the center of any part of the dorsum.

Lateral carinze. Any ridges or ruga on the side of the pronotum.

qorso/ cres

V ,Je«fe/fum

Suprahumera/ horn--

metapigium-

hurneral angfe eer eL

posferror process

/e9men

ege... Ex

ia CAEN -

cIgpeus-----—-----—

frochanfer- -——————7(

fem ur--—---—-—-—-—-—--——

Nu NCC/OM

"i N

p Varus

^fí/bra

Fic. 7. — General structures

Base of head. That part of the head which adjoins the metopidium.

Eyes. The compound eyes on the side of the head.

Ocelli. The two simple eyes on the front of the head.

,med/an carina

^^ ,suprahumera/ horn

A z

Pow ^

4 ,mefepidium

«4

"V humera/ ang/e

^ base or Aead

ocellus

S em.

Iw margin or gena

ues clypeus

Fic. 8. — Frontal structures

Genz. The side sclerites or « cheeks » extending from the eyes to the clypeus.

Clypeus. The terminal sclerite of the head above the beak.

Tegmina. In the Membracidz always refer to the front wings or first pair of wings.

44 HOMOPTERA

Wings. In the Membracidz always mean the hind wings or second pair of wings.

Corium. The broader, anterior portion of the tegmen, farthest from the scutellum.

Clavus. The narrower anal portion of the tegmen, adjacent to the scutellum.

Claval suture. The dividing line, usually a distinct fold, separating the clavus from the corium.

Apical cells. Those cells of the tegmina or wings which border on the apical end.

Discoidal cell. Any completely enclosed cell in the center of the tegmen or wing.

Apical limbus. The outside membrane which forms the border of the tegmen or wing.

Armed trochanters, Hind trochanters which bear teeth on their inside margins.

Cosfa/ margin

Disco/da/ ce/f

Ap/caf cell

Anál margin UT laval sufure

Fic. 9. — Wing structures

The above structures are diagrammatically represented in Text Figures 7, 8 and 9.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 49

CLASSIFICATION

The classification of the Membracide here adopted recognizes six subfamilies, following the

classical major divisions which were established by Fairmaire, Stal and Fowler. These subdivisions

are based on sound structural characters and have proven entirely satisfactory for taxonomic work.

Some authors (e. g. Goding 1926) have seen fit to include the genus ZEtAalion in the fam. Membracide

as a subfamily but we do not see how such an assignment can be justified. "The ZE/Aalionide are quite

distinct from the Membracidz in such important characters as genitalia, wing venation, sensory appa-

ratus, pronotal structures and in life histories, and we believe that these insects should be considered

as a separate family. "The six subfamilies here recognized show not only good structural characters by

which they may be recognized, but there are few genera which show tendencies to overlap and indeed

very few which may be considered transitional.

(The subfamilies are divided into tribes, erected on more or less arbitrary characters. These

tribes are in turn divided directly into the genera of which 290 are considered as valid in this study,

and the genera are again divided directly into the species. No other subdivisions, such as sub-tribes or

sub-genera, are here recognized or considered.

In the following systematic outlines, the characters are, for the most part, natural ones, and

we believe entirely suited to dichotomous keys, and sufficient for the recognition of the divisions

indicated. In such keys, however, the number of characters which can be mentioned in each synoptic

pair is of course limited, and, in case of doubt, reference should always be made to the more complete

generic descriptions.

TAXONOMIC CHARACTERS

It is of course impossible to state positively the characters which should be considered of generic

value but after a careful study of those structures which in the Membracide seem to be most useful in

separating the genera the author has chosen a list of certain easily recognizable features which we

believe will serve this purpose. These have to do chiefly with the following :

1i. The Head. Shape and position; structure of the base; form ofthe eyes; position of the

ocelli; configuration of the inferior margins of the genz; appearance of the clypeus.

2. The Prothorax. General shape and appearance of the pronotum; type of metopidium;

appearance of humeral angles; structure of suprahumeral horns; shape and position

of posterior process; type of scutellum.

3. The Tegmina and Hind Wings. Size and shape; free or covered; texture; condition

of basal and costal margins; venation; number of apical and discoidal cells; shape of

tip; apical limbus.

4. The Legs. Shapes and comparative lengths of femora and tibiz; condition of trochanters;

flattened or foliaceous parts; comparative length of hind tarsi.

46 HOMOPTERA

In most cases it is of course not necessary to mention all of these characters, but in the instances

of closely related genera where careful comparison is required to note differentiation, the entire category

is often listed.

Coloration and sculpturing are in general ignored in these generic descriptions since such char-

acters are usually specific rather than generic.

Neither have we used the genital characters or the abdominal structures, not because these are

not valuable, for they probably are, but because they are so extremely difficult to distinguish in mount-

ed specimens.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES

For obvious reasons we have abbreviated the bibliographical references to the shortest possible

form but we believe that no undue difficulties will be presented because of this fact since we are

appending a complete bibliography to which reference may easily be made.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION

It has been our practice for many years to keep a record of all localities represented by specimens

sent us for determination as well as of those seen in collections throughout the world. "We are thus

able to add a great many distribution records to those given in previously published lists.

'The problem has been how to limit the number of references in the cases of widely distributed

species. In general, in such cases, we have endeavored to give for each species the general region in

which it is to be found, with enough scattered localities to indicate the extent of distribution.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

FAM. MEMBRACID/E. GERMAR

SUBFAMILIES OF THE FAM. MEMBRACID/E

I. Scutellum absent or rudimentary and entirely concealed by the bronotum.

A. c zEnteytor bia felsactous.-- vom e on sr As IE. BT v. e supo i T MEMBRACINIE. Stal;

B. Anterior tibie simple

I. Posterior tarsi very short, much shorier than front or middle tavsi . . PraATYCOTINAX Subfam. nov.

2. Posterior tarsi as long or longer than front ov middle tarsi

a, Third apical cell of corium truncate, never peliolate . . . . . DARNINE Stal.

aa. Third apical cell of corium fetiolate

b. Tegmina coriaceous and opaque; apical limbus very broad. . . "TRAGOPINA Stal.

bb. Tegmina entirely or almost. entirely membranous; apical limbus

HOEyOnre rr ks Ea cc ria V Su Se SMIDIINZ, tal:

II. Scutellum present ; usually exposed... . . . . . . . . . . CENTROTINA Spinola.

SuBr. MEMBRACINZ/E SrTAL

TRIBES OF SUBF. MEMBRACIN/E

I. Pronotum foliaceous, elevated, and more ov less bilaterally flaltened .. .. . . MrwBRacINI Goding.

II. Pronotum not foliaceous

A. Pronotum with one ov more anterior horns or brotuberances .. .. . . . NorocERINI Tribus nov.

B. Pronotum without frontal horns. . . . . . . . . . . . . BorsaoworiN Goding.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE MEMBRACINI GODING

I. Pronotum highly elevated, avcuate, rounded, compressed and leaf-like; no prono-

al-DYOCÓSSeS oc ue ER dep PE etes Mes or RE eros SIMEMBRACISVEADEICIUS:

lI. Pronotum little elevated, moderately compressed and having an. anterior horn or

frontal angle

A. Frontal horn long, usually porrect ; head subquadvrate

I. Lateral caring not extended behind humeral angles... . . . . ENcHoPHYvLLUM ÁÀ. & S.

2. Lateral carine extended behind humeral angles, usually reaching lateral

margins of jronotum

a. Laleral caring of Prvonotal horn equidistant from. superior and infe-

rior margins ; both margtus foliaceous .. .. . . . . . . . ENcHENOPA A. & S.

aa. Lateral carine of pronotal horn close to upper margin; inferior mar-

IH TOL oliattous S d o pde e cunis ees c Ms X EAMPYLENCHIA tal

B. Frontal horn short, erect ; head triangular... . . . . . . . TnmrrROPIDIA Stal.

48 HOMOPTERA

1. GENUS MEMBRACIS FABRICIUS

Membracis Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 675. (1775).

Phyllotropis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 41. (1869).

Characters : The type genus of the family and of the subfamily. Distinguished by the very

foliaceous pronotum, leaflike, highly elevated, and much flattened laterally. There are no pronotal

processes of any kind and the entire body is generally an arcuate plate. The tibie, particularly the

front pair, are broadly compressed and foliaceous. The insects of this genus are mostly of large size,

among the largest in the entire family, and are often very brilliantly colored. They are among

the most conspicuous of all membracids.

Type /oliata Linnzus.

Geographical distribution : The genus is limited to South and Central America and the

species are distributed as follows :

1. albolimbata Fowler, B. C. A. 5. 2. Pl. 1 : figs. 1, 1a (1894). Honduras.

2. alticollum Stoll, Cigal. Pl. 28 : fig. 165 (1780). Surinam.

3. arcuata De Geer, Ins. III : 206. 9 (1773). Brazil, Guiana.

peripheria Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 245. 7 (1846).

subtecta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 42 (1903).

4. atrala Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 8. 10 (1803). South America.

5. bipars Schmidt, Ent. Mitt. XIII : 290 (1924). Ecuador.

6. bucktoni Funkhouser (nom. nov.), Ent. News XXXII : 151 (192r). Brazil.

militaris (preoccupied) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 43 (1903).

7 carinata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 8.8 (1803). Brazil, Guiana.

8. caruata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 13 (1803). Brazil.

9. confusa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 247. 14 (1846). Brazil, Colombia.

interrupta Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 247. 16 (1846).

malleonata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 247. 14 (1846).

juncta Walker, Ins. Saund. 59 (1858).

trifasciata Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 269. 1 (1869).

trisignata Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 269. 2 (1869).

exigua Buckton, Mon. Memb. 42 (1903).

IO. divergens Schmidt, Ent. Mitt. XIII : 291 (1924). Ecuador.

1r. dorsata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 11. 26 (1803). Brazil.

curvilinia Walker, Ins. Saund. 58 (1858).

ephippiata Stal, Hem. Fab. II : 41. 7 (1869).

vergens Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 33o (1905).

12, fasciata Fabricius, Syst. Nat. II : 2092. 54 (1767). Brazil, Guiana.

cingulata Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 307 (1835).

rosea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 246. 9 (1846).

cutullata Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 76 (1859).

fasciatum Stal, Hem. Fab. II : 41. 1 (1869).

sanguinoplaga Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 361 (1906).

completa Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 361 (1906).

13. foliata Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. II : 705. 2 (1767). — Pl. 1, fig. I. Brazil, Guiana, Colombia,

maculifolia Stcll, Cigal. 17. Pl. 1. fig. 2 (1780).

flaveola Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 262. 4 (1787). -

c-album Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 244. 4 (1846). mala, Ecuador.

celsa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 475. 9 (1851).

expansa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 475. 8 (1851).

Venezuela, Mexico, Guate-

14.

T5.

16.

17.

18.

I9.

2I.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

28.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE

flexa Walker, Ins. Saund. 58 (1858).

surgens Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 76 (1859).

Jessica Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 34 (1920).

fusca De Geer, Ins. III : 208. 10 (1773).

humilis Fowler, B. C. A. 6. 6. Tab. I, fig. 6, 6a (1894).

lefebvrei Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 246. 10 (1846).

divisa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 123 (1858).

confinis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 41 (1903).

lunata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 262. 6 (1787).

nigro-albomaculata (nom. nud.) Stoll, Cigal. 33. (1780).

mimica Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 123 (1858).

mexicana Guerin, Icon. Reg. Anim. 364 (1838).

stolida Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 248. 20 (1846).

sex-maculata Walker, Ins. Saund. 59 (1858).

suffusa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 38 (1903).

micans Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 330 (1905).

nigrifolia Stoll, Cigal. 68 (1780).

nigra Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII: 668. 4 (1792).

compressa Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 9. 14 (1803).

peruana Schmidt, Ent. Mitt. XIII : 291 (1924). — Pl. 1, fig. 2.

peruviana Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 249. 21 (1846).

intermedia Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 249. 22 (1846).

ambigua Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 249. 24 (1846).

froboscidea Burmeister, Zool. Handb. Atlas. Pl. 29, fig. 26 (1860).

schmidti (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 53 (1927).

trimaculata (preoccupied) Schmidt, Ent. Mitt. XIII : 294 (1924).

tecligera Stoll, Cigal. 58. Pl. 14, fig. 71 (1780).

fasciata Coquebert, III. Icon. Tab. 18, fig. 1 (1799).

elevata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 8. 9 (1803).

alta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 476. 11 (1851).

fuscata Atkinson, J. A. S. B. 54. 79 (1884).

provittata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 42 (1903)

tricolor Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 249. 23 (1846).

trimaculaia Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 245. 6 (1846).

nebulosa Fowler, B. C. A. 318. 1 (1909).

zonata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 248. 17 (1846).

fusifera Walker, Ins. Saund. 58 (1858).

Peru, Brazil [Guiana.

Mexico, Peru, Ecuador,

Brazil, Guiana, Mexico.

Brazil, Surinam.

Mexico, Honduras, Guatema-

la, Nicaragua, Costa Rica,

Panama, Colombia.

Unknown.

Brazil, Surinam.

Peru.

Peru, Chile, Brazil.

Mexico.

Colombia.

Brazil, Surinam, Guiana, Co-

lombia, Venezuela, Mexico,

Ecuador.

Colombia.

Costa Rica.

Brazil.

2. GENUS ENCHOPHYLLUM AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Enchophyllum Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 534. (1843).

Tropidocera Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 38. (1869).

tegmina are narrow, lanceolate and usually more or less opaque.

Characters : Insects of medium size with the pronotum but slightly elevated and only

moderately compressed and with a long anterior pronotal process which usually projects forward over

the head. The head is subquadrate and the genz as well as the front tibiae are foliaceous. The

(The frontal horn bears lateral

caring but these ridges do not extend farther backward than the humeral angles. This genus is dis-

tinctly transitional between Membracis and Enchenofa.

Type cruentatum Germar.

HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution :

. albidum Fowler, B. C. A. 7. 2 (1894).

2. cassis Stoll, Cigal. 48. Pl. rr, fig. 52 (1780).

3. cruentatum Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 266. 11 (1835).

. decoratum Erichson, Schomb. Reis. 615 (1848).

tripustulatum Stal, Bid. Mem. Kan. 270 (1869).

5. dubium Fowler, B. C. A. 38. 3 (1894).

. ensatum Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 12. 28 (1803).

scenica Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 76 (1859).

. fulicum Germar, Rev. Silb. III. 225. 9 (1835).

nigrocuprea Walker, Ins. Saund. 60 (1858).

. malaleuceum Walker, Ins. Saund. 59 (1858).

. 4mbelle Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 271. 7 (1869).

. nigroluteum Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 159 (1927).

. quinquemaculatum Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 250. 27 (1846).

auropicla Buckton, Mon. Memb. 5o (1903).

maculatum Buckton, Mon. Memb. 45 (1903).

. rileyíi Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 56. 7 (1893).

. simulans Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 23. 8 (1858).

. squamigerum Linngeus, Syst. Nat. XII : 1r. t2 (1767).

. trimaculatum Stal, Hem. Mex. 68. 407 (1864).

Guatemala.

Surinam.

Brazil.

Guiana.

Guatemala, Mexico, Panama.

Brazil, Colombia.

Brazil.

Brazil, Mexico, Guatemala.

Brazil, Argentina.

Brazil.

St. Vincent's Island.

Brazil.

Mexico.

3. GENUS ENCHENOPA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Enchenopa Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 535 (1843).

Characters : This genus was erected by the authors to include those forms of their « Corni-

dorsi » which differed from their preceding genus Enchophyllum in having the pronotum not foliaceous

although possessing an anterior horn.

Later, however, Stal split off his genus Camfylenchia on the

characters of the pronotal process, so that now the genus Enchenofa is limited to those species having

the pronotum very little elevated, only slightly compressed, the only foliaceous portion being the more

or less porrect pronotal horn in which a single midrib-like ridge extends down the center, leaving both

margins flattened and about equal in width. The sides of the pronotum are multicarinate and the

ridges extend posteriorly farther than the humeral angles and generally reach the lateral margins.

Qi Uu cR UC MN

Type monoceros Germar.

Geographical distribution :

. albidorsa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 251. 3o (1846).

ephippiata (sic) Goding, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 210 (1928).

. aliissima Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 252 (1846).

andina Schmidt, Ent. Mitt. XIII : 293 (1924).

. aficalis Stal, Hem. Mex. 68. 408 (1864).

arcuata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 125 (1858).

. bicolor Walker, List Hom B. M. 38 (1851).

Brazil, Colombia, Guiana,

Colombia.

Costa Rica.

Mexico.

Brazil.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 51

, 7. bicuspis Walker, List. Hom. B. M. 487. 31 (1851). Unknown.

8. bifusifera Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 125 (1858). Mexico.

9. Óinolata Say, Narr. Long's Exp. App. 3or (1824). Canada, United States.

brevis Walker, List. Hom. B. M. 492 (1851).

IO. concolor Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 253. 37 (1846). Brazil.

nigro-apicata Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 23 (1858).

1I. costaricensis Schmidt, Ent. Mitt. XIII : 293 (1924). Costa Rica.

12. ferruginea Walker, List Hom. B. M. 489. 34 (1851). Colombia.

varians Walker, Ins. Saund. 62 (1858).

. gladius Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 13. 3o (1803).

. gracilis Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 29. 31 (1818).

. ignidorsum Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 124 (1858).

Panama, Brazil.

Brazil.

Mexico, Panama, Ecuador,

Surinam.

16. lanceolata Stoll, Cic. Tabl. 27, fig. 166 (1780). Brazil, Colombia, Nicaragua,

] longicollum Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII : 667. 1 (1792). Guiana

17. monoceros Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 28. 29 (1818). — Pl. I, fig. 3. Brazil, Argentina,

Guiana.

18. multicarinata Fowler, B. C. A. 11. 7 (1894). Mexico.

IQ. nigrocuprea Walker, Ins. Saund. 60 (1858). Brazil.

20. permutata Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. r12 (1908). United States.

utahensis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 167 (1929).

21. quadricolor Walker, Ins. Saund. 60 (1858). Guatemala, Mexico, Brazil,

subangulata Walker, Ins. Saund. 61 (1858). Venezuela.

excelsior Walker, Ins. Saund, 61 (1858).

humilior Walker, Ins. Saund. 62 (1858).

curvicornis Walker, Ins. Saund 62 (1858).

22. quadrimaculata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 124 (1858). Brazil.

23. sericea Walker, List Hom. B. M. 493. 41 (131). Venezuela, Mexico, Panama.

24. lesselata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 48 (1903). Brazil, Mexico.

4. GENUS CAMPYLENCHIA STAL

» Campylenchia Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 39. 43 (1869).

Characters : Campylenchia was denominated a subgenus by Stal to accommodate those insects

in which the inferior margin of the pronotal horn was not foliaceous and the carina of this process was

close to the superior margin. The group was raised to generic rank by Goding (1892) on the basis of

these characters and has since been so recognized, but the distinction is not clear-cut and there are

many species which are more or less transitional. "The other characters are the same as those for the

genus Enchenopa. On the whole, the range of Camfylenchia, at least as to numbers of individuals, seems

to be farther north than EncAhenofa.

Type cuvvata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution :

I. curvaía Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 13. 34 (1803). — PI. 1, fig. 4. Colombia, Mexico, United

densa Walker, List Hom, B. M. 490. 35 (1851). States.

52 HOMOPTERA

2. hastala Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 263. 9 (1787). Peru, Brazil, Panama, Mexi-

nutans Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 28. 3o (1818). co, Guiana.

nigrovittata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 539. 14 (1851).

3. latipes Say, Narr. Long's Exp. App. 3o2 (1824). . Canada, United States.

antonina Walker, List Hom. B. M. 488 (1851).

venosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 488 (1851).

frigida Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 126 (1858).

antone (sic) Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 76 (1859).

bimacula Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 76 (1859).

rectidorsum Buckton, Mon. Memb. 49 (1903).

4. minans Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 252. 35 (1846). Mexico, Espiritu Santo Isl.

micans (sic) Stal, Hem. Mex. 57. 405 (1864).

5. rugosa Fowler, B. C. A. 1o. 6 (1894). Mexico.

5. GENUS TRITROPIDIA STAL

Tritropidia Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 44 (1869).

Characters : Distinguished from the other genera of the Membracini by the triangular head

and the short, erect frontal horn. The pronotum is moderately elevated, rather distinctly compressed

and the lateral carinae are usually very faint or obsolete. The species are all small in size and are

mostly bright in color.

Tyne galeata Olivier.

Geographical distribution :

I. bifenestrala Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1 (1922). Brazil, Guiana.

2. galeata Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII : 668. 6 (1792). — Pl. 1, fig. 5. Surinam, Peru, Guiana.

militaris Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 15. 39 (1803).

fulehella Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1 (1022).

3. nimbata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 15. 40 (1803). Surinam, Brazil.

alticervex (nom. nud.) Stoll, Cigal. 113 (1780).

4. rubrocassis Stoll, Cigal. 67. Pl. 17, fig. 9o (1780). Surinam, Ecuador.

GENERA OF TRIBE NOTOCERINI TRIBUS NOV

I. Head dishncily irslobed 5 0. . 4 2 2 2 2. 2 2 4 «4 « «.. SPONGOPHORUS Fairmaltie

II. Head not trilobed

A. Venation normal

1. Anderior pronolum produced in a single porrect Process ov tubercle

a. Surface of pronotum smooth .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . GuavaquiLA Goding.

aa. Pronotum bearing ridges, spines or nodules

b. Dorsal margis smoolh . . . . . o. . 2 0. . € . PHriLYA Walker.

bb. Dorsal margin spinose . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hypsornona Stal.

2. Anterior. pronotum wilh two suprahumerals .— .. . . . . . . . NorTOCERA A. & S.

B. Venation irregular ; many small cellules

I. Single porrect pronotal process... . 2 0. 0... . . . . ScarwonPHus Fowler.

2. Two suprahumeral horns ov entirely withoul processes .. . . . . . MourramEm Goding.

"T EET TOU PNIS NETS RAE RUM EUM SNL

TONCREUN QUTMATT ENS

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 53

6. GENUS SPONGOPHORUS FAIRMAIRE

Spongophorus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 261 (1846).

Cladonata Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 273 (1869).

Characters : This is one of the most remarkable of all of the genera of the Membracida in

showing grotesque and bizarre pronotal developments which appear generally in the form of greatly

exaggerated dorsal processes. "lhese most unusual and almost unbelievable structures have doubtless

suggested many of the specific names in the genus such as «inelegans », «ludicrus », « mirabilis »,

« paradoxus » and «ridiculus ». Fairmaire speaks of the prothorax as « sometimes a bow, sometimes

presenting elongated or fungiform swellings, sometimes extending beyond the extremity of the elytra »

but chooses as his definitive character the peculiar trilobed head, which is, indeed, a character sufficient

to distinguish it from all other genera of the tribe Nofocerimi. Fairmaire notes, in addition, the fact that

the ocelli are on a line with the middle of the eyes and that the elongate tegmina are usually free.

Tyne ?allista Germar.

Geographical distribution :

1. afíinis Fowler, B. C. A., 29. 3 (1894). Guatemala.

2. albofasciatus Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 54. 5. (1893). West Indies.

3. atratus da Fonseca, Arquiv. Instit. Biol. VII : 12. 162 (1936). Brazil.

4. ballista Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 231. 1 (1835). — PI. I, fig. 6. Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

claviger Stal, Hem. Mex. 68 (1864). Colombia.

apicalis Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 273. 1 (1869).

brunneus Fallou, Rev. Ent. IX : 254 (1891).

5. bennetti. Kirby, Mag. Nat. Hist. 20 (1869). Colombia.

6. biclavus Westwood, Int. Class Ins. II : 432 (1840). Brazil, Panama, Mexico.

parvulus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 80 (1903).

7. bivexillifer Costa, Mus. Nap. II : 150 (1862). South America.

8. championi Fowler, B. C. A. 28, 2 (1894). Guatemala.

9. cinereus da Fonseca, Rev. Ent. III : 4. 445 (1933). Brazil.

10. clavaria Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 261. 4 (1846). Brazil.

II. costata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 6r (1903). St. Vincent's.

. facetus Walker, Ins. Saund. 64 (1858).

acetus (sic) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 82 (1903).

South America.

13. falleni Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 24. 1. (1862). Brazil.

14. foliaius Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 8. (1922). Brazil.

15. guerini Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 262. 6. (1846). Brazil, Bolivia, Guiana, Pan-

spatulatus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 262. 7 (1846). ama.

dorsalis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 80 (1903).

querini (sic) Comstock, Int. Ent. 404 (1924).

16. inelegaus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 82 (1903). Mexico.

17. inflatus Fowler, B. C. A. 3o. 5 (1924). Guatemala.

18. latifrons Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 272. 4 (1869). Mexico.

19. lividus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 81(1903). Brazil.

20. lobulatus Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 276. 6 (1869). Bogota.

21. locomotiva Breddin, Soc. Ent. 60 (19or). Ecuador.

22:

25.

24.

25.

26.

27:

20:

3o.

3I.

3a.

HOMOPTERA

ludicrus Walker, Ins. Saund. 63 (1858). Brazil.

machinula Breddin, Soc. Ent. 60 (19or). Ecuador.

mirabilis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 261. 2 (1846). Brazil.

nodosis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 79 (1903). ' Brazil.

paradoxus Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 26, 27. (1818). Brazil.

ridiculus Walker, Ins. Saund. 64 (1858). Brazil.

rigidus Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 275. 5 (1869). Colombia.

robustulus Fowler, B. C. A 29. 4 (1894). Guatemala.

rufescens da Fonseca, Rev. Ent. III : 4. 444. (1933). Brazil.

undulatus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 498. 9 (1851). Brazil.

vexilliferus Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 53. 4 (1893).

West Indies.

7. GENUS GUAYAQUILA GODING

Guayaquila Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 21: (1920).

Characters : We have never seen an example of this genus, and, in fact, the genus has never

been recognized by any author other than Goding himself. We can therefore only quote his generic

description as follows :

« Pronotum armed with a compressed horn in front, destitute of lateral carinz but with a

percurrent median carina; dorsum flat, broad at humeral angles, gradually attenuated to an obtuse

apex which reaches tip of abdomen, but shorter than apices of tegmina. Generally golden silky

pubescent. 'Tegmina similar in shape and venation to those seen in the genus Membracis. Wings

with four apical cells, second broad and quadrangular, fourth minute. Front and middle tibize

broadly dilated, short; posterior legs three times the length of front legs, hind tibi: with strong

sharp spines. Facies of Aconophora. »

From the above description it would appear that the only diagnostic characters which would sepa-

rate this genus from other closely related genera would be the absence of lateral carinze and the long

hind legs, which would seem to be very slight differences on which to erect a new genus. The figure

published in the « Boletin de Medicina y Cirurgia » is entirely unsatisfactory.

L2]

"1 O0 ti» QN

Type voreriana Goding.

Geographical distribution

aperta Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 337 (1858).

Brazil, Ecuador.

maxima Goding. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 43 (1928). Ecuador.

mirucoruua. Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 7 (1930) Honduras.

olseni Goding, Journ. N Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 224 (1928). Honduras.

roreriaia. Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 34, 37 (1920). Ecuador.

sulfurus Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 44 (1928). Ecuador.

. vexator Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 43 (1928). Ecuador.

8. GENUS PHILYA WALKER

Philya Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 126 (1858).

Azinia Walker, Ins, Saund. 63 (1858).

/Echmorpha Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 39 (1869).

Characters : A group of small, slender-bodied insects at once distinguished by the single long,

porrect anterior process which is usually slightly swollen and often somewhat bidentate atthetip. The

URP WP VRCNEUTNS NETT REESE SE

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 55

head is subquadrate, all of the tibize very foliaceous, the sides of the pronotum rugose or roughly sculp-

tured and the dorsum smooth. The tegmina are long and narrow and the cells of the apical area much

given to irregularity and a multicellular condition. The insects are inconspicuous and of somber colors.

Tyne bicolor Walker.

Geographical distribution :

I. ascendens Walker, List Hom. B. M. 493. 40 (1851). Colombia, Ecuador.

2. bicolor Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 126 (1858). Brazil, Colombia.

curvicornis Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 279. 228 (1869).

3. californensis Goding, Cat. N. A. Memb. 466. 228 (1894). — United States.

PIS figi

4. dubia Fowler, B. C. A. 22. 4 (1894). Mexico.

5. elephas Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II: 23. 11 (1858). Brazil.

6. ferruginosa Goding, Cat. N. A. Memb. 466. 227 (1894). United States.

7; lituus Fowler, B. C. A. 21. 1 (1894). Mexico.

8. lowryi Plummer, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 4. 682 (1936). Mexico.

9. minor Fowler, B. C. A. 22. 3 (1894). Guatemala.

IO. fallidipenuis Walker, Ins. Saund. 63 (1858). Chile, Colombia.

II. sirigulaía Buckton, Mon. Memb. 57 (1903). Brazil.

I2. vilreipennis Fowler, B. C. A. 21. 2 (1894). Mexico

9. GENUS HYPSOPRORA STAL

Hypsoprora Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 277 (1869).

Characters : Closely related to PAilya but differing in having the dorsum decorated with spines

and often bearing an erect median dorsal process. The anterior horn is strong and is produced upward

or forward. All three pairs of tibiz| are strongly foliaceous. "The tegmina are lanceolate and are

generally opaque with the venation indistinct. All of the insects of this genus are of small size and of

inconspicuous colors.

Type Pileata Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution

I. albopicta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 17 (1922). Brazil, Peru.

2. anatina Fowler, B. C. A. 26. 3 (1894). Panama.

3. aspera. Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 242 (1925). Guiana.

4. coronata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 14. 38 (1803). — Pl. 1, fig. 8. Guatemala, Brazil, Mexico,

varia Walker, List Hom. B. M. 502. 17 (1851). Panama.

5. erecta da Fonseca, Rev. Ent. III : 4. 441 (1933). Brazil.

6. nigerrima Fowler, B. C. A. 25. 2 (1894). Mexico, Guatemala.

7. nogolata Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XLVI : 29 (1933). United States.

8. pileata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 266. 12 (1846). Colombia.

9. simplex Van Duzee, Calif. Acad. Sci. XII : 11. 169 (1923). Lower Calif.

10. £eler Buckton, Mon. Memb. 66 (1903). Brazil.

56 HOMOPTERA

11. Prituberculata Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 278. 5 (1869). Mexico, Panama.

12. luberosa Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 277. 3 (1869). Colombia.

10. GENUS NOTOCERA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Notocera Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 536 (1843).

Pterygia (preoccupied) Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. France I : 266 (1832).

Kallipterygia Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXIV : 6 (19or).

Characters : The genus may be recognized at once by the two ampliate suprahumeral horns

and by the remarkably spinose and nodulate character of the dorsum which gives the insect a most

unprepossessing and diabolical appearance as such specific names as « daemonica » and « satanas »

would indicate. The head is subquadrate, longer than wide, and leaf-like. All three pairs of tibiae are

broadly flattened. The tegmina are usually semiopaque but the venation is normal. Allof the insects

of this genus are small in size and most of them are very dark in color.

Tyne cruciata. Fabricius.

Geographical distribution :

I. alataruna Godiung, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 44 (1928). Ecuador.

2. arietina Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 308 (1835). Brazil.

3. bifida Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 267. 14 (1846). Brazil.

4. bDituberculata Fowler, B. C. A. 24. 2 (1924). — Pl. I, fig. 9. Mexico, Guatemala, Panama.

5. bovina Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 24. 1 (1858) Brazil.

6. brachycera Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 265. 9 (1846). Brazil.

7. capitata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 267. 13 (1846). Colombia.

8. cerviceps Fowler, B. C. A. 24. 3 (1894). Guatemala, Mexico, Panama.

9. crassicornis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 264. 5 (1846) Brazil.

IO. eruciata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 18. 8 (1803). Brazil.

1I. cylindricornis Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 277. 2 (1869). Colombia.

12. demoniaca Buckton, Mon. Memb. 71 (1903). Brazil.

13. exaltata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 502. 16 (1851). Brazil

14. flavopunctata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 75 (1903). Brazil.

15. hedula Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 25. 4 (1858). Brazil.

16. Àispbida Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 265. 7 (1846). Colombia, Guatemala.

17. incognita Buckton, Mon. Memb. 75 (1903). Brazil.

18. marquarti Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. France I : 221 (1832). Brazil.

19. maculosa Walker, Ins. Saund. 65 (1858). Brazil.

bunctuosa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 75 (1903).

20. nigrocruciata Stoll, Nat. Leev. Cic. 61 (1780). Surinam,

21. uox Buckton. Mon. Memb. 73 (1903). Brazil.

Note: For many years the insects of this genus have stood under the name P'erygiía but Goding (1928) has called

attention to the fact that this name was employed for a genus in the Mollusca by Bolton in 1798, by Link in 1807 and by

Latreille in 1825. The membracid genus must therefore be given the name Notocera, Amyot and Serville (1843).

ARI SAIS ATe IIR. C INTE NIRE SE NNIUNERES CY REIN e vi

T RT VETT UP mc Sets (Tn

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 57

22. quadridens Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 264. 4 (1846). Brazil.

23. quinquetuberculata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 266. 10 (1846). Venezuela.

24. rubicunda Buckton, Mon. Memb. 72 (1903). Brazil, Colombia.

pehlkei Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 326 (1906).

25. satanas Lesson, Ill. Zool. Pl. 56, fig. 2 (1831). Brazil.

subsimilis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 128 (1858).

concolor Buckton, Mon. Memb. 73 (1903).

26. spinidorsa Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 171 (1929). Ecuador.

27. tenuicornis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 263. 2 (1903). Brazil.

28. trifodia Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 263. 2 (1846). Brazil.

29. Luberosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 266. 11 (1846). Argentina.

3o. uropigit Buckton, Mon. Memb. 82 (1903). Brazil, Guiana.

1l. GENUS SCALMORPHUS FOWLER

Scalmorphus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 22 (1894).

Characters : Fowler separated this genus from PAilya on the basis of the diamond-shaped

appearance of the pronotum as viewed from above, and the strongly reticulate tegmina. These char-

acters seem to be sufficient for the recognition of the genus. The single porrect pronotal horn is

gradually acuminate, and the posterior process is likewise narrowed from its base to a very sharp point.

The head and the first two pairs of tibiae are broadly foliaceous. The tegmina are hyaline and the

cells are inclined to much irregularity.

Type veticulatus Fowler.

Geographical distribution : Only two species have been described for the genus and both

of these apparently rare. One is the type species and the other was described by Ball from Chiricahua

Mountains.

I. minutus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XLVI : 29 (1933). United States.

2. veliculatus Fowler, B. C. A. 23. 1 (1894). — Pl. 1, fig. 1O. Guatemala.

12. GENUS MULTAREIS GODING

Multareis Goding, Can. Ent. XXVII : 274 (1895).

Characters : Distinguished by the very reticulate tegmina in which the multicellular condition

is not limited to the apical area but extends throughout the tegmen. The tegmina are broad, rounded,

and translucent or opaque. If horns are present, they consist of a pair of short, blunt suprahumerals,

but the presence or absence of horns is not constant within a species in either sex. The head and

prothorax are roughly sculptured and the tibize are only moderately flattened. The insects are very

small in size and all of the described species are brownish in color.

Type cornutus Goding.

58 HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution : The three species which have been described in this genus are all

from western United States and Lower California as follows :

r. cornutus Goding, Can. Ent. XXVII : 274 (1895). — Pl. !, fig. 1 1. — California, Utah.

2. digitatus Van Duzee, Calif. Acad. Sci. XII : 11. 170 (1923). J California, Utah, Lower Cali-

fornia.

3. planifrous Van Duzee, Calif. Acad. Sci. XII : 1r. 170 (1923). California, Lower California,

San Marcos Isl.

GENERA OF TRIBE BOLBONOTINI GODING

I. Body globular; rugose and carinate

A, Tegmina tilh two discoidal cells... 0 soo os om 9 o BorsoNoTA A: 083

B. Tegmina with four discoidal cells... . . . . . . . . . ... . BorsoNvoropzs Fowler.

II. Body elongate or triangular

A. Tegmina with three discoidal cells; metopidium carinate above eyes

1. Dorsum-sirmphl- V PA wei uis emat 8 39 ouent AE De E S ISRRCHTIA WALEOES

2, Doxsum strongly. ssnuale: 4 E ec isle an ws C ow GI PALXLOBEDTASEOWIEEI

B. Tegmina with two discoidal cells; metopidium smooth above eyes

I. Tegmina entirely free; dorsum straight... . . . . . . . . LzroscyrA Fowler,

2. Tegmina almost entirely covered by sides of pronotum; dorsum sinuate . . 'TAUNAYA da Fonseca.

13. GENUS BOLBONOTA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Bolbonota Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 537 (1843).

Tetraplatis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 77 (1851).

Tubercunota Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 55 (1893).

Bulbonota Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVI : 232 (1903).

Characters : This is one of the genera which in the opinion of the Natural Selectionists offers

a good illustration of the resemblance of insects to seeds, and, indeed, these insects do look very much

like small, shriveled, wrinkled seeds in their shape and sculpturing. In fact, the small size, globular

form, and crinkled and corrugated appearance of the pronotum are characters which readily distinguish

this genus and the closely related genus Bolbonotodes from all other Membracida. Other characters are

the absence of pronotal horns, the broadly flattened head and tibiz, and the particular fact that the

tegmina have only two discoidal cells. The species are all small in size and usually very dark in color.

Type isus Germar.

Geographical distribution : The genus is limited to Central and South America from which

regions a considerable number of species have been described. However, since most of these species

were described on the basis of size and on the appearance of the corrugated surface of the pronotum,

and since these characters vary greatly even within a species, we are suspicious that all of the species

here listed may not be valid.

I. aspidistre Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 241 (1925). Guiana.

2. aureosericea Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 24. 2 (1858). Brazil.

3. auripennis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 259. 7 (1846) Brazil.

4. bispinifera Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 55. 6 (1893). West Indies.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. vorrugata Fowler, B. C. A. 19. 5 (1894).

minor Fowler, B. C. A. r9. 5. (1894).

. cuneata Fowler, B. C. A. 17. 2. (1894).

. digesta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 64. (1903).

8. dubiosa (nom. nov.) Van Duzee, Can. Ent. XLVI : 389 (1914).

aurosericea (preoccupied) Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 417 (1894).

. globosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 257. 1 (1846).

. inequalis Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 22. 28 (1803).

. (nconspicua Fowler, B. C. A. 18. 4 (1894).

. 4nsignis Fowler, B. C. A. 17. 1 (1894).

. lutea Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 260. 4 (1914).

. melena Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 129. 20 (1835).

flavicans Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 258. 5 (1846).

. migrata Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 36r. 5 (1914).

. Aisus Germar, Rev. Silb. I1I : 229. 2 (1835).

. fictipennis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 258. 3 (1846). — PI. l,fig. 12.

atomarius Walker, List Hom. B. M. 510. 1 (1851).

. plicata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 63 (1903).

. fusilla Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 258. 1 (1846).

. fusio. Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 230. 23 (1835).

. quadripunctata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 65 (1903).

. quinquelineata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 65 (1903).

. rubritarsa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 66 (1903).

. rufonotata Fowler, Trans. Lond. Ent. Soc. 416 (1894).

. scabricula Walker, Ins. Saund. 75 (1858).

. tuberculata. Fabricius, Coq. Ill. : Ins. 78 (1801).

Panama, Honduras, Guiana,

West Indies.

Mexico, Honduras, Guatema-

la, Costa Rica, Panama.

Brazil.

Mexico.

Colombia.

Brazil, Panama, Guiana.

Mexico, Guatemala

Mexico, Honduras, Guatema-

la, Costa Rica, Panama.

Brazil.

Bolivia, Costa Rica.

Brazil.

Brazil,

Mexico, Guatemala,

Panama, Ecuador, Colom-

bia, Guiana.

Ecuador,

Colombia.

Brazil.

Unknown.

Brazil.

Colombia.

Unknown.

Brazil.

14. GENUS BOLBONOTODES FOWLER

Bolbonotodes Fowler, B. C. A. II : 20 (1894).

Characters :

This genus was erected to accommodate a single species which differed from the

species of Bolbonota in having four discoidal cells in the tegmina and five apical cells in the wing. Except

for its slightly larger size, there seem to be no other generic differences. We have never seen this insect

and are using Fowler's figure as an aid to recognition.

Type ganglbaueri Fowler.

Geographical distribution :

1. ganglbaueri Fowler, B. C. A. 20. 1 (1894). — PI. 2,fig. 13.

Mexico.

HOMOPTERA

15. GENUS ERECHTIA WALKER

Erechtia Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 141 (1858).

Tropidoscyta Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 44 (1869).

late in front but without an anterior process.

entirely free, almost entirely hyaline, and have five apical and three discoidal cells.

tibiae are broadly foliaceous.

« three parallel dorsal keels; the lateral pair abbreviated; the middle one continued to the acute tip »

Characters : Insects of small size with triangular bodies and with the pronotum usually angu-

The sides of the pronotum are carinate, usually with three

parallel ridges, and the metopidium is strongly ridged above the eyes. "The dorsal margin is straight

and slopes gradually from the top of the metopidium to the tip of the posterior process.

In his original description of the genus, Walker calls attention to the

but this condition is also occasionally found in the closely related genus Tylopelta.

Oc OQ NL cOY "Ow coe TOM TIONIS e

[*]

Y2-

P3.

I4.

15.

16.

18.

I9.

20.

21.

22.

23;

24.

Type bicolor Walker.

Geographical distribution :

. abbreviata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 23. 35 (1803).

. albipes Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r1 (1922).

. bicolor Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 141 (1858).

. binotlaía Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 359 (1914).

. brevis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 40 (1928).

. brunneidorsata Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 357 (1914).

. bulbosa Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3 (1925).

. carbonaria Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 228. 19 (1835).

. decipiens Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 254. 41 (1846).

. gibbosa De Geer, Hist Ins. III : 211. 13 (1773).

tricarinatus Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 23. 24 (1803).

bicristata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 256. 47 (1846).

gilvitarsi Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 39 (1928).

guyanensis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 54 (1903).

immaculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 3 (1922).

longa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 486. 28 (1851).

maculata Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 360 (1914).

minor Buckton, Mon. Memb. 53 (1903).

minuta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1 (1922).

minutissima Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 40 (1928).

neglecta Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 227 (1925).

nigrovittata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 255. 44 (1846).

ophthalmica Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 255. 43 (1846).

jecila Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 24. 23 (1818).

pruinosa Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 237 (1925).

Bulchella Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 40 (1928).

Brazil.

Ecuador.

Peru.

British Guiana.

Brazil.

Ecuador.

Brazil, British Guiana.

Argentina.

Brazil.

Peru.

Brazil.

Ecuador.

British Guiana.

French Guiana.

Colombia.

Brazil.

British Guiana.

Ecuador.

The tegmina are

All three pairs of

E ESTTPAPTENBRTNEIT VITROREON ISI He PIER RES MEETS QE SORANNEININ ia. rm

Epio eg e BRE

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 61

25. sallei Fowler, B. C. A. II : 13. 1 (1894). Mexico, Guatemala, Panama.

26. sauguinolenia Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 255. 46 (1846). Brazil.

27. subtrigona Walker, List Hom. B. M. 485. 27 (1851). Venezuela.

28. succedanii Buckton, Mon. Memb. 53 (1903). Ecuador.

pwncticeps Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 219 (1928). —

Pl. 2, fig. 14.

29. torva Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 228. 18 (1835). Brazil.

3o. transiens Fowler, Ent. Soc. Lond. 415 (1894). South America.

31. tricostata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 24. 24 (1818). Brazil.

32. trinotata Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII:4.412(1930). Argentina.

33. truncata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 253. 39 (1846). Argentina, Brazil.

34. uniformis Fowler, B. C. A. r4. 2 (1894). Panama.

16. GENUS TYLOPELTA FOWLER

Tylopelta Fowler, B. C. A. II : 15 (1894).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but differing particularly in having the

dorsum strongly sinuate, often actually step-like. The body is robust and triangular, the pronotum is

angular in front and bears a percurrent median carina and two lateral caring on each side. A single

short, heavy ridge appears on the metopidium above the eyes. The tegmina are short and broad, not

at all concealed by the pronotum, and have five apical and three discoidal cells. Fowler described

the cells of the tegmina as « less oblong » than in Erechtia but this character is not constant throughout

the genus.

Type gibbera Stal.

Geographical distribution :

1. appendiculata da Fonseca, Arquiv. Instit. Biol. VII : 12. 158 (1936). — Brazil.

2. brevis Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 115 (1908). United States.

3. exusta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 55 (1903). Brazil.

4. gibbera Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 46. 8 (1869). — Pl. 2, fig. 15. Mexico, Panama, United

americana Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. r14 (1908). States.

5. monsírosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 257. 51 (1846). Brazil.

17. GENUS LEIOSCYTA FOWLER

Leioscyta Fowler, B. C. A. II : 14 (1894).

Characters : Small, narrow-bodied insects which in general facies resemble those of the two

preceding genera but which differ from both in having only two discoidal cells in the tegmina and in

the metopidium smooth above the eyes. The pronotum is more elongate than in ErecAtia or Tylofelta

and the dorsal margin is always straight. A percurrent median carina is present but the sides of the

pronotum are usually smooth or with not more than one ridge on each side. The tegmina are entirely

free, with five apical cells but only two discoidals and with a broad apicallimbus. The head is sub-

quadrate and flattened with the ocelli very poorly developed. The first two pairs of tibize are foliaceous.

Type 7allidifrontis Stal.

62 HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution :

. beebei. Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 239 (1925). British Guiana.

. bituberculata Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 38 (1928). Ecuador.

3. brunnea. Funkhouser, Journ, N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 268 (1919). Peru.

4. cornulula Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 46. 4 (1869). Mexico.

5. fasciapennis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 39 (1928). Ecuador.

6. ferruginata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent Soc. XXX : 1. 6(1922). Brazil.

7. ferruginipennis Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 468. 236 (1894). — PI. 2, United States.

fig. 16.

8. humeralis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 9r (1930). Brazil.

9. minima Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 38 (1928). Ecuador.

IO. 4iger da Fonseca, Arquiv. Instit. Biol. VII : 12. 157 (1936). Brazil.

II. "igra Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 38 (1928). Ecuador.

12. Ailida Fowler, B. C. A. II : 14. 3 (1894). Panama.

13. pallidipennis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 46. 3 (1869). Mexico, United States.

14. fallipes Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 39 (1928). Ecuador.

15. $ulchella Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII:4.411(1930). Brazil.

16. rufidorsa Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 37 (1928). Ecuador.

17. spiralis Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 240 (1925). British Guiana.

18. trimaculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 5(1922). Peru, Brazil.

I9. irinotata Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 167 (1929). — United States.

18. GENUS TAUNAYA DA FONSECA

Taunaya da Fonseca, Rev. Ent. IV : 3. 351 (1934).

Characters : The type species of this monotypic genus bears a strong superficial resemblance

to the forms of Bolbonota but may at once be distinguished by the fact that in Tauzaya the tegmina are

almost entirely covered by the sides of the pronotum while in Bolborota the tegmina are entirely free.

The same character serves to separate the genus from its more nearly related genus Leroscyfa with the

additional difference that in Leioscyta the dorsum is straight while in Tauzaya it is distinctly sinuate.

'The tegmina have four apical cells, all truncate at the base, and two discoidal cells.

Type *ugosa da Fonseca.

Geographical distribution :

I. rugosa da Fonseca, Rev. Ent. IV : 3. 352 (1934). — Pl. 2,fig. 1 7. — Brazil.

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 63

SuBr. PLATYCOTINZ/E SusBr. Nov.

TRIBES OF IHE SUBF. PLATYCOTINZE SUBE. NOV,

I. Under wings with four apical cells... . . . . . . . . . . . . Porwnwi Goding.

TIS Under: wines usthdhreeadicat cells. sr me cec ces uo RI DBEATYCOTINL Lribusqnoyvs

GENERA OF THE TRIBE POTNIINI GODING

I. Humeral angles produced into long horns... . . . . . . . . . . Arcurswv Kirkaldy.

II. Humevral angles not Produced into horns or spines.

A. Pronotum. withoul dorsal processes... 4... 2 2 2 4 2. 2 2 2 OCHROPEPILA Stal.

B. Pronotum wilh dorsal rocesses ov frontal horn

1. Frontal horn sharp; sides of pronotum ridged; posterior process long,

reaching to libs of tegmina... . 4... . . . . . . AcoNoPHOoROIDES Fowler.

2. Frontal horn blunt ; sides of pronotum smooth; posterior. process short, not

reaching beyond end. of abdomen... . 2 2 2 2 2. s . PorMiA Stal

19. GENUS ALCHISME KIRKALDY

Alchisme Kirkaldy, Entom. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Triquetra (preoccupied) Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 279 (1846).

Microschema Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 37 (1869).

Characters : Fairmaire erected his old genus Tviquetra on the following characters which, of

course, still apply : Head large. triangular, slightly rounded at the summit; ocelli equidistant from

each other and from the eyes; tegmina slightly notched, free at base but slightly covered by pro-

notum at extremities; prothorax having the shoulders dilated in long points; posterior process reach-

ing tips of tegmina. Of these characters, the long, sharp humeral processes are most satisfactory for

separating the genus from the other Poíniini while the four apical cells of the hind wing distinguish it

from the P/atycotini. 'The insects of this genus are all of large size, among the largest of the Membra-

cide, and are almost without exception greenish in color. "They all show, of course, the extremely

short hind tarsi which are peculiar to the subfamily.

Type /nermis Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution :

1. angustata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 282. 11 (1846). Colombia, Ecuador.

2. apicalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 518. 4 (1851). Colombia, Panama.

3. bos Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 282. 10 (1846). Colombia, Ecuador.

obtusa Buckton, Mon. Memb. or (1903).

4. costaricensis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 171(1929). Costa Rica.

5. elevata Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 10 (1930). Bolivia.

[^2

o o

IO.

II.

I2.

13.

I4-

I5.

16.

HOMOPTERA

. grossa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 280. 3 (1846). — PI. 2, fig. 18.

virgata, Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 282. 9 (1846).

virescens Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 281. 8 (1846).

terribilis Walker, Ins. Saund. 66 (1858).

obtusa Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc Lond. 417 (1894).

. inermis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 280. 1 (1846).

tridentata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb 280. 4 (1846).

recurva Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 266. 6 (1869).

nigrostrigata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 92 (1903).

mucronata Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 330 (1905).

. intermedia. Distant, Ent. Mag. 223 (1881).

. nigrocarinata. Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 280. 2 (1846).

obscura Walker, List Hom B. M. 517. 3 (185r).

submaculata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 92 (1903).

projecta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 414(1930).

vubrocostata Spinola, Hist. Chile Zool. VII : 272. 3 (1852).

unicolor Signoret, Ann. Ent. Soc. France III : 584 (1864).

truncaticornis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 244. 11 (1835).

testacea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 281. 7 (1846).

turrila Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 243. 10 (1835).

insipbida Buckton, Mon. Memb. 93 (1903)

ustulaía Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 281. 5 (1846).

veruta Fowler, B. C. A. II : 33. 2 (1894).

Venezuela, Colombia, Guate-

mala, Ecuador,

Panama.

Colombia, Ecuador.

Colombia.

Colombia, Ecuador.

Brazil, Ecuador.

Peru.

Chile, Argentina.

Brazil, Colombia.

Brazil.

Colombia, Ecuador,

zuela.

Panama.

20. GENUS OCHROPEPLA STAL

Ochropepla Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 268 (1869).

Microschema Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 37 (1869).

Mexico,

Vene-

Characters : Body subtriangular, short and broad; humeral angles not produced ; pronotum

without dorsal processes; head equal in width to apex of thorax; ocelli equidistant from each other and

from the eyes ; median carina percurrent; posterior process extending about to end of abdomen; tegmina

with two discoidal cells; hind wings with four apical cells.

lors.

Insects of medium size and inconspicuous

Stal separated this genus from his genus Pofnia by the absence of the pronotal horn and from

Hoplophora Germar (preoccupied, now Metcalfiella Goding) by the four apical cells of the under wing.

Type corrosa Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution :

. carinata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 11 (1922).

2. concolor Walker, List Hom. B. M. 514. 17 (1851).

du Oc €

. corrosa. Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 272. 11 (1846). — Pl. 2, fig. 19.

punctum Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 272. 12 (1846).

. dubia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 45. 4 (1894).

. hebes Walker, List Hom. B. M. 525. 17 (1851).

. inequalis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 44. 3 (1894).

. fallens Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 268. 1 (1869).

Brazil.

Colombia.

Colombia, Panama.

Panama.

Colombia.

Panama.

Mexico.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 65

21. GENUS ACONOPHOROIDES FOWLER

Aconophoroides Fowler, B. C. A. II : 47 (1894).

Characters : Large brightly colored insects with a sharp pronotal horn and a superficial resem-

blance to the Aconophora but at once distinguished from that group by the minute hind tarsi. The dia-

gnostic characters of the genus are the heavy, robust body; humeral angles not extended into spines;

pronotum with a strong sharp anterior process; sides of pronotum strongly carinate; posterior process

long, extending to tips of tegmina; under wings with four apical cells; tegmina entirely free with five

apical and two discoidal cells.

Type gladiator Walker.

Geographical distribution :

1. gladiator Walker, List Hom. B. M. 567. 38 (1851). — Pl. 2,fig. 20. — Brazil, Panama, British Gui-

lata Walker, Ins, Saund. 69 (1858). ana.

2. projecta Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 505. 10 (1914). British. Guiana.

3. vectisbina Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 404. 9 (1914). Bolivia.

22. GENUS POTNIA STAL

Potnia Stal, Ber. Ent. Zeit. X : 388 (1866).

Characters : Medium sized insects of somber colors, closely related to the preceding genus

but differing in having a blunt pronotal horn, the sides of the thorax smooth and the posterior process

short, never reaching the apex of the tegmina and usually not extending as far as the end of the

abdomen. The head is subquadrate and roughly sculptured with the ocelli equidistant from each

other and from the eyes. "The pronotum is generally very coarsely punctate. The tegmina are hyaline

with five apical and two discoidal cells. The hind wings have four apical cells.

Type venosa Germar.

Geographical distribution :

I. affinis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 103 (1903). Colombia.

2. brevicoruis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 46. 2 (1894). Panama.

3. granadensis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 273. 15 (1846). Colombia.

4. Jaculus Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 12. 27 (1803) Brazil.

5. Jansoni Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 498 (1894). British Guiana.

6. Perobtusa Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 498 (1894). Brazil.

7. venosa Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 19. 16 (1818). — PI. 2, fig. 2l. Brazil

GENERA OF THE TRIBE PLATYCOTINI TRIBUS NOV.

I. Posterior process very short, not reaching tip of abdomen.

A. Head broad, as wide as base of posterior process; posterior process long and

naYvYow.

66 HOMOPTERA

1. Usually but not always a porrect pronotal horn or. protuberance; tegmina

short, extending for not. more than one-third. their length beyond. foste-

ior rotes 52... uo qr ca cR IUE moe di de corio S PRA YCQIME DEM.

2. Pronotal horn always present but. extending. directly forward, the upper

margin even with the dorsum; tegmina long, extending for al least half

their length. beyond posterior process... 4... . - . . . . ORnrHoPLopPHORA Fowler.

B. Head marrow, noi as wide as base of posterior. process; poslerior process short

aud shield-shafped

r. Pronotum with porrect frontal horn... . 4... . . . SraroryPA Metcalf.

2. Pronotum without frontal horn... . 4 4 4... . « . METCALFIELLA Goding.

II. Posterior process long, usually reaching lips of tegmina... . . « . . UdMsoNuia Burmeister,

23. GENUS PLATYCOTIS STAL

Platycotis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 36 (1869).

Characters : Large, heavy-bodied, triangularly-shaped insects often marked with stripes and

usually, but not always, bearing a frontal horn. The presence or absence of this pronotal horn varies

even within a species; it is not a sexual character nor is it indicative of any geographicallocation. "When

present, the horn is always porrect or more or less upright, never extending directly forward. "The head

is very broad, at least twice as broad as high, with the ocelli much nearer to each other than to the eyes.

'T'he posterior process is short and rather flat, seldom reaching the end of the abdomen. The tegmina,

likewise, are short, extending only slightly beyond the posterior process and have five apical and two

discoidal cells. The hind wings have three apical cells. The hind tarsi are ridiculously small as

compared with the tarsi of the front and middle pairs of legs.

Type villata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution :

I. acutangula Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 263. 2 (1869). Mexico.

2. cornuta Plummer, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 4. 683 (1936). Mexico.

3. discreta. Fowler, B. C. A. II : 42. 3 (1894). Guatemala.

4. hisirionica Stal, Hem. Mex. 69. 414 (1864). Mexico.

5. maritimus Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. VII : 11. 287 (1917). California.

minax Goding, Ent. News. III : 109 (1892).

asodalis Goding, Ent. News, III : 110 (1892).

6. nigrorufa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 143 (1858). Mexico, Guatemala.

7. spreta Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 456. 197. (1894). Mexico.

8. straminicolor Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 25. 4 (1858). Brazil.

9. fuberculatía Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 273. 18 (1846). Mexico, California.

ornata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 274. 19 (1846).

10. vilíata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 20. 23 (1803). — PI. 2, fig. 22. Brazil, Mexico, United States.

sagittata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 19. 15 (1821).

belligera Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI: 302 (1824)

quadrivittata Say, Journ. Acad Nat, Sci. Phila. V1 : 300 (1824).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 67

quadrilineata Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 241. 3 (1835).

humilis Walker, List Hom. B M. 514. 18 (1851).

guttifera Walker, List Hom. B. M. 539. 15 (1851).

rubrivittata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 537. 11 (1851).

porrecta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 538. 12 (1851).

viridescens Walker, List Hom. B. M. 538. 13 (1851).

lineosa Walker, List Hom, B. M. Suppl. 134 (1858).

nigromaculata Provancher, Pet. Faun. Can. III : 251. 2 (1886).

nigrolineata Provancher, Pet. Faun. Can. III : 251. 1 (1886).

24. GENUS ORTHOPLOPHORA FOWLER

Orthoplophora Fowler, B. C. A. II : 46 (1894).

Characters : This genus was erected for the accommodation of a single species and no others

have ever been described in the genus. [t is to be separated from Platycotis by the quite horizontal or

even slightly deflexed frontal horn and by the very long tegmina. Superficially it resembles an Umbonia

but differs from that genus in the length and character of the pronotal process. We have never seen

O. salvini, the type of the genus, and are therefore reproducing Fowler's figure which should be

sufficient for its identification.

Type salvini Fowler.

Geographical distribution : Known only from a single species as follows :

I. salvini Fowler, B. C. A. II : 47. 1 (1894). — PI. 2, fig. 23. Mexico.

25. GENUS STALOTYPA METCALF

Stalotypa Metcalf, Ent. News XXXVIII : 15 (1927).

Enchotypa Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 37 (1869).

Characters : Rather narrow-bodied insects with a thin compressed oblique frontal horn and

a very short posterior process which does not reach to the tip of the abdomen. — The head is narrow, not

as broad as the base of the posterior process. "The prothorax in roughly sculptured and coarsely punc-

tate: The tegmina have five apical and two discoidal cells and the hind wings have three apical cells.

Type /airmairei Guerin.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from the Island of Cuba with two

species as follows :

1. concinna Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II : 419 (1894). Cuba.

2. fairmairei Guerin, Hist. Cuba Ins. 181 (1856). Cuba.

Note : When Stal proposed his subgenus Ezchotypa he made a mistake in naming as the type « granadensis Guerin »

instead of « fairmairei Guerin ». He later (1869) corrected this error but as Metcalf (1927) correctly pointed out, the cor-

rection cannot stand according to the rule of the Entomological Code which states : « The gentoype of a monobasic genus

is the only specific name cited irrespective of misidentification ». "The species grazadezsis belongs in the genus Potzia but

fairmairei xepresents the group which Stal had in mind. Therefore the name S'alotypa as proposed by Metcalf must

be accepted.

68 HOMOPTERA

26. GENUS METCALFIELLA GODING

Metcalfiella Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 7 (1929).

Hoplophora (preoccupied) Germar, Rev. Silb. I : 177 (1833).

Hoplophorion (nom. nov.) Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXIV : 6 (1901).

Characters : The genus as now delimited includes those species of the subfamily which are

robust, triangular, with no pronotal horn, a very short shield-shaped posterior process, a narrow head

and with the hind wings showing three apical cells. The type species, 5ertusa Germar, which must be

consulted as a basis for generic characters, shows considerable variation in size and in configuration

of the pro-thorax but agrees entirely with the above named characters. The pronotum is usually

very roughly sculptured with irregular swellings and coarse punctuation. The head is twice as broad

as long with the ocelli large and prominent and much nearer to each other than to the eyes. The

humeral angles are broadly auriculate. The edges of the pronotum are marked with red. The teg-

mina are hyaline with five apical and two discoidal cells.

Type Prertusa Germar.

Geographical distribution :

I. carinulata Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 364 (1906).

2. cinerea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 272. 13 (1846).

Colombia.

Mexico, Guatemala.

3. concina Fowler, B. C. A. II : 41. 6 (1894). Panama.

concisa (sic) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 249 (1903).

. cribum Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 272. 10 (1846). Colombia.

5. disparipes Fowler, B. C. A. II : 40. 4 (1894). Guatemala.

6. erecta Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 364 (1906). Ecuador.

nigromaculatum Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 364 (1906).

Colombia, Ecuador.

7. gigantea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 269. 1 (1846).

8. gloveri Goding, Cat. Memb, N. A. 457. 199 (1894). Unknown.

9. lenschi Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 365 (1906) Ecuador.

IO. monogramma Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 242. 6 (1835). Mexico, Guatemala.

sanguinosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb.270. 2 (1846).

apriformis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 95 (1903).

II. obtusa Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 25. 3 (1862). Brazil.

12. ohansiana Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 366 (1906). Ecuador.

13. pertusa Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 242. 5 (1835). — Pl. 2, fig. 24. — Brazil.

porosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 513. 16 (1851).

Colombia.

14. pubescens Buckton, Mon. Memb. 96 (1903).

Note : This genus has had a checkered nomenclatorial careerof misadventure. The characters on which Germar

described his genus Hoplophora were so broad and indefinite that almost from the first many species were assigned to the

genus but were soon afterward removed to other genera such as Ochrofefla, Platycotis and Potnia which resulted in much

confusion. "Then Kirkaldy (19or) called attention to the fact that the name « Hoplophora» was preoccupied and sought to

remedy the matter by proposing a new name « Hoplophorion ». This name was accepted and the catalogues and collections

were rearranged to conform. However, in 1929, Goding identified triangulum Germar, which had been designated by

Germar as the type of his genus Hoflophora. as congeneric with corrosa Fairmaire, the type of Ochropepla. Since Hoplophorion

necessarily included all species congeneric with corrosa, this left allof the other species which had been assigned to that

genus but which were not congeneric with corrosa without a name. Goding proposed the name « Metcalfiella » as a nomen

novum for such species and this name now obtains — it is hoped without further necessity for change.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 69

15. rubribes Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 10 (1922). Colombia, Brazil.

16. semitecta Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 129 (1858). Brazil, Venezuela.

17. signoreti Fowler, B. C. A. 39. 2 (1894). Mexico.

18. sordida Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 17 (1821). Brazil.

19. triangulata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 18. 13 (1821). Brazil.

triangularum (sic) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 99 (1903).

20. unicolor Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. II : 419 (1894). Colombia.

21. variegata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 271. 7 (1846). Colombia.

22. vicina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 270. 3 (1846). Brazil, Ecuador.

jroxima Walker, List Hom. B. M. 513. 15 (1851).

fimbriata Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 25. 1 (1862).

27. GENUS UMBONIA BURMEISTER

Umbonia Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 138 (1835).

Physoplia Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 542 (1843).

Characters : Large, heavy-bodied, usually brightly colored insects characterized by strongly

developed dorsal processes, often spine-like, sometimes inflated and swollen, and occasionally marked

with stripes of various colors. The diagnostic character which separates this genus from the others of

the tribe is the long posterior process, generally acuminate and usually extending to the tips of the teg-

mina. The head is subtriangular with the clypeus extending well below the inferior margins of the

gena; the ocelli are large, usually elevated, and much nearer to each other than to the eyes. The pro-

notum is roughly sculptured, coarsely punctate, seldom carinate and often brightly colored. The teg-

mina are long, narrow, hyaline, with five apical and two discoidal cells and a broad limbus. The hind

wings have three apical cells.

This genus is another of those often cited as showing remarkable protective imitation as evidenced

by the dorsal processes which are in many species distinctly thorn-like and in others subfoliaceous. The

form of the dorsal process shows great variation within a species with the result that a considerable

number of forms have been described which have later proved to be synonyms.

Type spinosa Fabricius.

Geographical distribution :

I. amazili Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 277. 9 (1846). Mexico.

2. alaliba Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 278. 11 (1846). Brazil, Costa Rica.

lativitta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 520. 15 (1851).

3. crassicoruis Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 543. 1 (1843). Mexico, Honduras, Guate-

nigrata Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 543. 2 (1843). mala, Costa Rica, Panama,

orizimbo Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 277. 7 (1846).

media Walker, List Hom. B. M. 516. 2 (1851).

decorata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 3 (1858)

picta Walker, List. Hom. B. M. Suppl. 130 (1858).

intermedia Walker, Ins. Saund., 66 (1858).

rectispina Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 265. 4 (1869).

peracea. Griffini, Stud. Memb. Umb. 3 (1895).

camerani Griffini, Stud. Memb. Umb. 3 (1895).

4. erecta Goding, Mem. Ecuad. 33. 37 (1920). Ecuador.

5. ermanni. Griffini, Stud. Mem. Umb. X : 6 (1895). Mexico.

Brazil, United States.

LI.

I2.

13:

I4.

HOMOPTERA

. gladius Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 275. 3 (1846).

. lutea Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. ro (1922).

. octolinea Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 9 (1930).

. orizabe Fowler, B. C. A. II : 37. 6 (1894).

byramidalis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 277. 8 (1846).

reducta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 519. 8 (1851).

reclinata Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 243. 9 (1835).

funesta. Stal, Nya. Hem. 249. 1 (1854).

multiformis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 129 (1858).

subclivata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 88 (1903).

signoreti Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 278. 10 (1846).

articularia Buckton, Mon. Memb. 89 (1903).

sordida Goding, Amer. Mus. Nov. ro (1930).

spinosa Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 675. 4 (1775). — PI. 2, fig. 25.

armata Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII : 668. 3 (1792).

curvispbina Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 265. 8 (1869).

Mexico.

Bolivia.

Mexico.

Brazil, Panama.

Mexico, Guatemala, Costa

Rica, Brazil.

Colombia, Honduras.

Panama.

Brazil, Surinam, Guatemala,

Mexico, Panama, British

Guiana.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

SuBr. DARNINZE SrTAL

I. Pronotum without horns or spines .

II. Pronotum with horns ov. spines

A. Pronotum having a single frontal or dorsal horn or angle; humeral angles

sometimes Produced into spines. .

B. Pronotum with two suprahumeral horns

I. Posterior process without spines ov nodules. .

2. Posterior process with spines and inflated nodules.

TRIBES OF THE SUBFAMILY DARNIN/E STAL

DanNriNI Goding.

AcoNOoPHORINI Goding.

HEkMIKYPTHINI Tribus nov.

HgrERONOTINI Goding.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE DARNINI GODING

I. Tegmina largely covered by sides of bronotum

A. Humeral angles not extended into horns ov spines

1. Corium with three longitudinal veins, radius forked near middle of teg-

mina

a. Ocelli equidistant from each othev and from the eyes

b. At least half of tegmina exposed .

bb. Less than one-third of tegmina exposed.

aa. Ocelli much nearer to each other than to the eyes. .

2. Corium with two longitudinal veins, both forked neav middle of iegmina

a. Sides of pronotum produced 1n lobes behind each eye

b. Tegmina almost entirely covered by bronotum .

bb. Tegmina not more than half covered by pronotum |.

aa. No fostocular lobes on pvonotum .

B. Humeral angles extended into horns, spines ov processes

I. Head extended obliquely forward; posterior process trinodose

2. Front of head straight, vertical; posterior process not nodose

a. Posterior process very much swollen in middle; lateral margins inflexed ;

auriculate humerals strongly broduced .

aa. Posterior process inflated at base; lateral margins not inflexed ; humerals

weakly produced

II. Tegmina almost entively free

A. Corium with more than one discoidal cell

I. Corium with three discoidal cells

a. Pronotum highly elevated...

DanzNis Fabricius.

HrsBETICoIbES Fowler.

OcHRoLoMiA Stal.

HrsnkRTICA Stal.

SriIiCTOPELTA Stal.

ALOBIA Stal.

CvPruorres Burmeister.

AsPONA Stal.

HvpeHusus Stal.

ATYPA Laporte.

72 HOMOPTERA

aa. Pronolum comvex, nol elevated... 2 2 2... . . . PaRnADARNOIDES Fowler.

2. Corium with two discoidal cells

a. Pronotum elevated and compressed behind humerals .. . . . . . CyMBowonmrna Stal.

aa. Pronolum regularly convex

b. Posterior process curved upward .— .— . . . . . . . . . PanacanGARA Goding.

bb. Posiertor process strasght.—.. 0 4 08 ue v 9. osos IBUMELA, Stal.

B. Corium with one discoidal cell

I. Corium with no transverse vein in middle of tegmina

av Dorsum Incarinate,- ou os S SW SUAE 8 BR OIN ers UERIASSU

aa. Dorsum unicarinate

b. Posterior process broad, obluse . . . . . . . . . . . Ruzsxx Sta.

bb. Posterior process slender, acute

c. Apical veins of tegmina curved... . . . . . . . . Sunongacurs Fairm.

cc. Afical veins of tegmina straight

d. Tegmina hyaline.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Danuorzs Fairmaire.

dd. Tegminma semiopaque . . . . . . . . . . . . Bnacnavrans M. and B.

2. Corium with a transverse vein in middle of tegmina .. . . . . . . PhRocynmA Stal.

28. GENUS DARNIS FABRICIUS

Darnis Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 25 (1803).

Dectonura Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 342 (1878).

Characters : Medium-sized to large insects with the bodies so covered by the hard, usually

shining, pronotum as to give them a beetle-like appearance. The pronotum extends downward over

the sides so far as to cover about half of the tegmina but is entirely smooth, often brilliantly colored, and

has no processes of any kind. The head is obovate, about twice as broad as high and the clypeus does

not extend below the inferior margins of the genae; the ocelli are prominent, about equidistant from

each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through the centers of the eyes. The

posterior process is heavy, rounded above, and acuminate, and extends just about to the tips of the teg-

mina. The tegmina are hyaline with five apical and two discoidal cells and a broad limbus; the corium

shows three distinct longitudinal veins with the outer one forked near the middle of the tegmen.

This was the type genus of the subfamily and has had assigned to it at various times seventy different

species. The genus has now been split up, however, and practically all of these species have been

removed to other genera, so that at present only eight remain which are considered congeneric with

lateralis Fabricius, the type species of the genus.

Type /ateralis Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : A Central and South American genus with species recorded as

follows :

I. cuneata Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 341. 2 (1878). South America,

2. cyclopbs Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 479. 1 (1846). Colombia.

3. lateralis Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. II : 27. 6 (1803). Brazil, Mexico,

4. laticauda Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 483. 22 (1846). Brazil.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 73

5. latior Fowler, B. C. A. II : 52. 2 (1894). Panama, British Guiana.

6. olivacea Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. II : 28. 8 (1803). Brazil, Venezuela.

palleseens Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. II : 28. 9 (1803).

prasina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 482. 14 (1846).

infxa Walker, List. Hom. B. M. Suppl. 149 (1858).

7. fartita Walker, Ins. Saund. 75 (1858). — PI. 8, fig. 26. Brazil, Nicaragua, Panama,

British Guiana.

8. trifasciata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 28. 7 (1803). Brazil.

capistrata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 172. 7 (1836).

bifasciatus Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 545 (1843).

disrupta Walker. Ins. Saund. 74 (1858).

29. GENUS HEBETICOIDES FOWLER

Hebeticoides Fowler, B. C. A. II : 52 (1894).

Gharacters : Fowler describes this genus as intermediate between Zebetica Stal and the old

subgenus Lejtosticía Stal (now a synonym of Stictopelta Stal), separating it from both by the venation of

the corium. This is a correct distinction but the venation is no different from that of Daruis Fabricius

and in general facies the insects agree with both Da»rn«is and Ochrolomia. This leaves as the only struc-

tural character available for taxonomic use the relative proportion of the tegmina exposed below the

pronotum. We do not consider this a very reliable generic character but since the tribe is large and

subdivisions are helpful in classification, we are here recognizing Fowler's arrangement,

In general the insects of this genus resemble those of Darnis. The pronotum is smooth, shining,

with weak punctuation and no carina. There are no frontal, dorsal nor humeral processes of any kind.

The posterior process is long, acuminate, extending backward farther than the tips of the tegmina.

The head is subquadrate, twice as broad as long, with the clypeus truncate and not extending below

the inferior margins of the gena. The tegmina are narrowly and evenly exposed for about one-third

of their width below the lateral margins of the pronotum.

Type acutus Fowler.

Geographical distribution :

I. acutus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 53. 1 (1894). — PI. 8, fig. 27. Guatemala.

2. confusus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 54. 2 (1894). Panama.

3. denticulus Fowler, B. C. A. II: 54. 3 (1894). Mexico, Brazil.

3O. GENUS OCHROLOMIA STAL

Ochrolomia Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1869).

Characters : Erected as a subgenus by Stal particularly on account of the position of the ocelli

which are very much nearer to each other than they are to the eyes and because of the short posterior

process, and elevated to generic rank by Goding (1894) on the strength of these same characters.

In other respects, and particularly in the matter of general superficial appearance, the species of

Ochrolomia greatly resemble those of Daruis.

The insects are medium to large in size; the pronotum is smooth, glistening, often marked with

brilliant fascia, and without processes of any kind except the posterior projection which is relatively

74 HOMOPTERA

short, not reaching the apices of the tegmina. "The head is subquadrate, more than twice as broad as

high, with the inferior margin very much truncate and the clypeus not extending below the genae; the

ocelli are small and very close together. "The tegmina are long, narrow, hyaline or smoky, with five

apical and three discoidal cells and are about half covered by the sides of the pronotum. However,

even though the tegmina are partly covered, the costal area is well enough exposed to show the three

longitudinal veins of the corium with the forked radius which is an important character for the group of

genera to which Ochrolomia belongs. "The colors of these insects are various shades of brown, yellow

and black in rather striking combinations.

Type suturalis Germar.

Geographical distribution : So far as is now known, this genus is limited to South America,

the three described species having been reported as follows :

I. sufuralis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 250. 2 (1835). Brazil.

2. tricincta Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 172. 6(1836).— PI. 83, fig. 28. Brazil, Peru.

3. virescens Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 338. 4 (1878). Brazil, Ecuador.

31. GENUS HEBETICA STAL

Hebetica Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1869).

Characters : This was one of the seven subgenera into which Stal divided his genus Darnis

in 1869. All of these subgenera have since been raised to generic rank on the basis of his characters

which seem natural, constant and usable. The genus Hebetica was particularly distinguished by Stal by

the two forked longitudinal veins of the tegmina, the large anterior and very smallinterior discoidal cells

of the corium,the pubescent head and thorax and by the fact that the tegmina are almost entirely cover-

ed by the sides of the pronotum. [In general appearance the insects are practically identical with the

representatives of the genera Da»rnis, Hebeticoides, Ochrolomia and Stictopelta. The pronotum is rather

rough and pubescent and is without dorsal, frontal or lateral horns or protuberances but just behind the

eyeisaslightlobe. The posterior process is long and sharp, extending as far caudad as the tips of the

tegmina. The tegmina are long, narrow, hyaline, with two longitudinal veins, both forked near the

center of the corium. — Unfortunately, so little of the tegmen projects below the lateral margins of the

pronotum that it must be pulled out before this important character can be seen. The head is broad,

with the ocelli about equidistant from each other and from the eyes.

Type /imacodes Burmeister.

Geographical distribution : According to present records, the genus is represented only in

South America by the following species :

I. aficalis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 483. 23 (1846). Brazil.

2. arechavelate Goding, Ent. News XXV : 400 (1929). Uruguay.

3. convoluía Fabricius, Spec. Ins. II : 318. 14 (1781). Brazil.

flavicincta Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 12. 2 (1821).

atomaria Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 12. 3 (1821).

cuneata Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 341. 2 (1878).

4. limacodes Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 12. 175 (1836). Brazil, Colombia.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 75

32. GENUS STICTOPELTA STAL

Stictopelta Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1869).

Leptosticta Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1869).

Cryptoptera Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 342 (1878).

Characters : Large, slender, smooth-bodied forms which greatly resemble the species of

Darnuis but may at once be distinguished from that genus by the venation of the tegmina. The head is

subquadrate, twice as broad as long, with the inferior margin rounded, the clypeus not projecting below

the gena, and the ocelli much nearer to each other than to theeyes. 'T'he pronotum is smooth, shining,

very weakly punctate, not pubescent, with no processes except the posterior extension which is long,

arcuate, acuminate, and projects backward beyond the tips of thetegmina. A characteristic lobe of

the inferior margin of the pronotum is to be noted just behind the eyes. The tegmina are long, narrow,

hyaline, with five apical cells and an irregular number (but usually three) of discoidal cells and are

about half concealed by the sides of the pronotum. The corium has two prominent longitudinal veins,

both forked at about the middle as in the preceding genus. The species flaviceps Burmeister, which

Stal designated as the type of his subgenus Leftostictía, definitely belongs in Stictopella so that the genus

Leflosticla as recognized by Butler (1878) cannot stand.

Type adusta Burmeister.

Geographical distribution : The genus has a very wide range and has been found from

Southern South America through Central America and Mexico and in the United States, in which areas

a considerable number of species are considered valid as follows :

1. aculula Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 481. 13 (1846). — Pl. 3, fig. 29. Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

brevis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 483. 18 (1846). Brazil, Uruguay.

2. adusta Burmeister. Rev. Silb. IV : 170. 2 (1836). Mexico.

bipunctata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 171. 4 (1836).

polita Butler, Cist, Ent. II : 339 (1878).

3. arizona Goding, Can. Ent. XXVII : 276 (1895). United States.

4. assimilis Fowler, B. C. A. 11: 57. 7 (1895). Guatemala.

5. cerulea Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XLVI : 28 (1933). United States.

6. cruentata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 173. 8 (1836). Brazil.

7. flavicebs Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 169. 1 (1836). Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina.

limbata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 175. 10 (1836).

8. fraterna Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 340. 9 (1878). Peru, Mexico.

9. hinnuleus Fowler, B. C. A. I1: 57. 8 (1895). Mexico.

IO. incerta Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 149 (1858). Mexico, Yucatan.

rr. indelerminata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 148 (1858). Brazil, Mexico, Honduras,

luise Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 289. 163 (1883). Argentina, Guatemala, Pa-

nama, British Guiana.

12. latilinea Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 147 (1858). Brazil, Uruguay.

13. lineifrons Fowler, B. C. A. II : 58. 9 (1895). Mexico.

14. marmorata Goding, Ent. News III : 201 (1892). United States.

15. nigrifrons Fowler, B. C. A. II : 58. 11 (1895). Mexico.

76 HOMOPTERA

16. 4ova Goding, Ent. News III : 110 (1892). United States.

17. Precox Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 173. 9 (1836). Mexico.

18. £ulchella Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XLVI : 28 (1933). . United States,

I9. $unclata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 57. 6 (1895). Mexico.

20. squarus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 482. 15 (1846). Brazil.

21. slrigifrons Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 48r. 8 (1846). Mexico.

22. variaus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 56. 5 (1895). Mexico.

23. zomifera Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 339. 5 (1878). Mexico.

33. GENUS ALOBIA STAL

Alobia Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1569).

Characters : This genus, as its name would suggest, is to be separated from the other genera

of the tribe by the absence of the characteristic postocular lobes on the inferior margin of the pronotum

behind the head. It was erected for the accommodation of a single species, alutacea, which Stal described

at the same time at which he designated the genus. We have never seen this species, and, in fact, some

authors have considered it a synonym of Daruis olivacea Fabricius, which would of course invalidate A/obia.

However we have not seen a specimen of olivacea which did not show the postocular lobes nor any speci-

mens which seemed to approach that condition. Since a/utacea, as described by Stal, has this very pecu-

liar and distinguishing character, we believe that it should be recognized as representing the subdivision

which he indicates. But since no material is available as a basis for a generic description, we can do

no more than to quote Stal's own words as follows :

« Corpore crassiusculo, remote subsericeo capite; obtusissimo, truncato. ante oculos haud

producto; ocellis inter se et ab oculis fere eque longe distantibus; thorace alutaceo vel minutis-

sime granulato, haud punctato, tegmina fere tota tegente, margine antico nullibi calloso; corio

venis longitudinalibus duabus e basi emissis, ulnari longe ante medium, radiali nonnihil pone

medium corii furcatis, area discoidali interiore inter ramos vene ulnaris jacente elongatissimi;

prostethio pone oculos lobo destituto. »

Type alutacea. Stal.

Geographical distribution : The type species as indicated by Stal is the only known repre-

sentative of the genus. It is recorded as follows :

1. alutacea Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1869). Surinam.

34. GENUS CYPHOTES BURMEISTER

Cyphotes Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 143 (1835).

Characters : This is a genus of doubtful position and of questionable standing. From Bur-

meister's meager description and the position which he gave it in his systematic table, we formerly (1927)

considered it as one of the Smiliing but Goding has since discovered a second species which definitely

places the genus in the position here indicated in the subfamily Darninz.

According to the original description and to the characters assigned to it by Goding, the genus

is to be recognized particularly by the oblique position of the head and the trinodose posterior process.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 7

The tegmina are largely covered by the sides of the pronotum; the humeral angles are extended into

short spines; the dorsum is nodulate and shows a strong median carina; the tegmina are hyaline with

four apical cells; and the tibiae are slightly dilated at the extremities.

Type ^odosa Burmeister.

Geographical distribution : Only two species are known, both from South America.

I. insolitus Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 106 (1926). Ecuador.

2. nodosa Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 143. 1 (1835). Brazil.

35. GENUS ASPONA STAL

Aspona Stal, Rio jan. Hem. II : 29 (1858).

Characters : The species of this genus are rather peculiar in appearance because of their

broad forms and the scabrous and deeply indented surface of the pronotum. — The head is triangular

and somewhat produced. The pronotum is rough and swollen but without nodules or spines. The

humeral angles are auriculate and strongly produced. The posterior process is constricted just behind

the humeral angles, then much swollen, much wider than the abdomen and strongly convex, then sud-

denly narrowed to an acute apex which reaches to the tips of thetegmina. The tegmina are hyaline and

are more than half covered by the overhanging sides of the swollen pronotum. The longitudinal veins of

the costal area are very close together. The corium shows five elongate apical cells and one or two

discoidal cells. Stal assigns only one discoidal cell to his type species but this character has been

found to be variable. The tegmina are about half as long again as the wings. The legs are simple and

all of the tarsi about equal in length.

Type ^uliata Stal.

Geographical distribution : The genus is found in South and Central America and in Mexico

with the known species distributed as follows :

I. aspera Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 151 (1858). Argentina.

2. bullata Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 29. 1 (1858). Brazil.

3. cuneata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 51r. 3(1894). Panama.

4. intermedia Fowler, B. C. A. II: 51. 2 (1894). Panama.

5. turgescens Fowler, B. C. A. II: 5o. 1 (1894). Pl. 3, fig. 30. Mexico, Guatemala.

36. GENUS HYPHEUS STAL

Hypheus Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 557 (1867).

Characters : This genus was erected for the accommodation of Fairmaire's species ursus on the

characters of the pronotum which include a dorsal hump at the base of the posterior process and

flattened sides which almost completely cover the tegmina. The head is straight, vertical, triangular,

rounded at the base and with the ocelli much nearer to each other than to theeyes. The pronotum

is smooth, punctate, with a strong dorsal swelling at the base of the posterior process, rounded

humeral angles, a distinct transverse depression just behind the humeral angles but with no horns or

spines. The sides of the pronotum almost completely cover the tegmina, and the posterior process

which is heavy, tectiform and sharp, extends just to the tips of the tegmina. — The tegmina are hyaline

78 HOMOPTERA

with five apical and two discoidal cells, the median apical cell truncate. The legs are simple and no

part of the body is foliaceous.

Type «ursus Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : The genus is represented by only two species, both from South

America, as follows :

I. ursus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 306. 1 (1846). — PI. 3, fig. 8l. Colombia. .

2. viridistrigata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 145 (1858). Brazil.

37. GENUS ATYPA LAPORTE

Atypa Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. France I : 221 (1832).

Characters : A genus characterized by the high, flattened, somewhat overhanging dorsal crest

which suggests superficially the genus Telamoza of the subfamily Smiliinz but is of course immediately

distinguished from the Smiliinz by the truncate apical cell of the tegmina. The head is subquadrate,

twice as wide as high, with the clypeus short and broad and not extending below the inferior margins of

the genz, the ocelli much farther from each other than from the eyes and three-jointed antenna inserted

in a depression on the posterior margin of the head below the eyes. The pronotum is high, compressed

laterally and the anterior crest overhangs the head. The humeral angles are short and blunt and there

are no suprahumeral horns or other cephalic processes. The posterior process is elevated, compressed,

tectiform, and reaches just about to the tips of the tegmina. The entire pronotum is lightly sculptured

and coarsely punctate. The tegmina are entirely free with five apical and three discoidal cells, the

median apical cell being broadly truncate. Thelegs are simple and the tarsi uniform in size.

Type zgiiba Laporte.

Geographical distribution : The genus, so far as is now known, is limited to South America

and the species distributed as follows :

I. buchloni (nom. nov.) Goding, S. A. Memb. 219 (1929). Colombia.

gibba (preoccupied), Buckton, Mon. Memb. 197 (1903).

2. gibba Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. France I : 221 (1832). Brazil.

3. gibbosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 142 (1858). Brazil.

38. GENUS PARADARNOIDES FOWLER

Paradarnoides Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 422 (1894).

Characters : Head deflexed, twice as broad as high, ocelli twice as far from each other as from

the eyes, clypeus triangular and projecting for more than half its length below the inferior margins

of the genz. Pronotum convex, not elevated ; scute|lum not visible; median carina strongly percur-

rent; humeral angles heavy, blunt and triangular; no suprahumeral horns; posterior process long,

slender, tectiform, depressed at base, tip acute and not quite reaching the end of the abdomen or

thetips of thetegmina. Tegmina entirely free, long, pointed, with five apical and three discoidal cells,

the two inner apical cells distinctly curved. Legs simple; tarsi of equallength. The insects average

about eight millimeters in length, are of inconspicuous colors and rather rough sculpturing.

Type severini Fowler.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 79

Geographical distribution : Only two species have been described in this genus, both from

the West Indies, as follows :

I. dgnipes Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 424 (1894). Guadeloupe.

2. severini Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 423 (1894). — PI. 3, fig. 32. Guadeloupe.

39. GENUS CYMBOMORPHA STAL

Cymbomorpha Stal, Analect. Hemip. 338 (1866).

Aulactropis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 34 (1869).

Characters : Large, conspicuous insects, usually greenish or yellowish in color with the dorsum

highly elevated, semifoliaceous and compressed. The head is subquadrate, broader than high, roughly

sculptured, usually with longitudinal strie. The ocelli are large, conspicuous and equidistant from each

other and from the eyes. The clypeus is rounded and continues the line of the lateral and inferior mar-

ginsofthegenze. The pronotum is highly elevated, strongly compressed laterally, with heavy projecting

humeral angles but with no suprahumerals or other anterior processes. "The posterior process is tecti-

form, and depressed downward near the end to follow the curve of the tegmina with the tip sharp and

not reaching the tips of thetegmina. Thescutellum is entirely concealed by the pronotum. Thetegmina

are broad, hyaline or smoky-hyaline, with five apical and two discoidal cells and a broad limbus, and are

entirely free. The legs are simple and the tarsi equally developed.

Type amazona Stal.

Geographical distribution : The genus contains a considerable number of species rather

widely distributed throughout South and Central America.

'r. amazona Stal, Analect. Hemip. 388 (1866). — PI. 3, fig. 33. Brazil, Peru.

2. atromaculata Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 11 (1929). Ecuador.

3. bipunctata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 566. 6 (1851). Brazil.

4. convexa Goding, Amer, Mus. Novit. 11 (1930). Brazil.

5. dorsata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 293. 6 (1846). Brazil.

equalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 133 (1858).

persistans Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 338 (1858).

6. nitidipennis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1 (1922). Peru, Brazil.

7. olivacea Fabricius. Syst. Rhyng. 1o. 20 (1803). Central America.

obtusa Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 11. 23 (1803).

8. prasina Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 234. 3 (1835). Brazil, Panama, Guatemala.

nigrofasciata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 292. 5 (1846).

lepida Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 133 (1858).

9. vaginaia Germar, Rev. Silb. II : 23. 1 (1835). Brazil, British Guiana.

campestris Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 292. 3 (1846).

similis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 556. 7 (1851).

spinigera Walker, List Hom. B. M. 557. 8 (1851).

rubropedalis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 139 (1903).

4O. GENUS PARAGARGARA GODING

Paragargara Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 246 (1926).

Characters : We have never seen the species /4oloidea on. which Paragargara was founded and

which is the single representative of the genus, but from the name which Goding gave the genus (which

8o HOMOPTERA

was misprinted in the original description but which was afterward corrected) and from the characters

given in his description, we assume that the insect suggests in general facies the Old World genus

Gargara which contains a large number of small inconspicuous forms of about the size given for //oloidea.

Goding's original description which is quite complete but which is not accompanied by a figure, is as

follows :

« Densely and evenly punctate and densely golden pubescent. Head triangular, longer

than broad, rounded forward from base and curved downward and backward from middle to

apex; base sinuate; ocelli distant from base, on a line with superior margin of and approaching

eyes which are large and prominent. Pronotum tumid, forming a dome-like elevation, unarmed

above humerals and in front, with a strong elevated percurrent carina but not foliaceous; hume-

rals prominent ; seen from the side the outline is semicircular from base in front to posterior

process; base of posterior process broad, covering scutellum, seen from above gradually acumi-

nate to apex which extends beyond tip of abdomen and interior angle of tegmina; seen from the

side it is roundly elevated from base to apex and tectiform and moderately high. gradually ele-

vated in a curve above apex of abdomen. Tegmina one-half as broad as long, basal half

opaque, apical half sordid hyaline vitreous, apices obliquely narrowed to obtuse exterior angle;

three longitudinal veins emitted from base of corium, radial forked well toward apex to receive

exterior discoidal cell, ulnar veins simple, space between radial vein and costa broad coriaceous

and densely punctate ; two discoidal cells, nearly equal, interior cell sessile, its base a transverse

venule between ulnar veins behind middle; five apical cells, third sessile with base truncate;

basal half clavus coriaceous, punctate, not gradually acuminate, venation not easily seen. Wings

with four apical cells. Abdomen robust; legs slender, tarsi all short. »

The very small size and the upturned tip of the posterior process seem to be the most distinctive.

characters by which the genus can be most readily separated from the more nearly related genera of

the tribe.

Type 'Aholoidea Goding.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the following single species :

1. Lholoidea Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 246 (1926). Ecuador.

41. GENUS EUMELA STAL

Eumela Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 559 (1867).

Characters : Rather large brownish or grayish insects with smooth rounded pronotum and

heavy straight posterior process. The head is subquadrate with base sinuate and the ocelli equidistant

from each other and from the eyes. The pronotum is convex, rounded in front, with a strong median

carina and a well defined circular impression on each side. The dorsum is punctate and pubescent.

The posterior process is heavy, straight, rounded above and sharp at its extremity, extending almost to

the tips of the tegmina. The scutellum is completely covered by the sides of the pronotum. The

tegmina are entirely free, usually smoky or fuscous hyaline in color with the venation more or less

obscure; there are five apical and two discoidal cells and a wide limbus. The legs are simple and the

tarsi uniform in length.

Type semiacuta Stal.

| Geographical distribution : The three described species of the genus have been reported

only from Brazil.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 81

I. fornicata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 22. 21 (1821). Brazil.

lacca Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 1.138. 3 (1839).

2. sellata Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 234. 4 (1835). Brazil.

brunneo-fasciata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 292. 2 (1846).

3. semiacuta Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 27. 3 (1862). Brazil.

42. GENUS IRIA STAL

Iria Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 559 (1867).

Characters : Small, slender, inconspicuous insects of dull colors, with low rounded anterior

pronotum, short, thin posterior process and entirely exposed tegmina. The head is swollen, projects

forward and is subquadrate, about twice as broad as long; the clypeus is bulbous, projecting forward

farther than the frons and extending for two-thirds its length below the inferior margins of the genz; the

ocelli are very large, conspicuous, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated

well above a line drawn through centers of eyes. The pronotum is low, convex, tricarinate, rounded,

with weak obtuse humeral angles and no suprahumerals or other anterior projections; the median carina

is strongly percurrent; the scutellum is entirely hidden by the sides of the pronotum ; the posterior

process is short, slender and spine-like, almost flat but with a strong central ridge and a carina on

each side, and does not extend as far backward as the anterior angles of the tegmina, being only about

half as long as the abdomen. The tegmina are entirely free and almost entirely hyaline, the base

narrowly coriaceous and opaque; there are five apical cells and one discoidal cell and the apical veins

are slightly curved; there is no transverse vein across the middle of the corium and the apical limbus is

very narrow. The legs are simple an 1 the tarsi uniform in size.

Type carinata Walker.

Geographical distribution : Seven species have been described in this genus, one from the

West Indies and all of the others from Brazil.

I. carinata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 590. 3 (1851). Brazil.

2. fasciifera Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 27. 6 (1862). Brazil.

3. inornata. Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 26. 3 (1862). Brazil.

4. lethierryi (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 147 (1927). Guadeloupe.

carinata (preoccupied) Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XXV : 15 (1872).

— PI. 8, fig. 34.

5. maculinervis Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 27. 4 (1862). Brazil.

6. pilosella Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 27. 5 (1862). Brazil.

7. sticlica Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. 1I : 26. 2 (1862). Brazil.

43. GENUS RHEXIA STAL

Rhexia Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 560 (1867).

Scaphula (preoccupied) Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 494 (1846).

Tristan Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXIV : 6(1903).

Characters : Large robust insects with smooth shining appearance. Head triangular, smooth,

shining, impunctate; clypeus extending for one-half its length below inferior margins of gena; ocelli

82 HOMOPTERA

small, slightly elevated, equidistant from each other and from the eyes; eyes slanting, twice as wide as

high. Pronotum smooth, polished, lightly punctate, not pubescent; humeral angles rounded, very

slightly produced; no suprahumeral horns or other anterior processes ; dorsum convex, rounded, highest

in middle with weak median carina ; sides weakly impressed ; scutellum entirely concealed by pronotum;

posterior process wide, high, rounded, suddenly narrowed at tip which just reaches internal angles of

tegmina, Tegmina entirely free, the inner margin impinging on pronotum, hyaline or translucent;

five apical cells and one discoidal cell, the apical veins distinctly curved and the median apical cell

irregularly truncate; apical limbus very broad. Legs and tarsi simple.

Type /avescens Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : Represented in South America and in the Canal Zone as follows:

I. bifascíaía Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 356. 6 (1878). Brazil.

2. biblaga Walker, Ins. Saund. 60 (1858). Colombia.

3. bistriga Walker, Ins. Saund. 74 (1858). Brazil.

4. centromaculata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 495. 3 (1846). Brazil.

5. cumulata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 145 (1858). Brazil.

6 flvicans Fairmairte, Rev. Memb. 494. 2 (1846). Brazil.

7. karlabensis Haviland. Zoologica VI : 3. 244 (1925). British Guiana.

8. maculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 15(1922). — Brazil.

9. melanocephala Fowler, B. C. A. II : 83. 1 (1895). Panama.

ro. falleseeus Fabriciu., Syst. Rhyng. II : 28. 9 (1803). — Pl. 83, Argentina.

fig. 35.

II. semiatra Fairmaire, Rev. Mémb. 494. 1 (1846). Brazil.

12. varicosa Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 356 (1878). Brazil.

44. GENUS SMILIORHACHIS FAIRMAIRE.

Smiliorhachis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 291: (1846).

Characters : Small. slender-bodied, inconspicuously colored insects with a straight posterior

process and the apical cells of the tegmina strongly curved. Head triangular, roughly sculptured, with

the base weakly arcuate; clypeus projecting for half its length below the inferior margins of the genae

and continuing the line made by these margins; ocelli small, inconspicuous, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes. Pronotum

slightly elevated, somewhat compressed laterally, with a strong, sharp median carina; humeral angles

rounded and weakly produced; no suprahumerals or other anterior processes; scutellum entirely hidden

by sides of pronotum; posterior process narrow, tectiform, sharply ridged, with the acute tip extend-

ing to a point just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina. Tegmina entirely free, broad, usually

hyaline with some maculations, veins strong. five apical cells and one discoidal cell, the veins of the

apical cells being very strongly curved; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; all tarsi of equal length.

Type variegata Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : At present this genus is limited to South America with the

species recorded as follows :

I. concinna Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 27. 7 (1862). Brazil.

2. octilinea Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 260. 2 (1869). — PI. 8, fig. 36. Argentina.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 83

3. proxima Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 285 (1883). Argentina, Brazil, Uruguay.

4. variegata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 291. 4 (1846). Argentina, Brazil.

45. GENUS DARNOIDES FAIRMAIRE

Darnoides Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 495 (1846).

Characters : Small, inconspicuous insects of yellow or greenish coloration with a slender acute

posterior process and hyaline tegmina with straight apical veins — Head subquadrate, broader than

high; base nearly straight; clypeus very slender, extending for two-thirds its length below the inferior

margins of the genze; ocelli small, inconspicuous, somewhat elevated, equidistant from each other and

from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes. Pronotum rough, convex,

rounded; metopidium straight; humeral angles weak, rounded; no suprahumerals or other anterior

processes; posterior process slender, straight, often slightly depressed at base, tip acute and reaching

just to internal angles of tegmina; scutellum entirely covered by pronotum. Tegmina entirely free,

hyaline, veins weak, five apical cells and one discoidal cell, the apical veins straight; apical limbus very

broad. Legs simple; tarsi uniform in size.

Type limbatus Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : This genus has a rather wide distribution over Central and South

America with the following recorded species :

I. affinis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 82. 1 (1894). Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

Bolivia.

2. brunueus Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 308 (1836). — PI. 8, fig. 37. Brazil, British Guiana.

nigroapicata Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 32. 1 (1862)

3. flavescens Baker, Can. Ent. XXXIX : 117 (19o;). Honduras, Brazil, Mexico.

4. impressus Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 262. 3 (1869). Colombia.

5. limbatus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 495. 1 (1846). Colombia, Venezuela.

6. fuuctellatus Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 263. 4 (1869). Colombia.

7. semivitta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 586, 7 (1851). Colombia, Ecuador.

46. GENUS BRACHYTALIS METCALF AND BRUNER

Brachytalis Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 205 (1925).

Characters : Very small, shining insects with broad bodies and semiopaque tegmina, resem-

bling in general facies the forms of the genus Acutalis of the subfamily Smiliinz but of course immediately

distinguished from that group by the truncate base of the median apical cell of the tegmina and the con-

cealed scutellum. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high, with the eyes extending as far laterad as

the humeral angles; base weakly sinuate; eyes large and prominent; ocelli about equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated near the base of the head well above a line drawn through centers

of eyes; clypeus broad, somewhat deflexed, extending only slightly below the inferior margins of the

geng. Pronotum broad, depressed, smooth and shining, very lightly punctate and not pubescent; meto-

pidium sloping, broader than high; humeral angles broad, triangular and blunt; no suprahumerals or

other anterior processes; posterior process straight, rounded above, short, just reaching the apical end

of the clavus; median carina faintly percurrent ; scutellum entirely hidden by the sides of the pronotum.

84 HOMOPTERA

Tegmina semiopaque with the venation somewhat obscure ; five apical cells and one discoidal cell, the

median apical cell truncate at base; no apical limbus. — Legs simple; posterior tarsi longest.

Type fuscus Metcalf and Bruner.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the two Cuban species here recorded.

I. fuscoalis Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 205 (1925). Cuba.

2. fuscus Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 204 (1925).— PI. 8, fig. 38. Cuba.

47. GENUS PROCYRTA STAL

Procyrta Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 32 (1869).

Dysyncritus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 80 (1895).

Characters : Small, roughly sculptured forms of dull colors with the pronotum somewhat

elevated and the tegmina free and characterized by a transverse vein just behind the middle. Head

triangular, roughly sculptured ; base strongly arcuate; eyes large, prominent; ocelli small, inconspicuous,

twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes;

clypeus extending for half its length below the inferior margins of the genz and continuing the line of the

face made by these margins. Pronotum somewhat elevated, rounded above in front and somewhat

compressed behind, roughly sculptured, usually maculate with brown or black; dorsum somewhat

sinuate; metopidium straight, higher than broad; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles

weak, rounded, not strongly produced ; no suprahumerals or other anterior processes ; posterior process

heavy, tectiform, somewhat compressed laterally, tip suddenly acuminate and extending to a point

beyond the interior angles but not reaching the tips of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. Teg-

mina entirely free, broad, fuscus hyaline, usually with brown or black markings; base broadly coria-

ceous and punctate; apical limbus broad; five apical cells with strongly curved venation; one discoidal

cell; the apical area set off by a more or less well defined line of transverse veins. Legs simple; all of

the tarsi about equal in length.

Type 7ectoralis Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : Apparently well distributed over South America, Central Amer-

ica and Mexico as represented by the following species :

r. affinis Guerin, Ic. Rég. An. Ins. 364 (1838). Mexico, Yucatan.

transversalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 574. 3 (1858).

2. discrepans Goding, &mer. Mus. Novit. 14 (1930). Brazil. (Honduras.

3. intectus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 81. 1 (1895). — PI. 8, fig. 39. Mexico, (Guatemala, Peru,

4. lineatus Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 12 (1930). Brazil.

5. nubilis Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 13 (1930). Brazil.

6. ornamentata Stoll, Cigal. 71 (1780). Surinam.

7. pectoralis Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 2r. 25 (1803). Central America.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE ACONOPHORINI GODING

I. Humeral angles not froduced into spines

A Pronotal horns originating in front of suprahumerals

I. Pronolal horn robust, forrect, strazght, sometimes compressed

laterally, extending forward aud upward... . . . . AcowoPHoRA Fairmaire.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 85

2. Pronolal horn curved

a. Pronotal horn flattened. dorsoventvally, curved. forward and

dotonmard. ce E ELLE dn EISRONIDESPKISKaldy-

aa. Pronolal horn very slender extending. forward and curving

sirongly upward. . . . . . . . . . . . . OnzkrBorHona Funkhouser,

B. Pronotal horn arising from behind suprahumerals —.. . . . . HEkwrPTYCHA Germar,

II. Humeral angles Produced into spines

A. Pronotum extended into a horn over the head... . . . . . NrssonHimus Amyot and Serville.

B. Pronotum without frontal extension .— ..— .. . . . . . . . SPINopARNOIDES Funkhouser.

48. GENUS ACONOPHORA FAIRMAIRE

Aconophora Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 294 (1846).

Characters : Robust, subcylindrical insects, mostly of large size, with long, heavy, porrect

frontal horns, long sharp posterior processes, weak humeral angles and entirely free tegmina. Head

subquadrate, broader than high; base arcuate; eyes large and prominent; ocelli equidistant from each

other and from the eyes; inferior margins of genz usually extended downward into lobes; clypeus broad

and truncate and extending for at least half its length below the inferior margins of the gene. — Prono-

tum subcylindrical or conical, usually smooth; humeral angles weak and rounded and but slightly

produced outward ; anterior pronotal horn straight, long, heavy, porrect, usually more or less flattened

laterally and projecting directly forward and upward; median carina only faintly percurrent; posterior

process strong, generally rounded above, sharp, length variable but usually extending to a point about

half-way between the internal angles and the tips of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. 'Tegmina

long, narrow, entirely free, generally smoky-hyaline with strong, conspicuous veins; five long, narrow

apical cells, the median one truncate at its base; two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad and wrinkled.

Legs simple; tarsi about equal in length.

Type laminata Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : This is one of the largest and most widely distributed of all of the

New World genera of the Membracidze and is represented by a large number of localities both by

the various genera and by single species. The species are in some confusion but it is evident from

material in collections that the same species may be found in many widely separated regions. Conse-

quently in the following list of species, the number of countries recorded for a single species may seem

surprisingly large.

I. enosparsa Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 348. 9 (1878). Mexico.

2. brasiliensis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 34 (1869). Brazil, Ecuador.

3. caliginosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 135 (1858). Guatemala, British Guiana,

Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama.

4. compressa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 541 (1851). Mexico, British Guiana.

5. concolor Walker, List Hom. B. M. 540. 17 (1851). Mexico, Peru.

6. conifera Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 350. 23 (1878). Mexico.

7. cultellata Walker, Ins. Saund. 7o (1858). Brazil.

8. disparicornis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 69. 18 (1895). Panama, Honduras.

IO.

. ferruginea Fowler, B. C. A. II :69. 17 (1895).

I9.

20.

2I.

224

23.

24.

25;

26.

27:

28.

29.

30!

32.

33.

35;

36.

HOMOPTERA

ensata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 68. 15 (1895.

femoralis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 35.13 (1869).

. flavibes Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 238. 16 (1835).

. fusiformis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 69. 19 (1895).

. gigantea Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 352 (1878).

. gladiata Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 35. 14 (1869).

. grisescens Germar, Rev. Silb. I1I : 238. 17 (1835).

pugnax Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 239. 19 (1835).

interna Walker, List Hom. B. M. 541. 19 (1851).

gilvipes Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 28. 2 (1858).

. imbellis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 295. 3 (1846).

surgens Walker, Ins. Saund. 69 (1858).

. laminata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 294. 2 (1846). — Pl. 8, fig. 40.

laticornis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 134 (1858).

marginata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 540. 16 (1851).

stabilis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 135 (1858)

gracilicornis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 35. 11 (1869).

nigra Stal, Hem Fabr. II : 35. 5 (1869).

mexicana Stal, Hem. Mex. 70. 427 (1864).

minuta Fowler, B. C. A. II : 72. 27 (1895).

nigricoruis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 64. 6 (1895).

nitida Fowler, B. C. A. II : 66. 11 (1895).

obfuscata Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 331 (1905).

obtusa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 542. 20 (1851).

obtusiuscula Fowler, B. C. A. II : 71. 26 (1895).

Ballescens Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 35. 12 (1869).

pinguis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 64. 7 (1895).

projecta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 160 (1927).

. fruinitia Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 350. 21 (1878).

bunitia (sic) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 134 (1903).

pubescens Walker, Ins. Saund. 70 (1858).

spathata Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 347. 5 (1878).

Bugionata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 20. 17 (1818).

hadina Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 349. 20 (1878).

sinanjensis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 70. 20 (1895).

subinermis Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 28 (1858).

talpula Stoll, Cigal. 61 (1780).

Mexico, Guatemala, Nicara-

gua, Panama.

Mexico, Bolivia.

Mexico, Panama, Brazil, Pe-

ru, Canal Zone.

Mexico.

Panama, Bolivia, Brazil.

Brazil.

Mexico.

Brazil, Peru.

Brazil, Bolivia.

Mexico, Peru, Argentina, Co-

lombia, Brazil.

Mexico, Guatemala, Costa

Rica, Argentina.

Mexico, Guatemala, Costa

Rica, Panama, Peru, Ecua-

dor, Bolivia, Brazil.

Mexico, Yucutan, Guatemala,

Panama, Colombia.

Mexico.

Mexico, Guatemala.

Panama, Canal Zone, Brazil.

Mexico.

Brazil.

Mexico.

Mexico, Guatemala, Peru,

Bolivia.

Panama, Colombia.

Bolivia, Ecuador, Mexico.

Mexico.

Guatemala, Brazil.

Brazil, Ecuador, Argentina,

Honduras, Colombia, Mex-

ico, Peru.

Guatemala, Peru, Ecuador,

Colombia, Honduras.

Brazil, Mexico.

Surinam.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 87

37. leligera Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 21. 18 (1821). Brazil.

38. temaxia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 7o. 21 (1895). Mexico, Yucutan, Guatemala.

39. tenuicornis Walker, Ins. Saund. 70 (1858). Brazil.

40. variipennis Fowler, B. C. A. II: 67. 12 (1895). Mexico, Yucatan.

41. viridula Fowler, B. C. A. II: 7r. 24 (1895). Mexico.

42. w. album Buckton, Mon. Memb. 132 (1903). Ecuador.

43. xiphias Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 12. 29 (1803). Brazil.

49. GENUS KRONIDES KIRKALDY

Kronides Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Argante (preoccupied) Stal, Bid. Hem, Syst. 558 (1867).

Characters : This genus may be recognized at once by the strong curved pronotal horn which

is broadly flattened dorso-ventrally and bends downward in front of the head. Head deflexed, subquad-

rate, twice as broad as high, almost entirely concealed from a dorsal view by the over-hanging anterior

horn, base higher at sides than in the center because of the downward curve of the cephalic margin of

the metopidium; eyes large, prominent, extending farther laterad than the sides of the pronotum ; ocelli

prominent, somewhat elevated, farther from each other than from the eyes; clypeus extending for half its

length below inferior margins of genae. — Pronotum low, almost flat above, punctate and shining; anterior

pronotal horn strong, broadly compressed dorso-ventrally, extending forward and bending strongly down-

ward over and in front of the head, tip truncate; humeral angles very weak and rounded; median carina

percurrent; posterior process broad, flat, gradually becoming acute to the tip which reaches just beyond

the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. "Tegmina long, narrow, opaque, veins

more or less obscure; five apical cells, the median one truncate at base; one discoidal cell; apical limbus

broad. Legs simple; posterior tarsi the longest.

Type incumbens Germar.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from Scuth America and is represented

by only five species but the individuals must be very numerous and easily collected for they are to be

found very commonly in collections.

I. brevicornis da Fonseca, Arquiv Instit. Biol. Vill : 8. 236 (1937). Brazil.

2. cochleata Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXXII : 273. 2 (1911). Argentina, Uruguay, Brazil.

3. incumbens Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 239. 20 (1835). — Pl. 3, fig. 41. Brazil, Argentina.

4. ogloblina da Fonseca, Arquiv. Instit. Biol. VII : 12. 161 (1936). Argentina.

5. tremolaris Goding, Ent. News XXV : 402 (1914). Uruguay, Paraguay.

50. GENUS OREKTHOPHORA FUNKHOUSER

Orekthophora Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 412 (1930).

Characters This genus may be distinguished at a glance by the long, slender,up-turned anter-

ior pronotal horn which is unlike that of any other form not only in the subfamily but in the family.

The insects are small and slender-bodied with the following technical characters : Head subquadrangu-

lar, twice as broad as high; base emarginate in center to accommodate a median downward curve of the

88 HOMOPTERA

cephalic margin of the metopidium; eyes large and glassy; ocelli minute, located in the upper outer

angles of the head, very close to the base and to the eyes; inferior margins of the gena projecting down-

ward in lobes on each side; clypeus very long and narrow and projecting for two-thirds its length below

the inferior margins of the genz ; the extended clypeus and the lobes of the genz giving the head a tri-

lobed appearance. Pronotum rounded above the shoulders and extended forward in a long, slender anter-

ior process which is strongly curved upward and ends in a slightly dilated and bifurcate tip; humeral

angles very weak, obtuse and triangular; median carina percurrent; posterior process long, slender,

tricarinate, decurved, tip acuminate and extending just to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum entirely

concealed. "Tegmina long, narrow, entirely free, opaque but with veins raised and prominent; five api-

cal and three discoidal cells; median apical cell truncate at base; apical limbus well developed. Legs

simple and very slender; hind tarsi the longest.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the following single species from the West

Indies :

1. cornuta Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 412 (1930). San Domingo.

ZP4.ngs49.

51. GENUS HEMIPTYCHA GERMAR

Hemiptycha Germar, Rev. Silb. I : 177 (1833).

Hypselotropis Stal, Hem. Fabr. II : 26 (1869).

Gelastophara Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Characters : This genus has had a rather strange and troubled history and is here included only

because the type species, which is now the only species remaining in the genus, still remains as the lone

representative, with characters which seem to distinguish it from related forms. "The meager characters,

as described for the genus by Germar, have been subject to many interpretations, and doubtless to many

misinterpretations, so that species have been assigned to the genus and afterwards removed to other

genera in a fashion which is most confusing. At one time or another, sixty-four different species have

been placed in Hemiftycha; now only one remains. Moreover, at least two synonyms are known for

the genus; five or six new genera have been split off from these groups; a number of the old species

have been positively shown to belong to other subfamilies; and the synonymy of many other species,

formerly placed in Henmiptycka, is questionable.

'The chief character which may validate the genus is the position of the pronotal horn far back

on the pronotum and arising from behind the humeral angles. The only other diagnostic characters

seem to be the very weak humeral angles which are not produced into spines, the straight anterior

process and the truncate median apical cell of the corium, and these characters have therefore been used

to identify the genus in the preceding synoptic key.

Type obiecta Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : The single species now remaining in the genus was described

from some unidentified locality in South America. "We have never seen this insect and we know of

no one who has recognized it since Stal used it as the type of Hyfselotropis (which we believe to bea

synonym of Hemiftycha) in 1869.

I. obiecta Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 13. 31 (1803). South America.

WD nove n ewe Pal

TUS om. a c Ner T y

EL fere de cia albi ae Di am iainis ai ir mies

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 89

52. GENUS NESSORHINUS AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Nessorhinus Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 542 (1843).

Characters : Medium sized insects of quite remarkable appearance due to the flattened

anterior horn which projects directly forward over the head and the greatly produced humeral angles

which project outward as large spines. Head very small, poorly developed, three times as wide as

high; base almost flat; eyes large and prominent; ocelli large, conspicuous, located in the upper, outer

angles of the head, very close to the base and to the eyes, as in the genus Orekthophora; inferior margin

of the genz sinuate; clypeus extending for more than half its length below the inferior margins of

the gene. Pronotum low and almost flat except for a median dorsal crest which is always present

but is variable in height; anterior pronotal process long, heavy, strong, tricarinate, somewhat flattened

dorso-ventrally and extending almost directly forward ; metopidium sloping; median carina percurrent ;

humeral angles developed into long, spine-like horns which extend outward and upward; posterior

process long, slender, tectiform, tricarinate, acuminate, extending just about to the tips of the tegmina;

scutellum entirely concealed. Tegmina entirely free, long, narrow, vitreous, semiopaque; veins heavy

and prominent, those of the apical area slightly curved; five apical cells with the median one truncate

at base; number of discoidal cells variable but usually three; apical limbus very narrow. Legs simple:

all tarsi about equal in length.

Type vulpes Amyot and Serville.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the West Indies and is repre-

sented by the following species :

I. gibberulus Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 294. 1 (1869). Porto Rico.

2. gracilis Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 208 (1925). Cuba.

3. graciloides Dozier, Amer. Mus. Novit. 3 (1931). Porto Rico.

4. Vulbes Amyotand Serville, Hémip. 242 (1843). — Pl. 4, fig. 48. — Haiti, San Domingo, St. Vin-

cents Island.

53. GENUS SPINODARNOIDES FUNKHOUSER

Spinodarnoides Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 412 (1930).

Characters : A slender bodied insect characterized by the long, spine-like humeral angles, a

spinose median dorsal process but having no anterior horn. The head is rather curious since it projects

in a horizontal ridge with the base and inferior surfaces sloping backward from this ridge. The head

is nearly three times as broad as high; base sinuate; eyes large; ocelli large, prominent, three times as

far from each other as from the eyes and situated just above the protruding ridge of the head; clypeus

broad, projecting for two-thirds its length below the sinuate margins of the gene. — Pronotum rounded

but not high; metopidium sloping; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles produced out-

ward into long, sharp spines; no anterior horn; median dorsal spine short and sharp; posterior process

long, slender, sharp, tricarinate, its tip not quite reaching the tips of the tegmina; scutellum entirely

concealed. "Tegmina entirely free, long, narrow, hyaline; five apical and three discoidal cells; apical

limbus narrow.

Type !ypus Funkhouser.

90 HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species which was found in Porto

Rico.

I. typus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 412(1930). — Porto Rico.

— Pl. 4, fig. 44. :

GENERA OF THE TRIBE HEMIKYPTHINI TRIBUS NOV.

I. Tegmina partly covered by sides of bronotum

A. Head subquadrate, wider lhan long... . 4... . . . . . . PRorERPIA Stal.

B.-Hond Duausnldié n ou uox «3 uv 04 UE dg 8 LE tu Res ce RRULATHISC SURE,

II. Tegmina entirely exposed

A. Corium with one triangular discoidal cell .. . . . . . . . . . . NassuNiA Stal.

B. Corium with two elongate discoidal cells

1: DEONOLUPCOUEX 9T 2-92 7 EUST m Ner I S Ne ros e co noT eer JDOMOGONIA Sta:

2. Pronotum elevated and bulbous anteriorly, generally with. suprahumeral

horns

a. Ocelli equidistant from each other and from the eyes

b. Posterior process extending beyond tegmina; body slender . . . BunBaLoPA Stal.

bb. Posterior process not as long as tegmina ; body robust

c. Sufrahumerals heavy, blunt ; posterior Process blunt .. . . .. HvPnuiwokE Stal.

cc. Suprahumerals sharp; posterior process acute

d. Cells of tegmina narrow, oblong . . . . . . . . . ALCMEONE Stal.

dd. Cells of tegmina irregular, not narrow and oblong. . . . lcrARANTHE Fowler.

aa. Ocelli much nearer 1o each other than to the eyes

b. Suprahumerals strongly curved upward... . . . . . . HezwrkverHA Metcalf.

bb. Suprahumerals extending laterad, very litlle upward... . .' SuNpaRroN Kirkaldy.

54. GENUS PROTERPIA STAL

Proterpia Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 557 (1867).

Characters : Large robust insects, distinguished by the porrect suprahumeral horns with blunt,

truncate or rounded tips and by the fact that the tegmina are about half concealed by the overhanging

sides ofthe pronotum. Head subquadrate, twice as wide as high ; base sinuate ; eyes prominent, glassy;

ocelli small, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded;

clypeus broad and extending for about half its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum tecti-

form, highest in middle; metopidium straight; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles blunt,

triangular; suprahumeral horns stout, robust, projecting forward and slightly upward, nearly parallel

with each other, slightly compressed laterally with usually a lateral carina, tips rounded; posterior pro-

cess heavy, straight, tectiform, sharp, reaching just beyond the tips of tegmina; scutellum entirely hid-

den. Tegmina subopaque, pubescent, about half covered by the sides of the pronotum ; five apical and

two discoidal cells; median apical cell truncate at base; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind

tarsi a little longer than the others.

ISINGRNY

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 9I

Type votundicornis Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : Only two species described, both from South America.

I. rotundicornis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 314. 4 (1846). — Pl. 4,fig. 45. Brazil, Venezuela, Colombia.

2. truncaticornis Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 15 (1930). Brazil.

55. GENUS EUALTHE STAL

Eualthe Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 557 (1867).

Characters : Large elongate insects with nearly horizontal suprahumeral horns, a long, slender,

slightly upturned posterior process and the tegmina partly covered by the sides of the pronotum. . Head

triangular; base strongly arcuate; eyes subtriangular; ocelli large, nearer to each other than to the eyes;

inferior margins of genz straight and sloping; clypeus diamond-shaped, projecting for half its length

below the inferior margins of the gene. — Pronotum low, tectiform, dorsum nearly straight; metopidium

straight; humeral angles blunt, triangular; suprahumeral horns heavy, blunt, extending outward and

slightly upward; posterior process long, slender, slightly upturned, and extending beyond the tips of the

tegmina; scutellum entirely covered by the sides of the pronotum. ^ Tegmina long, narrow, fuscous-

hyaline, pubescent, about one-third covered by the sides of the pronotum ; five apical and two discoidal

cells; median apical cell truncate at base; apical limbus very narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longer

than the other two pairs.

Type /zvigata Vairmaire.

Geographical distribution : The only two species known were described from Brazil and have

never been reported from any other country.

I. levigata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 318. 18 (1846). Brazil.

2. punctum. Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 318. 17 (1846). — Pl. 4, fig. 46. Brazil.

56. GENUS NASSUNIA STAL

Nassunia Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 3o (1862).

Characters : Medium sized, robust insects with stout diverging suprahumerals and entirely free

tegmina. Head triangular; base arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gene sinuate; clypeus slightly swollen in center, extending for half its length below the inferior margins

of thegena. —Pronotum convex, moderately elevated, not compressed, tectiform; metopidium straight ;

median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles weak, blunt, triangular; suprahumeral horns stout,

sharp, diverging, extending outward and upward; posterior process strong, tectiform, suddenly acumin-

ate, extending beyond end of abdomen but not reaching tips of tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed.

Tegmina entirely free, hyaline; five apical cells with the median cell truncate at base; one discoidal

cell; veins strong and slightly raised; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi the longest.

Type Pistillata Stal.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from South America with the following

records of distribution.

I. binotata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 291. 3 (1846). Brazil.

HOMOPTERA

2. bipunciala Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 290. 1 (1846). — Pl. 4, fig. 47. Brazil, Peru.

3. bisbina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 290. 2 (1846). Colombia, Panama.

4. bistillata Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 31. 1 (1862). Brazil.

5. conficita Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 139 (1858). — Brazil.

6. dalmani Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 31. 2 (1862). Brazil.

7. fortis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 132 (1858). Brazil.

8. gentilis Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVI : 178 (1902). Brazil.

9. nigrofascia Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. X336 ye14 (1022). "Perü.

10. irux Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVI : 178 (1902). Brazil.

57. GENUS TOMOGONIA STAL

Tomogonia Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 258 (1869).

Tauriona Buckton. Mon. Memb. 259 (1903).

Temogonia (sic) Goding, Memb, Ecuad. 36 (1920).

Characters : Medium sized, slender-bodied forms, with a convex pronotum, two elongate

discoidal cells in the corium and with the tegmina entirely exposed ; the suprahumeral horns are very

variable, ranging from mere blunt protuberances to long, sharp processes. Head triangular, smooth;

base strongly arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes round ; ocelli large, glassy, equidistant from each other

and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gena weakly sinuate; clypeus extending for one-third its length below inferior margins of genz, tip

rounded and continuing the line made by the margins of the gena. Pronotum convex, tectiform,

slightly impressed on each side behind suprahumerals ; metopidium sloping; median carina obsolete on

metopidium but present on dorsum and posterior process ; humeral angles broad, blunt, rounded; supra-

humeral horns variable in length but always present and usually projecting outward ; posterior process

strong, carinate, suddenly acuminate and reaching to a point about half-way between the internal

angles and the tips of the tegmina; scutellum completely concealed. Tegmina entirely free, broad,

smoky-hyaline; five apical cells with the median cell truncate at base; two elongate discoidal cells with

veins somewhat curved; apical limbus broad. Hind wings with four apical cells and one discoidal

cell. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type vilialipennis Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : A South and Central American genus reported from the follow-

ing countries :

1. composiana Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 36 (1920). Ecuador.

2. obesa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 259 (1903). Ecuador.

3. pectoralis Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 259. 2 (1869). Colombia, Peru.

4. Villatipennis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 293. 8 (1846). — Pl. 4, fig. 48. Guatemala, Colombia.

58. GENUS BUBALOPA STAL

Bubalopa Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 255 (1869).

Characters : We are very suspicious that Bubalofa Stal is a synonym of Eualthe Stal. The only

real difference between these genera is supposed to be the entirely free tegmina in the former and the

PPS TUNE RUSERNE

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 93

partly covered tegmina of the latter. "This would bea good character if it were constant but we find

that there is much variation in this respect in both genera since the development of the sides of the

pronotum is not uniform in either. Usually, however, in Bubalofa the corium is fully exposed, even

though the clavus may be concealed, and on the strength of this difference we are allowing the genus

to stand. The other characters are much the same as in Eual//e and are as follows: | Head triangular,

about as broad as high; base strongly arcuate; eyes distinctly triangular; ocelli large, prominent, about

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated slightly below a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus faintly trilobed, extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genz and continuing the line of the face made by these margins. Pronotum some-

what swollen anteriorly, tectiform, dorsum sinuate; metopidium straight, about as broad as high;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles very weak, rounded; suprahumeral horns strong, heavy,

triquerate, extending outward and upward; posterior process very long, slender, tectiform, gradually

acuminate, extending well beyond the apices of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. Tegmina

almost entirely exposed, sometimes the clavus hidden; long, narrow, fuscous-hyaline, veins prominent,

tips rounded; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus narrow. | Legs simple; hind tarsi much

longer than either of the other two pairs.

Type /urcata Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : The only species which are known in the genus were both

described from Bogota and have never been reported from any other locality. They are as follows :

1. furcata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 314. 5 (1846). — PI. 4, fig. 49. Colombia.

2. obscuricornis Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 256. 2 (1869). Colombia.

59. GENUS HYPHINOE STAL

Hyphinoe Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 558 (1867).

Characters : Robust, heavy-bodied insects with strong, blunt suprahumeral horns and free

tegmina. Head triangular, roughly sculptured; base arcuate; eyes triangular; ocelli about equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gena sinuate; clypeus broad, extending for half its length below inferior margins of genae.

Pronotum elevated, heavy and more or less swollen in front, usually impressed on each side; metopidium

convex, higher than broad; median carina weakly percurrent; humeral angles weak, rounded; supra-

humeral horns heavy, triquerate, blunt, usually extending directly outward and very little upward;

posterior process suddenly narrowed because of a distinct step behind bulbous base, tectiform, blunt,

extending to a point about half way between internal angles and tips of tegmina; scutellum entirely con-

cealed. Tegmina free, broad, semiopaque; veins heavy; tips broadly rounded; five apical and two

discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type cuneata. Germar.

Geographical distribution : This genus is widely distributed over South and Central America

and some of the individual species seem to have a wide range. The records up to the present are as

follows :

I. asphaltina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 319. 22 (1846). Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

apriformis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 144 (1858). Colombia, Venezuela, Nicar-

pubescens Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 144 (1858).

morio Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 257. 3 (1869). SEU

94 HOMOPTERA

2. bigulla Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 142 (1858). — Pl. 4, Guatemala, Mexico.

fig. 5O.

3. camelus Gray, An. King. Ins. II : 260 (1832). Mexico.

sagata Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 245. 2 (1835).

viridissima Walker, List Hom. B. M. 572.21 (1851).

valida Walker, List Hom, B. M. 524. 16 (1851).

obliqua Walker, Ins. Saund. 73 (1858).

4. cornuta. Distant, Ent. Month. Mag. XVI : 12 (1879). Costa Rica.

5. cuneata Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 246. 3 (1835). Mexico, Guatemala.

globiceps Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 319. 20 (1846).

6. diabolica Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 346. 6 (1878). Colombia.

7. hirsuta Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 335 (1905). Central America.

8. inermis Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 107 (1926). Ecuador.

9. marginalis Fallou, Rev. Ent. IX : 353 (1890). Guatemala.

10. ochracea Fowler, B. C. A. II : 78. 10 (1895). Guatemala.

11. flacida Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 246. 4 (1835). Brazil.

12. froclivis Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IV : 695 (1900). Costa Rica.

13. punctorum. Buckton, Mon. Memb. 124 (1903). Brazil, Peru.

14. furulensis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 77. 7 (1895).

15. quadrimaculata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 121 (1903). Brazil.

16. tau Fowler, B. C. A. II : 76. 5 (1895). Guatemala, Panama.

atitllana Fowler, B. C. A. II : 76 (1895).

subfusca Buckton, Mon. Memb. 122 (1903).

17. thoracata Distant. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. IV : 695 (1900).

18. vulpecula Fowler, B. C. A. II : 77. 8 (1895).

I9. yaguachiensis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : r1 (1929). Ecuador.

Guatemala.

Costa Rica.

Panama, Brazil.

60. GENUS ALCMEONE STAL

Alcmeone Stal, Bid. Hem. Syst. 558 (1867).

Characters : This genus is closely related to ZypAinoe Stal, but differs in having the anterior

portion of the pronotum far less bulbous, no distinct step before the posterior process, and with the

suprahumeral horns and the posterior process very sharp and acuminate. Head triangular, broader

than high; base straight at sides and strongly arcuate in center; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent,

about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of

eyes; inferior margins of genz straight; clypeus broad and continuing the line of the face made by the

margins of the gene. Pronotum heavy and elevated, somewhat swollen in front but with no sharp step

before the posterior process; median carina almost obsolete; metopidium convex, wider than high;

humeral angles weak and rounded; suprahumeral horns heavy, conical, sharp, extending almost

directly outward ; posterior process heavy, gradually acuminate, tip sharp and reaching a point about

half way between the internal angles and the apices of the tegmina ; scutellum entirely hidden. Tegmina

free, broad, vitreous-hyaline; veins prominent; five apical and two discoidal cells; all cells of the

corium long and narrow; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; tarsi all about equal in length.

Type centrotoides Fairmaire.

EM y rl

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 95

Geographical distribution : This genus is found in South and Central America and in Mexico

with the following recorded localities :

1. brevis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 571. 19 (1851). Brazil.

2. caseoscalpris Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 344. 6 (1878). Brazil.

3. centrotoides Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 317. 14 (1846). Brazil.

4. curvicoruis Stàl, Bid. Mem. Kan. 256. 2 (1869). Brazil.

5. expansicornis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 317. 15 (1846). Brazil, Guatemala.

6. godmani Fowler, B. C. A. II : 72. 1 (1895). Mexico.

7. lata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 571. 18 (1851). Honduras.

8. Picea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 316. 13 (1846). — PI. 5, fig. bl. Brazil, Colombia.

9. unistriga Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 107 (1926). Ecuador.

61. GENUS ICTARANTHE FOWLER

Ictaranthe Fowler, B. C. A. II : 79 (1895).

Characters : Phylogenetically this genus is unquestionably very close to HyfAinoe Stàl but if it

may be judged by the type species it bears a strong superficial resemblance to the genus Ceresa of the

subfamily Smiliine. It differs from HyfAinoe in having sharp, acute suprahumeral horns and in having

the anterior portion of the pronotum much less bulbous, and it may be distinguished from A/emeone in

having the cells of the corium irregular in shape rather than uniformly narrow and oblong. The more

important generic characters areas follows : Head triangular, roughly sculptured; base arcuate; eyes

ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes; inferior margins of

genz straight; clypeus ridged in center, extending for half its length below the inferior margins of

the genz. Pronotum elevated, somewhat swollen in front, lightly impressed on each side; dorsum

convex and sloping ; metopidium convex, broader than high; median carina percurrent ; humeral angles

triangular, blunt; suprahumeral horns strong, tricarinate, sharp, extending outward and upward;

posterior process heavy, tectiform, sharp, extending to a point a little more than half way between the

internal angles and the apices of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. "Tegmina free, hyaline,

broad; veins prominent; cells of corium irregular in shape; five apical and two discoidal cells; apex

rounded; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi somewhat longer than the others.

Type latifrons Fowler.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species which was

described from Panama but has since been reported from Brazil.

I. latifrous Fowler, B. C. A. II : 79 (1895). — PI. 5, fig. 52. Panama, Brazil.

62. GENUS HEMIKYPTHA METCALF

Hemikyptha Metcalf, Ent. News XXXVIII : 16 (1927).

Characters : This genus contains the largest insects in the family, some of the species

measuring more than twenty-five millimeters in length and half that in height, including the pronotal

Note : Stal must be written Stál. We beg to apologize for the misprint occurring pp. 1 - 904 inclusive.

96 HOMOPTERA

horns. They are all large, robust insects with powerful upstanding suprahumerals and strongly

elevated pronotums. Head obtusely triangular, smooth; base strongly arcuate and sinuate; eyes

ovate; ocelli large, prominent, much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated well below a

line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz straight; clypeus extending for half its

length below the inferior margins of the genz.. Pronotum heavy, robust, elevated; metopidium convex,

broader than high ; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles weak and rounded ; suprahumeral

horns long, strong, usually curved, sharp, and extending almost directly upward; dorsum arcuate,

highest in center; posterior process heavy, tectiform, tricarinate, sharp, extending just about to the

tips of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. 'Tegmina broad, subhyaline, sometimes very

slightly covered at the posterior ends by the overhanging sides of the pronotum but mostly free; five apical

and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi slightly longer than the others.

Type ?unctata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : This genus has been recorded only from Brazil and we have never

seen a specimen in any museum from any other country. Eight species have been described as follows :

I. apicalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 572 (1851). Brazil.

2. braziliensis Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 676. 7 (1775). Brazil.

3. compressicornis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 313. 3 (1846). Brazil.

truncaticornis Walker, Ins. Saund. 73 (1858).

spatulosa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 137 (1903).

4. crux Linngzus, Syst. Nat. I : 435. 9 (1758). Brazil.

5. gigas da Fonseca, Rev. Ent. V : 4. 425 (1935). Brazil.

6. lata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 571. 18 (1851). Brazil.

7. marginata Fabricius, Ent. Syst. IV : 12. 17 (1775). — Pl. b,fig. 53. Brazil.

sinepsis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. II : 2095. 71 (1788)

maculata Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII : 668. 5 (1792)

8. punctata Fabricius, Ent. Syst. IV : 13. 21 (1775). Brazil.

scutelligera Lesson, Ill. Zool. Pl. 55. 2 (1831).

cervus Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 247. 5 (1835).

63. GENUS SUNDARION KIRKALDY

Sundarion Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Pyranthe (preoccupied) Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 558 (1867).

Characters : Medium sized insects with free tegmina, horizontal suprahumerals, and long,

slender, posterior processes. Head subquadrangular, broader than high; base arcuate and strongly

sinuate; eyes globular and protruding ; ocelli large, much nearer to each other than to the eyes; inferior

margins of genz straight and sloping; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of

gene. Pronotum convex, elevated, highest point just behind the suprahumerals; metopidium convex;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles blunt, triangular; suprahumeral horns long, strong, tricarin-

ate, sharp, extending almost directly outward; posterior process gradually acuminate, tectiform, tricar-

inate, tip sharp and extending to a point about half way between internal angles and apices of tegmina;

scutellum entirely concealed. Tegmina free, hyaline, broad, veins prominent; five apical and two:

discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus broad. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type /ava Fairmaire.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 97

Geographical distribution : This is a strictly South American genus so far as present records

indicate. The described species are as follows :

I. acacie. Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 29o (1883). Argentina, Uruguay.

2. alata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 317. 16 (1846). Brazil.

3. apicalis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 236. 10 (1835). Brazil.

4. auriculata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 254. 8 (1869). Brazil.

5. bimaculata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 315. 9 (1846). Brazil.

6. brunniventris Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 316. 12 (1846). Brazil.

7. chilensis Spinola, Gay Hist. Chile VII : 270. 1 (1852). Chile.

8. flava Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 314. 6 (1846). — Pl. 5, fig. 54. Brazil.

9. flavomarginata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb, 315. 10 (1846). Brazil, Argentina.

IO. frustratloria Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 296 (1883). Argentina:

II. Jaticoruis Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 253. 6 (1869). Brazil.

12. longicornis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 315. 17 (1846). Brazil.

13. xanthographa Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 237. 13 (1835). Brazil, Argentina.

GENERA OF TRIBE HETERONOTINI GODING

I. Corium with two discoidal cells... . 0. 0.0. 0. 0... . . .. HETERONOTUS Laporte.

II. Corium with one discoidal cell

A. Pronotum with one or more lateral vidges .. .. . . . . . . . . . HkELroponz Stál.

B. Pronotum without lateral ridges

I. Head subquadrate, wider than high... ^... . . . . . . . OworoN Walker.

acc fenquirsanugular sos ec LE eR nm Mu Bur tL CEU IMANOHISTROTUS:Blckton:

64. GENUS HETERONOTUS LAPORTE

Heteronotus Laporte, Ann. Ent. Soc. France I : 95 (1832).

Heniconotus Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 36 (1869).

Characters : Large, gaudily-colored insects with long, narrow bodies characterized by the very

nodulate and spinose pronotum. They areamong the most bizarre of all of the Membracidze. Head

quadrate, much wider than high, usually smooth and without pubescence; base straight or weakly

sinuate; eyes extremely large, globular and protruding; ocelli large, glassy, very much nearer to each

other than to the eyes and situated below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gena sloping and strongly sinuate; clypeus trilobed, extending for half its length below inferior

margins of gene. Pronotum usually bright colored, bearing swollen nodes and decorated with many

spines; apex of posterior process usually globular and spinose. Tegmina hyaline, very long, extending

far beyond both the abdomen and the posterior process; five apical and two discoidal cells. Legs

simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type sfinosus Laporte.

Geographical distribution : A large genus, widely distributed throughout South and Central

America and Mexico, with the largest number of species reported from Brazil.

I. abóreviatus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 50oo. 5 (1846). Brazil.

Un RR to NM

[os]

IO.

II.

12.

13.

Tus

15:

16.

I9.

20.

21i

22.

23.

HOMOPTERA

. ethiobs Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 359. 2 (1878).

. albospinosus Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 245 (1925).

. belliger Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 359. 3 (1878).

. bicoruis Lesson, Ill. Zool. Pl. 57, fig. 1 (183r).

bicinctus Kirby, El. Ent. 249 (1892).

. delineatus Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 154 (1858).

. divisus Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 156 (1858).

. flavolineatus Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 96. 3 (1832).

inermis Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1. 97 (1832).

furcatus Gray, Anim. King. Ins. 161 (1832)

reticulata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. I : 227. 1 (1833).

signatus Burmeister, Ent. II : 130. 1 (1839).

fowleri Buckton, Mon. Memb. 141 (1903).

. flavomaculatus da Fonseca, Arquiv. Instit. Biol. 7. 12 (1936).

glauduliger. Lesson, Ill. Zool. 57, fig. 2 (1831).

nigricans Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. I : 96. 2 (1832).

horridus Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 264. 15 (1787).

fuscus. Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. I : 98. 6 (1832).

bullifera Burmeister, Rev. Silb. I : 229. 4 (1833).

excisus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 593. 5 (1851).

lethierryi (nom. nov.) Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 453 (1894).

trinodosus (preoccupied) Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 154 (1890).

leucotelus Walker, List Hom B. M. Suppl. 155 (1858).

nodosus Germar, Mag Ent. IV : 3o. 41 (1821).

parvinodes (nom. nov.) Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 36r. 11 (1878).

leucotelus (preoccupied) Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 339 (1858).

quadrinodosus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 299. 1 (1846).

quinquenodosus Stál, Hem. Mex. 70. 425 (1864).

spinosis Laporte, Ann. Soc Ent. France I : 96 (1832).

armatus Laporte, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. I : 97 (1832)

clavatla Perty, Del. Anim. 35 (1834).

abcisus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 595. 16 (1851.

coufusus Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 360 (1878).

strigosus Butler, Cist. Ent I1: 36r. 9 (1878).

tridens Burmeister, Rev. Silb. I : 229 (1833). — Pl. 5, fig. 565.

trinodosus Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 357. 2 (1878).

vespiformis Haviland, Zoologica VI : 247 (1925).

vulneraus Germar, Rev. Silb. I : 228. 2 (1833).

stipatus Goding, S. A. Memb. 248 (1929).

xanthomelas Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 339 (1858).

Ecuador.

British Guiana.

Ecuador, Brazil. -

Brazil.

Brazil, Colombia.

Brazil.

Venezuela.

Brazil.

Mexico.

Brazil, British Guiana.

Brazil.

Mexico, Guatemala, Panama.

British Guiana.

Brazil.

65. GENUS HELIODORE STAL

Heliodore Stál. Bid. Hem. Syst. 559 (1867).

Characters : This genus was erected for the accommodation of those species which differed

from the forms of the old genus Combophora (now Anchistrotus) as recognized by Stal, by having a tricar-

inate pronotum. At present the genus contains only the type species and may be set off from the

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 99

closely related genera Amchistrotus and Omolon by the ridges on the sides of the pronotum. Other

generic characters as indicated by Stál are :

« Alis tegminibus dimidiis longioribus. Processu postico thoracis marginem interiorem

clavi vel hujus venam longitudinalem tangente; tegminibus totis vel fere totis liberis. Corio

areola discoidali unica instructo, ante medium inter venas longitudinales secundam et tertiam,

basin versus in unam conjunctas, venula transversa destituto. ^ Thorace tricarinato, preter

carinam mediam percurrentum carinas duabus, pone oculos incipientibus, ad vel ultra medium

dorsi extensis, instructo; ceteris ut in Combophora. »

These are the characters which we have used in constructing our key to the genera of the tribe

and in determining the species used as our Plate Figure.

Type /aforti Germar.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species from South America.

1. laforti Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 253. 2 (1835). — PI. 5, fig. 56. Brazil.

carinata Guerin, Icon. Rég. Anim 7 (1838).

66. GENUS OMOLON WALKER

Omolon Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 315 (1862).

Characters : We have never seen a representative of this genus but it has been recognized by

Butler and by Goding who indicate that the genus is to be identified by the subquadrate head. Except

for this character it would seem that the insects of this genus are in no way different from those of the

genus Aznchistrotus. Butler considered FHeliodore a synonym of Omolon but apparently did not note

either the shape of the head or the lateral carinze in his diagnosis. "We cannot figure this genus since

we have no specimen of any of the three species and there is no published figure of any of them in the

literature of the family.

Type 'ridens Walker.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from three species, all described by

Walker, and all from Brazil, as follows :

I. incongrua Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 340 (1858). Brazil.

2. tridens Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 316 (1862). Brazil.

3. varius Walker, Journ. Ent I: 316 (1862). Brazil.

67. GENUS ANCHISTROTUS BUCKTON

Anchistrotus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 147 (1903).

Combophora (preoccupied) Germar, Rev. Silb. I : 177 (1833).

Characters : A remarkable genus identified at once by the greatly swollen globular pronotum.

The insects are rather brightly colored, mostly of large size, and conspicuous in both structure and

markings. Head triangular, eyes ovate and prominent; ocelli large, nearer to each other than to the

eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes. Pronotum swollen into an enormous

hollow globe and so weakly attached to the body that it is difficult to collect the specimens without

detaching it. This bulbous expansion of the pronotum is generally armed with spines, particularly on

IOO HOMOPTERA

the posterior part. The pronotum narrows suddenly into a short posterior process which does not

quite reach the apices of the tegmina. The scutellum is entirely concealed and the anterior portion

of the pronotum is sloping, smooth and unarmed. The tegmina are hyaline with the tips rounded and

with a broad apicallimbus. The venation is inclined to be irregular, particularly in the apical area, so

that the number of apical cells may vary, but there is only one discoidal cell. The legs are simple with

the hind tarsi longer than either of the other two pairs.

Type oesus Buckton.

Geographical distribution : Only seven good species are here recognized although variations

in some of the forms have resulted in several synonyms. However, these species are apparently repre-

sented by a very large number of individuals, since specimens are to be found commonly in most

collections. The species which we believe to be distinct are as follows :

I. Óesckii Germar. Rev. Silb. I : 232. 14 (1833). Brazil, Ecuador, Guatemala, -

cuccullata Perty, Del. Anim. 178 (1834). Honduras.

2. bucktoni Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 12 (1929). Brazil.

3. inanis Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 6. 2 (1803). Brazil, Colombia.

4. maculata Guerin, Icon. Rég. Anim. 7 (1838). — Pl. 5, fig. 57. Brazil, Bolivia, Peru.

consentanea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 505. 3 (1846).

5. minor Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 505. 5 (1846). Brazil.

discontinua Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 157 (1858).

6. obesus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 147 (1903). Brazil.

7. obfuscata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 147 (1903). Brazil, Peru, Venezuela.

E Eu

FAM. MEMBRACID/E IOI

SuBF. TRAGOPINZ/E STAL

The subfamily Tragopinz, while very distinct from the other subfamilies, and easily recog-

nized by the small, flat, beetle-like appearance of the insects, as well as by the more technical

characters of the pronotum and tegmina, is in great confusion in so far as the genera and species are

concerned.

The five genera here recognized have been generally accepted but we are very suspicious of

their validity because of the many intergrading forms. All of these genera were erected on characters

which have been found to be far from distinctive. We have been unable to discover any good generic

characters but we believe that the male genitalia, even though they are not readily adaptable for taxo-

nomic work, may afford some structures which may eventually prove to be of some value in such studies.

In like manner, the species are in a very unsatisfactory state. | Most of them have been described

on the basis of the shape of the pronotum and on color markings, both of which characters are extremely

variable. We have in our collection several hundred specimens which apparently do not belong

to any known species but which we are as yet unwilling to describe as new because of intermediate

forms and because of the absence of constant and reliable characters.

We are here accepting, on the basis of characters suggested by their authors, the groups of the

subfamily as they have been proposed and as they appear in the literature of the family, with the recog-

nition of the fact that future investigations may show that some of these divisions cannotstand. It will

be seen that the characters used in the construction of the key to the genera are often comparative

rather than distinct, and for that reason are far from satisfactory.

GENERA OF THE SUBFAMILY TRAGOPINZE STÀL

I. Humeral angles not produced into horns

A. Corium with one or more discoidal cells; apical limbus very broad ; tegmina almost

entirely covered by pronotum ; venation very indisiinct

I. Pronotum without lateralcaring i sse y mue m. mor m m LRAGOPA Latreille,

2. Pronotum with lateral carvine

a. Median carina strong ; free part of tegmina punctate .— . . . . . . "TRoPipoLowia Stál.

aa. No median carina; tegmina not punctate.— .— 4. 0... . .. Sri. BoPHORA Std.

B. Corium with no discoidal cells; apical limbus moderate; tegmina at least half ex-

posed» vetaliom dislinguisHable- os o Mer S fuese Pot as EEIORIOLA: TFalrmayte:

II. Humeral angles produced into conical horns ov tubeycles.— .— . . . . . . . . CkRATOPOLA Stál.

68. GENUS TRAGOPA LATREILLE

Tragopa Latreille, Rég. Anim. V : 219 (1829).

Chelyoidea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 156 (1903).

Characters : The insects of this genus are small, globular or flattened, with a broad carapace-

like pronotum and a superficial resemblance to beetles. They show a wide variety of color markings,

102 HOMOPTERA

usually of some brilliancy. The tegmina are very largely covered by the pronotum, the apical limbus

is broad and the venation is usually indistinct. The head is triangular and usually smooth; eyes small

and globose; base straight or weakly sinuate; ocelli twice as far from each other as from the eyes and

situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz straight ; clypeus extend-

ing for half its length below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum usually more or less flattened, almost

completely covering the thorax, abdomen and tegmina, and entirely without horns, spines or other pro-

tuberances; metopidium sloping ; median carina obsolete or only faintly percurrent; scutellum concealed ;

no definite posterior process, the posterior end of the pronotum gradually rounded and blunt. Tegmina

largely concealed by the overhanging sides of the pronotum, generally less than one-third exposed;

venation very faint; apical limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi much longer than the others.

Type albimacula Germar.

Geographical distribution : A very large neotropical genus with a wide distribution over

South and Central America but with by far the largest number reported from Brazil. The forty-nine

' species here listed probably represent only a small proportion of those which have actually been taken,

and a very small percentage of those which actually exist.

1. enea. Perty, Del. Anim. 179 (1834). Brazil.

2. albifaseia Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 16(1922). Bolivia.

3. albimacula Germar, Mag. Ent IV : 14. 6 (1821). Brazil.

4. annulata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 27. 5 (1803). Brazil.

5. bajulus Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 3o9 (1835). Brazil.

6 bicolor Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 142 (1928). Ecuador.

7. bilinea Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 152 (1858). Brazil.

8. bipartita Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 487. 13 (1846). Brazil.

9. Ditriangulata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 414 Brazil.

(1930).

ro. brunneimaculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1r. 18. Bolivia.

(1922). — PI. 5,fig. 58.

11. bucktoni (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. Brazil.

21 (1922).

nitida (preoccupied) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 156 (1903).

12. bugabensis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 85. 2 (1895). Panama.

13. cimicoides Fabricius, Coquebert Ill. Ic : Pl. 18, fig. 6 (1801). Brazil.

melanostigma Perty, Del. Anim. 179 (1830).

bifacies Walker, List Hom. B. M Suppl. 15o (1858).

I4. coccinella Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 486.9 (1846). Brazil.

15. cyanea Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 189. 9 (1836). Brazil.

16. decorata Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 406 (1914). Bolivia.

17. dimidiata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 287. 12 (1846). Brazil.

18. discreans Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 150 (1858). Brazil.

19. dohrni Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 487. 10 (1846). Brazil.

20. fasciata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : tz. 21 (1922). Brazil.

21. fenestrata Walker. List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 151 (1858). Brazil.

22. frontalis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb 489. 16 (1846). Brazil.

23. fulvovaria Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 488. 15 (1846). Brazil.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

3o.

3t.

33:

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

4I.

42.

43.

44-

495.

46.

47:

48.

49.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

funerula Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 488. 14 (1846).

globus Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 12. 4 (1821).

glabra Latreille, Anim. King. 177 (1836).

guiane Haviland, Zoologica VI: 3. 247 (1925).

humeralis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 489. 18 (1846).

insignis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 85. 1 (1895).

irroraía Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 141 (1828).

lata Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 231r. r (1869).

longa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 17 (1922).

luteimaculata Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 406. 11 (1914).

maculata Stal, Bid, Memb. Kan. 231r. 2 (1869).

maculidorsa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 19 (1922).

marmorea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 486. 7 (1846).

morio Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 26. 3 (1803).

nitida Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 3o9 (1835).

obesa Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 141 (1928).

octulta Haviland, Zoologica VI: 3. 248 (1925).

ovalis Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 188. 7 (1836).

parishi (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 177 (1927).

maculata (preoccupied) Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r.

23 (1922).

jeruviana (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 177 (1927).

brunnea (preoccupied) Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r.

23 (1922).

pubescens Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 17 (1922).

fumicata Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 31. 2 (1858).

functatissima Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 486. 8 (1846).

seutellaris Buckton, Mon. Memb. 1:56 (1903).

tetyrides Walker, List Hom. B. M. 580. 4 (1851).

triangulata Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 331: (1905).

zebra Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : r41 (1928).

103

Brazil.

British Guiana.

Brazil.

Panama.

Ecuador.

Guiana.

IPeru.

Peru.

Colombia.

Bolivia.

Brazil.

Brazil, Colombia.

Brazil.

Ecuador.

British Guiana.

Brazil.

Peru.

Brazil.

Brazil, British Guiana.

British Guiana.

Unknown.

Ecuador.

69. GENUS TROPIDOLOMIA STAÀL

Tropidolomia Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 19 (1869).

or less elevated pronotum.

Characters : Stàl established Tvropidolomia as a subgenus of Tragopa with the following

description :

« Thorace parte antica in latera prostethii transiente, marginibus lateralibus anticis dis-

tinctis, in carinam, inter oculos et angulos laterales ductam, prominulis vel elevatis; lobo laterali

prostethii minore, deorsum vergente, interdum tantum carinam simulante, extrorsum haud

explanato. Frons apicem versus haud ampliata. »

The most noticeable characters of the genus are the high, thin, sharp median carina and the more

'The head is ovate with prominent ocelli which are very much farther from

each other than from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes. There is

104 HOMOPTERA

no definite posterior process, the posterior end of the pronotum being triangular and not very sharp.

The tegmina are almost entirely covered by the sides of the pronotum, only a narrow basal portion being

exposed and this exposed portion heavy and coriaceous. The legs are simple with all of the tarsi about

equal in length.

Type auriculata Olivier.

Geographical distribution : A South and Central American genus with about the same

distribution as that of Tragopa.

I. alacris Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 186. 3 (1836). Brazil.

2. auriculata Olivier, Cigal. Tab. 8, fig. 38 (1780). — Pl. b, fig. 59. Brazil.

3. bisiriata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. 1II : 252. 3(1836). Brazil.

4. gibberula Stoll, Cigal. 62 (1780). Surinam.

5. involuta Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 27. 4 (1803). Brazil.

obliqua Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 13. 5 (1821).

sacrata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 186. 4 (1836).

7O. GENUS STILBOPHORA STAÀL

Stilbophora Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 20 (1869).

Characters : S/ilbophora was also described as a subgenus by Stál, with characters as follows :

« Corpore superne nitido, subtilissime punctulato; parte libera tegminum subtilissime

obsoletissimeque remote punctulata, linea elevata media destituta; capite obtuso, majusculo,

apice ab antico viso obtuse rotundato, parte apicali leviter depressa, margine apicali haud reflexo,

fronte valde inflexa, transversa, apice medio truncata. »

The configuration of the pronotum, as above described by Stál, is not a dependable character

since it shows great variation, but the absence of the median carina, the anterior lateral ridges, the

rounded posterior apex of the pronotum and the impunctate tegmina should suffice for the recognition

of the genus. ; :

Type nilidula Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : So far as is known, the genus is limited to the northern coun-

tries of South America as indicated by the following species :

I. gilvices Stàál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 31. 3(1858). Brazil.

2. nilidula Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 31. 20 (1803). Brazil, Peru, Colombia, Vene-

zuela.

3. seminulum. Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 32. 21 (1803). Brazil, Venezuela.

4. tripariita Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 490. 25 (1846). Brazil, British Guiana.

5. xanthocephala Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 14. 7 (1821). Brazil.

71. GENUS HORIOLA FAIRMAIRE

Horiola Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 492 (1846).

Characters : The comments which we have made on the subfamily Tragopinz regarding the

unsatisfactory status of the genera and species apply particularly to the genus Horíola which was

FAM, MEMBRACID/E 105

erected on extremely vague and generalized characters. Burmeister (1835a) indicates two divisions

of Tragopa, the first « without ears on the thorax near the shoulders » and the second « with ears on the

side ». Since the size and structure of the humeral angles, to which Burmeister doubtless refers, is

one of the most variable of all of the characters of the subfamily, these divisions are entirely unusable.

Fairmaire, in establishing the genus Horiola, states that it represents the second division of Burmeister

and gives as additional characters the acuminate posterior process, the partly exposed tegmina, the

narrow apical limbus and the shape of the median apical cell. Goding and others have called attention

to the indistinct venation with the absence of discoidal cells (a character difficult to determine without

mutilating the specimen), and the more elongate shape of the body, but none of these characters are

constant or reliable.

Theoretically this genus should be distinguished from the other genera of the subfamily by the

narrower body, the sharper posterior process, the more exposed tegmina, the narrower apical limbus,

the less distinct venation, the absence of discoidal cells in the corium and the larger humeral angles,

but practically these characters are so variable, and so difficult to determine, and the gradation is so

gradual from one genus to another that a large number of intermediate forms fail to fall positively

into this scheme of classification.

Tyne ?icía Coquebert.

Geographical distribution : The genus is represented in South and Central America by the

following species :

I. andree Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 190. 11 (1836). Brazil.

2. chi Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 19o. 12 (1836). Brazil.

3. composita Walker, List Hom. B. M. 587. 9 (1851). Venezuela.

4. fenestrata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 20 (1922). Peru.

5. lineola Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 492. 2 (1846). Brazil.

tincola (sic) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 158 (1903).

6. picta Coquebert, Cigal. Pl. 16, fig. 89 (1780). — PI. 5, fig. 60. Brazil, Colombia, Panama.

arcuata, Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 29. 12 (1803).

lineola Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 3o. 14 (1803).

glabrata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 31 (1803).

elegantula Perty, Del. Anim. 178 (1830).

7. strigosa Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 3o. 15 (1803). Brazil, Colombia, Venezuela.

8. sirigulosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 153 (1858). Brazil.

9. trigona Walker, List Hom. B. M. 587. 8 (1851). Colombia.

latifrons Walker, List Hom. B. M. 588. r9 (1851).

IO. venosa Walker, Ins. Saund. 76 (1858). Unknown.

72. GENUS CERATOPOLA STAÀL

Ceratopola Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 232 (1869).

Characters : Ceratopola was described as a subgenus of Tvagopa by Stál on the strength of the

cornute humeral angles and was raised to generic rank by Goding (1928) on the basis of the same

character. Stál describes the group as follows: « Head somewhat prominent before the thorax,

armed at the base with two conical horns. Thorax provided with a longitudinal ridge very distinctly

acute, transversely depressed at apex, anterior margin very obtusely rounded, lateral anterior margin

between the eyes and lateral angles provided with a ridge. »

106 HOMOPTERA

The sharp median carina and the lateral ridges indicate that the genus is closely related to

Tropidolomia but the produced humerals which are conical and cornute, are sufficient to distinguish

Ceralopola from the other genera of the subfamily.

Type corniculata Stàl.

Geographical distribution : Only two species have been described, both from South America.

rt. corniculata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 232. 3 (1869). Brazil.

2. sodalis Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 140 (1928). Ecuador.

M Er

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 107

SuBr. SMILIIN/ZE SrTAL

The subfamily Smiliing is the dominant subfamily in the New World and is widely distributed

over both continents. No species of this subfamily has ever been reported from the Old World and

the center of distribution of the group seems to be North America for the species are not in general

tropical and more genera are found north of Mexico than have been reported in Central and South

America.

Not only is the subfamily the dominant one in both North and South America but it is the best

known of all of the groups of the Membracidz because of the fact that in the United States, particularly,

a considerable amount of attention has been given to the taxonomy of certain tribes and genera, and

because the life histories of a number of species have been rather carefully studied.

'The classification of this subfamily, based on the pioneer work of Stál and Fairmaire and

elaborated by Goding, Van Duzee, Ball and others, has been generally accepted and seems satisfactory.

The six tribes here recognized are apparently rather natural subdivisions and are easily characterized

and defined.

TRIBES OF SUBFAMILY SMILIINZE STÀL

I. Wings with median afical cell petiolate

A. Corium with 3 contiguous longitudinal veins originating at base... . . SwiLmNi Goding.

B. Corium with 2 contiguous longitudinal veins originating at base

I. Pronolum without longitudinal ridges

a. Tegmina free... . deer qu pO ee todgu s, AO USSCERESIND GOGH:

aa. Tegmina partly covered by sides of pronotum .— .. .. . . . . . AMasrRINI Goding.

2. Pronotum with longitudinal ruge or limes on posterior half... . . . PorvcorvPrINI Goding.

II. Wings with median afical cell sessile, base truncate

A. Tegmina more or less covered by sides of pronotum —...— . . . . . . . TTEraAMoNINI Goding.

Dolor mita reca E c MM b su Ex EE UNOUPATINDSDBIDUSTIOV:

GENERA OF TRIBE SMILIINI GODING

I. Sides of fronotum punctate but without carine

A. Corium without tvansverse vein near center of tegmina; one or no discoidal cells

I. Pronolum elevated, compressed laterally

a. Dorsum highest in front ; corium with oue discoidal cell .. . . . . SwiLrA Germar.

aa. Dorsum highest in middle ; corium with no discoidal cell... . . . ArpiPPE Stál

2. Pronotum convex ; not compressed laterally . E HE DET P T GopiNGIA Fowler.

B. Corium with a transverse vein near center ^f tegmina ; two discoidal cells

I. Dorsum elevated and compressed laterally

a. Humeral angles strongly produced

b. Costal margin of tegmina coriaceous and punctate.— .— .— .. .. . TELAMONANTHE Baker.

108 : HOMOPTERA

bb. Costal margin of tegmina hyaline / . .. . . . . . . . . ANTIANTHE Fowler.

aa. Humeral angles weak; not strongly produced

b. Prouotum strongly inflated posteriorly .. .. . . . . . . . XaNTHOLOBUSVan Duzee.

bb. Pronolum not strongly inflated fosteriorly

c. Dorsum low, distinctly sinuate at middle... . . . . EVASHMEADEA Goding.

cc. Dorsum rounded or high, not sinuate

d. Dorsum with a high swollen crest... . . . . . . . GmANDOLOBUS Ball.

dd. Dorsum without a high swollen crest

e; Dorsum- hehest-Aw fronts. e m riae cro d cn ATYMNA tal.

ee. Dorsum regularly arcuate, highest at middle. . . . CvRroLoBus Goding.

2. Dorsum convex, nol laterally compressed... . . . . . . . OruipERMA Fairmaire.

II. Sides of fronotum with longitudinal caring or ruge

A. Pronotum with a dorsal horn or process.

I. Corium with two discoidal cells

a. o Dorsum compressed; avcuale-. 2 S e V M eeu HE. vero D EOLYRHYRSA SEL

ag. Dorswn contéx; Sinualé i S v deu e Lee ue som A, 2 SVREIHEISA BOWICE:

2. Corium with one discoidal cell ov none

a. Pronolal process arising from in front of humeral angles... . . . PorvcortvPrTopEss Fowler.

aa. Pronotal process arising from behind humeral angles

b. Pronotum with two large rounded elevations, deeply sulcate between. | EcuADoRIA. Goding.

bb. Pronotum with a single dorsal horn

c. Dorsal horn small, often reduced to a mere tubercle . .. .. . Droctornana Kirkaldy.

cc. Dorsal horn large, erect

d. Posterior process of horn declivous or sloping . . . . . Hnmrs Stál.

dd. Posterior process of horn convex or with a distinct ste . . GrErAsTOGONIA Kirkaldy.

B. Pronotum unarmed

I. Pronotum convex.

a. Corium with two discoidal cells . ra MD Ret HrnmaNICE Stál.

aa. Cortum wilh- one discotdal.cell- 4... oe eu Roe e MATURNA- Stál.

2. Pronolum highly elevated... . . . . . . . . . . . . MzwsnRACIDOIDEA Goding;

73. GENUS SMILIA GERMAR

Smilia Germar, Rev. Silb. 1 : 233 (1833).

Characters : A genus distinguished by the high, laterally compressed, semifoliaceous pronotum,

weak humeral angles, tegmina almost entirely exposed with three contiguous longitudinal veins not

joined by a median cross-vein, and with the median apical cell of the hind wing petiolate. Head

triangular; base straight; eyes ovate; ocelli equidistant from each other and from the eyes; clypeus not

extending below the inferior margins of the genz but continuing the line of these margins. Pronotum

highly elevated and laterally flattened, without ridges and highest in front; posterior apex suddenly

narrowed to a short acute process which reaches to a point about half-way between internal angles and

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 109

tips of tegmina. Tegmina hyaline or smoky-hyaline, almost entirely free, with five apical and one

discoidal cell and a very wide apicallimbus. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type centralis Germar.

Geographical distribution : Sixty species have been assigned, at one time or another, to

this genus, but all have been removed and placed in other genera except three. Of these, the type

species is found in Mexico and the other two in the United States and Canada.

1. camelus Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 1o. 18 (1803). — PI. 6, fig. 6l. Canada, United States.

vittata Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 539 (1843).

zimmermanni Faiymaire, Rev. Memb. 308 (1846).

guttata Fitch, Cat Ins. N. Y. 49 (1851).

betulz Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 196 (1893).

viridis Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 426 (1894).

compressa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 191: (1903).

silvestrii Matausch, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XVIII : 172 (1910).

2. centralis Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 22. 20 (1821). Mexico.

3. fasciata Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 539. 2 (1843). United States.

74. GENUS ADIPPE STAÀL

Adippe Stàl, Bid. Hem. Syst. 555 (1867).

Characters : Medium sized insects with moderately elevated and compressed pronotum and

with the tegmina about half covered by the pronotum. Often rather gaudily decorated. Head trian-

gular; base sinuate; eyes large and ovate; ocelli conspicuous, farther from each other than from the

eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; clypeus extending for half its length

below inferior margins of genz and continuing the line made by these margins. Pronotum laterally

compressed, elevated, highest at about the middle, tectiform; median carina strong and percurrent but

no strong lateral ridges; posterior apex of pronotum just about reaching tips of tegmina. Tegmina

hyaline, about half exposed, three prominent longitudinal veins extending nearly parallel through basal

half of corium ; five apical and no discoidal cells; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type alliacea Germar.

Geographical distribution : This genus is found most commonly in Central America and

the West Indies with a few species recorded from Mexico and South America.

1. alliacea Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 249. 7 (1835). Brazil.

2. conciuna Fowler, B. C. A. II: 135. 5 (1895). Panama.

3. grisea Fowler, B. C. A. II : 136. 8(1895). Panama.

4. herelica (nom. nov.) Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 694 (1900). Nicaragua, Panama.

maculata (preoccupied) Fowler, B. C. A. II : 134. 2 (1894).

5. histrio Walker, Ins. Saund. 71 (1858). Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela,

ocellata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 188 (1903). Ecuador.

fasciata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 189 (1903).

6. inequalis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 135. 6 (1896). Panama, Trinidad.

7. maculata Distant, Ent. Month. Mag. XLV : 11 (1879) Costa Rica.

8, nigrorubra Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1.32 (1922). Costa Rica.

9. fardalina Fowler, B. C. A. II : 134. 3(1896). Panama.

IO. quadrivitíata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 234. 3 (1869). Unknown.

IIO HOMOPTERA

II. £esiudo Buckton, Mon. Memb. 188 (1903). Colombia.

I2. zebrina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 305. 12 (1846). — Pl. 6, fig. 62. "Venezuela, Mexico, Guate-

Bgwrata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 137 (1858). mala, Honduras.

75. GENUS GODINGIA FOWLER

Godingia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 139 (1896).

Characters : A monotypic genus represented by a fine large beautifully decorated species.

We cannot improve on Fowler's excellent generic description which is as follows : « Rather broad and

robust; head broader than long, triangularly produced in front; ocelli set far forward, nearer to each

other than to the eyes, which are large and prominent; pronotum depressed and convex in front, with

the metopidium very gradually declivous, broad almost to the apex and then abruptly narrowed to a

short broad point; dorsum depressed and almost level from above the shoulders, which are slightly and

obtusely prominent, until near the apex, where it is suddenly depressed and unites with the short apical

process ; central carina more distinct behind than in front; sides with a strong broad impression on each

extending from the shoulders to behind the middle, where they meet the dorsal carina, which at this

point is very distinct; tegmina ample, extending some way beyond the apex of the pronotum; corium

with three veins proceeding from near the base, the ulnar vein not being united by a transverse venule,

with five apical areas and one discoidal, the third apical area being triangular and stylate; clavus and a

small part of the corium covered by the pronotum; legs cylindrical ».

Type guerreroensis Fowler.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species from Mexico.

I. guerreroensis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 139. 1 (1896). — Pl. 6, fig. 63. — Mexico.

76. GENUS TELAMONANTHE BAKER

Telamonanthe Baker, Can. Ent. XXXIX : 115 (1907).

Characters : Small inconspicuous insects with a strong superficial resemblance to those of the

genus Telamona but immediately distinguished by the petiolate third apical cell of the hind wing. The

dorsal crest, the elevated and somewhat flattened dorsum and the general facies are very suggestive of

Telamona. — A distinctive generic character is the strongly punctate basal and costal area of the tegmina.

The head is subquadrate, with the base arcuate and sinuate; eyes ovate, much wider than high ; ocelli

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of

eyes; clypeus extending for one-third its length below inferior margins of genz, tip acute and pilose.

Pronotum elevated into a flattened crest occupying at least half of the dorsum; metopidium convex,

broader than high; humeral angles strongly produced into broad, flat, triangular extensions; median

carina strongly percurrent ; posterior process tectiform and extending beyond tips of tegmina. Tegmina

about half covered by the sides of the pronotum; three parallel longitudinal veins originating at the

base, the radial and median connected by a cross-vein; five apical and two discoidal cells. Legs

slightly flattened ; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type rileyi Goding.

Geographical distribution : The three known species of the genus have been reported only

FAM. MEMBRACID/E PLI

from the central and western parts of the United States, specifically from Illinois, Kansas, Colorado

and California

1. modesta Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 420. 74 (1894). United States.

2. pulchella Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 181 (1903). — PI. 6, United States.

fig. 64.

brevis Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 181 (1903).

3. rileyi Goding, Ent. News III : 108 (1892). United States.

coquilletti Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 420. 75 (1894).

pulchra Goding, Ent. News III : 1. 109 (1892).

77. GENUS ANTIANTHE FOWLER

Antianthe Fowler, B. C. A. 1I : 137 (1895).

Janthe (preoccupied) Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 554 (1867).

Agondas Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXV : 316 (1902).

Characters: Large green insects with high flattened pronotum, long humeral angles, and

partly covered hyaline tegmina. Head subquadrate, triangular in front; base strongly sinuate; eyes

ovate; ocelli prominent, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene straight; clypeus blunt and extending for one-third

its length below the inferior margins of genz, continuing the line of these margins. Pronotum highly

elevated in a flattened crest, highest in front and gradually sloping to the posterior apex; metopidium

straight, triangular; humeral angles produced into long flattened horns; median carina strongly per-

current; sides of pronotum roughly punctate but without ridges. Tegmina hyaline; about half

covered by the sides of the pronotum; three longitudinal veins arising from the base, the inner two

joined near the center by a transverse vein; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad ;

apices of tegmina just about reaching the posterior process of the pronotum. Legs simple and cylin-

drical ; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type expansa. Germar.

Geographical distribution : Thisisa Central American genus which has spread northward

into Mexico and the United States and southward into northern South America.

I. expansa Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 245. 1 (1835). — Pl. 6,fig. 65. Mexico, Yucatan, Honduras,

cucullata Burmeister, Handb, Ent. II : 140. 4 (1835). Guatemala, Nicaragua, Cos-

ta Rica, Panama, Colom-

bia, Porto Rico, United

States.

2. foliacea Stàl, Hem. Mex. 71. 433 (1864). Mexico, Guatemala, Costa

Rica, Brazil.

3. humilis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 138 (1895). Mexico, Yucatan.

4. reversa Walker, Ins. Saund. 72 (1858). Mexico, Guatemala.

5. viridissima Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 138 (1858). Mexico, Colombia, Venezuela.

78. GENUS XANTHOLOBUS VAN DUZEE

Xantholobus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 78. 95 (1908).

Characters : A genus split off of Cyrtolobus on the character of the swollen posterior part of the

II2 HOMOPTERA

pronotum. Head triangular, roughly sculptured; base weakly arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli inconspic

uous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated slightly below a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genz. Pronotum highly convex without horns or other processes; posterior half

strongly inflated and then suddenly narrowed into a blunt posterior process which reaches to a point

about half way between internal angles and tips of tegmina; metopidium convex, wider than high;

humeral angles weakly produced; median carina percurrent. Tegmina almost entirely exposed;

hyaline or smoky-hyaline; three roughly parallel longitudinal veins with the two inner ones connected

by a cross-vein; five apical and one discoidal cell; apical limbus broad. Legs simple and cylindrical;

all tarsi about equal in length.

T ype inflatus Van Duzee.

Geographical distribution : A North American genus limited in distribution according to

present records to the United States and Canada but represented in practically all parts of these two

countries.

1. altus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 81 (1932). Arizona.

2. arenalus Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : 481 (1937). 'Texas.

3. coconinus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, 45. 8o (1932). Arizona.

4. hirsutus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 81 (1932). Arizona.

5. inflatus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 97. 3 (1908). Colorado, Arizona.

6. lateralis Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 96. 2 (1908). New York, Connecticut.

7. mulicus Fabricius, Gen. Ins. Mant. 297. 12 (1776). — Pl. 6,fig, 66. Quebec, central and eastern

trilineata Say, Narr. Long's Exped. 3oo. 2 (1824). United States.

8. nigrocincta Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 26 (1933). Arizona.

9. "itidus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 97. 4 (1908). Eastern and southern United

States.

1o. (umidus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 560. 14 (1851). Florida.

79. GENUS EVASHMEADEA GODING

Evashmeadea Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 436 (1894).

Ashmeadea (nom. nud.) Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XIX : 258 (1892).

Characters : A genus belonging to the Cyrtolobus group but distinguished by the low dis-

tinctly sinuate dorsum. Head subquadrate with apex regularly rounded; base gently arcuate; eyes

globular; ocelli large, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated slightly below a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded; clypeus short, not extending below

inferior margins of gena and continuing the curve made by these margins. Pronotum low, lightly

compressed, strongly keeled, distinctly sinuate at middle; metopidium sloping, wider than high; median

carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles weak, triangular, blunt; apex of posterior process grad-

ually acute, extending to a point about half way between internal angles and tips of tegmina. Tegmina

hyaline, the clavus and a small part of the corium covered by the pronotum; three contiguous longi-

tudinal veins; with a cross-vein connecting the inner pair; median apical cell petiolate; five apical

and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple and subcylindrical; all tarsi about equal

in length.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 113

Type concinna Goding.

Geographical distribution : Species of this genus have been reported only from Mexico and

southwestern United States as follows :

I. carinata Stàl, Hem. Mex. 71. 435 (1864). Mexico.

discoidalis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 141 (1896).

2. coucinma Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 437. 128 (1894). — Pl. 6, Arizona.

fig. 67.

80. GENUS ATYMNA STÀL

Atymna Stàl, Bid. Hem. Syst. 554 (1867).

Characters : Aíymna was described by Stálas a subgenus of Smilia to accomodate those species

which were small in size and had the pronotum much higher in front than behind as illustrated by the

species castanee which he designated as the type. The other generic characters are much the same as

in Cyrtolobus and are as follows : Head triangular; base weakly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli prominent;

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated below a line drawn through centers of

eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for nearly half its length below inferior

margins of genz. — Pronotum laterally compressed, elevated, tectiform, sharply keeled, much higher in

front than behind, gradually sloping from the top ofthe anterior crest to the apex of the pronotum

which reaches just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; no horns or other processes; metopidium

sloping, wider than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles weak, triangular and

blunt; no lateral ridges. Tegmina almost entirely exposed; hyaline or clouded; three longitudinal

veins in the corium with the inner pair connected by a cross-vein; five apical cells with the median

cell petiolate; two discoidal cells; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; tarsi equal in length.

Type casíanez Fitch.

Geographical distribution : Widely distributed over the United States and Canada with

species reported from practically every section of these countries and with two species described from

South America.

I. airomarginata Goding, Bull. Brook, Ent. Soc. XXIII : 137 (1928). Ecuador.

2. castaneg Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 49 (1851). — Pl. 6, fig. 68. Canada, United States.

nigricepbhala Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 157 (1854).

3. helena Woodruff, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXIII : r. 44 (1915). Canada, northeastern United

States.

4. inornata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. V : 299 (1831). Canada, United States.

5. filosa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 273 (1919). Peru.

6. querci Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 49. 672 (1851). Canada, United States.

7. reticulata Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : r1. 481 (1837). Arizona.

8. simplex Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 93. 1 (1908). Arizona, Texas.

81. GENUS GRANDOLOBUS BALL

Grandolobus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 75 (1932).

Characters : This genus was erected by Ball to accommodate the single species grandis which

had formerly stood in the genus Cy»tolobus because, as he correctly states : « This species has always

II4 HOMOPTERA

been a misfit in the genus Cyrtolobus and rendered that genus hard to define. » Ball distinguishes the

genus Graudolobus as follows :

« Resembling Smilia in general size and form but with the crest shorter and farther back

from the metopidium, the apical process of the pronotum long and slender as in Cyrtolobus.

» Face broader than in Smilía, as broad as in Cyrtolobus, the metopidium broader and round-

ing over above as seen from the front rather than triangular as in Smilia. Pronotum, as seen

from side, long and slender with a rather short high, foliaceous crest arising just back of the line

of the metopidium in a fairly symmetrical arch a little longer than its height. "This crest occupies

a little over half of the length of the pronotum arising with a slight sinuation in front and

with an obtuse angle behind. There is a major inflation in the middle and a minor one near

the posterior angle. The elytra are long and narrow with typical Cyrfolobus venation, the apical

cell small, almost round with a long pedicel. »

Type grandis Van Duzee.

Geographical distribution : The single species assigned to this genus was described from

Arizona, but inzqualis Fowler, from Mexico, seems to be a synonym.

1. grandis Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 84. 6(1908). — Pl. 6, Arizona, Mexico.

fig. 69.

inezqualis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 142. 6 (1896).

82. GENUS CYRTOLOBUS GODING

Cyrtolobus Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XIX : 257 (1892).

Cyrtosia (preoccupied) Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. State 49 (1851).

Characters : Oneofthe largest and most wide-spread of any of the membracid genera in North

America, which area seems to be its center of distribution. The insects of this genus are small, rather

inconspicuous, with elongate bodies and regularly arcuate, slightly flattened pronotums, and are usually

tree-inhabiting. "The genus may be rather easily recognized by the following characters : Head sub-

triangular; base weakly arcuate; eyes ovate, wider than high; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated slightly below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior mar-

gins of gena sinuate; clypeus weakly trilobed, extending for half its length below inferior margins of

gene. Pronotum moderately elevated, laterally compressed, arcuate, highest at middle; punctate but

with no lateral ridges; metopidium sloping, wider than high ; median carina strongly percurrent; humer-

al angles weak and rounded; posterior apex of pronotum gradually narrowed to an acute point which

extends beyond internal angles of tegmina but does not reach the tips. Tegmina largely free, only a

small part of the corium being covered by the sides of the pronotum; hyaline or clouded; corium with

three prominent longitudinal veins of which the inner pair is connected.by a cross-vein ; five apical and

two discoidal cells; median apical cell petiolate; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal

in length.

Type /enestratis Fitch.

Geographical distribution : This is distinctly a North American genus with representatives

in all parts of the United States and with species in Canada and in Mexico. The localities given for the

following species are roughly grouped according to areas. Where a species has been reported from only

one state, that state is mentioned. The designation « United States » indicates that the species is found

in practically all parts of the country.

I. acuminatus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 7 (1924). Northeastern U. S.

w:o 03 O t € NN

Qu. 9. AJ - 837 Udo MO US. Si 49S S. OC NU t0 UMÉ, eS eS dPeÉO 099000 SUED OP

"^ 6 4 O "9 O 4A A Uu B " O Q( 0*4 Ov uiu. tw B - Q

CQ) Q9 Q9) (Q0 C9 (Q0 (Q9

oo -1 OQ tn C NN

moto

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. acuius Van Duzee, Stud, N. A. Memb. 88. 12 (19908).

. arcuatus Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 154 (1854).

. arizouzg Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 77 (1932).

. auroreus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 22 (1924).

. celsus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 8r. 1 (1908).

. cinctus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 86. 9 (1908).

. einereus Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 156 (1854).

. clarus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 16 (1924).

. coronatus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 77 (1932).

. eristiferus Stàl, Hem. Mex. 71. 433 (1864).

. discoidalis Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 157 (1854).

. distinguendus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 141. 4 (1896).

. dixianus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 10 (1924).

. feuestratus Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 49. 678 (1851).

. flavolatus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 54 (1924).

. frigidus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 77 (1932).

. fuliginosus Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 154 (1854).

. funkhouseri Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 13 (1924).

. fuscibennis Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. or. 18 (1908).

. gloveri Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 434. 118 (1894).

. gramatanus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 44 (1924).

. gratiosus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 39 (1924).

. griseus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 9o. 16 (1908).

. inermis Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 157 (1854).

. dntermedius Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : Pl. 15,fig. 16 (1854).

. limus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 87. 11 (1906).

. maculifroutis Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 156 (1854).

. oblongatus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 76 (1932).

. ovalus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 82. 2 (1908).

. fallidifrontis Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V: Pl. 13,fig. 7 (1854).

ornata Provancher, Pet. Faun. Can. III : 240. 4 (1886).

. farvulus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 31 (1924).

. fictus Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. XIV : 17. 408. 22 (1925).

. pulchellus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 29 (1924).

. puritanus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 33 (1924).

. rufulus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 46 (1924).

. togatus Woodruff, Crit. Obs. 52 (1924).

. tuberosus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 307. 6 (1846).

semifascia Walker, List Hom. B. M. 56r. 16 (1851).

. vanduzei Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 426. 92 (1924).

. vau Say, Journ. Acad. Sci. Phila. VI: 299. 6 (1831).— PI. 6, fig. 7O.

sculpta Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 307. 5 (1846).

nigra Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 172 (1893).

fuuctifrontis Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 172 (1893).

tricincta Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 172 (1893).

maculata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 174 (1903).

115

Western U. S.

Eastern and southern U. S.

Arizona.

Northeastern U. S.

United States

Northeastern U. S.

Eastern U. S,

Southern U. S.

Arizona.

Mexico.

Eastern and southern U. S.

Mexico.

Southern and eastern U. S.

United States.

Eastern U. S.

Arizona.

Eastern and southern U, S.

Eastern U. S.

Eastern and central U, S.

Eastern U. S.

Northeastern U. S.

Eastern and central U. S,

Eastern and central U, S.

United States.

Eastern and southern U. S.

Western U. S.

United States.

Arizona.

Eastern and southern U. S.

Canada, United States.

Northeastern U. S.

Utah.

Northeastern U. S.

Canada, east. and centr. U.S.

United States.

Southern U. S.

East., south. and centr. U.S.

Western U. S.

Canada, United States.

116 HOMOPTERA

41. virescens Fowler, B. C. A. II : 141. 3 (1896). Mexico.

42. viridis Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 154 (1854). Eastern and central U. S.

43. villatipennis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 142. 5 (1896). Mexico.

44. woodrufi Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 76 (1932). — Arizona.

83. GENUS OPHIDERMA FAIRMAIRE

Ophiderma Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 493 (1946).

Characters : Medium sized, elongate forms with the pronotum regularly and roundly convex,

not compressed, the posterior apex of the pronotum extending to a point about half way between the

internal angles and the tips of the tegmina which are largely exposed. Head subquadtate, twice as

broad as high; base weakly sinuate; apex obtusely triangular; eyes subovate; ocelli large, about

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated somewhat below a line drawn through

centers of eyes: inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior

margins of genz, tip blunt. Pronotum moderately convex, not laterally compressed, regularly rounded;

metopidium sloping, much wider than high ; humeral angles weak, blunt and rounded; median carina

faintly percurrent; sides of pronotum sometimes weakly impressed, usually punctate and pubescent

but never ridged; posterior apex acute and reaching to a point about half way between internal angles

and tips of tegmina. Tegmina well exposed, only the clavus and a small portion of the corium covered

by the overhanging sides of the pronotum; corium with three strong longitudinal veins, the two inner

ones connected by a cross-vein as in the Cyrtolobus group; five apical and two discoidal cells; median

apical cell petiolate; apical limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi a little longer than the others.

Type salamaudra Faimaire.

Geographical distribution : This genus is particularly abundant in the United States but is

represented also in Canada, Mexico and Central America with one species described from South

America. The center of population seems to be the United States. Asin the preceding genus, we

have indicated general areas except for those species which are known only from a single state, and,

as in former designations, the term « United States » indicates that the species has been reported

from most of the larger faunal areas of the country.

I. compacta Gibson and Wells, Journ. N. Y. Ent, Soc. XXV i 4.201 Arizona.

(1917).

. definita Woodruff, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 253 (1919). Canada, east. and south. U.S.

3. evelyna Woodruff, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 257 (1919). Eastern and southern U. S.

4. fascipennis Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII:2.274 (1919). Bolivia.

5. flava Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 439. 133 (1894). Canada, United States.

6. flavicebhala Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 439. 134 (1894). Eastern and southern U. S.

7. grisea Woodruff, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 254 (1919). Eastern and central U. S.

8. infantilis Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 78 (1932). Florida.

9. mus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 143. 1 (1896). Guatemala.

I0. migrocincía Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. ror. 6 (1908). Colorado.

11. fallida Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. roo. 5 (1908). Western U. S.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E nr?

12. fanda Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 80 (1932). Arizona.

13. pubescens Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 157 (1854). Canada, United States. '

flaviguttula Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 172 (1893).

14. salamandva Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 493. 1 (1846). — Pl. 6, fig. 7 1. Canada, United States.

15. stone? Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 79 (1932). Florida.

16. tricincta Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 78 (1932). Arizona.

84. GENUS POLYRHYSSA STAL

Polyrhyssa Stàál, Hem. Fabr. II : 26 (1869).

Characters : Polyrhyssa belongs to a group of genera which seems to center around the genus

Hille Stàl, characterized by strongly ridged sides of pronotum and the presence of a compressed frontal

horn. TItis particularly distinguished from the other nearly related genera by the two discoidal cells of

the corium and the somewhat compressed, arcuate dorsum. | Head triangular; base sinuate; eyes nearly

globular; ocelli prominent, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a

line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz slightly curved; clypeus projecting for

half its length below inferior margins of genz and continuing the line made by these margins. Prono-

tum slightly elevated and somewhat compressed, with a short, compressed frontal horn; sides of prono-

tum strongly ridged with heavy longitudinal caring; metopidium straight, broader than high ; humeral

angles heavy, blunt, triangular; median carina strongly percurrent; dorsum regularly arcuate; posterior

apex of pronotum gradually acuminate and just reaching the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina about half

covered by the overhanging sides of the pronotum ; venation inclined to be irregular but usually showing

five apical and two discoidal cells; median apical cell triangular and petiolate; apical limbus narrow.

Legs simple; hind tarsi a little longer than the others.

Type culírata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species which was described merely

as from « South America » but of which we have specimens from Colombia and Argentina.

1. cultrata. Fabricius, Coq. Ill, Ins. II : 77 (1801). — Pl. 6, fig. 72. — Colombia, Argentina.

85. GENUS METHEISA FOWLER

Metheisa Fowler, B. C. A. II : 132 (1895).

Characters : We are suspicious of the validity of this genus because of the fact that according

to Fowler's description and according to the characters shown by the type species, if we have correctly

identified this species, the genus would seem to differ from PolyrAyssa only in the matter of the more

convex and sinuate dorsum and a slight difference (which may or may not be constant) in the position of

the ocelli, structures which in our opinion do not represent satisfactory generic characters. Fowler

regards this genus as standing between Entylia and Publilia on the one hand and Hille and Lucilla (now

Dioclophara) on the other, but this is true of course also of PolyrAyssa. A study of M. lucilodes suggests

the following generic characters : Head triangular, roughly sculptured; base strongly sinuate; eyes

globular ; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated on a line drawn

118 HOMOPTERA

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for one-third its length

below inferior margins of gene Pronotum more or less convex, hardly compressed, porrect frontal

horn variable in length and usually conical rather than compressed; sides of horn and sides of pronotum

bearing strong longitudinal ridges; dorsum distinctly sinuate, depressed at middle; posterior apex of

pronotum gradually acuminate and extending just to the tips ofthe tegmina. Tegmina half covered by

the overhanging sides of the pronotum; basal costal area strongly and thickly punctate and somewhat

coriaceous; five apical and two discoidal cells; third apical cell nearly circular and petiolate; apical lim-

bus narrow. Hind wings with four apical cells and no discoidal cell. Legs simple; posterior tarsi

longest.

Type /ucillodes Fowler.

Geographical distribution : A Central and South American genus represented by four

species as follows :

1. cucullata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 186 (1903). Unknown.

2. fowleri (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 32r (1927). Peru.

sinuata (preoccupied) Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVI : 362. 6(1914).

3 lucilledes Fowler, B. C. A. II : 132. 1 (1895). — Pl. 6, fig. 73. Panama.

4. sinuata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 186 (1903). Brazil.

86. GENUS POLYGLYPTODES FOWLER

Polyglyptodes Fowler, B. C. A. II : 128 (1896).

Characters : Medium sized, more or less triangularly shaped insects with elevated, flattened

bodies, compressed frontal horn, strongly ridged pronotum and with tegmina only about one-fourth

exposed. Head subtriangular; base arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gence

sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz with its lateral margins

continuing the facial line made by the margins of the genz. — Prónotum strongly elevated, considerably

compressed, tectiform; porrect laterally flattened frontal horn arising from in front of humeral angles and

extending forward and upwaid, with the tip rounded; metopidium keeled, about as broad as high ; humer-

al angles strong, short and blunt; median carina strongly percurrent; dorsum depressed behind frontal

horn, then arcuate. then gradually sloping to the posterior apex which is acute and extends a little beyond

the tips of the tegmina; sides of the pronotum strongly, longitudinally ridged. Tegmina three-fourths

covered by the overhanging sides of the pronotum; hyaline or slightly clouded; basal costal area punc-

tate; five apical cells; one discoidal cell; apical limbus moderate. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type cucullatus Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The genus is at present limited to Mexico and Central America

with the following species :

I. afinis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 129. 2 (1896). Mexico.

2, cucullatus Fowler, B. C. A 1l 128. 1 (1896). — PI. 6, fig. 74. Guatemala.

3. flavocostatus Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 255 (1925). British Guiana.

4. scaphiformis Fowler. B. C A. II : 129. 3 (1896). Guatemala.

5. viridis Plummer, Ann. Ent. Soc, Amer. XXIV : 4. 688 (1936). Mexico.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E I19

87. GENUS ECUADORIA GODING

Ecuadoria Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 36 (1920).

Ecuatoriana Goding, Ent. News XXVI : 5. 136 (1920).

Characters : A very distinctive genus at once recognized by the two large rounded elevations,

one behind the other, on the dorsum. Head triangular, roughly sculptured; greatly extended down-

ward; base strongly sinuate; eyes subtriangular; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other

and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; clypeus very broad and

blunt, extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, its lateral margins continuing the

facial line made by the gene. — Pronotum convex with two large rounded dorsal lobes, one behind the

other and deeply notched between; metopidium sloping, wider than high ; median carina strongly per-

current; humeral angles extended into broad,triangular projections, flattened dorso-ventrally and extend-

ed directly outward; sides of pronotum decorated with heavy raised longitudinal ridges and dorsal

lobes irregularly ridged ; posterior apex of pronotum gradually acuminate and extending just about to

the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina about one-half exposed; hyaline ; basal costal area strongly punctate;

five apical cells; one discoidal cell; median apical cell triangular and petiolate; apical limbus broad.

Legs simple, cylindrical; posterior tarsi longer than the others.

Type ^?actriana. Goding.

Geographical distribution : A South American genus with two described species as follows :

I. baclriana Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 36 (1920). Ecuador.

2. bicristata. Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 238. 3 (1869). — PI. 6, fig. 75. Colombia.

88. GENUS DIOCLOPHARA KIRKALDY

Dioclophara (nom. nov) Kirkaldy, Ent, XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Lucilla (preoccupied) Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 555 (1867).

Characters : Small elongate insects of inconspicuous colors and seed-like appearance with

strongly ridged pronotum, very small dorsal horns, and tegmina half concealed. Head triangular; base

weakly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli small, a little nearer to each other than to the eyes and located

about on an imaginary line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margius of gene weakly sinuate;

clypeus short and blunt, extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz and continuing the

lateral line of the face made by these margins. Pronotum moderately elevated, tectiform, strongly

longitudinally ridged ; a weak, blunt dorsal horn, sometimes reduced to a mere angle, arising from just

behind the humeral angles; dorsum gradually sloping from tip of horn or angle to the posterior apex of

the pronotum which is very sharp and just about reaches the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina about half

exposed; basal costal half strongly punctate and semicoriaceous, apical half hyaline; five apical cells;

one discoidal cell; median apical cell triangular and petiolate; apical limbus broad. Legs simple, sub-

cylindrical; hind tarsi longest.

Type viridula Fairmaire

Geographical distribution : A strictly South American genus, thus far definitely reported

only from Ecuador and Colombia

I. cornigera Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 239. 4 (1869). Colombia.

120 HOMOPTERA

2. inlermedia Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 421 (1894). Ecuador.

3. mixta Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 239. 3 (1869). Colombia.

4. parvula. Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 32. 22 (1803). South America.

5. subcristata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 238. 2 (1869). ' . Colombia.

6. viridula Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 305. 13 (1846). — PI. 6, fig. 76. | Colombia.

89. GENUS HILLE STAL

Hille Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 555 (1867).

Characters : This genus is in considerable confusion due to the difficulty of delimiting it from

Fairmaire's old genus Oxygonia (now Gelastogonia) in which a number of its species were originally

placed. Goding (1929) has suggested that the difference in the structure of the dorsal crest is a sufficient

character upon which to distinguish the two genera and from material which we have been able to study,

this seems satisfactory. On this basis, the characters of Hille may be given as follows : Medium sized

insects of triangular shape as seen from the side, with dorsal horn arising from behind the humeral angles,

the margins of this horn being declivous or sloping, the posterior apex of the pronotum long, sharp and

reaching the tips of the tegmina, and the tegmina about half exposed. Head broadly triangular; base

arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes globular and protruding; ocelli conspicuous, a little nearer to each

other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

genz straight; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gena and continuing, with

its lateral edges, the facial line made by the margins of the gene. — Pronotum elevated, convex, with a

single strong, sharp dorsal horn arising from behind the line of the humeral angles, the posterior mar-

gin of the horn declivous or sloping, never rounded or showing a distinct step; metopidium convex,

wider than high; hnmeral angles well produced into large, flat, auriculate, blunt, triangular processes

which project laterad and are flattened dorso-ventrally; median carina strongly percurrent; sides of

pronotum bearing strong longitudinal ridges; posterior apex of pronotum gradually acuminate and reach-

ing just about to the tips of the tegmina. —Tegmina about half exposed ; basal half strongly and densely

punctate, apical half hyaline; five apical cells; one discoidal cell; median apical cell petiolate; apical

limbus broad. Legs simple, subcylindrical; hind tarsi slightly longer than the others.

Type »naculicoriis Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : The following species of this genus, if they have been correctly

assigned, are very abundant throughout wide areas in South and Central America.

I. conica Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 302. 3 (1846). Colombia, Brazil, Venezuela.

reticulata WalKRer, List Hom. B. M. 523. 15 (1851).

nutans Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 236. 5 (1869).

sulphurea Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 206. 7 (1877).

acuminata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 187 (1903).

2. dorsalis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 303. 5 (1846). Colombia, Ecuador, Brazil.

venosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 523. 14 (1851).

conspersa Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 236. 3 (1869).

notata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 220. 36 (1903).

3. ecuadoreusis Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 420 (1894). Ecuador.

4. herbicola Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 255 (1925). British Guiana.

5. maculicoruis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 303. 6 (1846). Colombia.

6. Pacifica Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 302. 4 (1846). Brazil, Panama, Guatemala.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 121

7. perfecta. Walker, List Hom, B. M. Suppl. 139 (1858). Ecuador, Venezuela.

8. sobria Walker, List Hom. B. M. 523. 13 (1851). — PI. 6, fig. 77. Ecuador, Brazil.

9. sobrina Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 28. 1 (1862). Brazil, Ecuador.

9O. GENUS GELASTOGONIA KIRKALDY

Gelastogonia (nom. nov.) Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Oxygonia (preoccupied) Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 3or (1846).

Ennya Stál, Ber. Ent. Zeit X : 387 (1866).

Characters : Medium to large sized insects often brightly colored and distinguished from those

belonging to closely related genera by the convex or step-shaped posterior margin of the dorsal process.

Head triangular; base strongly sinuate; eyes large, ovate; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other

and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae

sinuate; clypeus extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of gene and continuing

the line of these margins to form the triangular outline of the face. Pronotum elevated, tectiform, and

bearing a dorsal crest which arises from behind the humeral angles and while varying in shape and

structure usually consists of a sharp point in front and always shows either a convex protuberance or a

step-like posterior margin, or both, behind. Metopidium convex, wider than high; humeral angles

strongly produced into broad, flattened, triangular, blunt processes; median carina strongly percurrent;

posterior apex of pronotum gradually acuminate and reaching just about to the tips of the tegmina ; sides

of pronotum bearing strong, heavy, longitudinalridges. "Tegmina about half exposed ; basal costal area

strongly punctate and coriaceous; apical half hyaline or colored but not coriaceous ; five apical cells ; one

discoidal cell; median apical cell triangular and stylate; apical limbus moderate. Legs simple, subcy-

lindrical; hind tarsi somewhat longer than the others.

Type rufipes l'airmaire.,

Geographical distribution : A Central and South American genus, widely distributed, and,

so far as individuals of some of the species are concerned, very abundant in many localities.

t. chlorizaus Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVI : 23. 177 (1902). Ecuador.

2. chrysura Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 303. 2 (1846). — PI. 6, fig. 78. — Colombia, Venezuela, Ecua-

auriflua Walker, List Hom. B. M. 550. 2 (1851). dor, Panama.

3. erythrobus Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 139. 2 (1835). Brazil, Ecuador.

atroaptera Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 304. ro (1846).

insoleta Walker, Ins. Saund. 109 (1858).

costigera Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 353 (1878).

4. exaltata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 140 (1858). Brazil.

patruelis Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 29. 3 (1862).

5. fairmairei Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVI : 23. 177 (1902). Ecuador.

6 fasciata Fallou, Rev. Ent. IX : 353 (1890). Ecuador.

7. funkhouseri Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 138 (1928). Ecuador.

8 gibbeva Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 20 (1930). Ecuador.

9. gournelli Fallou, Rev. Ent. IX : 353 (1890). Brazil.

IO. hirsuta Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 256 (1925). British Guiana.

II. lineosa Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 5. 318 (1362). South America.

12. nebulosa Bxeddin, Soc. Ent. XVI : 23. 177 (1902). Ecuador.

122 HOMOPTERA

13. $ulchella Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLVVI : 403. 7 (1914). Peru.

I4. "ufipbes Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 3or. 1 (1846). Colombia.

15. rufiventris Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 14. 8 (1821). Brazil.

altifrons Walker, List Hom. B. M. 553. 19 (1851). :

16. vufomaculata Fallou, Rev. Ent. IX : 353 (1890) Ecuador.

17. signata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 15. 9 (1821). Brazil.

91. GENUS HERANICE STÀL

Heranice Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 554 (1867).

Characters : Large, brightly colored insects with the convex pronotum gradually arcuate and

suggesting the bottom of an inverted boat, without horns or other processes and with the tegmina about

half exposed. Head triangular, roughly sculptured; base arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes ovate and

protruding ; ocelli very large, prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene roundly curved; clypeus with a

distinct central ridge, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. .Pronotum convex,

moderately elevated, gradually keeled, highest in the middle; metopidium convex, twice as broad as

high; humeral angles strongly produced into heavy, blunt, triangular lobes, extending laterad as far as

half the width of the head; median carina strongly percurrent; sides of pronotum with many prominent

longitudinal ridges; posterior apex of pronotum heavy, acute, just reaching the tips of the tegmina.

Tegmina about half covered by the overhanging sides of the pronotum; basal half strongly punctate,

apical half hyaline or clouded; five apical and two discoidal cells; median apical cell triangular and

petiolate; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple, cylindrical, heavy ; hind tarsi much longer than either of

the other two pairs.

Type nilloglybta Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : The only two species thus far described are from South America.

1. milloglybta Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 306. 2 (1846). — Pl. 6, fig. 79. Colombia, Ecuador, Peru.

2. planeflava Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 306. 3 (1846). Brazil.

92. GENUS MATURNA STÀUL

Maturna Stàl, Bid. Hem. Syst. 555 (1867).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but immediately distinguished by the

much smaller size of the insects, their inconspicuous colors, and particularly by the single discoidal cell

ofthe corium. Stál, in differentiating these genera, calls attention, also. to the facts that in Matarna it is

more compressed and is slightly sinuate before the middle. and that the humeral angles are less strongly

produced than in Heranice. | All of the above are good, constant chaiacteis and in our opinion are entire-

ly sufficient to validify the genus. In addition it may be noted that in Maturza the head is much more

pointed and produced downward; the ridges on the sides of the pronotum are much farther apart; the

posterior apex of the pronotum is usually depressed; and the basal area of the tegmina more heavily

punctate and coriaceous than in Heranice. The other characters are about the same for the two genera.

Type «efhippigera Fairmaire.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 123

Geographical distribution : The four species known in this genus are all from Colombia,

South America.

I. ephippieera Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 31r. 20 (1846). Colombia.

varia Walker, List Hom. B. M. 555. 5 (1851).

2. lloydi Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 4. 280 (1914). Colombia.

3. maculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIIL:417(1930o). Colombia.

4. parvula. Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 32. 22 (1803) — Pl. 6, fig. 80.

93. GENUS MEMBRACIDOIDEA GODING

Membracidoidea Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 173 (1929).

Characters : We have never seen the single species which represents this genus and can there-

fore do no more than to quote Goding's original description as follows:

« Head nearly long as broad, wide as base posterior pronotal process, uneven, median

carina from base to middle, fovea at base and one at apex clypeus; base well arched; ocelli equi-

distant, even with center of eyes; lateral margins rounded to apex clypeus. Pronotum highly

elevated anteriorly, almost foliaceous, subcompressed, superficially resembling some species of

the genus Meméracis; metopidium vertical, summit slightly advancing and briefly rounded, dor-

sum unevenly curved to posterior apex which reaches tips of tegmina; sides with several ruge and

covers half the tegmina; humerals prominent, conical. Tegmina two and one-half times longer

than broad, 3 parallel longitudinal veins on the exterior half of tegmina, space between subcoria-

ceous, opaque, densely punctate to bases apical cells; no discoidal cell, 5 apical cells, base third

cell petiolate, the fifth cell with anterior basal cell and clavus occupying more than half the width

of tegmina; costal and anterior margins nearly straight, posterior margin obliquely truncate, apical

angle acutely pointed, limbus rather broad toward interior angle, wings with 4 apical cells, base

second cell petiolate. Legs simple. »

It is evident that Goding was impressed by the almost foliaceous appearance of his type species,

a character which undoubtedly suggested his name for the genus.

Type vubridorsa Goding.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species from Costa Rica.

1. rubridorsa Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 174 (1929). | Costa Rica.

GENERA OF TRIBE CERESINI GODING

I. Pronotum with suprahumeral horus

A. Posterior process not trispinose

I. Posterior jrocess compressed latevally, tectiform, base mot. swollen,

apex acute

a. Pronolum elevated, sirongly curved, mot deeply impressed above

lattralymateins-c dc cur uL e s cu ec ORRESA-ATyOGAandeoetvalle.

aa. Pronotum convex, nearly straight, deeply impressed. above lateral

COLD Ac cc t den M te Diashurter o SICH

2. Poslerior process convex, not flattened. bilatevally, base. swollen, afex

spinelike

a. Corium wilk 3 discoidal cells... s oe ce v. v s ANTONAE Stál.

das Gortuncu rd discoidableelis e e a em i Eo RS APBITHUCTA Sfál;

124 HOMOPTERA

B. Posterior process nodose and trispinose

I. Suprahumerals short, heavy, thick and blunt... . . . . . XoLroNi4 Plummer.

2. Suprahumerals long, slender, sharp and spine-like

a. Posterior process with two slender upright spinues at base. . ^. CyPHONIA Laporte.

aa. Poslerior process without erect spines at base... . . . . PoPPEa Stál.

II. Pronotum without suprahumeral horns

A. Corium wilh five apical and two or more discoidal cells

I. Posterior frocess nodose aud trispinose. .— . . . . . . . . CLEPSYDRIUS Fowler.

2. Posterior process not trispinose

a. Posterior process greatly swollen at or near base... .. .. . . PARANTONE Fowler.

aa. Poslerior process not inflated near base

b. Pronotum convex, impressed above lateral margin. . . . MkzLvusiNA Stál.

bb. Pronotum elevated, not deeply laterally impressed

c. Lateral margins of melopidium angulate; dorsum highest

IN JTONL A carus emo ire eic A cg EHE STICTOCRPHALA: Stel.

cc. Lateral margins of metopidium rounded; dorsum highest at

middle, o T USE siet estst ie es H9 IOEXOBOHUB ADAC.

B. Corium with four apical cells aud one discoidal cell... . . . . "TRAcHvTALIS Fowler.

94. GENUS CERESA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Ceresa Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 539 (1843).

Characters : The genus Ceresa is the largest, the best known and the most widely distributed

of any of the genera of Membracide in the New World. It is represented in all parts of both continents

by many species and by an enormous number of individuals. In popular treatises on entomology and

in elementary text-books, some species of this genus is usually chosen to illustrate the family. In fact,

in the literature, the species Ceresa bubalus is mentioned more times than any other membracid species

in the World.

'TThe genus is characterized by the petiolate median apical cell of the hind wing, the entirely free

tegmina with two contiguous longitudinal veins, the well elevated pronotum without longitudinal ridges

or deep impressions on the sides, with suprahumeral horns, and with a simple, tectiform, gradually acute

posterior process, The head is subquadrate wider than long, with the apex triangular; base strongly

arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli prominent, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated a little below

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena sinuate; clypeus variable but usually

extending for about half its length below the inferior margins of gene. Pronotum well developed and

elevated, roughly triangular as seen from above; metopidium vertical or convex and about as wide as

high; median carina present; humeral angles weak; suprahumeral horns always present but varying

greatly in size from large strong processes to mere tubercular angles; posterior apex of pronotum always

simple, without spines or other processes and gradually acute, generally reaching to a point somewhere

between the internal angles and the tips of the tegmina; sides of pronotum punctate and often with

faint impressions but never ridged. ^ Tegmina entirely free and the corium fully exposed; five apical

and three discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple.

Type vilulus Fabricius.

continents and ranges as far north and as far south as any other membracid genus.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE

129

Geographical distribution : This genus is distributed throughout all parts of both American

As in the case

of other widely distributed American genera, we have attempted to indicate distribution within certain

broad regions and occasionally, for species of limited range, according to states in the United States.

The terms « United States » or « Canada » or « Mexico », however, indicate that the species is so cos-

mopolitan that it may be found in practically all parts of the countries so mentioned.

aculeata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 283. 2 (1846).

2. affinis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 284. 3 (1846).

. albescens Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 35. 2 (1908).

. albidospbarsa Stál, Eug. Resa Omk. Hem. 283 (1859).

5. ancora Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : r1. 479 (1937).

. axillaris Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 235. 8 (1835).

terminata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 285. 16 (1846).

. basalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 527. 12 (1851).

brevicornis Provancher, Pet. Faun. Can. III : 235 (1889).

semicrema Provancher, Pet. Faun, Can. III : 235 (1889).

melanogaster Osborn, Bull. Nat. Sci. Iowa II : 390 (1893).

turbida Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 406. 44 (1894).

semibrunnea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 174 (1903),

. bifasciata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 286. 13 (1846).

. borealis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 284. 5 (1846).

. brevicornis Fitch, Trans. Agr. Soc. N. Y. 45r. 177 (1856).

. brevis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 528. 13 (1851).

. brevilylus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 36. 4 (1908).

. brunnicoruis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 235. 7 (1835).

. bubalus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. IV : r4. 23 (1794). — PI. 7, fig. 8l.

. colon Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 237. 11 (1835).

. conciuma Fowler, B. C. A. II : 106. 9 (1895).

. constans Walker, List Hom. B. M 563. 27 (1851).

. cuprea Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 16 (1927).

nigra Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 137 (1928).

. diceros Say, Narr. Long's Exp. App. 299 (1824).

postfasciata Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 540 (1843).

. discolor Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 286. 12 (1846).

. extensa Walker, Ins. Saund. 68 (1858).

pauperata Berg, Ann. Soc, Cien, Arg. XVI : 287 (1833).

. fastidiosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 281. 6 (1846).

. femorata Fairraaire, Rev. Memb. 289. 24 (1846).

tacta Walker, List Hom, B. M. 560. 15 (1851).

angulata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 558. ro (1851).

rotundata Van Duzee, Check List 59. 1593 (1917).

. tllinoiensis Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 404. 32 (1894).

225:

26.

infantilis Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : r1. 479 (1937).

insignis Walker, Ins. Saund. 67 (1858).

Bolivia.

Brazil.

Ontario, eastern and central

TS.

West. U. S., west. Canada.

Arizona.

Brazil, Colombia.

Canada, United States.

Brazil, Colombia, Peru.

Ontario, east. and centr.U.S.

Eastern Canada, eastern and

central U. S.

Eastern, centr. and south.U.S.

Eastern and southern U. S.

Argentina.

Canada, United States.

Brazil.

Mexico.

Eastern Canada, eastern and

southern U. S.

Brazil, Panama.

Canada, United States.

Brazil.

Colombia, Uru-

guay.

Colombia.

Argentina,

Mexico, southern and western

US:

Central and southern U. S.

Mexico.

126 HOMOPTERA

27. inlegra Walker, Ins. Saund. 67 (1858). Brazil.

28. jugifera Stoll, Cigal. 36 (1788). Surinam.

29. malina Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 236. 9 (1835). Argentina.

3o. mexicana Plummer, Memb. Mex. 373 (1935). ^ Mexico.

31. militaris Gibson and Wells, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XII: 5.112(1917). Central U. S.

32. nigricornis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 104. 3 (1895). Mexico.

33. nigrovittata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 104. 4 (1895). Guatemala.

34. nitens Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. II : 332 (1905). Panama.

35. palmeri Van Duzee, Can. Ent. XL : 114 (1908). Eastern Canada, eastern, cen-

tral and southern U. S.

36. patruelis Stàl, Hem. Mex. 69. 420 (1864). Mexico, southern U. S.

37. projecta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 161 (1927). — Argentina.

38. puncliceps Stàl, Hem. Mex. 70. 422 (1864). Mexico.

39. vecta Walker, Ins. Saund. 68 (1858). Brazil, Peru.

40. robusta Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 216. 15 (1878). Brazil.

41. sallei Stàl, Hem. Mex. 70. 421 (1864). Mexico, Brazil, Bolivia.

42. stimulea (nom. nov.) Van Duzee, Can. Ent. XLVI: 11. 388 (1914). Florida.

aculeata (preoccupied) Van Duzee, Flor. Hem. 205 (1909).

43. taurina Fitch, Rept. Ins. N. Y. III : 335 (1856). ; Canada, United States.

44. leslacea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 284. 4 (1846). Mexico, Yucatan, Guatemala,

alta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 529. 15 (1851). Costa Rica, Panama, Bra-

cavicornis Stàl, Freg. Eus. Resa. Ins. 254 (1859).

: zil, Ecuador, Uruguay, Pe-

stalii Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A, 406. 43 (1894).

ru, Colombia.

45. uncicornis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 104. 5 (1895). Panama.

46. uruguayensis Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 286 (1883). Uruguay.

47. ustulata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 285. 7 (1846). Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Ar-

flana Walker, List Hom. B. M. 529. 16 (1851) gentina.

48. vacca Fowler, B. C. A. II : 106. 8 (1895). F Mexico.

49. variabilis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 105. 6 (1895). Panama.

intermedia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 105. 6 (1895).

5o. vitulus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 677. 10 (1775). Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Ecua-

pallens Germar, Mag. Ent. 11I : 25. 26 (1820). dor, Mexico, Guatemala,

spinifera Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 254. 6 (1846).

curvilinea Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 132 (1858).

vufescens Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 218. 26 (1878).

distans Butler, Cist. Ent. 1I : 218. 25 (1878).

minor Fowler, B. C. A. II : 103 (1895;.

Costa Rica, Panama, Yuca-

tan, British Guiana.

95. GENUS CENTROGONIA STAÀL

Centrogonia Stáàl, Hem. Fabr. II : 24 (1869).

Characters : Insects which resemble those of the genus Ceresa but differ in being more slender

and narrow-bodied, in having the dorsum convex and nearly straight, and in being deeply impressed

above the lateral margins behind the horns. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high, very roughly

sculptured; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes globular and protruding; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 127

margins of gen: rounded; clypeus extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of

genze. Pronotum low, convex, dorsum straight or slightly sinuate; suprahumeral horns variable in

length but always present and usually conical and sharp; humeral angles weak and blunt; metopidium

vertical or convex, about as broad as high; median carina percurrent; sides of pronotum deeply impress-

ed in semicircular indentations above the lateral margins behind the suprahumerals; posterior apex of

pronotum gradually acuminate and generally extending to a point somewhere between the internal angles

and the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina entirely free, corium fully exposed; venation heavy and conspic-

uous; five apical and three discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple.

Type ciliata Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : Species of this genus have been recorded only from Central and

South America as follows :

t. centrotoides Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 138 (1858). Brazil, Ecuador.

2. ciliata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 287. 17 (1846). — Pl. 7, fig. 82. Colombia, Venezuela.

3. elegans Fowler, B. C. A. II : 107. 1 (1894). Panama, Brazil.

4. flavolimbata Goding, Memb. Ecuad. 32. 35 (1920). Ecuador.

5. lutea Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 269 (1919). Colombia.

6. nasuía Stál, Eug. Res. Omk. Hem. 283 (1859). Brazil.

7. pinguicornis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII :270 (1919); Peru, Ecuador.

8. speciosa Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 18 (1930). Brazil.

9. unguicularis Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. 26. 3 (1858). Brazil.

96. GENUS ANTONJ/E STÀL

Antonse Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 552 (1867).

Tumayana Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 368 (1906).

Gharacters : A genus characterized by the heavy, rounded, bulbous swellings at the base of

the posterior process and the very slender spine-like apex to this process. Head subquadrangular,

broader than high, roughly sculptured; base strongly arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes globular and

protruding; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated a little

below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene rounded; clypeus projecting for

at least half its length below inferior margins of genz. — Pronotum convex, not highly elevated nor later-

ally compressed; suprahumeral horns varying in size and length but always well developed; humeral

angles weak and rounded; metopidium vertical, usually a little higher than broad; median carina per-

current; sides of pronotum deeply impressed above lateral margins behind the horns; dorsum sinuate;

base of posterior process swollen into bulbous nodes; apex of posterior process long, slender, sharp, and

extending beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not reaching their tips. Tegmina entirely free,

corium fully exposed ; veins strong and heavy; cells large; five apical and three discoidal cells; apical

limbus broad especially on theanal margin. Legs simple; hind tarsi much the longest.

Type /igrina Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : A genus represented by only a moderate number of species but

with enormous numbers of individuals in South America, Central America and Mexico.

1. aurantiaca Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 288 (1846). Colombia.

128 HOMOPTERA

. óulbosa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 415 (1930). Mexico.

3. conspersa Stàl. Bid. Memb. Kan. 244. 5 (1869). Colombia.

4. evelyna Plummer, Memb. Mex. 376 (1935). Mexico.

5. flaccida Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 288. 19 (1846). : Colombia.

6. gullibes Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 157 (1858). Peru, Ecuador, Brazil.

eva Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 368 (1906).

7. incrassata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 288. 20 (1846). — PI. 7,fig. 83. Colombia.

8. inflata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 243. 1 (1869). Colombia, Venezuela.

9. uigropunctlata Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII: 173 (1929). Costa Rica.

10. 4odosa Funkhouser, Can. Ent. XLIV : 403. 8 (1914). Bolivia.

II. ficina Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 243. 3 (1869). Colombia, Brazil.

12. ligrina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 287. 17 (1846). Colombia, Venezuela.

97. GENUS ILITHUCIA STAÀL

liithucia Stáàl, Bid. Hem. Syst. 552 (1867).

Electrophina Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc, Zool. IX : 331 (1905).

Characters : This genus was erected by its author to accommodate Fairmaire's species morio and

separated from the preceding genus by the simple notation : « Parte anteriore tumida processus tho-

racis dorso haud sinuate; corio areolis discoidalis quatuor ». In the preceding paragraph of his table,

Stál described A"fowe as having a strongly sinuate dorsum and three discoidal cells in the corium.

We have never seen a specimen of I. morio but Fairmaire's description of the species indicates that it

is a large brown and yellow insect with the sides of the pronotum deeply impressed, strong recurved

suprahumeral horns and free tegmina.

Goding (19292) believes that Buckton's Electrophina pacificata belongs to this genus and we are

willing to accept his judgment, although how he was able to be positive in this matter from Buckton's

figure and description is beyond our comprehension.

I. morio has been mentioned only five times in the literature of the family, has not been rede-

Scribed since the original description, and has never been figured. Pending a better knowledge of this

type species, we would conclude that /lifhucíia should be recognized as a good genus and separated

from Azfonz by the less sinuate dorsum and the four discoidal cells of the tegmina.

Type norio Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : We are recognizing the two above mentioned species with the

actual locality of Pacificata questionable since Buckton locates it only by the expression « Coll. de

Pacifico ».

I. morto Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 287. 18 (1846). Colombia.

2. facificata Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 32: (1905). Pacific Coast.

98. GENUS XOLONIA PLUMMER

Xolonia Plummer, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII : 4. 377 (1935).

Characters : Plummer correctly places this genus as standing between Antone and Clefsydrius.

It differs from both in the very short, blunt suprahumerals and in the structure of the bulbous expan-

Each. m

po ET

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 129

sions of the dorsum. Head subquadrate, much broader than long, smooth; base weakly and regu-

larly arcuate; eyes globular and protruding; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other and

from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genze

rounded; clypeus extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum irreg-

ularly convex and very bulbous; suprahumeral horns very short, swollen and blunt; a large median

dorsal swelling just behind suprahumerals; sides of pronotum strongly impressed above lateral margins ;

posterior process consisting of a large, trilobed swelling, each bulbous lobe of the swelling ending in

a sharp spine. Tegmina hyaline and entirely exposed; cells irregular in shape; five apical and three

discoidal cells; apicallimbus broad. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs simple; hind tarsi much

longer than the others.

Type variegata Plummer.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species from Mexico.

1. variegata Plummer, Memb. Mex. 378 (1935). — PI. 7, fig. 84. Mexico.

99. GENUS CYPHONIA LAPORTE

Cyphonia Laporte, Ann. Ent. Soc. France I : 229 (1832).

Characters : A genus of very remarkable and bizarre insects characterized by the long slender

suprahumerals, the trispinose and often bulbous posterior process and particularly by two slender upright

spines at the base of the posterior process. The insects are not large but are often brightly colored.

Head triangular, roughly sculptured; base straight; eyes globular and protruding: ocelli conspicuous,

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of

eyes; inferior margins of gen: rounded; clypeus extending for at least half its length below inferior

margins of gene. Pronotum nodulate and spinose; suprahumeral horns slender and spine-like; anter-

ior portion of pronotum convex; sides of pronotum deeply impressed above lateral margins; metopid-

ium convex, as broad as high; humeral angles weak, triangular, blunt; median carina usually obsolete;

posterior process always trispinose and often bulbous, the swellings generally at the base of the spines;

two erect spines, side by side, at the base of the posterior process. Tegmina hyaline; cells irregular in

shape; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus very broad, particularly at the anal margin.

Hind wings often rudimentary. Legs simple; hind tarsi about twice as long as the others.

Type /rifida Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : Widely distributed throughout South America, Central America

and Mexico but not reported north of Mexico.

I. amcoralis Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 285 (1883). Argentina, Brazil.

2. bonerensis Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 240 (1883). Argentina.

3. braccata. Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 254. 1 (1835). Brazil, Colombia.

4. capra Burmeister, Rev. Silb. I : 231. 22 (1833). Brazil, Colombia, Venezuela.

5. clavata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 264. 17 (1878). Brazil, Surinam, Panama, Ni-

Er d qu. crm, Gusta, Ne

co, British Guiana.

6. clavigera Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. II : 17. 5 (1803). Brazil, Uruguay, Patagonia,

colenophora Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. 239 (1883). Chile, Argentina

H o *

7. fasciata Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 214 15 (1878). Brazil.

13o HOMOPTERA

8. flava Burmeister, Rev. Silb. I : 231. 11 (1833). Brazil, Colombia, Venezuela.

9. flavovittata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 242. 2 (1869). Colombia, Brazil, Ecuador,

Peru, Argentina.

Io. formosa Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 214 (1878). :* — Mexico.

II. furcaía Burmeister, Rev. Silb. I : 231. 10 (1883). Brazil.

12. furcifer Laporte, Ann. Ent. Soc. France I : 230 (1832). Brazil.

13. fuscata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 165 (1903). Brazil, Peru.

14. hiria Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 255. 2 (1835). Brazil, Guatemala, Mexico.

15. jugalis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 165 (1903). Brazil, Peru.

16. nasalis Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 34. 6 (1858). Brazil, Colombia, Venezuela,

furcispina Lethierry, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. VI : 155. 53 (1890). British Guiana.

17. Proxima Guerin, Ic. Reg. Anim. Ins. 365 (1838). Brazil, Peru, Yucatan, Mexico.

18. saturalis Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 285 (1883). Argentina.

I9. írifida Fabricius, Syst. Ent. IV : 12. 19 (1775). — Pl. 7, fig. 85. — Brazil, Colombia, Bolivia,

ornata Laporte, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr I: 23o (1832). Peru.

100. GENUS POPPEA STAL

Poppea Stàl, Bid. Hem. Syst. 551 (1867).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but the insects average larger in size and

differ in having much stronger suprahumeral horns and in lacking the two upright spines at the base

of the posterior process. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as long, usually smooth and shining;

base feebly arcuate; eyes very large, globular and protruding; ocelli conspicuous, about equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gen: sinuate and flanged; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of

genae. Pronotum bulbous and spinose; anterior portion convex; suprahumeral horns sharp and gener-

ally more or less conical; metopidium convex, about as wide as high; median carina usually obsolete;

humeral angles well developed, heavy, blunt, triangular; sides of pronotum deeply impressed at lateral

margins ; posterior process trispinose, the spines long and slender and sometimes swollen at their bases.

Tegmina entirely free, corium fully exposed; cells large and irregular in shape; veins strong; five

apical and three discoidal cells; median apical cell petiolate; apical limbus broad and usually wrinkled.

Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type rectispina Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : This is primarily a Central American genus but a few species

range northward into Mexico and a few others southward into northern South America.

1. afiuis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 100 (1895). Guatemala, Costa Rica.

2. albiloba Goding. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 172 (1929). Costa Rica.

3. bulbidorsa Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 17 (1930). Peru.

4. capricornis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 99. 5 (1895). — PI. 7, fig. 86. Panama, Costa Rica.

5. concinna Fowler, B. C. A. II : 10o. 6 (1895). Panama.

6. delicata Plummer, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 4 (1936). Mexico.

7. discrepans Goding, S. A. Memb. 254 (1929). Peru.

8. longicornis Plummer, Memb. Mex. 375 (1935). Mexico.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 131

9. munda Fowler, B. C. A. II : ror. 8 (1895). Panama.

10. Aitida Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII:4.416(1930). Peru.

1I. 7éclisbina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 502. 6 (1846). Mexico, Guatemala, Yucatan,

Honduras.

12. reéliculata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 10r. 9 (1895). Guatemala.

13. selosa Fowler, B. C. A. II : 97. 1 (1895). Mexico, Honduras.

14. subrugosa Fowler, B. C. A. II : 99. 3 (1895). Guatemala, Peru.

15. succinea Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 331 (1905). Mexico.

16. torva Fowler, B. C. A. II : 98. 2 (1895). Guatemala.

17. zebrina Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII:4. 416 (1930). Canal Zone.

101. GENUS CLEPSYDRIUS FOWLER

Clepsydrius Fowler, B. C. A. II : 95 (1895).

Characters : This genus is very closely related to Xolamia from which it differs chiefly in the

absence of suprahumeral horns. The type species, which is the only species known, is a small brown

and yellow insect with a very bulbous pronotum and a trispinose and bulbous posterior process very

similar to that seen in the two preceding genera. Head subquadrate, wider than long; base straight ;

eyes globular ; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a

line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz broadly rounded; clypeus extending for at

least half its length below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum bulbous and spinose; no suprahumeral

horns; humeral angles weak and rounded ; metopidium sloping with the sides bluntly angular at the top;

a distinct transverse groove across the metopidium above the humeral angles; median carina very faint;

anterior portion of pronotum convex ; sides of pronotum deeply impressed above the lateral margins so

as to form a dorsal swelling above; posterior process broadly swollen at base into a bulbous lobe from

which project three short, sharp, posterior spines. Tegmina entirely free; corium fully exposed ; cells

large and irregular in shape; veins prominent; five apical and three discoidal cells; median apical cell

petiolate; first apical cell extending far along the costal margin; apicallimbus broad and wrinkled. Hind

wings with four apical cells, the second cellstylate. Legssimple; hind legs extremely long in proportion

to the others and the hind tarsi about twice as long as those of the other legs.

Tyne consiricius Fowler.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species which, however, seems to be

quite common in many parts of Mexico.

I. constrictus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 95. 1 (1895). — Pl. 7, fig. 87. Mexico.

102. GENUS PARANTON/E FOWLER

Parantonae Fowler, B. C. A. II : 101 (1895).

Characters : This is indeed a very strange-looking genus, as Fowler has remarked, and while

it bears a superficial resemblance to Az/onue, a fact which doubtless suggested the generic name to its

author, it differs from that genus in many important characters. The most distinctive features are the

peculiar hood-shaped anterior pronotum and the deep constriction across the middle of the dorsum sepa-

rating this anterior swelling from the strongly bulbous base of the posterior process. The head is sub-

132 HOMOPTERA

quadrate, wider than long and very roughly sculptured; base feebly arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli large,

prominent, located on elevated tubercles, a little nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about

on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus lightly trilobed and

extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of gere. Pronotum convex, strongly

constricted in middle to form an anterior and a posterior dorsal swelling; the anterior portion is hood-

like with a deep impression above the humeral angles and above the head ; metopidium sloping; humeral

angles strong, triangular; no suprahumeral horns; posterior half of pronotum greatly swollen and ending

in a single, short, sharp spine. Tegmina entirely free; corium fully exposed ; cells irregular in shape;

veins strong; five apical and three discoidal cells; median apical cell petiolate; first apical cell extending

down the costal margin; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type difieroides Fowler.

Geographical distribution : According to the described species, this genus ranges from north-

ern South America through Central America and Mexico to the western part of the United States, but

the species must be quite rare as they are seldom seen in collections and have been mentioned only a few

times in the literature of the family.

I. binodosa Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII: 108 (1926). Ecuador.

2. dipteroides Fowler, B. C. A. II : 102. 1 (1895). — PI. 7, fig. 88. Guatemala.

3. hispida Van Duzee, Trans. So. Dak. Soc. Nat. Hist. II : i. 49 (1914). California.

4. ornata Plummer, Memb. Mex. 377 (1935). Mexico.

103. GENUS MELUSINA STAÀL

Melusina Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 552 (1867).

Characters : Very near the following genus, Sficfocephala, but with the dorsum low and convex

and with a deep semicircular impression on each side of the pronotum. | Head subquadrate, wider than

long, roughly sculptured, apex triangular; base arcuate; eyes globular and protruding; ocelli conspic-

uous, slightly elevated, much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded; clypeus convex, extending for half its

length below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum low and convex, highest in front; no suprahumerals;

metopidium vertical, wider than high; humeral angles strong, triangular, blunt; median carina very

faint; sides of pronotum with a deep semicircular impression above margins; posterior process long,

slender, acuminate, extending beyond internal angles of tegmina but not reaching theirtips. Tegmina

hyaline with five apical and three discoidal cells; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi much

longer than the others.

Type nervosa Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : A South American genus represented by the following four

species :

I. exaltata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 10. 22 (1803). Brazil.

2. nervosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 289. 22 (1846). Brazil.

3. nigriventris Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 272 Ecuador, Colombia.

(1919). — PI. 7, fig. 89.

4. rugifrons Berg, Aun. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 288 (1883). Argentina.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E r33

1lO4. GENUS STICTOCEPHALA STAÀL

Stictocephala Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 24 (1869).

Characters : In devising a dichotomous key for the identification of the genera of the tribe

Ceresini, we naturally chose those characters which were most obvious and most easily noted, among

which of course were the suprahumeralhorns. As a result, however, the genus S/ictocephala is thrown

out of its natural position in the tribe, at least in so far as relationship and probable phylogeny is con-

cerned, for certainly this genus is more nearly related to Ceresa than to any other genus in the family.

Goding (1926) constructed a key for the tribe in which these two genera were thrown together, as they

should be, but in other respects his table is not entirely satisfactory, and of course he is forced, also, as

a final distinction, to base the separation of these two genera on the supposed presence or absence of

suprahumerals. Stál (1869a) separated Stictocephala from Ceresa, to be sure, on tlie basis of the absence

of suprahumerals, but this distinction is very artificial and unsatisfactory. In fact, we doubt if there

are any good constant characters on which these two genera may be absolutely distinguished. The

characters of the pronotum, other than the lateral angles of the metopidium, are the same; the shape

and structure of the posterior process is identical; there is no difference in venation; and studies which

we have made on the genitalia of the male and the abdominal segments of the female would indicate

that there is no more variation in these structures in the two genera than there is between different spe-

cies in either of the genera. The suprahumeral angles of the metopidium vary in both genera, some

species of Stictocebhala showing a distinct suggestion of a cornute protuberance and some species of

Ceresa having the horns reduced to mere angular projections. Since, however, the genus has long been

established on the basis of this character, we are here recognizing it on that basis.

The more typical species of S/ictocephala are characterized by the elevated pronotum, highest in

front and not deeply impressed on the sides, the angular lateral margins of the metopidium, the long,

slender, simple posterior process, and the entirely exposed tegmina with five apical and three discoidal

cells. Head triangular, base arcuate and sinuate; eyes narrow ; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated somewhat below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz variable but usually rounded ; clypeus variable but generally projecting somewhat below

the inferior margins of gena. Pronotum elevated highest in front, more or less triangular as viewed

from above; metopidium high, lateral margins angulate; no distinct suprahumeral horns; humeral angles

blunt; posterior process long, slender, tectiform, simple, usually depressed and decurved and impinging

on margins of tegmina, extending beyond internal angles of tegmina but not reaching their tips. Teg-

ina free, usually hyaline, corium entirely exposed; five apical and three discoidal cells; apical limbus

broad. Legs simple, subcylindrical; hind tarsi longest.

Type /utea Walker.

Geographical distribution : The center of distribution of this genus would appear to be the

United States but species are found in South and Central America, in Mexico and in Canada. Like

the genus Ceresa, it is quite cosmopolitan and has a wide range.

1. collina Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 47. 8 (1908). Western U. S.

2. cornuta Fowler, B. C. A. II : 110. 5 (1895). Panama.

3. diminuta Van Duzee, Stud. N, A. Memb. 49. 11 (1908). Southern U. S.

4. elevata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 271 (1919). Peru.

5. elongata Fowler. B. C. A. II : 110. 4 (1895). Mexico.

134 | HOMOPTERA

6. festina Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI : 243. 5 (1830). Southern, central and western

rufivitta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 559. 12 (1851). U. S., Cuba, Porto Rico,

dubia Fowler, B. C. A, II : 109. 2 (1895). Canal Zone, Mexico.

angulata Wildermuth, Journ. Agr. Research III : 343 (1915.)

7. franciscana Stàl, Eug. Res. Omk. Jord. 284. 189 (1859). - . West. U. S., west. Canada.

8. fulgida Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : 480 (1937). Arizona.

9. /usca Fowler, B. C. A. II : 109. 3 (1895). Mexico.

Io. gilletti Goding, Ent. News III : 108. 200 (1892). Western U. S.

I1. inermis Fabricius, Syst. Ent. IV : 678. 1 (1775). — Pl. 7, fig. 90. — United States, Canada.

goniphora Say, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. V : 243 (1831).

12. lutea Walker, List Hom. B. M. 559 (1851). United States, Canada.

sanguino-apicalis Goding, Cat. Memb, N. A. 408. 42 (1894).

13. minuta Funkhouser, Ent. News XXVI : 3. 99 (1915). Southern U. S.

14. nervosa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 196 (1903). Northeastern U. S.

15. nigricans Van Duzee, Trans. S. D. Soc. Nat. Hist. I1: 49. 272 (1914). California.

16. jacifica Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 44. 2 (1908). West. U. S., west. Canada.

17. rotundata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 246. 3 (1869). Southern U. S., Cuba.

18. semibrunuea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 174 (1903). Northeastern U. S.

I9. subsiriata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 558. r1 (1851). Southern U. S.

20. uniformis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 289. 25 (1846). Southern U.S., Mexico, Cuba.

21. viridis Goding, Ent. News III : 111 (1892). Colorado.

22. wickhami Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 44. 3 (1998). Western U. S.

105. GENUS STICTOLOBUS METCALF

Stictolobus Metcalf, Ent. News XXVII : 3 (1916).

Characters: The species subulatus Say had been a lost species for 85 years until it was rediscovered

by Metcalf in 1916 and made the type of his genus S/ictolobus. Since then six other species have been

added to the genus so that it is now well established asa distinct group. As Metcalf's generic name was

intended to indicate, the genus has characters suggesting those of both S/zctocephala and Cyrtolobus ; the

venation is very similar to that of the former genus while the general shape of the pronotum suggests

the latter. The head is subquadrate, broader than high; base highly arcuate with two prominent callos-

ities; eyes rounded; ocelli conspicuous, a little nearer to each other than to the eyes (in the type species

about equidistant) and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gens

rounded; clypeus extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum

convex and rounded, highest behind middle; metopidium sloping, wider than high, lateral margins

rounded, not angulate; humeral angles weak and rounded; median carina faint in front and stronger

behind; sides of pronotum distinctly impressed in a semicircular indentation above lateral margins;

posterior process long, slender, simple, decurved, as long as the abdomen, extending beyond the inter-

nal angles of the tegmina but not reaching their tips. Tegmina hyaline with five apical and three

discoidal cells ; median apical cell petiolate; apicallimbus broad. Hind wings with five apical cells and

no discoidal cell. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne subulatus Say.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 135

Geographical distribution : Of the seven described species, four are from the United States

and three are from South America.

I. erectus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 272 (1919). Brazil.

2. juniperinus Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : r1. 481 (1937). Arizona.

3. lateralis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXI : rz. 21 (1936). Illinois.

4. maculatus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 162 (1927). | Brazil.

5. septemfasciata Goding. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 108 (1926). Ecuador.

6. subulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. III : 3oo. 8 (1831). Southern U. S.

7. trilineatus Funkhouser, Ent. News. XXIX : 5. 186 (1918). — Pl. 7, Louisiana.

fig. 9l.

106. GENUS TRACHYTALIS FOWLER

Trachytalis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 115. 2. (1895).

Characters : Small inconspicuous insects characterized by the elongate unarmed pronotum

and the fact that the tegmina have only four apical cells and one discoidal cell. Head subquadrate, twice

as broad as long; base feebly sinuate; eyes small and ovate; ocelli inconspicuous, twice as far from each

other as from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

genz sinuate; clypeus extending for about half its length below inferior margins of genz but continuing

the apical outline of the face made by these margins, tip rounded. Pronotum low and convex, more

or less depressed anteriorly; dorsum nearly straight; no suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, broader

than high; humeral angles well developed, blunt, triangular; median carina faintly percurrent; sides

of pronotum with no indication of a semicircular impression ; posterior process heavy, tectiform, usually

decurved at the tip which reaches to a point about halfway between internal angles and tips of tegmina.

Tegmina hyaline with basal and costal areas sparingly punctate; only four apical cells; one very large

pentagonal discoidal cell; apical limbus very broad. Legs simple; hind legs much longer than the

others and hind tarsi much the longest.

Type isabellina Fowler.

Geographical distribution : A genus represented by two Mexican species as follows :

I. distinguenda Fowler, B. C. A. IL: 115. 2 (1895). — Pl. 7, fig. 92. — Mexico.

2. isabellina Fowler, B. C. A. lI : 115. 1 (1895). Mexico.

GENERA OF TRIBE AMASTRINI GODING

I. Corium with three discoidal cells ; third apical cell transverse

A. Dorsum without tumid elevations

I. Pronotum arcuale, compressed laterally .— . . . . . . . . . AMasrRiS Stál.

2. Pronotum convex, dorsum nearly straight

a. Base of third apical cell of. corium angulate; venation irregular ;

tegmina largely coriaceous

b. Head extending obliquely forward... . . . . . . TYwELIA Stál.

bb» Head straight; serbeudicular; ee cS No Sce i s BoErHooOs RKirkaldy.

aa. Base of third apical cell a. strazght. line; venatton. vegular; teg-

mUIG ATTI o E Rc LT Cet cd au eie c S VANDUZEAC GrOG!Dgs

136 HOMOPTERA

B. Dorsum with swollen rounded elevations

I. Median apical cell stylate |... . 4 . . s. . . . . . LarrEMANDI Funkhouser.

2. Median apical cell-druncate 2. X 0 e oU Sos SBAJUEATA Ball!

II. Corium with two discoidal cells; third apical cell. elongate

A. Pronotum convex, not laterally comfressed

1. Dorsum highest in front; tegmina almost entirely covered by pbrvonotum Hvcnis. Stál.

2. Dorsum straight; tegmina one-half exposed... . . . . . . InpropERMA Van Duzee.

B. Pronotum elevated and laterally compressed... . . . . . . . EmosNE Stál.

107. GENUS AMASTRIS STAÀL

Amastris Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 3o (1862).

Characters : Small to medium sized insects with high, arcuate, laterally compressed pronotum; .

tegmina about half covered by the pronotum, and corium with the median apical cell distinctly trans- -

verse. All of the described species of this genus are greenish in color, fading to yellowish or brownish

in cabinet specimens. Head triangular, smooth; base sinuate; eyes large, globular, protruding; ocelli |

large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on aline drawn through -

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae weakly sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genz and carrying out the triangular outline of the face made by the sides of the.

gene. Pronotum elevated, flattened laterally, smooth, highest in front; no suprahumeral horns; humer- -

al angles broadly rounded; metopidium straight, keeled, much higher than broad; median carina

strongly percurrent; sides of pronotum without rugz or lateral impressions; dorsum gradually rounded

from top of crest to posterior apex of pronotum which is heavy, tectiform, acute and extends just about

to the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina usually hyaline, not more than half exposed; five apical and three -

discoidal cells; median apical cell transverse with base triangular and stylate; apical limbus moderate. |

Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type compacta Walker.

Geographical distribution : Widely distributed over South and Central America and Mexico -

and two species from southern United States.

I. antica Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 16 (1821). Brazil.

2. brunneipennis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y, Ent. Soc. XXX :1.31(1922). Brazil.

3. compacta Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 140 (1858). Brazil.

fallax Stàl, Rio Jan Hem. II : 3o. : (1862).

4. consanguina Stàl, Rio Jan. Memb. II : 36. 3 (1862). Brazil.

5. elevata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 27 (1922). Brazil, Peru, British Guiana. |

6. flavifolia Stoll, Cigal. 61 (1780). | Surinam.

7. funkhouseri Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 251 (1925). British Guiana.

8. lycioda Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 27 (1933). Arizona.

9. maculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 31 (1922). Brazil.

10. minuta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 3o(1922). Peru.

11. oblegens Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. t1. 25 (1803). — Pl. 7, fig. 93. Mexico, Panama, Colombia.

citrina Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 309. 10 (1846).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 137

12. frojecta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 28 (1922). Peru:

13. sabulosa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 29 (1922). Brazil.

14. simillima Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 3o. 2 (1862). Brazil, Peru, Colombia, Vene-

zuela.

15. templa Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 27 (1933). Utah.

16. vismie Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 252 (1925). British Guiana.

108. GENUS TYNELIA STAL

Tynelia Stál, Ofv. Vet. Akad. 250 (1868).

Characters : Small, elongate, narrow-bodied insects distinguished particularly by the extended

position of the head. Head projecting obliquely forward, subquadrate, almost:as long as broad,

smooth; base sinuate, lowest in middle; eyes large, ovate, protruding; ocelli very conspicuous, equi-

distant from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of gena broadly rounded; clypeus extending for one-third its length below inferior

margins of genz and continuing the broadly rounded apical contour of the face. Pronotum regularly

convex, highest in the middle; no suprahumerals; humeral angles blunt, rounded ; metopidium sloping,

broader than high; median carina faintly percurrent; sides of pronotum destitute of ruga or im-

pressions; posterior apex of pronotum heavy, broadly rounded, blunt, reaching just about to the tips of

thetegmina. Tegmina about half concealed by the overhanging sides of the pronotum ; usually hyaline;

venation irregular; five apical and three discoidal cells; third apical cell transverse, base rounded and

stylate; first apical cell located on the costal margin considerably in front of the tip; apical limbus

broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type longula Burmeister.

Geographical distribution : The genus is at present limited to South and Central America

with the following species :

I. brunnea Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 26 (1922). — Brazil.

Pl. 7, fig. 94.

2. cinctata Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 249 (1925). British Guiana.

3. globosa Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3 250 (1925). British Guiana.

4. hirsuta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 25 (1922). Peru:

5. longula Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : r. 143. 1 (1835). Brazil.

6. nitida Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : r. 25 (1922). Dru

7. frominens Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 151 (1858). Brazil, Panama.

8. pubescens Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 29. ro (1803). Brazil, Colombia.

9. tumulata Buckton, Mon. Memb. Pl. 39. Footnote (1903). Unknown.

109. GENUS BOETHOOS KIRKALDY

Boethoos (nom. nov.) Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Parmula (preoccupied) Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 491 (1846).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but with the head straight and perpen-

dicular to the body and with the dorsum usually more or less sinuate in the middle. Head subtrian-

138 HOMOPTERA

gular, smooth; base highest next to eyes and lowest in the middle as in the preceding genus; eyes large,

ovate and protruding; ocelli small, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated about

on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz weakly sinuate; clypeus projecting for

about one-third its length below inferior margins of gena and continuing the line of these margins to

complete the triangular apical outline of the face. Pronotum broadly convex, usually somewhat

constricted at about the middle and highest behind this constriction ; metopidium sloping, broader than

high; median carina obsolete; no suprahumerals; humeral angles well developed, triangular, blunt;

sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged; posterior half of pronotum heavy, rounded, somewhat

swollen, blunt, the apex not quite reaching the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina not more than half

exposed ; usually hyaline with very heavy veins; cells irregular in shape; five apical and three discoidal

cells; median apical cell transverse, base nearly straight and petiolate; first apical cell situated well

forward on the costal margin as in the preceding genus; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple, subcylin-

drical; hind tarsi longest.

Type veticulata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : A Middle-American genus found chiefly in Central America and

Mexico and in the northern part of South America.

t. curvisbina Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 152 (1858). Brazil.

2. dispar Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 32. 23 (1803). Brazil, Panama.

3. distinguenda Fowler, B. C. A. II : gr. 3 (1895). Mexico, Honduras, Guatema-

la, British Guiana.

4. gibbula Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 49t. 3 (1846). Brazil,

5. reliculata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 29 (1803). — PI. 7, fig. 95. Colombia, Brazil. Panama,

interrupta Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 31. 17 (1803). Costa Rica, British Guiana.

bistrigata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 491.1 (1846).

biguttata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 491.1 (1846).

6. sellata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 184 (1836). Colombia, Venezuela.

7. vertebralis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 49r. 2. (1846). Colombia, Brazil.

110. GENUS VANDUZEA GODING

Vanduzea Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 440 (1894).

Hypamastris Fowler, B. C. A. II : 92 (1895).

Characters : A distinct genus of small, inconspicuous, robust bodied insects characterized by

the low, convex pronotum without processes, partly exposed tegmina, and particularly by the median

apical cell of the corium which is definitely transverse and has a perfectly straight base from the middle

of which a vein extends directly cephalad. Head convex, rounded, subtriangular; base weakly arcuate

and sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena sinuate ; clypeus feebly trilobed, extend-

ing for about half its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum low, convex, usually slightly

depressed in middle; metopidium convex, wider than high; median carina percurrent; no suprahumerals;

humeral angles well developed, broad, triangular, blunt; sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged ;

lateral margins curved downward to cover about one-third of the tegmina; posterior process heavy,

convex, blunt, extending just beyond the internal angles of tegmina. Tegmina about two-thirds expos-

ed; usually hyaline; venation regular; five apical and three discoidal cells; median apical cell trans-

verse, base straight and petiolate; apical limbus moderate. Legs simple ; hind tarsi longest.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 139

Type arquata Say.

Geographical distribution : Primarily North American genus. The genus contains only a

modest number of species but the number of individuals produced by some of the species is enormous.

For example, the individuals of V. arcuata, V. segmentata and V. triguitata often appear in certain areas

literally in countless thousands.

I. albifrons Fowler, B. C. A. II : 93. 3 (1895). Guatemala, Mexico, Gulf of

California.

2. arquata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. V : 3o2 (1831). — Pl. 7, United States, Canada

fig. 96.

apicalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 533. 33 (1851).

3. brunnea. Fowler, B. C. A. II : 94. 4 (1895). Mexico.

4. lela Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 441. 138 (1894). Western U. S., Mexico.

5. minor Fowler, B. C. A. II : 93. 2 (1895). Mexico. .

6. nolina Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 45. 82 (1932). Arizona.

7. Punclipennis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII : 4. 275 Colombia.

(1919).

8. segmentata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 93. 1 (1895). Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

western U S.

9. festudinea. Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 251 (1925). British Guiana.

IO. rigultata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 183. 4 (1836). Southern and western U. S.

tripunctata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 497. 4 (1846)

annexus Townsend, Can. Ent. XXIV : 196 (1892).

vestita Goding, Ins. Life V : 92 (1892).

rr. variegala Fowler, B. C. A. II : 94. 5 (1895). Mexico.

111. GENUS LALLEMANDIA FUNKHOUSER

Lallemandia Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 33 (1922).

Characters : This genuswas erected for the accommodation ofa single rather remarkable species.

The type species has since been found in two other countries than that of the type locality but no other

congeneric forms have been reported. The distinctive features of the genus can therefore be judged

only from those structures of the type species which seem to represent generic characters. These may

be stated as follows ; head subquadrate, flat, smooth, twice as wide as high; base sinuate, deeply indented

in the middle; eyes enormous, globular. bulging; ocelli prominent, about equidistant from each other

and from the eyes and situated a little below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gene sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genae. . Pronotum convex

and bulbous; a transverse constriction just behind humeral angles and another at the base of the pos-

terior process together with a deep longitudinal furrow down the median dorsal line, divides the pro-

notum into four rounded elevations, arranged in pairs on the posterior surface of the dorsum ; metopidium

low and sloping, broader than high; median carina present on metopidium but obsolete behind the line

of the humeral angles; no suprahumerals; humeral angles strong, triangular, somewhat swollen; pos-

terior process suddenly depressed behind last pair of bulbous nodes, flattened, truncate, reaching just

beyond internal angles of tegmina; sides of pronotum roughly sculptured, punctate but not ridged,

extended downward to cover about one-half of the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline, about half exposed ; five

apical and three discoidal cells; venation irregular; veins heavy; median apical cell triangular and

petiolate; apical limbus broad and wrinkled. Legs simple, subcylindrical; hind tarsi longest.

140 HOMOPTERA

T ype odosa Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from a single South American species.

1. ^odosa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX : 1. 33 (1922). — — French Guiana, British Gui-

PI. 7, fig. 97. ana, Brazil.

112. GENUS BAJULATA BALL

Bajulata Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 26 (1933).

Characters : The species bajula Goding was described in the genus Evashmedea but was early

removed to Vandusea in which genus it stood for many years but it always occupied a more or less

anomalous position in that genus because of the swollen rounded elevations on the dorsum. In 1933

Ball erected the genus Bajulata for its accommodation. Its has since remained the single representative

ofthe genus. The characters of the species which may be considered generic are as follows : head

subquadrate, broader than high, roughly sculptured; base strongly sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli conspic-

uous, a little farther removed from each other than from the eyes and situated slightly below a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz strongly sinuate; clypeus convex, swollen,

extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum low, convex, with two large

dorsal swellings, one behind the other, the first bilobed and the second simple; metopidium convex,

broader than high; no suprahumerals; humeral angles strong, triangular, blunt; median carina faintly

percurrent; sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged and extended downward to cover about one-third

of the tegmina ; posterior process heavy, tectiform, blunt, just about as long as the abdomen and reaching

a point halfway between internal angles and tips of tegmina. Tegmina about two-thirds exposed;

hyaline with the basal and costal areas sparingly punctate; veins strong and punctate; five apical and

three discoidal cells; median apical cell transverse with the base obtusely angulate and petiolate; apical

limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

The genus is closely related to Vanduzea from which, however, it is at once distinguished by the

dorsal lobes.

Type bajula Goding.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species from Arizona.

1. bajula. Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 437. 129 (1894). — Pl. 7,fig. 98. Arizona.

113. GENUS HYGRIS STÁL

Hygris Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 29 (1862).

Characters ; A genus erected to accommodate a single small, inconspicuous species character-

ized particularly by the low, convex pronotum and the character of the almost entirely exposed tegmina

which shows only two discoidal cells in the corium. Head triangular, convex; base strongly sinuate;

eyes small, twice as broad as high; ocelli inconspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes

and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate ; clypeus extend-

ing for more than half its length below inferior margins of gena. Pronotum convex, highest in front,

slightly depressed in middle, somewhat broader behind; metopidium straight, broader than high; no

suprahumerals; humeral angles strong, triangular, blunt; median carina strongly percurrent; sides of

its

FAM. MEMBRACID/E I41

pronotum punctate but not ridged, extending downward to cover almost all of the tegmina; posterior

process heavy, tectiform, acute, reaching almost to tipsof tegmina. Tegmina less than one-fourth expos-

ed ; hyaline with basal and costal areas punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; median apical cell

elongate and stylate; apical limbus narrow. — Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type unicarinata Stàál.

Geographical distribution : The genus is represented by a single South American species.

I. unicarinata Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 29. 1 (1862). — Pl. 7, fig. 99. Brazil.

114. GENUS IDIODERMA VAN DUZEE

Idioderma Van Duzee, Florida Hem. 208 (1909).

Characters : This genus is very close to the preceding and may eventually prove to be a syno-

nym of Hygris but until more species are described in both genera and until more material is available

for study, we prefer to consider it distinct. The three described species are all very small, elongate,

inconspicuous insects with the following characters which may be considered to be generic. Head sub-

quadrate, more than twice as broad aslong ; base strongly arcuate, depressed in middle; eyes globular;

ocelli conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz strongly sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genz. Pronotum low, convex; dorsum almost straight; metopidium sloping,

wider than high; no suprahumerals; humeral angles weak, auricular, rounded; median carina faintly

percurrent; sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged, extending downward to cover about half of the

tegmina; posterior process convex, pointed, extending almost to tips of the tegmina. "Tegmina hya-

line; about half exposed ; five apical and two discoidal cells; median apical cell triangular and petiolate;

apical margin moderate. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type viresceis Van Duzee.

Geographical distribution : This genus has been reported only from southeastern United

States and from the West Indies as follows :

I. ficta Osborn, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XIX : 360 (1926). Cuba.

2. varia Van Duzee, Florida Hem. 208. 256 (1909). Florida.

3. virescens Van Duzee, Florida Hem. 208. 255 (1909). Pl. 7,fig. |1OO. Florida, Cuba.

115. GENUS EROSNE STAL

Erosne Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 240 (1869).

Characters ; Superficially the insects of this genus greatly resemble thoseof the genus A mastris

but may be distinguished by the facts that the corium has only two discoidal cells, the median apical cell

is triangular, and the basal and costal areas of the tegmina are densely punctate. Head roundly trian-

gular; base arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyesovate; ocelli conspicuous, farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded ; clypeus

projecting only slightly below margins of genz and carrying out the rounded outline of the face made

by these margins. Pronotum elevated, compressed laterally, highest in front; metopidium vertical,

higher than wide; no suprahumerals; humeral angles strong, triangular, blunt; median carina strongly

142 HOMOPTERA

percurrent; sides of pronotum roughly sculptured with a suggestion of a curved ridge behind the humer-

al angles and extended downward to cover more than half of the tegmina; dorsum gradually rounded

from top of crest to tip of posterior apex of pronotum which is heavy, tectiform, and just reaches the

tips of the tegmina. Tegmina about one-third exposed, the basal and costal areas densely punctate and

coriaceous; five apicaland two discoidal cells; median apical cell triangular and petiolate. Legs simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Type ?vachteata Stàl.

Geographical distribution : Only two species, both from South America, have been describ-

ed for this genus but there are unquestionably more species to be described, for we have seen un-

described material in many collections standing under Aastrís which undoubtedly belonged to Erosme.

1. brachteata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 240. 1 (1869). Surinam, Ecuador

2. nolata Walker, Ins. Saund. 72 (1858). — Pl. 7, fig. 1Ol. Brazil, Colombia.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE POLYGLYPTINI GODING

I. Pronotum with a long, slender, porrect anterior horn

A. Corium wilh five apical cells

r. Dersum convex, Younded , 5 5 2 . 4 4. x 49 v o € 4 PoryxcLyerA Durmensdan

2. Dorsum sharbly lectiforin uu 2 V ow ce d 6 7€ x. € IBRYANTOPSIS Ball.

B. Conum wilh ihrec aptcal cells. 2. 4 o. 2 v o 9 8. Qe € BnaMEKIA Bowleb

II. Pronotum without a bronotal horn or with only a short broad, anterior protubevance

A. Dorsum flattened laterally; deeply notched at middle... . . . . ENrvLiA Germar.

B. Dorsum rounded ; slighlly sinuate at middle, .. . . . . . . . . Punsrnui Stál.

116. GENUS POLYGLYPTA BURMEISTER

Polyglypta Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 142 (1835).

Characters : Long, slender, narrow-bodied insects with the pronotum strongly ridged longitu-

dinally, a long, slender horn projecting forward, corium with two contiguous longitudinal veins and with

five apical cells and with the dorsum rounded and convex. Head roughly triangular with heavy rugze;

base sinuate, lowest in the middle; eyes globular; ocelli small, twice as far from each other as from the

eyes and situated well below a line through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene strongly sinuate;

clypeus extending for halfits length below inferior margins of genze, its sides continuing the triangular

shape of the face made by the margins of the genze. Pronotum low, convex, strongly. longitudinally

ridged; anterior pronotal horn long, strong, porrect, extending forward over the head; metopidium pro-

jecting forward, keeled, broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; no suprahumerals; hu,

meral angles weak, rounded ; sides of pronotum strongly, longitudinally ridged and punctate and extend-

ed downward to cover more than half of the tegmina; dorsum nearly straight, highest just behind line

of humeral angles, gradually curving to tip of posterior process which is long, slender, convex, acuminate,

and reaches beyond the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina not more than one-third exposed, hyaline, with

basal and. costal areas strongly punctate; two prominent longitudinal veins; five apical cells; median

apical cell stylate; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple, subcylindrical: hind tarsi slightly longer than

the others.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 143

Type cosiata Burmeister.

Geographical distribution : Prjmarily a Central American genus but represented also in

northern South America, in Mexico and in southern United States. Some of the species show a wide

variation in color markings which has resulted in many synonyms.

r1. abbreviata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 136 (1858). Mexico.

2. ague Fowler, B. C. A. II : 126. 7 (1895). Guatemala.

3. brevivitia Walker, List Hom. B. M. 545. 13 (1851). Venezuela.

4. buctoni (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 324 (1927). Honduras.

strigata (preoccupied) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 180 (1903).

5. costata Burmeister, Handb. Ent. II : 142. 16 (1835). — Pl. 7, Mexico, Colombia, Guate-

fig- 102. mala, Costa Rica, Hondu-

pilosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 296. 1 (1846). ras, Yucatan, Panama.

nigriventris Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 297. 6 (1846). i

viridimacula Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 298. 7 (1846).

interrubta Walker, List Hom. B. M 545. 14 (1851).

straminea Walker, List Hom. B. M. 544. 12 (1851).

strigata Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 136 (1858).

bogotensis Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 79 (1859).

reflexa Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 207. 1 (1877).

godmani Distant, Ent. Month. Mag. XVI : 11 (1880).

nigrodorsis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 123 (1896).

6. dispar Fowler, B. C. A. II : 126. 6 (1896). Panama.

7. dorsalis Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 178. 2 (1836). Mexico, Honduras, Guate-

maculata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 178. 3 (1836).

pallipes Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 179. 4 (1836). ;

sicula Amyot and Serville, 541 (1843). Colombia, Peru, Ecuador,

flavomaculata Amyot and Serville, Pl. 9, fig. 9 (1843). Texas, Georgia.

nigella Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 298. 10 (1846).

fw«sca Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 208. 6 (1877).

hordacea Butler, Cist Ent. II : 209. 7 (1877).

tricolor Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 209. 8 (1877).

8. lineata Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 179. 5 (1836). Mexico, Honduras, Guate-

tredecemcostata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 299. 11 (1846).

abbreviata Walker, List Hom. B M. Suppl. 136 (1858).

major Fowler, B. C. A. II : 126 (1895).

mala, Costa Rica, Brazil,

mala, Canal Zone, Yucatan.

117. GENUS BRYANTOPSIS BALL

Bryantopsis Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : 1r. 482 (1937).

Characters : We have not had an opportunity to see a representative of this genus, recently

erected by Ball, and are therefore unable to write a generic description based on the examination of an

actual specimen nor to figure the type. From the original description of the genus and the description

of the type species, it would appear that this genus stands between Polyglyfta and Publilia, differing from

the former in the sharply tectiform pronotum and from the latter in the presence of the anterior pronotal

horn. Ball's original description, which follows, should be sufficient to characterize the genus.

« A typical Polyglyptini resembling Publilia Stàl, except that there is a definite anterior horn

especially marked in the female, superficially resembling MetAeisa Fowl., especially in the shape

and length of the horn in the male, but differing radically in venation which has warranted Goding

in placing this latter genus in the Smilini.

» As seen from the side with an anterior horn extending obliquely upwards as in PAyla for

144 HOMOPTERA

one-third the body length in the female the horn compressed at apex, cut off obliquely and occa-

sionally expanded. There are three lateral caring. The pronotum covers most of the elytra, is

acutely tectiform with four or five lateral caring, the inner one with branches to the highest part

ofthe crest. The face is slightly longer than in Pubiilia, the venation of the elytra similar. »

Type eisiger. Ball.

Geographical distribution : Represented only by the type species from Arizona.

I. ensiger Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XXVII : rr. 482 (1937). Arizona.

118. GENUS BILIMEKIA FOWLER

Bilimekia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 127 (1895).

Characters : Insects which greatly resemble the species of Polyglyfta, with long, slender bodies

and single porrect pronotal horns, but with the posterior end of the pronotum bluntly rounded, with the

head trilobed,the tegmina almost entirely covered and with only three apical cells in the tegmina. Head

subquadrate, twice as broad as high, strongly trilobed; base nearly straight; eyes very much flattened;

ocelli inconspicuous, farther from each other than the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior marginsof gene extending downward in large rounded lobes, to form, with the clypeus,

a trilobed ventral outline of the face. Pronotum long, slender, cylindrical; dorsum convex; metopid-

ium merging gradually into the inferior surface of the pronotal horn; humeral angles very weak, prac-

tically obsolete; pronotal horn long, cylindrical, projecting forward over the head, strongly ridged on

all sides, apex blunt; sides of pronotum strongly, longitudinally multicarinate, extending downwards

to almost completely cover the tegmina; posterior process very blunt and rounded, just reaching the

tips of the tegmina. "legmina almost entirely covered by the sides of the pronotum; hyaline; three

apical cells and one discoidal cell; apical limbus narrow. Hind wings with three apical cells. Legs

much inclined to be foliaceous, particularly the front and middle tibize which are distinctly flattened.

Hind tarsi a little shorter than the others.

Type síyliformis Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The two described species are both from Mexico and both are

apparently quite abundant since they are generally to be found in collections from that country.

I. minor Fowler, B. C. A. II : 128, 2 (1895). Mexico.

2. slyliformis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 127. 1 (1895). Mexico.

119. GENUS ENTYLIA GERMAR

Entylia Germar, Rev. Silb. I : 178 (1835).

Characters : A very distinct genus recognized at once by the laterally flattened dorsum with

a deep broad notch in the center which results in prominent high anterior and posterior lobes. "There

are no other processes or protuberances. The pronotum is strongly ridged and the tegmina are largely

covered by the overhanging sides of the pronotum. Head roughly triangular with inferior margin

rounded ; base sinuate, lowest in middle and with the superior lateral margins angulate above the eyes;

eyes ovate with inner surfaces straight; ocelli prominent, elevated, nearer to each other than to the eyes

and situated considerably below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genze sinuate;

VN VOBIDSSNRRYP

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 145

clypeus broadly rounded, extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz and continuing

the rounded inferior outline of the face made by those margins. Pronotum elevated, flattened laterally,

strongly ridged, with a deep broad notch in the center which results in a high anterior and posterior lobe

on the dorsum ; metopidium triangular, about as high as wide; median carina strongly percurrent; hume-

ral angles broadly rounded ; sides of pronotum roughly and irregularly carinate and extended downward

to cover at least two-thirds of the tegmina; posterior process tectiform, gradually acute, extending just

beyond the tips ofthe tegmina. Tegmina hyaline, only about one-third exposed, basal and costal areas

punctate and coriaceous; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad on anal margin and

obsolete on costal and apical margins. Legs simple, subcylindrical; all tarsi about equal in length,

Type sinuata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : Exíylia is primarily a North American genus. Only a limited

number of species have been described but these species are represented by an almost unbelievable num-

ber of individuals. "The individuals of such species as 6£acíríana and sinuata often appear on the host

plants in such numbers as to completely cover the leaves and stems. Many of the species show a great

deal of variation in colors and in the shape of the dorsal lobes so that several synonyms must be recorded.

I. areolaía Walker, Ins. Saund 71 (1858). Haiti.

2. bactriana Germar, Rev Silb. III : 248 (1835). Eastern Canada, eastern and

accisa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 548. 8 (1851). southern U. S

indecisa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 549 (1851).

reducta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 549 (1851).

3. carinata Forster, Nov. Spec. Ins. Cent. I : 67 (1771) Eastern Canada, northeastern

torva Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 47. 647 (1851). uU S

impedita Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 137 (1858).

vittata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 185 (1903).

4. concisa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 547. 6 (1851). Southern and western U. S.

decisa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 548. 7 (1851).

5. fallax Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 28. 2 (1862). Brazil.

6. fuscodorsa Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 332 (1905). Unknown.

7. gemmata Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 16. 11 (1818). Brazil, Venezuela, Mexico,

corniculata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 3oo (1846). Guatemala, Chile.

incisa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 548. 9 (1851). 3

8. moesia Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 332 (1905). Mexico.

9. sinuata Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 513 (1798). — PI. 8, fig. IlO4. | Southern U.S., Central Amer-

emarginata Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 513 (1798). ica, northern S A., Mexico.

mira Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 212 (1877).

inaequalis Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 211 (1877).

cdipus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 183 (1903).

Io. furrila Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 212. 8 (1877). Brazil.

I20. GENUS PUBLILIA STÁL

Publilia Stál, Berl. Ent. Zeit. X : 387 (1867).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but with the pronotum rounded and without

the two prominent dorsallobes. Head irregularly triangular, roughly sculptured; base sinuate, highest

in middle; eyes ovate, truncate on interior margin; ocelli conspicuous, somewhat elevated, nearer to

each other than to the eyes and situated below a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

genz sinuate; clypeus broadly rounded, extending for about one-third its length below inferior margins

of genz and continuing the rounded apical outline of the face made by those margins. Pronotum con-

146 HOMOPTERA

vex, sinuate near the middle, very little compressed laterally; metopidium vertical, broader than high;

median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, broadly rounded; no suprahumerals; sides of

pronotum strongly, roughly, irregularly multicarinate and extended downward to almost entirely cover

the tegmina; dorsum gradually arcuate from top of crest to tip of posterior process which is heavy, tec-

tiform, gradually acute and reaches slightly beyond the tips of the tegmina. "Tegmina not more than

one-fourth exposed, hyaline, basal and costal areas densely punctate and coriaceous; five apical and two

discoidal cells; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne concava Say.

Geographical distribution : This is another North American genus which like Entylia con-

tains only a few species but an enormous number of individuals.

I. concava Say, Narr. Long's Exped. App. 311 (1824). — PI. 8,fig.105. Canada, United States.

extensa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 554. 20 (1851).

nigridorsum Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 399 (1894).

grisea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 184 (1903).

vittata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 185 (1903).

2. erecía Plummer, Memb. Mexico 379 (1935). Mexico.

3. modesta Uhler, List Hom. Colo. and New Mex. 472 (1872). Western U. S.

bicinctura Goding, Ent. News III : 200 (1892).

4. porrécia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 131. 2 (1896). Mexico.

5. reticulata Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 106. 2 (1908). United States.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE TELAMONINI GODING

I. Hind wings with four apical cells

A. Pronotum bearing a horn or crest

I. Pronotum with a crest most of which is behind humerals

a. Crest more or less quadrangular, not stepped... . . . . 'TELAMONA Fitch.

aa. Crest not quadrangular, either overhanging, byramidal, lobed or

stepped :

b. Crest overhauging in fron .. . . . . . HzroNica Ball.

bb. Crest not overhanging ; if extended forward the dorsal margin

lobed ov stepped

c. Crest distinctly stepped, the anterior lobe high and rounding,

the posterior low and quadrangular . . . . . . . HkEkLrzA Stál.

cc. Crest sinuate or weakly angulate

d. Crest high, foliaceous, arising from metopidium . . . "TELONACA Ball.

dd. Crest placed well back of melopidium . . . . . . PaLoNicA Ball.

2. Pronotum with an anterior horn arising from in front of humerals

a. Horn porrect, extending forward and upward... . . . 'TmEeLiA Amyot and Serville.

aa. Horn erect, compressed laterally .— . . . . . . . . . QGrossoNorus Butler.

B. Pronotum without horn or angular crest

I. Pronotum low and comex .. . . . . 4... . . . . . CanxNOTA Fitch.

2. Pronotum high and foliaceous

a. Metopidium rounded posteriorly, withoul a carina... . . "TmRoPrmpamNIs Fowler.

aa. Melopidium upright, with a vaised carina... . . . . AmcHasiA Stál.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 147

II. Hind wings with three apical cells

A. Dorsum with strong longitudinal ridges

1. Longitudinal veins of corium coalescing near middle of tegmina... INcorEA Goding.

2. Longitudinal veins of corium nol coalescing .. . . . . . . . MkNnicEA Goding.

B. Dorsum without longitudinal ridges

1. Corsum iih so discoidal cells... 2 V V S gu uw s APHETRA Fowler.

2. Corium with two or more discoidal cells . . . . . . . . . PHomRwoRPHORA Stál.

121. GENUS TELAMONA FITCH

Telamona Fitch, Hom. N. Y. State Cab. 5o (1851).

Characters ; The type genus of the tribe Telamonini represents a very interesting group of

membracids characterized primarily by the fact that the pronotal development is chiefly dorsad rather

than cephalad or caudad, resulting in a hump or crest arising from the median line. "The tegmina are

more or less covered by the sides of the pronotum and the hind wings have a sessile median apical cell

with the base truncate.

The genus Telamona is characterized by having four apical cells in the tegmina and particularly by

the fact that the dorsal crest is quadrangular, without a distinct step on the posterior margin, and arises

from behind the line of the humeral angles. The insects are generally large in size, robust and heavy-

bodied but often rather inconspicuous because of their protective coloration and their resemblance to the

bark of their hosts.

Head subquadrangular, twice as broad as high; base strongly arcuate and sinuate; eyes large and

ovate; ocelli large, conspicuous, much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz strongly sinuate; clypeus extending for only

about one-fourth its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum elevated into a more or less

quadrangular dorsal crest which is mostly behind the line of the humeral angles and which does not show

a distinct step on the posterior margin; metopidium vertical orsloping, triangular; median carina strongly

percurrent; humeral angles much developed into broad, heavy, triangular, blunt extensions; sides of

pronotum punctate, often roughly sculptured but not ridged, and extended downward to cover about half

of the tegmina; posterior process tectiform, gradually acute, usually extending just about to tips of teg-

mina. Tegmina hyaline or smoky ; basal area punctate ; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus

well developed. Hind wings with four apical cells, the median apical cell sessile and truncate at base.

Legs simple; all tarsi about the same in length.

Type anfelopsidis Harris.

Geographical distribution : Primarily a North American genus with a considerable number

of species and a large number of individuals. Telamona is distinctly a tree-inhabiting genus and has a

wide variety of hosts, the distribution of the species apparently being determined by the range of the

particular trees on which they live.

I. amfelopsidis Harris, Rept. Ins. Mass. 180 (1841). — Pl. 8, Eastern Canada, eastern, south-

fig. 106. ern and western U. S.

cissi (MS name) Harris, Rept. Ins. Mass. 584 (1833).

cyrtobs Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 310. 17 (1846).

difusa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 143 (1858).

tigrina Ball, Ent, Amer. XII : r. 44 (1931).

UR oU N

HOMOPTERA

. balli. Plummer, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 4. 687 (1936).

. calva Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 26 (1933).

celsa Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 21 (1930).

. collina Walker, List Hom. B. M. 565. 35 (1851).

prwinosa Van Duzee, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. II : 1. 5o. 276

(1914).

compacta Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 180 (1903).

. concava. Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 5o. 686 (1851).

. conica Walker, List Hom. B. M. 557. 9 (1851).

. coronala Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : r. 5o (193r).

. decorata Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 179 (1903).

barbata Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb, 65. 3 (1908).

. dorana Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : 1. 49 (1931).

. dubiosa (nom. nov.) Van Duzee, Check List 1634 (1916).

irrorata (nom. nud.) Goding, Ins. Life V : 93 (1892).

. ehrhorni Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 180 (1903).

. elle Goding, Ins. Life V : 93 (1892).

. extrema. Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 179 (1903).

. gibbera. Ball. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 204 (1925).

. gounellei Fallou, Rev. Ent. IX : 354 (1891).

. Jugata Osborn, Iowa Acad. Sci. I : 128 (189r).

. maculata Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 72. 18 (1908).

. molaris Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 222 (1877).

. monticola Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 1V::7-41(1883):

querci Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 5r. 691 (1851).

brunneipennis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 197 (1903).

. reclivata Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 693 (1851).

. ruficarinata Fowler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 421 (1894).

. salvini Distant, Ent. Month. Mag. XVI : rr (1879).

. sbiniger Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 257 (1925).

. s$rela Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 417 (1894).

lugubris Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 179 (1903).

agrandata Ball, Ent. Soc. Amer. XII : r. 53 (1931).

. subfalcata Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. X : 5og (1912).

. tarda Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 204 (1925).

. lilie Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 203 (1925).

. iristis Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 51. 689 (1851).

coryli Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 5r. 69o (1851).

. turritella Buckton, Mon. Memb. 198 (1903).

. unicolor Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 5o. 684 (1851).

fasciata Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 5o. 685 (1851).

. vestita Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 205 (1925).

. westcoiti Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 415. 86 (1894).

obsoleta Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 178 (1903).

. Àwoodrufi Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 205 (1925).

Mexico.:

California.

Brazil.

United States.

Western United States.

Eastern and central U. S.

Florida.

California.

United States.

Florida.

Eastern and central U. S,

Arizona.

Unknown.

Eastern and central U. S.

Arizona.

Brazil.

Iowa.

Eastern and central U. S.

Canada.

Canada, United States.

Colombia.

Guatemala.

British Guiana.

Canada, east. and centr. U.S.

Eastern and southern U. S.

Eastern U. S.

Eastern, northern and cen-

tral US:

Eastern Canada, eastern and

central U. S. |

Saguenay.

Eastern Canada, eastern,

southern and central U. S.

California, Oregon.

United States.

Eastern U. S.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 149

122. GENUS HELONICA BALL

Helonica Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : 1. 15 (1931).

Characters ; The genus Helonica was erected to accommodate those species which at that

time stood under the genus Telamona but in which the pronotal crest extended forward in a large

rounded lobe over the head. In certain other respects, also, such as in the more exposed tegmina, the

shorter posterior process and the longer hind tarsi, the genus seems to have distinctive characters.

Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes large and ovate;

ocelli large, conspicuous, somewhat elevated, much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated

on a line drawn through centers of eyes ; inferior margins of gene sinuate; clypeus extending for almost

one-third its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum developed into a strong, laterally

flattened anterior crest which projects forward over the head; metopidium sloping, triangular, median

carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular, acute, extending outward as far beyond the

eyes as the width of the eyes; sides of pronotum punctate, feebly and irregularly carinate, extended

downward to cover about half of the tegmina; posterior process tectiform, gradually acute, not

quite reaching the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina about half exposed; hyaline, basal costal area

weakly punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells, the inner discoidal cell sometimes divided; apical

limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi much longer than the others.

Type «excelsa Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution ; The genus seems to be limited to southern and western United

States and Mexico and we suspect that some of the four species here listed may prove be synonyms

but would prefer to consider them as distinct until further material is available for study.

I. albidorsata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 145. 6 (1896). Mexico.

2. excelsa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 310. 15 (1846). — PI. 8, fig. 107. — Mexico, southern and central

3. magniloba Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 422. 80 (1894). Illinois.

4. projecta Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 221 (1877). Northeastern U. S.

cucullata Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 7o. 14 (1908).

123. GENUS HELIRIA STAL

Heliria Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 556 (1867).

Characters : In separating the genus Heliria, in his key, from TAelia and Telamona, Stàl

concisely distinguishes it as follows : « Protuberantia thoracis pone angulos lateralis posita, apice

profunde sinuate, ante sinum valde elevata, pone sinum humuli, posterius angulata. » This structure

of the dorsal crest, with a distinct step on the posterior margin, resulting in a high rounded anterior

lobe and a low angulate posterior lobe, is sufficient to characterize the genus. In other respects it

differs very little from Telamona except in the shape of the head. Head subtriangular and roughly

sculptured; base arcuate and deeply sinuate in the middle; eyes large and ovate; ocelli large, prominent,

elevated, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated below a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus with a median lobe which extends only slightly below the

inferior margins of the genze so that the clypeus as a whole continues the roughly triangular outline of

150 HOMOPTERA

the face. Pronotum elevated in a dorsal crest which consists of two distinct lobes, a rounded anterior

lobe and a lower, angulate posterior lobe; metopidium convex and sloping, broader than high ; median

carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles broadly flattened and produced into triangular, auriculate

extensions; sides of pronotum punctate, feebly and irregularly ridged, extended downward to cover

about half of the tegmina; posterior process strong, heavy, tectiform, gradually acute, reaching just

about to thetips of the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline; about half exposed ; basal and costal areas strongly

punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple, subcylindrical;

hind tarsi longest.

Type cristata Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution ; The genus is found in the United States, Canada and Mexico

with the following species :

I. clitella Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 201 (1925). Arizona.

2. cornutula Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 20r (1925). Eastern U. S.

3. crisiala Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 311. 19 (1846). — PI. 8, fig. 108. Eastern and central U. S.

acclivata Emmons, Agr. N. Y. V : 155 (1854).

reclivata Glover, MS Journ. Pl. I, fig. 19 (1878).

4. fagi Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 51. 687 (1851). Northeastern U. S.

5. fitchi Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 202 (1925). Eastern U. S.

6 gemma Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 202 (1925). Northeastern U. S.

7- gibberata Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 200 (1925). Western U. S.

8. mexicana Stáàl, Bid. Mem. Kan. 249. 1 (1869). Mexico, California.

9. frealta Fowler, Trans. Lond. Ent. Soc. 420 (1894). Canada, eastern U. S.

IO. rubidella Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XXXI : 28 (1918). Western U. S.

II. scalaris Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 311. 18 (1846). Canada, United States.

clivulata Ball, Ent Amer. XII : r. 29 (1931).

12, sinuata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 144. 4 (1896). Mexico, southwestern U. S.

13. sirombergi Goding, Ins. Life V : 93 (1892). Central and western U. S.

124. GENUS TELONACA BALL

T elonaca Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XXXI : r. 27 (1918).

Characters : A genus of the Telamona group, distinguished from the type genus of the tribe by

the high, sinuate, somewhat foliaceous crest arising directly above the metopidium. Head subovate,

much wider than high; base arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes ovate, twice as wide as high; ocelli large,

conspicuous, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of genz weakly sinuate; clypeus extending only a very little below the inferior

margins of the genz and continuing the rounded apical outline of the face made by the gene. — Prono-

tum elevated in a strong, high crest arising from the metopidium, its frontal margin anterior to the humer-

al angles; metopidium triangular; median carina percurrent; humeral angles produced into broad,

sharp, auriculate extensions; sides of pronotum punctate, the posterior half bearing longitudinal ridges,

and extended downward to cover about one-third of the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline; about two-thirds

exposed ; basal costal area weakly and coarsely punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus

well developed. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 151

Type vamoria Ball.

Geographical distribution : This genus has been reported to date only from the United

States and Canada with the three following recognized species :

I. alía Funkhouser, Ent. News XXVI : 3. 97 (1915). Georgia, Florida.

2. Pasadena. Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : rz. 33 (1931). California.

3. ramona Ball, Proc, Biol. Soc. Wash. XXXI : 28 (1918). — Pl. 8, California.

fig. 109.

125. GENUS PALONICA BALL

Palonica Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : 1. 34 (1931).

Characters ; Another genus of the Telamona group and very closely related to the preceding

genus Telonaca but distinguished by the fact that the dorsal crest arises from behind the metopidium.

Head subquadrangular, much wider than high; base arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes ovate, much

wider than high; ocelli large, prominent, much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about

on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gens at first straight and then suddenly

curved downward; clypeus not extending below the inferior margins of the gena but continuing the

rounded apical outline of the face made by the genae. — Pronotum elevated in a high, pyramidal crest

arising from back of the metopidium with its frontal margin behind the line of the humeral angles; meto-

pidium sloping, triangular; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, broad, triangular,

blunt, extending outward beyond the eyes as far as the width of the eyes ; sides of pronotum punctate,

roughly sculptured, feebly carinate posteriorly, extended downward to cover about half of the tegmina;

posterior process long, slender, tectiform, acute, reaching beyond the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina

about half exposed; hyaline; coarsely punctate at base; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus

broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi much longer than the others.

Type Pyramidata Uhler.

Geographical distribution : Primarily a North American genus but one species has been

found in Guatemala.

1. fortolo Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : r. 36 (1931). California.

2. pyramidata Uhler, Wheeler's Rept. App. J. 1333 (1877). — Pl. 8, United States, Canada.

tig 1 ro:

declivata Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. 64. 1 (1908).

var. : ampliata Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : 1. 37 (1931).

nasuta Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : 1 (1931).

3. satyrus Fowler, B. C A. II : 145 (1896). Guatemala.

4. tremulata Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 203 (1925). United States, Canada.

5. viridia Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVI : 178 (1903). Western U. S.

126. GENUS THELIA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Thelia Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 540 (1843).

Characters : The strong, robust, porrect pronotal horn, extending forward and upward,

distinguishes this genus from all of the other genera of the tribe. Head subquadrate, much broader

than high; base strongly arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyes large and ovate; ocelli large, conspicuous,

152 HOMOPTERA

much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for about one-fourth its length below inferior

margins of genz. Pronotum with a long, strong, subcylindrical, blunt anterior horn which extends

forward and upward, arising from in front of the humeral angles; metopidium vertical, triangular;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles broad, blunt, triangular, extending directly laterad as far

beyond the eyes as the width of the eyes; sides of pronotum punctate, weakly ridged posteriorly,

extended downward to cover about one-third of the tegmina; posterior process heavy, tectiform, acute,

just reaching the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina about two-thirds exposed; hyaline, translucent or

clouded; basal costal areas coarsely punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad.

Legs simple, subquadrate in cross-section ; hind tarsi longest.

This genus has had a rather peculiar history in that at various times seventy-eight different

species have been assigned to it, all but three of which have now been removed to other genera.

Type bimaculata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : A distinctly treeinhabiting genus with two species widely

distributed over almost all parts of the United States and Canada and a third questionable species

from Brazil.

1. bimaculata Fabricius, Ent. Syst. IV : 10. 11 (1794). — Pl. 8, fig. | | Il. United States, Canada.

2. costigera Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 353 (1878). Brazil.

3. uhleri Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 248. 1 (1869). United States, Canada.

127. GENUS GLOSSONOTUS BUTLER

Glossonotus Butler, Cist. Ent. 1I : 222 (1878).

Characters :; Closely related to the preceding genus but distinguished from it by the fact that

the pronotal horn is practically erect and laterally compressed. It probably has, in fact, closer phylo-

genetic relationship to Telamona than to Telía but the position of the dorsal crest, placed well forward

on the pronotum, causes it to fall naturally in a taxonomic key in the position to which we have

assigned it. Head subquadrate, roughly sculptured; base arcuate and very strongly sinuate; eyes

large and ovate; ocelli large, very prominent, twice as far from the eyes as from each other and

situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus

not extending below the inferior margins of the genz but continuing the irregular sinuate apical

outline of the face made by the gene. Pronotum elevated in a single, laterally flattened, anterior

horn which is erect or leans only slightly forward and is placed well forward on the dorsum; meto-

pidium sloping, subtriangular; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles broed, blunt,

triangular, extending laterad as far beyond the eyes as the width of the eyes; sides of pronotum

punctate, weakly, longitudinally multicarinate posteriorly, extending downward to cover about one-

fourth of the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline; three-fourths exposed; basal area coarsely punctate; five

apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Hind wings with median apical cell sessile and

truncate at base. Legs simple, angulate in cross-section; hind tarsi very little longer than the others.

Type acuminatus Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : A strictly North American genus but with species represented

in practically all parts of the United States and Canada.

1. acuminatus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. VI : 75 (1775). — PI. 8, fig. 1 12. United States, Canada.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 153

2. crategi Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 52. 697 (1851). United States, Canada.

byramidoides Smith, Cat. Ins. N, J. 441 (1890).

3. uimbulatus Ball, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. XV : 9. 200 (1925). Eastern and central U. S.

4. turriculatus Emmons, Agr. N. Y. V : 155 (1854). Eastern U. S.

robinz Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 196 (1893).

5. univitlatus Harris, Rept. Ins. Mass. 180 (1841). United States, Canada.

godingi Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. V : 189 (1894).

dorsalis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 197 (1903).

var. : funilis Ball, Ent. Amer. XII : 1. 15 (1931).

128. GENUS CARYNOTA FITCH

Carynota Fitch, Hom. N. Y. State Cab. 48 (1851).

Obtileta Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 556 (1867).

Characters : This genus definitely belongs to the Telamoza group but differs from the other

genera by having no anterior horn or crest. The pronotum is low and convex, the tegmina are about

half exposed and the posterior process just about reaches the tips of the tegmina. Head subquadrate,

twice as broad as high; base arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes large and ovate; ocelli much nearer to

each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of gene strongly sinuate; median portion only of clypeus projecting very slightly below inferior

margins of gene. Pronotum convex, without an anterior horn or crest; dorsum broadly rounded;

metopidium sloping, broader than high; humeral angles weak, not prominent, rounded; sides of

pronotum punctate, slightly impressed, extended downward to cover about half of the tegmina; posterior

process strong, heavy, convex, acute, just about reaching the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline

or smoky ; about half exposed ; basal area coarsely punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical

limbus broad. Legs simple, angulate; hind tarsi very slightly longer than the others.

Type mera Say.

Geographical distribution : A North American genus reported thus far only from the United

States and Canada.

1. maculata Funkhouser, Ent. News XXVI : 3. 98 (1915). Florida.

2. marmorata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI : 3or. 1: (1831). Canada, northeastern and

central U. S.

3. mera Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI : 310 (1831). — Pl. 8, Canada, United States.

fig: 3.

tripartita Walker, List Hom. B. M. 576. 15 (1851).

majus Emmons, N. Y. Agr. Rept. V : 156 (1854).

strombergi Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 443 (1894).

4. porphyrea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 306. 4 (1846). East. Canada, northeast. U.S.

picta Provancher, Pet, Faun. Can. III : 246. 2 (1886).

5. stupida Walker, List Hom. B. M. 577. 16 (1851). Eastern Canada, northeastern

muskokensis Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 444. 145 (1874). J6 AC

albopicta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 135 (1903).

6. vera Goding, Can. Ent. XXVII : 276 (1895). Northeastern U. S.

129. GENUS TROPIDARNIS FOWLER

Tropidarnis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 60 (1895).

Characters : Fowler described this genus incorrectly in the subfamily Darninz although his

154 HOMOPTERA

figure for the type species clearly shows the petiolate apical cell of the tegmina which makes such an

assignment impossible. Ball (1931) called attention to this fact and correctly placed the genus in the

tribe Telamonini, not only on the basis of Fowler's figure and description but on the study of species

of the genus which he had taken in Arizona.

'The insects of this genus bear a strong superficial resemblance to the larger forms of Cyrtolobus but

differ in having the metopidium broadly rounded without a raised carina, and in having the tegmina only

about one-third exposed. Phylogenetically the genus is probably more closely related to A»cAasia, de-

scribed as the next genus in thislist. Head subquadrate, smooth, more than twice as wide ashigh; base

sinuate and only slightly arcuate ; eyes ovate; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other and from the

eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centersof eyes; inferior margins of genz broadly sinuate;

clypeus semi-circular, extending not at all below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum elevated but vary-

ing greatly in the shape of the crest, which is sometimes high and tectiform and sometimes rounded; met-

opidium broadly rounded, sloping, wider than high; median carina obsolete on metopidium but usually

strong on dorsum; humeral angles broad and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged; pos-

terior process tectiform, just about reaching thetips of the tegmina. Tegmina only about one-third

exposed; basal area coriaceous and punctate; apical area hyaline; three longitudinal veins proceeding

from the base of the corium and continuing to the apex; two discoidal cells of which the interior is the

longer and dilated at the apex; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Ball has taken both nymphs and adults of the type species fectigera and reports that the species is

extremely variable in size, height of crest and color.

Tyne /ectigera Fowler.

Geographical distribution : Theonly known species of this genus havebeen found in Mexico

and Arizona. Four species have been described and Ball believes that they are all one species, but we

prefer to list three of them, at least until we have had more material for study.

I. acutior Fowler, B. C. A. II : 6r. 2 (1895). Mexico.

2. fellicolr Buckton, Mon. Memb. r14 (1903). Unknown.

3. tectigera. Fowler, B. C. A. II : 60. 1 (1895). — Pl. 8, fig. 114. Mexico, Arizona.

robustus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 114 (1903).

130. GENUS ARCHASIA STÁL

Archasia Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 556 (1867).

Characters : A very distinct genus characterized by the high, arcuate, foliaceous pronotum.

Head subovate, broader than high; base highly arcuate and sinuate; eyes large and ovate ; ocelli small,

not conspicuous, much nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated below a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus indistinctly trilobed, the middle lobe extend-

ng for about one-third its length below the inferior margins of the genz. — Pronotum elevated in a high,

arcuate, foliaceous dorsal crest, highest in front and gradually arcuate to near the end of the posterior

process; metopidium vertical above the head or slightly overhanging in front, triangular, keeled; median

carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles weak, rounded, not prominent; sides of pronotum punctate

but not carinate, extended downward to cover about one-half of the tegmina; posterior process triangular,

tectiform, sharply keeled, not reaching the tips of the tegmina. —Tegmina about half exposed ; hyaline;

base sparingly punctate ; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple, angular

in cross-section ; hind tarsi slightly longer than the others.

N-

MLCNL A ol

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 155

Type ealeaía Fabricius.

Geographica! distribution : A distinctly North American genus, entirely tree-inhabiting so

far as is known, with three widely distributed species.

I. belfragei Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 250. 2 (1869). Canada, United States.

canadensis Provancher, Petit. Faun. Can. III : 230 (1886).

2. galeata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. IV : 9 (1803). — Pl. 8, fig. 1 15. — United States, Canada.

auriculata Fitch, Cat. Hom. N. Y. 49. 676 (1851).

3. fallida Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 308. 8 (1846). Eastern and southern U. S.

131. GENUS INCOLEA GODING

Incolea Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 280 (1926).

Characters : The group of four genera, of which Incolea is a representative, might perhaps be

considered as worthy of being set apart as a separate tribe. Certainly they are very different in many

respects from the Telamona group. We have great faith in wing venation as indicating phylogenetic

development and these four genera all have only three apical cells in the hind wings. Moreover in

general facies, the insects are small and delicate rather than large, heavy-bodied and robust as are the

forms in the Telamona group. However, the four genera represented in this second division of the

tribe are all apparently rare and since we have seen very few representatives of any of these genera,

we should prefer to follow Goding in considering them a division of the Telamonint.

'The genus /ncolea was erected by Goding for the accommodation of two Ecuadorian species. "We

have not seen either of these species and no others species have been described for the genus. We

can therefore do no more than to quote Goding's original generic description which is as follows :

« Naviculate, with indistinct longitudinal elevated lines. Head triangular, about as long

as wide beween the eyes, punctulate, base sinuate; eyes small; ocelli inconspicuous, slightly

nearer eyes and above a line passing through their center; genz sinuate; clypeus narrow, apex

acute, strongly recurved.

» Pronotum punctured, strongly depressed anteriorly, metopidium sloping; median carina

distinct; humeral slightly prominent; posterior process compressed, tectiform, lateral margins

deeply sinuate behind suprahumerals, then broadened and gradually acuminate to acute apex

which reaches tips tegmina; dorsum lightly elevated at middle, sides with indistinct elevated

longitudinal lines.

» Tegmina with two longitudinal veins contiguous to and forked at middle, distant from

costal and claval suture, interior basal cell with clavus vitreous occupying three-fourths width of

tegmina, space between longitudinal veins and costa coriaceous, opaque, punctate; one discoidal

cell between forks of ulnar vein, five apical cells, the vein between the first and second apical cells

rarely deficient; wings with three apical cells, second apical cell truncate. Legs simple. The

tegmina are largely covered by pronotum. »

Tyne variegata Goding.

Geographical distribution : Known only from Ecuador and represented by the following

species :

r1. variegata Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 280 (1926). Ecuador.

2. viridis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 280 (1926). Ecuador.

156 HOMOPTERA

132. GENUS MENDICEA GODING

Mendicea Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 279 (1926).

Characters : Another genus erected by Goding to accommodate a single Ecuadorian species.

Itis apparently very close to the preceding genus, differing chiefly in the fact that the longitudinal veins

of the corium do not coalesce near the middle of the tegmina. The type species is the only one in the

genus. We have not seen this species and while Goding, following his usual custom, does not figure

the insect, so that we are unable to provide a Plate Figure for Mendicea, his description is quite full

and should be sufficient for the recognition of the genus. — The original description is as follows :

« Head triangular, twice broader between the eyes than long, flat, strongly reclined toward

apex which is obtusely angulate, base straight; eyes rather small; ocelli slightly nearer eyes; base

of vertex briefly trisulcate, median sulcus the longer.

» Pronotum convex, depressed anteriorly; base of metopidium strongly depressed and

almost horizontal, then suddenly sloping upward and backward to summit, its base with a short,

horizontal carina each side in front of a short sulcus; median carina percurrent, strong especially

posteriorly, and several (six in type) smooth lateral carinae extending from near base to apex,

between them strongly and distinctly punctured; humerals barely evident, but acute; posterior

process convex, a transverse depression at base which extends to lateral margins, thereafter arcu-

ate and very lightly elevated at middle, posterior half tectiform, seen from above strongly sinuate

at base, then lightly dilated and gradually acuminate to the acute apex which is as long as tegmina.

» Tegmina almost completely covered by sides of pronotum, colorless vitreous ; corium

emitting two longitudinal veins from base, contiguous but not united for half their length, distant

Írom costa the space between coriaceous, opaque and punctured, radial vein forked at middle

enclosing the small only discoidal cell, ulnar vein simple not forked, fourth apical cell and inte-

rior basal cell with clavus occupying three-fourths of width of tegmina; one discoidal and four

apical cells, free apical margin rather broad; wings with three apical cells, second cell sessile

base truncate.

» Legs slender, with three or four spines in exterior angle, tarsi equal. »

Tyne scaphoidea Goding.

Geographical distribution : The single species from Ecuador is the only representative of

the genus.

1. scaphoidea Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 279 (1926). Ecuador.

133. GENUS APHETEA FOWLER

Aphetea Fowler, B. C. A. I1 : 95 (1895).

Characters : A genus of small, inconspicuous insects with low, rounded pronotum which

covers about half of the tegmina and a tectiform posterior process just about equalling in length the

tegmina. Head subquadrate, twice as wide as high; base weakly sinuate; eyes small and ovate; ocelli

very small, inconspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz strongly sinuate; clypeus much deflexed,

extending for half itslength below inferior margins of gene. | Pronotum convex, highest behind middle;

dorsum rounded, usually depressed before middle; metopidium sloping, wider than high ; median carina

percurrent; humeral angles small and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate but not carinate, hollowed

SUV NÉS

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 157

out just behind humerals, extended downward to cover at least half of the tegmina; posterior process

strong, heavy, tectiform, gradually acute, reaching just to tips of tegmina. "Tegmina hyaline; somewhat

less than half exposed ; base and basal costal area coriaceous and punctate; five apical cells; no discoidal

cell; apical limbus very narrow. — Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type conspicua Fowler.

Geographical distribution : A genus of South and Central America. Although only five

species have been described in this genus with a rather limited distribution, we believe that 4^/Zefea is

much larger and more widely distributed than the records would indicate, for we have seen at different

times large amounts of undetermined material of this genus which when described will certainly extend

its size and range. We believe that the fact that these insects are so small and inconspicuous has caused

them to be generally overlooked. The five described species are as follows :

I. affinis Haviland, Zoologica VI: 3. 252 (1925). British Guiana, Peru.

2. bicolor Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 280 (1926). Ecuador.

3. inconspicua Fowler, B. C. A. II : 95. 1 (1895). — PI. 8, fig. 1 1G. Guatemala, Trinidad.

. maculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 163 (1927). Peru.

Un RR

. functata Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U. S. S. R. XXVIII : 145 Brazil.

(1927).

134. GENUS PHORMOPHORA STÀL

Phormophora Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 28 (1869).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but distinguished by the two discoidal

cells of the tegmina and the fact that the dorsum is usually distinctly depressed before the middle.

Head subquadrate, twice as wide as high; base regularly sinuate; eyes small and globular; ocelli

small; inconspicuous, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus strongly deflexed, extending for half its length

below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum low, convex, highest behind middle; dorsum depressed

before middle; metopidium straight, wider than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles small

and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate but not carinate, hollowed out behind humerals, extended

downward to cover over half of the tegmina; posterior process heavy, tectiform, acute, just reaching

the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline, clouded or semiopaque; less than half exposed; base coriaceous and

punctate; five apical and two or more discoidal cells; apical limbus very narrow. | Legs simple; all tarsi

about equal in length.

Type nauxa Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : A Central and South American genus with the following

described species :

I. dorsata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 31. 18 (1803). Brazil, Ecuador.

. luteostrigata Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 139 (1928). Ecuador.

3. maura Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 3o. 16 (1803). — PI. 8, fig. 117. Ecuador, Brazil, Peru.

4. spreta Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXV : 2. 170 (1927). Jamaica.

158 HOMOPTERA

GENERA OF THE TRIBE ACUTALINI (TRIBUS NOVUS)

I. Corium with five apical cells

A. Corium wilhoul discoidal cells... 2 d oo ids su 8o o NCUTALIS "Fairmaire.

B. Corium with discoidal cells

1. Corium with one discoidal cell... . . . . . . . . . . — TnRAsYMEDES Kirkaldy.

2. Corium with two discoidalcells . . . . . . . . . . . Eumrrsa Stál.

II, Corium tilh four apical cells... o os ox ooo o v oce c CMICRUTATDIS: Fowler

135. GENUS ACUTALIS FAIRMAIRE

Acutalis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 496 (1846).

Characters : Small insects with triangular or elongate bodies, convex, unarmed pronotum,

tegmina entirely free with distinct venation and showing five apical and no discoidal cells. Head sub-

quadrate, twice as wide as high, smooth, convex; base nearly straight; eyes globular; ocelli small but

conspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz smoothly and lightly sinuate; clypeus much deflexed, extend-

ing for half its length below inferior margins of gena. Pronotum low, convex, without processes;

dorsum nearly straight; metopidium sloping, wider than high; no median carina; humeral angles weak

and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged and impinging on tegmina; posterior process

long, flattened, acute, tip often depressed and reaching beyond internal angles but not to the tips of the

tegmina. "Tegmina hyaline or semiopaque; base weakly punctate; veins strong; five apical cells; no

discoidal cell; apicallimbus broad. Hind wings with median apical cell sessile and truncate at base.

Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne fusconervosa Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : This genus is found in most parts of North America, Mexico,

Central America and South America and while the number of species is not large, the individuals are

often very abundant.

I. bigullula Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 498. 8 (1846). Brazil, Colombia.

2. flaviventris Lethierry, Ann. Ent. Soc. France IV : 154 (1890). Venezuela.

3. flavozonata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 497. 2 (1846). Brazil, Peru.

4. fusconervosa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 498. 6 (1846) Colombia, Mexico, Guate-

mala, Nicaragua, Panama.

5. geniculata Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 32. 2 (1858). Brazil.

6. inornatla. Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XVII : 119 (1905). Southeastern U. S.

7. litterata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 498. 9 (1846). Colombia.

8. lucidus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 177 (1903). Bolivia.

9. modesta Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 32. 5 (1858). Brazil.

Io. migrinervis Fowler. B. C. A. II : 114. 2 (1895). Mexico.

rr. flagiata Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 32. 1 (1858). Brazil.

I2. semicrema Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI : 242. 2 (1820). — . Canada, United States.

PI. 8, fig. 118.

anticonigra Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 498. 7 (1846).

brunnea. Provancher, Nat. Can. IV : 320 (1872).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 159

13. semipallida Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 32. 3 (1858). Brazil.

14. lariarea Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. VI : 242. 1 (1830). United States, Canada.

15. terminalis Walker, Ins. Saund. 76 (1858). Brazil, Peru, Colombia.

136. GENUS THRASYMEDES KIRKALDY

Thrasymedes (nom. nov.) Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Phacusa (preoccupied) Stál, Hem, Mex. 72 (1864).

Characters : Medium sized, elongate insects with low, convex, unarmed pronotum, triangular

head, tegmina entirely free and showing five apical cells and one discoidal cell. Head triangular. very

roughly sculptured; base arcuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from

each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gena weakly sinuate; clypeus swollen, distended, extending for one-third its length below

inferior margins of gena. Pronotum low, convex, unarmed ; dorsum straight; metopidium sloping,

wider than high: median carina obsolete; humeral angles weak and rounded; sides of pronotum punc-

tate but not ridged, slightly impressed behind humerals; posterior process slender, convex, apex sharp

and reaching just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina. Tegmina entirely exposed ; hyaline; five

apicalcells; one discoidal cell; apicallimbus broad. Hind wings with median apical cell truncate at

base. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type /avomarginata Stàl.

Geographical distribution : 7/rasymedes is found in Mexico, Central America and South

America, where several species are quite abundant, but has not been reported north of Mexico. "The

described species are as follows :

1. dubia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 112. 5 (1895). Guatemala, Panama.

2. flavomarginata Stàl, Hem. Mex. 72. 436 (1864). Mexico, Costa Rica.

3. liniola Walker, List. Hom. B. M. Suppl. 146 (1858). — Pl. 8, — Mexico, Ecuador, Colombia.

fig. 1 19.

4. major Fowler, B. C, A. I1: 111. 3 (1895). Guatemala, Costa Rica,

Mexico.

5. nigricosta Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 109 (1926). Ecuador.

6. fallesceus Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 247. 1 (1869). Mexico, Honduras, Colombia,

Brazil, Ecuador, Peru.

7. variata Fowler, B. C. A. II : 111. 4 (1895). Mexico, Guatemala.

137. GENUS EURITEA STAÀL

Euritea Stál, Bid. Hem. Syst. 552 (1867).

Characters ; Near the preceding genus but distinguished particularly by the fact that there

are at least two complete discoidal cells in the tegmina. Head subovate, roughly sculptured; base

arcuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli large, prominent, elevated, equidistant from each other and

from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena rounded:

clypeus with tip rounded and extending very little below the inferior margins of the genz to carry out the

semicircular apical outline of the face made by the gene. — Pronotum low, weakly convex, unarmed;

160 HOMOPTERA

dorsum straight; metopidium sloping, wider than high; median carina obsolete; humeral angles weak

and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate but not ridged, distinctly impressed behind humerals;

posterior process slender, subtriangular in section, very acute, extending beyond the abdomen and

beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not reaching the tips of the tegmina. Tegmina entirely

exposed; hyaline; veins strong, curved and irregular; base, especially the claval area, distinctly

coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs simple,

subcylindrical; hind tarsi much longer than either of the other two pairs.

Tyne fersonata Siàl.

Geographical distribution ; This genus seems to have about the same range as Trasymedes,

being found in Mexico, Central America and South America but not reported from the United States.

I. albifasciata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXX :24 (1922). — Brazil.

P1::B, fig. 1.20:

2. capitata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 175 (1903). Ecuador.

3. darnoides Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 140 (1858). Brazil.

4. fasciata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 175 (1903). Unknown.

5. munda Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 152 (1858). Mexico, Guatemala.

nigripes Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 248. 3 (1869).

6. personata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 247. 2 (1869). Colombia, Mexico.

138. GENUS MICRUTALIS FOWLER

Micrutalis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 116 (1895).

Characters : Small inconspicuous insects with subtriangular bodies, free tegmina with indis-

tinct venation but showing four apical cells in the corium. The genus has often been confused with

Acutalis and the synonymy of some of the species of both genera is still somewhat in doubt, but the

smaller size, very indistinct venation, and the four apical cells of the tegmina should be sufficient to

enable Micrutalis to be distinguished.

Head subquadrate, smooth, convex, twice as broad as high; base feebly sinuate; eyes globular;

ocelli small, inconspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated well above a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene rounded ; clypeus extending for half its length

below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum low, roundly flattened, triangular as seen from above; no

dorsal processes of any kind; metopidium sloping, wider than high; no median carina ; humeral angles

weak and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate but not carinate; posterior process flattened, gradually

acute, reaching just about to the internal angles of the tegmina. ^ Tegmina entirely exposed; hyaline or

semiopaque; veins indistinct; four apical cells; no discoidal cell; apical limbus broad. Hind wings

with three apical cells, the median apical cell truncate at the base. Legs simple, subcylindrical; all

tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne ephippium Burmeister.

Geographical distribution : Micrutalis is a large genus with its species widely distributed over

the entire New World as is indicated by the following list :

1. albivitta Fowler, B. C. A. II : 121. 11 (1895). Mexico.

2. aficalis Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 52. 3 (1893). West Indies.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. atrovena Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 22 (1930).

. balieata Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 496. 1 (1846).

ballista (sic) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 219. 25 (1903).

5. bella Goding, S. A. Memb. 293 (1929).

LI:

12.

13;

14.

I5:

16.

18.

19.

20.

23.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27:

28.

29.

. callangeusis Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 22 (1930).

. calva Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. V : 242 (1831).

melanogramma Perty, Del. An. Art. Pl. 35, fig. 10 (1834).

flavipennis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 240 (1835).

illinoiensis Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 53 (1893).

. chapadensis Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 23 (1930).

. discalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 154 (1858).

. dorsalis Fitch, Cat. Ins. N. Y. 52 (1851).

dubia Fowler, B. C. A. II : 119. 8 (1895).

ephibpbium Burmeister, Rev. Silb. IV : 19r. 13 (1836). — PI. 8,

fig. 121.

ferruginea Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 493. 3 (1846).

binaria Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 497. 3 (1846).

moesta Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 35. 8 (1858).

biplaga Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 5. 318 (1862).

variabilis Berg, Ann. Soc. Cien. Arg. XVI : 244. 302 (1883).

var. : mutibilis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 117 (1895).

flava Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 168 (1929).

lata Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 22 (1930).

lugubrina Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II: 32. 6 (1858).

var. : farallela Fowler, B. C. A. II : 120 (1895).

nalleifera Fowler, B. C. A. II : 118. 5 (1895).

minutus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 178 (1903).

nigrolineata Stà], Hem. Mex. 72. 437 (1864).

notatipennis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 119. 7 (1895).

occidentalis Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 429. 97 (1894).

binotata Goding. Cat. Memb. N. A 43o. 99 (1894).

fallens Fowler, B. C. A, II: 118. 4 (1895).

arva Goding, Cat. Memb. N. A. 429. 98 (1894).

punctifera Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 153 (1858).

stipulipennis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 178 (1903).

tartaredoides Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 22 (1930).

tau Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 23 (1930).

lrifurcata Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 53. 2 (1893).

viridicollis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 118. 6 (1895).

zeleki Goding, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXIII : 139 (1928).

161

Costa Rica.

Colombia, Panama, QGuate-

mala, Peru.

Ecuador.

Péru

United States, Canada.

Brazil.

Mexico.

United States, Canada.

Panama.

Colombia, Nicaragua, Guate-

mala, Mexico, Argentina,

Brazil, British Guiana, Ca-

nal Zone, Peru.

Utah.

Peru.

Brazil, Panama, Mexico, Gua-

temala.

Mexico.

Ecuador.

Mexico.

Western U. S.

Mexico, Guatemala, Yucatan.

Western U. S.

Brazil.

Unknown.

Bolivia.

Peru.

West Indies.

Panama.

162 HOMOPTERA

SuBr. CENTROTINZE SPiNoLA

The subfamily Centrotinz is the largest of all of the subfamilies of the Membracida. It contains

more genera, more species, and probably more individuals than all of the other subfamilies combined.

Apparently it is the only subfamily represented in the Old World. Occasionally a species from

Europe, Asia or Africa has been described and assigned to a genus in some other subfamily but in each

instance dissection has proven that the insect has a complete and well developed scutellum even though

it may be entirely hidden. The New World Centrotinz, while represented by a considerable number of

genera, are not nearly so conspicuous nor so abundant as are the New World species of the other sub-

families, They are usually smaller in size, less foliaceous and bizarre in appearance, and their

numbers must be comparatively few, as they are seldom collected and are always meage:rly represented

in collections.

The Centrotine may be very definitely divided into New World and Old World forms. Not a

single genus has yet been found which is common to both the eastern and the western hemisphere except

in the case of a few species which are known to have been introduced on shipments of plants. While

the new World and the Old World forms are undoubtedly closely related, both their natural structures

and the somewhat more artificial characters which are often a convenience in constructing taxonomic

keys, are remarkably distinct.

Therefore it is both natural and convenient to subdivide the Centrotinz into the two great geo-

graqhical groups as we are here doing in arranging the genera. Such an arrangement greatly simpli-

fies the identification of tribes and genera, and until and unless cosmopolitan forms are discovered, it

should prove entirely satisfactory.

TRIBES OF THE NEW WORLD CENTROTINZE

I. Pronotum without a posterior process... . . . . 0.0. s s s s . ABELINI Tribus novus.

II. Pronotum with a posterior process

A. Clavus gradually acuminate from base lo apex... . . . . . . . AcuMrarINI Goding.

B. Margins of clavus parallel or nearly so... . . . . . . . . . . HzsnzsiNI Goding.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE ABELINI (TRIBUS NOVUS)

I. Apex of clavus obtuse and nearly truncate .— 4 0. 0... . . . . ABELUS Stál.

Il. Apex of clavus acuminate

A. Base of head not tuberculate

I. Head triangular ; tegmina coriaceous .— 4... . . . . . .— SricropgPsa Stál.

2. Head subquadrate; tegmina hyaline ... . . . . . . . . . . ScyvropsPsa Stál.

B. Base of head sulcate in middle; tuberculate on each side

1. Hind wings with two apical cells ; bronotum unarmed. .— .— . . . . TRoPrDasPrs Stál.

2. Hind wings with four apical cells

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 163

a. Pronotum unarmed

b. Corium with seven or more apical cells .. . . . . . . . . NicoMia Stil.

bb. Corium with not more than five apical cells

c. Corium with four apical cells and no discoidal cells. . . . Ewpoiasrus Fowler.

cc. Corium with five apical cells

d. Base of head bearing long, horizontal horns... . . . MmrwA Walker.

dd. Base of head unarmed

e. Crest of scutellum low... . . . . . . . . Lornynasers Stál.

ee. Crest of scutellum elevated into an erect horn... . . GERRIDIUS Fowler.

aa. Pronolum wilh erect processes or with suprahumeral horns

b. Pronotum without suprahumerals

c. An erect horn on the jronotum and another on the sculellum . . LAMPROPTERA Germar.

cc. A single elevation on the pronotum

d. Pronotum bearing a porrect horn... . . .. . . . OnrkrüEN Funkhouser.

dd. Pronotum with a crest only. . . . . . . . . . Mznuizopzenzs Blanchard.

bb. P»ronolum wilh subrahumerals 4 4 2 0. s s s s TOLANIA Stál.

139. GENUS ABELUS STÁL

Abelus Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 294 (1869).

Characters : Diminutive insects distinguished at once by the lack ot a posterior process and

the fact that the posterior end of the clavus is broad and obtuse. Head subquadrate, much broader than

high; base straight; eyes large and globular ; ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from

the eyes and situated high up near the basal margin of the head; inferior margins of gene nearly straight ;

clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum convex, without pro-

cesses; metopidium vertical, convex, about as wide as high; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral

angles strong, rounded, blunt; no posterior process; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, flat, tip

weakly bifid. "Tegmina entirely exposed: hyaline with the base coriaceous and punctate; veins strong ;

five apical and three discoidal cells; apical limbus broad on anal margin. Legs simple, very slender;

hind tarsi longest.

Type luctuosus Stàl.

Geographical distribution : The two described species are both from South America.

1. 2nermis Lethierry, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. 155 (1890). Venezuela.

2. luctuosus Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 294. 1 (1869). — Pl. 9, fig. 122. Colombia.

14O. GENUS STICTODEPSA STAL

Stictodepsa Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 58 (1869).

Characters : A monotypic genus erected by Stál to accommodate the Fabrician species /uscata

characterized particularly by the triangular head and opaque tegmina and lacking a posterior process.

Note : Walker's genus Narnia has been placed in this tribe, but the type of this genus is apparently a cercopid.

164 HOMOPTERA

We have not seen the single species of this genus and it has never been figured. Stál's description of

the genus, however, is full and complete and should suffice for its recognition. The original description

is as follows :

« Corpus parvum, elongatum, valde subcylindricum, convexum. — Caput ante oculos pro-

ductum, sensim angustatum, apice rotundato-truncatum et medio leviter incisum, sulco distincto

percurrente longitudinali instructum; facie convexiuscula, supra medium sulco longitudinali in-

structa; fronte apice biimpressa; genis ultra basin lororum haud longe extensis, margine medio

sinuatis, lateribus partia productze anteocularis capitus convexis, in faciem et partem sursum ver-

gentem sensim transientibus. Ocelli in margine capitis ante oculos positi et ad hos valde appro-

pinquati, distinctissimi. Antennz infra oculos et in medio laterum faciei inserte. Thorax que

longus ac posterius latus, valde convexus, antrosum sensim nonnihil convexo-declivis, sexangu-

laris, carina percurrente distincta media instructus, prope basin latissimus, antrorsum nonnihil

angustatus, apice rotundatus, lateribus convexis, obtusissimis, in prostethium sensim transientibus,

marginibus basali et lateralibus posticus zeque longis, marginibus lateralibus anticis longissimis.

Scutellum multo longius quam latius, acute triangulare, carina longitudinali instructum. Teg-

mina coriacea, oblonga, apice rotundata, apicem abdominis attingentia, opaca, venis obsoletis.

Pedes breves; tibiis teretibus, inermibus, non nisi brevissime obsoletissimque setulosis vel

pilosulis. »

Type fuscata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : The habitat of the lone representative of the genus is indicated

merely as « America meridionalis » with no definite locality given.

I. fuscata. Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 68. 31 (1803). South America.

141. GENUS SCYTODEPSA STAÀL

Scytodepsa Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 57 (1869).

Characters :; Tiny, inconspicuous insects, distinguished from those of the preceding genus by

the subquadrate head and the hyaline tegmina. Head subquadrangular, about as broad as high,

trilobed at the apex; base straight; eyes small, flattened; ocelli large, conspicuous, located in the upper

outside corners of the head, very near the eyes and close to the basal margin; inferior margins of

gencz rounded and protruding to produce with the clypeus the trilobed apical outline of the face; clypeus

extending for one-third its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum convex, without pro-

cesses; metopidium straight, about as wide as high, deeply impressed on each side to produce a

trilobed appearance; median carina strongly and sharply percurrent; humeral angles strong, swollen,

rounded, blunt; no posterior process; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, tectiform, sharply carinate

above, tip acute. Tegmina entirely free; hyaline or translucent; broadly rounded at apex ; five apical :

cells; no discoidal cells; no apicallimbus. Legs simple, very slender; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type exigua Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : This seems to be a strictly South American genus with the

distribution of the three known species as follows :

I. exigua Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 23. 36 (1803). — PI. 9, fig. 123. Brazil, Argentina.

2. magna Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 889. 104 (1926). Ecuador.

3. tricarinata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 2. 163 (1927). Peru.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 165

142. GENUS TROPIDASPIS STAL

Tropidaspis Stàl, Hem. Fabr. II : 56 (1869).

Characters : Small. elongate insects with a bituberculate head, no posterior process, convex

unarmed pronotum, highly elevated scutellum and with only two apical cells in the hind wings. Head

subquadrate, roughly sculptured, slightly broader than high; base highly elevated and bearing two

large rounded lobes, deeply sulcate between ; eyes large and globular; ocelli large, prominent, situated in

extreme upper outer corners of the head at the lateral bases of the basal lobes; inferior margins of genc

very short and straight; clypeus very broad, flattened, expanded and foliaceous, extending for at least

three-fourths its length below inferior margins of genae, tip broadly rounded. Pronotum convex,

without processes of any kind; extended downward in a flat plate behind the eyes; metopidium sloping,

broader than high; median carina distinctly percurrent; humeral angles broad, greatly produced, round-

ed, blunt; scutellum highly elevated, tectiform, strongly and sharply carinate, triangular, about twice

as long as its width at base, base swollen, tip gradually acuminate and extending just to the internal

angles of the tegmina. Tegmina hyaline; tips broadly rounded; base coriaceous and punctate; veins

strong and heavy; both corium and clavus entirely exposed; apical portion of clavus gradually acute;

five apical and no discoidal cells; no apical limbus. Hind wings with only two apical cells and no dis-

coidal cells. Legs simple, femora cylindrical, tibize angulate, hind tarsi longest and sometimes bearing

accessory lateral spines.

Type carinata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : Tvo/idafsis seems to have a rather wide distribution in Central

and south America as follows :

I. affinis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 169. 1 (1897). Panama, Trinidad, West In-

dies.

2. carinata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 21. 29 (1803). — PI. 9, fig. 124. — Brazil, Peru, British Guiana.

3. cornuta. Haviland, Zoologica VI: 3. 261 (1925). British Guiana.

4. Jubata Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 889. 104 (1926). Ecuador.

5. minor Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 259 (1925). British Guiana, Ecuador.

6. truncaticoruis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXV : 187 (1927). Dutch Guiana, British Guiana,

Brazil, Panama, Guatemala.

143. GENUS NICOMIA STAL

Nicomia Stál, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. XXIV : 249 (1858).

Characters : Small, inconspicuous insects without a posterior process, with a convex unarmed

pronotum and characterized particularly by the large number of irregular cells in the tegmina of which

seven or more are on the apical margin. Head subquadrate, wider than high, somewhat deflexed; base

bituberculate, notched in middle; eyes large, prominent, globular; ocelli small, much farther from each

other than from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

genz straight; clypeus extending for about half its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum

convex, without processes of any kind; metopidium sloping, wider than high ; median carina percurrent;

humeral angles prominent, rounded, blunt; posterior end of pronotum truncate and then slightly pro-

166 HOMOPTERA

duced on each side of the scutellum; scutellum elongate, narrowing toward the apex which is obtuse or

truncate. Tegmina entirely exposed; hyaline; veins strong; seven or more apical cells and two discoidal

cells; apical limbus obsolete. Legs simple; tibiz triquerate; tarsi about equal in length.

Type lemuiscata Stàl.

Geographical distribution : A small genus with a limited distribution in the northern part of

South America.

I. cicadoides Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 317 (1862). Brazil.

2. interrupta Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 249. 2 (1858). Brazil.

3. lemniscata Stál, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 249. 1 (1858). Brazil.

4. obliqua Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 341 (1858). Brazil, Venezuela.

5. retrospina. Lethierry, Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. XVI : 155. 57 (1890). Venezuela.

6. subfasciata Stàl, Otv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 249. 3 (1858). Brazil, Venezuela.

144. GENUS ENDOIASTUS FOWLER

Endoiastus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 168 (1896).

Characters : Small, delicate, fragile insects with no posterior process, convex unarmed prono-

tum, strongly sulcate head and with semiopaque tegmina showing four apical and no discoidal cells.

Head subquadrate, about as broad as high but with the length apparently exaggerated due to the basal

lobes and the large clypeus; base elevated into two large lobes, deeply notched between; eyes small, later-

ally flattened; ocelli very small. inconspicuous, situated in the upper corners of the head, very close to

the base and to the eyes; inferior margins of genz short and straight; antennze unusually well developed,

inserted below and slightly in front of the eyes; clypeus broad, expanded, extending for three-fourths its

length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum convex, without processes of any kind, strongly

keeled; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; scutellum entirely

exposed, triangular, a little longer than thebreadth at the base, base convex, apex flat, very weakly cari-

nate. Tegmina coriaceous, semiopaque, broadly rounded at tips; four apical and no discoidal cells; no

apicallimbus. Legs simple, very slender; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type caviceps Fowler.

Geographical distribution ; Represented by two species, both apparently quite rare.

1. cayicebs Fowler, B. C. A. II : 168. r (1896). — Pl. 9, fig. 125. Guatemala, Nicaragua, Ecua-

dor.

2. productus Osborn, Zoologica III : 233 (1921). British Guiana.

145. GENUS MINA WALKER

Mina Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 165 (1858).

Characters : Curious little Centroting without posterior process, with convex unarmed prono-

tum, tegmina with five apical cells, and distinguished particularly by the horizontal extensions on the

base of the head — Head subquadrate, broader than high; base elevated and bearing long horizontal

horns; eyes large and globular; ocelli large, conspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 167

situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded; clypeus broad,

flattened, subfoliaceous, extending for three-fourths its length below inferior margins of gena. Prono-

tum convex, without processes; metopidium sloping, about as broad as high; no median carina ; humeral

angles weak and rounded; scutellum entirely exposed, swollen at base, acuminate or spinelike at tip,

strongly carinate. Tegmina hyaline; entirely free; tips broadly rounded; five apical and two discoidal

cells; apical limbus extremely narrow. Hind wings with four apical cells and one discoidal cell. Legs

simple, hind legs much longer than the others; hind tarsi longest.

Type aliena Walker.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from tropical South America.

I. aliena. Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 165 (1858). Brazil.

2. spinosa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII:4.409(1930). Ecuador.

— PI. 9, fig. 126. :

3. stylata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 21:2 (1903). Brazil.

146. GENUS LOPHYRASPIS STÀL

Lophyraspis Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 55 (1869).

Characters : Close to the preceding genus but distinguished by the unarmed head, and differ-

ing from the following genus (Gerridius), with which it has often been confused, by the absence of the

erect horn on the scutellum. Head subquadrangular, about as broad as high; base strongly arcuate;

eyes large, globular; ocelli much farther from each other than from the eyes and situated well above a

line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded ; clypeus broad and flattened and

extending for at least half its length below the inferior margins of the gene. Pronotum roundly convex,

without processes of any kind; metopidium sloping, about as wide as high ; median carina percurrent;

humeral angles small and rounded ; scutellum triangular, longer than its width at base, strongly carinate

above, acuteattip. Tegmina hyaline; entirely exposed ; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus

obsolete. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type vitiata Olivier.

Geographical distribution : A South American genus represented by the following species :

I. farvimosca Stoll, Nat. Cicad. 63 (1780). Venezuela.

2. pPigmea Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 44. 57 (1803). Dutch Guiana, British Guiana.

3. scutellata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 44. 58 (1803). Brazil.

4. vitiata Olivier, Enc. Meth. V : 762. 65 (1790). Brazil, Colombia.

147. GENUS GERRIDIUS FOWLER

Gerridius Fowler, B. C. A. II : 165 (1896).

Characters : We have previously (Funkhouser r927) considered this genus a synonym of

Lophyraspis but we are now convinced that the two genera are distinct ; the chief difference being that in

Stál's genus the scutellum is merely strongly carinate while in Gerridius the scutellum is developed into

a high, flattened horn. The specimens of Gerridius which we have seen are small, with unarmed prono-

168 HOMOPTERA

tum and with enormously long hind legs. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base elevated,

thin, sinuate, margin depressed in middle; eyes globular, slightly flattened laterally; ocelli large, con-

spicuous, somewhat elevated, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated about on a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz straight; clypeus broad, flattened, subfolia-

ceous, extending for three-fourths its length below inferior margins of genz. — Pronotum convex, without

processes of any kind; metopidium sloping, broader than high; no median carina; humeral angles

obtuse, rounded ; posterior half of scutellum elevated into a high, erect, laterally flattened horn which is

more than twice as high as broad, with thin flattened anterior and posterior margins. Tegmina hyaline

with strong veins; tips broadly rounded; interior claval area coriaceous and punctate; five apical and

two discoidal cells; no apicallimbus. Legs simple, very slender; hind legs at least twice as long as

either of the other pairs; femora cylindrical, tibi angular in cross section ; hind tarsi much the longest.

Type sculellatus Fowler.

Geographical distribution : This genus is found in both South and Central America but is

represented by only three described species.

I. abbreviatus Baker, Can. Ent. XXXIX : r14 (1907). Nicaragua.

2. armata Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 262 (1925). British Guiana.

3. scutellatus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 166. 1 (1896). — Pl. 9, fig. 127. Panama, British Guiana, Ec-

fowleri Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 261 (1895;. uador.

148. GENUS LAMPROPTERA GERMAR

Lamproptera Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 261 (1835).

Characters : This genus represents a division of the Abelini in which the insects have a single

horn on the pronotum, and Lamfroftera is particularly distinguished by having not only a long sharp

horn on the pronotal disc but another on the scutellum. Head with clypeus triangular; base highly

elevated, bituberculate, weakly sulcate between the two lobes; eyes small and globular; ocelli small,

inconspicuous, more than twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated high up on the

head, about on a line drawn through the upper margins of the eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping

and sinuate; clypeus very large, broad, flattened, extending for three-fourths its length below the inferior

margins of the genz, tip long and triangular, giving the face a distinctly triangular outline. Pronotum

convex and bearing a single, long, erect, sharp, laterally flattened dorsal horn which is twice as high

as its width at the base and has the anterior and posterior margins thin and sharp; metopidium vertical,

broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles weak and rounded; scutellum entirely

exposed and bearing a sharp erect dorsal horn, almost exactly the same in shape and general appearance

as that on the pronotum but considerably longer. Tegmina entirely free; hyaline with strong, colored

veins; very broad; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; tips broadly rounded; five apical and two

discoidal cells; no apicallimbus. Legs simple and very slender; femora cylindrical, tibiz triquerate;

hind legs very much longer than the others and hind tarsi more than twice as long as either of the

other two pairs.

Tyne cafreolus Germar.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from South America and in the case

of the three Fabrician species the particular localities are not recorded.

I. cafreolus Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 33 (1821). Brazil.

capra (error) Burmeister, Hand. Ent. II : 131. 1 (1835).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 169

2. crislala Stàl, Hem. Fabr. II : 56 (1869). — PI. 9, fig. 128. British Guiana.

3. muscaria Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 44. 60 (1803). South America.

4. bygmea Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng 44. 57 (1803). South America.

5. scutellata Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 44. 58 (1803). South America.

6. vacca Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 34. 6 (1821). Brazil.

149. GENUS OREKTHEN FUNKHOUSER

Orekthen Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 406 (1930).

Characters : Very small, inconspicuous insects having a stout porrect horn on the pronotum

but with the scutellum unarmed. Head vertical, subquadrate, roughly sculptured, broader than high;

base arcuate and without lobes; eyes large and globular; ocelli large, conspicuous, slightly elevated,

nearly twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of genz strongly sloping downward and feebly sinuate;clypeus long and narrow,

extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum extended forward and upward

into a stout heavy horn with rounded tip; metopidium projecting slightly forward over the head, triangu-

lar; median carina percurrent; humeral angles strong and blunt; scutellum entirely exposed, unarmed,

triangular, base swollen, tip acuminate and just reaching the internal angles of the tegmina. ^ Tegmina

Íree; corium hyaline with strong punctate veins; clavus entirely coriaceous and punctate; tips of tegmina

broadly rounded ; five apical and two discoidal cells; no apicallimbus. Legs simple, very slender; all

tarsi about equal in length.

Type osborni Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : The three described species of Ove&then are all from the extreme

southern part of South America.

1. darwini Funkhouser, Ent. News XLV : 8. 203 (1934). Chiloé Island.

2. osborni Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 407 (1930). Chile.

PI: 9;-fig.. 29:

3. variegata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 408 Chile.

(1930).

150. GENUS MELIZODERES BLANCHARD

Melizoderes Blanchard, Spin. Gay Hist. Chile 269 (1852).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but differing in having only a crest on the

pronotum rather than a stout horn and in having the tegmina strongly punctate on the basal half and

hyaline on the apical half. The insects are smallin size, slender and delicate in structure and inconspicu-

ous in appearance. Head slightly deflexed, subtriangular; base arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes

large and globular; ocelli prominent, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

on a line drawn through centers of eyes ; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for half its

length below inferior margins of genze and continuing the line made by these margins to give the trian-

gular outline to the face. Pronotum convex, elevated in a more or less pronounced crest; metopidium

swollen, triangular, projecting somewhat forward; median carina percurrent; humeral angles broad and

blunt; scutellum extirely exposed, unarmed, triangular, slightly longer than its width at base, base

170 HOMOPTERA

convex, apex acute. Tegmina free; basal half coriaceous and punctate; apical half hyaline; five apical -

and two discoidal cells; no apicallimbus. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type carinatus Blanchard.

Geographical distribution : The four known species are all from Chile.

. carinatus Blanchard, Gay Hist. Chile 269 (1852). — Pl. 9, fig. 130. Chile.

2. cuneata. Butler, Cist. Ent. II : 212 (1881). Chile.

3. dohrni Signoret, Ann. Ent. Soc. France III : 584 (1863). Chile.

4. gayi Blanchard, Gay Hist. Chile 286 (1852). Chile.

151. GENUS TOLANIA STAL

Tolania Stál, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. XXIV : 248 (1858).

Characters : This genus is distinguished by having suprahumeral horns but no posterior

process. Itis the only genus in the New World having this curious combination of characters. The

insects are among the largest of the New World Centrotinz, with robust bodies and long tegmina.

Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base sinuate, depressed in the middle; eyes large, ovate,

protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated below

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene straight, sloping downward and inward;

clypeus indistinctly trilobed, the median lobe extending for half the length of the clypeus below

the inferior margins of the genz.. Pronotum convex and bearing a pair of suprahumeral horns which

vary in length and in sharpness but are always prominent; metopidium vertical, broader than high;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles heavy and blunt; scutellum entirely exposed, subquadrate,

about twice as long as broad, swollen at base, flat on apical two-thirds, weakly carinate; tip blunt and

regularly rounded. Tegmina free; hyaline; base broadly coriaceous and punctate; tips rounded; veins

inclined to be spinose; seven apical and no discoidal cells; apical limbus very narrow. Legs simple;

femora cylindrical, tibize triquerous; hind legs longest.

Tyne semipellucida Stàl.

Geographical distribution : A genus with a limited number of species but rich in numbers of

individuals and widely distributed over Mexico, Central America and the northern part of South America.

1. armaía Stoll, Cigal. 9o (1780). Brazil, Colombia.

fraterna Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 37. 3. (1858).

2. crisíata Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 155. 55 (1890). Brazil.

3. fasciata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 1147 (1851). Brazil, Venezuela.

humilis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 161 (1858).

4. obscurus Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 258 (1835). Brazil.

felinus Germar, Rev, Silb. III : 259 (1835).

5. obtusa Fowler, B. C. A. II: 166 (1896). Guatemala, Panama, Yucatan,

Honduras.

6. opponens Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 159 (1858). — Pl. 9, Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

fig. 131 Yucatan, Brazil, British Gui-

ana.

Note : Two genera, Eustollia Goding and Williamsiana Goding, have been described and have appeared in the

literature of the family as belonging to the Tribe Abelini. Neither of these are Membracidz.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E I71

7. Bunctata Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 21:3 (1925). Cuba.

8. semifellucida Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. XXIV : 249 (1858). Brazil.

semilucida (error) Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 1 (1930).

9. scutata Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 36. 1 (1858). Brazil.

femoralis Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 37. 2 (1858).

10. wvalkeri (nom.nov.) Goding, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIV : 935 (1931). Brazil.

fasciatus (preoccupied) Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 161 (1858).

GENERA OF THE TRIBE ACUMINATINI GODING

I. Venation of tegmina irregular aud veticulate

A. Dorsum straight ; tibie slightly dilated .— .. . . . . . . . . . PosTANOMUS nom. nov.

B. Dorsum sinuate; tibie simple

I. Posterior process with two or three nodes ; unarmed above humeral angles. | CENTRODONTUS Goding.

2. Posterior process with a single arcuate elevation ; females with suprahum-

ial Morus. ocv Ay cod s eo 0€ oaov AT dc 4x. 0910s 1 b EEOGBNTEUS Vari. Duzée.

II. Venation of tegmina normal

A. Posterior process close to scutellum

I. Corium wilh five apical cells

a. Tibie dilated; corium with one discoidal cell

b. Pronotum gibbous and convex

CC OUNOISOFAR IPEA S Le I RD. Seid te d e US TUECAN TA UA Ls

cc. Suprahumerals present ...— . . . . . . . . . . FLEXOCENTRUS Goding.

bb. Pronotum elevated and compressed

c. Pronotum a large reticulated, inflated sac... . . . . QEpnA AmyotandServille.

cc. Pronotum not an tuflated vesicle

d. Pronotum elevated. auteriorly into a bilobed or dilated

DEDGESS TEC x D p etuacu s as MEI TISYCODERES! GIGDIDAT:

ddsePronofum leaf hke- - 4 cU E Sr CLE EOTEGASPIS Geha:

aa. Tibie simple; corium with two or more discoidal cells

b. Corium with two discoidal cells; tegmina hyaline . . . . . QGriscHROCENTRUS Fowler.

bb. Corium with three discoidal cells; tegmina semi-opaque

C. Posterior process very slender ; shorter than the abdomen... MicROCENTRUS Stál.

cc. Posterior process robust; as long as the abdomen... . . CENTRUCHOIDES Fowler.

2. Corium with four apical cells

a. Pronotum bearing elevated globular shines... . . . . . . BocvpiuM Latreille.

aa. Pronotal frocess not bearing inflated globules .— .— .. . . . . SrYroceNTRUS Stál.

B. Posterior process high above scutellum.

I. Posterior process irisbinost, 4. 0. 2 0. 0. 0... 4 4 «. SMERDALEA Fowler.

2. Posterior process with toothed elevated node... .. . . . . . . DowroNopus Funkhouser.

Note : Goding placed his genus Ewwalkería in this tribe but that genus belongs in the family ZEthalionidz.,

Likewise the genus Acazthícus Laporte has been included in this group, but this genus cannot stand since it was erected on

immature forms.

172 HOMOPTERA

152. GENUS POSTANOMUS NOM. NOV.

Postanomus (nom. nov.) Here proposed.

Anomus (preoccupied) Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 522 (1846).

Eteoneus (preoccupied) Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Characters : The insects of this genus stood for many years under Fairmaire's original name

« Anomus »; however, Kirkaldy in 1904 called attention to the fact that this name was preoccupied and

proposed the name « Eteoneus »; we now find that Distant in 1903 used « Eteoneus » for a genus of the

Tingitida and we are therefore proposing « Postanomus » as a new name.

The genus is characterized by the irregular and reticulate venation of the tegmina, the absence of

well developed suprahumerals, the straight dorsum and the slightly dilated tibiae. | Head subquadrate,

twice as broad as high; base arcuate; eyes large and ovate; ocelli not conspicuous, farther from each

other than from the eyes and situated somewhat above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gene sloping, nearly straight, thin and sharp; clypeus extending for half its length below the

inferior margins of the genae. — Pronotum convex, without suprahumerals but sometimes showing slight

tuberosities above the humeral angles; metopidium sloping,broader than high; median carina faint; sides

of pronotum ridged; dorsum straight; posterior process straight and impinging on tegmina; scutellum

narrowly exposed on eachside. Tegmina entirely exposed; subcoriaceous and punctate; venation very

irregular, showing at least three discoidal cells and a large number of small apical cells; apical limbus

very narrow. Legs short and slender; femora cylindrical, tibia somewhat flattened, subfoliaceous,

distinctly dentate ; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne veticulatus Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution ; Only two species have been described in this genus, both from

Brazil.

I. cornutulus Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 34. 1 (1858). Brazil.

2. reliculatus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 522. 1 (1846). : Brazil.

153. GENUS CENTRODONTUS GODING

Centrodontus Goding, Ent. News III : 201 (1892).

Tuberculocentrus Goding, Can. Ent. XXVII : 275 (1895).

Characters : Diminutive, inconspicuous insects, characterized by the reticulate tegmina,

sinuate dorsum, unarmed anterior rounded pronotum and short posterior process. Head subtriangular,

roughly sculptured, deflexed; base weakly and gradually sinuate and arcuate; eyes small and ovate;

ocelli large, conspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate and sloping ; clypeus blunt, extending for half

its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum convex, rounded, highest above humeral angles,

unarmed ; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles strong and

rounded ; sides of pronotum rough or tuberculate; posterior process not as long as the abdomen, dorsum

sinuate and subnodulate; tip acute and just reaching the internal angles of the tegmina. Tegmina

semi-opaque ; base broadly coriaceous; venation very irregular and reticulate; tips rounded; no apical

limbus. Legs simple; tarsi about equal in length.

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 173

Type atias Goding.

Geographical distribution ; The genus is known only from two American species both of which

are very abundant in the western and southwestern part of the United States,

1. adlas Goding, Ent. News III : rro (1892). — Pl. 9, fig. 132. Utah, New Mexico, Arizona,

California.

2. solus Goding, Can. Ent. XXXVII : 275 (1895). California.

154. GENUS TYLOCENTRUS VAN DUZEE

Tylocentrus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. r19 (1908).

Characters : This is a genus which, while very distinct, is difficult to place in a synoptic key

because of the fact that the males are usually unarmed while the females generally show well developed

suprahumeral horns. As has been mentioned in the descriptions of certain of the preceding genera and

as will be seen in some of the following genera, the suprahumeral horns in the Membracidz, while

among the most striking and quickly noted of all of the characters of the insects, are among the most

unreliable because of the variation within the species, as in the case of Tylocentrus, and because of the

gradation from one species and even from one genus to another as has been noted in Ceresa and

Stictocephala.

The insects representing Tylocentrus are small in size and irregular in general facies. Head

subquadrangular, twice as broad as high, roughly sculptured; base sinuate and arcuate; eyes large and

ovate; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated a little below a

line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate, horizontal, flanged, edges turned

outward; clypeus very long, subquadrate, extending for four-fifths its length below inferior margins

of genz, tip blunt. Pronotum convex, highest above humeral angles, usually armed with suprahumeral

horns in the female, unarmed in the male, size, length and sharpness of the horns very variable;

metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles heavy and blunt;

posterior process heavy, usually depressed at the base and strongly tectiform before apex which is

acute and extends a little beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum well exposed on each

side. Tegmina semi-opaque; base broadly coriaceous; venation very irregular and reticulate; tips

rounded; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; femora cylindrical, tibie triquerate; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne veticulatus Van Duzee.

Geographical distribution : The two species represented in Tylocentrus seem to have a rather

limited distribution in southwestern United States and northern Mexico.

I. quadricornis Funkhouser, Ent. News XXX : 8. 217 (1919). Arizona, Lower California,

Mexico.

2. reliculatus Van Duzee, Stud. N. A. Memb. i19 (1908). — PI. 9, Texas, Arizona, Utah, Nevada.

fig: 33.

felinus Goding, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. LII : 889. 165 (1926).

155. GENUS LIRANIA STAL

Lirania Stál, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 36 (1860).

Characters ; This genus, which is known only from the type species, is unknown to us and so

far as we know has never been recognized since its original description. It has been mentioned only

174 HOMOPTERA

three times in the literature of the family since Stál's publication of the Rio Janeiro paper and all of these

references are merely catalogue listings.

However, Stál's description is fairly complete and seems to indicate a distinct genus and we are

therefore accepting it on his authority. Stál considers Liramia as closely related to Lycoderes and. gives

the following description :

« Caput levissime subreclino-declivum, subtriangulare, apice inflexum, basi supra ocellos

tuberculis duobus instructum. Thorax anterius gibbus, supra scutellum utrimque valde sinuatus,

retrorsum processum angustum acutum, carina usque ad apicem thoracis antrorsum producta in-

structum, clavo nonnihil breviorem, emittente. Tegmina clavo areolis quattuor basalibus, unica

discoidali et quinque apicalibus, rhomboidalibus, instructo, Pedes mediocres, tibize triquetris,

utrimque leviter dilatatis. »

We have attempted to incorporate the above mentioned characters in our taxonomic key and

believe that they should be sufficient for the recognition of the genus.

Tyne éPituberculata Stàl.

Geographical distribution ; The single species of the genus is from South America.

I. biluberculata Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 36. 1 (1860). Brazil.

156. GENUS FLEXOCENTRUS GODING

Flexocentrus Goding, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LII : 106 (1926),

Characters : Medium sized insects with well developed suprahumeral horns, the posterior pro-

cess impinging on the scutellum, slightly dilated tibize, and corium with five apical cells and one discoidal

cell. Head subquadrate, twice as wide as long, deflexed; base strongly arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyes

large, protruding, globular; ocelli very large, prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes

and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate and pro-

jecting slightly outward; clypeus extending for about half its length below the inferior margins of the

genae. Pronotum convex, highest above humeralangles ; suprahumeral horns well developed but varying

in size and structure; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high; median carina percurrent; humeral

angles large, prominent, triangular, blunt; posterior process slender, sinuate, tectiform, impinging on

tegmina, tip acute and reaching to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on

each side. Tegmina broad, hyaline, base broadly coriaceous and punctate; tips roundly truncate; veins

irregular; five apical cells; one discoidal cell; no apicallimbus. All tibiae more or less dilated; all tarsi

about equal in length.

Type /einus Haviland.

Geographical distribution : The two described species are both from British Guiana, South

America.

I. brunneus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 410 British Guiana.

(1930). — Pl. 9, fig. 134.

2. felinus Haviland, Zoologica VI : 3. 257 (1925). British Guiana.

157. GENUS CEDA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

CEda Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 546 (1843).

Characters : This is one of the most remarkable of all of the genera of the family and the struc-

ture of the insects is so grotesque and bizarre as to differentiate them at once not only from all other

PC ETT I Spo, NR PES I

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 175

Membracida but from any other insects in the world. The distinctive characteristic is of course the

enormously swollen, inflated, reticulated, sac-like pronotum.

Head triangular and trilobed; base nearly straight; eyes large, globular, protruding; ocelli very

large, conspicuous, elevated, more than twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated far

above a line drawn through centers of eyes, very close to the basal margin of the head ; inferior margins

of gena modified into distinct, triangular, pointed lobes; clypeus extending for halfits length below

inferior margins of genze; base of beak expanded into a broad flattened plate. Entire pronotum devel-

oped into a large, reticulated, swollen, hollow sac with a honey-comb appearance which extends forward

over the head and backward almost to the tips of the tegmina, impinging on the tegmina throughout its

inferior margin; no definite metopidium ; no definite median carina; humeral angles weak and rounded ;

no definite posterior process; scutellum not visible. Tegmina broad, hyaline; base narrowly semi-

opaque; tips broadly rounded ; veins strong ; five apical cells; one discoidal cell ; apical limbus well devel-

oped. Hind wings with four apical and no discoidal cells. Legs simple and fragile; tibiz slightly

dilated; tarsi about equal in length.

Type :»Éata Fabricius.

Geographical distribution ; The three Brazilian species here listed are the only ones described

for the genus.

1. hamulata Stàl, Hem. Fabr. II : 52 (1869). Brazil.

2. inflata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 262. 1 (1787). — PI. 9, fig. 1365. Brazil.

inermis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 506. 2. (1846).

frondosa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 206 (1903).

3. informis Westwood, Ann. Nat. Hist. 119 (1842). Brazil.

158. GENUS LYCODERES GERMAR

Lycoderes Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 259 (1835).

Corythophora Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 53 (1869).

Lophucha Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 54 (1869).

Rhyparoptera (part) Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 54 (1869).

Characters : A very distinct genus characterized by the semi-foliaceous pronotum which is

elevated into a compressed, bilobed or dilated anterior process. Head subfoliaceous, subquadrate,

about as wide as high; base arcuate ; eyes laterally flattened ; ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from

each other as from the eyes and situated far above a line drawn through centers of eyes, near the upper

margin of the head; inferior margins of genz flattened, angular, protruding forward; clypeus weakly

trilobed, projecting for one-third its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum subíoliaceous,

much flattened laterally, elevated in front into a flattened horn which is dilated or bilobed at the tip;

no definite metopidium, the front of the pronotum gradually merging into the anterior surface of the

horn; median carina usually obsolete on the metopidium and front of the horn but strong on the back

of the horn and on the dorsum; humeral angles weak and rounded; sides of pronotum punctate and

often ridged; posterior process tectiform, extending to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

hardly visible. Tegmina entirely exposed, translucent; basal and costal margins coriaceous and punc-

tate; apex more or less punctate; five apical cells; one discoidal cell; no apical limbus, Tibiz of all

of the legs distinctly flattened; tarsi about equal in length.

Type Aippocampus Fabricius.

176 HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution ; South America is the principal home of this genus but a few

species have been reported from Central America and from Mexico.

r. angustata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 201 (1903). Brazil.

2. burmeisteri Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 525. 8 (1846). Brazil.

fissa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 485. 26 (1851)

leta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 494. 42 (1851).

3. capitata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 203 (1903). Brazil, Colombia.

4. emarginatus Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 14. 35 (1803). Brazil, Venezuela.

flexuosa Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. Index 16 (1803).

5. furca Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 524. 6 (1846). Brazil.

6. fuscus Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 551 (1843). Brazil, Colombia, Nicaragua.

bellicosa Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl 165 (1858).

7. gaffa Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 524. 7 (1846). — PI. 9,fig. 136. Brazil, Ecuador.

latipennis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 607. 20 (1851).

8. galeritus Lesson, Ill. Zool. Pl. 56 (1831). Brazil.

lobatus Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 34. 3 (1860).

walbergi Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 35. 4 (1860).

9. gladiator Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 310 (1835). Brazil.

subminax Walker, Journ. Ent. 316 (1862).

toría Buckton, Mon. Memb. 202 (1903).

fwscata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 204 (1903).

IO. hippocampus Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 20. 22 (1803). Brazil, British Guiana, Colom-

ancora Germar, Mag. Ent. IV : 32 (1821). bia, Peru.

11. lucíans Stàl. Rio Jan. Hem. II : 35. ro (1860). Brazil, Peru, Venezuela.

corniger Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 36. 12 (1860).

12. minamen Buckton, Mon. Memb. 51 (1903). Ecuador, Brazil, Honduras,

igniventer Buckton, Mon. Memb. 200 (1903). Mexico.

13. mitratus Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 311 (1835). Brazil, Colombia, British Gui-

spinole Fairmaire, Guer. Rev. Zool. 12 (1846). ana.

14. Pelasus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 525. 10 (1846). Brazil.

15. phasiauus Fowler, B. C. A. IL: 164. 1 (1896). * Panama.

16. pileolum Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 526. 11 (1846). Brazil.

truncatulus Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 36. 11. (1860).

17. frolixus Stàl, Rio Jan. Hem. II : 35. 9 (1860). Brazil.

18. serraticornis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 165. 2 (1896). Panama, Yucatan, Brazil,

Peru.

19. iriangulata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXVII: 4. 276 (1919). Brazil.

20. wnicolor Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 525. 9 (1846). Brazil.

159. GENUS STEGASPIS GERMAR

Stegaspis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 231 (1835).

Characters : A genus of curious insects, often used by the Natural Selectionists as examples

of protective imitation since the form certainly bears a remarkable resemblance to dried leaves, even

Note : The Fabrician species rhombea has usually been considered as belonging to this genus, but it is very probably

a Tettigoniid.

C SM MF all C eq Rn EN Se t EE E Y ON

TRUST

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 177

to the extent of occasionally showing margins which suggest that they have been chewed by phyto-

phagous enemies. The pronotum is greatly elevated, flattened and foliaceous and the tibize are more

or less dilated. Head subquadrate, about as broad as high, foliaceous, trilobed; base strongly arcuate;

eyes much flattened laterally; ocelli conspicuous, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and

situated near the basal margin of the head, high above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gena extended into flattened rounded lobes; clypeus very narrow, forming the weak median

lobe of the head and not extending below the inferior margins of the gene. — Pronotum elevated into

a high, compressed, leaf-like irregular crest, usually brownish or greenish in color; no definite meto

pidium, the anterior margin of the pronotum rising directly above the head with little lateral expansion ;

median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles weak, triangular, blunt; sides of pronotum punctate

and irregularly ridged with reticulate carinz; posterior process high, tectiform, reaching just about to

the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum very little exposed on each side. 'Tegmina broad, trans-

lucent; basal area coriaceous and punctate; apex obtusely triangular, truncate or rounded ; veins prom-

inent; five apical and two discoidal cells; no apicallimbus. Tibiz of all legs dilated; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne /vondita De Geer.

Geographical distribution : A South American genus with one species in the West Indies.

I. bracteata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. II : 263. 7 (1787). Brazil.

2. folium Olivier, Ent. Meth. VII : 668. 9 (1792). Surinam. Brazil, Peru.

3. fronditia De Geer, Ins. III : 208 (1773). Brazil.

4. galeata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 486. 29 (1851). Brazil, Peru, British Guiana.

coacta Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 261 (1906).

5. insignis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 59 (1903). — PI. 9, fig. 137. Brazil, Peru, Bolivia.

6. levibennis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 527. 14 (1846). Brazil, British Guiana, Peru.

7. marginalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 479. 29 (1851). Brazil.

8. melanofetalus Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII : 668. 7 (1792). Surinam.

abdominalis Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 10. 19 (1803).

9. viridis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. X : 5. 104 (1915). Trinidad.

160. GENUS GLISCHROCENTRUS FOWLER

Glischrocentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 161 (1896).

Characters : We have never seen the species cucullatus on which this genus was founded, and

which is the only species in the genus, and can judge the genus only from the original description and

figures. Fowler's description, while very short and not as complete as might be desired, seems to leave

no doubt as to the validity of the genus and his figures are excellent. Goding (1927) considered this

genus a synonym of Blanchard's Melizoderes but this cannot be correct since Melizoderes has no posterior

process while Fowler not only figures this process but discusses it in his description of the type species.

Fowler considered GlÜschrocentrus as closely related to both Microcentrus and Ischnocentrus Stál, and dis-

tinguishes it from the latter by the fact that in Glischrocentrus the posterior process touches the tegmina

while in Zschuocentrus it is high above the tegmina. His description and figures, however, show more

important differences, particularly in the wing venation and in the shape and character of the clavus,

178 HOMOPTERA

and we are therefore considering Glischrocentrus as belonging to the Acuminatini and quoting Fowler's

description and copying his figure for our characterizations. The original description is as follows :

« Very close to PAaulocentrus (*), but distinguished by having the forehead more even, the

frontal tubercles very small, the eyes less prominent, and the pronotum without the ordinary

central carina, and obtusely produced above the metopidium; the tegmina, moreover, have only

two discoidal areas; the latter character, however, is somewhat difficult to distinguish in these

genera. »

Tyne cucullatus Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from the type species from Chiriqui.

1. cucullatus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 161. r. (1896). — Pl. 9, fig. 138. — Panama.

161. GENUS MICROCENTRUS STAL

Microcentrus Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 295 (1869).

Phaulocentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 159 (1896).

Characters : A genus of large, robust, heavy-bodied insects with a short posterior process lying

close to the scutellum and with long, semiopaque tegmina showing five apical and three discoidal cells.

Head subquadrate, twice as wide as high, greatly deflexed; base weakly arcuate with a pair of strong

tubercles, one on each side of the median line; eyes ovate; ocelli prominent, about equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes ; inferior margins of genze

strongly sinuate; clypeus broad and flat and extending for half its length below the inferior margins of

the genzg. Pronotum roundly convex, sometimes with more or less well developed suprahumeral protu-

berances; metopidium nearly vertical, broader than high ; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral

angles heavy, triangular, blunt; posterior process very short, slender, sinuate, hollowed out on each side

at the base, closely impinging on the scutellum ; scutellum well exposed, triangular, base swollen, tip

deeply notched in the center. Tegmina long, semiopaque; base narrowly coriaceous; veins strong and

more or less punctate; five apical and three discoidal cells; tip acute ; no apicallimbus. Femora cylin-

drical; tibiae sometimes weakly dilated ; hind tarsi longest.

Type ca»ye Fitch.

Geographical distribution : This is primarily a North American genus. In the United

States and Canada the individuals of the two commonest species are very abundant. The other represent-

atives of the genus range as far southward as Central America but south of the United States the insects

seem to be rare.

1. auirius Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 3o (1933). Arizona.

2. carye Fitch, Cat. Ins. N. Y. 52 (1851). — Pl. 9, fig. 139. — — Eastern Canada, eastern and

central U. S.

3. cornutus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 160. 4 (1896). Mexico.

4. lynx Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 29 (1933). Colorado.

5. micholi Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46. 3o (1933). Arizona.

6. ferdita Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 577 (1843). Eastern, central, southern and

capra Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 172 (1893). western U. S.

leibecki Goding, Can. Ent. XXV : 172 (1893).

(€) Now Microcentrus. W. D. F.

düNkd. s

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 179

7. fileatus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 159. 1 (1896). Guatemala, Honduras.

8. froximus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 160. 2 (1896). Guatemala, Mexico, Yucatan.

9. sordidus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 160. 3 (1896). Mexico.

162. GENUS CENTRUCHOIDES FOWLER

Centruchoides Fowler, B. C. A. II : 161 (1896).

Characters : Large heavy-bodied insects with strong suprahumeral horns, a long robust

posterior process and with long, semiopaque or translucent tegmina showing five apical and three

(sometimes four) discoidal cells. Head subquadrate, about twice as broad as high, very roughly

sculptured; base weakly arcuate, strongly sinuate and slightly tuberculate; eyes ovate, nearly twice as

broad as high; ocelli prominent, elevated, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz irregularly sinuate; clypeus roughly,

longitudinally ridged, extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum

convex and bearing a pair of strong, well-developed suprahumeral horns which are variable in length

and in structure; metopidium nearly vertical, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral

angles heavy, triangular, blunt; posterior process long, tectiform, reaching to the internal angles of the

tegmina, impinging on the scutellum and on the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side.

'Tegmina long, semiopaque or translucent; basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; five

apical cells; three or four discoidal cells; tip pointed; no apical limbus. Legs simple; tibiae not

flattened ; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type laticornis Fowler.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from Mexico and Central America and

is represented by the following two species :

I. laticornis Fowler, B, C. A. II : 162. 1 (1896). Panama, Honduras.

2. oppugnaus Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 160 (1858). — Pl. 9, Mexico, Yucatan.

fig. 140.

163. GENUS BOCYDIUM LATREILLE

Bocydium Latreille, Rég. Anim. II : 219 (1829).

Sphaeronotus Laporte, Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. I : 229 (1832).

Characters ; One of the most remarkable of all of the genera of the Membracidze and with

structures as curious and bizarre as those of any insect of any family. The members of this genus are

characterized particularly by the fact that the pronotum bears slender spines on which are located inflated

and decorated globules of various numbers and sizes. Surely from the signs which are displayed above

their heads, these must be the pawn-brokers among insects. These insects are usually small in size and

delicate in structure. Head subtriangular, trilobed; base feebly sinuate, lowest in the center; eyes

large and globular; ocelli large, prominent, elevated, three times as far from each other as from the

eyes and situated close to the upper margin of the head, far above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of gene flattened and extended slightly forward; clypeus extended for half its length

below the inferior margins of the genz to form the central lobe of the trilobed inferior outline of the

face. Pronotum convex and bearing a slender upright branched spine decorated with a number of

180 HOMOPTERA

globules and usually with a long. curved, needle-like spine extending backward over the body ; meto-

pidium vertical, keeled, about as broad as high ; humeral angles strong, heavy, triangular, blunt; median

carina percurrent; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, base swollen, tip acute. Tegmina long,

narrow, hyaline; veins heavy and usually colored: base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; apex diagon-

ally truncate; four or five apical and one or two discoidal cells; no apical limbus. — Legs simple; all

tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne globulare Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : A strictly South American genus, most of the species being known

only from Brazil.

1r. bullifera Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 4 (1930). Bolivia.

2. germari Guérin, Ic. Reg. Anim. 365 (1838). Brazil.

3. globulare Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 16. 3 (1803). — Pl. 9, fig. 141. — Brazil.

4. globuliferum Pallas, Spicil. Zool. IX : 22 (1772). Brazil.

5. glomiferum Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 260. 2 (1835). Brazil.

6. vufiglobum Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 508. 3 (1846). Brazil.

7g. tintinnabuliferum Lesson, Ill. Zool. Pl. 55 (183r). Brazil.

164. GENUS STYLOCENTRUS STAL

Stylocentrus Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 49 (1869).

Characters : A very distinctive genus, similar to the preceding in having long spine-like pro-

cesses on the pronotum but without the inflated globules. "The insects are medium sized, and are deli-

cate and fragile in structure. Head subquadrate, about as broad as high, trilobed, very roughly sculp-

tured ; base arcuate and bearing a pair of strong triangular tubercles; eyes very large and globular; ocelli

large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena extended forward in broad flattened plates; clypeus long and

narrow, extending for two-thirds its length below the inferior margins of the gene. . Pronotum convex,

bearing a slender erect spine which is three-branched, the lateral branches extending outward and curving

backward, the middle spine very slender, sinuate, extending backward with the tip reaching the tips of

the tegmina; metopidium broader than high, modified to form the base of the erect spine which is deep.

ly notched in front at the base; median carina not developed ; humeral angles extended into short, sharp:

spines; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, swollen at base, impinging on tegmina, tip acuminate.

Tegmina semiopaque, coriaceous and punctate on basal two-thirds, hyaline on apical third, usually

brightly colored; veins strong but irregular; four apical cells; one discoidal cell; apex diagonally trun-

cate and with a narrow limbus on the anal margin. Legs simple, cylindrical, long and slender; hind

tarsi longest.

Type ancora Perty.

Geographical distribution ; The two species of the genus have a wide distribution over the

northern part of South America and parts of Central America.

1. ancora. Perty, Del. Anim. 179 (1834). — PI. 9, fig. 142. Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Ven-

ezuela.

2. championi Fowler, B. C. A. II : 164. 1 (1896). Panama, Honduras, Costa

Rica.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 181

165. GENUS SMERDALEA FOWLER

Smerdalea Fowler, B. C. A. II : 162 (1896).

Characters ; This genus is known only from the type species which is a large, rough, spinose

insect characterized especially by the heavy, irregularly branched suprahumeral horns and the trispinose

posterior process. Fowler's specific name is well chosen — it is a horrible looking insect. Head sub-

triangular, very roughly sculptured, inferior margin trilobed; base feebly sinuate with a nodular protu-

berance on each side of the median line; eyes large, protruding, ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidis-

tant from each other and from the eyes and situated low on the face about on a line drawn through lower

margins of eyes; inferior margins of genz produced downward into short rounded lobes; clypeus very

large, extending for half its length below the inferior margins of the genz. Pronotum convex, bearing

a pair of large, heavy, irregularly toothed suprahumeral horns and a long, rough, nodulate and spinose

posterior process; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles

large, triangular with spine-like tip; suprahumerals heavy, twice as long as the distance between their

bases, extending outward and upward, decorated with an irregular series of long spine-like teeth ; poster-

ior process robust, rough, with a node at the base and a large apical swelling which is dentate above and

ends in three heavy spines, extending as far backward as the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

entirely exposed, long, heavy, swollen at base and with a dorsal node before the apex which is tectiform

and then suddenly acuminate. 'Tegmina opaque, coriaceous and punctate on basal half, hyaline on

apical half; veins heavy and usually pubescent; five apical cells; one discoidal cell; apex roundly

truncate; no apical limbus. Legs simple, cylindrical; all tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne horrescens Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The single species of the genus has been reported only from

Central America.

I. horrescens Fowler, B. C. A. II: 163. 1 (1896). — Pl. 9,fig. 143. Guatemala, Panama, Costa

Rica.

166. GENUS DONTONODUS FUNKHOUSER

Dontonodus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 407 (1930).

Tumecauda Goding, Amer. Mus, Novit. 3 (1930).

Characters ; Large, rough insects with heavy suprahumeral horns and an elevated toothed

node on the posterior process. Head subquadrate, broader than high, very roughly sculptured; base

high and sinuate and bearing a very large conical tubercle on each side of the median line; eyes ovate;

ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genzx extended forward in rounded lobes; clypeus large, flat,

extended for three-fourths its length below the inferior margins of the gena. Pronotum rough,

convex, with large, triquerate, toothed suprahumeral horns, extending outward and upward and

somewhat longer than the distance between their bases; metopidium vertical, broader than high;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, robust, triangular, blunt; posterior process heavy,

sinuate, with a high toothed lobe at the base and with the tip flattened and blunt and reaching just to

the internal angles of the tegmina: scutellum well exposed, subtriangular, roughly ridged, tip notched.

Tegmina semiopaque, coriaceous and pilose; veins irregular; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip

182 HOMOPTERA

pointed; no apical limbus. Legs simple, femora cylindrical, tibiae triquerate; all tarsi about equal

in length.

Tynpe serraticornis Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution ; Of the two known species of this genus, one is from Central

America and the other is from the United States.

I. schefferi Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 3 (1930). Arizona.

2. serraticoruis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII: 4.408 . Costa Rica.

(1930). — PI. 1O, fig. 144.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE HEBESINI GODING

I. Pronotum bearing three long sharp sines.. . . . . . . . . . . GoNrorowus Stál.

II. Pronotum not trispinose

A. Posterior process high above sculellum

I. Exterior discoidal cell of corium siylate, base angulate. . . . . BoóocERus Stál.

2. Exterior discoidal cell of corium sessile, base truncate

a. Posterior process very short, not as long as abdomen

b. Suprahumerals present .... . . . . . . .« . . . SPATHOcENTRUS Fowler.

bb. Suprahumerals absent. . . . . . . . . . . . IscuwuoceNTRUS Fowler.

aa. Posterior process as long or longer than the abdomen

b. Posterior process bearing an inferior median lobe |... .. . CAMPYLOCENTRUS Stál.

bb. Posterior process with no median lobe below

c. Pronotum untcarinatle . . . . . . . . . . . OPHIcENTRUS Fowler.

cc. Pronolum irsicarinate- 2 4 4o cel v. 5 JBSILOCENTRUS POWIOES

B. Posterior process very close to scutellum

I. Pronotum bearing suprahumeral horns

a. Pronotum with high dorsal elevation... . . . . . . . QCtkENTRONODUS Funkhouser.

aa. Pronotum without a high dorsal elevation

b. Suprahumerals and posterior process simple

c. Posterior process very short, not as long as abdomen. . PrATYCENTRUS Stàál.

cc. Posterior process as long or longer than abdomen

d. Scutellum visible at sides... . . . . . . . OnmrHoBELUS Stál.

dd. Scutellum entirely hidden... . . . . . . CarricENTRUS Stál.

bb. Suprahumerals laminate ; posterior process uncinate.. .. . . DatrMoN Buckton.

2. Pronolum without suprahumeral horns

a. Sides of sculellum visible

b. Corium with two discoidal cells

c. Hind wings with four apical cells

d. Tegmina pubescent 5 2. 0. s 4. 9 AMBLYCENTRUS Fowler.

dd. Tegmina not pubescent .. . . . . . . . . . CtrENTRICULUS Fowler.

cc. Hind wings with three apical cells... . . . . . . BRACHYBELUS Stál.

iur

ape Scy

PORE E ERI PN UT CUIEE TT BICISINE e PERSEO de PRO DAEe MCS e PT RS

Mero Iv. UNONE ES

Un IN e e TUNE

LX. uita p ucas cor ag En

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 183

bb. Corium with three discoidal cells

c. Poslerior process much shorter than abdomen .. .— .. .. . | BRACHYCENTRUTUS Metcalf

cc. Posterior frvocess as long as or longer than the abdomen [and Bruner.

d. C lavusventirely exbosed- o o Par e mMONOBEBUS StAL.

dd. Clavus partly covered by the prouotum. .— .— .. . . QUADRINARIA Goding.

aa. Scutellum entirely concealed... . . . . . . ..— MARSHALLELLA Goding.

167. GENUS GONIOLOMUS STÀL

Goniolomus Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 294 (1869).

Characters : A very distinct genus if it may be judged by the type species which is the only

species described for the genus and which is characterized by the three conspicuous spines, one on

each shoulder and one in the middle of the dorsum. — Head subquadrate, broader than high, with a

horizontal ridge, deflexed below the ridge; base sinuate, lowest in the middle; eyes large and globular;

ocelli very large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated near the upper

margin of the head, well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz

rounded; clypeus extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gena. Pronotum

convex and bearing three strong spines, two humeral and one dorsal; metopidium sloping, broader

than high, central anterior margin extending slightly forward over the head; median carina percurrent;

humeral angles weak and rounded; suprahumeral spines long, sharp, triquerate, extending upward

and outward, as long as the distance between their bases; dorsal spine long, slender, erect, thornlike;

posterior process long, slender, decurved, extending almost to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum hardly

visible on each side. Tegmina long. narrow, semiopaque or translucent; base narrowly coriaceous

and punctate; five apical and three or four discoidal cells; apex rounded; apical limbus well developed

on dorsal margin. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne iricoriiger Stál.

Geographical distribution : Known only from the type species from Cuba.

I. fricorniger Stàl. Bid. Memb. Kan. 294. 1 (1869). — Pl. 1O,fig. 145. Cuba.

168. GENUS BOOCERUS STAL

Boócerus Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 290 (1869).

Characters : A monotypic genus, the type species of which bears a strong superficial resem-

blance to the forms of Camfylocentrus in having the inferior lobe on the posterior process, but is entirely

different in wing venation. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base weakly arcuate; eyes

globular; ocelli conspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated well above a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded ; clypeus extending for half its length

below inferior margins of genz.. Pronotum convex, bearing suprahumeral horns and a strong. posterior

process originating high above the scutellum ; metopidium vertical, broader than high; median carina

strongly percurrent; humeral angles strong, triangular, acute; suprahumeral horns long, strong, sharp,

extending outward and upward, twice as long as the distance between their bases; posterior process

strong, sinuate, arising high on the posterior dorsum, lobed on the inferior margin, apex sharp and

extending beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, tip deeply

184 HOMOPTERA

notched. Tegmina pellucid; entirely exposed; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong

and colored; five apical and two discoidal cells, the outer discoidal cell stylate; tips rounded; apical

limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type gilvipes Stál.

Geographical distribution : The type species has been reported from Mexico and from

Central America.

I. gilvipes Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 290. 1 (1869). — Pl. lO,fig. 146. —. Mexico, Honduras, Yucatan.

169. GENUS SPATHOCENTRUS FOWLER

Spathocentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 153 (1896).

Characters : The single species which represents this genus has, so far as we know, never been

recognized since its original description, However, Fowler's description and his three excellent figures

seem to leave no doubt but that the genus is valid and we are so recognizing it. From the original

description and figures, the generic characters may be given as follows : Head subquadrate, broader

than high; base arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli prominent, farther from each other

than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena

rounded ; clypeus projecting for two thirds its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pro-

notum convex with strong suprahumerals; metopidium nearly vertical, about as broad as high; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles strong, blunt; suprahumerals as long as the distance between their

bases, projecting directly outward ; posterior process elevated above scutellum, tip dilated and spatulate,

not reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina, — Tegmina hyaline; base broadly coriaceous and

punctate; tip rounded ; five apical and two discoidal cells; exterior discoidal cell truncate at base; apical

limbus broad. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne :internedius Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from a single species from Mexico.

I. intermedius Fowler, B. C. A. II : 153. 1 (1869). Mexico.

170. GENUS ISCHNOCENTRUS STÀL

Ischnocentrus Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 292 (1869).

Characters : Small, inconspicuous insects without suprahumerals and with a slender posterior

process high above the scutellum. | Head subquadrate, broader than high ; base arcuate: eyes large and

globular; ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated well above

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus projecting for two-thirds

its length below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum convex, without suprahumeral horns; metopidium

sloping, broader than high; median carina obsolete; humeral angles strong, triangular, blunt; posterior

process slender, spine-like, short, arising from high on the dorsum, far above the scutellum and not

reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, longer than wide,

base swollen and tomentose, tip deeply notched. 'Tegmina hyaline; base broadly coriaceous and

punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; exterior discoidal cell truncate at base; apical limbus

narrow. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 185

Tyne niger. Stál.

Geographical distribution : A Central and South American genus with three species distrib-

uted as follows :

I. inconspicuous Buckton, Mon. Memb. 255 (1903). — PI. IO, fig. 147. British Guiana, Canal Zone.

2. niger Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 293. 1 (1869). Colombia, Panama, Costa

ferruginosus Stàl, Bid. Memb, Kan. 293. 2 (1869). Rica, British Guiana.

3. rectosbina. Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 1:55 (1890). Venezuela.

171. GENUS CAMPYLOCENTRUS STAL

Campylocentrus Stáàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 289 (1869).

Gnamptocentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 151 (1896).

Sphsaerocentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 154 (1896).

Characters ; Robust heavy-bodied insects characterized particularly by the fact that the long

posterior process has an inferior median lobe. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base slightly

arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and

sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum

convex with strong suprahumeral horns; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high; median carina

percurrent; humeral angles strong, triangular, blunt; suprahumeral horns as long as the distance

between their bases, extending outward and upward, triquerate, tips sharp; posterior process long,

tectiform, with a strong inferior median lobe which touches the scutellum, tip sharp and extending well

beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, base swollen and

tomentose, tip notched. Tegmina translucent; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; tip rounded;

five apical and two discoidal cells; exterior discoidal cell sessile with base truncate; apical limbus broad.

Legs simple, femora cylindrical, tarsi triquerate; hind tarsi much longer than the others.

Type obscuripennis Stál.

Geographical distribution : A genus which has its center of distribution in Central America

with a few species extending into South America and into Mexico.

I. aculeolus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 512. 8 (1846). Surinam.

2. brevicornis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 15r. 6 (1896). Guatemala, Panama.

3. brunneus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 15r. 7 (1896). Mexico.

4. cavipenuis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 153. 2 (1896). Guatemala, Panama.

5. costalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 615. 44 (1851). Colombia.

6. curvideus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 515. 18 (1846). Mexico, Guatemala.

7. gibbocornis Walker, Ins. Saund. 76 (1858). Brazil, Mexico.

8. hamifer Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 512. 1o (1856). Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

niveiblaga Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 160 (1858). Yucatan.

9. nigris Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII: 4. 410(1930). Costa Rica.

— PI. IO, fig. 148.

IO. obscuripennis Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 289. 1 (1869). Mexico.

II. fusillus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 512. r1 (1896). Mexico,

I2. sinuatus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 152. 1 (1896). Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

Yucatan.

186 HOMOPTERA

13. subspinosus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 519. 31 (1846). Mexico, Honduras,Costa Rica,

Panama.

I4. vilreipennis Fowler, B. C. A. II : 150. 5 (1896). Guatemala.

172. GENUS OPHICENTRUS FOWLER

Ophicentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 156 (1896).

Characters : Small delicate insects with no suprahumeral horns and with a slender, extremely

sinuate posterior process. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base weakly arcuate; eyes ovate;

ocelli large, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through cen-

ters of eyes ; inferior margins of genze rounded ; clypeus projecting for half its length below inferior mar-

gins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, without suprahumerals, and smooth on each side of the

median carina; pronotum sloping, about as broad as high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles

large and rounded; posterior process long, slender, triquerate, extremely sinuate, elevated above scutel-

lum, tip sharp and reaching well beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed.

Tegmina subcoriaceous with very heavy veins; five apical and two discoidal cells, the exterior discoidal

cell nearly circular and almost touching the costal margin of the corium ; apicallimbus broad. Legs

simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type »notandus Fowler.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Panama.

1. 4olandus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 156. 1 (1896). — Pl. 1O,fig. 149, Panama.

173. GENUS PSILOCENTRUS FOWLER

Psilocentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 156 (1896).

Characters : This is another of Fowler's monotypic genera, the representative species of which

we have not seen. It must be close to OfAicentrus but differs in the wing venation, the less sinuate poster-

ior process and in having the pronotum strongly tricarinate. From Fowler's description and figures,

the generic characters may be indicated as follows : Head subquadrate, wider than high; base strongly

arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and rounded; clypeus pro-

jecting for half its length below inferior margins of gene. . Pronotum convex with astrong, heavy ridge

on each side of the median carina; metopidium sloping, about as broad as high; median carina strongly

percurrent; humeral angles large and blunt; posterior process slender, lightly sinuate, arising from the

upper part of the pronotum high above the scutellum and extending just about to the internal angles of

thetegmina; scutellum entirely exposed. ^ Tegminahyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate ;

five apical and two discoidal cells, the base of the exterior discoidal cell sessile and truncate; apical lim-

bus broad. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type xantibe Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The type species from Mexico is the only known representative

of the genus.

1. xantibe Fowler, B. C. A. II : 157. 1 (1896). Mexico.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 187

174. GENUS CENTRONODUS FUNKHOUSER

Centronodus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 405 (1930).

Characters : A very distinct and rather remarkable genus characterized particularly by the large,

elevated, dorsal node at the base of the posterior process. The insects are large and robust with stout

suprahumerals, posterior process close to scutellum and semiopaque tegmina. Head subquadrate,

about as high and broad; base highly arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from

each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gena rounded and often notched; clypeus extending for one-third its length below the

inferior margins of the genz. — Pronotum convex with stout suprahumeral horns; metopidium vertical,

a little broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular, blunt ;

suprahumeral horns heavy, robust, more or less conical, extending outward and upward, as long as

the distance between their bases, tips triquerate and blunt; posterior process heavy, tectiform, very

close to the scutellum and impinging on the tegmina, with a high, elevated dorsal crest at its base, tip

suddenly acute and reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed

on each side. Tegmina semiopaque; basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins

heavy and pilose; venation very irregular, particularly in the apical region which may show as many as

twelve marginal apical cells and six or more discoidals; anal apical margin truncate; tip pointed; no

apical limbus. — Legs simple, femora cylindrical, tibize triquerate; hind tarsi very little longer than

the others.

Tyne denuticulus Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution ; This genus has been reported from both Central and South

America. Only two species have been described but undescribed material indicates that other species

are not uncommon in South America.

I. denticulus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 405 Costa Rica.

(1930). — PI. 10, fig. 150.

2. flavus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 4. 406 (1930). Brazil.

175. GENUS PLATYCENTRUS STAÀL

Platycentrus Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 48 (1869).

Characters ; Medium-sized to large insects with robust bodies, well developed suprahumeral

horns and a short, heavy posterior process lying close to the scutellum. Head subquadrate, twice as

broad as high; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli prominent, nearer to each other than to the

eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and

incurved; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gena. Pronotum convex

with strong suprahumeral horns; metopidium nearly vertical, broader than high; median carina

percurrent; humeral angles large and blunt; suprahumeral horns strong, heavy, varying in length but

usually longer than the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward and sometimes

slightly forward, tips usually sharp; posterior process short, heavy, tectiform, straight, tip sharp and not

reaching beyond the internal angles ofthe tegmina and not nearly as far as the end of the abdomen,

188 HOMOPTERA

closely impinging on scutellum and tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina

translucent: base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and three discoidal cells ;

tip rounded; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne acuticornis Stàl.

Geographical distribution : This genus seems to be limited to Mexico and southwestern

United States.

1. acuticornis Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 291. 1 (1869). — Pl. 1O, fig.1 51. Mexico, Arizona, California.

denticornis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 269 (1903).

2. brevicornis Van Duzee, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. XII : r1. 171 (1923). Lower California, San Marcos

Island.

3. obtusicornis Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 291. 2 (1869). Mexico.

4. ramosicornis Plummer, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII: 4.373 (1935), Mexico.

5. taurinus Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XXXI : 29 (1918). California.

176. GENUS ORTHOBELUS STÀL

Orthobelus Stàál, Hem. Fabr. II : 48 (1869).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but differing particularly in having a long,

straight posterior process which usually extends farther backward than the abdomen. | Head subquad-

rate, wider than high; base weakly arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli very large. prominent, equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated slightly above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of gene sloping downward, sinuate ; clypeus extending for half its length below the infer-

ior margins of the genz, tip gradually acute. Pronotum convex with strong suprahumeral horns;

metopidium sloping, about as wide as high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles strong and trian-

gular; suprahumeral horns strong, varying greatly in length, size and structure, often dilated at the tips,

usually longer than the distance between their bases and extending outward and upward; posterior pro-

cess long, usually straight, tectiform, impinging on scutellum and tegmina, tip sharp and reaching as far

or farther than the end of the abdomen, always farther than the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

plainly visible on each side. Tegmina hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong;

five apical and two or three discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Type rus Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : O»/hobelus seems to be distinctly limited to the West Indies.

The species are very abundant on these islands but have never been found in any other region.

I. gomez-menori Pelaez, Bol. Soc. Espan. XXXVI : 279 (1936). San Domingo.

2. havaneusis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 516. 22 (1846). — PI. IO fig. Cuba.

152.

3. foceyi. Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 518. 29 (1846). Cuba, Haiti.

4. urus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 516. 23 (1846). San Domingo, Haiti, St Vin-

megaceros Walker, List Hom. B. M. 615. 45 (1851). cent's Island.

labatus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 239 (1903).

5. wolcotti Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVI : 37 (1928). Haiti.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 189

177. GENUS CALLICENTRUS STAL

Callicentrus Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 290 (1869).

Pyramba Buckton, Mon. Memb. 248 (1903).

Characters : Medium-sized to large insects with well-developed suprahumerals which vary

greatly in size and structure and with a simple straight posterior process which entirely conceals the scu-

tellum. Head subquadrate, twice as wide as high, transversely ridged across the middle and much de-

flexed below the ridge; base weakly arcuate; eyes very large and globular; ocelli large, prominent,

protruding, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene strongly sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length

below inferior margins of gene, tip sharply pointed. Pronotum convex with strong suprahumeral horns;

metopidium sloping, a little wider than high; median carina faintly percurrent; humera] angles large,

triangular, blunt; suprahumeral horns long, strong and sharp but varying in size and structure, usually

much longer than the distance between their bases and extending upward and outward ; posterior process

simple, straight, tectiform, impinging on tegmina, tip sharp and reaching beyond the internal angles of

the tegmina, usually as far or farther than the end of the abdomen ; scutellum entirely concealed,

Tegmina long, narrow, hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; tip pointed; five apical and

two discoidal cells; apicallimbus narrow. Legs simple; all tarsi about the same in length.

Type z:gnipes Walker.

Geographical distribution : A West Indian genus which, curiously enough, seems to be

limited to Jamaica. The species are apparently quite abundant on that island but none have ever been

reported from any other region.

I. aurifascia Walker, List Hom. B. M. 618. 49 (1851). — Pl. IO, fig. Jamaica.

1538.

2. bonasia Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 677 (1775). jamaica.

3. cribratus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 619. 51 (185r). Jamaica.

4. flavivitta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 617. 48 (1851). jamaica.

5. ignipes Walker, List Hom. B. M. 616. 47 (1851). Jamaica.

6. jucundus. Walker, List Hom. B. M. 620. 52 (1851). Jamaica.

7. flatycerus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 618. 5o (1851). Jamaica.

178. GENUS DAIMON BUCKTON

Daimon Buckton, Mon. Memb. 241 (1903).

Characters : The insects of this genus bear a strong superficial resemblance to those of the

genus Pterygia of the subfamily Membracinz but the legs are not at all foliaceous and the scutellum is

well-developed and exposed. Head subquadrate, wider than high, somewhat deflexed; base nearly

straight; eyes globular; ocelli large, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gen: rounded; clypeus extending for half its length

below inferior margins of genze. Pronotum convex with strong ampliate suprahumerals; metopidium

nearly vertical, a little wider than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large and blunt;

suprahumeral horns long, strong, with tips broadly flattened; posterior process long, heavy, with a dorsal

190 HOMOPTERA

node or curve near the tip, tip suddenly acute and extending beyond the internal angles of the tegmina;

scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina semiopaque; base narrowly opaque and punctate ;

tip rounded; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus very narrow. Legs slender and simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Tyne satyrus Buckton.

Geographical distribution : This is another West Indian genus with a very limited distribu-

tion, being found only on the island of Haiti.

1. satyrus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 241 (1903). — PI. 1O, fig. 154. Haiti.

2. serricorue Walker, Ins. Saund. 77 (1858). Haiti.

179. GENUS AMBLYCENTRUS FOWLER

Amblycentrus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 158 (1896).

Characters : Small elongate densely pubescent insects without suprahumerals and with a short

thick posterior process lying close to the scutellum. Head subquadrangular, about as long as broad;

base arcuate and sinuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli prominent, farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded ;

clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum convex, strongly pubes-

cent; no suprahumeral horns; metopidium sloping, as high as broad, somewhat plicate at base; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles strong and subauriculate; posterior process short, tectiform,

impinging on scutellum, tip blunt and reaching only a little beyond the apex of the scutellum,

scutellum well exposed on each side. Tegmina long, pubescent; veins strong; five apical and two

discoidal cells; veins of clavus elevated; apical limbus well developed. Hind wings with four apical

cells. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type ?ubescens Fowler.

Geographical distribution : The type species from Mexico is the only known representative

of the genus.

1. fubescens Fowler, B. C. A. II : 158. 1 (1896). — PI. 1O, fig. 156. Mexico.

180. GENUS CENTRICULUS FOWLER

Centriculus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 157 (1896).

Characters : Medium-sized, slender bodied insects, without suprahumerals and with a short,

straight posterior process lying close to the scutellum. — Head subquadrate, broader than long; base

strongly sinuate; eyes globular ; ocelli prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and

situated near the base of the head, far above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gena sinuate; clypeus projecting for half its length below inferior margins of gena. Pronotum con-

vex, without suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, broader than high ; median carina percurrent; humeral

angles very large, blunt; posterior process very short, not reaching beyond the apex of the scutellum;

scutellum broadly exposed on each side. Tegmina hyaline; basal half broadly coriaceous and punctate;

apex rounded; five apical and two oblong, almost equal discoidal cells; apical limbus well developed.

Hind wings with four or five apical cells. Legs simple; tibiz inclined to be serrate; hind tarsi longest.

REST Set d d PLN Ie TL NE ERR

Meri

x WANT

FAM. MEMBRACID/E I9I

Type "ufotestaceus Fowler.

Geographical distribution : A Middle A merican genus with the two following species :

I. flavus Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 2. 171 (1929). Costa Rica, Yucatan.

2. rufotestaceus Fowler, B. C. A. II : 157. 1 (1896). — Pl. 1O, fig. 156. Mexico, Panama, Guatemala.

181. GENUS BRACHYBELUS STAL

Brachybelus Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 292 (1869).

Characters : Small, inconspicuous insects with broad pronotum, no suprahumerals, short,

slender posterior process and three apical cells in the hind wings. Head subquadrate, broader than high,

deflexed; base weakly sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli small, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and

located near the base of the head, far above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae

sinuate; clypeus extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum broad,

convex, without suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, twice as broad as high; median carina obsolete ;

humeral angles large and triangular; posterior process short, slender, straight, impinging on scutellum

and not reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum broadly exposed on each side. Tegmina

subhyaline; base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong and pilose; five apical and two discoidal

cells; apical limbus narrow. | Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne cruralis Stàl.

Geographical distribution : The type species, which is very abundant throughout Mexico

and Central America, is the only described representative of the genus.

I. eruralis Stàál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 292. 1 (1869). — PI. IO, fig. 157. .— Mexico, Guatemala, Panama,

Honduras.

182. GENUS BRACHYCENTRUTUS METCALF AND BRUNER

Brachycentrutus Metcalf and Bruner, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXI : 28 (1926).

Characters : Near the preceding genus in general facies but differing in having three discoidal

cells in the tegmina and in having a broad, triangular posterior process which reaches the apex of the

clavus. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base nearly straight; eyes globular; ocelli small, twice

as far from each other as from the eyes aud situated near the base of the head, far above a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene rounded; clypeus projecting for half its length below

inferior margins of genz. Pronotum convex, without suprahumerals; metopidium nearly vertical,

broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large and blunt; posterior process short,

heavy, triangular, reaching just about to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed

on each side. Tegmina semiopaque, coriaceous and punctate, with indistinct veins in the basal three-

fourths; hyaline in the apical fourth; five apical and three discoidal cells, the two outer discoidal cells

Note : Walker's species Patulus has usually been considered as belonging to the genus Brachybelus, but this

species probably belongs to the Bythoscopida.

192 HOMOPTERA

nearly equal in size, the inner more elongate; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple, slender, pilose; poster-

ior tibize roughly serrate; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne ?unctatus Metcalf and Bruner.

Geographical distribution : Another West Indian genus with species known only from Cuba.

1. hirsutus Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 213 (1925). Cuba.

2. punctatus Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 212 (1925). — Pl. IO, Cuba.

fig. 158.

183. GENUS MONOBELUS STAÀL

Monobelus Stál, Analect. Hem. 368 (1866).

Delauneya Lethierry, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. XXV : 17 (1881).

Gibbomorpha Buckton, Mon. Memb. 192 (1903).

Characters : Small to medium-sized insects with robust, compact bodies, no suprahumerals,

long, heavy posterior process reaching as far as the end of the abdomen, and entirely free tegmina with

three discoidal cells. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base feebly arcuate; eyes globular;

ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping downward, nearly straight; clypeus extending

for one-third its length below inferior margins of genz, tip narrowly rounded. Pronotum broad, convex,

smooth, without suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, much broader than high ; median carina obsolete ;

humeral angles broad and blunt; posterior process long, heavy, sharp, nearly straight, extending beyond

the internal angles of the tegmina and reaching as far or farther than the end of the abdomen; scutellum

broadly exposed on each side, base usually tomentose. Tegmina extirely exposed; hyaline; base nar-

rowly coriaceous and punctate; five apical and three discoidal cells ; apicallimbus broad. Legssimple,

slender; hind tarsi longest.

Type /asciatus Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : This West Indian genus has the widest distribution of any mem-

bracid genus in the Islands. It has never been reported from any other region.

I. fasciatus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 515. 33 (1798). — Pl. IO, Porto Rico, Cuba, Haiti.

fig. 159.

degeeri Coquebert, Ill. Icon. Ins. I : 35 (1799).

2-guttatus Fabricius, Syst Rhyng. 21. 27 (1803).

parvula Buckton, Mon. Memb. 1:92 (1903).

2. flavidus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 519. 34 (1846). Cuba, Haiti.

semicrema Baker, Can. Ent. XXXIX : 16 (1907).

3. irroratus Metcali and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 211 (1925). Cuba.

4. lateralis Stàl, Hem. Fabr. II: 5o. 5 (1869). Cuba.

5. nasutus Stàl, Hem. Fabr, II : 5o. 2 (1869). Guadeloupe, Cuba, Porto Rico.

fasciata Lethierry, Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. XXV : 17 (1881).

aurea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 193 (1903).

6. niger Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 210 (1925). Cuba.

7. obtusiceps Stàl, Hem. Fabr. IT: 5o. 3 (1869). Porto Rico, Haiti, Guadeloupe.

8. turquinensis Metcalf and Bruner, Memb. Cuba 210 (1925). Cuba.

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 193

184. GENUS QUADRINARIA GODING

Quadrinaria Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXV : 2. 167 (1927).

Characters : This genus is unknown to us and we are including it entirely on the authority

ofits author. Goding, however, does not figure the type species and consequently we are unable to

present a Plate Figure. Goding states that the genus is near Bracycentrutus and. Gargara, differing

from the former in the shape of the head, the position of the ocelli, dorsum not depressed, acute apex

passing beyond apex of clavus, forked radial and simple ulnar veins, sessile exterior and interior

discoidal cells and but four apical cells ; and differing from the latter in the subopaque tegmina, three

discoidal and four apical cells. The original description is as follows :

« Head with eyes broad as width between humerals, triangular, base straight not sinuate;

eyes small; clypeus not extended below lora; ocelli even with center of eyes, same distance from

each other and base of the head. Pronotum convex, unarmed, with a median carina lightly

sinuate at middle of dorsum, densely punctured anteriorly more sparingly behind middle. dis-

tinctly notched behind humerals exposing a little of sides of scutellum, and covered with fine pale

hairs; posterior process robust, not tectiform, apical fourth acuminate from above and laterally

to acute apex which reaches tips of tegmina. Tegmina nearly free; clavus partly covered by

sides of pronotum, clear hyaline excepting coriaceous base, sides nearly parallel, apex obtusely

rounded, destitute of a longitudinal vein; corium emitting two longitudinal veins from base,

radial vein forked at middle enclosing first exterior discoidal cell, ulnar vein simple; three

discoidal cells the first exterior cell stylate, second cell behind it sessile base truncate, the third or

interior cell equal and contiguous to the others in length, situate between radial and ulnar veins,

sessile, its base truncate at a transverse venule; four sessile apical cells bases truncate. Wings

with three apical cells, first and second sessile bases truncate, third stylate, second cell large and

nearly semicircular, the others small. Legs strong, tibiae slender not dilated, tarsi equal. »'

Tyne «flava Goding.

Geographical distribution : The type species from Jamaica is the only known representative

of the genus.

I. 4-flava Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXV : 2. 168 (1927). Jamaica.

185. GENUS MARSHALLELLA GODING

Marshallella Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXXV : 2. 168 (1927).

Characters : This genus, as judged by the type species, is very distinct and differs from its

nearest relatives in having the scutellum entirely concealed and in having the exterior discoidal cell of

the corium sessile and truncate at the base. The type species is a large brightly colored insect without

suprahumerals, with a long straight posterior process and with the legs and a spot at the base of the

tegmina brilliant red. Head subquadrate, roughly sculptured, twice as broad as high; base weakly

arcuate and sinuate with a small tuberosity above each ocellus; eyes very large, globular and protruding ;

ocelii very large, prominent, a little farther from each other than from the eyes and situated slightly

abovealine drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae sinuate; clypeus extending for

two-thirds its length below inferior margins of genae, tip pointed and pilose. Pronotum low, convex,

broad, without suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, twice as broad as high; median carina faintly and

irregularly percurrent; humeral angles large, broad and rounded; posterior process long, straight,

194. HOMOPTERA

tectiform, gradually acuminate, tip reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely

concealed. Tegmina hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins very strong; five or six

apical and two discoidal cells; exterior discoidal cell sessile and truncate at base; apical limbus narrow.

Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibize triquerate and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne rubripes Goding.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Jamaica.

1. rubribes Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXV : 2. 169 (1927). Jamaica.

— Pl. IO, fig. 1 60.

TRIBES OF THE OLD WORLD CENTROTIN/E

I. Pronotum with a posterior process

A. Tibie and head not dilated ; scutellum usually visible

I. Pronolum with suprahumeral horns

a. Hind wings with three apical cells... . . . . . . . . CzxNTROTINI Distant.

aa. Hind wings with four afical cells

b. Sides of mesonotum bearing teeth

c. Pronotum bearing a single high process... .. .. . . . . HyvrPsaucHENINI Distant.

cc. Pronotum with two hors... . . . . . . . . CENTROCHARESINI Goding.

bb. S:des of mesonotum unarmed

c. Pronotum elevated in a high erect fvocess. . .. . . .. . MicnEUNINI Distant.

cc. Pronotum without a high median brocess .. . . . . . LzxPTOCENTRINI Distant.

2. Pronotum without suprahumeral horus

a. Hind wings wilh three apical cells

b. Sides of mesonotum bearing teeth... . . . . . . . CoccosreRPHINI Goding. -

bb. Sides of mesonotum unarmed . . . . . . . . . . . GagGAanINI Distant,

aa. Hind wings with four apical cells... . . . . . . . UnmoxiPniNI Goding.

B. Front tibie and head more or less foliaceous; scutellum present but. oflen

concealed .

-. . . . OxnHacursiNI Distant,

II. Pronotum without a posterior process .—..— . . 4... . . . . DaRrHULINI Tribus nov.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE CENTROTINI DISTANT

I. Base of posterior brocess not touching scutellum

A. Posterior process uot angulate at base

1. Posterior process with inferior lobe... . . . . . . . . CsNTROTUS Fabricius.

2. Posterior process without a lobe beneath

a. Posterior ^rocess curved al base, then slraight to apex

b. Tvemina with two discoidal cells... .. . . . . . . . TRnmICocepPs Buckton.

GL er RÉEL ML d Lie PT Ld d

bb. legmina with four discoidal cells. . . . . . . . . QCekNTROTUSOIDES Distant.

aa. Post.rior process sinuate

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 195

b. Posterior process slender, simple

c. Suprahumerals robust, strongly oblique... . . . . PLATYBELUS Stál.

cc. Suprahumerals slender, horizontal . . . . . . . . EvANCHON Goding.

bb. Posterior process heavy, swollen or laminate

c. Poslertor jrocess todose .— 2 5... 5 2 2 s s ÀMITROCHATES Distant.

cc. Poslestoy proctss tol nodose/... . . ,. . 5 . 2 v «4 BansuMas Distant.

B. Posterior process angulate at base

I. Suprahumerals contiguous or united at base .. .. . . . . . . . MowocrEwrTRus Melichar.

2. Suprahumerals distant between bases

a. Poslerior process ampliate beneath... . . . . . . . Macuva Melichar.

aa. Posterior process not ampliate beneath

b. Suprahumerals truncale attibs . . . . . . 2. X ANCHON Buckton.

bb. Swjrahumerals ace... 4 2. 2 2 2 s s . . SPALIRISES Distant.

II. Base of posterior process impinging on scutellum

A. Posterior process laminate

I. Posterior process with high dorsal node

a. Suprahumeralstoolhed |... . . . . . 2 . 2. . . PANTALEON Distant.

dd. Suprabumerals simble s o c ier ires LT C ANTTADCIDAS Distant:

2. Posterior process without high dorsal node

ac Suprahumerals Cornule. «c» Ses Er LL UR umce H s NIAE RYA IDistant.

aa. Suprahumerals auriculate.. . . . . 2... . . . . . MacuxngorvyPus Uhler.

B. Posterior process not laminate

1. Hind trochanters armed. internally with teeth

a. Aftcal veins of tegmina straighl 2. 2. 2... . . . . . TRICENTRUS Stál.

aa. Afical veins of tegmina curved... . . . . . . . . TRICENTROIDES Distant.

2. Hind trochanters unar med

a. Suprahumerals contiguous or united at their bases... . . . . EuMoNOCENTRUS Schmidt.

aa. Suprahumerals not contiguous or united .— .— .— .. . . . . . CRmrro Distant.

186. GENUS CENTROTUS FABRICIUS

Centrotus Fabricius, Syst. Rhyng. 18 (1803).

Beaufortiana Distant, Rhynch. Notes 3o (1916).

Paratricentrus Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa XVIII : 95. 115 (1928).

Characters : The type species of this genus was one of the first membracids ever to be

described and since it was one of the commonest, and one of the few members of the family found in

Europe, it consequently must have been very familiar to the early entomologists. As a result, it would

seem that any new species which bore even a superficial resemblance to C. cornutus was placed in this

genus, only to be removed later to some other genus when the family became more and more subdivided.,

Nevertheless, it is rather surprising to note that the bibliography of the genus shows a total of

196 HOMOPTERA

279 different species which at one time or another have been assigned to it of which only 4o now remain

and some of these are very doubtful as to their correct generic classification.

The representatives of this genus are large, robust insects with strong suprahumerals and a more

or less straight, heavy posterior process which has a well developed inferior node. Other important

generic characters may be listed as follows : Head subquadrate, a little wider than high, usually

pubescent ; base arcuate; eyes comparatively small and ovate; ocelli large, prominent, somewhat farther

from each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genae sloping downward, weakly sinuate; clypeus extending for more than half its length

below the inferior margins of the genz, tip truncate. Pronotum convex with strong suprahumerals;

metopidium nearly vertical, about as broad as high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large

and blunt; suprahumeral horns heavy, as long as the distance between their bases, extending outward

and upward, triquerate, tips pointed; posterior process heavy, tectiform, arising from well above the

scutellum, with a large inferior node which impinges on the tegmina, tip sharp and reaching just about

to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, heavy, triangular, tectiform. ^ Tegmina

entirely free, broad, subhyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and

two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus broad. Hind wings with three apical cells. Legs

simple; femora cylindrical; tibiz triquerate and minutely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type cornutus Linnzeus.

Geographical distribution : The wide distribution recorded for this genus makes one

suspicious that some of the species may not be correctly assigned, since widely separated regions of

Europe, Asia, Africa and the East Indies are included in the list of localities. 1f all of the following

species really belong to Centrotus (which we very much doubt), this genus is the most cosmopolitan of

all of the membracid genera. Unfortunately many of these species have never been recognized since

their original descriptions and we can therefore only record them as they have been described until

further information is available.

1. albigutta Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 184 (1868). Indian Archipelago.

2. albilatus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 184 (1868). New Guinea.

3. angustulus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon r12. 8 (1903). Ceylon.

4. bantuantus Distant, Ins. Trans. r. 215 (1908). Transvaal.

5. bicolor Walker, List Hom. B. M. 625. 63 (1851). Unknown.

6. bioculatus Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV : 166 (1891). Ceylon.

7. bilurris Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 164 (1858). New Hebrides.

8. bovinus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 323 (1916). British East Africa.

9. colladoi Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 49 (1935). Fernando Po.

IO. consiipatus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 192 (1868). Indian Archipelago.

rr. coruutus Linngus, Fauna Suecica 879 (1746). — Pl. 1O, fig. 161. — Germany, Austria, Poland,

italicus Kirschbaum, Cicad. 67 (1855). France Italy Spain, Portu-

turcicus Kirschbaum, Cicad. 67 (1855). : ; A E

abbreviatus Kirschbaum, Cicad. 67 (1855). gal, England, Finland, Rus-

siculus Kirschbaum, Cicad. 66 (1855). sia, Siberia.

gallicus Kirschbaum, Cicad. 67 (1855).

« horncicade » 'Taschenberg, Beld. Ins. Libr. 541 (1861).

depressus Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. III : 15 (1876).

obtusus Fieber, Rev. Mag. Zool. III : 19 (1876).

rugosus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 243 (1903).

12. dificilis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 31 (1916). Cape Colony.

DONE POM aeme s m asm NN SS RIT RC USADO SL EE

TYPMATTNTIEREE T

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. dislanti nom. nov.

cornuta (preoccupied) Distant, Rhynch. Notes 31 (1916).

. flagellifer Signoret, Thoms. Arch. II: 336. 641i (1858).

. globifer Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 44 (1935).

. granulatus Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV :

. impressus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 192 (1868).

. indicatus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon III : 6 (1903).

. laxatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 155 (1916).

. magellani Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 513. 12 (1846).

. marshalli Distant, Rhynch. Notes 154 (1916).

. melangensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 323 (1916).

. nervosus Motschulsky, Put. Cat. 98 (1859).

. nitobei Matsumura, Cic. Jap. II : 17. 3(1912).

. nodulaius Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 46 (1935).

. facificus Gerstaecker, Reis. Ost. Afr. 430 (1873).

. pallidus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 625. 62 (1851).

. quadripunctatus Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad, Forh. 95. 4 (1855).

. ramosus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 47. 2169 (1907).

. rugosus Montrozier, Ann. Soc. Lyon II : 1 (1855).

. sculellaris Olivier, Enc. Meth. 665. 23 (1792).

- Shoanus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 323 (1916).

. Spinicornis Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 95. 3 (1855).

. subuodosus Jacobi, Erg. Zent. Afr. Exp. IV : 35 (1912).

. subsimilis Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 163. 113 (1857).

. talumensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 292 (1916).

. laurifrons Walker, List Hom. B. M. 608. 22 (1851).

. lenuispina Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 51 (1935).

. varipennis Signoret, Thoms. Arch. II : 337. 643 (1858).

. walkeri (nom. nov.) Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 372 (1927).

costalis (preoccupied) Walker, Ins. Saund. 82 (1858).

166 (1891).

197

Cape Colony.

Calabar.

Biafra.

Ceylon.

East Indies

Ceylon, British India.

Natal.

Philippines.

Mashonaland.

Borneo.

Europe:

japan.

Fernando Po.

East Africa.

Unknown.

Natal.

Ceylon.

Woodlark Islands.

East Indies.

Abyssinia

Caffraria.

Central Africa.

Borneo.

Malaya.

java.

Fernando Po.

Calabar.

Unknown.

187. GENUS TRICOCEPS BUCKTON

Tricoceps Buckton, Mon. Memb. 249 (1903).

Tambusa Distant, Ins. Trans. 216 (1908).

Tambusana Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IX : 652 (1912).

Characters : A genus of robust insects with strong suprahumerals, the posterior process curved

but not angulate at the base, three apical cells in the hind wings and two discoidal cells in the tegmina.

Head irregularly subquadrate, about as broad as high; base highly arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli prominent,

twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated far above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of

198 HOMOPTERA

gene. Pronotum convex with strong suprahumerals; metopidium nearly vertical, about as broad as

high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles heavy, triangular, blunt; suprahumeral horns strong,

triquerate, as long or longer than the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward, tips

sharp; posterior process high above the scutellum, curved at base and then nearly straight to apex which

reaches beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subhyaline; base

narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins somewhat indistinct; five apical and two discoidal cells;

apical limbus well developed. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type brunnipennis Germar.

Geographical distribution : This is distinctly an African genus with species widely distributed

on that continent.

1. angulatus Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 55 (1935). Cameroons.

2. brunnipennis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 257. 4 (1835). Natal, Cape of Good Hope,

'Transvaal.

3. curvisbina Distant, Rhynch. Notes 322 (1916). Congo Free State, Nyanza.

4. guineensis Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 56 (1935). Biafra.

5. pubipennis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 511. 7 (1846). — Pl. 1O, fig. 162. Cape of Good Hope, Trans-

vaal.

6. rugosa Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S. R. XXVIII: 149(1927). | Bugombe.

188. GENUS CENTROTUSOIDES DISTANT

Centrotusoides Distant, Rhynch. Notes 30 (1916).

Characters : Heavy-bodied insects, closely related to those of the preceding genus but differing

in having the basal curve of the posterior process farther caudad and in having at least four discoidal

cells in the tegmina. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base highly arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli

prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded; clypeus trilobed, extending for two-thirds its length below

inferior margins of gene. Pronotum convex with short, stout suprahumerals; metopidium nearly

vertical, broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles very large and blunt;

suprahumeral horns short, swollen, triquerate, not as long as the distance between their bases, extending

outward and slightly upward, tips blunt; posterior process heavy, tectiform, tricarinate, curved above

the scutellum, tips sharp and reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum well exposed

on each side. "Tegmina subhyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; five apical cells and four

or more (usually five and sometimes six) discoidal cells arranged in two transverse rows with three in the

distal row and one, two or three in the proximal row; apicallimbus broad. Legs very strong; tibiae

inclined to be flattened; hind tarsi longest.

Type n»uiri Distant.

Geographical distribution : An African genus with two species both from South Africa.

1. muiri Distant, Rhynch. Notes 3o (1916). — PI. 10, fig. 163. Natal.

2. weale? Distant, Rhynch. Notes 3o (1916). Durban.

FAM, MEMBRACID/4E 199

189. GENUS PLATYBELUS STÀL

Platybelus Stál, Hem. Afr. IV : 96 (1866).

Characters : The insects of this genus are distinguished bv their strongly oblique robust

suprahumeral horns and slender, sinuate, acuminate posterior process which does not touch the

scutellum. Head subquadrate, wider than high, usually pubescent; base strongly arcuate and sinuate;

eyes ovate; ocelli not conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated above a

line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping downward and feebly sinuate;

clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed. Pronotum convex

with long suprahumerals; metopidium vertical, wider than high; median carina strongly percurrent;

humeral angles large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns long, triquerate, sharp, extending

outward and upward, much longer than the distance between their bases; posterior process long, sinuate,

tectiform, acuminate, tip reaching a point well beyond the internal angles ofthe tegmina and usually

beyond the end of the abdomen ; scutellum well exposed on each side. Tegmina hyaline; base narrowly

coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and three discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus

broad. Hind wings with three apical cells. Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibiae triquerate; hind

tarsi longest.

Type flavus Signoret.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus with one (doubtful) species from southern

Asia.

I. africanus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 325 (1916). Cameroons, Uganda, Buamba,

Semlili, Budongo, Unyoro.

2. albescens Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S.R. XXVIII : r46 — Zanzibar.

(1927).

3. aries Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 7. 123 (1910). Kilimandjaro.

4. brunneus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLII : 3. 339 (1934). — Transvaal, Natal,

5. dschagga Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 7. 122 (1910). Kilimandjaro.

6. escaleranus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 324 (1916). Cameroons.

7. flavus Signoret, Thoms. Arch. Ent. II : 339. 646 (1858). Calabar.

varipennis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 326 (1916).

8. gowdeyi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 325 (1916). Uganda, Mabira.

9. insignis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 326 (1916). Nyassaland.

10. luteus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 239 (1914). Banguay.

1I. macrocerus Pelaez, Bol. Soc. Espanola XXXVI : 194 (1936). Abyssinia.

12. frojectus Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse de Zool. 43: 2. 193 (1936). South Africa.

13. sinuosus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 155 (1916). — PI, 1O,fig. 164. — Nyassaland.

190. GENUS EVANCHON GODING

Evanchon Goding, Journ. N, Y, Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 40 (1930).

Characters : This is a genus characterized by the horizontal suprahumerals and the very

strongly sinuate posterior process which is elevated above the scutellum. Head subquadiate, a little

200 HOMOPTERA

wider than high; base arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli small, inconspicuous, twice as

far from each other as from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gene rounded; clypeus extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gena.

Pronotum convex with horizontal suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median

carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns projecting almost

directly outward, variable in size and structure, the tips being sharp, truncate or dentate; posterior

process long, strong, nearly cylindrical, tricarinate, very strongly sinuate, arising from above the

scutellum, tip sharp and extending beyond the end of the abdomen, almost to the tips of the tegmina;

scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, tip broadly notched. Tegmina hyaline; base broadly

coriaceous and punctate; venation irregular; five apical cells with curved veins; one or two discoidal

cells; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

The variation in the structure of the suprahumerals and in the wing venation of this genus as well

as the erratic geographical distribution of the forms may warrant a further subdivision of the genus if

and when more species are described which will indicate definite distinctions between these variations.

Type serpentinus Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : This genus, as at present constituted, shows species both in

Africa and in the East Indies. We are inclined to believe that the two groups may eventually prove to

represent different genera.

I. favanensis nom. nov. Java.

sinuata (preoccupied) Funkhouser, Treubia 15. 1 (1935).

2. maculatus Funkhouser, Tijd. Ent. 8o. 123 (1937). Java.

3. minutus Funkhouser, Can. Ent. LI : 10 (1919). Pretoria, Africa.

4. Serpentinus Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. 82 : 209. 13(1920). — PI. 1O, Borneo.

fig. 165.

5. sinuatus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII: 4.428 (1935). ^ Uganda, Africa.

191. GENUS AMITROCHATES DISTANT

A mitrochates Distant, Rhynch. Notes 327 (1916).

Characters : Small, rough insects characterized by the very nodose and sinuate posterior

process and the short, bulbous, spined suprahumerals. Head subquadrate, declivous, longitudinally

ridged, twice as broad as high; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli inconspicuous,

about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of genze rounded; clypeus extending for more than half its length below the

inferior margins of the genz, tip truncate. Pronotum convex with bulbous suprahumerals which

terminate in a spine; median carina percurrent; humeral angles heavy and blunt; suprahumeral horns

thick and subconical, projecting directly outward and ending in a sharp spine; posterior process heavy,

very sinuate, nodose, rough, elevated above the scutellum and ending in a spine which reaches beyond

the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, longer than broad, tip

upcurved. Tegmina hyaline; base broadly coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells;

apical limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type grahami Distant.

TNT TS MR S RUND S

m ENIM

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 20I

Geographical distribution : The genus is represented by two African species.

1. grahami Distant, Rhynch. Notes 328 (1916). — PI. 1O, fig. 166. Ashanti, Obuasi, Gold Coast.

2. mabirensis China, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XI : 463 (1923). Aburi, Uganda, Mabira.

192. GENUS BARSUMAS DISTANT

Barsumas Distant, Rhynch. Notes 156 (1916).

Characters : Small, inconspicuous insects closely related to those of the genus P/atybelus Stàl,

but differing particularly in the structure of the posterior process which is broadly, laterally flattened

and impinges on the tegmina for its distal two-thirds. Head subquadrate, broader than high, apical

half deflexed; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli small, inconspicuous, elevated, equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of gena.

Pronotum convex, with short, broad, flattened suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, broader than high,

extended forward in a ridge over the head; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular

and sharp; suprahumeral horns short, flattened, blunt, extending outward and slightly upward, not as

long as the distance between their bases; posterior process heavy, laminate, arising from well above

the scutellum, arching above the scutellum, then curved downard and impinging on the tegmina for its

sinuate two-thirds, inclined to be serrate above, tip sharp and extending beyond the lateral angles of the

tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, longer than broad, tip notched and upcurved.

Tegmina broad, hyaline, wrinkled; base coriaceous and punctate; veins prominent; tip pointed; five

apical and three discoidal cells; apical limbus broad, particularly on the anal margin. Hind wings with

three apical cells. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type ?rimus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus known only from the type species.

I. Primus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 156 (1916). — Pl. Il, fig. 167. Mashonaland, Salisbury, Bel-

gian Congo.

193. GENUS MONOCENTRUS MELICHAR

Monocentrus Melichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 297 (1905).

Congellana Distant, Ins. Trans. I : 213 (1908).

Basilides Distant, Rynch. Notes 149 (1916).

Characters : A very distinct genus characterized particularly by the long suprahumerals which

are closely contiguous or actually joined at their bases. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base

highly arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other

and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz

sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed. Pronotum

elevated, conical, bearing suprahumeral horns which either touch each other or are grown together at

their bases; metopidium conical, higher than wide; median carina percurrent; humeral angles strong,

triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns varying in size and structure but always close together or

united at their bases and usually laminate and extending outward at the tips; posterior process heavy,

sinuate, arising from high above the scutellum, sharply angulate near the base, sometimes with a tooth

202 HOMOPTERA

on the angle, extending backward beyond the internal angles of the tegmina and generally as far as

the end of the abdomen ; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, tip notched. ^ Tegmina narrow,

basal area usually coriaceous, apical area hyaline; five apical and three discoidal cells; tips sharply

pointed; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type deletus Melichar.

Geographical distribution : An African genus with a rather wide distribution as is indicated

by the following species :

1. albomaculatus Schmidt, Zool. Anz, XXXVIII : 239 (1911). East Africa.

2. bipennis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 606. 19 (1851). West Africa, Ogragra, Came-

albolineatum Buckton, Mon. Memb. 216 (1903). roons, Calabar, Mt. Coffee.

3. deletus Melichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 297 (1905). East Africa.

4. flavigaster Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 26 (1935). Fernando Po.

5. fuscum Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 22 (1905). — Pl. 1 1l, Nigeria.

fig. 168.

6. hyalinipennis Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 240 (1911). East Africa, Biafra.

7. hypsaucheniana Distant, Ins. Trans. I : 213 (1908). Transvaal.

8. insularis Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 238 (1911). East Africa, Fernando Po.

9. laticornis Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 238 (1911). East Africa.

Io. leighi Distant, Ins. Trans. I : 213 (1908). Transvaal, Uganda.

II. ofacus Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 239 (1911). East Africa, Rio Muni.

12. rotundicoruis Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 23 (1935). Cameroons.

13. sirigatum Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 333 (1905). Cameroons, Uganda.

194. GENUS MAGUVA MELICHAR

Maguva Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 109 (1903).

Anchonoides Distant, Faun. Brit, Ind. App. 162 (1916).

Characters : The insects of this genus are distinguished by the sharp suprahumerals which

are widely separated at their bases and particularly by the posterior process which is more or less

sinuate, distinctly angulate at the base and ampliate or lobed beneath. Head subquadrate, wider than

high; base arcuate and slightly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli small, inconspicuous, equidistant from

each other and from the eyes and situated somewhat above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of gena; sinuate and sloping downward; clypeus extending for half its length below

the inferior margins of the genz, tip rounded. Pronotum convex with long sharp suprahumerals;

metopidium nearly vertical, broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles

large und blunt; suprahumeral horns variable in size and structure but usually strong, longer than the

distance between their bases, extending outward and upward and curving backward, with tips sharp;

posterior process heavy, more or less sinuate, arising from high above the scutellum, and having an

inferior lobe or plate which is sometimes attached to the scutellum, tip sharp and reaching a little

beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum well exposed, triangular, longer than broad.

Tegmina hyaline; basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; tip rounded ; five apical and

three discoidal cells; apicallimbus narrow. Hind wings with three apical cells. Legs simple; hind

tibiz feebly spined; all tarsi about equal in length.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 203

Tyne orrida Melichar.

Geographical distribution : The species of this genus are found in Ceylon, Malaya, and the

islands of the Archipelago. They are apparently not common and are seldom seen in collections.

1. órunnea Funkhouser, Ent. Month. Mag. LXXIII : 100 (1937). Borneo.

2. cornuta Funkhouser,. Memb. Mt. Kinabalu r16 (1932). Borneo.

3. horrida Melichar, Hom. Ceylon rog. 1 (1903). Ceylon.

4. "gra Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 116 (1929). — Pl. 1l, | New Guinea.

fig. 169.

sinuata Funkhouser, Treubia XV : 1. 121 (1935).

5. sordida Funkhouser, Spolia Ment. 13 (1928). Siberut Island.

6. typica Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 162 (1916). Ceylon.

7. variegata Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 4. 8 (1918). Singapore, Borneo, Sumatra.

195. GENUS ANCHON BUCKTON

Anchon Buckton, Mon. Memb. 214 (1903).

Paraxiphopoeus Goding, Journ, N. Y. Ent, Soc. XXXVIII : 2. 89 (1930).

Characters : A distinct and rather remarkable genus at once recognized by the laminate,

truncate suprahumerals set far apart and by the posterior process which is sharply angulate at the base.

Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high ; base strongly arcuate ; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent,

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of gene rounded; clypeus extending for more than half its length below

inferior margins of gena, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, with strong suprahumerals which are not

contiguous at their bases; metopidium nearly vertical, about as broad as high; median carina strongly

percurrent; humeral angles small, triangular and sharp; suprahumeral horns strong, heavy, longer than

the distance between their bases, flattened, extending outward and upward, tips laminate, truncate and

often dentate; posterior process arising from high above the scutellum, sharply angulate at base, often

with a tooth at the angle, behind the angle usually straight, slender, acuminate, extending beyond the

internal angles of the tegmina and about as far as the end of the abdomen ; scutellum entirely exposed,

subtriangular, base swollen, tip deeply and broadly notched. 'Tegmina hyaline; base narrowly

coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells ; apex diagonally truncate; apical limbus

broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type »odicornis Germar.

Geographical distribution : This is a large genus with a wide distribution throughout Asia

and Africa.

1. arebiensis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 89 (1930). Africa, Northwest Congo.

2. bilineatus Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 95. 2 (1855). Natal.

3. boueti Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 33 (1935). Fernando Po.

4. brevis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 52. 2177 (1907). Ceylon.

5. brunneus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVI : 2. 241 (1937). Hainan Island, China, Han-

chow.

6. decoratum Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 516 (1914). West Africa, Lagos.

7. dilaticoruis Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 3o (1935). Cameroons.

204 HOMOPTERA

8. echinatum Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 51. 2174 (1907). British India, Tenasserim,

Myitta.

9. elegans Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 40 (1935). Cameroons.

10. flavipes Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 237 (1911). ; Africa, Cameroons, Sierra

Leone.

II. formosanum Kato, Insect World XXXII : 1o (1928). Formosa.

I2. gesiroi Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 234 (1911). Africa.

13. gracilis Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 235 (1911). Africa, Fernando Po.

14. gunni Funkhouser, Can. Ent. LI : ro (1919). South Africa, Pretoria.

15. limbatum Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 235 (1911). Africa.

16. lineatus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2 (1938). China, Kwantung.

17. minor Melichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 296. 61 (1905). East Africa, Bomole.

18. nmodicornis Germar, Rev. Silb. 1II : 257. 6 (1835). South Africa, Cape of Good

Hope, Bomole, Natal, Bel-

gian Congo.

I9. 40dosus Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 26 (1930). Sudan.

20. filosum Walker, List Hom. B. M. 606. 18 (1851). India, Ceylon, China, Japan,

Hainan Island.

21. foensis Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 37 (1935). Fernando Po.

22. proximus Signoret, Ann. Soc. Ent. France VIII : 202. 53 (1860). Madagascar.

23. reciangulatum. Kirby, Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV : 166 (1903). India, Ceylon, Mysore.

24. relatum Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 516 (1914). Lagos.

25. vemigium Buckton, Mon. Memb. 215 (1903). Unknown.

26. schuboizi Jacobi, Ergenb. Zentr. Afrik. Exp. IV : 2. 36 (1912). Africa,

27. senegalensis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 511. 6 (1846). Senegal, Pretoria, Transvaal.

28. ulniforme Buckton, Mon. Memb. 216 (1903). — Pl. Il, fig. 170. India, Tenasserim, Myitta,

? Mysore, Java, Sumatra.

29. vicinus Signoret, Thoms. Arch. Ent. II : 339. 645 (1858). Calabar.

196. GENUS SPALIRISIS DISTANT

Spalirisis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 29 (1916).

Planecornua Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 9o (1930).

Characters : A genus of large robust insects with strong sharp suprahumerals and a long

posterior process which is angulate at the base. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base

arcuate and sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the

eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sinuate;

clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gens, tip pointed. Pronotum convex

with strong, sharp suprahumerals; metopidium vertical, higher than broad; median carina percurrent ;

humeral angles large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns long, strong, sharp, usually extending

outward and upward but sometimes almost horizontal, sometimes slightly flattened before the tips,

longer than the distance between their bases; posterior process arising from high above the scutellum,

sharply angulate at the base, often toothed at the angle, behind the angle more or less sinuate, triquerate,

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 205

tip acuminate and extending almost to the tips of the tegmina ; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular,

twice as long as broad, tip broadly notched. ^ Tegmina semiopaque, base narrowly coriaceous and

punctate; veins strong ; five apical and three discoidal cells; apicallimbus broad. Legs simple; hind

tarsi longest,

Tyne alticornis Jacobi.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus with four described species.

I. alticormis Jacobi, Ergebn. Zentr. Afrik. Exped. 35 (1910). British East Aírica, Uganda,

Mutanda, Mpanga, Toro,

Ruwenzori.

2. humilis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 89 (1930). Ruwenzori.

3. infractus Jacobi, Kil. Exped. r22 (1910). Kilimandjaro.

4. nigris nom. nov. — Pl. 11, fig. 171. Usambara.

majusculum. Distant, (British Museum MS name).

197. GENUS PANTALEON DISTANT

Pantaleon Distant, Rhynch. Notes 327 (1916).

Eupantaleon Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Form. XVIII : 33 (1928).

Characters : A peculiar genus of large insects characterized by the high, arcuate dorsal node

on the posterior process and the strongly dentate suprahumerals, Head subquadrate, about as broad

as high, usually pubescent; base highly arcuate and sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli prominent, farther from

each other than from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz sinuate; clypeus trilobed, the median lobe much the largest, extending for more than

half its length below the inferior margins of the gena, tip broadly rounded. Pronotum convex with

strong, toothed suprahumerals; metopidium nearly vertical, broader than high ; median carina strongly

percurrent ; humeral angles small, triangular and pointed ; suprahumeral horns heavy, robust, swollen,

triquerate, apex strongly dentate; posterior process heavy and elevated into a high, flattened dorsal

node, tip suddenly acute and reaching just about to the internal angles of the tegmina ; scutellum

narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina semiopaque, base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins

strong ; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Type nmontifer Walker.

Geographical distribution : The species of this genus are not common and seem to be limited

to oriental regions.

I. órunneus Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc, XVI:2.45(1921). — China, Kiautschau, Chekiang,

PI Eti 72- Kiangsu.

2. bufo Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Form. XVIII : 33 (1928). Formosa.

3. bulbosus Funkhouser, Ent. Month. Mag. LIII : ror (1937). Borneo.

4. dorsalis Matsumura, Cicad, Jap. II : 1815 (1912). Formosa.

5. monlifer Walker, List Hom. B. M. 620. 53 (185r). China, Hong Kong.

206 HOMOPTERA

198. GENUS ANTIALCIDAS DISTANT

Antialcidas Distant, Rhynch. Notes 326 (1916).

Characters : This genus is very close to the preceding and perhaps is not deserving of separate

generic rank. If the two genera are not distinct, then this genus is valid and Pantaleon becomes a

synonym. The only important difference between Pan/aleon and Antialcidas is in the structure of the

suprahumerals which in the former are strongly toothed and in the latter are simple. This difference,

however, is conspicuous and noteworthy and seems to be constant, and we are therefore considering it

a satisfactory generic character. The other characters are very similar to those of Paztaleon and may be

briefly listed as follows : Head subquadrate, broader than high; base arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli

inconspicuous, a little farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through

centers of eyes; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded.

Pronotum convex with strong, simple suprahumerals ; metopidium vertical, broader than high; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles small, triangular and pointed; suprahumeral horns strong, triquerate,

extending outward and upward, as long or longer than the distance between their bases, tips sharp and

without teeth; posterior process elevated into a high, usually triangular dorsal node, much flattened

laterally and inclined to be foliaceous, tip suddenly acute and reaching just about to the tips of the

tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina semiopaque; base narrowly coriaceous

and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; femora

cylindrical; tibiae triquerate and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type t!rifoliaceus Walker. -

Geographical distribution : A4x»tialcidas, like the preceding genus, is limited in distribution to

Eastern Asia.

I. attenuatus Funkhouser, Rec. Ind. Mus. XXIV : 3. 327 (1922). India, Sureil, East Himalayas.

2. erectus Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 47 (1921). China, Kiautschau.

3. trifoliaceus Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 163 (1858). — Pl. I 1l, North China, Kiangsu.

fig. I 73.

199. GENUS MAURYA DISTANT

Maurya Distant, Rhynch. Notes 326 (1916).

Characters : Medium-sized insects with cornute suprahumerals and a more or less elevated

flattened posterior process which does not show a high dorsal node. Head subquadrate, broader than

high; base arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, a little farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated somewhat above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae

sinuate and sloping downward; clypeus extending for more than half its length below inferior margins

of gene, tip rounded. Pronotum convex with short, heavy, sharp suprahumerals; metopidium nearly

vertical, broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles heavy, triangular and

blunt; suprahumeral horns stout, triquerate, robust, extending outward and upward, not as long as the

distance between their bases, tips pointed; posterior process heavy, laminate, tectiform, tip acute and

just reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 207

broad, wrinkled, hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; five apical and three discoidal cells;

tip pointed; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type gibbosulus Walker.

Geographical distribution : Maya is an oriental genus with a rather wide distribution over

northern, eastern and southern Asia.

1. angulatus Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 48 (1921). China, Kiautschau, Formosa.

2. arisanus Kato, Insect World XXXII : r1: (1928). Formosa.

3. bicolor Funkhouser, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 2. 246 (1936). Bengal.

4. decorata Funkhouser, Notes d'Ent. Chinoise IV : 2. 29 (1937). China, Chekiang.

5. denticula Funkhouser, Notes d'Ent. Chinoise V : 2 (1938). China, T'ienmu Shan.

6. gibbosulus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 187 (1868). Macassar.

7. jaradoxus Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX: 80(1876). — Pl. | 1l, Siberia, West China, Ussuri.

fig. 174.

8. sibiricus Lethierry, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XIX : 80 (1876). Siberia, Ussuri.

200. GENUS MACH/EROTYPUS UHLER

Machsaerotypus Uhler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XIX : 284 (1896).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but having the suprahumerals reduced to

mere folds or ridges or at most only auriculate rather than cornute and in having the laminate posterior

process only slightly flattened. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base arcuate and weakly sinuate ;

eyes large and ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and sinuate; clypeus

extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded and pilose. Pronotum convex

with suprahumerals very small, auriculate or ridged; metopidium almost vertical, convex, much broader

than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles heavy, blunt and triangular, extending

farther outward than the suprahumerals; suprahumeral horns consisting merely of ridges or folds or

short auricular projections; posterior process heavy, slightly laminate, tectiform, and reaching a little

beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina opaque

or translucent; base coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus well

developed. Legs simple; tibiz strongly pilose; hind tarsi longest.

Type sellatus Uhler.

Geographical distribution : This is an Asiatic genus with a rather wide distribution as

follows :

I. brevicornis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 49 (1921). japan.

2. brunneus Funkhouser, Rec. Ind. Mus. XXIV : 3. 328 (1932). India, East Himalayas, Darjee-

ling, Mungpoo.

3. complicatus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 125. 3 (1903). Ceylon.

4. coreamus Kato, Zool. Soc. Japan 293 (1930). Korea.

5. discrelus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 125. 2 (1903). Ceylon, India, Peradeniya,

Nuwara.

208 HOMOPTERA

6. nuwarana Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 174. 3382 (1916). Ceylon, Nuwara.

7. gallescens Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 173. 3381 (1916). Ceylon, Nuwara.

8. rubronigris Funkhouser, Notes d'Ent. Chinoise V :2. 17 (1938). — — China, T' ienmu Shan.

Pl-SIdssfigcd n5:

9. sellatus Uhler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XIX : 284 (1896). japan.

10. vitulus Lindberg, Pal. Cic. 23 (1927). Russia.

201. GENUS TRICENTRUS STÀL

Tricentrus Stál, Analect. Hem. 387 (1866).

Megaloschema Buckton, Mon. Memb. 231 (1903).

Otaris Buckton, Mon. Memb. 249 (1903).

Taloipa Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 334 (1905).

Characters : This genus belongs to a very interesting group of which species are found both in

the Centrotini and in the Gargarini in which the hind trochanters are armed with strong: teeth on their

internal margins. Tricentrus has the posterior process simple, well developed suprahumerals of various

types, and the apical veins of the tegmina straight. Various attempts have been made to subdivide

this genus, particularly on the basis of differences in the shape and structure of the pronotal horns, but

none have proven satisfactory. We can find no constant character which would warrant the splitting

off of other genera from this large genus or even the erection of subgenera. Because of the consider-

able amount of variation within the genus, the characters must be stated in rather general terms.

Those characters which seem always to be present and by which the genus may be recognized are as

follows : Head subquadrate, wider than high ; base arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli prominent, equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus extending for half its length below the inferior margins

of the genze. Pronotum convex with well developed suprahumerals; metopidium vertical or sloping,

usually wider than high; humeral angles strong and triangular; median carina percurrent; suprahumeral

horns varying greatly in size, length, position and structure, but usually strong, simple and extending

outward and upward; posterior process strong, impinging on tegmina, generally tectiform and fairly

straight with the tip sharp and extending a little beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

broadly exposed on each side. Tegmina hyaline or subhyaline with the base narrowly coriaceous and

punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus well developed.

Legs simple but with the hind trochanters armed with teeth on the inner margins; femora cylindrical ;

tibiz triquerate and closely, finely spined ; hind tarsi longest.

Type convergens Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is one of the largest of all of the membracid genera with

species distributed over practically all parts of Asia and the South Sea Islands.

I. acer Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 163 (1858). Malacca, Papua.

2. acuticornis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XV : r. 22 (1919). Philippines, Panay, Culasi,

Sumatra.

3. eneus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 167 (1916). India, East Himalayas, Dar-

jeeling, Assam, Bengal, Ten-

asserim, Myitta, Malaya.

o6 9»uo9we

IO.

b nb s

12.

I3.

I4.

15:

16.

17;

18.

19.

20.

21.

22*

29;

24.

25;

26.

245

28.

29.

3o.

327

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. equicoruis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 116 (1927).

. aiyuri Funkhouser, Ind. Forest Rec. XVII : 5 (1933).

albescens Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 121 (1929).

albipennis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 287 (1930).

albipes Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 4 (1927).

albomaculatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 56. 2183 (1907).

allabeuns Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 166. 3367 (1916).

altidorsus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 124 (1929).

amurensis Lindberg, Pal. Cic. 26 (1927).

amplicornis Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVI : 3. 240 (1937).

assamensis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 57. 2186 (1907).

attenuatus Funkhouser, Phil. Memb. 388 (19:5).

altenuicornis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 120 (1929).

auritus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 249 (1903).

bakeri Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : r19 (1929).

banguensis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 238 (1914).

basalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 626. 65 (1851).

flavipes Uhler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XIX : 284 (1896).

kuyanianus Kato, I. Ins. Jap. 45 (1933).

bergeri Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S. R. XXVIII :151(1927).

bicolor Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 55. 2181 (1907).

biformis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 288 (1930).

bifurcus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 165. 3366 (1916).

bovillus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 164. 3364 (1916).

brevicornis Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. 82 : 214. 26 (1920).

brevis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 239 (1914).

brunneicornis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 126 (1929).

caliginosus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 93. 46 (1856).

capreolus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 627. 66 (1851).

carinatus Funkhouser, Tijd. Ent. LXXX : 125 (1937).

congestus Walker, Ins. Saund. 79 (1858).

209

Philippines, Baguio.

India, Madras.

Borneo.

Formosa.

Sumatra.

India, Bombay, South India,

Penang, Malaya, Singapore,

Myitta, Tenasserim, Assam,

Garo, Sumatra, Hawaii.

India, East Himalayas, Pe-

nang, Borneo, Darjeeling,

Perak, China.

Penang.

Russia.

Hainan Island.

India, Assam, Penang, Singa-

pore.

Philippines, Mindanao, Pa-

nay.

Borneo.

Sumatra, Fort de Kock.

Borneo.

Banguey Island.

China, Hong Kong, Hainan

Island, Japan, Formosa.

Russia, Vladivostok.

Bombay.

Formosa.

India, Darjeeling.

Burma, Moulmein.

Borneo, Sandakan.

Banguey, Barkuda, Borneo.

Philippines, Soemba.

Malacca, Singapore, Siam, Bi-

serat, Bali, Malaya, Suma-

tra, Borneo.

Philippines, Luzon, Laguna,

Savei, China, Ningkwo.

java.

India, Hindostan, Malaya,

Singapore, Penang, Suma-

tra, West China, Hainan

Island.

210

33.

34.

323-

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

HOMOPTERA

convergens Walker, List Hom. B. M. 623. 59 (1851). — PI. 1l,

fig. 176.

curvicornis Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S. R. XVIII: 153(1927).

decurvatus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XII : 238 (1914).

defressicornis Funkhouser, Notes Musee Heude II : 4. 82 (1935).

divergens Bierman, Notes Mus. Leid. XXXIII : 44 (1910).

dyaki Funkhouser, Ent. Month. Mag. LXXIII : 102 (1937).

euchistus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 164. 3363 (1916).

fairmairei Stàl, Freg. Eug. Res. Ins. 284. 192 (1859).

tinctoria Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 334 (1905).

. fasciatus Kato, Insect World. XXX : 11. 5 (1928).

. fasciipennis Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 28 (1918).

. femoratus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 186 (1868).

. ferruginosus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 123 (1929).

. finitimus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 628. 67 (1851).

. flavipbes Melichar, Notes Mus. Leid. XXXVI : 112 (1914).

. forticornis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 118 (1929).

. fukbiensis Funkhouser, Notes Musee Heude II : 4. 81 (1935).

. fulgidus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 122 (1929).

. fuscoapicalis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 5 (1928).

. fuscolimbatus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 8 (1928).

. gargaraformis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 8 (1928).

. gibbosulus Walker, Ins. Saund. 88 (1858).

. glochidiong Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 286 (1930).

. gracilicornis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 3 (1928).

. gracilis Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa XIX : 3. 540 (1928).

. horizontalis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 164. 3365 (1916).

. hyalinipennis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 1 (1928).

. intermedius Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 242 (1911).

. kamaonensis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 163. 3361 (1916).

. kotoinsulanus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 4 (1928).

. kriegeli Funkhouser, Memb. Mt. Kinabalu 118 (1932).

. laticoruis Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 27 (1918).

. latus Funkhouser, Fauna Sumat. 5 (1927).

. maacki Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S.R. XXVII : 152 (1927).

. manilaénsis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 115 (1927).

. minor Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 243 (1911).

Philippines, Luzon, Los Ba-

nos, Malina, Panay, Culasi.

China, Hwang-Ho.

Dutch New Guinea.

China, Chusan Island.

Dutch East Indies.

Borneo.

India, Tenasserim, Myitta.

Philippines, Luzon, Los Ba-

nos, Rizal, Laguna, Culasi,

Bangalore, Malacca.

Formosa.

Philippines, Vizcaya, Imugan.

Celebes, Macassar.

Penang.

China, Hong Kong, Hainan

Island.

East Indies, Penang.

Philippines.

China, Hainan Island.

Borneo.

Formosa.

India, Hindostan, Assam,

Calcutta, Malaya, Singa-

pore, Penang, Borneo.

Formosa.

Burma, Moulmein, Borneo.

Formosa, China, Shanghai.

East Indies.

India, Kamaon, Bhimtal.

Formosa.

Borneo.

Philippines, Luzon, Vizcaya.

Imugen.

Sumatra.

Siberia.

Philippines, Manila.

East Indies.

102.

103.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. minulicornis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 4 (1928).

. minitus Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse de Zool. XLIII : 2. 195 (1936).

. mojiensis Matsumura, Cic. Jap. II : 17. 4 (1916).

. mushaénsis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 2 (1928).

. maifunpoinsis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 289 (1930).

. nigris Funkhouser, J.R.A.S. 82 : 212. 25 (1920).

. migroapicalis Funkhouser, Fauna Sumat. 3 (1927).

. nigrofrontis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 125 (1929).

. nitidus Funkhouser, Fauna Sumat. 2 (1927).

. nivis Funkhouser, Memb. Mt. Kinabalu 119 (1932).

. okamotoi Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 291 (1930).

. ercus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 247 (1903).

. orientalis Funkhouser, Notes Musee Heude II : 4. 83 (1935).

. fallijes Kato, Insect World XXXII : 6 (1928).

. panayensis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 114 (1927).

. fapuaénsis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 122 (1929).

. fieli Funkhouser, Notes Musee Heude r9 (1934).

. filinervosus Funkhouser, Journ. Ent. and Zoo. VI : 2. 68 (1914).

. pilosus Funkhouser, Memb. Mt. Kinabalu 120 (1932).

. dinguidorsis Funkhouser, Rec. Australian Mus. XV : 5. 308 (1927).

. Blicatus Funkhouser, Phil. Memb. 387 (1915).

. porrectus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 118 (1929).

. jProjectus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 55. 2180 (1907).

. pronus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 166. 3368 (1916).

. Bubescens Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 127 (1929).

. functratus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 6 (1928).

. rebandus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 163. 3362 (1916).

. resectus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 167. 3370 (1916).

. robustus Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 26 (1918).

. vufipennis Funkhouser, Treubia XV : r. 125 (1935).

. samai Funkhouser, Notes d'Ent. Chinoise IV : 2. 30 (1937).

. selenus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 247 (1903).

. sobrinus Stál, Analect. Hem. 387 (1866).

. spinicornis Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 6. 15 (1918).

spinidorsis Funkhouser, Bornean Memb. 475 (1929).

spininervis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 115 (1927).

Formosa.

Timor.

Japan, Hokkaido, Honshu.

Formosa.

Borneo, Sandakan.

Sumatra, Doerien Island.

Penang.

Sumatra.

Borneo.

Korea.

Philippines.

China, Ku-ling.

Formosa.

Philippines, Panay.

Papua.

China, Hainan Island.

Philippines, Los Banos.

Borneo.

New South Wales.

Philippines, Mindanao, Da-

pitan.

Philippines.

India, Myitta,

Burma,Moulmein,Calcutta,

Philippines, Viz-

'Tenasserim,

Luzon,

caya, Imugen.

India, Tura, Garo, Cochin

State, Penang.

Philippines.

Formosa.

India, Assam, Borneo, Penang.

Burma, Malaya, Singapore,

Penang, Borneo, Perak.

Philippines, Luzon, Banguet,

Imugen, Panay, Culasi,

Flores.

Borneo.

China, Hainan Island.

India, Tenasserim, Myitta,

Asia.

Singapore, Penang, Sumatra.

Borneo, Sumatra.

Philippines, Samar.

212 HOMOPTERA

104. spinis Funkhouser, Journ. F. M.S. Mus. XVII : 720 (1935). Federated Malay States.

105. subangulatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 55. 2182 (1907). India, Nilgiri, Bengal, Bur-

ma, Moulmein, Rajmahal.

106. subinermis Lindberg, Pal. Cic. 24 (1927). : Russia.

107. suluensis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 125 (1929). Philippines.

108. taifpinensis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 3 (1928). Formosa.

109. /akaoensis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 290 (1930). Formosa.

1IO. fransversus Distant. Faun. Brit. Ind. 48. 2171 (1907). India, Assam.

III. fruncaticorris Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 8. 17 (1918). Singapore, Borneo.

1I2. Xiphistes Kato, Insect World XXXII : 9 (1928). Formosa.

113. yatsugadakensis Matsumura, Ins. Mats. IX : 2. 73 (1934). Japan.

II4. brevisbinis Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 206 (1938). China, Kwangtung.

115. maculatus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 202 (1938). China, Kwangtung.

116. ornatus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 205 (1938). China, Canton, Hainan Isl.

202. GENUS TRICENTROIDES DISTANT

Tricentroides Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 169 (1916).

Characters : This genus is unknown to us. It was founded on a single species from Asia and

according to its author is «allied to Tricentrus from which it differs by the more slender and longer

posterior process, the more rounded apical veins of the tegmina and the peculiarly hyaline nature or

the same ». From Distant's description and figure of the type species, we may indicate the more

apparent generic characters as follows: | Head subquadrate, wider than high ; base nearly straight; eyes

globular; ocelli inconspicuous; inferior margins of genz sloping downward with straight edges; clypeus

extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum convex with strong, sharp

suprahumerals; metopidium vertical, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles

large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns strong, sharp, longer than the distance between their

bases and extending outward and upward; posterior process long, slender, triquerate, tectiform,

acuminate, extending well beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on

each side. Tegmina hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; apex rounded; five apical and

two discoidal cells; apicallimbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest. "We are copying Distant's

figure for our illustration.

Tyne $?roprius Distant.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from the type species.

I. froprius Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 169 (1916). — Pl. 11, fig. India, Assam.

ln:

203. GENUS EUMONOCENTRUS SCHMIDT

Eumonocentrus Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 241 (t1g9rr).

Beninia Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III: 51:7 (1914).

Characters : Large, conspicuous insects characterized by the erect suprahumerals which are

contiguous or partly united at their bases. Head subquadrate, about twice as broad as high; base

MUN RPEREONC E OR DUE Neun TD m S ERROR TRIER RH ES E

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 213

highly arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae

sloping and sinuate; clypeus deflexed, extending for more than half its length below inferior margins

of gene. Pronotum convex, subconical, with erect contiguous or united suprahumerals; metopidium

conical, higher than wide; median carina percurrent; humeral angles triangular and blunt; suprahumeral

horns erect, usually grown together at their bases, tips contiguous and blunt; posterior process long,

slender, straight or only slightly sinuate, impinging on tegmina, tip acute and reaching beyond the

internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum broadly exposed, triangular, tip bifurcate. Tegmina hyaline;

base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong ; five apical and two discoidal cells ; apical limbus

well developed. Legs simple; hind trochanters unarmed; hind tarsi longest.

Type erectus Schmidt.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus with the species distributed as follows :

I. bifureus Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S.R. XXVIII : 148 Africa, Victoria Nyanza.

(1927). — Pl. I L, fig. 178.

2. erectus Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 242 (1911). Africa, Kameroons.

3. lamborni Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 517 (1914). Africa, Lagos, Oni.

204. GENUS CRITO DISTANT

Crito Distant, Rhynch. Notes 43 (1916).

Characters : If we have correctly identified the small, inconspicuous insect which we believe

is Distant's type of this genus, it is close to the representatives of EbAul on the one hand, and to

Acanthucus on the other, but belongs to a different tribe from either, and seems to have distinct generic

characters as follows : Head subquadrate, a little broader than high; base highly arcuate and weakly

sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli small, inconspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated

well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena weakly sinuate; clypeus

trilobed, the median lobe much the largest, extending for more than half its length below inferior

margins of gene, tip rounded; pronotum convex, with small suprahumerals; metopidium almost vertical,

about as high as broad; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles strong, triangular and blunt ;

suprahumeral horns small, triangular and sharp; posterior process heavy, very strongly sinuate or

waved, tip acute and extending well beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not reaching the

apex of either tegmina or abdomen; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina subhyaline

and mottled; basaland costal areas narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and

two discoidal cells; apicallimbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne /estivus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Queensland.

I. festious Distant, Rhynch. Notes 43 (1916). — Pl. 1l,fig. 179. — Queensland.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE HYPSAUCHENINI DISTANT

I. Posterior process with a dorsal subapical node

ASLUA DUX 0T BE I AOUtd aL C RN ve us Uu qM OUELYPSAUCHENIA Gretinar.

214 HOMOPTERA

B. Afex of head truncate

I. Anterior pronotal process recurved ; venation of tegmina normal

a. Disial end of tegmina truncate — . . . . . . . . . . . PyRGAUCHENIA Breddin.

aa. Distal end of tegmina rounded... . . . . . . ..— GIGANTORHABDUS Schmidt.

2. Anterior bronotal process straight; venation of tegmina irregular... HvrPsorvRIUM Schmidt.

II. Posterior process without a dorsal subapical node

A. Anterior bronolal process branched and vecurved.— ..— . . . . . . . PyRGOoNOTA Stál.

B. Anterior bronotal process uot branched ov vecurved

I. Anterior bronotal brocess nodose ; base of head uot bituberculate . . . FUNKHOUSERELLA Schmidt.

2. Anterior pronotal process simple and porrect; base of. head bituberculate. | HvBANDOIDES Distant.

205. GENUS HYPSAUCHENIA GERMAR

Hypsauchenia Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 23o (1835).

Characters : Large, bizarre and rather remarkable insects with a high anterior pronotal horn

usually forked at the tip, à mesonotum bearing strong teeth, and being characterized particularly by the

trilobed head and the dorsal, subapical node on the posterior process. Head subquadrate, about as

broad as high, roughly sculptured, apex more or less trilobed; base highly arcuate and strongly

bituberculate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, conspicuous, protruding, four times as far from each

other as from the eyes and situated in the upper, outer corners of the head, close to the eyes and to the

basal margin and well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz extended in

lobes; clypeus very long, extending for three-fourths its length below the inferior margins of the gena.

Pronotum elevated into a high anterior horn, usually curving backward and bifurcate at the tip;

metopidium conical, vertical, tricarinate, higher than wide; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral

angles large, triangular and blunt; mesonotum extended into teeth or lobes; posterior process strong,

tectiform, impinging on tegmina and bearing a large, rounded, bilaterally flattened, subapical dorsal

node, tip suddenly acute and reaching justto the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly

exposed on each side. Tegmina long, narrow, coriaceous and opaque; veins indistinct; five apical and

three or four discoidal cells; tip pointed and diagonally truncate; apical limbus broad. Legs simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Tyne Zardwickii Kirby.

Geographical distribution : An Asiatic genus found in India, Malaya and the East Indies.

I. asper Buckton, Mon. Memb. 212 (1903). India.

2. bulbosa Buckton, Mon. Memb. 211 (1903). Malaya, Perak.

3. gibbosa Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 12. 2115 (1907) Burma.

4. hardwickii Kirby, Mag. Nat. Hist. IL : 20.56 (1829). — Pl. I1 Il, India, Nepal, Sikhim, Naga,

fig. 180. Khasi, Assam, Darjeeling,

floralis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 210 (1903). Pegu.

bygmea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 211 (1903).

5. hempi Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 148. 3337 (1916). India, Assam, Burma, Sadon.

6. manni Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 149. 3338 (1916). India, Darjeeling, Pussum-

bing.

7. recurva. Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 112 (1929). Java.

8. subfusca Buckton, Mon. Memb. 21:1 (1903). India, Assam, Sikhim.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 215

206. GENUS PYRGAUCHENIA BREDDIN

Pyrgauchenia Breddin, Celeb. Naturw. Ges. XXIV : 126 (19or).

Pyrgophyllium Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVII : 91 (1902).

Pyrgolyrium Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVII : 92 (1902).

Hypsophyllium Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 24 (1926).

Characters : This genus is closely related to the preceding but the insects are usually smaller

and the head is not trilobed. Itis particularly characterized by the normal venation and by the truncate

tegmina. Head subquadrate, about as wide as high; base high and bituberculate; eyes somewhat

flattened laterally; ocelli large, conspicuous, much farther from each other than from the eyes and

situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus extending

for more than half its length below inferior margins of genae. .Pronotum elevated into a high, anterior,

bifurcate pronotal horn which is usually curved backward; metopidium vertical, higher than broad;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles weak and rounded; mesonotum lobate or toothed at sides;

posterior process heavy, tectiform, with a rounded elevation before the apex, tip sharp and just reaching

the internal angles of the tegmina on which it impinges for its entire length; scutellum well exposed on

each side. 'Tegmina long, semiopaque, coriaceous and punctate on basal two-thirds; veins indistinct

except in apical region; apex obliquely truncate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus well

developed especially in anal region, Legs slender, simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type sarasinorum. Breddin.

Geographical distribution : This genus seems to be limited to the East Indian Islands.

1. angulata Funkhouser, Memb. Mt. Kinabalu rr4 (1932). Borneo.

2. brevinota Funkhouser, Memb. Mt. Kinabalu 115 (1932). Borneo.

3. brunmnea. Funkhouser, Memb. Mt. Kinabalu 113 (1932). — Pl. I 1, Borneo.

fig. 181.

4. colorata Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 326 (1915). Borneo.

5. cornuta Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 26 (1930). Borneo.

6. fersteri Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVII : 9r (1902). Java.

7. fulmeki Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 23 (1926). Sumatra.

8. fugulata Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 9. 332 (1905). Sumatra.

breddini Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXVII : 370 (1906).

9. kinabalense Breddin, Soc. Ent. 91 (1902). Borneo, Sumatra, Java, Bali.

IO. sarasinorum Breddin, Celeb. Naturw. Ges. XXIV : r26 (19or). Celebes.

guitiblaga Walker, MS.

1I. suberecta. Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI: 94. 325 (1915). Celebes.

12. wallacei. Breddin, Soc. Ent. XVII : 9r (1902). Borneo.

207. GENUS GIGANTORHABDUS SCHMIDT

Gigantorhabdus Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. 371 (1906).

Characters : A remarkable genus of very large insects with single bifurcate anterior pronotal

horns, with the dorsal lobe of the posterior process very near the apex, and with the tips of the tegmina

216 HOMOPTERA

rounded. The insects are at once noted because of their size. Head subquadrate, roughly sculptured,

about as long as high; base arcuate and weakly bituberculate, sulcate between the tubercles; eyes

somewhat flattened laterally ; ocelli very large, prominent, protruding, four times as far from each other

as from the eyes and situated close to the outer, upper corners of the head, well above a line drawn

through the centers of the eyes; inferior margins of gena extending downward in long tongues or

flattened plates on each side of the clypeus; clypeus long, narrow, extending only slightly below the

inferior margins of the gena, tip rounded and pilose. Pronotum extended upward into a single high

conical or flattened horn which is branched at the end to form two extensions curved backward and

dilated at the tips; metopidium vertical, carinate, higher than broad; median carina strongly percurrent;

humeral angles heavy, triangular and blunt; anterior pronotal horn high, bifurcate, flattened laterally

and bent backward ; inferior margins of mesonotum bearing large, blunt teeth ; posterior process heavy,

tectiform, impinging on tegmina, with a high dorsal node near the apex, tip suddenly sharp and

extending well beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not reaching the end of the abdomen or

the tips of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina broad, opaque, mottled;

basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins distinct; venation of apical area inclined

to be irregular but usually showing five apical and three discoidal cells; apex rounded or bluntly

pointed, not truncate; apical limbus very broad. Legs heavy, simple; femora cylindrical; tibize

triquerate or somewhat flattened ; hind tarsi longest.

Type eiderleini Schmidt.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species which is found

in Borneo.

1. enderleini Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. 372. 67 (1906). — Pl. 11, Borneo.

fig; L82.

208. GENUS HYPSOLYRIUM SCHMIDT

Hypsolyrium Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6 (1926).

Characters : This genus was erected to accommodate Stál's uncinata and has remained monotypic

since its original description. We have never seen the type species but from Stál's description and

from Distant's excellent figure (Distant, 1907, p. 12) it would appear to differ from its nearest relatives

in having a straight, unbranched anterior pronotal horn and in having very irregular venation in the

tegmina. These characters would seem sufficient to validate the genus and Goding writes (in corres-

pondence) that he is convinced that the genus is good. We are therefore recognizing it and noting

such generic characters as may be gleaned from published descriptions and figures as follows: Head

subquadrate, wider than high; base arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each

other than from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gen: rounded and lobate; clypeus extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of

genae. Pronotum extending upward in an erect anterior horn which is not bifurcate and which is not

curved backward over the body ; metopidium conical, about as high as the width at the base; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles small and triangular; anterior pronotal horn erect or leaning slightly

forward, flattened laterally, notched at distal posterior margin, not bifurcate at the tip; posterior

process heavy, tectiform, elevated into an arcuate dorsal node before the apex, tip sharp and just

reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina long,

narrow, semiopaque ; basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins distinct; venation,

TOTNM NU um SERO

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 217

particularly in the apical region, very irregular; tip pointed, obliquely truncate on anal margin; apical

limbus broad. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne uncinata Stàl.

Geographical distribution : This genus is represented only by the type species from India

and we are copying Distant's figure of this insect for our illustration.

I. uncinata Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 283. 1 (1869). — Pl. ll, fig. 183. — India, Pussumbing, Nepal,

Darjeeling.

209. GENUS PYRGONOTA STAÀL

Pyrgonota Stál, Hem. Phil. 73o (1870).

Characters : This remarkable and very interesting genus differs from the four preceding genera

ofthis tribe by having no dorsal node on the posterior process. It may be separated from the two

following genera of the tribe by the long, branched, anterior pronotal horn which curves backward over

the body. Head subquadrate, as broad as high; base arcuate but not tuberculate; eyes flattened laterally;

ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated well above a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus extending for

about half its length below the inferior margins of the genz. Pronotum extended upward into à high

anterior horn which is branched near the tip and curves backward; metopidium vertical, higher than the

breadth at base; median carina percurrent; humeral angles triangular and blunt; anterior pronotal horn

long, slender, conical at base, slightly flattened in the middle, and branched at the tip to form two

spreading arms which are usually foliaceous near the extremities and curve backward over the body;

posterior margin of anterior pronotal horn generally spinose or dentate; mesonotum strongly toothed

on lateral margin; posterior process heavy, simple, tectiform, slightly sinuate, impinging on tegmina,

tip sharp and extending just about to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum very faintly exposed

on each side. Tegmina long, narrow, semiopaque; basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and

punctate; veins distinct and inclined to be curved in the apical region; five apical and three discoidal

cells; tip pointed; apical limbus narrow and wrinkled. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type /umida Stál.

Geographical distribution : This is strictly a Philippine genus and no species has been found

outside of those islands.

1. bifoliata Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 130 (1837). — Pl. 11, Philippines, Luzon, Los Ba-

fig. 184. nos, Culasi, Sargao, Zam-

bales.

2. bifurca Stál, Hem. Phil. 731. 4 (1870). Philippines, Luzon, Baguio,

Banguet, Davao.

3. fenestrata Bergroth, Notulaze Ent. V : 105 (1925). Philippines, Surigao, Dinagat.

4. longiturris Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 23 (1918). Philippines, Luzon, Mt. Ma-

quiling.

5. nodilurris Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 684 (1921). Philippines, Mindanao, Su-

rigao.

218 HOMOPTERA

6. philibpina Stàl, Hem. Phil. 73o. 2 (1870). Philippines, Culasi, Panay,

Siquijor.

7. semperi Stàl, Hem. Phil. 731. 5 (1870). Philippines, Panay, Antique,

Culasi.

8. tumida Stàl, Hem. Phil. 73o. 1 (1870). Philippines.

210. GENUS FUNKHOUSERELLA SCHMIDT

Funkhouserella Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 24 (1926).

Characters : All of the species of this genus were originally described under the genus Pyrgoota

but they differ from the members of that genus by having the anterior pronotal horn bulbous or nodose

and unbranched and not curving backward over the body. On the basis of these characters, Schmidt

has seen fit to place them in a distinct genus. This genus, aside from the above mentioned characters,

is close to Pyrgonota, to which it is undoubtedly nearly related, but the bizarre and grotesque structures

of the anterior process make it at once recognizable. Head subquadrate, a little broader than high,

convex, punctate and often pubescent; base arcuate and sinuate but never tuberculate; eyes ovate;

ocelli large, conspicuous, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated a little above a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate and sloping downward to form flat

plates on each side of the clypeus; clypeus projecting very little below inferior margins of gene, tip

rounded or truncate. Pronotum extended upward into a high anterior horn which is very variable in

shape and structure; metopidium conical, about as high as its breadth at base; median carina obsolete;

humeral angles weak and rounded; anterior pronotal horn projecting upward or forward, decorated

with bulbs, nodes or protuberances and not branched or curving backward ; posterior process tectiform,

impinging on tegmina, tip sharp and reaching a little beyond the internal angles of the tegmina;

scutellum very narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina long, narrow, semiopaque; basal and costal

areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins indistinct; five apical and three or four discoidal cells; tip

sharply pointed; no apical limbus. Legs heavy; tibiz; more or less foliaceous; hind tarsi very much

longer than either of the other two pairs.

Tyne ?inguilurris Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : This genus, like the preceding, seems to be found chiefly in the

Philippines, but one species has been described from the Malay Peninsula and one from an island off

the south coast of China.

I. arborea Funkhouser, Ling. Journ. Sci. XVI : 2. 242 (1937). Hainan Island.

2. binodis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : r10 (1927). Philippines, Luzon.

3. brevifurca Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : rro (1927). Philippines, Luzon.

4. bulbicornis Funkhouser, F. M.S. Mus. XIII : 253 (1927). Malaya, Selangor.

5. bulbiturris Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII: 109 (1927). — — Philippines, Luzon.

PIE ISHig.- [L85.

6. pinguiturris Funkhouser, Phil. Memb. 374 (1915). Philippines, Luzon, Mt. Ma-

quiling.

7. sinuata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 111 (1929). Philippines, Luzon, Ripang

DEEST. Week

PONITUR Ee m e n NOT.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 219

211. GENUS HYBANDOIDES DISTANT

Hybandoides Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 327 (1915).

Platyceras Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 22 (1926).

Characters : A small but very distinct genus characterized by the simple, porrect anterior

pronotal horn and bituberculate base of the head. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base arcuate,

sinuate and bituberculate; eyes globular and protruding; ocelli small but conspicuous, farther from

each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz sinuate and sloping downward; clypeus large, trilobed, extending for two-thirds its

length below inferior margins of genae, tip broad and truncate. Pronotum extended forward and

upward into a simple, porrect horn; metopidium vertical, twice as broad as high; median carina faintly

percurrent; humeral angles heavy, triangular and blunt; anterior pronotal horn heavy, somewhat

flattened laterally, sharply carinate above and below, extending forward over the head, length variable;

posterior process slender, straight, impinging on tegmina, tip sharp and just reaching the internal

angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina long, narrow, semiopaque;

basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous, punctate and pubescent; veins distinct but venation very

irregularly arranged particularly in the apical region; usually five apical cells but an indefinite number

of discoidal cells; tip sharply pointed; no apical limbus. Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibi;

triquerate; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne horizontalis Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus has been found only in the Dutch East Indies.

I. acuticornis Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 23 (1926). Sumatra, Java.

2. borneensis Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 22 (1926). Borneo.

3. horizontalis Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 327 (1915). Borneo, Mt. Kinabalu.

4. laticoruis Schmidt, Soc. Ent. XLI : 6. 22 (1926). Mentawei Islands, Sumatra.

5. sumatrensis Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 15(1927). — Pl.I l,fig 186. Sumatra, Java.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE CENTROCHARESINI GODING

I. Dorsum of posterior process nodulate

AO SCHIITTTUP en tY,e Dy 6X p0st dio eC LEE o e no eese ur m ELIO GENTROCHARES Oo Udb:

B. Scutellum covered except narrowly al sides... . . . . . . . . NEGUs Jacobi.

II. Dorstim: of fosterior-brücess smooth. «|... S e Verde uen Te IS 9 vss um os.» SINENODUS Godirng.

212. GENUS CENTROCHARES STÁL

Centrochares Stàál, Analect. Hem. 386 (1866).

Characters : The insects of this genus bear a strong superficial resemblance to those of the

New World genus Pterygia. They are rough and spinose with broad spreading suprahumerals and more

or less foliaceous head and legs. The scutellum, however, is fully developed and entirely exposed

and the sides ofthe of the mesonota are armed with teeth. Head subtriangular, very roughly

220 HOMOPTERA

sculptured; base arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from

each other as from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of gena subfoliaceous, extending downward in lobes on each side of the clypeus and giving a trilobed

appearence to the face; clypeus broad, extending for three-fourths its length below the inferior margins

of the gena, tip rounded or truncate. Pronotum convex, very rough and spinose; metopidium vertical,

broader than high, and bearing short, irregular spines ; median carina percurrent and spinose; humeral

angles heavy, triangular and spinose or dentate; suprahumeral horns well developed, projecting

outward and upward, longer than the distance between their bases, irregularly covered with short

spines, tips usually more or less foliaceous and carinate; posterior process heavy, sinuate, rough,

spinose, slightly elevated above scutellum, bearing rough, irregular nodes on its dorsal surface, the

subapical elevation largest and ridged, tip blunt and extending almost to the tips of the tegmina;

scutellum almost entirely exposed, subtriangular, longer than broad, tip broadly notched. Tegmina

long, narrow and opaque ; basal and costal areas narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins distinct and

nodulate; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus broad. Legs heavy, tibiae

distinctly foliaceous ; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type Aorrificus Westwood.

Geographical distribution : Centrochares is definitely a genus of Oceanica with more species

found in the Philippines than in any other region.

I. borneensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 314 (1916). Borneo, Sandakan.

2. bucktoni Distant, Rhynch. Notes 314 (1916). Philippines.

postica (female) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 7o (1902).

3. foliatus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 113 (1929). Borneo, Mowong.

4. horrificus Westwood, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 130 (1837). — Pl. 12, Philippines, Luzon, Panay,

fig. 18T. Laguna, Culasi, Rizal, Sa-

spinula Buckton, Mon. Memb. 73 (1903). WaroTEeRe

^ ;

5. fosticus Buckton. Mon. Memb. 7o (1903). Philippines, Culasi.

6. ridleyanus Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 328 (1915). Malaya, Singapore, Selangor,

Kuala Lumpur.

7. spiniferus Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. t9 (1927). Sumatra.

213. GENUS NEGUS JACOBI

Negus Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 121 (1910).

Characters : The type species of Negus shows characters which would seem to warrant its

being placed in a distinct genus. The structure of the pronotal process is quite different from that of the

other two genera of the tribe and the scutellum is only narrowly exposed on each side. The characters

which would appear to be generic are as follows. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base arcuate ;

eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on

a line drawn though centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz extended into pointed lobes which give a

trilobed appearance to the apical outline of the face; clypeus broad, extending for half its length below

inferior margins of gens, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, very rough and spinose; metopidium

vertical, higher than broad, rough and spinose; humeral angles large and triangular; median carina

percurrent; suprahumeral horns strong, spinose, extending upward and outward, longer than the

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 221

distance between their bases, tips more or less swollen, spinose and multicarinate; posterior process

heavy, sinuate, tectiform, nodulate above with the anterior node highest, roughly spinose, tip acute and

extending beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side.

Tegmina subhyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy and spined; tip pointed; five

apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs heavy, femora cylindrical, tibiz triquerous

or somewhat flattened ; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne asper Jacobi.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the African species which was

described from the type and which has since been reported by several authors.

I. asper Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 7. 121 (1910). — Pl. 12, fig. 188. X Africa, Kilimandjaro, Spanish

Guinea.

214. GENUS SINENODUS GODING

Sinenodus Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIX : 311 (1931).

Characters : This is a monotypic genus, the type species of which we have not seen.

Moreover, no figure of the species has ever been published. However, Goding's good descriptions,

both of the genus and of the type species, make it easy to present a generic diagnosis as follows: Head

nearly square, roughly sculptured; ocelli conspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and

situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz broadly foliaceous. Pronotum

convex, rough, carinate and nodulate but not spinose; metopidium vertical; median carina strongly

percurrent; suprahumeral horns strong, heavy, quadrangular, extending upward, outward and slightly

inclined forward, tips broad and truncate; mesothorax with two teeth on each side; posterior process

long, slender, slightly sinuate, destitute of dorsal nodes, tip sharp and extending beyond the tips of the

tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina long, very narrow, semiopaque; veins

strong and colored; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; no apical limbus. Legs strong;

femora cylindrical; tibiz flattened and subfoliaceous.

This genus is apparently closely related to the other two genera of the tribe but differs in not

being strongly spinose and in having the posterior process long, tricarinate and without dorsal nodes,

and in having vitreous tegmina and strongly dilated tibia.

Type gracilis Goding.

Geographical distribution : The type species, which is the only species thus far described in

the genus, is from West Australia.

I. gracilis Goding, Mon. Australian Memb. 33 (1903). Australia, Beverly.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE MICREUNINI DISTANT

I. Lateral branches of anterior horn simple

A. Posterior process not impinging on. tegmina; sculellum entirely exposed ; tips of

horns simple

I. Amlerior jronotal hovn porrect; posterior process arising from mear base of

POTOHOTH e a Re hanc cel de Wide ar esca MI SE NTICRRUNE NVAIKeP:

222 HOMOPTERA

2. Anterior pronotal horn erect; posterior process arising high above scutellum . L'&ProBELUS Stál.

B. Posterior process impinging on tegmina; scutellum only narrowly exposed on each

side; tibs of horns dilated . . . . . . . . . . s. .« « .- EutrRYONIA Goding.

II. Lateral branches of anterior horn vebranched .—.. . . . . . . . . . . EraPHrcEsS Buckton.

215. GENUS MICREUNE WALKER

Micreune Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1. 93 (1856).

Characters : A small genus of large conspicuous insects characterized by the long porrect

anterior horn which bears slender recurving branches, and the posterior process which usually arises

from near the base of the pronotum but does not conceal the scutellum or impinge on the tegmina.

Head subquadrate, wider than high; base weakly arcuate and sinuate; eyes very large, globular and

protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, located near the upper outer angles of the head, four times as far

from each other as from the eyes and situated far above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz short and sinuate; clypeus very large, extending for at least three-fourths its length

below inferior margins of gens, diamond-shaped, very broad in the middle, tip pointed. Pronotum

elevated into a porrect horn which is branched at the top; metopidium cone-shaped, wider than high;

median carina obsolete; humeral angles large, triangular and blunt; anterior pronotal horn turrete,

porrect, extending upward and forward over the head, branched at the top into two slender branches

longer than the horn itself which bend backward over the body ; posterior process slender, arising from

near the base of the pronotum, nearly straight, tip sharp and reaching beyond the internal angles of the

tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, much longer than broad, tip bifurcate. Tegmina long, narrow,

semiopaque; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded;

apicallimbus narrow. Legs slender and simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type formidenda Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is a Malayan genus with one doubtful species reported

from East Africa.

I. electa. Melichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 296. 58 (1905). Dutch East Africa, Umani,

(Possibly a Monocentrus). Usambara.

2. formidenda Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I: 93. 49 (1856). — . Borneo, Sarawak, Malaya,

PI: 169; fig: 189. Singapore.

quadrilinea Walker, MS. (fide Distant 1915).

3. macularum Buckton, Mon. Memb. 214 (1903). Borneo, Perak, Sandakan,

Malaya, Sumatra.

4. metuenda. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I: 164. 124 (1857). Borneo.

216. GENUS LEPTOBELUS STAL

Leptobelus Stàl, Hem. Afr. IV : 86 (1866).

Characters : A very distinct and rather striking genus characterized particularly by the fact

that the posterior process arises from high up on the anterior pronotal horn just below or between the

lateral branches. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base lightly arcuate and sinuate; eyes very

E TIPP ET

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 223

large, globular and protruding; ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes

and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz weakly lobed and

projecting slightly over the edges of the clypeus; clypeus extending for half its length below the inferior

margins of the genz, tip rounded. Pronotum elevated into an erect conical anterior horn which is

branched at the top; metopidium convex, vertical, broad at the base and narrow at the top; no median

carina; humeral angles broad and blunt; anterior pronotal horn conical, erect, branched at the top into

two lateral branches which usually extend directly outward, tips simple and sharp; posterior process

long, slender, usually decurved; arising from high on the pronotal horn, usually just below the lateral

branches, tip acuminate and reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not to their tips;

scutellum entirely exposed, long, narrow, reaching almost to the end of the clavus, generally swollen at

the base and often tomentose. "Tegmina broad, hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins

strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apicallimbus broad. Hind wings with four

apical cells. Legs slender and simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type dama Germar. .

Geographical distribution : This is an Asiatic genus with a wide distribution in India, the

East Indies, Malaya, China and the Philippines.

1. dama Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 258. 7 (1835). — Pl. 12, fig. 190. — India, Java, Borneo, Suma-

tra, Philippines.

2. decurvatus Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 43 (1921). China, Kiautschau, India,

Sikhim.

3. elevatus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 685 (1921). Philippines, Palawan, Puerto

Princesa.

4. flexicornis Walker, Ins. Saund. 78 (1858). India, Punjab, North Hindos-

tan, West China.

5. gazella Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 510. 2 (1846). East Indies, India, Assam,

Naga Hills, Burma, Pusa,

North China.

6. nigris Funkhouser, Bornean Memb. 473 (1929). Borneo.

7. sauteri Schumacher, Saut. Formosa 115 (1915). Formosa.

217. GENUS EUTRYONIA GODING

Eutryonia Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 34 (1903).

Gelastorrhachis Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 372 (1906).

Characters : This genus is very distinct from the other genera of the tribe because of the fact

that the posterior process lies close to the body, almost concealing the scutellum and impinging on the

tegmina and because the anterior pronotal horn is dilated or much thickened at the apex. Head

subquadrate, broader than high; base arcuate and sinuate and sometimes weakly bituberculate; eyes

very large, globular and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, farther from each other than from the

eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz short, rounded

and weakly lobate; clypeus trilobed, the median lobe much the largest, extending for more than half

its length below inferior margins of genze,, tip rounded. Pronotum elevated into a high, conical or

cylindrical anterior horn which is usually forked at the top; metopidium vertical, about as high as its

224 HOMOPTERA

width at the base; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles broad and blunt; anterior pronotal

horn erect, heavy, conical or cylindrical, usually branched at the top into two lateral branches or nodes

which are very variable in size and shape but are always dilated, bulbous or swollen and generally extend

outward and backward; posterior process slender, triquerate, sinuate, impinging on tegmina, tip sharp

and reaching beyond the end of the abdomen and almost to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum very

narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina hyaline; basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; veins

heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Type monustrifera Walker.

Geographical distribution : This genus is limited to the Australian region as indicated by

the localities given for the following species :

1. clavata Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 373 (1906). Queensland, Kuranda.

2. diadema Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 373 (1906). Queensland, Kuranda.

3. gracilis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 243 (1926). Queensland, Australia.

4. monstrifera Walker, Ins. Saund. 8o (1858). — PI. 12, fig. 191. Australia, New South Wales,

fondifer Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 316 (1862). Hunt River, Moreton Bay,

cassis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 60 (1903). Q land, Rockh t

ueenland, Rockhampton,

Tweed River, North Aus-

tralia.

218. GENUS ELAPHICEPS BUCKTON

Elaphiceps Buckton, Mon. Memb. 217 (1903).

Characters : This is one of the most remarkable and bizarre of all of the membracid genera

because of the extreme specialization shown in the multibranched anterior pronotal process, Head

subquadrate, about twice as broad as high, roughly sculptured; base highly arcuate, strongly sinuate

and feebly bituberculate; eyes large, ovate and protruding ; ocelli large, prominent, a little farther from

each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz sinuate and extending slightly forward; clypeus very large, ovate, extending for more

than half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum extended upward into a

conical anterior horn which is branched and rebranched; metopidium convex, sloping, about as high

as the breadth of the base; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles broad, heavy, triangular

and blunt; anterior pronotal horn erect, conical or cylindrical, branched at the top into two strong

lateral branches each of which is rebranched, the tips of branches very sharp; posterior process long.

slender, tricarinate, arising from near the top of the anterior horn just behind or below the lateral

branches and extending backward and downward high above the scutellum, the tip acuminate and

reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, heavy, subtriangular,

longer than broad, base swollen, tip truncate. Tegmina long, narrow, semiopaque; basal and costal

areas broadly coriaceous and punctate and usually pubescent; veins heavy; five apical and two discoidal

cells; tips rounded; apical limbus broad. Legs long, slender and simple; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne cervus Buckton.

ERE TUCRME RECEIPT

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 225

Geographical distribution : Only two species of this genus have been described, one from

the Orient and one from the Dutch East Indies.

I. cervus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 217 (1903). — PI. 12, fig. 192. China, Hainan Island, For-

mosa.

2. Javanensis Funkhouser, Tijd. Ent. LXXX : 121 (1937). Java.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE LEPTOCENTRINI DISTANT

I. Base of posterior process distant from scutellum

A. Base of posterior process not angulate

I. Afical veins of legmina straight

a. Posterior process not lobed below

b. Scutellum as broad as long ; apex notched

c. Disc of bronotum elevated

d. Posterior process long and curved... . . . . . . LzkProcENTRUS Stál.

dd. Posterior process short and straight... . . . . .. NiLAUTAMA Distant.

cc. Disc of pronotum not elevated :

d. Suprahumerals directed forward... . . . . . . ARIMANES Distant.

dd. Suprahumerals directed outward and upward . . . . . CowvEcrOom Distant.

bb. Scutellum much longer than broad ; apex acute... . . . . . "TELINGANA Distant.

aa. "Posterior process lobed. below. os X nue Im eres is hu ys ACANTHOPHYES,Stdl.

2. Apical veins of tegmina strongly curved

AP SuPYAIUMIYASSDUTFOCLA Seer Us DE LL ate eie cote edt us BATHOULTHA Distant.

aa. Suprahumerals horizontal or oblique

b. Posterior process sinuate; apical half impinging on tegmina... IwpicoPLEUsTES Distant.

bb. Posterior process straight from basal curve, not touching tegmina. | PARAPOGON Distant.

B. Base of posterior process angulate

I. Posterior process compressed and curved behind angle... . . . . XrinHororEus Stál.

2. Poslerior process straight and acuminate behind angle... . . . . MaanRBAARUS Distant.

II. Base of posterior brocess touching or very near scutellum

A. Posterior process slightly but distinclly separated fvom scutellum

I. Suprahumerals horizontal or nearly so

a. Apical veins of tegmina straight

b. Posterior frocess compressed and laterally globose ..— .— .— .. .. . AsPASIANA Distant.

bb. Posterior process narrow and undulate ..— .. . . . . . . . "TsnHaka Distant.

aa. Afical veins of tegmina strongly curved... . . . . . . . PoroNius Distant.

2. Suprahumerals forrect or strongly oblique

a. Pronotum gibbous; Posterior process strongly sinuate

b. Front of bronotum crescentiform. . . . . . . . . . . DacanarhA Distant.

bb. Front of bronotum not crescentiform. .. . . . . . . . . IwProncirOR Distant.

aa. Pronotum not gibbous; posterior process only slightly undulate .. . . OriNOoTUS Buckton.

226 HOMOPTERA

B. Posterior process impinging on scutellum, usually almost entirely covering it

1. Sufrahumerals inclined forward

a. Suprahumerals oblique

b. Posterior Process at least as long as tegmina

c. Suprahumerals compressed ; tegmina with three. discoidal cells.

cc. Suprahumerals iriquerous; tegmina wilh two discoidal cells .

bb. Posterior process much shorter than tegmina... . . .

aa. Suprahumerals porrect.

2. Suprahumerals not inclined forward

a. Posterior process as long ov longer (han tegmina

b. Pronotum strongly rugose.

bb. Pronotum not rugose

c. Corium with five apical cells .

cc. Corium with three apical cells.

aa. Posterior process shorter than tegmina

b. Suprahumerals erect or suberect .

bb. Suprahumerals horizontal or oblique

c. Suprahumerals horizontal

d. Pronotum gibbous before base of posterior process .

dd. Pronotum not gibbous before base of posterior process

e. Median carina elevated in spine ov angle

ee. Median carina straight

cc. Suprahnmerals oblique

d. Afical veius of tegmina straight

e. Dorsum straight, not gibbous

f. Suprahumerals strong and vobust

g. Apical veins of tegmina normal

h. Ajpical cells of corium short and broad

hh. Afical cells of corium elongate.

gg Afical veins of tegmina irregular, veticulate.

If. Suprahumerals very slender

ee. Dorsum gibbous.

dd. Afical veins of tegmina strongly curved.

EvrnENcHIA Goding.

Czszs Distant.

Luzsna Goding.

SARANTUS Stál.

GopnINGELLA Distant.

OrrNoToirpzs Distant.

GoNpoPHARNES Distant.

CERAOoN Buckton.

EwPnuusis Buckton.

ACANTHUCUS Stál.

SrRToRIUS Stál.

CxeNTRUCHUS Stál.

EvrarRMarRiA Distant.

SxxTIUs Stál.

PrnrAMaN Distant,

CzeNTROTYPUS Stál.

Pocow Buckton.

219. GENUS LEPTOCENTRUS STÁL

Leptocentrus Stál, Analect. Hem. 386 (1866).

Rabduchus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 251 (1903).

MTM TT 717 * T LS PNE 9^ S

Characters : Since this genus is the type genus of its tribe, it shows very distinctly, as would

be expected, the fundamental characters of that tribe, especially the strong, simple suprahumerals, the

slender posterior process extending high above the body, the unarmed mesonotum, the plainly visible

scutellum and the four apical cells of the hind wings. From the other genera of the tribe it differs

PN AE QUU Norte Ue o AS 1^ 7—— TE

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 227

particularly in having a broad, notched scutellum, a long, decurved posterior process and straight

simple apical veins in the tegmina. — More detailed generic characters may be noted as follows : Head

subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base regularly arcuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli large,

prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate; clypeus long and usually narrow, extending for more

than half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded or truncate. Pronotum convex and

bearing strong suprahumerals and a long posterior process which extends backward high above the

scutellum ; metopidium vertical, usually higher than broad ; median carina strongly percurrent ; humeral

angles large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns long and strong, variable in size and structure

but always simple and sharp, usually longer than the distance between their bases and extending

outward and upward with a tendency to curve backward; posterior process long, arising from high

above the scutellum and usually extending backward and downward, reaching well beyond the internal

angles of the tegmina and often as far as their tips; scutellum entirely exposed, broader than long, base

usually swollen and often tomentose, tip broadly notched. "Tegmina long, narrow and hyaline; base

narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus well

developed. Legs simple; femora cylindrical ; tibi: triquerate ; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne altifrous Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is one of the most widely distributed of all of the Old

World genera and is found over wide areas in Asia, Africa and Oceanica.

. abdullak Distant, Rhynch. Notes 290 (1916). Malaya, Siam.

. alba Funkhouser, Bornean Memb. 470 (1929). Borneo.

albescens Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII : 4. 427 (1935). Africa, Sierra Leone.

oO Un US M

. albolineatus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVI : 2. 238 (1937).

. albonotata Distant, Rhynch. Notes 289 (1916).

. allifrons Walker, List Hom. B. M. 608. 21 (1851).

atratus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 624. 60 (1851).

bos Signoret, Thoms. Arch. Ent. 336. 640 (1858).

gnuonmon Buckton, Mon. Memb. 251 (1903).

7. anlilope Stàl, Freg. Eug. Res. Ins. 284. 191 (1859).

8. arcuatus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 113 (1927).

. arebiensis Goding, Memb. Africa 224 (1932).

. aureomaculatus Distant, Ihynch. Notes 315 (1916).

. australis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 24 (1916).

. bajulans Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 155. 3349 (1916).

. bolivari Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 58 (1935).

China, Hainan Island.

India, Nilgiris, Hillgrove.

Aírica, Congo, Sierra Leone,

West Africa, Calabar, Kam-

eroons, Dutch East Africa,

Amani, Sigital.

Philippines.

Philippines, Palawan, Hawaii.

Africa, Dungu.

Africa, Uganda, Kafu, Kam-

pala.

Africa, Natal, Malvern.

India, Bengal, Calcutta, Tra-

vancore, Cochin State, Bur-

ma, Siam, Malaya.

Africa, Fernando Po.

14. bvumneus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLI1 : 4. 428 (1935). — Africa, Nairobi.

15. confusus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 151 (1916). Africa, Kameroons, Kenya.

Aberdare.

. flexicorue Walker, Ins. Saund. 78 (1858).

India, North Hindostan.

228 HOMOPTERA

17. formosanus Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Form. XVIII : 32 (1928). Formosa.

18. gracilis Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 5. 3o7 (1927). New South Wales.

19. grossus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 315 (1916). Africa, Uganda, Entebke,

j Buamba, Semliki.

20. impuncius Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 334 (1905). Burma, Padaukbin.

21. insignis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 32. 2143 (1907). Borneo, Nicobar Island, Nan-

kauri.

22. jacobsoni Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 12 (1927). Sumatra. |

23. lama Signoret, Thoms. Arch. Ent. II : 337. 642 (1858). Africa, Calabar, Angola, Fer-

nando Po.

24. leucasbis Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 158 (1858). India, Ceylon, Philippines,

Batbatan Island, Borneo,

Malaya, Singapore, Punjab,

Kambera.

25. limbipennis Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 120 (1910). Africa, Ruwenzori.

26. longispinus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 31. 2141 (1907). Burma, Singapore, Borneo, r

Penang, Portuguese India,

Mormugao, Sumatra.

27. luteinervis Funkhouser, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 2. 245 (1936). India, Bengal.

28. manilaénsis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXIII : t1 12 (1927). Philippines, Manila.

29. mephistopheles Buckton, Mon. Memb. 235 (1903). India, Sikhim.

3o. obliquus Walker, Ins. Saund. 79 (1858). India, Hindostan.

3t. obortus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 154. 3347 (1916). India, Burma, Malaya, Sin-

gapore, Borneo, Assam,

Garo, Tura, Barkuda Island,

Sumatra. z

32. orientalis Schumacher, Sant. Form. 116 (1915). Formosa.

33. peracatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 151 (1916). Africa, Somaliland.

34. piellaini Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 61 (1935). Africa, Kameroons.

35. pilosus Funkhouser, Revue Suisse de Zool. r91 (1936). Flores, Soembawa.

36. Pubescens Funkhouser, Tijd. Ent. LXXX : 122 (1937). java.

37. purpureus Funkhouser, Bornean Memb. 471: (1929). Borneo.

38. reponens Walker, List Hom. B. M. 604. 14 (1851). — Pl. 12, India, Bengal, Myitta, Suma-

fig. 193. tra, Ceylon, Philippines,

Luzon, Los Banos, Laguna,

Panay, Sipora.

39. rufipennis Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 334 (1905). Africa, Kameroons, Fernan-

do Po.

40. rufosbinus Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 13 (1927). Sumatra.

41. sculellatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 155. 3348 (1916). India, South India, Kodai-

kanal.

42. subflavus Noualhier and Martin, Mission Pav. III : 167 (1904). Siam.

FAM. MEMBRACID;E

229

43. substitutus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 605. 16 (1851). India, Bengal, Calcutta, Bom-

bay,Ceylon,Colombo.South

India, Mysore.

44. laurus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 676. 9 (1775). India, Assam, Calcutta, East

49.

50.

rupricapra Fabricius, Syst. Ent. Suppl. 514 (1798).

tricornis Dohrn, Cat. Hem. 82 (1859).

gazella Buckton, Mon. Memb. 235 (1903).

5. lenuicornis Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 11 (1927).

. terminalis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 604. 13 (1851).

. thelwalla Distant, Rhynch. Notes 24 (1916).

. ugandensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 151 (1916).

ustus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 236 (1903).

vicarius Walker, List Hom. B. M. 605. 15 (1851).

Indies, Borneo, Ceylon, Ti-

mor, Bengal, Malaya, Bur-

ma, Philippines.

Sumatra.

China, Hong Kong, Hainan

Island.

Africa, Nyassaland.

Entebbe,

Semliki, Budongo, Unyoro,

Malbira, Toro.

Ceylon, Madras.

Africa, Uganda,

Java, Sumatra.

220. GENUS NILAUTAMA DISTANT

Nilautama Distant, Fauna Brit. Ind. 32 (1907).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but with the posterior process short and

straight, in some cases not extending as far backward as the end of the scutellum. Head subquadrate,

broader than high; base regularly arcuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli prominent, equidistant from

each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of genz straight and sloping; clypeus subovate, extending for three-fourths its length below inferior

margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, bearing a pair of strong suprahumerals and a short,

straight posterior process; metopidium convex, vertical, about as broad as high; median carina weakly

percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and pointed; suprahumeral horns long, heavy, triquerous,

much longer than the distance between their bases, extending upward and outward and usually curving

backward, tips sharp; posterior process short, straight, arising from high up on the pronotum, extending

backward over the body but not reaching the internal angles of the tegmina and sometimes not as long

as the scutellum ; scutellum entirely exposed, as broad as long, base swollen and usually tomentose, tip

broadly notched. 'Tegmina long, narrow, hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong ;

five apical and two discoidal cells; tips rounded; apical limbus well developed. Hind wings with four

apical cells. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type /yfica Distant.

Geographical distribution : An Indian and East Indian genus with four described species.

I. cicadiformis Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 164. 121 (1857). Borneo, Sarawak.

2. minutisbina Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 3. 7 (1918). — Pl. 12, Penang Island, Malaya, Ke-

fig. 194. dah, Kangean Island.

3. tricornis Melichar, Notes Mus. Leid 114 (1914). Java.

4. typica Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 22. 2144 (1907). India, Tenasserim, Mvitta.

230 HOMOPTERA

221. GENUS ARIMANES DISTANT

Arimanes Distant, Rhynch. Notes 290 (1916).

Characters : This genus seems to be closely related to both Ceraon and Lubra but differs from

both in the low pronotum, the more elevated posterior process and in the peculiar structure of the

suprahumerals which are slender, subporrect and tricarinate with the tips broad, truncate and sulcate

between the ridges. Head subquadrate, much broader than high; base regularly arcuate; eyes globular;

ocelli large, prominent, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated above a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping, sinuate and slightly flanged ; clypeus feebly trilobed,

extending for one-third its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum low and bearing long

suprahumerals and a long, slender posterior process; metopidium vertical, broader than high; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns slender, much

longer than the distance between their bases, strongly triquerate, extending upward, slightly forward

and very little outward, tips broad and truncate and bearing strong ridges with depressions between the

ridges; posterior process long, slender, tricarinate, slightly elevated above the body, tip sharp and

reaching the tips of the tegmina; scutellum broadly exposed on each side. Tegmina long, narrow,

semiopaque ; basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical

limbus narrow. | Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type doryensis Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from New Guinea.

I. doryensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 290 (1916). — Pl. 12,fig. 195... New Guinea, Dory.

222. GENUS CONVECTOR DISTANT

Convector Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 153 (1916).

Characters : The type species of this genus bears a strong resemblance to the forms of Teliugana

but the posterior process is lower and the scutellum is broader than long. Head subquadrate, broader

than high; base regularly arcuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other

and from the eyes and situated slightly above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gena straight; clypeus extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum

convex with strong suprahumerals and a long straight posterior process; metopidium vertical, about as

broad as high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles broad and blunt; suprahumeral horns strong,

triquerate, as long as the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward, tip sharp;

posterior process slender, tricarinate, arising from low on the pronotum but above the scutellum, nearly

straight, tip acuminate and reaching well beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely

exposed, broader thàn long, tip broadly notched. Tegmina hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and

punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed, apical limbus well developed. Legs simple;

hind tarsi longest.

Type cavendus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species.

1. cavendus Distant, Faun. Brit Ind. App. 153. 3346 (1916). — PI. 12, Índia, Nilgiri Hills, Punjab.

fig. 196.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 231

223. GENUS TELINGANA DISTANT

Telingana Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 17 (1907).

Characters : 4A distinct and well known genus characterized particularly by the long,

tricarinate, decurved posterior process which arises low on the pronotum but does not touch the scutellum

and by the long narrow scutellum. Head subquadrate, roughly sculptured, about twice as broad as

high; base strongly arcuate and sinuate; eyes large, globular and protruding; ocelli very large,

conspicuous, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and sinuate; clypeus narrow, extending for more than

half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed. Pronotum strongly convex, bearing strong

suprahumerals and long, decurved posterior process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high;

median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles very large, heavy and blunt; suprahumeral horns

large, triquerate, longer than the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward, tips

sharp; posterior process long, slender, tricarinate and decurved, arising from low on the pronotum but

not touching the scutellum, apical third usually impinging on the tegmina, tip acuminate and extending

well beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not reaching their tips; scutellum entirely exposed,

much longer than broad, tip notched. Tegmina hyaline or mottled; base broadly coriaceous and

punctate; veins heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; tips rounded; apical limbus very narrow.

Legs long, slender, simple; tibie finely spined ; hind tarsi longest.

Type curvispina Stàál.

Geographical distribution : This is primarily an Indian genus but it has been reported also

from Oriental and Oceanic regions.

I. balteata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 151. 3342 (1916). — Pl. 12, India, Kodaikanal, Teppaku-

tig. 97. lam.

2. campbelli Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 150. 3341 (1916). South India, Kodaikanal.

3. canesceis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 234 (1903). India, Sikhim, Mungphu, Ten-

asserim, Myitta, Nicobar

Island.

4. capistrata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 19. 2125 (1907). India, Assam, Margherita,

Burma, Ruby Mines.

NIV Ua

. cognata Distant, l'aun. Brit. Ind. App. 149. 3339 (1916).

. consobrina Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 152. 3344 (1916).

. curvisbina Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 284. 3 (1869).

decipiens (nom. nud.) Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. XXXVI : 96

India, Nilgiri Hills.

South India, Kodaikanal.

India, Calcutta, Kodaikanal,

Ceylon, Maskeliya.

(1863).

imitator Buckton, Mon. Memb. 234 (1903).

8. depressa Funkhouser, Treubia XV : rz. 122 (1935). java.

9. flavibes Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV : 165 (1891). Ceylon, India, Assam, Borneo.

IO. formosanus Matsumura, Cic. Jap. II : 15. 1 (1912). Formosa.

1r. imilator Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV : 167 (1891). India, Teppakulam, Ceylon,

Pundaluoya.

12. ornauda Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 15o. 3340 (1916). South India, kodaikanal.

13. fallipes Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 284. 4 (1869). India.

232 HOMOPTERA

14. faría Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 513. 13 (1846). India, North Bengal, South

India, Kodaikanal.

15. recurvata. Distant, Rhynch. Notes 288 (1916). Borneo, Sarawak, Sumatra.

16. sculellata China, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 480(1925). - Asia, Yunnan.

17. travancorensis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 15r. 3343 (1916). India, Travancore, W. Ghats.

18. varipes Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 164. 119 (1857). Borneo, Sarawak, Sumatra.

224. GENUS ACANTHOPHYES STÁL

Acanthophyes Stàl, Hem. Afr. IV : 89 (1866).

Characters : A small and little known genus of small insects characterized by having an inferior

lobe on the posterior process. Head subovate, broader than high; base highly arcuate and feebly

sinuate; eyes small, somewhat flattened laterally; ocelli small, inconspicuous, somewhat nearer to each

other than to the eyes and situated a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of genz sloping, rounded and slightly flanged; clypeus long, narrow, extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum strongly convex with stout suprahumerals and a

robust posterior process; metopidium vertical, subquadrate, about as broad as high; median carina

percurrent; humeral angles strong, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns strong, triquerate, about

as long as the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward, tips sharp and somewhat

flattened dorso-ventrally; posterior process heavy, sinuate, tricarinate, arising from low on the pronotum

but not touching the scutellum, bearing an inferior median lobe which varies in size but which usually

touches the tegmina, tip acute and extending almost to the tips of the tegmina on which it impinges;

scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, longer than broad, tip notched. ^ Tegmina subhyaline; base

coriaceous and punctate; veins not conspicuous; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical

limbus broad, especially on the anal margin. Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibiee triquerate and

finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type albipennis Stàl.

Geographical distribution : This is an African and Indian genus with one aberrant species

in southern Europe.

I. albipennis Stàl, Hem. Afr. IV : 89. 1 (1866). Africa, Caffraria.

2. capra Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 514. 234 (1798). India, Tranquebar.

3. chloroticus Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. France II : 9. 86 (1851). Africa, Caffraria.

4. walkeri Funkhouser, Cat. Memb. 338 (1927). — Pl. 12, fig. 198. |. North Africa, Morocco, Spain,

chloroticus (preoccupied) Walker, Ins. Saund. 82 (1858). Portugal.

225. GENUS BATHOUTHA DISTANT

Bathoutha Distant, Faun, Brit. Ind. 23 (1907).

Characters : The type of this genus, which is the only species in the genus, is a unique insect

showing very remarkable formation in the suprahumerals, which project almost directly forward, in the

posterior process which is bent in a bow over the body, and in the strongly curved veins of the tegmina.

Head subquadrate, deflexed, twice as broad as high; base regularly arcuate; eyes large, globular and

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 233

protruding ; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and rounded; clypeus long and narrow,

extending for three-fourths its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum conical,

nearly flat above, not convex, and bearing porrect suprahumerals and an arched posterior process;

metopidium sloping forward, much higher than broad; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral

angles small, triangular and pointed; suprahumeral horns long, slender, close together, extending almost

directly forward, very little upward and hardly at all outward, tips dilated and bearing transverse points;

posterior process long, slender, curved, arising from low on the pronotum but not touching the scutellum,

arched over the abdomen, tip sharp and extending just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina;

scutellum entirely exposed, longer than broad, finely longitudinally carinate. "Tegmina long, narrow,

subhyaline; basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; five apical cells and one discoidal cell; veins

of apical area strongly curved; tips pointed; apical limbus very narrow. Legs simple; femora

cylindrical, tibiz slender and finely spined; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type indicans Walker.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type from Ceylon.

I. Zndicaus Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 128 (1858). — Pl. 12, Ceylon, Yatiyantota.

fig. 1:99.

226. GENUS INDICOPLEUSTES DISTANT

Indicopleustes Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 25 (1907).

Characters : Small insects, closely related to those of the preceding genus and showing similar

curved apical veins in the tegmina but differing in the suprahumerals which are short and extend outward

and upward, and in the sinuate posterior process which is first arched over the scutellum and then

impinges on the tegmina for its distal half. Head subovate, twice as broad as high; base arcuate and

strongly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, about equidistant from each other and from the

eyes and situated a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of geng horizontal

aud rounded; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genae. — Pronotum convex,

bearing short suprahumerals and a sinuate posterior process; metopidium convex, vertical, a little

broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and pointed;

suprahumeral horns stout, as long as the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward,

tips sharp and curved backward; posterior process sinuate, arising from low on the pronotum but not

touching the scutellum, arching over the scutellum and then curving downard and impinging on the

tegmina throughout its distal half, tip sharp and reaching just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina;

scutellum entirely exposed, about as broad as long. Tegmina broad, semiopaque; basal and costal

areas coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; tips rounded; apical limbus very

narrow. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type albomaculatus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This is an Asiatic genus represented by species in Ceylon, Java

and Japan.

I. albomaculatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 25. 2133 (1907). — PI. 12, Ceylon, Peradeniya.

fig. 200.

234 HOMOPTERA

2. apicatus Melichar, Notes Mus. Leid. 113 (1914). java.

3. curvatus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon r12. 7 (1903). Ceylon, Kandy, Peradeniya.

4. fuscomaculatus Kato, Ill. Ins. Jap. 41 : 7 (1933). Japan.

227. GENUS PARAPOGON DISTANT

Parapogon Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 22 (1907).

Characters : This genus is most nearly related to Telingana from which it differs chiefly in

having strongly curved veins in the apical area of the tegmina. The two known species of the genus

are both small, dark inconspicuous insects. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base arcuate

and weakly sinuate; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated

slightly above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz horizontal and rounded;

clypeus broad, extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded.

Pronotum convex with strong suprahumerals and a straight posterior process elevated well above the

scutellum; metopidium vertical, convex, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles

large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns stout, simple, sharp, triquerate, as long as the distance

between their bases, extending outward and upward; posterior process simple, tricarinate, arising from

low on the pronotum but not touching scutellum, slightly curved above the scutellum and then straight

above the abdomen, not impinging on the tegmina, tip sharp and extending beyond the internal angles

of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, longer than broad. Tegmina semiopaque

or subhyaline; basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; veins

of apical area strongly curved; tip pointed; apicallimbus very narrow. Legs simple; all tarsi about

equal in length.

Type Aandyiana Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from Ceylon. Two species have

been described.

I. insignis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 153 (1916). — PI. 12, Ceylon, Nuwara Eliya.

fig. 201.

2. kandyiana Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 22. 2130 (1907). Ceylon, Kandy.

228. GENUS XIPHOPCEUS STÀL

Xiphopoeus Stàl, Hem. Afr. IV : or (1866).

Kleidos Buckton, Mon. Memb. 214 (1903).

Euxiphopoeus Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 91 (1930).

Characters : This genus contains a group of rather strange looking insects characterized

particularly by the angulate, compressed and highly arched posterior process, rough, heavy suprahum-

erals, and long, pointed, opaque tegmina. Head subtriangular, about as long as broad; base highly

arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large but inconspicuous, farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded and

extended far downward; clypeus broad, extending for one-third its length below inferior margins of

gene, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, roughly sculptured, bearing heavy, rough suprahumerals and

a strong, arched, laterally flattened posterior process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high;

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 235

median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large and blunt; posterior process heavy, compressed

laterally, arising high above the scutellum, slightly angulate at the base, then highly curved over the

scutellum, then bent downward to touch the tegmina, tip suddenly acute and reaching just beyond the

internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, triangular, about as broad as long, base

slightly swollen, tip broadly notched. Tegmina long, slender and opaque; base narrowly coriaceous

and punctate; veins heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus very broad.

Legs heavy; femora cylindrical; tibiae triquerate and roughly spined; all tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne Phantasma Signoret.

Geographical distribution : This is definitely an African genus but one species has been

described from Ceylon.

I. erectus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 152 (1916). — PI. 12, fig. 202. Africa, Uganda, Kafu River,

Hoima.

2. geniculatus Stàl, Hem. Afr. IV : 92. 3 (1866). Africa, Sierra Leone.

3. gestroi Schmidt, Zool. Anz. XXXVIII : 234 (1911). Africa.

4, hirculus Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 7. 121 (1910). Africa, Kilamandjaro.

5. horridulus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 605. 17 (1851). Africa, Natal.

6. palmatus Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 333 (1905). Zanzibar.

7. phantasma Signoret, Thoms. Arch. Ent. 338. 664 (1858). Africa, Calabar.

8. validicornis Stàl, Ofv. Kong. Akad. Forh. 95. 1 (1855). Africa, Caffraria.

9. vomeris Buckton, Mon. Memb. 214 (1903). Ceylon.

229. GENUS MAARBARUS DISTANT

Maarbarus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 16 (1907).

Characters : We have not seen a representative of this genus but from Distant's description

and figure it apparently bears a strong superficial resemblance to Anchon but differs particularly in the

venation of the hind wing which in Maa»barus shows four apical cells. We are reproducing Distant's

figure as our illustration of the genus and are summarizing his description to indicate the generic

characters as follows : Head subquadrate, wider than high; base arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes

large and globular; ocelli large, prominent, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated well above

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gen: sloping and rounded; clypeus broad,

extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of gena, tip rounded., Pronotum convex,

bearing a pair of slender suprahumerals and a strongly angulate posterior process; metopidium

vertical, broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and

sharp; suprahumeral horns slender, much longer than the distance between their bases. extending

outward and upward with the tips curved backward; posterior process arising from near the base of

the pronotum but not touching scutellum, strongly angulate at the base and then extending obliquely

downward but not touching tegmina, tip acuminate and extending beyond the internal angles of the

tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular, longer than broad. Tegmina hyaline; basal and

costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; four apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical

limbus narrow. | Legs simple and slender; hind tarsi longest.

Type ?ubalus Kirby.

236 HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution : This is an Indian genus with two species, one from India and

one from Ceylon.

1. óubalus Kirby, Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV : 167 (1891). — Pl. 12, Ceylon, Pundaluoya, Maske-

fig. 208. liya.

2. eincius Buckton, Mon. Memb. 236 (1903). India, Calcutta.

230. GENUS ASPASIANA DISTANT

Aspasiana Distant, Rhynch. Notes 26 (1916).

Characters : This genus was erected to accommodate a single species which stood in the

British Museum collection under Walker's MS name «carbonaria». The species had not been described

and Distant, therefore, described both genus and species. The type specimen is a large, smooth,

shining black insect with a superficial resemblance to the forms of the Neotropical genus Anfonez. It is

characterized particularly by the short, sharp, laterally extended suprahumerals and the flat, laterally

globose posterior process. Head slightly deflexed, subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base arcuate

and sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, prominent, nearer to each other than to the eyes and situated near

the upper margin of the head, far above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genze

sinuate; clypeus strong, extending for about half its length below inferior margins of gene. . Pronotum

depressed, moderately convexly gibbous, bearing a pair of short, sharp suprahumerals and a broad,

compressed and laterally globose posterior process; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles heavy and triangular; suprahumeral horns sharp, extending almost

directly outward and curving backward; posterior process distinctly raised above the scutellum at base,

then broadly compressed with the lateral areas globose, then suddenly narrowed, tricarinate and

depressed, impinging on the tegmina, tip acute and extending almost to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum

largely exposed, triangular, longer than broad. "Tegmina subhyaline; basal and costal areas narrowly

coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus

narrow. Legs heavy, femora cylindrical; tibiz triquerate, sulcate and spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type carbonaria Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from New Guinea.

I. carbonaria Distant, Rhynch. Notes 27 (1916). — Pl. 12, fig. 204. New Guinea.

231. GENUS TSHAKA DISTANT

Tshaka Distant, Ins. Trans. 214 (1908).

Characters : The insects of this genus suggest in general facies those of the genus Azchon but

the hind wings have four apical cells and the posterior process is quite different in generic structures.

Head strongly convex, subquadrate, broader than high; base highly arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyes

large, globular and protruding; ocelli small, inconspicuous, a little farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sinuate

and extended forward; clypeus broad, extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of

gene, tip rounded. Pronotum convexly gibbous, bearing strong suprahumerals and a sinuate posterior

FAM MEMBRACID/E 237

process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high; median carina percurrent ; humeral angles large,

triangular and pointed; suprahumeral horns stout, tricarinate, as long as the distance between their

bases, extending outward and upward, tips sharp; posterior process sinuate, tricarinate, arising above

the scutellum and extending backward over the body, not touching the tegmina, tip acuminate and

extending just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular,

a little longer than its breadth at base, tip broadly notched. ^ Tegmina short, broad and hyaline; base

coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy ; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip roundly pointed; apical

limbus broad. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibiz triquerate

and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type naturalis Distant.

Geographical distribution : This is entirely an African genus and has been reported from no

other continent.

I. leftocentraría Distant, Ins. Trans. 214 (1908). Africa, Transvaal.

2. naturalis Distant, Ins. Trans. 214 (1908). Africa, Transvaal.

3. obortus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 42 (1916). — PI. 12, fig. 205. Africa, Transvaal, Pretoria,

Waterberg, Belgian Congo.

4. undulatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 324 (1916). Africa, Mashonaland, Salis-

bury, Barberton.

232. GENUS POLONIUS DISTANT

Polonius Distant, Rhynch. Notes 291 (1916).

Characters : The type species of this genus, which is the only species in the genus, might not

at first glance be distinguished from a species of Tricentrus but the hind trochanters are unarmed, the

posterior process is raised slightly above the scutellum and the apical veins of the tegmina are slightly

curved. The validity of the genus may be questioned but the characters as shown by the type species

which may be generic are as follows : Head subquadrate, broader than high; base arcuate ; eyes large

and ovate; ocelli small, inconspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz nearly straight; clypeus

broad, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum convex, bearing short,

strong suprahumerals and a short, straight posterior process; metopidium sloping, wider than high;

median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns stout,

sharp, no longer than the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward and curving

backward ; posterior process short, straight, slightly elevated above the scutellum, strongly tricarinate,

tip acuminate and not quite reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum largely exposed,

triangular, about as long as broad. Tegmina long, narrow, subhyaline; basal and costal areas strongly

coriaceous and punctate; veins of apical area curved; tip roundly pointed; apical limbus well devel-

oped. Legs simple and very strongly pilose; hind tarsi longest.

Type Piseratensis Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Malaya.

I. óiseratensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 291 (1916). — Pl. 12, fig. 206. Siamese Malay States, Biserat.

238 HOMOPTERA

233. GENUS DACARTHA DISTANT

Dacartha Distant, Rhynch. Notes 319 (1916).

Characters : An African genus which is closely related to the Oriental genus Emfhkusis but with

the posterior process higher above the scutellum and with a much less swollen and crescentiform

pronotum. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base weakly arcuate and sinuate; eyes large, ovate

and protruding; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated a little

above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus very

broad, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene, tip broadly rounded. Pronotum

strongly convex, somewhat swollen and crescentiform in front, bearing a pair of short, sharp supra-

humerals and a long curving posterior process; metopidium vertical, strongly convex, a little broader

than high; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles heavy and blunt; suprahumeral horns

strong, short, sharp, not as long as the distance between their bases, strongly triquerate, extending

almost directly outward with the tips slightly curved backward; posterior process long, strongly

tricarinate, decurved, arising from well above the scutellum but bending downward to touch the tegmina,

tip acuminate and extending well beyond the internal angles ofthe tegmina ; scutellum entirely exposed,

subtriangular, a little longer than its breadth at base, tip deeply notched. ^ Tegmina long and subhyaline;

base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy ; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed;

apical limbus well developed. Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibia triquerous and spined; hind tarsi

very much longer than the others.

Type "yasana Distant.

Geographical distribution : Both of the representatives of this genus are natives of Africa.

1. hyalina Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 65 (1935). — PI. 12, fig. 207. Africa, Kameroons.

2. nyasana Distant, Rhynch. Notes 319 (1916). Africa, Nyassa, Spanish Gui-

: nea.

234. GENUS IMPORCITOR DISTANT

Imporcitor Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 157 (1916).

Characters : We have not seen either of the species representing this genus but Distant's

description and his excellent figure of the type species (which we are reproducing as our illustration of

the genus) makes it possible to state the very definite generic charactersas follows : Head subquadrate,

broader than high; base highly arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyes large, globular and protruding; ocelli

small, inconspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and rounded; clypeus projecting for half its

length below the inferior margins of the genz, tip pointed. Pronotum convex but not crescentiform,

and bearing short, heavy suprahumerals and a very sinuate posterior process; median carina vertical, a

little broader than high; humeral angles heavy and blunt; median carina strongly percurrent; supra-

humeral horns stout, triquerous, as long as the distance between their bases, extending outward and

upward with the tips depressed ; posterior process strongly sinuate, arising just above the scutellum and

then following the line of the inner margins of the tegmina, tip acute and extending well beyond the

internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum well exposed, triangular, about as broad as long. Tegmina

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 239

subhyaline; base broadly coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical

limbus narrow. | Legs heavy; femora cylindrical; tibia triquerous, slightly flattened and finely spined;

hind tarsi longest.

According to its author, this genus suggests the genus E)Aui in so far as the sinuate posterior

process is concerned, but of course is at once separated from that genus by the presence of the supra-

humeral horns. |

Type irpicus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is represented by two species, one fron India and

the other from Formosa.

I. laticoruts Kato, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa XIX : 541 (1929). | Formosa.

2. lypicus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 157 (1916). — Pl. 12,fig. 208. India, Nilgiri Hills.

235. GENUS OTINOTUS BUCKTON

Otinotus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 233 (1903).

Otionotus (error) Mclichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 295 (1905).

Characters : A large and well known genus distinguished particularly by the sloping and non-

gibbous pronotum and the undulate posterior process which lies close to the scutellum. Head

subquadrate, wider than high; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes large, globular and protruding: ocelli

small, inconspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus very long and narrow,

extending for three-fourths its length below inferior margins of gene, tip rounded. Pronotum slightly

convex, not strongly gibbous, bearing a pair of stout suprahumerals and a long, narrow, curved posterior

process; metopidium low, vertical, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles small

and blunt; suprahumeral horns stout, tricarinate, sharp, much longer than the distance between their

bases, extending outward and upward; posterior process long, slender, tricarinate, weakly sinuate, lying

close to the posterior process and impinging on the tegmina; tip acuminate and reaching almost to the

tips of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina long, narrow, hyaline; base

narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong ; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical

limbus narrow. Legs simple, stout; femora cylindrical ; tibiz triquerous, somewhat sulcate and weakly

spined ; hind tarsi longest.

Type amnmon Buckton.,

Geographical distribution : This genus has a wide distribution over Asia, Africa and Australia.

1. albomaculatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 159. 3355 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills.

2, albosignatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 40 (1916). Oueensland.

3. ammon Buckton, Mon. Memb. 233 (1903). India, Nilgiri Hills.

4. arcuatus Funkhouser, Can. Ent. LI : 10. 222 (1919). South Africa, Pretoria.

5. badius Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 158. 3354 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills.

6. belus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 232 (1903). Unknown.

7. brevicornis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 160. 3357 (1916). India, Punjab, Lahore, Dehra

Dun.

LÍ.

I2.

18.

Eufrenchia Goding, Mon. Memb. Australia 25 (1903, March 25).

HOMOPTERA

campbelli Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 158. 3353 (1916).

curvideus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 154 (1916).

. doddi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 40 (1916).

elongatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 41. 2160 (1907).

griseus Melichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 295. 55 (1905).

. invartus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 621. 55 (1851).

. kerenianus. Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XIV : 332 (1914). —

PI. 12, fig. 209.

pallipes (preoccupied) Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 40. 2156 (1907).

. midas Buckton, Mon. Memb. 233 (1903).

. mimicus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 159. 3356 (1916).

. nigrorufus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 153 (1916).

oueratus Walker, Ins. Saund. 78 (1858).

lignicola Buckton, Mon. Memb. 224 (1903).

. fallescens Distant, l'aun. Brit. Ind. 41. 2159 (1907).

. pilosus Funkhouser, Can. Ent. LI :

IO, 222 (1919).

. recurvus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 154 (1916).

. rufescens Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 40. 2157 (1907).

. transversus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 161 (1916).

India, Nilgiri Hills.

Africa, Kameroons, Uganda,

Entebbe, Kikindu.

Queensland.

India, South India, Mysore

'Trivandrum, Travancore.

Dutch East Africa, Amani,

Bomole.

China?

Burma, Karen Hills.

Malaya, Perak.

India, Nilgiri Hills.

Africa, Uganda, Masindi, East

Mbale, Mpanga, Toro, Ma-

biri, Chagive, Hoima, Bu-

soga, Entebbe, British East

Africa, Mt. Elgon.

India, Hindostan, Coorg, Ra-

niseram, Calcutta, Bombay,

Poona, Cetrapura, Perade-

niya, Jaffna, Bangalore,

Dehra Dun, Bengal, Raj-

mahal, Durgapur, Madras,

Janjam, Rambha, Orissa,

Satpara, Kathiawa, Patan,

Somnah, Yenna, Medha,

Saran, Siripur.

India, Mainpura, Punjab.

Dutch East Africa.

Africa, Uganda, Entebbe, Lake

Isolt, Lake Wamala.

India, Tenasserim, Myitta.

India, Punjab, Lahore.

236. GENUS EUFRENCHIA GODING

Ibiceps Buckton, Mon. Memb. 239 (1903, Sept. 5).

Characters : By priority of a few months in dates of publication, as indicated above, Goding's

name must be accepted for this genus, an oceanic group of insects characterized by having heavy

compressed suprahumerals, a long posterior process which lies close to the scutellum and three discoidal

cells in the tegmina.

Head subquadrate. wider than high, roughly sculptured; base feebly arcuate;

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 241

eyes large, ovate and protruding ; ocelli small, inconspicuous, about equidistant from each other and

from the eyes and situated high up near the base of the head far above a line drawn through centers of

eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping, sinuate, and slightly turned forward; clypeus broad with small

lateral lobes, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. — Pronotum convex, robust,

gibbous, with strong suprahumerals and a long posterior process; metopidium vertical, higher than

broad; mediam carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles weak and blunt; suprahumeral horns strong,

laterally flattened, much longer than the distance between their bases, extending upward and somewhat

forward with the tips bent outward; posterior process long, slender, tricarinate, lying close to the

scutellum, impinging on the tegmina, tip decurved, blunt, and reaching beyond the tips of the tegmina ;

scutellum very narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina long, narrow and pointed, hyaline; base

narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and three (sometimes four) discoidal cells ;

tip sharply pointed; apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type /alcata Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is an oceanic genus which is most abundant in the Australian

region.

I. ausatus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 239 (1903). New Guinea, Mt. Alexander.

2. bucktoni (nom. nov.). — PI. 12, fig. 210. South Australia, Murray

falcatus (preoccupied) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 239 (1903). Bridge.

3. falcata Walker, List Hom. B. M. 622. 57 (1851) Australia, Van Dieman's

curvicornis Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 287. 1 (1869). Land, South Australia, Ade-

laide.

4. laminifer Buckton, Mon. Memb. 240 (1903). Australia, Singapore?

5. lee Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 26 (1903). West Australia.

6. mounseyi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 150 (1916). Philippines.

7. neglecta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 224 (1903). South Australia.

237. GENUS CEBES DISTANT

Cebes Distant, Rhynch. Notes 39 (1916).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but the suprahumerals are not flattened

and there are only two discoidal cells in the tegmina. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base

arcuate and strongly sinuate ; eyes large, globular and protruding ; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of genz sloping and strongly sinuate, edges turned forward; clypeus broad, trilobed,

extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip truncate — Pronotum convex, gibbous,

bearing strong suprahumerals and a stout posterior process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as

high; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles heavy, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral

horns strong, triquerate, much longer than the distance between their bases, extending outward and

upward and slightly forward ; posterior process long. heavy, tectiform, triquerate, very close to scutellum

and impinging on tegmina, tip sharp. decurved and reaching almost to tips of tegmina; scutellum

very narrowly exposed on each side, usually tomentose. "Tegmina broad and hyaline; base narrowly

coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; third apical cell sometimes

242 HOMOPTERA

subdivided into several small cells by transverse venules; tip sharply pointed; apical limbus narrow.

Legs heavy ; femora cylindrical; tibize broadly triquerate, almost foliaceous; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne /rausiens Walker.

Geographical distribution : This isa rare Australian genus represented by only three species.

1. areolatus Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 23 (1903). Australia, Victoria, Braidwood,

Queanbeyan, New South

Wales, New Guinea.

2. godingi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 39 (1916). Australia.

rubridorsa Buckton (cabinet label).

3. transiens Walker, List Hom. B. M. 624. 61 (1851). — PI. I8, South Australia.

fig- 911.

238. GENUS LUBRA GODING

Lubra Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 28 (1903).

Characters : We have not seen either of the two species representing this genus. The

descriptions are very meager and the only figures which have been published are two unsatisfactory

sketches, one of a tegmen and the other of part of a pronotal process. Consequently, for a generic

diagnosis, we are forced to depend on Goding's original description of the genus which is as follows :

« Head triangular, lateral borders sinuous. Prothorax rising vertically from the base,

the dorsum appears to divide into two long anteriorly inclined horns which are enlarged towards

the apex rounded on the top (not truncated), the inner angles produced in triangular acuminate

spines, the surface reticulated; the posterior process is much shorter than the tegmina and

sinuate. Tegmina with two discoidal cells, the second petiolate, furnished with a transverse

venule between two ulnar veins, near base. Wings with four apical cells. Legs very slightly

flattened. »

Tyne spinicornis Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is an Australian genus with two species as follows :

r. regalis Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 3o (1903). Queensland, Brisbane.

2. spinicornis Walker, Journ. Ent. I : 316 (1862). Australia, New South Wales,

Tweed River, Clarence

River, Queensland, Moreton

Bay.

239. GENUS SARANTUS STAL

Sarantus Stál, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 592 (1863).

Characters : This genus is closely related to the three preceding genera and belongs to the same

natural group but differs in having the two long suprahumerals close together and strongly porrect.

Head subquadrate, broader than high; base nearly straight, weakly sinuate; eyes large, globular and

protruding; ocelli small, inconspicuous, a little farther from each other than from the eyes and situated

somewhat above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping, sinuate and

flanged; clypeus broad, feebly trilobed, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gens.

TATE MESI

eed peas

RAE

d ary

MSN

mM Yat me m

MICE HIS NRI NTCER 2

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 243

Pronotum convex, bearing a pair of slender suprahumerals and a long, slender posterior process;

metopidium vertical, higher than broad; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, heavy and

blunt; suprahumeral horns long, slender, very close together and projecting strongly forward and

upward, very little outward, tip blunt or truncate; posterior process long, slender, sinuate, tectiform,

tricarinate, lying close to scutellum and impinging on tegmina, tip acuminate and reaching just about

to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum very narrowly exposed on each side, usually tomentose. Sides of

thorax generally strongly tomentose. Tegmina broad, hyaline; basal and costal areas coriaceous and

punctate; veins heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; inner discoidal cell petiolate, outer truncate

at base; tip rounded; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibize triquerate

and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type wallacei Stàl.

Geographical distribution : This genus seems to be limited to the Australian Region.

1. aficalis Schmidt. Abzug. Soc. Ent. XL : 4. 18 (1925). New Guinea.

2. australensis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 208 (1926). Oueensland, Brisbane.

3. marginalis Schmidt, Abzug. Soc. Ent. XL : 4. 16 (1925). New Guinea.

4. nobilis Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 374. 1 (1906). Queensland, Cairns.

5. similis Schmidt, Abzug. Soc. Ent. XL : 4. 18 (1925). New Guinea.

6. wallacei Stàál, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 592 (1863). — PI. 13, Queensland.

fig. 212.

240. GENUS GODINGELLA DISTANT

Godingella Distant, Rhynch. Notes 31 (1916).

Characters : This genus was erected to accommodate a single species which we have not seen

and which has not been recognized in the literature of the family since its original description. Distant

did not figure the species but his description is sufficiently full and clear so that its recognition should

be a matter of no difficulty and we do not doubt the validity of the genus. We quote Distant's original

generic diagnosis as follows :

« Pronotum very strongly rugose and irregularly carinate, strongly centrally carinate, the

lateral processes upwardly and outwardly directed, triquetrous, the margins strongly carinate and

the upper surface more or less centrally carinate, the carination of the outer margin is continued

along the outer margins of the posterior pronotal process, which is centrally moderately sinuate

and reaches or nearly reaches the tegminal apex; ocelli a little nearer to each other than to eyes;

face strongly centrally excavate before base of clypeus, eyes large and prominent; tegmina

elongate, about three times as long as broad, apical cells elongate.

» Allied to Sarantus Stál, from which it is distinguished by the rugosely carinate pronotum

and the much more slender and straighter posterior process to same, the narrower tegmina and

their different venation. A species insufficiently described by Kirkaldy from Queensland, and

which I have not seen, as Sarantus nobilis may possibly also belong to Godingella, as may also the

species described by Goding as Sertorius giganticus from South Australia. »

Tyne queenslaudensis Distant.

Geographical distribution : The single representative of this genus is from Oueensland, as

the specific name would indicate.

1. queenslandensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 32 (1916). Queensland.

244 HOMOPTERA

241. GENUS OTINOTOIDES DISTANT

Otinotoides Distant, Rhynch. Notes 320 (1916).

Otinoides (error) Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVII : 321 (1916).

Characters : This is a large and well known genus which was originally founded to accom-

modate a number of Papuan species which resembled Buckton's genus Ofinotus but differed principally

in the structure of the posterior process. The genus proves, however, to have other very distinct

characters and to have a very wide distribution. It is most easily recognized by the strong spreading

suprahumerals, the long sinuate posterior process lying close to the scutellum, the smooth pronotum

and the five apical cells of the tegmina. Head subtriangular, about as broad as long; base highly

arcuate and lightly sinuate; eyes large, ovate and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, a little farther

from each other than from the eyes and situated slightly above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of gena sloping, sinuate, with edges projecting forward; clypeus narrow, projecting

for half its length below inferior margins of gena, tip pointed. Pronotum convex, gibbous, bearing a

pair of short, sharp suprahumerals and a long sinuate posterior process; metopidium vertical, broader

than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, heavy, triangular and blunt;

suprahumeral horns strong, triquerate, as long or longer than the distance between their bases, extending

outward and upward; posterior process long, sinuate, tectiform, very close to scutellum and impinging

on tegmina, tip acuminate and almost reaching the tips of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on

each side. 'Tegmina broad, hyaline; basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins

heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus well developed. Legs simple;

femora cylindrical; tibize triquerate and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type ?allipes Walker.

Geographical distribution : This genus has a very wide distribution over Asia, Africa and

Oceanica. :

1. albidus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 188 (1868). New Guinea, Mysol.

2. australis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 40 (1916). Queensland.

3. brevivittus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 185 (1868). New Guinea.

4. brunneus Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 309 (1927). SolomonIslands, Guadaleanar.

5. bulbosa Funkhouser, Treubia XV : 1. 124 (1935). New Guinea.

6. dorsata Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse de Zool. XLIII : 2. 192 (1936). Bougainville.

7. elevatus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII: 4. 431 (1935). — Solomon Islands.

. dntermedius Distant, Rhynch. Notes 41 (1916). South Australia, Largo Bay,

Queensland, Gayndah, Peak

Downs, Kei Islands.

9. minuticornis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XLIII: 4.431 (1935). Solomon Islands.

IO. fallipes Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X: 188 (1888). New Guinea, Batchian, Mysol.

tibialis Walker, Journ. Linn, Soc. Zool. X : 188 (1868).

ramivitta Walker MS? (fide Distant).

semiclusus Walker MS? (fide Distant).

1r. $ubescens Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 115 (1929). Amboina.

12. semilucidus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 186 (1868). New Guinea, Waigiou.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 245

13. serpentarius Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 335 (1905). Africa, Kameroons, Tasmania.

14. solomonensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 41 (1916). Solomon Islands.

15. spicatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 42 (1916). — PI. 13, fig. 213. Queensland.

16. sirigatus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 184 (1868). New Guinea.

curvicornis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 251 (1903).

17. subflavipes Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 189 (1868). East Indies, New Guinea.

242. GENUS GONDOPHARNES DISTANT

Gondopharnes Distant, Rhynch. Notes 321 (1916).

Characters : Distant erected this genus for the accommodation of Walker's Centrotus piceus

chiefly because of the fact that this species showed only three apical cells in the tegmina. No other

species has ever been added to the genus and the type species has not been figured or further described.

We have not seen the insect and therefore are quoting Distant's original description which is as follows :

« Pronotum not prominently raised, the lateral processes moderately robust, their apices

more or less recurved and subacute, centrally longitudinally carinate, posterior process broad,

laterally compressed, tricarinate, sinuous, at base almost touching scutellum and impinging on

the tegmina, its apex longly narrowed and acute, convexly deflected, and reaching the tegminal

apex; tegmina with three large apical cells. A genus to be placed near Ofrnoides Dist. ».

From the above short and not entirely satisfactory description we judge that this genus is very

close to Otznotoides and differs from that genus chiefly in the matter of wing venation.

Type ?iceus Walker.

Geographical distribution : The type species from Papua is the only representative of the

genus.

I. ficeus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. X : 187 (1868). Batchian.

243. GENUS CERAON BUCKTON

Ceraon Buckton, Mon. Memb. 228 (1903).

Daunus (preoccupied) Stál, Analect. Hem. 386 (1866).

Zanophara Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXVII : 279 (1904).

Characters : This genus is characterized particularly by the heavy, rough suprahumerals which

are erect or suberect and broadly swollen at the tips and by the posterior process which is shorter than

in the other closely related genera. Head triangular, broader than long; base feebly arcuate and sinuate;

eyes large, globular and protruding ; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the

eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping, sinuate and

flaring outward; clypeus broad, trilobed, extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz.

Pronotum convex, gibbous, bearing long, heavy, rough suprahumerals and a short sinuate posterior

process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high ; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles

large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns long, heavy, rough, close together at the base, extending

almost directly upward and very little outward, usually multicarinate, tips swollen and generally

246 HOMOPTERA

truncate; posterior process heavy, tectiform, almost entirely concealing scutellum. impinging on

tegmina, tip sharp and not reaching tips of tegmina; scutellum very narrowly exposed on each side.

''egmina long, narrow, subhyaline; basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy but not

prominent; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus broad and much wrinkled.

Legs simple; femora cylindrical; tibia triquerate and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne umescens Buckton.

Geographical distribution : This is strictly an Australian genus.

I. albovilía Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. IlI : oo (1907). Queensland, Bundaberg.

2. leda Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. III : 89 (1907). New South Wales, Mittagong.

3. rubridorsatum Buckton, Mon. Memb. 230 (1903). Australia, Adelaide.

4. succisus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 226 (1903). South Australia.

5. lasmanie Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 513. 14 (1846). Tasmania, Australia, Van

contractus Walker, List Hom B. M. 9023; 96 (1851). Dieman's Land, Port Philip,

truncaticornis Walker, Ins. Saund. 81 (1858).

New Holland, Hobart, Gis-

borne, Victoria, Brisbane,

Queensland, New South

Wales.

6. tumescens Buckton, Mon. Memb. 228 (1903). Tasmania.

7. vitia Walker, List Hom. B. M. 626.64 (1851), — PI. 13,fig. 214. Australia, Tasmania, Camden

contorta Walker, Ins. Saund. 66 (1858). Haven Penrith Sydney,

; - *,

New South Wales, Quean-

beyan, Bungendore, South

Australia.

244. GENUS EMPHUSIS BUCKTON

Emphusis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 256 (1903).

Characters : his is a genus of large insects which are very conspicuous because of the greatly

swollen and crescentiform metopidium. The suprahumerals are usually strong and horizontal, the

posterior process heavy and straight and the tegmina more or less vitreous. Head subquadrate, about

twice as broad as high; base arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes large and ovate ; ocelli large, conspicuous,

farther from each other than from the eyes and situated slightly above a line drawn through centers of

eyes; inferior margins of genz slightly sloping and sinuate; clypeus broad, trilobed, extending for two-

thirds its length below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed. Pronotum strongly gibbous, swollen,

crescentiform in front and bearing a pair of robust suprahumerals and a heavy posterior process;

metopidium strongly convex, swollen, protruding, about as broad as high; median carina usually

obsolete; humeral angles small, weak and acute; suprahumeral horns varying in size and structure but

usually horizontal, flattened dorso-ventrally, as long or longer than the distance between their bases, tips

sharp and sometimes recurved; posterior process heavy, tectiform, almost entirely concealing the

scutellum, impinging on tegmina, generally straight, tip sharp and not reaching the tips of the tegmina;

scutellum very narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina broad, subhyaline, vitreous or semiopaque;

basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip

rounded; apical limbus broad. Legs simple and heavy ; hind tarsi much the longest.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Type obesus Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution :

distribution.

. agnatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 319 (1916).

247

"This is an. Australasian genus with a considerable oceanic

Siam, Chantaboun.

East Indies.

2. alticeps Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 183 (1868).

3. bakeri Funkhouser, Phil. Memb. 381 (19:5). Philippines, Mindanao, Iligan.

4. btcoruis Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 5. 305 (1927). British New Guinea.

5. bulbifer Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXII : r06 (1927). Sumatra.

6. erigens Walker, List Hom. B. M. 614. 43 (1851). Philippines.

7- globosus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 683 (1921). Philippines, Mindanao,

Dapitan.

8. malleus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 613. 41 (1851). — PI. 18, India, Teppakulam, Castle

Tig: 5: ; Rock, N. Kanara, Bombay,

South India, Ceylon, Bor-

neo, Java.

9. obesus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 518. 28 (1846). java.

malleator Walker, List Hom. B. M. 612. 40 (1851).

tumescens Buckton, Mon. Memb. 256 (1903).

10. occidentalis Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 27 (1903). West Australia, Swan River.

1I. ferarmatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 156. 3350 (1916). India, Cochin, Trichur.

12. rugosis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : ri1 (1927). Philippines, Sibuyan.

245. GENUS ACANTHUCUS STAL

Acanthucus Stàl, Hem. Afr. IV : 87 (1866).

Acanthusus (error) Distant, Rhynch. Notes 28 (1916).

A very distinct genus characterized particularly by the strong sharp triangular

Head subquadrate, broader than high; base highly

Characters :

dorsal spine at the base of the posterior process.

arcuate, feebly sinuate and weakly bituberculate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each

other than from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of genz sloping, strongly sinuate and somewhat flanged; clypeus very broad, trilobed, extending for

half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, bearing a pair of stout

suprahumerals, a median dorsal spine and a long, sinuate posterior process; metopidium convex, vertical,

broader than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, subconical and blunt;

suprahumeral horns strong, triquerate, as long or longer than the distance between their bases, extending

outward and upward with the tips often recurved or decurved ; dorsum bearing a strong, sharp, triangular

spine at the base of the posterior process; posterior process long, tectiform, strongly sinuate, lying close

to scutellum and impinging on tegmina, tip acuminate and reaching nearly to the tips of the tegmina ;

scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. 'Tegmina broad, hyaline or subhyaline; basal and costal

areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded ;

apical limbus narrow. Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type zgvacilispinus Stál.

248

HOMOPTERA

Geographical distribution : The center of distribution of this genus seems to be the Australian

Region but one species has been recorded from southern Asia.

Q0 0 t

IO.

12;

13:

I4.

15:

16.

17.

but having no dorsal spine.

bispinus Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 288. 3 (1869).

. carinatus Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 311 (1927).

. conspurcatus Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 288. 2 (1869).

. dromedarius Kirkalky, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 377. 1 (1906).

. eurynomus Kirkaldy, Haw. Exp. Sta. Bull. III : 9r. 3 (1907).

. euryone Kirkaldy, Haw. Exp. Sta. Bull. III : 2 (1907).

. ftstivus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 28 (1916).

. flavidorsus Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 244 (1926).

. gracilispinus Stàál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 287. 1 (1869). — PI. 18

fig. 216.

:asis Kirkaldy, Haw. Exp. Sta. Bull. III : 9o. 1 (1907).

kershawi Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 17 (1903).

minulisbiuus Funkhouser, Rec. Ind, Mus. XXIV : 3. 323 (1922).

nivalis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 28 (1916).

obtusus Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 377. 2 (1906).

byramidatus Funkhouser, Rec. Ind. Mus. XV : 310 (1927).

rufiventris Walker, List Hom. B. M. 616. 46 (1851).

trispinifer Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 515. 20 (1846).

Australia, Homebush, Tweed

River, Sydney, New South

Wales, Clermont, Maitland,

Swan River, Victoria, Tas-

mania.

South Australia.

Australia, Tweed River, Blue

Mts., New South Wales,

Huon River, "Tasmania,

Victoria.

Queensland, Cairns.

Queensland, Bundaberg.

New South Wales, Sydney.

Queensland.

Australia, New South Wales.

Australia, Bruni, Tasmania,

Victoria, Bunbury, New

South Wales, Tweed River,

Clarence River.

Queensland, Kuranda.

Australia, Thornleigh, Blue

Mts., New South Wales.

India, East Himalayas, Sureil,

Darjeeling.

Queensland, Brisbane, Ku-

randa.

New South Wales, Sydney.

Tasmania.

Australia, Oueensland, More-

ton Bay.

Australia, New Holland, Huon

River, Hobart, Gloucester,

Mt. Wellington, Tasmania,

Tweed River, New South

Wales, Victoria.

246. GENUS SERTORIUS STAL

Sertorius Stál, Analect. Hem. 387 (1866).

Characters : This is a very characteristic Australian genus closely related to the preceding

Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base highly arcuate and feebly

Drm

de ML dc e

TNPUW ua

EDD"

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 249

sinuate; eyes large, ovate and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, a little farther from each other

than from the eyes and situated somewhat above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of genz strongly angulate; clypeus broad, distinctly trilobed, extending for more than half its length

below inferior margins of gene, tip rounded and pilose. Pronotum strongly convex and gibbous,

bearing a pair of suprahumerals and a heavy. sinuate posterior process; metopidium convex, vertical,

higher than broad; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and blunt;

suprahumeral horns varying greatly in size and structure, ranging from small protuberances as in the

type species to large, wide-spreading horns as in S. giganticus Goding, but usually robust, subconical,

weakly carinate, as long or longer than the distance between their bases, extending outward and

upward ; posterior process heavy, tectiform, strongly sinuate, lying close to the scutellum and impinging

on the tegmina, tip acute, decurved, and reaching almost to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum sub-

triangular, well exposed on each side, tip notched. "Tegmina broad, hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous

and punctate; veins strong ; five apical and two discoidal cells ; tip pointed; apical limbus well developed.

Legs heavy; femora cylindrical; tibiz triquerate, lightly sulcate and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type australis Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : This genus is limited to the Australian Region and seems to be

one of the dominant forms of that part of the world.

I. acuticornis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXXIV : 244 (1926). Australia, Oueensland, Ku-

randa.

2. affinis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 25 (1916). New South Wales, Sydney.

3. ausiralis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 518.30 (1846). — Pl. 13,fig. 21 7. Australia, "Tasmania, New

obstans Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 162 (1858). South Wales, New Holland,

binotatus Walker, Ins. Saund. 81 (1858). » ) i i

Victoria, South Australia,

Williamstown.

4. brevicornis Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 21: (1903). South Australia, West Austra-

lia, Mt. Barker.

5. castaneus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 25 (1916). Australia.

6. curvicaudus Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 24 (1903). New South Wales, Tweed

River.

7. giganticus Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 20 (1903). South Australia.

8. insularis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 26 (1916). Australia, New Britain Isl.

9. luteus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 244 (1916). Australia, Adelaide.

10. tepperi Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 22 (1903). West Australia, Bunbury.

247. GENUS CENTRUCHUS STAÀL

Centruchus Stál, Hem. Afr. IV : 93 (1866).

Characters : This is a genus of comparatively small insects characterized by oblique supra-

humerals, a non-gibbous pronotum and more or less flattened dorsum, a short, straight posterior

process and with the veins of the tegmina straight with the apical cells short and broad. Head sub-

quadrate, roughly sculptured, twice as broad as high; base only slightly arcuate but distinctly sinuate;

eyes small and globular; ocelli small and inconspicuous but somewhat elevated, about equidistant from

each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

250 HOMOPTERA

of genze rounded and distinctly turned forward; clypeus broad, feebly trilobed, extending for two-thirds

its length below inferior margins of genz, tip truncate. Pronotum low, not gibbous, bearing a pair

of oblique suprahumerals and a short, straight posterior process; metopidium sloping, twice as broad as

high ; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles large, tiiangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns

varying greatly in size and structure but always extending outward and upward and usually strong,

robust and about as long as the distance between their bases; dorsum more or less flattened; posterior

process short, heavy, tectiform, close to scutellum which it almost entirely covers, impinging on

tegmina, tip blunt and seldom reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina ; scutellum narrowly

exposed on each side. Tegmina broad, hyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong

and straight; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical cells short and broad ; tips pointed; apical limbus

narrow. Legs simple and slender; tibize finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type fuscipennis Germar.

Geographical distribution : This genus is represented in both Asia and Africa according to

the present listing of species but we strongly suspect that the two geographical areas represent groups

which are distinct enough to make it probable that the genus should be subdivided. However, we

have not seen enough material to warrant splitting the genus at the present time and are listing all of

the species under Centruchus as follows :

1. brevicoruis Funkhouser, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 2. 247 (1936). lndia, Kashmir.

Pl. 13, fig. 218.

2. capensis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 256. 2 (1835). Africa, Cape of Good Hope.

3. cuneatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 56. 2184 (1907). India, Sookna.

4. decoratus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 58. 2287 (1907). Burma, Momeit.

5. fuscipennis Gexmar, Rev. Silb. III : 256. 3 (1835). Africa, Cape of Good Hope.

6. laticoruis Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 9, 18 (1918). Malaya, Singapore.

7. mutilus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 168. 3371 (1916). Burma, Maymyo.

8. nodosus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 226 (1903). - East Africa, Grahamstown.

248. GENUS EUFAIRMAIRIA DISTANT

Eufairmairia Distant, Rhynch. Notes 35 (1916).

Characters : A genus of large, heavy-bodied insects recognized by the robust, oblique supra-

humerals, the long decurved posterior process and the long narrow cells in the apical area of the

tegmina. Head subquadrate, roughly sculptured, only a little broader than high; base arcuate, lightly

sinuate and feebly bituberculate; eyes large, globular and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous,

somewhat elevated, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping, strongly sinuate, with the edges distinctly

turned outward; clypeus very broad, trilobed with the median lobe much the largest, extending for

half its length below inferior margins of genae, tip rounded. Pronotum convex but not strongly

gibbous, bearing a pair of large robust suprahumerals and a long, heavy, decurved posterior process ;

metopidium sloping, about as broad as high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, heavy,

triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns large, heavy, triquerate, longer than the distance between

their bases, tips blunt; posterior process long, heavy, tectiform, decurved, close to scutellum and

impinging on tegmina, tip blunt and reaching about to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly

No terum tom po CST CET Lr CRT RC E NUR LE PER E

- j ENSUITE UT din: "^

ORENSE ER PUR mem eT

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 251

exposed on each side, usually tomentose. "Tegmina broad, hyaline; basal and costal areas coriaceous

and punctate; veins heavy ; five apicai and two discoidal cells; apical cells long and narrow ; tips roundly

pointed; apical limbus welldeveloped. Legs heavy ; femora cylindrical ; tibize triquerate and consider-

ably flattened; hind tarsi longest.

Type decisus Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is strictly an Australian genus and has been reported only

from that region.

r. acanthaspbis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 5:5. rg (1846). — Pl. I3, — Australia, PortJackson, T weed

fig. 219. River, Tamworth, Welling-

ton, New South Wales,

Queensland, Highfields,

Murray River, South Aus-

tralia.

2. consobrinus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 37 (1916). Queensland, Rockhampton,

Gayndah, Peak Downs,

New South Wales, Coola-

bah, Victoria, Mallee.

3. cupreus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 38 (1916). South West Australia,

Yallingup.

4. decisus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 621. 54 (1851). Australia, New Holland.

5. distinctus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 38 (1916). North Australia, Port Darwin.

6. fraternus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 36 (1916). Queensland,Gayndah,Gatton,

New South Wales, Capertee,

Rylstone, Lyndhurst.

7. harrisi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 35 (1916). Queensland.

8. laticoruis Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 5. 307 (1927). Papua.

9. relatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 36 (1916). Queensland, Gayndah.

249. GENUS SEXTIUS STAÀUL

Sextius Stál, Hem. Afr. IV : 88 (1866).

Characters : Near the preceding genus but with much shorter and differently shaped supra-

humerals and at once recognized by the irregular, reticulate venation in the apical areas of the tegmina.

Head subquadrate, about twice as broad as high; base lightly arcuate and sinuate; eyes small and

somewhat flattened, ocelli small, inconspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated

on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sinuate and sloping only a very little;

clypeus broad, extending hardly at all below the inferior margins of the genz and continuing the apical

outline of the face made by those margins. Pronotum convex and bearing a pair of stout suprahumerals

and a long, heavy, tectiform posterior process ; metopidium vertical, convex, broader than high; median

carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles large, heavy and blunt; posterior process long, heavy, tectiform,

curving downward, impinging on the scutellum and on the tegmina, tip acute and just about reaching

the tips of the tegmina; scutellum narrowly exposed on each side; suprahumeral horns stout, tricarinate,

as long as the distance between their bases, extending outward and upward. Tegmina broad, hyaline;

252

HOMOPTERA

base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy; an indefinite number of apical and discoidal cells

due to the irregular and reticulate venation in the apical half of the tegmen; tip rounded; apical

limbus very narrow. | Legs simple and heavy; hind tarsi longest.

Type virescens Fairmaire.

Geographical distribution : This is another genus which belongs distinctly to the Australian

Region.

assimilis Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 376. 4 (1906).

2. atromaculatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 35 (1916).

. bucephalus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 34 (1916).

. depressus Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 12 (1903).

5. interposita Buckton, Mon. Memb. 231 (1903).

14.

. kurande Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 377. 6 (1906).

. major Distant, Rhynch. Notes 34 (1916).

. occidentalis Jacobi, Faun. S. W. Aus. II : 20 (1909).

. frojectus Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 312 (1927).

. veliculatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 34 (1916).

. rubrilineus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 230 (1903).

xantha Buckton, Mon. Memb. 231 (1903).

. sPretus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 23o (1903).

longinotum Kirkaldy, Haw. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 377 (1906).

. tenuis Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIV : 245 (1936).

viresceus Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 515. 21 (1846). — PI. 19,

fig. 290.

sufusa Walker, List Hom. B. M. 6rr. 31 (1851).

New South Wales, Sydney.

Queensland.

New South Wales, Sydney.

Queensland, West Australia,

New South Wales, Tweed

River, Maitland, Kemsey,

Sydney, Brisbane. |

Australia, Adelaide.

Queensland, Kuranda.

Queensland, Peak Downs,

Gayndah.

South West Australia.

West Australia, King George

Sound.

North West Australia.

Australia, Adelaide, Bursaria.

Australia, Adelaide.

Australia, South Australia,

Victoria, New South Wales,

Homebush.

Australia, New Holland, New

South Wales, Tarago, Clar-

ence River, Gosford, Lof-

ton, Wollogong, Bungen-

dore, Homebush, Maitland,

Sydney, Penrith, Kemsey,

Uralla, Newcastle, Oueens-

land, Brisbane, Townsville,

Victoria, Gisborne, West

Australia, Pine River, Ger-

aldton.

250. GENUS PERIAMAN DISTANT

Periaman Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 37 (1907).

Characters : A genus which is rather difficult to delimit because of a considerable variation in

the characters of its species but showing in general the slender suprahumerals, a rather flat dorsum, a

PISTES go CURT ANNE RCM mub- ur VE OE P T ESET E

ac LR AA

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 253

broadly exposed scutellum and a wing venation which seem sufficiently distinct to warrant the placing

of the insects in a separate genus. Head subquadrate, a little broader than high; base arcuate and

laterally sinuate; eyes large, ovate and protruding; ocelli very large, prominent, a little farther from

each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz sloping, rounded, weakly angulate at corners, edges distinctly flared forward; clypeus

broad, extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum

convex but not strongly gibbous, bearing a pair of slender suprahumerals and a strong, straight posterior

process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high; median carina strongly percurrent; humera

angles large and blunt; suprahumeral horns varying in size and structure but usually short, slender,

triquerate, not much longer than the distance between their bases and extending outward and upward ;

dorsum flat; posterior process long, tectiform, tricarinate, lying close to the scutellum and impinging on

the tegmina, tip acute and reaching beyond the internal angles but not to the tips of the tegmina;

scutellum subtriangular, broadly exposed on each side, base generally tomentose, tip bifurcate.

Tegmina semiopaque and more or less pubescent; base very weakly coriaceous; veins strong ; five apical

and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apicallimbus narrow. | Legs long and heavy ; tibiz triquerate and

finely spined ; hind tarsi longest.

Type /avolineatus Buckton.

Geographical distribution : This genus has representatives in India, Malaya, the East Indies

and the Philippines, the range covering a considerable amount of territory.

1. acuticornis Funkhouser, F. M. S. Mus. 1. 187 (1936). Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

2. brevifrons Funkhouser, Phil. Memb. 383 (1915). Philippines, Palawan, Puerto

Princesa.

3. flavolineatus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 247 (1903). — PI.I13,fig. 221. India, Tenasserim, Myitta,

Mergui, Borneo.

4. limbatus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 163. 116 (1857). Borneo, Sandakan.

5. pilosus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 157. 3351 (1916). India, East Himalayas,

Kurseong.

6. byropinus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 38. 2154 (1907). Burma, Ruby Mines.

7. vectidorsum Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXII: 107 (1927). | Sumatra.

8. wallacei Distant, Rhynch. Notes 320 (1916). Borneo, Sarawak.

251. GENUS CENTROTYPUS STAL

Centrotypus Stál, Hem. Afr. IV : 88 (1866).

Eligius Distant, Rhynch. Notes 152 (1916).

Cryptoparma Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIX : 3. 313 (1931).

Characters : A very distinct and rather remarkable genus of large decorative insects recognized

at once by the strongly gibbous, exaggerated and swollen pronotum, the large, wide-spreading and

usually ampliate suprahumerals and the long sinuate posterior process. Head subquadrate, roughly

sculptured, broader than high; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes large, ovate and protruding; ocelli large,

prominent, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and rounded; clypeus broad, extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genze, tip rounded. Pronotum very heavy, gibbous and expanded, bearing a pair

254 HOMOPTERA

of strong suprahumerals and a long posterior process; metopidium vertical, much broader than high;

median carina faintly percurrent or obsolete; humeral angles weak, triangular and acute; suprahumeral

horns showing considerable variation in size and structure but usually robust, more or less flattened,

longer than the distance between their bases, extending upward and outward with the tips curved

backward ; posterior process long, tectiform, tricarinate, sinuate, lying close to scutellum and impinging

on tegmina, tip pointed and extending almost to tips of tegmina; scutellum very narrowly exposed on each

side. Tegmina long, narrow, subhyaline or semiopaque, often mottled; basal and costal areas narrowly

coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy and often nodulate; five apical and two discoidal cells all of which

are inclined to be irregular in shape; tip rounded; apical limbus broad.

tarsi longest.

Type amfplicornis Stàl.

Geographical distribution :

indicated by the following species :

2. amplicornis Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 285. 1 (1869) — PI. 13,fig. 222.

adunucus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 236 (1903).

3. asmodeus Distant, Faun, Brit. Ind. 36. 2150 (1907).

. assamensis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 517. 25 (1846).

costalis Walker, List Hom, B. M. 615. 44 (1851).

Legs heavy and simple; hind

A large Asiatic and Oceanic genus with a wide distribution as

Philippines, Luzon.

Siam, Cambodia, Sumatra.

India, Myitta,

Malaya, Singapore, Borneo,

'Tenasserim,

Sandakan, Sarawak, Kapit.

India, Assam, Sikhim, Pan-

kabar,

Tenasserim, Myitta, Siam.

Burma, Rangoon,

5. ater Buckton, Mon. Memb. 238 (1903). Burma, Ruby Mines.

6. bowringi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 291 (1916). Penang.

7. brunneus Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. 82 : 207. 8 (1920). Borneo, Sandakan.

8. flavescens Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 35. 2149 (1907). India, North India, Dehra

Dun.

. flexuosus Fabricius, Syst. Ent. IV : 12. 16 (1794).

anchorago Guérin, Ic. Rég. Anim. (1829).

hospes Kirkaldy, Hon. Exp. Sta. Bull. Ent. I : 378. 1 (1906).

India, Sylhet, Sikhim, Assam,

Shillong, Sibsigar, Burma,

Arrakan, Tenasserim, Myit-

ta, Malacca, Perac.

New South Wales, Sydney.

IO.

II. javanensis Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 517. 26 (1846). java.

12. laminifer Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 93. 45 (1856). Borneo, Sarawak.

13. laticornis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 44 (1921). China, Riviere Claire, Haut-

'Tonkin, Madon.

14. latimargo Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. I : 163. 17 (1857). Borneo, Sarawak.

15. longicornis Vuillefroy, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. IV : 4. 142 (1864). Borneo, Sarawak.

16. merinjakensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 153 (1916). Borneo, Mt. Merinjak.

17. minutus Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 28 (1903). South Australia, Mosman's

Bay, New South Wales,

Clarence River, Tamworth,

18. neuter Fairmaire, Rev, Memb. 517. 27 (1846). Java.

I9.

nigris Funkhouser, Rec. Aus. Mus. XV : 5. 306 (1927).

New South Wales.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. orlus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 35. 2148 (1907).

. pactolus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 233 (1903).

. parvus Funkhouser, Rec. Ind. Mus. XXIV : 3. 325 (1922).

. perakensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 318 (1916).

alatus (preoccupied) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 237 (1903).

. jronotalis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 317 (1916).

. securis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 238 (1903).

India, Tiivandrum.

Malaya, Perak.

Malaya, Perak, Taiping.

Malaya, Perak.

java.

India, Sikhim, Mungphu, Na-

ga Hills, Nilgiri, Bombay,

Burma, Ruby Mines, Bor-

neo, Sandakan.

26. shelfordi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 315 (1916).

27. siamensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 316 (1916).

Borneo, Sandakan, Sarawak.

Siam, Malaya, Bulsit, Besar.

28. lauriformis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 317 (1916). java.

29. tauris Distant, Rhynch. Notes 316 (1916). Siam, Malaya.

252. GENUS POGON BUCKTON

Pogon Buckton, Mon. Memb. 248 (1903).

Characters ; This genus is very close to Ofinotus but differs in having strongly curved veins in

the apical area of the tegmen by which character it is most easily recognized. lead subquadrate,

twice as broad as high; base gradually arcuate and sometimes slightly sinuate; eyes large, globular

and protruding ; ocelli large, conspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated well

above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genae horizontal and broadly rounded ;

clypeus broad, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene, tip rounded. Pronotum

convex but not highly gibbous, bearing a pair of stout suprahumerals and a slender posterior process;

metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles large, heavy and

blunt; suprahumeral horns short, stout, triquerate, about as long as the distance between their bases,

extending outward and upward; posterior process slender, sinuate, lying close to the scutellum and to

the tegmina, tip sharp and reaching very little beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

narrowly exposed on each side. "Tegmina broad, hyaline; basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous

and punctate; veins heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; veins of apical area strongly curved;

tip rounded; apical limbus narrow. | Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type ncurvatum Buckton.

Geographical distribution : This genus is found in Ceylon with one questionable species

reported from Australia.

I. albosignatum Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 16r. 3359 (1916).

2. africoxis Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV : 164 (1891).

3. auriculatum Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 285. 5 (1869).

168 (189r).

Ceylon, Pundaluoya.

Ceylon, Kandy, Nawalapitya.

Ceylon, Horton Plains.

Ceylon, Badulla, Maskeliya,

Kandy, Pundaluoya, Ma-

dulsima.

4. cuprum Kirby, Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. XXIV :

. ferrugineum Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 114. 3 (1903). Ceylon, Peradeniya.

. flavescens Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 25 (1930). Australia.

Sov COR

. incurvatum Buckton, Mon. Memb. 248 (1903). Ceylon, Pattipola.

256 HOMOPTERA

GENERA OF THE TRIBE COCCOSTERPHINI DISTANT

I. Pronotum covered wilh tubercles «4 2 4 0. 4 4 4... . . « . CoccosrEgPHus Stál.

II. Pronotum smooth, not tuberculate

A. Dorsum sinuate ; apex of clavus acute

t. Pronotum gibbous; corium with four apical cells... . . . . . . PaARAYASA Distant.

2. Pronolum elevated and compressed ; corium with five apical cells . . . IwNsrrog Distant.

B. Dorsum straight; apex of clavus obtuse

r.. Corium with three apical cells; posterior process very short and slender... YasA Distant.

2. Corium with five apical cells ; posterior process long and vobust . . . . KaNapa Distant.

253. GENUS COCCOSTERPHUS STÀL

Coccosterphus Stál, Hem. Fabr. II : 51 (1869).

Phaerotus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 255 (1903).

Phaeronotus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 269 (1903).

Characters : A genus of minute, inconspicuous insects recognized at once by their very small

size and by the tuberculate pronotum. Head subquadrate, almost as broad as high, a little deflexed;

base arcuate, sinuate and feebly bituberculate; eyes very large and ovate, much wider than high; ocelli

small, inconspicuous, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus broad, extending for half

its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded or truncate. Pronotum convex, entirely covered

with small nodules or tubercles, without suprabumerals but with a short, heavy posterior process;

metopidium sloping, broader than high, extended over the head in two tubercles; median carina strongly

percurrent and nodulate; humeral angles large, heavy, subconical and blunt; no suprahumeral horns;

posterior process short, heavy, usually depressed in the middle and swollen at the tip, impinging on the

tegmina; sides of mesonotum very narrowly exposed as points on each side; no true scutellum. Tegmina

broad, subhyaline, often mottled; base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins indistinct; five apical

and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; no apicallimbus. Legs short and heavy; hind tarsi longest.

Type minutus Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : This genus has been found in India, Ceylon and parts of the

East Indies.

t. decoloratus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 71. 2213 (1907). India, Calcutta.

2. luteus Funkhouser, Ind. Forest Rec. XVII : 9 (1933). India, Madras.

3. melichari Goding, Old World Memb. 455 (1934). Ceylon.

minutus (preoccupied) Melichar, Hom. Cey. 121. 3 (1903).

4. minulus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 514. 32 (1798). India, Tranquebar, Madras,

Lake Chilka, East Indies.

5. mucronicollis Motschulsky, Etud. Ent. XIII : 109 (1859). Ceylon, Kesbewa.

6. obscurus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 73. 2215 (1907). Ceylon, Peradeniya, Henerat-

goda.

FAM MEMBRACID/E 257

7. faludatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 175. 3384 (1916). India, South India, Chikka-

ballapura, Orissa, Puri,

Madras, Lake Chilka, Cal-

cutta.

8. stipulipennis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 255 (1903). Borneo, Brunei.

9. fuberculatus Motschulsky, Etud. Ent. VIII: 1og (1859). — PI.13, India, Ceylon, Peradeniya,

fig. 224. Kala- Weisa, Puttalam.

fasciata Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 121. 2 (1903).

254. GENUS PARAYASA DISTANT

Parayasa Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 176 (1916).

Characters : A genus of very small insects characterized particularly by the lack of supra-

humerals, the smooth gibbous pronotum, the sinuate posterior process and the four apical cells of the

tegmina. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base arcuate and feebly sinuate; eyes large, ovate

and protruding ; ocelli small, inconspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and

situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gena broad, sloping and rounded ;

clypeus narrow, pointed, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene. Pronotum

gibbous, without suprahumerals but with a short, sinuate posterior process; metopidium sloping.

about as broad as high, usually with a semicircular impression above each eye; median carina percur-

rent; humeral angles heavy, triangular and blunt; no suprahumerals; posterior process short and

sinuate, impinging on both mesonotum and tegmina, tip acute and reaching just about to the internal

angles of the tegmina; sides of mesonotum exposed on each side in a sharp point; no true scutellum.

Tegmina broad, vitreous or subhyaline; base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; four apical]

and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apicallimbus narrow. | Legs long and slender; femora cylindrical;

tibia triquerous, distinctly curved and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type /yica Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus has been reported only from British India and the

East Indies.

1. affinis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 179. 3391 (1916). South India, Nandidrug.

2. affixa Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 178. 3380 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills.

3. atricapilla Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 179. 3390 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills.

4. dissimilis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 179. 3392 (1916). South India, Kodaikanal.

5. elegantula Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 178. 3388 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills, Ootaca-

mund, Somerdale, South

India, Kodaikanal.

6. maculipennis Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. 82 : 224. 50 (1920). Borneo, Sandakan.

7. maculosa Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 177. 3387 (1916). South India, Nandidrug, Ko-

daikanal.

8. margherita Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 180. 3393 (1916). India, Assam, Margherita.

9. modesta Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 18r. 3395 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills.

10. "ilgiriensis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 180. 3394 (1916). India. Nilgiri Hills.

258 HOMOPTERA

r1. vustica Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 181. 3396 (1916). India, Nilgiri Hills, Lovedale.

12. iypica Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 177. 3386 (1916). — Pl. 18, South India, Kodaikanal.

tig. 22b.

255. GENUS INSITOR DISTANT

Insitor Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 176 (1916).

Characters : The type species of this monotypic genus shows a peculiar pronotal character

which at once distinguishes it from the other genera of the tribe. The disc is elevated and compressed

with the anterior and posterior dorsal margins angulate, and the median carina extending upward in a

sharp crest. Other characters which are probably generic are as follows : Head subquadrate, twice as

broad as high; base feebly arcuate and sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli large, about equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

genz horizontal and rounded; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene, tip

rounded. Pronotum anteriorly prominently elevated, laterally flattened, the anterior and posterior

margins of the disc roundly angulate and compressed; no suprahumerals; metopidium vertical with the

crest overhanging the head; median carina strongly elevated; humeral angles large and rounded;

posterior process heavy, concavely depressed in the middle and convexly ampliate posteriorly, tip blunt

and not reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; sides of mesonotum narrowly exposed on each side.

'Tegmina broad and mottled; base strongly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two

discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus narrow. | Legs long and slender; hind tibi: lightly curved;

hind tarsi longest.

Type exemplificatus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from India.

r. exemplificatus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 176. 3385 (1916). — India, Nilgiri Hills.

PI: 9stig.2206:

256. GENUS YASA DISTANT

Yasa Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 74 (1907).

Characters : This is another monotypic genus characterized, as far as may be judged by the

type species, by the peculiar venation of the tegmina, which show only three large apical cells, and by

the very short, slender posterior process. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base feebly arcuate and

sinuate; eyes globular and protruding ; ocelli large, a little farther from each other than from the eyes and

situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz rounded; clypeus broad,

extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip truncate. Pronotum convex, gibbous,

without suprahumerals but with a short, weak posterior process; metopidium sloping, much wider than

high; median carina obsolete; humeral angles large and blunt; no suprahumerals; posterior process

short, slender and recurved, its tip not nearly reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; sides of

mesonotum visible but not spinose. Tegmina long, pointed, mottled hyaline; base broadly coriaceous

and punctate; veins rather indistinct; three apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus

broad. Legs slender; hind tibize strongly curved; hind tarsi longest.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 259

Type greeni. Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Ceylon.

1. greeni Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 74. 2217 (1907). — PI.13,fig. 227. Ceylon, Peradeniya, Kandy.

257. GENUS KANADA DISTANT

Kanada Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 74 (1907).

Characters : This genus bears a strong resemblance to the genus Gargara of the next tribe but

differs from Gargara in having no true scutellum but having the mesonotum produced on each side in a

rather long, flattened spine. 1t differs from the other genera of the tribe Coccosterphini in having the

dorsum straight, the apex of the clavus obtuse, the posterior process long, strong and robust, and in

having five apical cells in the tegmina. Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high; base weakly arcuate

and slightly sinuate; eyes rather small, globular and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, about

equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated a little above a line drawn through centers of

eyes; inferior margins of gene rounded and nearly horizontal; clypeus broad, extending for half its

length below inferior margins of genz, tip broadly rounded. Pronotum weakly convex, not strongly

gibbous, without suprahumerals but with a strong posterior process; metopidium sloping, twice as broad

as high; median carina faintly percurrent ; humeral angles small, triangular and sharp; no suprahumerals ;

dorsum nearly flat; posterior process long, heavy, straight, rounded above, impinging on tegmina, tip

acute and reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; sides of mesonotum plainly visible and

projecting backward in laminate points. "Tegmina broad and hyaline; base very narrowly coriaceous

and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apicallimbus broad. Legs

heavy; femora thickened; tibiz strongly longitudinally grooved and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type irvinei Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from India.

I. irvinei Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 75. 2218 (1907). — Pl.13,fig. 228. India, Bengal, Ranchi.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE GARGARINI DISTANT

I. Posterior frocess touching scutellum

A. Posterior trochanters unavmed

I. Posterior process nol laminate

a. Posterior process straight

b. Pronotum without carina above humeral angles. . . GARGARA Amyot and Seiville.

bb. Pronotum with carina above hnmeral augles .. . . . XawTHOSTICTA Buckton.

aa. Poslerior jrocess sivongly sinuale — .. . . . . . . . Enbnur Distant.

2. Posterior process dilated into a blate — .. .. . . . . . . SuBRINCATOR Distant.

B. Hind trochanters armed with spiues.

1. Humeral angles strongly produced in auriculate processes... Sipevr.us. Stál.

2. Humeral angles weak, not produced .. ..— .. . . . . . . XQCENTROTOSCELUS Funkhouser.

260 HOMOPTERA

II. Posterior process not touching scutellum

A. Posterior process arched

I. Posterior process impinging on legmina behind scutellum . . . KoMBAZzawa Distant.

2. Posterior process curved upward behind scutellum . ..— . .. . Pnowrwron Distant.

B. Posterior process sinuate

3 Pronolm sfinose 2 203. a E eeu Erg: Ne Tasbtun: 2EAMMA, EUGKEOTIS

2. Pronotum nol spinose

a. Metopidium slopang, unicarinate. .— . . . . . . .. Uwririaxus ! Distant.

aa. Metopidium gibbous, tricarinale ..— .— . . . . . . . TrisERIANUS Distant,

258. GENUS GARGARA AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Gargara Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 537 (1843).

Maerops Buckton, Mon. Memb. 257 (1903).

Characters : This is the largest genus in the family both in number of species, of which we are

convinced there are yet many to be described, and in numbers of individuals which in some regions

are to be found in almost unbelievable multitudes. On account of its size, it would be very desirable

to subdivide this genus, if only to facilitate systematic work, but we can find no natural characters on

which such a subdivision can be based. The representatives of Gargara are all small, robust, heavy-

bodied, subtriangular insects with very distinct generic characters of which the following are the most im-

portant : Head subquadrate, broader than long; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes large and ovate; ocelli

large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus broad, usually extending

for at least half its length below inferior margins of genz,tip rounded. Pronotum low and convex,

without suprahumerals but with a short, stout, straight posterior process; metopidium sloping, broader

than high; humeral angles broad, triangular and blunt; median carina usually percurrent but sometimes

almost obsolete; surface of pronotum varying in character but usually punctate or pubescent or both ;

posterior process short, heavy, straight, tectiform, impinging on both scutellum and tegmina, with the

tip sharp and reaching just about to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum broadly exposed on

each side. Tegmina broad, hyaline, base usually punctate and pubescent, corium often mottled with

various colors; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus broad.

Hind wings with three apical cells. Legs short, stout and heavy; hind trochanters unarmed ; femora

cylindrical; tibia triquerate; hind tarsi longest.

Type geniste Fabricius.

Geographical distribution : This is a very cosmopolitan genus with as wide a distribution

as may be found in any genus in the family. Representatives are to be found in practically all parts of

the Old World. In spite of this fact, however, and of the large number of species, there is a surpris-

ingly small amount of variation within the group.

1. addahensis Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 489 (1915). West Africa, Addah, Gold

Coast, Fernando Po.

2. enea Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 491 (1915). Africa, Uganda, Entebbe, Bo-

gondo, Unyoro.

Ee ECQUNES PINECN E

12.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

. afinis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 6r. 2192 (1907).

akonis Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. II : 20. 19 (1912).

. alboapicata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 66. 2206 (1907).

. albolinea Funkhouser, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. XIII : 255 (1927).

. albomacula Funkhouser, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. XIII : 254 (1927).

apicata Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 124. 6 (1903).

. arisanus Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. II : 24. 17 (1912).

. asperula Walker, List Hom. B. M. Suppl. 162 (1858).

. aterinna Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 491 (1915).

altentata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 236 (1914).

. aurea Funkhouser, Ind. For. Rec. XVII : 8 (1933).

. australiensis Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse de Zool. 43 : 7.

197 (1936).

. Óicolor Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 9 (1927).

. botaushana Kato, Insect World XXXII : 23 (1928).

. órunnea Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 235 (1914).

I8.

brunneidorsata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 128 (1929).

. brunneifasciata Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 204 (1938).

. €elata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 172. 3379 (1916).

. carinata Funkhouser, Treubia XV : r. 129 (1935).

. castanea Kato, Insect World XXXII : 16 (1928).

. citrea Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 63. 2197 (1907).

. confusa Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 171. 3375 (1916).

. consocia Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. I : 164. 122 (1857).

. contraria Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 170. 3374 (1916).

. davidi Fallou, Rev. Ent. 354 (1891).

. delimitata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 66. 2205 (1907).

. discrebans Goding, Amer. Mus. Novit. 24 (1930).

. donitze Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. II : 23. 15 (1912).

. dorsata Funkhouser, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. XVII : 717 (1935).

2. dorsimaculata Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 298 (1930).

. elegans Kato, Insect World XXXII : 22 (1928).

. elongata Kato, Insect World XXXII : 24 (1928).

. escalerai Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 13 (1935).

261

India, Bombay, Tenasserim,

Myitta, Borneo, Banguey.

Formosa.

India, Tenasserim, Myitta, Su-

matra, Java, Formosa.

Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

Malaya, Selangor.

Ceylon, Peradeniya.

Formosa.

Africa, Sierra Leone.

Africa, Uganda, Budongo, Un-

yoro, Buamba, Semliki, Ma-

bira, Chagwe.

Banguey Island, Penang, Bor-

neo, Sandakan, Sumatra,

Siberut.

India, Coorg.

Australia.

Sumatra, China, Hainan Is-

land.

Formosa.

Philippines, Mt. Maquiling.

Java.

China.

India, Nilgiri Hills.

Java.

Formosa.

India, Tenasserim, Myitta,

Burma, Moulmein, Borneo,

Sandakan, Java.

India, Calcutta.

Borneo.

India, Punjab, Lahore.

China, Peking, Manchuria.

India, Assam, Margherita.

Borneo.

Japan, Honshu.

Malaya.

Formosa.

Africa, Fernando Po.

262

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44-

45.

46.

47.

63.

64.

. maculata Funkhouser, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 2. 249 (1936).

HOMOPTERA

extrema Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 171. 3376 (1916).

fasceifrontis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 122 (1927).

fasciata Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 295 (1930).

Jferrugata Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 123. 4 (1903).

flavipes Funkhouser, Notes D'Ent. Chinoise IV : 2. 31 (1937).

flavocarinata Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 8 (1927).

flavolineata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 65. 2204 (1907).

fragila Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 121 (1927).

fraterna Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 490 (1915).

fumipennis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 299 (1930).

garampinus Matsumura, Cicad, Jap. II : 22. 12 (1912).

geniste Fabricius, Spec. Ins. II : 318. 17 (1781).— PI. 1 8,fig. 229.

. gracila Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 120 (1927).

. granulata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 123 (1927).

- grisea Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XV : t. 25 (1919).

. hainanensis Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVI: 2. 244 (1937).

2. hoffmauni Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVI : 2. 245 (1937).

- horishana Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. 1I : 23. i4 (1912).

. Ayalifascia Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 8 (1927).

. hyalina Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 299 (1930).

. indicaía Bierman, Notes Mus. Leid. XXXIII : 45 (1910).

. irrorata Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 35 (1918).

. kawakamii Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. II : 26. 20 (1912).

. lata Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 5t (1921).

. laticafitata Kato, Insect World XXXII : 21 (1928).

. ligustri Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. II : 2r. 11 (1912).

- luconica Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 255. 45 (1846).

luteinervis Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse Zool. XLIII : 7. 198 (1936).

luteipenuis Funkhouser, Journ, Ent. and Zool. VI : 71 (1914).

Ceylon, Peradeniya.

Philippines, Luzon.

Japan.

Ceylon, Peradeniya, Keshewa,

Weligama, Kandy.

Indo-China.

Sumatra.

India, Bengal, Ranchi,Ceylon,

Peradeniya, Burma.

Philippines, Samar.

West Africa, Addah, Gold

Coast.

Formosa.

Europe, England, France,

Germany, Austria, Spain,

Italy, Portugal, United

States (Introduced), New

Jersey, Connecticut, Japan

(Introduced).

Philippines, Samar.

Philippines, Mindanao,

Luzon, Borneo, Java.

Philippines, Manila.

China, Hainan Island.

Formosa.

Sumatra.

Formosa.

Dutch East Indies.

Philippines, Benguet, Baguio.

Formosa.

China, Kiautschau.

Formosa.

Japan, Honshu.

Philippines, Negros, Cuernos

Mts., Mindanao, Dapitan,

Luzon, Mt. Maquiling, Pen-

ang, Borneo, Sandakan,

Sumatra, Malaya.

Celebes.

Philippines, Los Banos.

North Andaman Isls.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

72:

73.

74-

79.

76.

77-

78.

79-

80.

SI.

82.

83.

84.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

maculipennis Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 32. 38 (1918).

majuscula Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 6r. 2193 (1907).

makalake Distant, Ins. Trans. I : 217 (1908).

marginata Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 298 (1930).

matsumurai Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 298 (1930).

minor Funkhouser, Notes Mus. Heude XXIII : r1 (1934).

minuscula Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 190 (1868).

minuta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 236 (1914).

mixta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 257 (1903).

myille Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 64. 2200 (1907).

nandidrugana Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 171. 3377 (1916).

nervosa Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 13. 25 (1918).

nigra Funkhouser, J.R.A.S. LXXXII : 223. 49 (1920).

nigricebs Bierman, Notes Mus. Leid. XXXIII : 46 (1910).

nigroapicata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII: 119 (1927).

nigrocarinata Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 1 (1914).

ntgrofasciata Stál, Hem. Phil. 729. 5 (1870).

nigromaculata Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. ro (1927).

nigronervosa Kato, Ins. World XXXII : 18 (1928).

263

Philippines, Luzon, Benguet,

Baguio, Borneo, Sandakan,

Sumatra.

India, Sikhim, Mungphu,

Bengal Hills, Rangamat,

Chittagong, Pashok, Dar-

jeeling, East Himalayas.

Africa, Transvaal.

Formosa.

Formosa

China.

Mysol.

Banguey Island, Java.

India, Bombay, Calcutta, Ten-

asserim, Myitta, Ceylon,

Bolongoda, Colombo, Per-

adeniya, Nelanda, Kekir-

awa, Puttalam, South India,

Nandidrug, Coimbatore,

Behar, Akra, Cochin State,

Perambikulam, Borneo,

Sandakan, China, IHonan

Island.

India, Tenasserim, Myitta.

South India, Nandidrug.

Malaya, Singapore, Java.

Borneo, Sandakan.

Dutch East Indies.

Philippines, Palawan.

Philippines, Los Banos,

Luzon, Mt. Maquiling,

Benguet, Baguio.

Philippines, Luzon, Mt. Ma-

quiling, Mt. Banahao, Min-

danao, lligan, Dapitan,

Davao, Laguna, Paete,

Borneo, Sandakan, India,

Bombay, Kana:a, Talewadi,

Castle Rock.

Sumatra, Borneo.

Formosa.

264

85.

IOO.

IOI.

102.

103.

104.

105,

106.

HOMOPTERA

nitidipennis Funkhouser, Journ. Ent. and Zool. VI : 71. 14 (1914).

. modinervis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 122 (1927).

. modipennis Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 9 (1927).

. nokazana Kato, Insect World XXXII : 21 (1928).

. nyanzai Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S. R. XXVIII: 154 (1927).

. opaca Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 201 (1938).

. orientalis Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S. R. XXVIII : 155(1927).

. ornata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 128 (1929).

. fallida Kato, Insect World XXXII : 19 (1928).

minuta (preoccupied) Kato, Insect World XXXII : 19 (1928).

var. : lineata Kato, Insect World XXXII : 19 (1928).

. jarvula Lindberg, Pal. Cic. 27 (1927).

. fatruelis Stàl, Freg. Eug. Res. Ins. 285. 196 (1859).

. penangi Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. i11. 23 (1918).

. ferpolita Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 490 (1915).

. ficea Kato, Insect World XXXII : 20 (1928).

. fictola Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 122. 1 (1903).

pilinervosa Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. LXXXII : 222. 48 (1920).

pilosa Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 7 (1927).

pinguis Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 33 (1918).

frojecta Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 1o. 22 (1918).

jroxima Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po 9 (1935).

bseudocornis Funkhouser, Notes d'Ent. Chin. IV : 2. 33 (1937).

Pulchella Funkhouser, Treubia XV : 1. 129 (1935).

Philippines, Los Banos, Mt.

Maquiling, Mt. Banahao,

Mindanao, lIliga, Dapitan,

Butuan, |Davao, Luzon,

Paete, Benguet, Baguio,

Malaya, Singapore, Penang,

Panay, Antique, Culasi,

Borneo, Sandakan, Sara-

wak, Mujang, Sumatra, Chi-

na, Hainan Isl, Doerian

Island.

Philippines, Manila.

Sumatra.

Formosa.

Africa, Victoria Nyanza, Ca-

meroons.

China.

Russia, Ussuri, Lake Khanka.

Borneo.

Formosa.

Russia, Spasskaja.

Philippines, Luzon, Malinao,

Tayabas, Mt. Banahao, Min-

danao, Davao, Sumatra,

Borneo.

Malaya, Penang, Borneo,

South India.

Africa, Uganda, Budongo,

Unyoro, Mpanga, Toro.

Formosa.

Ceylon, Peradeniya, Malaya,

Singapore, Penang, Borneo,

Sandakan.

Borneo, Sandakan, Java.

Sumatra.

Philippines, Mindinao, Zam-

boanga, Davao.

Malaya, Singapore, Penang,

Java.

Africa, Fernando Po.

China.

Java.

TONTRSOTm

xL dad. ^

Wet RTT qn

OWN

-—^

107.

108.

109.

LI3.

II4.

135.

116.

117:

IIS,

I1I9.

120.

I2I.

122.

123.

I24.

1235!

126.

127:

128.

129.

13o.

IST:

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Bulchripennis Stàl, Hem. Phil, 729 (1870).

bygmea Walker, List Hom. B. M. 630. 75 (1851).

rivulata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 64. 2202 (1907).

. robusta Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 6r. 2191 (1907).

. rubens Pelaez, Memb. Fernando Po r1 (1935).

. rubrogranulata Bierman, Notes Mus. Leid. XXXIII : 45 (1910).

rufula Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII : 4. 429 (1935).

vugonervosa Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 34 (1918).

selangori Funkhouser, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. XVII : 718 (1935).

semibrunnea Funkhouser, Bornean Memb. 477 (1929).

semifascia Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. I : 94. 48 (1856).

malayus Stàl, Eug. Res. Om. Jord. 285 (1859).

semivitrea Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. I : 93. 47 (1856).

sericea Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 63. 2198 (1907).

setosa Funkhouser, Treubia XV : t. 128 (1935).

shinchicuna Kato, Insect World XXXII : 22 (1928).

sikhimensis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 64. 2201 (1907).

sinensis Funkhouser, Notes Mus. Heude 21. 1o (1934).

sinuata Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 237 (1914).

soeroelangoena Bierman, Notes Mus. Leid. XXXIII : 47 (1910).

sordida Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 13. 26 (1918).

splendidula Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 172. 3378 (1916).

suigensis Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 299 (1930).

sumbawe Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 237 (1914).

laihokunis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 17 (1928).

taikomontana Kato, Insect World XXXII : 17 (1928).

265

Philippines, Mindanao, Bu-

tuan, Luzon, Mt. Maquiling,

Los Banos, Davao, Panay,

Antique, Culasi, Borneo,

Sandakan, India, Sarawak,

Mujang.

Philippines, Palawan, Puerto

Princessa, Luzon, Mt. Ban-

ahao, Panay, Culasi, Anti-

que, Mindanao, Davao, Pe-

nang.

India, Sikhim, Mungphu.

India, Calcutta, Kurseong,

Banguey, Borneo.

Africa, Cameroons.

Dutch East Indies, Borneo,

Sandakan, Sumatra, Java,

Malaya, Singapore, Penang.

Africa, Gold Coast.

Philippines, Luzon, Nueva

Vizcaya, Imugan, Panay,

Antique, Culasi, Borneo,

Sandakan,

Federated Malay States.

Borneo.

Borneo, Malacca.

Malaya, Singapore.

Ceylon, Kerbuwa.

Boeroe Island.

Formosa.

India, Sikhim, Madras, Kota-

giri, South India, Nandi-

drug.

China.

Banguey.

Dutch East Indies.

Malaya, Singapore, Sipora,

Sumatra.

North India.

Korea.

Borneo, Sumbawa Island.

Formosa.

266 HOMOPTERA

132. laitoensis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 24 (1928). Formosa.

133. lappanus Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. II : 23. 14 (1912). Formosa.

134. tecliforma Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 203 (1938). China.

135. tigris Funkhouser, Journ. F.M.S. Mus. XVII : 719 (1935). Federated Malay States.

136. iriangulata Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. 12. 24 (1918). Malaya, Singapore, Penang,

e Java.

137. trinolata Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 63. 2199 (1907). India, Tenasserim, Myitta.

138. tuberculata Funkhouser, Journ. Ent. and Zool. VI : 2. 70 (1914). Philippines, Los Banos, Ma-

nila, Luzon, Tayabas, Mi-

lanao, Mindanao, Davao,

Zamboanga, Penang.

139. tumida Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 123. 5 (1903). Ceylon, Kandy, Peradeniya,

Maskeliya, Puttalam, East

Himalayas, Darjeeling, Pa-

shok.

140. varicolor Stál, Hem. Phil. 728. 3 (1870). Philippines, | Luzon, Los

Banos, Mt. Maquiling, Mt.

Banahao, Mindanao,Davao,

Manila, Rizal, Montalban,

Borneo, Java.

141. variegata Signoret, Thoms. Arch. Ent. II : 340. 647 (1858). Africa, Calabar, Ituri, Came-

roons, Fernando Po.

142. venosa Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 189 (1868). East Indies, Tondano,Celebes.

143. virescens Funkhouser, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. XIII : 256 (1927). Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.

144. Vulfpeculus Breddin, Hem. Celebes 125 (19gor). Celebes.

145. zonata Matsumura, Cicad. Jap. lI : 24. 16 (1912). Formosa.

259. GENUS XANTHOSTICTA BUCKTON

Xanthosticta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 63 (1903).

Characters : Closely related to the preceding genus but differing in having strong lateral

carinz over the front of the pronotum above the humeral angles. These carinz are often elevated to

such an extent as to appear as folds or auriculate ridges. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base

weakly arcuate and sinuate; eyes large, ovate protruding; ocelli small, inconspicuous, farther from

each other than from the eyes and situated slightly above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of gene sloping and sinuate ; clypeus broad, extending for half its length below inferior margins

of genz, tip rounded or truncate. Pronotum convex with no suprahumerals but with heavy carinz or

folds above the humeral angles and with a short, stout posterior process; metopidium sloping, broader

than high; median carina percurrent, lateral caring extending forward over metopidium; humeral

angles strong, prominent and blunt; posterior process short, heavy, straight and tectiform, tip sharp

and reaching just about to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum well exposed on each side.

''egmina broad and hyaline; base coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy and often pubescent; five

apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus broad. Legs short and stout; hind tro-

chanters unarmed; femora cylindrical; tibiae triquerate; hind tarsi longest.

IBID S DEDERE FINU p n erm NE

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE 267

Type gisea Buckton.

Geographical distribution : Only a few species have been described in this genus which

seems to be limited to the Philippines and the Indian Archipelago.

1. biplaga Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 19r (1868). Celebes.

2. constipata Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 192 (1868). Indian Archipelago.

3. grisea Buckton, Mon. Memb. 63 (1903). Philippines.

4. luzonica Buckton, Mon. Memb. 64 (1903). Philippines, Luzon.

5. pseudocornis Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. LXXXII : 217. 3o (1920). — Island of Penang.

PIE Patig. 230;

6. trivialis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 64 (1903). Philippines, Luzon, Manila,

Los Banos.

260. GENUS EBHUL DISTANT

Ebhul Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 59 (1907).

Ebhuloides Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXIX : 3. 302 (1931).

Characters : A very distinct genus recognized at once by the tuberculate head, the over-

hanging flattened anterior edge of the metopidium and the strongly sinuate posterior process. lead

subquadrate. almost as high as broad, roughly sculptured; base highly arcuate, weakly sinuate and

strongly bituberculate; eyes small and flattened; ocelli large, conspicuous, elevated, twice as far from

each other as from the eyes and situated far above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of gene sloping and sinuate; clypeus long and broad, extending for three fourths its length below

inferior margins of genz, tip rounded. Pronotum convex, without suprahumerals but with a strongly

sinuate posterior process; metopidium low and sloping, much broader than high, extended slightly

over the head in a flattened plate; median carina strongly percurrent ; humeral angles heavy, triangular

and blunt; posterior process slender and strongly sinuate, impinging on both scutellum and tegmina,

sharply tectiform, tip acute and reaching a little beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

broadly exposed on each side. Tegmina broad, subhyaline, usually heavily mottled with dark colors;

basal and costal areas broadly coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip pointed;

apicallimbus narrow. | Legs simple; hind trochanters unarmed; hind tarsi longest.

Type varius Walker.

Geographical distribution : This is a comparatively small genus so far as the number of

species is concerned but is well represented in individuals which are apparently very abundant. The

center of distribution seems to be the Indian Archipelago.

1, carinatus Funkhouser, Phil. Memb. 393 (1915). Philippines, Mindanao, Du-

tuan.

2. elegans Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. $ci. NL : 117 (1929). Borneo.

3. formicarius Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 3373 (1916). Upper Burma, Maymyo.

4. macultipenuis Funkhouser, Rec. Ind. Mus. XXIV : 3. 326 (1922). India, Pashok. Darjeeling,

East Himalayas.

5. notatus Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 17 (1927). Sumatra, Gunung Singgalang.

6. uniformis Funkhouser, Faun. Sumat. 18 (1927). Sumatra, Fort de Kock, Gun-

ung Singgalang.

268 HOMOPTERA

7. varius Walker, List Hom. B. M.Suppl.162 (1858). — PI.13,fig. 2831. Burma, Maymyo, Borneo,

Sarawak, Malaya, Singa-

pore, Selangor, Penang Is-

land,Sumatra,Fort de Kock,

java.

261. GENUS SUBRINCATOR DISTANT

Subrincator Distant, Rhynch. Notes 157 (1916).

Characters : We have not seen the single species which represents this genus. [It has never

been figured nor has it been recognized in the literature of the family except in catalogues since its original

description. Consequently we can only quote Distant's original generic description as follows :

« Pronotum with the disk broad, moderately convex, very prominently, centrally, longitu-

dinally carinate, lateral processes absent, but the lateral margins broadly obtusely subangulate, the

posterior process short, laminately, convexly dilated, its apex shortly subacute, about reaching

the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin; face broader than long, rugose, eyes prominent;

tegmina a little more than twice as long as broad, the veins prominent, four apical cells; legs

robust, but tibize not dilated. »

The genus should be easily recognized by the broad, laminate posterior process which would

serve to distinguish it from any of the other nearly related genera.

Type /onkinensis Distant.

Geographical distribution : The genus is known only from the type species from north

Indo-China.

I. lonkinensis Distant, Rhynch. Notes 157 (1916). Indo-China, Tonkin, Lao Kay,

Chapa.

262. GENUS SIPYLUS STAL

Sipylus Stál, Analect. Hem. 387 (1866).

Formocentrus Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 284 (1930).

Characters : The insects of this genus are at once recognized by their strongly produced

auriculate humeral angles and by their robust triangular bodies which differentiate them from all of their

near relatives, Head subquadrate, twice as broad as high, roughly sculptured, usually pubescent; base

strongly arcuate and sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, prominent, farther from each other than from the

eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and

sinuate; clypeus subquadrate, extending for half its length below inferior margins of gena. Pronotum

low and flat, without suprahumerals but with broad well developed humeral angles and often with strong

ruga on the dorsal surface; metopidium low, sloping, much broader than high; humeral angles very

strong and auriculate; median carina percurrent; no suprahumeral horns; posterior process short, robust,

flat, roughly carinate, tip blunt and reaching just about to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

well exposed on each side. Tegmina broad, hyaline, base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins heavy

and often nodulate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus narrow. | Legs simple, heavy and

robust; hind tarsi longest.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 269

Type cvassulus Stàl.

Geographical distribution : This is a small genus with a limited distribution. Species have

been reported, however, from the Oriental, Philippine and Archipelagic regions as follows :

1. acuticornis Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 3o (1918). Philippines, Luzon, Nueva

Viscaya, Imugan.

2. albifasciatus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 14 (1928). Formosa.

3 auriculatus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVI : 2. 243 (1937). China, Hainan Island.

4. erassulus Stàl, Freg. Eug. Res. Ins. 285. 194 (1859). Philippines, Luzon, Mt. Ban-

ahao, Mindanao, Davao.

5. dilatatus Walker, List. Hom. B. M. 63o. 74 (1851). — Pl. 13, Philippines, Los Banos, Min-

fig. 232. danao, Davao, Singapore,

nodipennis Funkhouser, Journ. Ent. and Zool. VI : 72. 15 (1914). Borneo, Sandakan, Bu.

matra, Sipora.

6. gultulinervis Matsumura, Cic. Jap. II : 25. 18 (1912). Formosa.

7. latifasciatus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 14 (1928). Formosa.

8. lineatus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 13 (1928). Formosa.

9. minutus Kato, Insect World XXXII : 14 (1928). Formosa.

10. rotundatus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 118 (1927). Philippines, Luzon.

II. sericeus Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 200 (1938). China,

12. Iruncaticornis Funkhouser, Ling. Sci. Journ. XVII : 2. 200 (1938). China.

13. typicus Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 284 (1930). Formosa, Japan.

263. GENUS CENTROTOSCELUS FUNKHOUSER

Centrotoscelus Funkhouser, Journ. Ent. and Zool. VI : 72 (1914).

Arisangargara Kato, Insect World XXXII : 3o (1928).

Characters : This genus is very distinct because of the fact that the insects have no supra-

humerals nor extended humeral angles but never the less have the spines on the inner surface of the

hind trochanters as in the horned genus Tricentrus. We are not able to read the Japanese language

and are not entirely satisfied with any translation which we have been able to secure of Kato's original

description of the genus Arisangargara but from his figures and particularly from his characterization of

the humeral angles as « corners convex » (translated) and of the hind trochanters with « teeth projecting

outward » (translated) we are convinced that Arisangargara must be considered as a synonym of

Centrotoscelus.

Head subquadrate, wider than long; base weakly arcuate and sinuate; eyes globular and pro-

truding; ocelli large, prominent, twice as far from each other as from the eyes and situated well above

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and strongly curved; clypeus

with small lateral lobes, tip swollen, extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of

genae. Pronotum low and broad, without suprahumerals but with a well developed posterior process;

metopidium sloping, much broader than high; median carina faintly percurrent; humeral angles weak

and triangular, not auriculate; posterior process slender, weakly sinuate, tectiform, tip acute and just

reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum well exposed on each side. 'Tegmina broad,

hyaline, base coriaceous and punctate and usually pubescent; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal

270 : HOMOPTERA

cells; tip rounded; apical limbus narrow. Legs robust; hind trochanters armed with teeth; femora

cylindrical; tibie triquerate; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne iyfpus Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : Centrotoscelus was originally described from the Philippine Islands

but has since been reported from the Oriental and Malayan regions.

1. borneensis Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. 82 : 215. 28 (1920). Borneo, Sandakan.

2. brevispinus Funkhouser, J. R. A. S. 82 : 216. 29 (1920). Borneo, Sandakan.

brevicornis (error) Goding, Old World Memb. 459 (1934).

3. brunueus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 117 (1927). Philippines, Luzon.

4. concavus Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 31 (1918). Philippines, Luzon, Benguet,

Nueva Vizcaya, Imugan,

Sumatra, Borneo.

5. flava Kato, Insect World XXXII : 20 (1928). Formosa.

6. gracilis Kato, Insect World XXXII : 27 (1928). Formosa.

7. handshini Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse de Zool. XLI1I: 7. 196 (1936). — Flores.

8. luteus Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 3o (1915). Philippines, Benguet, Baguio.

9. maculipennis Funkhouser, Journ. F. M.S. Mus. XVII : 3. 579 (1934). Malaya.

1o. marginata Kato, Insect World XXXII : 29 (1928). Formosa.

1r. matsumurai Kato, Insect World XXXII : 3o (1928). Formosa.

variegatus (preoccupied) Matsumura, Cic. Jap. II : 21 (1912).

koshuensis (preoccupied) Matsumura, Cic, Jap. II : 19 (1912).

12. montana Kato, Zool. Soc. Jap. 3oo (1930). Formosa.

13. nigra Kato, Insect World XXXII : 27 (1928). Formosa.

14. migrifrons Kato, Insect World XXXII : 29 (1928). Formosa.

15. nilida Kato, Insect World XXXII : 28 (1928). Formosa.

16. iyfus Funkhouser, Journ. Ent. and Zool. VI: 73. 16(1914).— PI. 1 8, Philippines, Luzon, Los

fig. 238. Banos.

264. GENUS KOMBAZANA DISTANT

Kombazana Distant, Ins. Trans. 217 (1908).

Characters : Theabsence of suprahumerals and the arched posterior process which bends down

to impinge on the tegmina at the posterior end are the chief characters for indentification of this genus.

Head subquadrate, wider than long, roughly sculptured; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli

prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate; clypeus long, narrow, extending for half

its length below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed. Pronotum gibbous, no suprahumerals, weak

humeral angles, posterior process arched at base; metopidium sloping, wider than high; median carina

faintly percurrent; no suprahumeral horns; humeral angles very small and weak; posterior process thick,

heavy and arched above the scutellum, then bending downward and impinging on the tegmina, tip sharp

and reaching a little beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular,

longer than wide, tip notched. "Tegmina hyaline, base broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong;

four apical and three discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus well developed. Legs robust; tibiae

somewhat flattened ; hind tarsi longest.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 27I

Type /idelis Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is represented by only two species both from the

'Transvaal region of South Africa.

1. fidelis Distant, Ins. Trans. 218 (1908). — PI. 14, fig. 234. Africa, Transvaal, Pretoria.

2. gargaria Distant, Ins. Trans. 217 (1908). Africa, Transvaal.

265. GENUS PROMINTOR DISTANT

Promintor Distant, Rhynch. Notes LVII : 495 (1915).

Characters : This genus is very close to the preceding and differs chiefly in having five apical

cells in the corium and in having the posterior process curving upwards and' backward behind the

scutellum. "The insects are small and inconspicuous. Head subquadrate, wider than long, slightly

deflexed; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large, farther from each other than from the eyes

and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz sloping and sinuate;

clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum elevated, convex,

unarmed; metopidium sloping, wider than high, an irregular foveate spot on each side; median carina

strongly percurrent; humeral angles very weak and poorly developed; no suprahumeral horns; posterior

process heavy, sinuate, curving downward to apex of scutellum and then upward, tip sharp and just

about reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum large, heavy, entirely exposed. Tegmina

hyaline, base coriaceous and punctate; five apical and three discoidal cells; apical limbus well developed.

Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type nominatus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species which was

collected at the mouth of the Umkomaas River in Natal.

1. nominatus Distant, Rhvnch. Notes LVII : 495 (1915). — PI.14, Africa, Natal.

fig. 235.

266. GENUS HAMMA BUCKTON

Hamma Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 330 (1905).

Characters : This genus bearsa strong superficial resemblance to the genus Amitrochates Distant,

having a similar sinuate and nodulate posterior process but the pronotum is unarmed which of course

places it in a different tribe and the tegmen shows a distinct and rather peculiar stigma on the costal

margin, the latter character being characteristic of the genus and very rare in the Membracide. "The

members of the genus are all small, dark insects and are apparently very rare. Head subtriangular; base

arcuate and slightly sinuate; eyes small and ovate; ocelli small, inconspicuous, equidistant from each

other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of

gene sloping and weakly curved; clypeus subquadrate, extending for half its length beyond internal

angles oftegmina. Pronotum convex, gibbous, unarmed, tuberculate and spined; metopidium nearly

vertical, about as broad as high; median carina irregularly percurrent; humeral angles strong and

sharp; no suprahumeral horns; posterior process heavy, sinuate, roughly trilobed, tuberculate, spined,

arising well above the scutellum and touching the tegmina only at the middle lobe, tip rounded or

272 HOMOPTERA

spined and reaching considerably beyond the internal angles of the tegmina but not to their tips;

scutellum robust, subtriangular, entirely exposed, recurved, tip widely bifurcate. "Tegmina broad,

hyaline, base coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded;

apical limbus broad; a large, heavy, punctate stigma on about the middle of the costal margin of the

corium. Legs simple; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type »odosus Buckton.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus which is apparently not often seen and is

represented by only three species as follows :

1. mabirensis China, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XI : 463 (1923). — Pl.14, Africa, Uganda, Mabira.

fig. 236.

2. nodosus Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. IX : 33o (1905). West Africa, Cameroons.

3. pattersoni Distant, Rhynch. Notes 157 (1916). Africa, Gold Coast, Aburi.

267. GENUS UMFILIANUS DISTANT

U mfilianus Distant, Rhynch. Notes LVII : 496 (1915).

Characters : We have never seen either of the described representatives of this genus and

neither of them has been recognized or figured in the literature of the family except in catalogue

references since their original descriptions. We can therefore only quote Distant's generic description

as follows :

« Pronotum elevated, the front oblique, the posterior process moderately slender, tricar-

inate, convex at base, well separated from scutellum (which is quite exposed and about as long

as broad), its apical area impinging on the tegminal suture and the apex about reaching the inner

tegminal margin, lateral angles subprominent; ocelli almost as far apart from each other as from

the eyes; face a little concavely declivous; legs simple; tegmina with four apical areas.

» By the shape and direction of the posterior process resembling the genus ZIndicopleustes

Dist., but altogether removed from the division in which that genus is located by the absence of

lateral pronotal processes. »

From the above description it would appear that the genus should be recognized by the absence

of suprahumerals, the shape of the posterior process, the sloping metopidium and the four apical cells

of the corium.

Type declivis Distant,

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from two African species as follows :

I. declivis Distant, Rhynch. Notes LVII : 496 (1915). Africa, Mashonaland.

2. fenestratus Gerstàcker, Deck. Reis. Ost. Afr. II : 429 (1873). German East Africa.

268. GENUS TIBERIANUS DISTANT

Tiberianus Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 493 (1915).

Characters : Near the preceding genus but differing particularly in the strongly tricarinate

metopidium. Head subquadrate, broader than high; base weakly arcuate; eyes ovate; ocelli small,

inconspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn

zi 1

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 273

through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genze rounded; clypeus extending a little below inferior

margins of gena. Pronotum convex, gibbous, somewhat flattened in front; metopidium vertical, as

high as broad ; humeral angles strong and triangular; no suprahumeral horns; median carina strongly

percurrent; a strong lateral carina on each side of metopidium and sides of pronotum; posterior process

heavy, nearly straight, tectiform, only slightly elevated above scutellum, impinging on tegmina, tip

acute and reaching a little beyond internal angles of tegmina; scutellum well exposed on each side.

Tegmina wrinkled hyaline; basal and costal areas strongly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong ; four

apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Legs robust; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne /ypicus Distant.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus which is apparently rare, as repre-

sentatives are seldom seen in collections. Two species have been described.

1. bulbaceus Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 494 (1915).

2. typicus Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 494 (1915). — PI. 1 4.,

fig. 237.

Africa, Cape Colony, Stellen-

bosch.

Africa, South East Rhodesia,

Umtali.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE UROXIPHINI GODING

I. Posterior process touching scutellum aud tegmina

A. Sides of scutellum visible

1. Afical veins of tegmina straight

a. Posterior process slender and acuminate

b. Dorsum straight from base to apex

bb. Dorsum strongly decurved.

aa. Posterior process broad and thick

b. Pronotum without anterior lobes.

bb. Pronotum with two anterior lobes

2. Apical veins of tegmina strongly curved .

B. Scutellum entirely concealed

I. Pronotum without central dorsal elevation |.

2. Pronotum with central dorsal elevation .

II. Posterior process not touching scutellum and tegmina

A. Posterior process arising from high above base of pronotum

B. Posterior process arising from near base of bronotum

1. Base of head strongly tuberculate.

2. Base of head not tuberculate

a. Apical half of posterior process straight

aa. Apical half of posterior process curoed upward |.

Unoxienus Amyot and Serville.

DriNGKaNA Goding.

'TERENTIUS Stàl.

IxsrToRoibEs Funkhouser.

PocowurvPus Distant.

CnvPTAsPIDIA Stál.

MresocENTRUS Funkhouser.

DEMaNGa Distant.

AwaNIA Distant.

BoccHam Jacobi.

OccaroR Distant.

269. GENUS UROXIPHUS AMYOT AND SERVILLE

Uroxiphus Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 549 (1843).

Characters : This genus, the type genus of its tribe, is characterized by the absence of supra-

humerals, the rounded pronotum, the straight, acuminate posterior process which touches the scutellum

274 HOMOPTERA

and tegmina, the exposed sides of the scutellum and the simple venation of the corium with straight

veins showing five apical and two discoidal cells and the fact that the hind wings have four apical cells.

Head subquadrate, wider than high, somewhat deflexed; base arcuate and sinuate; eyes large and

ovate ; ocelli small, inconspicuous, farther from each other thàn from the eyes and situated above a line

drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene rounded ; clypeus extending for half its length

below inferior margins of genz. Pronotum convex, gibbous, punctate; metopidium vertical, convex,

about as wide as high; no suprahumeral horns; humeral angles large, heavy, blunt; median carina

faintly percurrent; posterior process straight, tectiform, acuminate, touching the scutellum and the

tegmina and extending to a point just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum broadly

exposed on each side (in the type species bright yellow with black tip). "Tegmina broad, semi-opaque

(in the type species ferruginous with yellowish markings); base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins

strong, simple and straight; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Hind wings with

four apical cells. Legs simple, robust and more or less pilose; hind tarsi longest.

Type maculiscutum Amyot and Serville.

Geographical distribution : Two species, both from Africa, are the only known representatives

of the genus.

1, maculiscutum Amyot and Serville, Hémip. 550 (1843). — PlI.14, Africa, Senegal.

fig. 238.

2. simplex Walker, Ins. Saund. 78 (1858). South Africa, Cape of Good

Hope.

270. GENUS DINGKANA GODING

Dingkana Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 9 (1903).

Characters : Near the preceding genus and closely resembling it in general facies but with an

entirely different geographical distribution and distinguished by the much longer and strongly decurved

posterior process and the presence of three discoidal cells in the corium. Head subquadrate, strongly

punctate, twice as broad as high; base feebly arcuate and strongly sinuate; eyes ovate; ocelli large,

conspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping and sinuate; clypeus broad, extending for half its length

below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed. Pronotum convex, gibbous, roughly punctate; metopidium

sloping, about as broad as high; median carina faintly percurrent; no suprahumeral horns; humeral

angles strong, triangular and pointed; posterior process long, slender, tectiform, strongly decurved, tip

acuminate and reaching to the end of the abdomen and nearly to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum well

exposed on each side. 'Tegmina subhyaline, venacious; base coriaceous and punctate; veins strong,

simple and nearly straight, five apical and three discoidal cells; apical limbus broad. Hind wings with

four apical cells. Legs simple, long and slender; hind tarsi longest.

Tyne borealis Goding.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species described from

Australia but these insects must be quite abundant as they are well represented in most collections from

the Australian region.

1. borealis Goding, Mon. Aus. Memb. 9 (1903). — PI.14., fig. 239. Australia, Queensland, Cairns,

New Zealand, Tasmania,

New Guinea.

dcc ELA i

PEDE Er SV IP dno UN 3:6 e D 71 PRNDLHINI NEPR M

TONS EM TOR e

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 275

271. GENUS TERENTIUS STAÀL

Terentius Stál, Bid. Memb. Kan. 286 (1869).

Characters : A well-known and distinct Australasian genus characterized by the convex pronotum

with no suprahumerals or dorsal lobes, a long heavy posterior process which impinges on the scutellum

and tegmina, and a trilobed clypeus. Head subquadrate, twice as wide as long; base broadly sinuate;

eyes large, globular and protruding; ocelli small, farther from each other than from the eyes and situated

about on aline drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gen: nearly horizontal and slightly

flanged ; clypeus broad, trilobed, extending for half its length below inferior margins oí genze, tip rounded.

Pronotum low, convex, unarmed; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina obsolete or

only faintly percurrent; no suprahumeral horns; humeral angles robust, triangular and blunt; posterior

process long, tectiform, impinging on scutellum and tegmina, tip acuminate and reaching as far as the

abdomen and to a point about half-way between the internal angles and the tips of the tegmina ; scutellum

narrowly exposed on each side. "Tegmina long, subhyaline, often mottled, sometimes semiopaque;

basal and costal areas coriaceous and punctate; five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus broad.

Legs long and robust; hind tarsi longest.

Type convexus Stàl.

Geographical distribution : This genus is limited to the Australian and Archipelagic Regions

with the following described species :

I. conteyminus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. I : 163. 113 (1857). East Indies, Aru.

curtulus Walker, Journ. Liun. Soc. Zool. X : 190 (1868).

2. convexus Stal, Bid. Memb. Kan. 286. 1 (1869). Australia, Queensland, Rock-

hampton, Brisbane, Cairns,

New South Wales, Tweed

River, South Australia.

3. niger Funkhouser, Rev. Suisse de Zool. XLIII : 2. 194 (1936). New Guinea, Bougainville.

4. nubifascia Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 191 (1868). New Guinea,

5. punctalissimus Stàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 286. 2 (1869). New Guinea, Batchian, Dorey.

spissus Walker MS ( fide Distant 1915).

pictipennis Walker, MS. (fide ibid.).

6. reductus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 190 (1868). New Guinea.

7. retraclus Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. X : 190 (1868). East Indies, Morty.

8. rolandi Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI: 96. 492 (1915). — Pl. 14, North Queensland, Kuranda.

fig. 240.

272. GENUS INSITOROIDES FUNKHOUSER

Insitoroides Funkhouser, Indian Forest Records XVII : 3 (1933).

Characters : This genus was erected to accommodate a single species represented by a unique

specimen which is now in the collection of the Forest Research Institute of British India. tis a rather

Note : Goding considered Terentius to be synonymous with Narazía Walker, but we are convinced that JVaraia

belongs in the Cercopidz and we are not recognizing it as a membracid genus.

276 HOMOPTERA

remarkable genus and may be at once recognized by the two peculiar dorsal lobes on the pronotum.

Head subtriangular and punctate; base sinuate; eyes large and globular; ocelli large, prominent, glassy,

farther from each other than from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through centers of eyes;

inferior margins of gene rounded; clypeus triangular, extending for half its length below inferior

margins of geng. — Pronotum produced dorsally into two elevations, the anterior rounded and bulbous,

the posterior triangular and laterally compressed ; metopidium extending forward over the head ; median

carina percurrent; humeral angles strong and prominent; posterior process heavy, tectiform, impinging

on scutellum and tegmina, tip blunt, depressed, and just reaching the internal angles of the tegmina;

scutellum narrowly exposed on each side. Tegmina opaque, mottled; base coriaceous and punctate;

veins strong ; five apical and three discoidal cells; apicallimbus narrow. Legs simple; hind trochanters

unarmed; hind tarsi longest.

Type typicus Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from South India.

1. lypicus Funkhouser, Ind. For. Rec. XVII : 10. 4 (1933). — Pl. 14, — India, Coorg, Fraserpet.

fig. 241.

273. GENUS POGONTYPUS DISTANT

Pogontypus Distant, Fauna Brit. Ind. 67 (1907).

Characters : This genus is characterized particularly by the strongly upcurved veins in the

apical area of the corium, a character which distinguishes it at once from any other genus of the tribe.

The insects are small and inconspicuous, usually of dark colors, with an unarmed pronotum and a

short, straight posterior process. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base highly arcuate and rounded;

eyes large, globular and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, a little farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz

rounded; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of gene, tip rounded and pilose.

Pronotum convex, rounded, unarmed in front; metopidium projecting slightly over the head with its

basal margin strongly flanged, broader than high; median carina percurrent; humeral angles strong,

triangular and sharp; posterior process straight, impinging on scutellum and tegmina, tectiform, tip

acute and extending just beyond the internal angles of the tegmina ; scutellum broadly exposed on each

side. Tegmina broad, subhyaline or semiopaque and often mottled; veins very much upcurved in the

apical region; five apical and three discoidal cells, all likely to be quite irregular in shape; apical limbus

very narrow or absent. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs simple; hind trochanters unarmed ;

hind tarsi longest.

Tyne comfplicatus Melichar.

Geographical distribution : This genus is apparently limited to the Island of Ceylon and is

represented by three species.

I. complicatus Melichar, Hom. Cey. 125. 3(1903). — Pl. 1 4, fig. 242. Ceylon, Negombo, Pattipola,

Kandy, Yatiyantola.

2. dissimilis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 173. 3380 (1916). Ceylon.

3. horvathi Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 67. 2208 (1907). Ceylon, Yatiyantola.

ide v eee ca En

;

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 277

274. GENUS CRYPTASPIDIA STAÀL

Cryptaspidia Stál, Hem. Phil. 729 (1870).

Characters : A large, important and well-known genus characterized by the smooth, rounded

pronotum and the completely concealed scutellum. Head subquadrate, wider than high; base arcuate

and sinuate; eyes large, globular and protruding; ocelli large, conspicuous, twice as far from each

other as from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins

of genae rounded and somewhat lobate; clypeus broad, extending for one-fourth its length below

inferior margins of gene, tip broadly rounded. Pronotum low, somewhat flattened, unarmed; meto-

pidium sloping, twice as broad as high; median carina obsolete; no suprahumeral horns ; humeral angles

strong, triangular and pointed ; posterior process heavy, nearly straight, tectiform, impinging on

tegmina, tip acute and just reaching the internal angles of the tegmina ; scutellum entirely concealed.

Tegmina hyaline or subhyaline, generally more or less mottled; basal and costal areas broadly coria-

ceous and punctate; veins weak; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus broad.

Legs simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type ubera Stàl.

Geographical distribution : The center of distribution of Cryflaspidia seems to be the Philip-

pine Islands from which practically all of the species have been described.

1. auriculata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 114 (1929). Philippines, Luzon, Laguna,

Ubi.

2. elevata Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XV : 1. 26 (1919). Philippines, Luzon, Benguet,

Baguio.

3. fasciata Funkhouser, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIX : 2. 248 (1936). India, Almora, Beranag.

4. impressa Stál, Hem. Phil. 73o. 3 (1870). Philippines, Laguna, Los

Banos.

5. longa Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XV : r. 27 (1919). Philippines, Luzon, Benguet,

Baguio.

6. lustra Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XL : 114 (1929). Philippines, Luzon, Ripang.

7. magna Funkhouser, Journ. F.M.S. Mus. XIII : 254 (1927). Malaya, Selangor.

8. minuta Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XXXIII : 118 (1927). Philippines, Palawan.

9. nigra Funkhouser, Notes Phil. Memb. 36 (1918). Philippines, Luzon, Tayabas,

Mt. Banahao.

10. oblusiceps Stàl, Hem. Phil. 73o. 4 (1870). Philippines, Mindanao, Da-

vao.

1I. filosa Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 686 (1921). Philippines, Basilan.

12. fubera Stàl, Hem. Phil. 729. 1 (1870). Philippines, | Luzon, Los

Banos, Mt. Maquiling.

13. lagalica Stàl, Hem. Phil. 729. 2 (1870). — PI. 14, fig. 243. Philippines, Panay, Antique,

Culasi, | Basillan, Luzon,

Los Banos, Mt. Maquiling.

14. trifoliata Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XXII : 3. 235 (1914). Philippines, Mt. Maquiling,

Luzon, Baguio.

278 HOMOPTERA

275. GENUS MESOCENTRUS FUNKHOUSER

Mesocentrus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 681 (1921).

Characters : A single specimen, collected by the late C.F. Baker of Los Banos, Philippine

Islands, and deposited in his collection, furnished the type for this genus which is represented only by

the one species. "The genus is unique in showing a pyramidal dorsal crest which immediately distin-

guishes it from all other genera of the tribe. Head subquadrate, broader than long, roughly sculptured;

base strongly sinuate; eyes globular; ocelli small, pearly, inconspicuous, farther from each other than

from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz

curved, edges produced forward in a slight flange; clypeus broad, extending for half its length below

inferior margins of genae, tip semicircular. Pronotum elevated into a single, pyramidal, laterally

flattened, subtriangular dorsal crest, without branches or extensions of any kind; metopidium sloping,

strongly convex, broader than high; median carina percurrent, only faintly indicated on metopidium

but very sharp on posterior process; no suprahumeral horns; humeral angles broad, heavy and blunt;

posterior process heavy, slightly curved, impinging on tegmina, the tip bearing a sharp, narrow, carinate

projection or keel on the undersurface, tip just reaching the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

present but entirely concealed by the sides of the pronotum. Tegmina subhyaline; basal and costal

areas coriaceous and punctate; veins prominent and strongly pilose; five apical and three discoidal cells;

apical limbus broad and wrinkled. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs simple and strongly pilose;

hind trochanters unarmed ; hind tarsi longest.

Type Pyramidatus Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from the

Philippine Islands.

I. Pyramidatus Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 681 (1921). Philippines, Mindanao, Sur-

— PI. I4. fig. 244. igao.

276. GENUS DEMANGA DISTANT

Demanga Distant, l'aun. Brit. Ind. 69 (1907).

Characters : This genus, except for the absence of suprahumeral horns bears a strong superficial

resemblance to the genus Telingana Distant, but of course the absence of suprahumerals places it in an

entirely different tribe. It differs from the other genera of the tribe Uroxiphini in having the posterior

process not touching the scutellum or tegmina and arising high above the base of the pronotum. | Head

subquadrate, strongly deflexed, twice as broad as high; base nearly straight; eyes small and globular;

ocelli large, prominent, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated a little above

a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genze nearly horizontal and slightly curved;

clypeus long, narrow, extending for more than half its length below inferior margins of genze, tip feebly

bifurcate. Pronotum convex, rounded, unarmed; metopidium vertical, broader than high; median

carina strongly percurrent; no suprahumeral horns; humeral angles strong, conical and sharp; posterior

process arising high on the pronotum above the scutellum, tricarinate, heavy, gradually curving

downward so that the tip almost touches the tegmina, tip acuminate and reaching just beyond the internal

angles of the tegmina, about to the tip of the abdomen; scutellum entirely exposed, as broad as long,

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 279

tip biangulate. Tegmina entirely free, subhyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong;

five apical and two discoidal cells; apical limbus well developed. Hind wings with four apical cells.

Legs heavy and robust; femora cylindrical; tibize somewhat flattened; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type sooknana Distant.

Geographical distribution ; Two species have been described by Distant for this genus, one

from Africa and the other from Asia.

t. deflectens Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 494 (1915). British East Africa, Ngare

Narok, Kenya, German East

Africa, Ruanda.

2. sooknana Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. 69. 2211 (1907). — Pl. 14, British India, Sookna.

fig. 245.

277. GENUS AWANIA DISTANT

Awania Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 518 (1914).

Characters : Near the preceding genus but with the posterior process much lower and

extending just above the scutellum and tegmina and distinguished particularly by the large tubercles

on the base of the head. Head subquadrate, about as high as broad, roughly sculptured; base highly

arcuate and strongly sinuate and bearing a large, heavy tubercle on each side of the median line; eyes

comparatively small and flattened; ocelli large, conspicuous, a little farther from each other than from

the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene sloping

and sublobate; clypeus triangular, extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of genz,

tip pointed. Pronotum gibbous, convex and unarmed; metopidium sloping, broader than high,

distinctly flanged outward at the base; median carina strongly percurrent, no suprahumeral horns;

humeral angles very large, heavy, subconical and blunt; posterior process robust, slightly curved,

tricarinate, tectiform, arising from the top of the pronotum and extending backward just above the

scutellum and tegmina but not touching either, tip acuminate and reaching just beyond the internal

angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, about as broad as long, subtriangular, usually

densely pilose, tip bifurcate. "Tegmina broad, smoky-hyaline or translucent; base broadly coriaceous

and punctate; veins very heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells: apical limbus broad. Legs long

and robust; femora cylindrical; tibiae somewhat flattened in the middle and ridged at the edges; all

tarsi about equal in length.

Tyne iypica Distant.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus represented by two species,

1. lyfica Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 518 (1914). Africa, Lagos, Oni.

2. vicina Goding, Journ. N.Y, Ent. Soc. XXXVIII: go (1930). — Pl. 14, West Africa, French Congo,

fig. 246. Gombari.

278. GENUS BOCCHAR JACOBI

Bocchar Jacobi, Kilimand. Exp. Sjóst. 120 (1910).

Melicharella Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 40 (1919).

Characters : This genus is characterized by the absence of suprahumerals, the straight

posterior process elevated slightly above the scutellum and tegmina, and the absence of tubercles at

280 HOMOPTERA

the base of the head. Head subquadrate, wider than long, not tuberculate; base lightly arcuate and

weakly sinuate, smooth; eyes large and ovate; ocelli large, prominent, equidistant from each other and

from the eyes and situated about on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz

sloping and rounded; clypeus much deflexed, extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins

of genz, weakly trilobed with the median lobe much the largest, tip pointed. Pronotum low and

convex, unarmed ; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina percurrent; no suprahumeral

horns; humeral angles heavy, broad and blunt; posterior process straight, tricarinate, tectiform, arising

from upper posterior margin of pronotum and extending backward close to scutellum and tegmina but

not touching either, tip acuminate and reaching to the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely

exposed, triangular, hirsute, broader than long, tip broadly bifurcate. "Tegmina long, narrow and

subhyaline; base narrowly coriaceous and punctate; veins very heavy; five apical and two discoidal

cells; apicallimbus well developed. Legs short and stout; hind tarsi longest.

Type nmontanus Jacobi.

Geographical distribution : Bocchar is an. African and Asiatic genus with a rather wide dis-

tribution as indicated by the following species :

I. bigibbosus Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXXII : 276. 2 (1911). Africa, Buea, Mt. Kamerun.

2. incullus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 124. 1 (1903). Ceylon, Pattipola.

3. montanus Jacobi, Kil. Exp. 120 (1910). — PI. 14, fig. 247. East Africa, Uganda, Mutan-

di, Kigesi, Nairobi.

4. occidentalis Schmidt, Stet. Ent. Zeit. LXXII : 275. 1 (1911). Africa, Portuguese Guinea,

Bolama, Rio Cassini.

279. GENUS OCCATOR DISTANT

Occator Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 174 (1916).

Characters : lí this genus is to be separated from the preceding genus, it must be done solely

on the basis of the upturned end of the posterior process, a very dangerous character on which to

establish a genus, since such a character might so easily represent a mutilation or deformity, conditions

which are very commonly seen in the family particularly in the posterior process. Every other character

which Distant gives for the genus is common to many of the genera of the tribe. Itisto be noted, also,

that the genus is established on a single species and, so far as is known, on a unique type specimen.

We have never seen the one species which represents Occator but are tentatively accepting the

genus entirely on the authority of its author, quoting his description and reproducing his figure.

Distant's original description of the genus is as follows :

« Scutellum complete; pronotum subglobose, lateral angles only obsoletely produced, the

posterior process moderately slender, well separated from the scutellum, the apical area strongly

upcurved, tricarinate, apex not passing the posterior angle of the inner tegminal margin, the

central carination percurrent throughout its entire length; tibize not dilated; tegmina with the

apical cells nearly straight; ocelli much nearer eyes than to each other; front with two tubercles

near its posterior margin.

» In this enumeration allied to the genera MacAaerotybus and Demanga, but distinct by the

shorter and peculiarly upturned posterior pronotal process. »

Tyne erectus Distant.

ceu mah cq air la) UC

CN Te dig e T ge ne TD n MESES IPHONE RR

SION IER ERINAETE Qmm mn een

EAE e NEP NET

tC: o a

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 281

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from India.

1. erectus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 174. 3383 (1916). — PlI.14, — East Himalayas, Kurseong.

fig. 248.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE OXYRHACHISINI DISTANT

I. Pronotum with suprahumerals or a bulbous dorsal process

A. Posterior process touching or concealing scutellum

I. Pronotum with suprahumerals

a. Hind wings with three apical cells; posterior process ampliated

Dtftatho cu p cz ML Et Kd ume Mec Uer d M OXTRHAGHIS GERA:

aa. Hind wings with four apical cells; posterior rocess not ampliate

beneath

b. Dorsum of fosterior Process binodose ..— .. . . . . . QGONGRONEURA Jacobi.

bb. Dorsum of posterior brocess straight

c. Venation of tegmina normal... . . . . . . XiPHisrES Stál.

cc. Venation of tegmina irregular, multicellulay . . . . GoppErFROYvINELLA Distant.

2. Pronotum with an erect, laterally branched. swollen dorsal Process. BUt.BAUCHENIA Schumacher.

B. Posterior process high above sculellum .. ..— .. . . . . . . . TakumwA Funkhouser.

II. Pronotum unarmed

A. Posterior process compressed and ampliated beneath; hind wings with

Threecadicalycelis ee eS Alo bes n M a eoeons 1 e9h es p OXYRHACHIDIA Melichar.

B. Posterior process not ampliated. beneath ; hind wings with four apical

clscue Mas uL EN E a d eun M ONIPHISFOIJESJGOGIDES

280. GENUS OXYRHACHIS GERMAR

Oxyrhachis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 232 (1835).

Polocentrus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 253 (1903).

Ouranorthus Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond, IX : 333 (1905).

Characters : A large, distinct, well-known, widely distributed and important genus which, as

the type genus of its tribe, shows, as would be expected, the more or less foliaceous head and front

tibiz and the concealed scutellum characteristic of that tribe, and is distinguished from the other genera

of the tribe by the ampliate keel on the underside of the pronotal process and the three apical cells of

the hind wings. Head foliaceous, quadrate, roughly sculptured; base arcuate and strongly sinuate ;

eyes large, globular and protruding ; ocelli very large, prominent, equidistant from each other and from

the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz flattened,

foliaceous, strongly lobate and sharply angulate; clypeus long, narrow, extending only a little below

the flattened inferior lobes of the genz, tip rounded or truncate. Pronotum gibbous and convex with

strong suprahumerals and a robust posterior process; metopidium vertical, about as broad as high;

median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles heavy, subconical and blunt; suprahumeral horns

varying considerably in size and shape but usually tricarinate, much longer than the distance between

their bases, extending upward and outward with the tips rather blunt; posterior process long, heavy,

282

HOMOPTERA

flattened laterally, usually upcurved at the tip, reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina,

apical half bearing a sharp, flattened keel on the underside, often dentate below; scutellum entirely

concealed. Tegmina entirely free, long, narrow, hyaline or subhyaline; base and sometimes part of

the costal area coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and three or four discoidal cells;

apical limbus broad.

Hind wings with three apical cells.

less flattened and foliaceous ; all tarsi about equal in length.

Type :/arandus Fabricius.

Geographical distribution :

and a considerable part of Asia and Oceanica.

Ui to

19.

20.

binsarus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 148. 3336 (1916).

bisenti Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 322 (1915).

. caudatus Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 9. 335 (1905).

. crimitus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 247 (1903).

. delalandei Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 268. 3 (1846).

. egybtianus Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 322 (1915).

. formidabilis Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 146. 3333 (1916).

. gambie Fairmaire, Rev. Memb. 269. 4 (1846)

. gibbulus Melichar, Wien. Ent. Zeit. XXIV : 294. 52 (1905).

. labatus Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 9. 335 (1905).

. lamborni Distant, Rhynch. Notes r9 (1916).

. latipes Buckton, Mon. Memb. 253 (1903).

. lefroyi Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 147. 3335 (1916).

. mangiferana Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 147. 3334 (1916).

. migropictus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 20 (1916).

. falus Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. IX : 333 (1905).

. fandatus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 20 (1916).

. vufescens Walker, List Hom. B.M. 506. 7 (1851).

rudis Walker, List Hom. B. M. 509 13 (1851).

subjecta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 504. 2 (1851).

subserrala Walker, List Hom. B. M. 506 (1851).

Legs stout; all three pairs of tibiae more or

(This genus has a wide distribution over practically all of Africa

India, Binsar, Kumaon.

Africa, Natal, Durban, Rhod-

esia, Salisbury, Nyasaland,

Mlanje, Dowa.

Africa, Natal, Zululand.

Ceylon, Kaits.

Africa, Natal, Cape of Good

Hope, Rhodesia, Egypt,

Mariut, Tunis, Morocco,

Sicily, Syria.

Africa, Upper Egypt, North

Etbai.

India, Dehra Dun, Suraj Bagh,

Salem, Athurkuppam.

Africa, Senegal, Gambia.

Africa, Dutch East Africa,

Tanga, Egypt, Cairo, Basse

Guiba.

Africa, Abyssinia.

Africa, South Nigeria.

Africa, Natal, Durban.

India, Pusa.

India, Dehra Dun, Suraj Bagh.

Africa, British East Africa,

Nzoia River.

India, Bangalore, Coimbatore.

Africa. Cameroons.

India, North Bengal, Calcutta,

South India, Mysore, East

Bengal, Rajshaki, Satara,

Medha, Yenua.

East Indies, Sumatra, Java.

Africa, Angola, Belgian Congo,

Rhodesia, Victoria Falls.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 283

21. farandus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl.514(1798). — Pl. 1 4,fig. 249. Africa, Senegal, Egypt, Gold

rufus Buckton, Mon. Memb. 254 (1903). Coast, Cameroons, Abvssi-

nia, Arabia, India, Bengal.

Calcutta, Madras, Chatra-

pur, Ganganu, Mysore,

Bangalore, Karachi, East

Bengal, Rajshaki, Ceylon.

22. lenebrosus Walker, List Hom. B. M. 623. 58 (1851). Africa, Sierra Leone, lvory

Coast, Gold Coast.

23. tuberculatus Walker, Ins. Saund. x09 (1858). Africa, Cape of Good Hope,

Natal.

24. uncatus Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 108. 2 (1903). Ceylon, Peradeniya, Trichin-

nectaris Buckton, Mon. Memb. 246 (1903). opoly.

25. versicolor Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 322 (1915). Arabia, Aden.

26. velusta Walker, List Hom. B. M. 507. 8 (1851). Africa, Natal.

27. yerburyi Distant, Rhynch. Notes 21 (1916). Aden.

281. GENUS GONGRONEURA JACOBI

Gongroneura Jacobi, Kilimand. Exp. 120 (1910).

Pedalion (preoccupied) Buckton, Mon. Memb. 251 (1903).

Characters : Near the preceding genus but differing in having four apical cells in the hind wing

and in having a binodose posterior process which does not show a strong keel on the under side.

Head quadrate, foliaceous, about as broad as high; base arcuate, sinuate, and feebly bituberculate ;

eyes subtriangular; ocelli large, conspicuous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and

situated a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of genz flattened, foliaceous,

strongly lobed and sharply angulate; clypeus broad, foliaceous, not extending below inferior margins

of genz, tip truncate. Pronotum gibbous, convex, roughly sculptured, with robust suprahumerals and

a binodose posterior process; metopidium vertical, about as wide as high; median carina stronglv

percurrent; humeral angles heavy, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns varying in size and

structure but always heavy, rough, more or less swollen, extending outward and upward, much longer

than the distance between their bases, often with the tips bent outward; posterior process heavy.

tectiform, bearing two flattened elevations on the upper surface and often dentate below, tip suddenly

acute behind the posterior node and reaching beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum

completely concealed. "Tegmina entirely free, narrow, subhyaline or semiopaque, often mottled; base

broadly coriaceous and punctate; veins strong and raised; five apical and four discoidal cells; apical

limbus broad and wrinkled. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs short and stout; femora cylin-

drical; all three pairs of tibize broadly foliaceous and distinctly spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type /asciata Buckton.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus with a rather extended range on that

continent,

1. brevicornis Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII: 7. 120 (1910). — Pl. 1 4,fig. 250. Africa, Kilimandjaro, Kibo-

noto, Niederung.

284 HOMOPTERA

2. carinata Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S. S. R. XXVIII : 147 Africa, Victoria Nyanza.

(1927).

3. confusa Distant, Rhynch. Notes 23 (1916). Africa, Usambara.

delalandei (error) Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 119 (1910). :

4. fasciata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 253 (1903). South Africa, Cape of Good

punctipennis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 253 (1903). Hope, Capetown.

5. ornata Buckton, Mon. Memb. 252 (1903). West Africa, Cameroons.

6. triste Buckton, Mon. Memb. 251 (1903). West Africa, Cameroons.

282. GENUS XIPHISTES STAÀL

Xiphistes Stál, Hem. Afr. IV : 85 (1866).

Neoxiphistes Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 515 (1913).

Characters : This genus is closely related to OxyrAachis but has four apical cells in the hind

wings and lacks the ampliated inferior keel on the posterior process. [t differs from Gongroneura in

having no elevations of the posterior process. Head subquadrate, a little longer than wide, roughly

sculptured; base arcuate and sinuate with a slight suggestion of a tubercle on each side of the median

line; eyes small, ovate, and more or less flattened ; ocelli large, conspicuous, protruding, equidistant

from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior

margins of genz produced downward in sharp-cornered quadrangular foliaceous lobes; clypeus long,

narrow, not extending below the inferior lobes of the gene, tip rounded or truncate. Pronotum

convex, gibbous, bearing stout suprahumerals and a long posterior process; metopidium vertical, a

little wider than high; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles short, heavy and blunt;

suprahumeral horns varying in size and structure but usually short and stout, extending upward and

forward and very slightly outward, tricarinate, somewhat swollen, tips blunt; posterior process long,

slender, tectiform, nearly straight, covering the scutellum and impinging on the tegmina, tip blunt and

reaching beyond the abdomen and almost to the tips of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. '

Mesothorax and metathorax armed with strong lateral teeth. Tegmina subhyaline or semiopaque,

entirely free; base coriaceous and punctate; veins strong and raised; five apical and four discoidal cells;

apicallimbus broad. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs short and stout; femora cylindrical;

all three pairs of tibiz flattened and foliaceous; hind tarsi longest.

Type /furcicoruis Germar.

Geographical distribution : This is primarily an African genus but questionable species

have been reported as far east as Malaya and as far south as Australia.

I. altenuata Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 94. 324 (1915). Africa, Mashonaland, Lesapi

River.

2. australasie Distant, Rhynch. Notes 21 (1916). South Australia.

3. concolor Buckton, Mon. Memb. 224 (1903). Cape of Good Hope, Trans-

vaal.

4. crassicoruis Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XVI : 96. 323 (1915). Africa, Mashonaland, Lesapi

River.

5. crassus Distant, Rhynch. Notes 313 (1916). Africa, Mashonaland, Rho-

desia, Salisbury, Transvaal,

Pretoria.

TORT OST tee E EIAS

Me ER

emere dr irse Ren

pom

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 285

6. exigua Buckton, Mon. Memb. 232 (1903). Africa, Natal, Zululand.

7. furcicornis Germar, Rev. Silb. III: 232. 1 (1835).— Pl.14., fig. 251. South Africa, Cape of Good

fuscicornis Germar, Rev. Silb. III : 232. 2 (1835). Hope.

tarandus (error) Buckton, Mon. Memb. Pl. 49, fig. 3 (1903).

8. inermis Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 7. 119 (1910). Africa, Nyasaland, Zomba.

9. lagoensis Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. III : 515 (1913). West Africa, Lagos, Oni.

10. longicornis Distant, Ins. Trans. 212 (1908). Africa, Transvaal.

II. orientalis Funkhouser, Malayan Memb. r. 1 (1918). Malaya, Singapore.

12. sulcicornis Thunberg, Hem. Rostr. I : 2 (1822). Africa, Natal, Transvaal.

13. laugenensis Buckton, Mon. Memb. 225 (1903). South Africa, Tanga.

14. unicolor Walker, List Hom. B. M. 509. 12 (1851). East Indies.

283. GENUS GODDEFROYINELLA DISTANT

Goddefroyinella Distant, Rhynch. Notes 22 (1916).

Characters: The geographical distribution of this genus would indicate that it is probably

distinct from XipAistes to which it is undoubtedly very closely related, but the only character which

could be considered as of generic value would be the reticulated apical area of the tegmina.

Distant limits his generic description to one sentence as follows :

« Allied to XifAhistes, but differing in the more robust and regularly convex pronotal

process and the reticulated tegminal area. »

The original description of the type species would fit, in a general way, almost any species of

Xiphistes except for the irregular wing venation and gives no assistance in the formulation of a more

complete generic description.

The single species of the genus has not been mentioned in the literature of the family since its

original description and so far as we know has never been recognized. Neither has any other species

been added to the genus. We have not seen the type species and can therefore do no more than to

recognize the genus on the basis of the multicellular corium and place it next to XifAistes in our list.

Tyne indicans Distant.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Australia.

I. indicans Distant, Rhynch. Notes 31 (1916). Queensland, Gayndah.

284. GENUS BULBAUCHENIA SCHUMACHER

Bulbauchenia Schumacher, H. Sant. Form. 115 (1915).

Clonauchenia Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 679 (1921).

Bolbauchenia (error) Goding, Old World Memb. 312 (1934).

Characters : This is a very remarkable and apparently a very rare genus, characterized by a

greatly swollen, laterally branched anterior dorsal process and a posterior process which is elevated to

form a high, flattened, foliaceous plate. Head foliaceous, triangular, longer than wide, roughly sculp-

tured; base irregularly rounded; eyes globular; ocelli large, prominent, much farther from each other

than from the eyes and situated well above an imaginary line drawn through centers of eyes; margins of

286 HOMOPTERA

genz sinuate and produced; clypeus longer than wide, strongly trilobed, extending for two-thirds its

length below inferior margins of genz, tip trilobed and pilose. Pronotum with a swollen, bulbous

anterior elevation and an elevated, plate-like posterior process; metopidium convex, much higher than

wide; median carina irregularly percurrent; humeral angles heavy, subconical and blunt; anterior

pronotal process rising as a column above the head and spreading out at the tip to form a swollen

transverse expansion, this expansion roughly trilobed, the central lobe more or less globular, the lateral

lobes projecting outward to form heavy, swollen, nodular horns with ends suddenly acute; posterior

process elevated to form a high, laterally compressed plate which is roughly triangular in shape, the

anterior margin concave, the posterior margin twice as long as the anterior and convex, the dorsal point

sharp and almost reaching the posterior margin of the middle lobe of the anterior process, caudal tip

extending beyond internal angles of tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed by the pronotum ; sides of

lateral anterior process and of the posterior process bearing reticulated raised carinze; lower margins of

mesothorax and metathorax extended to form rough tooth-like projections. "Tegmina narrow, largely

coriaceous and almost entirely opaque; basal and costal areas leathery and punctate; venation very

irregular but showing five apical and four or five discoidal cells; tip diagonally truncate, apices pointed ;

apicallimbus narrow. Hind wings with four apical cells. Legs moderately foliaceous and flattened,

densely and finely spined; hind tarsi longest.

Type 'iawanensis Schumacher.

Geographical distribution : This is an oriental genus represented by only two species, one

from Formosa and the other from the Philippines.

1. mirabilis Funkhouser, Phil. Journ. Sci. XVIII : 6. 680 (1921). Philippines, Mindanao, Sur-

— PI. I4, fig. 252. igao.

2. liawanensis Schumacher, Sant. Form. 115 (1915). Formosa.

285. GENUS TAKLIWA FUNKHOUSER

Takliwa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII : 4. 430 (1935).

Characters :; A single specimen in the collection of the Imperial Institute in London furnished

the type for this curious monotypic genus, It is characterized by the swollen, laterally flattened fol-

iaceous pronotum which suggests the South American genus Lycoderes, and by the entirely exposed

scutellum. Head subquadrate, wider than long; base strongly arcuate; eyes small but extending

outward half as far as the humeral angles; ocelli large, conspicuous, equidistant from each other and

from the eyes and situated well above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gene

foliaceous and lobate; clypeus extending for half its length below inferior margins of genz, tip pointed.

Pronotum highly arched, swollen, foliaceous, laterally flattened, roughly sculptured and with stout

suprahumerals; metopidium convex, slightly sloping, about as wide as high; median carina strongly

percurrent; humeral angles large, triangular and blunt; suprahumeral horns large, swollen, twice as

long as the distance between their bases, extending outward with the tips curved downward, somewhat

compressed dorso-ventrally, tips blunt; posterior process rising from behind horns, very thick and heavy

at base, rising in a high arch over the scutellum, then curving downward to touch tegmina, then sinuate

with tip depressed and extending almost to tips of tegmina; scutellum entirely exposed, subtriangular,

swollen, about as long as wide; sides of pronotum rough. Tegmina broad, semiopaque; base narrowly

coriaceous and punctate; veins indistinct; five apical and four discoidal cells; tip pointed; apical limbus

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 287

narrow. Legs short and stout; femora somewhat flattened; first and. second pairs of tibize expanded

and foliaceous; hind tarsi longest.

Type carter. Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : This genus is known only from the type species from Africa.

r. carter? Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLIII: 4.430 (1935). — Africa, Gold Coast.

PI. 14, fig. 258.

286. GENUS OXYRHACHIDIA MELICHAR

Oxyrhachidia Melichar, Hom. Ceylon 118 (1903).

Characters : This genus differs from OxyrAhachis in practically no respects except the absence

of suprahumerals. "We have already expressed our doubt, in connection with other genera, as to the

value of the suprahumeral horns as a generic character, since in some genera and even, in rare cases,

within a species, we find both armed and unarmed forms, and between certain closely related genera

we find the gradation from the armed to the unarmed species so gradual that it is impossible to draw

a definite dividing line. However, if the absence of suprahumerals in Oxyrhachidia proves to be a

constant character (at present only one species has been described in the genus) we have no reason for

refusing to accept the genus as valid. Like the forms of OxyrAhachis, the type species of Oxyrhachidia

shows the compressed ampliated inferior keel on the posterior process and the three apical cells in the

hind wings. Head subquadrate, a little wider than long, semifoliaceous, roughly sculptured; base

strongly arcuate and sinuate and weakly bituberculate; eyes small and flattened ; ocelli large, conspic-

uous, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated on a line drawn through centers

of eyes; inferior margins of genz extended downward in square, flat, sharply angulate foliaceous lobes;

clypeus longer than wide, extending only slightly below inferior margins of gene, tip rounded.

Pronotum convex, gibbous, without suprahumerals; metopidium sloping, wider than high, flattened

above; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles heavy, subconical and blunt; no supra-

humeral horns; posterior process heavy, tricarinate, tectiform, slightly concave in the middle and

upturned at the apex, a flattened keel on the undersurface of the apical half, tip blunt and extending just

beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed by the pronotum. ^ Tegmina

broad, hyaline; base coriaceous and punctate; veins very strong and raised; five apical and four

discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus very narrow. Legs short and heavy; femora roughly

cylindrical; all three pairs of tibize broadly flattened and foliaceous hind tarsi longest.

Tyne nuermis Stàl.

Geographical distribution : Oxyrachidia is known only from Stál's species from Ceylon which

was designated as the type of the genus.

I. inermis Stáàl, Bid. Memb. Kan. 283. 1 (1869). — PI. 14, fig. 254. Ceylon, Peradeniya.

287. GENUS XIPHISTOIDES GODING

Xiphistoides Goding, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXIV : 936 (1931).

Xiphidia (preoccupied) Goding, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 92 (1930).

Characters : This genus differs from. XifAistes in the same way in which OxyrAachidia differs

from Oxyrhachis, namely in the absence of suprahumerals, and the same comments which we have

288 HOMOPTERA

previously made regarding the questionable value of this character again applies. —X:f/iistoides has the

same important characters as XifAistes in the matters of the four apical cells of the hind wings and the

absence of the ampliated inferior keel of the posterior process. Head subquadiate, longer than wide,

roughly sculptured; base highly arcuate, strongly sinuate and feebly bituberculate; eyes ovate, somewhat

flattened laterally; ocelli large, prominent, about equidistant from each other and from the eyes and

situated a little above a line drawn through centers of eyes; inferior margins of gen: lobate, quadran-

gular, foliaceous, corners sharply angulate; clypeus longer than broad, extending only a little below the

inferior lobes of the gene, tip rounded and pilose. Pronotum convex, gibbous, unarmed in front,

roughly sculptured; metopidium sloping, broader than high; median carina roughly and irregularly

percurrent; humeral angles heavy and blunt; no suprahumeral horns; posterior process straight, heavy,

tricarinate, tectiform, impinging on tegmina, no expanded inferior keel, tip blunt and reaching just

beyond the internal angles of the tegmina; scutellum entirely concealed. 'Tegmina broad and hyaline;

base coriaceous and punctate; veins strong; five apical and four discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical

limbus broad. Legs short and stout; all three pairs of tibiz/ broadly flattened and foliaceous; hind

tarsi longest.

Type carinatus Funkhouser.

Geographical distribution : Two species, both from Africa, have been assigned to this genus.

I. carinatus Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U. S. S. R. XXVIII : 47 Africa, Victoria Nyanza, Bud-

(1927). — PI. I4, fig. 255. du Forest, Itara.

2. inermis Jacobi, Kil. Exp. XII : 7. 119 (1910). Africa, Nyasaland, Zomba.

GENERA OF THE TRIBE DARTHULINI TRIBUS NOVUS

I. Pronolum unarmed

A. Apex of abdomen exlended in a long spine... . . . . . . . DamrHULA Kirkaldy.

B.. Afex.of abdomen mürmal ....- 4 o 309 4 uo s. * XCOLOBORRHIS. Germar,

II. Pronotum with suprahumeral horis... Ww oov M Cr TEIEMIGENTRUSMeuchar-

288. GENUS DARTHULA KIRKALDY

Darthula Kirkaldy, Ent. XXXIII : 242 (1900).

Urophora (preoccupied) Gray, Anim. Kingd., Ins. II : 261 (1832).

Characters : Although represented by only a single species, this genus is quite remarkable and

fully deserves to stand as the type genus of a small but very distinct tribe. It is characterized first of

all by the absence of a posterior process but chiefly by the peculiar spine-like extension of the abdomen

and the finely reticulated tegmina. The type species is a curious insect with unusual structure and

coloring and is one of the largest of all of the Membracidz. — Head sublunar, twice as wide as high,

distinctly curved on its horizontal axis, very roughly sculptured; base highly arcuate and much sunken

Notes : 1. The genus Porcorhinus Goding was described as a membracid (Goding 1903) and was placed in the group

which would be represented by this tribe by the same author (Goding 1934) but China (China 1924) transferred

this genus to the Jassoidea.

2. The genus Ewfroggattia Goding was also described as a membracid (Goding 1903) but was shown by China

(China 1927) to belong to the family Peztatomide.

v dd d e ib utc

" o AM " "Far

METRO PERORCYT Se EP TLLA AE ES URN S EN

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 289

in the middle in a deep pit below the overhanging margin of the pronotum; eyes small and globular

(bright red in the type species); ocelli large, conspicuous (brilliant red in the type), twice as far removed

from the eyes as from each other and situated low on the face, about on a line drawn through lower

margins of eyes; inferior margins of genz broadly rounded ; clypeus three times as long as broad, extend-

ing for its entire length below the inferior margins of the genz, tip pointed and pubescent. Pronotum

convex, gibbous, entirely unarmed, elevated into a crest with a high thin keel on the median dorsal

line; metopidium sloping, broader than high, extended into a flange over the head; median carina

strongly percurrent, raised in a flattened plate on the pronotum; humeral angles very large, broad,

triangular and blunt; no suprahumeral horns; no posterior process; scutellum entirely exposed, sub-

triangular, swollen at the base, about as broad as long, tip acute. Tegmina long, narrow, opaque,

the entire surface reticulated by heavy raised veins which form a very large number of small, irregular

cells; basal area broadly coriaceous and punctate; tip rounded; no apicallimbus. Legs long, slender

and simple; hind tarsi longest. Dorsal sclerite of terminal segment of abdomen extended into a long

tube-like rod, cylindrical and pilose, as long or longer than the abdomen itself.

Type Zardwichi Gray.

Geographical distribution : This is an Indian genus with the type species (which is the

only species known) apparently quite common and having a wide distribution over that region.

I. hardwichki Gray, Griff. Ed. Anim. Kingd., Ins. IL: 261:(1832). — India, Assam, Sikhim, Mar-

PI. 14, fig. 256. gherita, Khasi Hills, Naga

Hills, Darjeeling, Nepal,

Burma, Ruby Mines, West

Yunnan, South ITimalayas,

Kurseong.

289. GENUS COLOBORRHIS GERMAR

Coloborrhis Germar, Rev. Silb. IV : 73 (1836).

Euryprosopum Stál, Ofv. Vet, Akad. Forh. 267 (1853).

Bohemania Stál, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 97 (1855).

Characters : The insects of this genus, which are apparently very cercopid-like in appearance,

are unknown to us but they have been recognized and described often enough to indicate that they

possess distinctive characters sufficient to justify the listing of the genusas valid. The genus is certainly

quite different from either of the other genera of the tribe. | Germar's excellent original description of the

genus as well as the descriptions given by Stàl for the synonymous genera make it possible to summarize

the more important generic characters as follows: | Head subquadtate, wider than high, detlexed ; eyes

large; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other and from the eyes; inferior margins of gen: flattened

and rounded; clypeus extending below inferior margins of genae. Pronotum convex and entirely

unarmed; no suprahumeral horns; no posterior process ; scutellum entirely exposed, short, subtriangular,

base transversely impressed. Tegmina coriaceous with reticulated venation. Legs somewhat flattened;

hind tarsi longest.

Tyne corticina Germar.

Geographical distribution : This is an African genus represented by three species.

I. corticina Germar, Rev. Silb. IV : 73 (1836). Africa, Caffraria.

bohemanta Buckton, Mon. Memb. 267 (1903).

290 HOMOPTERA

2. perspicillaris Germar, Rev. Silb. IV : 73 (1836). Africa.

3. sobrina Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 97. 1 (1855). Africa, Caffraria.

patruelis Stàl, Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. 98. 2 (1855).

290. GENUS HEMICENTRUS MELICHAR

Hemicentrus Melichar, Notes Mus. Leid. 114 (1914).

Sarritor Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 182 (1916). ET

Characters : The presence of suprahumeral horns and the absence of a posterior process

provide a combination of characters which at once distinguishes this genus not only from the other

genera of the tribe but from any other genus in the subfamily. Head subquadrate, smooth, twice as

broad as high; base arcuate and weakly sinuate; eyes very large, globular and protruding ; ocelli large,

conspicuous, equidistant from each other and from the eyes and situated above a line drawn through

centers of eyes; inferior margins of gen: sloping and weakly rounded; clypeus three times as long as

wide, extending for two-thirds its length below inferior margins of genz, tip rounded and pilose.

Pronotum convex, gibbous, with strong suprahumerals but no posterior process; metopidium vertical,

about as broad as high ; median carina strongly percurrent; humeral angles large, subconical and sharp;

suprahumeral horns varying considerably among the different species in size and structure but usually

heavy, tricarinate, somewhat flattened dorso-ventrally, at least twice as long as the distance between

their bases, extending outward and upward, tips blunt; no posterior process; scutellum entirely

exposed, subtriangular, about as broad as long, swollen at the base, tip broadly bifurcate. Tegmina

long, slender, hyaline or subhyaline, usually much wrinkled; base coriaceous and punctate; veins

heavy; five apical and two discoidal cells; tip rounded; apical limbus narrow. Legs long, slender

and simple; hind tarsi longest.

Type ?icornis Melichar.

Geographical distribution : The distribution of this genus seems to be limited to the south

Asiatic and Archipelagic region.

I. aculeatus Olivier, Enc. Meth. VII : 669 (1792). Ceylon.

2. altenuatus Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XVI : 2. 50 (1921). China, Kiautschau.

3. bicornis Melichar, Notes Mus. Leid. 115 (1914). Java, Semarang.

4. bispinus Stoll, Cigal. 76 (1783). Ceylon.

5. cornutus Funkhouser, Ann. Mus. Acad. U.S.S. R. XXVIII:150(1927). Indo China, Annam, Song

Dinh.

6. retusus Distant, Faun. Brit. Ind. App. 182. 3397 (1916). — Pl. 14, | Lower Burma, Moulmein,

fig. 257. Dawna Hills, Farm Caves,

Java.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 291

SUMMARY

This report recognizes 290 genera with a total of 2334 species distributed among the subfamilies

and tribes as follows :

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Subf. MEMBRACIN/E

Number

TRIBE MEMBRACINI of Species

Genus Meimnbracts SEADIICEUS Ne s e uro cose DT TRCP een euer eU B

i:Enchophylhun. Amyot;and Servillez- «^v cs eR eer s c TIS

JoteBenopavAinotandéeservilleswe cederet e ie dE ILS RUEQU)

(Capp ylelciiDiStal ses o eL Ls M I M eu ER ee Ie 5

Junivobrdeas case E ENT Mee E EM d NM LUE 4.

TRIBE NOTOCERINI

(xenlsa S POHNDUPAOPHS S EAalLmadIes C o OC NAT I Led nem" er ELLO

Gudydgutias Gods ccce dn pee ce LC ee Loser) es 7

DuuyasvWalkeru e EET LED deca on ecu ND

VIVASOPKOLGA OE Y sepius ec LkUr 2er fec Le DIU e doe DUET ET

d: orocenmevidyotrandsoerwlllbter EON C eMe P ROI OFE REEL e Ec to

Scalmorphus Fowler . SORA eet prec 9d Bo a Ia RM) 2

MUllaxeis GodiDcir oen rod EDS oaa uu RT 3

TRIBE BOLBONOTINI

GenussHolboutola my otandeservillemo e X4 o Er dee cH etur ed aD

IDOL DOROLORESS TUO NIIS d DL m AM. cre Uc dicc cn DA ue. tir en epe I

I verhisac NV allserz euros rra LESE cR a P LI SEE oco o tuus ce np «nane

HowlopelitA ON GTe societe dh: d RS a ENS ATE Qe ult. quis m d 5

Deis AE ON CIS ct E cde cr EPI m A ROT Im sert iau as Doer TO

TEXTUS RETE S QRRMSUEIP CHE T SUO DOORIQUEIT DAE GRO USEA US I

260

292 HOMOPTERA

Subf. PLATYCOTINZE

Number

of Species

TRIBE POTNIINI

Genus. Adlchismeurkaldy, oca s E e Eutaur ree TL M EETÓ

Qehyobepla Stab er Es a Eu n MT eC M T C eds 7

Aconophoroides Fowler Mold SAP DA or Mo Mt RUE EUIS 3

Doni tabe rina M UL e NM RES E 7

TRIBE PLATYCOTINI

Genus; Platycolisz Sto o S e es PCM EL ta E CIUS ME UPAUASEO

Ofthroplophoxa-Bowler.ce- -4 9 ee Oe LAT ATA IS ia Ier isd es

Slalotyja Metcalt a o oe E SR sa er et Ue aar sU del MERE me 2

Melcaificlla Grodinge su xr orae cu RS i C22

Umbona:Burmelster. 2|: 2 ence Luton Hle mau ds MEE T MEA.

Subfí. DARNINZE

TRIBE DARNINI

Genus Danis Fabricius . 8

Hebeticoides Fowler 3

Ochrolomia Stàl. 3

Hebetica. Stàl 4

Sticlopella Stál . 23

Alobia Stàl . : I

Cyphotes Burmeister . 2

Aspona Stàl. 5

Hyfheus Stál 2

Atypa Laporte. 3

Paradarnoides Fowler, 2

Cymbomorpha Stàl . 9

Paragargara Goding . I

Eumela Stál. 3

Iria Stàl. yi

Rhexia Stàl . : II

Smiliorhachis Fairmaire . 4

Darnoides Fairmaire . AU. 7

Brachytalis Metcalf and Bruner 2

Procyrta Stàál 7i

107

SupciacdE dad EcL lb) Mur ave Er E ra

"ry

FAM. MEMBRACID/;E 293

TRIBE ACONOPHORINI abo

of Species

GenussAconob horas basirmalpe wu cq T dece rM TCI qM EU

Kronides Kirkaldy. 5

Orekthophora Funkhouser I

Hemiptycha Germar . . . . I

Nessorhinus Amyot and Serville 4

Spinodarnoides Funkhouser . I

TRIBE HEMIKYPTHINI

Genus Proterpia Stal .

Eualthe Stàl.

NassipiaxStal. s wy E qune es ue Jipsh ues rb ep ic ST CO

roTg tal Le ee et VE VU Dudes CHIC uno osea 4

:Hubalopost tales en un PT AD AEUR MR II Reacei Pa M URS 2

IA NIMDOS ial eed et In Ua, NC Od i iral REC TE TG)

M Irt S talons Ret ees Ren UI uo Fe CN a AN 9

TCRay anth s ESO OT e MAC EC ue Lr MUR m Met CLIE CUR Murs I

FIeinthyhihas Metcalbt S Russe ur E CN ee er M on adde 8

inudakrona ipkaldy e e queue me Eo tone wed eed car IST

TRIBE HETERONOTINI

GenuseHieteronolus s TaDOLtouerte e E NEHME eis us iua eva xest siete TIO.

Heliodore Stàl . ud NIC c TP Sm M RUN NS CNCNE I

Onmolou Walkers vereri onu scrdterio le sur un. rius iade es 3

Anchistrotus Buckton . 7

266

Subf. TRAGOPIN/E

GenusxTgobao [Pa ECHIe en S E ete Vr. eee UM e edd qe vet cem MEO

Hipofidolonid esl ue te aae os IQ T e tais od Proc UELUT QE 5

Shbophoryae S talus 10 oes d E te E CR E ctu qe se iL: AUS A 5

JFhortolas Fanilalte (c4 09e) vloem: dASUM FUE sva wes shares, Co esi ee IO

(CexmohnimeSS tal n Cede etu els cer LM cndpLH cred d coles 2

294 : HOMOPTERA

Subí. SMILIINZE

Number

TRIBE SMILIINI of Species

Grenis -Seithia Gaernyabi o d 34 oec ees Lc See fec ue, puru t cR NU E 3

db)» Sa es mrs cues. geed eda rcc or erede E STE qe ERE T

GouingladBowlet st cU se Mea De UE S Ee eit en I

TelamonanihesBaken wo dc ate tT SPEM LM 3

Antianthe Fowler . zi

Xantholobus Van Duzee . IO

Evashmeadea Goding . PUN Eatus 3s I ME SIUE 2

DPI otalot os ECCE cM Cp a" dM M 8

GrastiolobussBallti. v e rc puM CD LR rdc ob I

Cyrtolobus Goding. 44

Opitiderma-:bairmairet 0c ee OR c LU A MM de SO 16

Polyrhyssa Stál a I

Metheisa-Bowler- S059 e eae 4

Polyglyptodes Fowler. 5

Ecuadoria. Goding. 2

Dioclobhara Kirkaldy. ED MEE AIR P ME EOAET 6

Hiller Stal sa bae De LRL rote E ME cn PES Ca LUN RUE 9

Gelastagama Korkaldy- ^ 2. 6212 S Rp.) xa ion Ey Wo 17

Heranice Stál 2

RE TTIAT Melt en cM MES NEC RR MEO P ERR 3

Memóbracidoidea Goding . I

195

TRIBE CERESINI

Genus GeresacAmyotoandaserville? Wars e EU ESO

CeniroBomas Stai x petes n tes Ls 9

AUN USO eri eum Mo E Le MI MATE

dihuctes Stil. ce uer ari EP tO e

zXolopia-Llummeroscpoc oec Aes Na ML EINE UNET I

GypAOma T apgorten cu rae Ea c e i vare M MD v d STO

Pabhea?Stal sre o E E A en M RE ME RUP EIU E MTiex

Gieisydrius Bowlet- m eor s UE m TED Mt I

Parantomz POWIere v ope Lt LAC cc Ic ed cc 4

Melusina Stab ce a eL A oet EE EUN EE 4

Sficlocebliala, StAT AS A A vu eelcut iue eum t q4u P TES a 22

ShclolobusNLetcalt s Mer M Er e PE MAU A au d ee vi

Jrachytans C BOWwler s: aed v Up ee TEE MU due 2

150

TRIBE AMASTRINI

Genuspmasiis Staloc cR e cpu MN TRUE P RU ODE

Tasielsq Stau edo cu NE d ef TE NV ed n OMNI, eC M E

JBottho0s SERA] sete eecsta uice cote Arius Ld Wer e NO e RE LE

Vautusca-CGroding sten pea c NR M OUR UP VaL I ded UNDE

Lallemandia Funkhouser

Bajulata Ball . Aa d NEC ME ETT

EIyerviscotalos ce UE RU AN HR

Idioderma Van Duzee JM E OMNEM"

IV OSMES Sta oh ect d Coe E PE ESI oculatus ce

NM QO)mM H nm nm M

[2]

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE

TRIBE POLYGLYPTINI vien

of Species

GenusePolyplybla s Tcmeisterae occuro e eee i i abe ar a 8

Bryautopsts Mal Mae COMUNE ed NOEL CUT ei I

TltnekI S BONÍGr« e cs etu LOREMS S eVNE CE ORE Te Ma 2

Fontana Germa we wa dee D LHP AE XUL I n e Nec PE

"ubltita Sale Ner LL arr NUT E ean m m ER 5

TRIBE TELAMONINI

Genus Telamona Fitch 35

Helonica Ball . vaa Me S uve ND acr i iE oU ue

Ketkinootale ve M nc D LE eed d duecMut S re PEERS

Telonaca Ball .

Palonica. Ball . :

Thelia Amyot and Serville

Glossonotus Butler.

Carynota Fitch.

Tropidarnis Fowler

Archasia Stàl

Incolea Goding

Mendicea Goding .

Aphetea Fowler

Phormorphora. Stál.

4^ U^ Nx ttg tnut€ct ttd

TRIBE ACUTALINI

Genuss cula Ealbmairen s e EN M tU UTR Ee Tarea ene Gino TIEICO

Thrasymedes Kirkaldy EXP Eccl cuia E nce DO Yoedcs 7

YUH FINO SLADU o Pra teca e M cae EL ecd (deep M 6

Micruütalss) BOowleres dotem e ener ta c ord A RV Q

Subf. CENTROTINZE (New World)

TRIBE ABELINI

Genus Abelus Stál.

Sticlodepsa Stàal

Scytodepsa. Stàl.

Trofidaspis Stàl

Nicomia Stàl

Endoiastus Fowler

Mina Walker .

Lophyraspis Stàal

Gerridius Fowler.

Lamfroptera Germar .

Orekthen Funkhouser

Melizoderes Blanchard

Tolania Stàl

OR wO t€. u€wNuxc0(oU€cn-Nu

-—

[Ut]

HOMOPTERA

TRIBE ACUMINATINI

Number

of Species

Genus Posianomus Funkhouser. 2

Centrodontus Goding . 2

Tylocentrus Van Duzee . 2

Liramia Stàl I

Flexoceutrus Goding . 2

Ocda Amyot and Serville . 3

Lycoderes Germar . 20

Stegasbis Germar . 9

Gschrocentrus Fowler I

Microcentrus Stàl . 9

Centruchoides Fowler. 2

Bocydium Latreille yj

Stylocentrus Stàl 2

Smerdalea. Fowler. I

Dontonodus Funkhouser. . . . , *

TRIBE HEBESINI

Genus: GoWitolamus- Stab «A coe Te so ur E EU c UE I

JBotérussStalecc ho EE E eta eM ENS PATE MI WERE SL ds ede I

SSPathocemnrus Fowler ed er c Ir NE D TN SN DITE, I

BS NSCONIERS SIR] HT. cc Ue rc EE US 3

CapibyloctWirus otl vo Lc csdeu ua tera c ede ee dou opus: DES

Oiceiyusz EONIeT s 6 ase ecce m ME ET EE 1

Dsslocetntrus Bowlepesdson Me ue Pee Ter RORIS E au Rd I

Centronodus Funkhouser 2

Platycentrus Stàl . nter CREE ie mA LEE qM 5

Ovthobtlis:Stàlz ^ sot eu T UEBER SE CA S 5

Callicentrus Stàl 7

Daimon Buckton . 2

Amblycentrus Fowler. I

Centriculus Fowler SONA AR sre e Nr De RIS:

Brachybeluscotal e oe etu c TU LM EU E dM I

Brachycentrutus Metcalf and. Bruner ED PR $ a

Monobeluseotal e x qoe Pc c p 8

Quadrinaria. Goding . SU io IRE edt a Uc I

MarshallellaXGodig s eet EM e TUE I

176

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 297

Subí. CENTROTINZE (Old World)

Number

TRIBE CENTROTINI of Species

GrenBss Cent roris NADEIGIUSS QI E p MUTSEURcC M Tr NE Er la Ea

Tricocepbs Buckton.

CenirotusoidessiDistantjuui e es ET e ER de cer ec 2

Tlatybelusi Stalb dr cM el MULA E AR e p

Evanchon Goding .

Amitrochates Distant .

Barsumas Distant . :

IMonocenztis Nielcharsd os e beu E oed P RUSSES Iu T ES

MaguuaNIelicharg pete Orr M ped en M i E UE 7)

ziuchonsBucktonsen m Une M m Torte cdd recep

SpalrtsesvDistaniss dust eon Re eo tee Me AE E CiU IMS S LUE M Ms 4

PPantaleon" Distante Exe M sex E MU EI A Mes Ta 5

Vattaictdasn Start i ore err etc TUO d AREUUAE 3

Maura Distant we ne eL oM ERE E aeu eRu m ded qup M 8

MiacharotypussUhler m e ed cse e dee d Ic Sis ro a rec Ud XT

JToSCOHIrHS CIS ta MERE DRE e M te eL pia eU PE TPTÓ

drscenttordeseDistantis se D e cp T Ad es Vcn mS I

JTumonoceintyus Sclmudte sw ES o MM eu E MELLE 3

(4310 S DIStAT) Urs S a RIS e Meo ute E LEE Mer de eed Pod er Me I

269

TRIBE HYPSAUCHENINI

Genus dH ypsauchenia /Germarde- s c sos Eco Ue we s D dee Miu 8

UV kouchentas D reddin secet DEM MCI pU E P ISLTA

Gigantorhabdus Schmidt. I

Hypsolyrium Schmidt I

Pyrgonota Stàl . Copes rao IE d MR OR CERE IY 8

iybanuocides s Distant e EE M tM MM P. Lr. p

Funkhouserella Schmidt . 7

TRIBE CENTROCHARESINI

Genus Centrochares Stàl .

Negus Jacobi .

Sinenodus Goding.

HM oH MI

TRIBE MICREUNINI

Genus Micreune Walker .

Eutryonia Goding.

Leptobelus Stàl.

Elaphices Buckton .

Moe

298

TRIBE LEPTOCENTRINI

Genus Lejtocentrus Stàl

Nilautama Distant

Arimanes Distant .

Convector Distant .

Telingana. Distant

Acanthophyes Stàl.

Bathoutha Distant.

Indicopleustes Distant.

Parapogon Distant

Xiphopeus Stàál

Maarbarus Distant

Aspasiana Distant.

Tshaka Distant

Polonius Distant .

Dacartha Distant .

Imporcitor Distant

Otinotus Buckton .

Eufrenchia Goding

Cebes Distant .

Lubra Goding.

Sarantus Stàl

Godingella Distant

Otinototdes Distant

Gondofpharnes Distant

Ceraon. Buckton

Emfhusis Buckton

Acanthucus Stàl . .

Sertorius Stàl

Centruchus Stàl

Eufairmairia Distant.

Sextus Stàlz

Periaman Distant .

Centrotypus Stàl

Pogon Buckton

TRIBE COCCOSTERPHINI

Genus Coccosterphus Stàl.

Parayasa Distant .

Iusitor Distant.

Yasa Distant .

Kanada Distant

HOMOPTERA

Number

of Species

EID

lS T

QN M ^h HM NO o4 0

Mo Mo. ON UC «I

Mon

o Oo

MomM M ON

Qu.

FAM. MEMBRACID.E 299

TRIBE GARGARINI of Species

Genus«Garsa»a Amyot;and Serville/— 4 X13. 0m ROOM Nescis v IM

Xanthosticta Buckton

Ebhul Distant.

Subrincator Distant

Sifbylus Stàl ,

Centrotoscelus Funkhouser | .

Kombazana Distant

Promintor Distant.

Hamma Buckton .

Umfilianus Distant

Tiberianus Distant

M on

M9 Corn b Oto nx -I OO t

M o

TRIBE UROXIPHINI

Genus ÜUvoxiphus Amyot and Serville

Dingkana Goding.

Tereutius Stàl .

Insitoroides Funkhouser.

Pogontypus Distant "AUN M UAE LM E

Cy blasbidiasStali gas con ue eb Cui rna iow Doy eae cnt MES ru EUALUT

Mesocentrus Funkhouser

Demanga Distant .

Awania Distant

Bocchar Jacobi

Occator Distant

CM RRONHSRM- U€£nu.cCnsNWN9

[os]

TRIBE OXYRHACHISINI

(renusat xy Aachtse Gemma. as istuc LS CLP T OE cte org e cie eT Mana

Gonproneunadacobis ande qe c E HR E p E 6

EX Weslesi dal M s MOLD EE M TR st LAM LOSUEON qus PIRE eg eiae pee eo To

Godae/roytteltacDDistantacee ser e D es c LC re I

Bulbauchenia Schumacher . 2

Takliwa Funkhouser. ed rae AC EE NONE e e I

Oxvyr acidi Melichap. «v ut tace e stes ILU MIT a ier Mira 1d I

Xiphistoides Goding . 2

TRIBE DARTHULINI

Genus Darthula Kirkaldy I

Coloborrhis Germar 3

THenictuisaMeliehai ve cam e LI TIE EE utr cer UN e UTE 6

949

Grand; *Dotal. 5 R2 es. Come 2334

3oo HOMOPTERA

SUPPLEMENT

Following the author's publication of his Catalogue of the Membracida it was his custom to

record new genera and species together with titles of papers in an interleaved copy of the Catalogue.

Thus his copy of the work was kept up to date from the time of its publication in 1927 until his final

illness in 1948. The additions listed below are selected from those notes, covering the period between

the completion of the manuscript for the present work in 1938 and the end of his life. There is no

claim of completeness of the record for this ten-year interval, except that it covers the author's efforts

in that direction. Some ambiguities exist in the author's notes on changes of name, making it impos-

sible to be certain of his interpretations of them. ^ They are therefore omitted here. The order followed

in the lists below is substantially that of the 1927 Funkhouser Catalogue.

RECENT GENERA

Penichrophorus Richter, Caldasia VI : 86 (1943).

Hemicardiacus Plummer, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XLViI : 2. 41 (1945) [saundersi].

Atymnina Plummer, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVI : 3. 240 (1938) [elongata].

Acentrotus Kato, Memb. East Asia 151 (1940) [zncultus].

Thuris Funkhouser, Ent. News LIV : 9. 229 (1943) [fenestratus].

Tsunozemia Kato, Memb. East Asia 152 (1940) [mojrensis].

Gonoconophora da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. 19 : 111 (1949) [ funkhouseri ].

NEW SPECIES

Memobracis richteri da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. 19 : 113 (1949). Brazil.

Spongophorus hoffmanni Pelaez, Anales Inst. Biol. XI : 1. 285 (1940). Mexico.

Alchisme laticornis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII:3. 277 Peru.

(1940).

A. pinguicornis Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII: 3.277 (1940). Peru.

A. spinosa Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 278 (1940). Peru.

Potnia brunneifrontis Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 464 (1943). Guatemala.

Bolbonoía atitla Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 455 (1943). Guatemala.

Enchenopa ansera Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 456 (1943). Guatemala.

Erechtia trimaculata da. Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII : 10. 132 (1941). Brazil.

Hypsoprora alticornis Plummer, Memb. Mex. 155 (1943). Mexico.

H. brevis Plummer, Memb. Mex. 159 (1943). Mexico.

H. caldwelli Plummer, Memb. Mex. 158 (1943). Mexico.

H. byramidata Plummer, Memb. Mex. 156 (1943). Mexico.

Leioscyla neivai da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII : 1o. 129 (1941). Brazil.

L. quadrimaculata da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII : 1o. 131 (1941). Brazil.

Potnia maculata Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 463 (1943). Guatemala.

FAM.

MEMBRACID/ZE

U mbonia antigua Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 462 (1943).

U. immaculata Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 463 (1943).

Aconophora brevicornis Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 467 (1943).

A. brunnea. Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 281 (1940).

A. coffea Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 466 (1943).

A. erecta Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 280 (1940).

A. lutea Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 466 (1943).

Paragargara nigra Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 279

(1940).

Rhexia diversa Richter, Caldasia V : 43 (1942).

R. rubofenestrata Richter, Caldasia V : 46 (1942).

Sundarion nigromaculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII :

3. 281 (1940).

Tragofa testudina Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 470 (1943).

Centrogonia brevicornis Richter. Caldasia II : 71 (1941).

(3-763-0) Y, CY

(1940).

. incornigera Richter, Caldasia III : 41 (1941).

. nigrovittata Richter, Caldasia VI : 96 (1943).

nigerrima Richter, Caldasia VI : 99 (1943).

. curvicornis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 15 (1943).

Ceresa. grisesceuns Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII :

. gracilicornis Richter, Caldasia VI : 100 (1943).

283

C. luteimaculata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 262

(1949).

C. rubra Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 471 (1943).

C. viridolineata Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 472 (1943).

Micrutalis nigromarginata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII :

3. 289 (1940).

Penichrophorus serícatus Richter, Caldasia VI : 86 (1943).

P. dilatatus Richter, Caldasia VI : 92 (1943).

P. bogotensis Richter, Caldasia VI: 87 (1943).

P. impressus Richter, Caldasia VI : 96 (1943).

Poppea vestigia Plummer, Rev. Ent. Soc. Wash. XLVII : 41 (1945).

Stictolobus delongi Plummer, Memb. Mex. 160 (1943).

S. solanofilus da Fonseca, Livro d'Almeida 17 : 187 (1946).

S. nitidus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 284 (1940).

S. marginatus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII :

(1940).

3:285

S. viridis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 3. 75 (1943).

Thrasymedes virescens Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3.

288 (1940).

Hemicardiacus saundersi Plummer, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XLVII : 2. 40

(1945).

Antianthe chichiana Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 476 (1943).

3or

Guatemala.

Peru.

Guatemala.

Peru.

Guatemala.

Peru.

Colombia.

Peru.

Guatemala.

Colombia.

Arizona.

Peru.

Guatemala.

Peru.

Colombia.

Salvador.

Mexico.

Brazil.

Peru.

United States.

Peru.

Guatemala.

3o2

HOMOPTERA

Aphelea nigropicta Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 476 (1943).

Atymna distincta Plummer, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVI : 3. 239 (1938).

A. gigantea Plummer. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVI : 3. 238 (1938).

Altymnina elongata Plummer, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVI : 3o. 241

Xantholobus arizonensis Funkhouser, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII :

(1938).

3. 76 (1943).

Amastris guttata da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII : 1o (1941).

A. pacifica Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 478 (1943).

A. peruviana Funkhouser, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 286 (1940).

Maturna multilineata da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII: ro. 135 (1941).

Polyglypta nigridorsa (Fowler) Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 479 (1943).

Polyrhyssa cultrata maculata da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII : 10. 134

Tynelia (Tynella, sic) flavodorsata da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. XII:

T. nigra Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 287 (1940).

Vanduzea decorata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3. 287

V. mayana Funkhouser, Memb. Guat. 480 (1943).

(1941).

I0. 136 (1941).

(1940).

Anchon buctoni Goding, Old World Memb. 328 (1939).

Evanchon variegatus Funkhouser, Memb. Formosa 267 (1943).

nitida Funkhouser, Congo Belge 8 (1943).

Gargara alini Funkhouser, Manch. Memb. 144 (1940).

G. albopleura Funkhouser, Manch. Memb. 145 (1940).

Oooo0Q02

. anomala Kato, Memb. East Asia 19 (1940).

. gressitti Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. L : 1. 64 (1942).

. nodulata Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. L : 6. 63 (1942).

. lakakashii Kato, Memb. East Asia 17 (1940).

. donitze teslacea Kato, Memb. East Asia 18 (1940).

. tonhini Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. L:

Orthobelus arakii Kato, Memb. East Asia 8 (1940).

(67^

Platycentrus auriculatus Pelaez, Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat. II : 1. 62 (1941).

takachihonus Kato, Memb. East Asia 6 (1940).

1. 65 (1942).

Polonius froggatti Goding, Old World Memb. 349 (1939).

Stylocentrus rubrintgris Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLVIII : 3.

276 (1940).

Thuris fenestratus Funkhouser, Ent. News LIV : 9. 229 (1943).

Tricentrus coreanus Kato, Memb. East Asia 12 (1940).

T. femella cornis Kato, Memb. East Asia 10 (1940).

T. obesus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. L : zr. 61 (1942).

T. purpureus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. L : r. 62 (1942).

T. taurus Funkhouser, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. L : 1. 62 (1942).

[. yagoi Kato, Memb. East Asia 11 (1940).

T. verrucus Kato, Memb. East Asia 13 (1940).

Xiphistes maculipennis Funkhouser, Treubia XVII : 1. 35 (1939).

Gonoconophora funkhouseri da Fonseca, Arq. Inst. Biol. 19 : 111 (1949).

Guatemala.

Mexico.

Arizona.

Brazil.

Guatemala.

Peru.

Brazil.

Guatemala.

Brazil.

Peru.

Guatemala.

Ceylon.

Formosa.

Belgian Congo.

Manchuria.

Japan.

China.

Formosa. P

Japan.

China.

Japan.

japan.

Mexico.

Australia.

Peru.

Korea.

Japan.

China.

Korea.

japan.

Java.

Brazil.

Notocera curvicefs

N. hispida

Alchisme grossa

A. obscura .

A. projecta

Hoflophorion corrosum |.

Leioscyta rufodorsa

Membracis arcuata

M. foliata .

M. peruviana .

M. tectigera

Notocera bituberculata

Aconophora disparicornis

A. ferruginea .

A. femoralis

A. fusiformis .

A. laminata

A. laticornis

A. marginata .

. pallescens

A. pinguis .

A. projecta.

A. sinanjensis .

Aspona cuneata

Cymbomorpha dorsata

Daruis lateralis

Hemikypbtha marginata. .

Héetervonotus quadrinodosus

H. tridens .

Ictavanthe latifrous

Nassunia binotata

Stictopelia cruentata.

S. fraterna

S. latilinea

S. praecox .

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

NEW LOCALITY RECORDS

British Guiana.

Guatemala.

Argentina.

British Guiana.

Argentina.

Guatemala.

Argentina.

Argentina, British

Guiana,

Guatemala.

Argentina.

British Guiana.

British Guiana,

Peru, Bolivia.

Argentina.

Argentina, British

Guiana.

Argentina.

Guatemala.

British Guiana.

Guatemala.

Argentina.

British Guiana.

Argentina.

British Guiana.

Argentina.

Argentina, British

Guiana.

Argentina.

Sundarion aficalis

S. bimaculata .

S. brunniventris .

S. flavomarginata.

S. xanthographa .

Horiola lineolata .

Acutalis nigrinervis..

Centrogonia nasuta

Ceresa basalis .

C. bifasciala .

C. concinna

Cyphonia clavata .

C. fuscala .

C. proxima

Euritia albifasciata |.

Micrutalis lugubrina .

M. pallens.

Popfea affinis .

Stictolobus maculatus .

Telamona westcotti

Anthianthe expansa

A. reversa .

A. viridissima.

Atymna querct.

Cyrtolobus vau.

Ophiderma flava.

O. flavicephala

OQ. pubescens

Amastris antica

A. compacta

A. minuta .

Dioclophara mixta,

Entylia bactriana.

E. gemmata

Gelastogonta evythrofs

G. exaltata.

Polyglypta dorsalis

Tynclia hirsuta

303

Argentina.

British Guiana.

Canada.

Colombia.

Quebec.

Argentina.

Argentina, Peru.

Argentina.

Guatemala.

British Guiana,

Argentina.

Costa Rica.

Argentina.

Canada.

British Guiana.

Guatemala.

Guatemala

Canada.

British Guiana.

Argentina.

Canada.

Argentina.

British Guiana.

Guatemala.

3ritish Guiana.

304

Anchon boneti .

A. poensis .

A. pilosum.

Bocydium globulave |.

Centrotoscelus kashunensis. .

C. marginata .

C. nigrifrons .

C. nilida .

C. shinchicuna

Endoiastus caviceps

Gargaxa asperula.

G. brunneidorsata.

G. davidi .

G. hainanensis

G. nigromaculata .

G. nilidipenuis

G. ficeola .

G. sordida. .

Otinotus pilosus

Pantaleon bufo

Platybelus africanus |.

HOMOPTERA

Belgian Congo.

Hainan.

British Guiana.

Formosa.

Ecuador.

Belgian Congo.

Formosa.

Formosa:

Formosa.

Belgian Congo.

Formosa.

Belgian Congo.

P. insignis

P, sinuosus

Platycentrus taurinus

Pyrgonola arborea

Sipylus auriculatus

Spalirisis alticornis

Slegaspis insignis .

Stylocentrus ancora

Telingana canescens. .

T. flavibes .

Tolania opponens .

Tricentrus albomaculatus

T. allabeus

T. amflicoruis

T. basalis .

T. bergeri .

T. brevis

T. brevispinis .

T. fulgidus

Tricoceps rugosa .

Tshaka obortus

Belgian Congo.

Mexico.

China.

China,

Belgian Congo.

British Guiana.

Nicobar.

Borneo.

British Guiana.

Brazil.

Formosa.

China.

Formosa.

Vladivostok.

Borneo.

China.

Kuala Lumpur.

Belgian Congo.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 3o5

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

To make proper acknowledgment for the many courtesies and services extended to the writer by

entomologists in many parts of the world and over a long period of years would require more words and

more space than our publishers would allow. We are convinced that entomologists are the most gener-

ous and the most kindly of all persons on earth.

However, we would be most ungrateful if we did not mention particularly a few of those without

whose assistance the material for this report could not have been obtained.

The late W. L. Distant of London was most kind for many years in comparing specimens with

British Museum material and in making valuable suggestions regarding taxonomic problems; the late

C. F. Baker of Los Banos, Philippine Islands, one of the most indefatigable collectors we have ever

known, furnished us with hundreds of specimens from many parts of the world ; the late R. C. McGregor,

also of the Philippines, was a constant correspondent, a generous contributor of specimens, a painstak-

ing editor of our papers and our enjoyable companion when we were in the Islands; the late

F. W. Goding, an ardent student of the Membracidae, was our never-failing source of material and

information, both in Ecuador and in the United States, and upon his death bequeathed to us his

entomological library ; the late Lewis B. Woodruff, a real gentleman and a charming guest, supplied us

with complete sets of his paratypes; the late W. M. Wheeler was most obliging in making determina-

tions of ants; the late J. H. Comstock was from our student days our inspiration in the study of

entomology.

We are greatly indebted to Mr. E. P. Van Duzee of San Francisco, California, and to

Dr. E. D. Ball of Tucson, Arizona, for much sound advice, pertinent suggestions and for the loan and

gift of specimens ; to Mr. W. E. China for permission to work in the British Musuem and for many

courtesies shown us in London; to Professor W. E. Hoffmann of Lingnan University for Chinese

material and particularly for his time and patience in assisting us in collecting in China; to

Mr. H. M. Pendlebury of Kuala Lumpur for his gracious hospitality to us in Malaya and for his

regular contributions to our collection; to Dr. H. S. Pruthi for the privilege of examining Indian

material and kindness shown to us in Calcutta; to Doctors L. G. E. Kalshoven and M. A. Lieftinck of

Buitenzorg for the privilege of working up the Membracidz of their collections and for pleasant days

spent in Java; to Mr. Edward Jacobson of Fort de Kock and Bandoeng for much Archipelagic material

and especially for valuable advice and instructions which assisted us in collecting in Sumatra; to

Mr. Bernard. Smit of Port Elisabeth for material and for assistance in field work in South Africa;

to Dr. V. Lallemand of Brabant, Belgium, for donations and for honoring us in his publications; to

Doctors Walther Horn and Hans Sachleben of Berlin-Dahlem for regular sendings of material for study

from the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut; to Dr. Janust Nast of Warsaw, Poland for the opportu-

nity of studying the valuable collection of the Panstwowe Museum and his own collection; to

Dr. A. Kiricenko of the U. S. S. R. for the privilege of seeing the membracid material in the Zoolo-

gical Museum of Leningrad; to the Rev. Octave Piel of Shanghai for enjoyable personal conferences in

China and for regular shipments of specimens from the Musée Heude; to Dr. Prof. Ed. Handshin of

Basle, Switzerland for the pleasure of examining and reporting on his unusual collection; to Dr. Dionisio

Pelaez of Madrid for valuable information regarding African species; to Sr. Jose Pinto da Fonseca of

306 ) HOMOPTERA

Sáo Paulo for important papers and for specimens of Brazilian forms; to Redvo. Apolinar Maria of the

Colegio de la Salle at Bogota, Colombia, for many donations of South American specimens; to

Mr. C. C. Plummer of Mexico City for Mexican material; to Mr. H. S. Parish of Toronto for a wide

variety of Canadian and neotropical specimens and field notes; and to Mr. Felix Woytkowski of Lima,

Peru, for South American material and for valuable distribution and habitat records.

Finally we desire to express our appreciation of the work of Miss Aline Rudolphi of Detroit,

Michigan, the artist who prepared the figures for this volume (now Mrs. Aline Rudolphi Hansens of

New Brunswick, N. J.).

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 3o7

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Adams, C. F. (1907). Some Insects of Orchard and Other Fruits. Arkansas Agricultural Exper-

iment Station. Bulletin n? 92 : 1-17.

Altum, Bernard (1881). Centrotus cornutus L. Forstzoologie. Vol. IlI, Insekten; Part 2, p. 349.

Amyot, Charles Jean-Baptiste (1847). Entomologie Frangaise. Rhynchotes. Annales de la

Société entomologique de France V : 143-238.

Amyot, Charles Jean-Baptiste et Serville, Audinet (1843). Histoire Naturelle des Insectes

— Hémiptéres. 533-553.

Ashmead, William H. (1:888). A proposed classification of the Hemiptera. Entomologia

Americana IV : 65-69.

Ashmead, William EH. (1889) A generic synopsis of the Bythoscopide. Entomologia

Americana V : 7. 125-126.

Ashmead, William H. (1889). Description of the type of Polydontoscelis Ashm. Psyche VIII :

Part. 2, .N0.-279.:387,388.

Atkinson, Edwin T. (1885). Notes on Indian Rhynchota. Journal o1 the Asiatic Society of

Bengal LIV : r-92.

Baer, G. A. (1903). Note sur un Membracide myrmecophile de la République Argentine. Bulletin

de la Société entomologique de France 306-308.

Baker, Charles Fuller (1897). Remarks on list of the Hemiptera of Colorado. Entomological

News VIII: 53-54.

Baker, Charles Fuller (1907). Notes and Descriptions of Membracida. Canadian Entomologist

XXXIX : 114-118.

Baker, Charles Fuller (1919). A Contribution to Philippine and Malayan Technical BRiblio-

graphy. The Philippine Agriculturist VIII : 32-37.

Baker, Charles Fuller with Gillette, Clarence P. q. v.

Balduf, W. V. (1923). The Insects cf the Soybean in Ohio. Bulletin of the Ohio Agricul-

tural Experiment Station, N9 366 : 147-181.

Balduf, W. V. (1928). Observations on the Buffalo Tree Hopper, Ceresa bubalus Fabr. (Mem-

bracide, Homoptera) and the Bionomics of an Egg Parasite, Polynema striaticorne

Girault (Mymaridze, H ymenoptera). Annals of the Entomological Society of America NNI :

3. 419-435. 1 fig.

Baldwin, C. H. (1913). Sixth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of Indiana.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1903). Descriptions of some new tree-hoppers from the United States.

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington XVI : 177-182. 1 plate.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1905). Some new Homoptera from the South and Southwest. Proceedings

of the Biological Society of Washington XVIII : 117-120.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (rg15). Adaptations to Arid Conditions in Cercopide and Membracida.

Annals of the Entomological Society of America VIII : 365-368. 3 text figures.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1918). A new genus and three new species of North American Mem-

bracide (Hemiptera). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington XXXI : 27-3o.

308 HOMOPTERA

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1920). The Life Cycle in Hemiptera. Annals of the Entomological Society

of America XIII : 142-155.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1925). Entomology — Some new species of North American tree-hoppers

(Membracidze, Hemiptera). Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences XV : 200-205.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (r931). A monographic revision of the treehoppers of the tribe Tela-

monini of North America. Entomologica Americana XII: r.1-69. 4 plates.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1932). Some New Treehoppers from the South and Southwest. Proceedings

of the Biological Society of Washington XLV : 75-82.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1933). Some New Treehoppers from the Southwest with Notes on Others.

Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington XLVI : 25-32.

Ball, Elmer Darwin (1937). Some New North American Membracida. Journal of the Washington

Academy of Sciences XXVII : 11. 479-482.

Banks, Charles S. (ti910). Rhynchota Palawanica. Part. II : Homoptera. Philippine Journal

of Science V : D : 47-48.

Barber, Harry G. (i914). Insects of Florida II : Hemiptera. Bulletin of the American Museum

of Natural History XXXIII : 495-535.

Beamer, R. H. (r93o). Maternal Instinct in a Membracid (Platycotis vittata). Entomological News

XLI : 10.330-331. 1 plate.

Bellier, M.-E. de la Chavignerie et Signoret, Victor (1860). Hémiptéres de Sicile.

Annales de la Société entomologique de France VIII ; 740.

Belt, Thomas (1874). Honey exuding Membracida attended by ants. I» Naturalist in Nicaragua,

352275

Bentley, Gordon Mansir (1900). A Study of the Pentatomida., Thesis for the degree of B. S. A.

(Unpublished). ;

Becquaert, J. (1935). Presocial Behavior among the Hemiptera. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomo-

logical Society XXX : 5. 177-191.

Berg, Carlos (1879). Hemiptera Argentina enumaravit speciesque novas descripsit. viii-]-9-316 pp.

Berg, Carlos (1883). Hemiptera Argentina. Anales de la Sociedad cientifica Argentina XVI :

1-204.

Berg, Carlos (1884). Addenda et Emendanda ad Hemiptera Argentina. Separate 8vo. 213 pp.

Bergevin, Ernest (1:932). Description d'une Nouvelle espéce d'Acanthophyes du Maroc Sud

Occidental recueillie par M. le professeur Marie, Bull. Soc. Nat. Afrique du Nord. 23 (3) :

76-79. 2 figures.

Bergroth, Ewald (1915). Hemiptera from the Bombay Presidency. Journal of the Bombay Natural

History Society 170-179.

Bergroth, Ewald (1925). A new Membracid from the Philippines (Hemiptera- Homoptera). Notulae

entomologice edidit Societas Entomologica Helsingforensis V : 105-107.

Berlese, Antonio (1909). Gli insetti.

Bierman, C. J. H. (r9groJ. Homopteren aus Niederlandisch Ost-Indien ii herausgegeben von

D. Mac Gillivray und K. W. Damerman. Notes from the Leyden Museum XXX : 68. 2 plates.

Bilsing, Sherman W. (1:920). Quantitative Studies in the Food of Spiders. The Ohio Journal of

Science XX : 215-260.

Blanchard, Emile (1840). Histoire naturelle des Insectes Orthoptéres, Neuroptéres, Hémiptéres,

Hymenoptéres, Lépidoptéres et Diptéres; avec une introduction par M. Brulle T. III : 85-218.

Blanchard, Emile (1852). Orden VII : Hemipteros. I» Gay's Historia de Chile, 113-320.

Boitard, Pierre (1828). Manuel d'Entomologie avec r10 platines, atlas II : 164.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 3og

Boitard, Pierre (1843). Nouveau Manuel d'Entomologie ou Histoire Naturelle des Insectes et des

Myriapodes, contenant la Synonymie etla plus grande partie des espéces d'Europe et des

espéces exotiques les plus remarquables.

Bolivar, Ignace (1887). Essai sur Acridiens de la Tribu des Tettigidz. Annales de la Société ento-

mologique de Belgique XXXI : 175-313. pl. 4.

Bondar, Gregario (1929). Uma Doenca das Anonaceas. Boletim de Laboratorio de Pathologia

Vegetal. Numero 6, Anno 1928. 139-141, fig. 48.

Boring, Alice Middleton (1907). A Study of the Spermatogenesis of twenty-two Species of the

Membracidz, Jasside, Cercopidz and Fulgorida with Especial Reference to the Behavior of

the Odd Chromosome, Journal of Experimental Zoology IV : 469-513. 9 plates.

Branch, Hazel Elisabeth (1913). Morphology and Biology of the Membracida of Kansas. Kan-

sas University Science Bulletin, Vol. VIII : no 3. Whole Series XVIII ; n? 3. 75-115. v-xxi

plates. :

Breddin, Gustav (1897). Hemiptera. I» Hamburger Megalhaensischen Sammelreize IV : 1-38.

Breddin, Gustav (rigor). Die Hemipteren von Celebes, ein Beitrag zur Faunistik der Insel. Stutt-

gart. Schwerzerbart.

Breddin, Gustav (1:i9o2). Einige Homopteren aus der Verwandtschaft von Hypsauchenia Ger-

mar. Societas entomologica, 90-92.

Breddin, Gustav (1902). Neue neotropische Wanzen und Zirpen. Societas entomologica XVI : 23.

177-178.

Brindley, Mrs. H. H. See Haviland, Maud D.

Brittain, William Harold (1916). Notes on two Species of Tree-Hoppers (Membracidz) ovi-

positing on the Apple. Proceedings of the Nova Scotia Entomological Society Il.: 34-37.

Brittain, William Harold (1918). The Tree-Hoppers of Nova Scotia. Proceedings of the

Entomological Society of Nova Scotia for 1917. No. 3. 7-14. 6 plates; 48 figures.

Brittain, William Harold (19:9). A tree-hopper new to our list. Proceedings ofthe Entomo-

logical Society of Nova Scotia for 1918. No, 4 : 89.

Bromley, Stanley W, (rgr4). Asilids and their prey. Psyche XXI : 192-198.

Bruner, Lawreuce (1894). Insect enemies of the Apple-tree and its fruit. /z2 Nebraska State

Horticultural Report 162: 176-177. 1 figure.

Bruner, Stephen C. with Metcalf, Zeno Payne, q.v.

Bryan, Edward H. (1925). Notes and Exhibitions. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological

Society VI : 249.

Buckton, George Bowdler (1900). A Monograph of the British Cicadida. London.

Buckton, George Bowdler (1903). A Monograph of the Membracidz. 1-296 pp. 60 plates.

Buckton, George Bowdler (1905). Observations on some undescribed or little known species of

the Hemiptera- Homoptera of the Family Membracida. Transactions of the Linnean Society

of London. 2nd Series, Vol. IX : Part. 9. 329-338. Plates 21, 22.

Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad (1835). Handbuch der Entomologie. Vol. lI : Part. r.

Rhynchota. 126-144.

Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad (1836). Monographie du genre Darnis. Revue entomolo

gique publiée par Silberman IV : 164-191. 1 plate.

Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad (1:839). Handbuch der Entomologie. Part. 2. Berlin.

Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad (1846). Genera insectorum iconibus illustravit et descripsit

Hermannus. Burmeister. Berlin.

310 HOMOPTERA

Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad (1:860). Zoologischer Hand Atlas. Zweite Ausgabe.

Berlin.

Butler, Arthur Gardiner (1877). On various species of the Homopterous family Membracida

with descriptions of new species. Cistula Entomologica II : 205-222 ; 337-361.

Butler, Arthur Gardiner (188r). Zoological collections made during the survey of H. M. S.

Albert. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, No. 6. 86-88.

Camerano, Lorenzo (1879). Membracida. I» Gli Insetti, page 232.

Carpenter, George H. (1899). Membracids. I» Insects, their structure and life, page 195.

China, William Edward (1923). A New Species of Membracidae (Centrotinze) from Uganda.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Series 9, XI : 463-465. 3 figures.

China, William Edward (1924). Synonymical Notes on Jassoides (Hemiptera). Entomologist

I;VID: 144:

China, William Edward (1925). The Hemiptera collected by Prof. J. W. Gregory's Expedition

to Yunnan, with Synonymic Notes on Allied Species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

Seiies 9, XVI : 449-485.

China, William Edward (1927). Synonymic Notes on Jassoides and Membracida. Annals and

Magazine of Naturel History X1X : 625-627.

China, William Edward (1927). Genera of Membracidz (Hemiptera) transferred to other Families.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History XX : 279-280.

Christensen, J. R. (1943). Lista de Membracida encontradas en la Argentina y algunos paises limni-

trofes. Rev. Soc. Ent. Argentina XI : 440-445.

Claus, Carl (1873). Reisen in Ost-Afrika III : 2. 16-3r.

Cockerell, Theodore Dru Alison (1899). Some insect pests of Salt River Valley and the remedies

for them. Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin, No. 32. 273-295.

Cockerell, Theodore Dru Alison (1910). Some insects collected in northwestern Colorado

in 1909. University of Colorado Studies VII : 126-13o.

Comstock, John Henry (1888). Membracidz. I» Introduction to Entomology, 171-172.

Comstock, John Henry (1897). Membracids. I» Insect Life : 219-220; 277.

Comstock, John Henry (19ro). Family Membracidz. I» A Manual for the Study of Insects 154-

195

Comstock, John Henry (1918). The wings of the Membracida. I» The Wings of Insects 274-280.

Comstock, John Henry (1924). Family Membracidz. The Tree-Hoppers. /» An Introduction to

Entomology 404-406.

Comstock, John Henry and Kochi, Chujiro (rgo2). The Skeleton of the Head of Insects.

American Naturalist XXXVI : 13-14.

Cooley, Robert Allen (1903). The Buffalo Tree-Hopper. Report of the State Entomologist of

Colorado, p. 252.

Cooley, Robert Allen (r9o3). A Manual of Fruit Pests with Remedies. Montana Agricultural

Experiment Station Bulletin No. 5t. 249-259.

Cooley, Robert Allen (rgro). Entomological Features of the Year. Seventh Annual Report of the

State Entomologist of Montana. Montana Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 79.

32-58.

Coquebert de Montbret, Antoine Jean (1799). Illustrata lconographica Insectorum.

Costa, Achille (1862). Spongophorus livexillifer. Annuario del Museo zoologico della R. Univer-

sita di Napoli II : 150. 1 plate, r1 figures.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 311

Cott, Hugh B. (1940). Adaptive Coloration in Animals. New York, 1-508.

Crampton, Guy Chester (1909). A Contribution to the Comparative Morphology of the Thoracic

Sclerites of Insects. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia LXI :

3-54.

Crampton, Guy Chester (1:922). The Genitalia of the Males of Certain Hemiptera (Heteroptera)

and Homoptera. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XVII : 46-55.

Crosby, Cyrus Richard with Slingerland, Mark Vernon q. v.

Curtis, John (1840). British Entomology, being illustrations and descriptions of the genera of

Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland.

Cuvier, Georg Leopold (1817). Le Régne Animal. Vol. III. Paris.

Dalitzsch, Max (1900). Naturgeschichte der Insekten, Tausendfuszer, Spinnenartigen Tiere und

Krebstiere. Tierbuch IV.

Dallas, William Sweetland (1851). List of the specimens of Hemipterous Insects in the Collec-

tion of the British Museum, London. 1851-1852. 1-592.

Deay, Howard O. and Gould, George E. (1935). An Annotated List of the Membracide of

Indiana (Homoptera). Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science, Vol. XLIV : 236-243.

Degeer, Carl (1773). Mémoires pour servir à l'histoire des Insectes III : 205-212. Plate xxxii,

figures 9-22.

Degeer, Carl (1780). Abhundhungen zur Geschichte der Inseckten. Hemiptera III : 1-454.

De Vuillefroy, Félix (18641). Hémiptéres nouveaux. Annales de la Société entomologique de

France. Séries 4, IV : 142. 1 plate, figures 8, 8a.

Dickerson, Edgar Leek with Weiss, Harry B., q. v.

Dimmock, Anna Katherina (1885). The Insects of Betula in North America. Psyche IV : 239-243.

Distant, William Lucas (1879). Rhynchota. Iz Scientific Results of the Second Yorkland Mission.

Calcutta.

Distant, William Lucas (1881). Notes on Exotic Rhynchota. Entomologist Monthly Magazine

26V1I:52292:

Distant, William Lucas (1883). First Report on the Rhynchota collected in Japan by Mr. George

Lewis. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London 413-443. Plates 19,20.

Distant, William Lucas (1888). An enumeration of the Rhynchota received from Baron von

Muller, and collected by Mr. Sayer in New Guinea during Mr. Cuthbertson's Expedition.

"Transactions of the Entomological Society of London IV : 475-489.

Distant, William Lucas (r9oo). Contributions to a Knowledge of the Rhynchota. Transactions

of the Entomological Society of London 694-695.

Distant, William Lucas (1903). Contributions to a Knowledge of the Rhynchota. Annales de la

Société entomologique de Belgique XLVIII : 43-65.

Distant, William Lucas (r9o7) The Membracidz of India, Ceylon and Burma. I» Fauna of

British India. Rhynchota IV : 1-78.

Distant, William Lucas (1908). Insecta transvaalensia. Vol. I: Part 9, 205-227. Plates xx, xxi.

Distant, William Lucas (r9r2). New Genera and Species of Rhynchota (Homoptera). Annals

and Magazine of Natural History, Series 8, IX : 640-652.

Distant, William Lucas (1913). Homoptera (Membracide and Jasside) collected in the Logos

district by W. A. Lamborn. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London III:

515-518.

Distant, William Lucas (t9gr4). On new Species of Rhynchota from Borneo. Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History XIV : 332.

312 HOMOPTERA

Distant, William Lucas (19:5). Rhynchotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History

XVI : 322-328.

Distant, William Lucas (rgr5). Rhynchotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History

XVI : 489-496.

Distant, William Lucas (1916). Rhynchotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History

XVII : 149-159.

Distant, William Lucas (rgr6). The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma.

Rhynchota Vol. VI : Homoptera : Appendix. 146-182.

Distant, William Lucas (r9r6). Rhynchotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

Series 8, XVII : 313-330.

Distant, William Lucas (1916). Rhynchotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

Series 8, XVIII : 19-44. 1 text figure.

Distant, William Lucas (1916). Rhynchotal Notes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

Series 8, XVIII : 288-294.

Dohrn, Anton (1:859). Catalogus Hemipterorum. Herausgegeben von dem Entomologischen

Verein zu Stettin. .1-112.

Donovan, Edward (1794). The natural history of British insects explaining them in their several

states with the periods of their transformations, their food, economy, etc., together with the

history of such minute insects as require investigation by the microscope. Vol. III.

Downes, W. (1919). Notes ona Collection of Hemiptera. Proceedings of the Entomological Society

of British Columbia. No. 12. Systemic Series. 13-16. Feb. 1918. Issued December 1919.

Downes, W. (1920). The Tree-Hoppers of British Columbia. Proceedings of the Entomological

Society of British Columbia. No. 14. Systemic Series. 17-19. 1 plate, 6 figures. March 1919.

Issued January, 1920.

Downes, W. (1927). A preliminary List of the Heteroptera and Homoptera of British Columbia.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of British Columbia. No. 23. 1-22.

Dozier, Herbert L. (1920). Notes on the Genus Platycotis Stál. The Ohio Journal of Science

XX : 209-212. 1 plate, 5 figures.

Dozier, Herbert L. (rg21). An Ecological Study of Hammock and Piney Woods Insects in

Florida. Annals of the Entomological Society of America XIII : 325-380. 22 figures. Decem-

ber 1920. Issued February, 1921.

Dozier, Herbert L. (1931). New and Interesting West Indian Homoptera. American Museum

Novitates. No. 510. 1-23.

Dufour, Léon (1833). Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur les Hémiptéres. Mémoire des

Savants étrangers à l'Académie des Sciences.

Duncan, James and Westwood, John Obadiah (1840). Introduction to Entomology. Jar-

dine's Naturalists Library. Entomology, I.

Edwards, James (1896). The Hemiptera-Homoptera of the British Islands. London.

Emmons, Ebenezer (1854). New-York State Agricultural Report for 1854. Vol. V : Chapter XV.

Order V. Homoptera. 149-165. ]

Enslin, E. (r9gir1). Gargara geniste F. und Formica cinerea Mayr. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche

Insektenbiologie VII : 19-21.

Entomological Society of Ontario (1913). Forty-third Annual Report of the Entomological

Society of Ontario, 1912. No. 36 : 135.

Erichson, Wilhelm Ferdinand (1848). Die Insecten in Schomburgks Reise in Guiana III :

533-617.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 313

Essig, Edward Oliver (1913). The Buffalo, Tree-Hopper. The Monthly Bulletin of the California

State Commission of Horticulture, p, 40, figure 34.

Essig, Edward Oliver (rgr5). The Buffalo Tree-Hopper. /z Injurious and Beneficial Insects of

California. California State Commission of Horticulture Monthly Bulletin. Supplement, Vol. IV:

no. 4. 6r-62.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (1775). Systema entomologia sistens insectorum classes, ordines,

species, genera, adjectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus, observationibus, r-832.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (1776). Genera insectorum eorumque characteres naturales secun-

dum numerum, figuram, situm, et proportionem omnium partium oris adjecta mantissas specie-

rum nuper detectarum.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (178r). Species insectorum exhibentes eorum differentias specificas

synonyma auctorum, loca natalia, metamorphosis adjectis observationibus, descriptionibus.

2 vols.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (1787). Mantissa insectorum sistens eorum species nuper detectas

adjectis characteribus genericis, differentiis specificis, emandationibus, observationibus.

Volume II.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (1794). Characteres generum Rhyngota. I; Entomologia Syste-

matica emendata et aucta IV : 8-26.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (1798). Supplementum Entomologie Systematicz. 1-572.

Fabricius, Johann Christian (1803). Systema Rhyngotorum secundum ordines, genera, species

adjectis synonymis, locis, observationibus. 1-314.

Fairmaire, Léon (1845). Lecture de la préface de leur monograph. Annales de la Société entomo-

logique de France III : xviii.

Fairmaire, Léon (1846). Revue de la tribu Membracidés. Annales de la Societé entomolo-

gique de France IV : 235-320; 479-538.

Fairmaire Léon (185r). Description du Centrotus chloroticus, espéce nouvelle. Annales de la

Société entomologique de France IX : Bulletin p. 86.

Fairmaire, Léon et Signoret, Victor (1858). Order Hémiptéres, Deuxiéme Partie Hémip-

téres Homoptéres Latreille. 74 Voyage au Gabon. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes et

des Arachnidés, recueilis pendant un voyage fait au Gabon en 1856 et en 1857 par

M. Henry C. Deyrolle, sous les auspices de MM. le Comte Mrizech et James Thompson

précédée de Histoire du Voyage. Archives Entomologiques ou Recueil contenant des illustra-

tions d'insectes nouveaux ou rares, par M. James Thomson II : 330-343. Plate 40.

Fallen, Carl Friedrich (1929). Hemiptera Sueciz. 1-188.

Fallou, G. (189o). Diagnoses d'Homoptéres Nouveaux. Revue d'Entomologie IX : 351-354.

Felt, Ephraim Porter (1903). Insects. 5 Report of the New York Fish and Game Commission

VII : 687.

Felt, Ephraim Porter (1904). Garden Insects. I» Notes for the Year. Twentieth Report of the

State Entomologist. New York State Museum Bulletin 97. Entomology 24 : 406-408.

Felt, Ephraim Porter (1905). Notes for the Year. Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual

Meeting of the Association of the Economic Entomologists. United States Department of Agri-

cultare. Bureau of Entomology Bulletin. No. 52 : 51-52.

Ferrari, P. M. (1885). Rincoti omotteri raccolti nell Italia centrale e meridionale dal Prof.

G. Cavanuna. Bolletino della Societa Entomologica Italiana, 269-292.

Fieber, Franz Xavier (1872). Katalog der europaischen Cicadinen, nach Originalien mit Benut-

zung der neusten Literatur.

Fieber, Franz Xavier (1:875). Les Cicadines d'Europe d'aprés les originaux et les publications les

plus récentes. Revue et Magasin Zoologie III : 288-416.

314 HOMOPTERA

Fitch, Asa (1851). Catalogue with references and descriptions of the insects collected and arranged

for the State Cabinet of Natural History. Fourth Annual Report of the Regents of the Univer-

sity of the State of New York on the State Cabinet of Natural History. 45-69.

Fitch, Asa (1855). Second report on the noxious, beneficial and other insects of the State of New

York. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society XV : 409-559.

Fitch, Asa (1856). Third report on the noxious.beneficial and other insects of the State of New York.

"Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society XVI : 315-490.

Fitch, Asa (1857). Fourth Annual report on the noxious, beneficial and other insects of the State

of New York. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society XVII : 687-814.

Fitch, Asa (1862). The Entomologist, No. 3r. — Insect tumors and wounds in raspberry stalks.

The Country Gentleman XIX : 335.

Fitch, Asa (1862). The Buffalo tree-hopper. The American Agriculturist XXI : 172.

Fitch, Asa (1864). The Entomologist, No. 34. — The Buffalo tree-hopper. The Country Gentleman

XXIII : 386.

Fitch, Asa (1864). A Curious Insect. The Country Gentleman XXIV : 79.

Fitch, Asa (1869). Buffalo tree-hopper. 7» Twelfth report on the noxious, beneficial and other insects

of the State of New York. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society for 1867,

XXVII : Part 2 : 88g.

Fitch, Asa (1870). Thirteenth report on the noxious, beneficial and other insects of the State of

New York. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural Society XXIX : 495-566.

Fletcher, James (1906). Insects Injurious to Ontario Crops in 1905. Thirty-sixth Annual Report

of the Entomological Society of Ontario 1905. 81-9o.

Fletcher, James and Gibson, Arthur (r9o7). Entomological Record 1906. Thirty-seventh

Annual Report of the Entomological Society for 1906. 86-104.

Flint, Charles L. (Editor) (1880). A Treatise on some of the Insects Injurious to vegetation by

T. W. Harris. 1-640.

Flor, Gustav (186r). Die Rhynchota Livlands, in systematischer Folge beschrieben. Archiv fur

die Liv-, Ehst-, und Kurlands III : 1-825.

Forster, Johann Reinhold (1771). Nova species insectorum. Centuria I : 1-100.

da Fonseca, José Pinto (1932). Principáes pragas do cafe. Instituto Biologico de Defesa Agri-

cola e Animal, 1932.

da Fonseca, José Pinto (1933). Tres espécies novas de Membracidz (Homoptera). Revue de En-

tomologia III : 4.441-446.

da Fonseca, José Pinto (1934). Um novo género de Membracide (Homoptera). Revue de

Entomologia IV : 3.351-354. 4 figures.

da Fonseca, José Pinto (1935). Uma nova espécie do género Hemikyptha (Hom. Membracidz).

Revue de Entomologia V : 4. 425-426. 4 figures.

da Fonseca, José Pinto (1936). Contribuigáo para o conhecimento dos Membracídeos neo-

tropicos. Arquivos do Instituto Biologico VII : 12.157-166. 25 figures.

da Fonseca, José Pinto (1937). Contribuicáo para o conhecimento dos Membracídeos neotropi-

cos (II). Arquivos do Instituto Biologico VIII : 8.231-238. 8 figures.

da Fonseca, José Pinto. (1940). Contribuicào para o conhecimento dos Membracideos neotropicos

(III). Arq. Inst. Biol, XI : 18. 133-188. 4 figs.

da Fonseca, José Pinto. (1941). Contribuigáo para o conhecimento dos Membracideos neotropicais

(IV). Arq. Inst. Biol. XII : 10. 129-140. 12 figs.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 315

da Fonseca, José Pinto. (1946). Uma nova espécie do género Stictolobus (Homoptera; Membraci-

da). Livro de homenagem a R. F. d'Almeida. 17. 187-194. 3 pl.

da Fonseca, José Pinto. (1949). Contribuicáo para o conhecimento dos Membracideos neotropicos

CV) cArqeTnsttBiolo XDXOPtEEUSBRÓS

Fourcroy, Antoine Francois (1785). Entomologica Parisiensis; sive catalogus insectorum

quz& in Agro Parisiense reperiuntur; secundum methodum Geoffrozanam in sectiones, genera

et species distributus; cui addita sunt nomina travialia et trecentze novze Species. 2 volumes.

Fowler, W. W. (1894-1898). The Family Membracida. Iz Biologia Centrali Americana. Vol. II :

Part 1. Rhynchota- Homoptera. 1-173. 10 plates.

Fowler, W. W. (1:894). Some New Species of Membracidz. Transactions of the I:ntomological

Society of London. 415-424.

Froggatt, Walter W. (1907). Australian Insects. 356-358.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1913). Homologies of the Wing Veins- of the Membracidz.

Annals of the Entomological Society of America VI : 74-97. 3-7 plates.

Funkhouser William Delbert (1914a). Some Philippine Membracidz. Pomona Journal of Ento-

mology and Zoology VI : 67-74. 1 plate, 7 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (rgr4b). New Membracidz from the East Indies. journal of the

New York Entomological Society XXII : 235-239. 1 plate, 9 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1914c). New South American Membracide. Canadian Entomo-

logist XLVI : 357-362; 403-407. 1 plate, 12 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (rgri4d). Report on a Collection of Membracidz from the Colom-

bian Andes, taken by Mr. John Thomas Lloyd. Journal of the New York Entomological

Society XXII : 275-280. 2 plates, ro figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1915a). New Membracidze from the United States (Hemip.,

Homop.). Entomological News XXVI : 97-1or. Plate IIl ; ro figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (rigr5b). Life History of Thelia bimaculata Fab. Annals of the

Entomological Society of America VIII : 140-152. Plate IX, figures 1-10,

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r91:5c). Note on the Life history of Enchenopa binotata Say

(Membracida) on the butternut. Journal of Economic Entomology VIII : 368-371.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r9gr5d). Types of Fitch's species of Membracidae. Bulletin of

the Brooklyn Entomological Society X : 45-50.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1915e). Review of the Philippine Membracidz. The Philippine

Journal of Science X : D : 365-405. 2 plates, 3 text figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (i9r5f) A New Membracid from Trinidad. Bulletin of the

Brooklyn Entomological Society X ; 103-105. 1 plate, 5 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1915g). Life History of Vanduzea arquata Say (Membracida).

Psyche XXII : 183-199. Plate XVII, 10 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r917a). Biology of the Membracide of the Cayuga Lake

Basin. Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station Memoir 11. 173-445. Plates 23-44,

text figures 34-43.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (i917b). A Funny Family. Nature Study Review XIII : 266-

267. 1 figure.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1918a). Notes on the Philippine Membracida. The Philippine

Journal of Science XIII : D : 21-39. 1 plate.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (rgr8b). A new Membracid on Cypress. Entomological News

XXIX : 185-187. 1 plate, 8 figures.

316 HOMOPTERA

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1918c). Malayan Membracide. Journal of the Straits Branch

of the Royal Asiatic Society No. 79 : 1-14.

Funkhouser William Delbert (r919ga). New Records and Species of Philippine Membracidz.

The Philippine Journal of Science XV : 15-29. 1 plate, 8 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1919b). A New Tylocentrus from Arizona (Membracidze; Ho-

moptera). Entomological News XXX : 217-219. Plate X, 4 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r9r9c). Four New African Membracide. The Canadian

Entomologist LI : 220-224. Plate 19, figures 1-8.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1919d). New Neotropical Membracidz. Journal of the New

York Entomological Society XXVII : 267-277.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1920). New Record and Species of Malayan Membracida.

Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 82: 205-225. 1 plate, 15 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927a). Note on the Genus Cryptonotus (Membracide; Ho-

mop.). Entomological News XXXII : 151.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1921b). New Membracide from China and Japan. Bulletin

of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XVI : 42-52. 1 plate, r2 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1921c). New Genera and Species of Philippine Membracidz.

The Philippine Journal of Science XVIII : 679-689. 1 plate, ro figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r921d). Orthogenesis in the Membracida. Science, LIV : 157.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1922a). New Records and Species of South American Membra-

cidae. Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXX : 1-35. 3 plates, 35 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1922b). New Records and Species of Membracide from India.

Records of the Indian Museum XXIV : Part III : 323-33o. 1 plate, 5 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1923a). Walker's Species of Membracide from United States and

Canada. Annals of the Entomological Society of America XVI : 97-113. Plate IV, 9 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1923b). Family Membracida. I» Guide to the Insects of Con-

necticut. Part IV : The Hemiptera. State Geological and Natural History Survey. Bulletin 34 :

163-206. Plate IV : 19 figures.:

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1923c). New Host for Membracida. Bulletin of the Brooklyn

Entomological Society XVIII : 156.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927a). Fauna Sumatrensis. Membracide (Homoptera). Sup-

plementa Entomologica XV : 1-22. 29 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927b). Two New Membracide (Homoptera) from Sumatra.

Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XXII : 106-109, 5 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927c). New Australian Membracide (Homoptera). Records of

the Australian Museum XV :5. 305-315. 16 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r927d). General Catalogue of the Hemiptera. Fascicle 1 :

Membracida. Smith College Press. 581 pages.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927e). New Membracidz Collected by the Cornell South

American Expedition. Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXV : 2. 159-165.

7 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927f). New Philippine Membracide (Homoptera). The Phi-

lippine Journal of Science XXXIII : 109-125. 4 plates, 3o figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1927g). New Membracide (Hemiptera, Hiomoptera) in: the

collection of the Zoological Museum of the Academy of Science of the U.S.S.R. Annuaire du

Musée Zoologique de l'Académie des Sciences de l'U.S.S. R. XXVIII :.145-157. 2 plates,

II figures.

poe aper pus cU Eia eiim

ENS

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 317

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r927h). New Malayan Membracida. Journal of the Federated

Malay States Museums XIII : Part 4. 253-256. 5 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1928). Spolia Mentawiensia : Membracide, Homoptera. Jour-

nal Malayan Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society VI : 1. 13-14.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1929a). New Archipelagic Membracide. The Philippine Journal

of Science XL : r.111-135. 2 plates, 34 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1929b). Bornean Membracidz. Journal of the Federated Malay

States Museums XIV : 469-478. 9 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1i929c). The Membracide of China. Lingnan Science Journal

VII : 475-482. 1 plate, 3 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1930). New Genera and Species of Neotropical Membracida.

Journal of the Entomological Society of New York XXXVIII : 4. 405-422. 2 plates, 18 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1932). Membracide from Mount Kinabalu. Journal of the Fe-

derated Malay States Museums XVII : X : t i2-121. 7 figures. :

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1933). Entomological Investigations on the Spike Disease of

Sandal (3) Membracidz (Homopt.). Indian Forest Records (Entomological Series) XVII : X :

1-IO. 8 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1934a). A New African Membracid. Journal of the New York

Entomological Society XLII : 3. 339-341. 6 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1934b). A New Malayan Membracid. Journal of the Federated

Malay States Museums XVII : 3. 579-580. 1 figure.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1934c). A New Membracid Collected by Charles Darwin

(Homoptera) Entomological News XLV : 8. 203-204. 4 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (r934d). Membracidae in Musée Heude Collection. Musée

Heude. Notes d'Entomologie Chinoise. Vol. II : Fasc. 2. 17-23. 6 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1935a). New Records and Species of Chinese Membracida.

Musée Heude. Notes d'Entomologie Chinoise. Vol. II : Fasc. 4. 79-84. 6 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1935b). New Records and Species of Membracide in the

Buitenzorg Museum Collection. Treubia, Deel 15, Afl. r. 119-130. 7 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1935c) New Membracida in the Imperial Institute Collection.

Journal of the New York Entomological Society XLIII : 4. 427-435. 10 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1935d). Four New Malayan Membracida. Journal of the Fede-

rated Malay States Museums XVII : 2. 717-721. 4 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (19362). A New Membracid from Illinois. Bulletin of the

Brooklyn Entomological Society XXXI : 21-23. 3 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1936b). New Membracidz in the Handschin Collection. Revue

Suisse de Zoologie XLIII : 7. 189-198. 3 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1936c). Five New Indian Membracida. Annals of the Entomo-

logical Society of America XXIX : 2. 245-250. 5 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1936d). Two New Malayan Membracidz. Journal of the Fede-

rated Malay States Museums XVIII : t. 187-189. 2 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1937a). Four New Chinese Membracida. Notes d'Entomologie

Chinoise IV : 2. 29-33. 4 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1r937b). Three New Membracide from Borneo. Entomo-

logists' Monthly Magazine LXXIII : 1oo-102. 3 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1937c). Fauna Javanensis : Membracide (Homoptera). Tijd-

schrift voor Entomologie, Deel 8o : 121-126. 4 figures.

318 HOMOPTERA

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1937d). Membracide of Hainan Island. Lingnan Science

Journal XVI : 2. 237-247. 7 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1938a). Two New Chinese Membracidz. Notes d'Entomologie

Chinoise V : 2. 17-19. 2 figures. :

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1938b). New Membracidz from South China. Lingnan Science

Journal XVII : 2. 199-208. 8 figures.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1939). A New Membracid from West Java. Treubia 17.35-36. 1 fig.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1939). A New Emphusis (Membracida) from Malaya. Jour. Fed.

Malay St. Mus. XVIII : 3. 377-378, 1 fig.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1940). New Peruvian Membracidz (Homoptera). Jour. N.Y. Ent.

Soc. XLVIII : 3. 275-293, 2 pls., 18 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1940). Three New Manchurian Membracida. Arb. ü. Morph. u.

Taxon. Ent. 7 : 2. 144-146, 3 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1942). Six New Chinese Membracide. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. L:

61-67, 6 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1942). Note on Stictopelta nova Goding. Bull. Brook, Ent. Soc.

XXXVII : 4. 126.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1942). Membracidaz (Homoptera) from British Guiana. Zoologica

XXVII : 3, 4. 125-129.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). Note on Multareis planifrons Van Duzee. Bull. Brook. Ent.

Soc. XX VIE: 5. 166.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). A New Ceresa (Membracidz, FIOI ODE] from n

Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXVII : 5. 181-182, 3 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). Immature Stages of Bajulata bajula Goding (Membracidz,

Homoptera). Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. XXXVIII : 2. 44-47. 1 pl. 6 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). Two New Membracide from Arizona. Bull. Brook. Ent.

Soc XXXVILI.: 3575-57,4 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). Membracida of Guatemala. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XX

3. 455-482. 2 pl., 15 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). A New Membracid Genus from Peru (Homoptera). Ent.

News LIV : 9. 229-232. 3 figs.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). Synonymy of the Membracide of Formosa. Jour. N. Y.

Ent. Soc: EI 324265275.

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1943). Mission G. F. de Witte Congo Belge. Inst. des Parcs Nat.

du Congo Belge. Fasc. 43 : 3. 1-8. 2 figs. (1945).

Funkhouser, William Delbert (1944). Some Venezuelan Membracidz. Zoologica XXIX : 4-193.

Garman, Harrison (r9o8). Apple Orchard Pests in Kentucky. Kentucky Agricultural Experiment

Station of the State College of Kentucky. Bulletin No. 133. 14-71. Fig. 11.

Garman, Harrison (rgr6). The Locust Borer and Other Insect Enemies of the Black Locust.

Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin, No. 200. 128-129. Plate 15.

Gay, Claudio (1852). Historia fisica y politica de Chile. Zool. VII : Ins. 266-272.

Geoffroy, Etienne Louis (1762). Histoire abrégée des insectes qui se trouvent aux environs de

Paris, dans laquelle ces animaux sont rangés suivant un ordre méthodique. 2 volumes,

Geoffroy, Etienne Louis (1764). Histoire abrégée des insectes qui se trouvent aux environs de

Paris, dans laquelle ces animaux sont rangés suivant un ordre méthodique. I : 422-424.

Germar, Ernst Friedrich (1821). Bemerkungen über einige Gattungen der Cicadarien. Magazin

der Entomologie (Germar) IV : 1-106. 1 plate, 7 figures.

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 319

Germar, Ernst Friedrich (18332). Conspectus Generum Cicadariarum. Revue Silberman, Tome:

176-178.

Germar, Ernst Friedrich (1833b). Beschreibung von Combophora Beskii u. vulnerans in Bur-

meister's Monographie. Revue entomologique publiée par Silberman I : 227. Tab. 1.

Germar, Ernst Friedrich, (1835). Species Membracidum Musei Germari et dispositio generum

Membracidum. Revue entomologique publiée par Silberman III : 223-26: et suppl. 307-311.

Gerstaecker, A. (1873). Membraciden. 7n Baron Carl Claus von der Decken's Reisen in Ost Afrika

in den Jahren 1859-1865. Dritter Band : Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse. Zweite Abteilung :

Gliederthiere (Insecten, Arachniden, Myriopoden und Isopoden). 429-431.

Gibson, Arthur with Fletcher, James, q.v.

Gibson, Edmund Harrison (1917). The Collection of Hemiptera in the United States National

Museum. Journal of Economic Entomology X : 502-503.

Gibson, Edmund Harrison (1919). Hemiptera collected by the Yale Dominican Expedition of

1913. Proceedings of the United States National Museum LV : 275-277.

Gibson, Edmund Harrison and Wells, Emma (1917). The Genus Ophiderma Fairm. (Mem-

bracidz : Homoptera). Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXV : 199-202.

Gibson, Edmund Harrison and Wells, Emma (1917). ^4 Key to the Species of the Genus

Ceresa A. & S, occuring north of Mexico and the description of a new Species (Membracidze ;

Homoptera). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XII : 110-113.

Gibson, William Hamilton (1893). A Queer Little Family on the Bitter-Sweet. Harper's Monthly,

August 1893.

Gillette, Clarence P. and Baker, Carl Fuller (1895). A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of

Colorado. Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin, No. 31. Technical Series No. 1. The State

Agricultural College, Fort Collins, Colorado. 1-37.

Girard, Maurice (1884). Metamorphoses des Insectes. Paris.

Girard, Maurice (1885). Membracida. 71 Traité élémentaire d'Entomologie III : 866-870.

Girault. A. Arséne (rgrr). Descriptions of three new North American species of the Mymarid

genus Polynema Haliday parasitic on membracid eggs, with a list of the species described

since the year 1898. Journal of the New York Entomological Society XIX : 12-13.

Girault, A. Arséne (1911). Hosts of insect egg parasites in Europe, Asia, Africa and Australasia,

with a supplementary American list. Zeitschrift für wissenschaftliche Insectenbiologie

X : 87-91; 135-139; 175-178 ; 238-240.

Glover, Townend (1876). List of Membracidz. 1 Report of the Entomologist and Curator of the

Museum. Report of the United States Department of Agriculture, 28-3o.

Glover, Townend (1878). Illustrations of North American Entomology in the orders of Coleoptera,

Orthoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, Hemiptera and Diptera. Title page

printed, text and. plates lithographed. Copyrighted 1878. Twelve copies distributed to leading

libraries.

Gmelin, Johann Friedrich (Editor) (1788). Edited 13th edition of Linnzus' Systema Nature, q. v.

Goding, Frederic Webster (18922). Studies in North American Membracidz. Entomological News,

May and October 1892 : 108-111; 200-201.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1892b). A synopsis of the subfamilies and genera of the Membracida

of North America. Transactions of the American Entomological Society XIX :; 253-260.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1892c). Food plants of some North American Membracida. Insect

Life V : 92-93.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1893a). The Membracide of St. Vincent's Island. Canadian Entomo-

logist XXV : 53-56.

320 HOMOPTERA

Goding, Frederic Webster(1893b). Fitch's Types of N. A. Membracidaz. Canadian Entomologist

XXV : 171-172; 196.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1894). Bibliographical and Synonymical Catalogue of the Described

Membracidz of North America. Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History

III : 391-482.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1895). Studies in N. A. Membracide. Canadian Entomologist

XXVII : 274.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1897). Ledra perdita vs. Centruchus Liebeckii. Canadian Entomo-

logist XXIX : 245-246.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1898). A Preliminary Study of the Membracidz described from Aus-

tralia and Tasmania. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. Part I : 85-9o.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1903). A Monograph of the Australian Membracidz. Preceedings of

the Linnean Society of New South Wales XXVIII : 2-41. 1 plate.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1914). Catalogue of the Membracida of Uruguay (Hemip. Homop.).

Entomological News XXV : 397-403.

Goding. Frederic Webster (1920a). The known Membracidz of Ecuador (Homop.). Entomo-

logical News XXXI : 135-136; 155-159.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1920b). Entomologia Nacional. Sinopsis de los Membracideos del

Ecuador (Insectos Hemipteros, suborden Homopteros). Boletin de Medicina y Cirurgia XVIII:

I plate, 6 figures.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1921). Sinopsis de los Membracideos del Ecuador. Revista Nacional

Vicente Rocafuerte V : 1-15.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1923). Synopsis of the Membracide of Chile. Revista Chilena de

Historia Natural XXVII : 118-123.

Goding. Frederic Webster (1926a). New Genera and Species of Membracidz (Homoptera).

Transactions of the American Entomological Society LII : 103-110.

Goding, Frederic Webster (r926b). Synonymy of Buckton's Australian Membracidz. Journal

of the New York Entomological Society XXXIV : 207-208.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1926c). New Membracide I. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXIV : 243-246.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1926d). New Membracide II. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXIV : 279-281.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1926e). Classification of the Membracidz of America. Journal of

the New York Entomological Society XXXIV : 295-317.

Goding, Frederic Webster (19272). New Membracidz III. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXV : 2. 167-170.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1927b). Revision of the Membracidz of South America and Antilles,

Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXXV : 2. 183- 19r.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1927c). Synonymic Notes on Jassoidea and Membracida. Annals and

Magazine of Natural History XX : 119. 541-542.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1927d). The Membracidze of South America and the Antilles II.

journal of the New York Entomological Society XXXV : 4. 391-410.

Goding, Frederic Webster (19282). New Membracide IV. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVI : r. 37-41.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1928b). New Membracidze V. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVI : 2. 42-45.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 321

Goding, Frederic Webster (1928c). New Membracide VII. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomo-

logical Society XXIII : 137-142.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1928d). Membracidae of South America and Antilles III. Sub-

family Membracinz. Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXXVI : 3. 201-234.

I plate, 15 figures.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1929a). Notes on some South American Membracida. Journal of

the New York Entomological Society XXXVII : r. 7-9.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1929b). New Membracide VI. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVII : 1. 11-12.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1929c). New Membracide VIII. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVII : 2. 167-168.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1929d). New Membracide IX. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVII : 2. 171-174.

Goding, Frederic Webster (19296), The Membracidae of South America and the Antilles IV.

Subfamilies Hoplophorioning, Darninze, Smiliine, Tragopinze (Homoptera). Transactions of

the American Entomological Society LV : 197-33o. 2 plates.

Goding, Frederic Webster(1930a). Synonymical Notes on Membracidz. Journal ofthe New York

Entomological Society XXXVIII : 39-42.

Goding, Frederic Webster (193ob). An Injurious Membracid. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVIII : 47. Plate 7. 3 figures.

Goding, Frederic Webster (193oc). New Membracide X. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXVIII : 2. 89-92.

Goding, Frederic Webster (193od). Membracide in the American Museum of Natural History.

American Museum Novitates. No. 421. 1-27. 1 figure.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1931a). Classification of the Old World Membracidz. Journal of the

New York Entomological Society XXXIX : 3. 299-313.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1931b). Synonymical Notes on Membracide Il. Annals of the

Entomological Society of America XXIV : 4. 935-936.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1932). The Membracide of Africa. Journal of the New York

Entomological Society XL : 2. 205-239. 3 plates.

Goding, Frederic Webster (1933). Synonymical Notes on Membracidae III (Homop.). Entomo-

logical News XLIV : 185-187.

Goding, Frederic Webster (Posthumous) (1934). The Old World Membracida. Journal of the

New York Entomological Society XLII : 4. 451-480.

Goeze. Johann Ephraim (1878). Entomologische Beitrag zu Ritter Linne, Zwolften Ausgabe

des Natursystems. Vol. II. Hemiptera.

Gossard, Harry Arthur (1893). List of Iowa Clover Insects and Observations on some of them.

Iowa Academy of Sciences I : Part III : 97.

Gray, George Robert (1832). New species of Insects of all the orders, [7 Griffith Animal Kingdom,

q.v.

Green, E. Ernest (1900a). Note on the attractive properties of certain larval Hemiptera. Entomo-

logis Monthly Magazine XXXVII : 185.

Green, E. Ernest (19oob). Injurious Hemiptera. Transactions of the Illinois Horticultural Society

XXXIV : 118.

Griffini, Achille (1895). Studii intorno ai Membracidi del genere Umbonia Burm. Bolletino dei

Musei dei Zoologica ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita di Torino X : 1-7. 3 figures.

322 HOMOPTERA

Griffini, Achille (1915). Sul raro Centrotide: Centrotypus longicornis. Atti della Societa Italiana

di Scienze Naturali, e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale LIV : 7-12. 1 text figure.

Griffith, Edward (1832). The animal kingdom arranged in conformity with its organization by the

Baron Cuvier. London, 1832. Membracidz in Volumes XIV and XV.

Gronov, Lorenz Theodor (1778). Museum Gronovianum, sive index rerum naturalium.

Gronov, Lorenz Theodor (1781). Zoophylacium Gronovianum. Insecta. Lugduni Batavorum.

Haak. 1763, 1774, 1781.

Gruenberg, B. F. (1923). Membracide. I» Elementary Biology, p. 354.

Guerin-Meneville, Félix Edouard (1838). Iconographie du régne animal de G. Cuvier. Part 7.

Guerin-Meneville, Félix Edouard (1:841). Centrotus horrificus. Magazin de Zoologie, III :

Plate 82.

Guerin-Meneville, Félix Edouard (1856). Orthoptera et Hemiptera de l'isle de Cuba. 7» De la

Sagra Histoire de Cuba VII : 136-182.

Hard wicke. Thomas (1828). Observations on the loves of the Ants and the Aphides. The Zoolo-

gical Journal IV : t13-115.

Harnish, Wilhelm (r915). Uber den mannlichen Begattungsapparat einiger Chrysomeliden. Zeit-

schrift wiss. Zoologie CXIV : 1-94.

Harrington, W. Hague (1892). Fauna Ottawensis. Hemiptera. Ottawa Naturalist, VI : 25-32.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1833). List of the Insects of Massachusetts. Report on the Geology,

Mineralogy, Botany and Zoology of Massachusetts by Professor Hitchcock, 566-595.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1835). Catalogue of the Animals and Plants of Massachusetts with a

copius index. Part VIII : 32-82.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1841). A report on the insects of Massachusetts injurious to vegetation,

1-459.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1842). A treatise on some of the insects of New England which are

injurious to vegetation, 1-640. 8 plates.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1853a)..On plum trees and the insect Membracis bubalus. The Hor-

ticulturist ITI : 283-284.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1853b). Plum tree warts. The Boston Cultivator, August 6. XV : 250.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1863). A Treatise on some of the insects injurious to vegetation.

Edited by Charles L. Flint. Boston 1863, xi-940 pages, 8 plates, 278 figures.

Harris, Thaddeus William (1869). Entomological Correspondence. Edited by Samuel Hubbard

Scudder,

Harris, Thaddeus William (1880). The Tree Hoppers. Ju A Treatise on some of the insects inju-

rious to Vegetation. New York 1880. 220-225.

Harvey, F. L. (1897). Notes on the Insects of the Year. Twelfth Annual Report of the Maine

Agricultural Experiment Station. Orono, Maine. 1896. Part II of the Annual Report of the

Maine State College. 117-123.

Haviland, Maud D. (1925). The Membracidz of Kartabo, Bartica District, British Guiana with

descriptions of new species and bionomical notes. Zoologica VI : 229-290. 9 plates.

Haviland, Maud D. (1926). The Membracidz of Kartabo — Errata. Zoologica VI : No. 3. Extra

page. February 1926.

Haviland, Maud D. (1926). Forest, Steppe and Tundra. 106-115.

Haupt. Herman (1929) Neueinteilung der Homoptera-Cicadina nach phylogenetisch Merkmalen.

Zoologische Jahrbücher, Band 58 : 173-286.

2a rias des,

UELUI m

Mer

MUS AG NE

S RD LNBOS e RH esie NPH ES. E IRE ND vaa 1 RE

Eus b us - v rM l "4

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE 029

Heidemann. Otto (1917). Rhynchota of the Isle of Pines. Annals of the Carnegie Museum XI :

346-355 (posthumous).

Heidemann, Otto with Osborn, Herbert q.v.

Hendrickson, George O. (1928). Some Notes on the Insect Fauna of an Iowa Prairie. Annals

of the Entomological Society of America XXI : 132-138.

Herrich-Schaeffer, Gottlieb August Wilhelm (1835). Nomenclator entomologicus. Verzeich-

niss der Europaischen Insecten ; zur Erleichterung des Tauschverkehrs mit Preisen versehen.

2 volumes. Hemiptera I : 35-116.

Hesse, A. J. (1925). Contributions to the Knowledge of the Fauna of South West Africa. Annals

of the South African Museum XXIII : Part 1 : 172-173.

Hillman, F. H. (1897). Some Common Injurious Insects of Western Nevada. Nevada State Uni-

versity Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin No. 36 : 1-39.

Hodgkiss, H. E. (1910). The Apple and Pear Membracids. Technical Bulletin No. 17 of the New

York Agricultural Experiment Station at Geneva, New York. 81-112. 8 plates.

Hoffmann, William, E. (1933). Note on Membracidz (Homoptera) from Hainan Island. Lingnan

Science Journal XII : 137-138. 1 figure.

Hoffmann, William E. (1942). Bugs or Homoptera. Lingnan Nat. Hist. Surv. and Mus. Spl. Bull.

0: :11-20.130:pl:

Hope, Frederic William (1837). A catalogue of the Hemiptera in the Collection of Rev. F. W.

Hope, with short Latin descriptions of the new species. 1-46.

Hopkins, Andrew Delmar (1893). List of Membracida. I» West Virginia Agricultural Experi-

ment Station Bulletin No. 32 : 230-231.

Horvath, Geza von (rgor). Zichy Jeno grof Harmadik Aziai Utazasa II : 256.

Horvath, Geza von (rgrr). Nomenclature des familles des Hémiptéres. Annales Musei Nationalis

Hungarici IX : r-34.

Houttuyn, Martin (1769). Natuurkundige beschrijving der insekten, wormen en slakken, schulp-

dieren, hoorens, zeegewassen en plantdieren. Insekten 9-13. Amsterdam, 1766-1769.

Howard, Leland Ossian (19or). The Tree-Hoppers. 71 The Insect Book 237-240. Figures 130-135.

Howard, Leland Ossian (1r9o2). Some Miscellaneous Results of the Work of the Division of

Entomology. United States Department of Agriculture. Division of Entomology. Bulletin 3o :

1-98.

Howard, Leland Ossian (1908). The Insect Book. Second Edition. New York.

Howard, Leland Ossian (1923). The Tree-Hoppers. /» the Insect Garden City. Book, 237-240.

Jack, John George (1886). Notes of 1885 on some injurious and other common insects. Canadian

Entomologist XVIII : 21-23.

Jack, John George (18586). Notes on Ceresa bubalus Say. Canadian Entomologist XVIII : 51-54.

Jack, John George (1886). Entomological Notes. Sixteenth Annual Report of the Entomological

Society of Ontario, 15-16.

Jack, John George (1887). Notes of 1885. Seventeenth Annual Report of the Entomological Society

of Ontario, 16-17.

Jack, John George (1887). Notes on Ceresa bubalus Say. Seventeenth Annual Report of the

Entomological Society of Ontario, 18-19.

Jaekson,C.;.L; with/Sanderson, E. Dwght».q.v.

Jacobi, Arnold (19o4). Ueber Ostafrikanische Homopteren. Sitzungsberichte der Geschellschaft

naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin I ; 14-17.

324 HOMOPTERA

Jacobi, Arnold (1909). 13 Homopteren aus S-W-Australien. Die Fauna Südwest-Australien II :

327-345.

Jacobi, Arnold (rgro). Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Swedischen Zoologischen Expedition

nach den Kilimandjaro, dem Meru und den umgebenden Massaisteppen Deutsch-Ostafrikas,

1905-1906, unter leitung von Prof. De Yngve Sjóstedt. XII : Hemiptera; Homoptera : 1-120.

2 plates.

Jacobi, Arnold (rgr2). Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Zentral-Afrika-Expedition

unter Führung Adolf Friedrichs, Herzog zu Mecklenburg. IV : Zoologie. Lfg. II: 19-41.

2 plates.

Jacobi, Arnold (1913). Mimikry und Verwandte Erscheinungen. Braunschweig.

Jacobi, Arnold (1936). Homoptera (Rhynchota) aus Angola. Arquivos do Museu Bocage T. VII,

Lisboa.

Janet, Charles (1897). Membracidz. I» Etudes sur les fourmis, les guépes et les abeilles. Note 14.

Rapport des animaux myrmecophiles avec les fourmis, page 24. Limoges.

Jardine, William (1843). Editor Jardine's « The Naturalists Library », q. v.

jJensen-Haarup, A. C. (1920). Cikader. IZ» Danmarks Fauna. Haandboger over den Danske Dyre-

verden udgivet af Dans Naturhistorisk Forening, 24.

Johnson, Charlotte and Ledig, Ruth (1918). Tentative List of Hemiptera from the Claremont-

Laguna Region. Journal of Entomology and Zoology. X : 3-8.

jones, Harold C. (1937). The Membracide of Nebraska (Homoptera) Entomological News

XLVIII : 3. 69-74.

Karsch, Anton (1883). Die Insektenwelt.

Kato, Masayo (19282). Notes on Formosan Membracidz, with descriptions of one new genus and

some new species. Insect World XXXII : 2-15; 37-50. 1 plate.

Kato, Masayo (1928b). Descriptions of one new genus and some new species of the Japanese

Rhynchota- Homoptera. Transactions of the Natural History Society of Formosa XVIII : 64.

29-37. 2 plates.

Kato, Masayo (1928c). A new membracid from China. Transactions of the Natural History Society

of Formosa XVIII : 95. 115-117. 1 plate.

Kato, Masayo (193o). Membracida. The Zoological Society of Japan, 281-305. 1 plate.

Kato, Masayo (1933). Illustrated Insects of Japan : Fasc. III Homoptera. Tokyo. 5o plates.

Kato, Masayo (1940). Notes on Membracida from East Asia. Ent. World VIII : 7t. 1-2r. 2 pl.

Kato, Masayo (1949). Notes on Membracide from East Asia (2). Ent. World VIII : 73. 146-153. 2fig.

Kellogg, Vernon Lyman (1905). Suborder Homoptera. /» American Insects, 166-194.

Kellogg, Vernon Lyman (1908). Membracida. /» American Insects, 168-169.

Kerr, J. Graham (1910). Remarks on the Zoological Collection of the University of Glasgow. The

Glasgow Naturalist. II : 4.

Kershaw, J G. C. (1913). Anatomical Notes on a Membracid. Annales de la Société entomologique

de Belgique, LVII : 191-201. Figures 1-13.

Kershaw, J. G. C. with Muir, Frederic, q.v.

Kingsley, John Sterling (1884). Editor Standard Natural History, q.v.

Kirby, William (1829). An Outline and Description of Centrotus Bennettii and Hardwickii. The

Magazine of Natural History. Series 1, II : 20-22. 1 figure.

Kirby, W. F. (1885). Elementary Textbook of Entomology. London.

mk 2h lxkss e il

ESCCRON WU rr o P

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 325

Kirby, W. F. (1891). Catalogue of the described Hemiptera and Homoptera of Ceylon, based on the

Collection formed (chiefly at Pundaloya) by Mr. E. Ernest Green. Journal of the Linnean

Society of Zoology XXIV : 72-175. 3 plates.

Kirby, W. F. (1892). Textbook of Entomology. London.

Kirby, W. F. (1897). Membracida. I» Natural History (The Concise Knowledge Library), page 6or.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1899). On the nomenclature of the Rhynchota. Part r. The Entomolo-

gist XXXII : 217-221.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (19oo). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Rhynchota.

No. r. The Entomologist XXXIII : 238-243.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1901). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera.

No. r. The Entomologist XXXIV : 6.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1903). Current Notes. The Entomologist XXXVI : 262-264.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1904a). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera.

No. 2. The Entomologist XXXVII : 254-258.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1904b). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera.

No. 3. The Entomologist XXXVII : 279-283.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1905). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera.

No. 4. The Entomologist XXXVIII : 76-79.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (19062). Index to leaf-hoppers and their natural enemies. Honolulu

Experiment Station. Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association. Division of Entomology. Bulletin

No. 1, Part.9 371-379.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1906b). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera.

No. 5. The Entomologist XXXIX : 1-178.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1906c). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the. Hemiptera.

No. 6. The Entomologist XXXIX : 247-249.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1907a). Note on Central American liemipterous fauna. Canadian

Entomologist XXXIX : 248-250.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1907b). A note on certain widely distributed leathoppers. Science, New

Series XXVI : 216.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1907b). Leaf-hoppers supplement. Honolulu Experiment Station. Ha-

waiian Sugar Planters Association. Division of Entomology. Bulletin No. 3. 1-186; i-iii pages.

Plates I-XX.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1907d). Bibliographical and nomenclatorial notes on the Hemiptera.

The Entomologist XL : 12-15.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (19082). A list of the described Hemiptera (excluding Aleyrodida and

Coccidz) of the Hawaiian Islands. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society I :

186-208. Plate 4.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1908b). A Catalogue of the Hemiptera of Fiji. Proceedings of the

Linnean Society of New South Wales XXXIII : 345-3gr.

Kirkaldy, George Willis (1909). Hemiptera : new and old — No. 1. Canadian Entomologist XLI :

3o-32.

Kirschbaum, C. L. (1855). Rhynchotographische Beitrage. Jahrbücher des Vereins für Naturkunde

im Herzogthum Nassau X : 161-348.

Kirschbaum, C. L. (1868). Die Cicadinen der gegend von Wiesbaden und Frankfort A.M. Wies-

baden.

Knowlton, George F. (1931). Notes on Utah Heteroptera and Homoptera. Entomological News

2E T; T1 2:3: 20-71.

326 HOMOPTERA

Kolbe, H. J. (1900). Insektenkunde. page 241. Figure 153.

Kornhauser, Sidney I. (1914). A comparative Study of the Chromosomes in the Spermatogenesis

of Enchenopa binotata Say and Enchenopa curvata Fab. Archiv für Zellforschung, hrsg. von

R. Goldschmidt VII : 241-292. Plates 18-22 and 8 figures.

Kornhauser, Sidney I. (1916). Changes in Thelia bimaculata (Fabricius) Induced by Insect Para-

sites. Science, January 28, 1916 : 144-145.

Kornhauser, Sidney I. (rgr9). The Sexual Characteristics of the Membracid, Thelia bimaculata

(Fabr.). r. External Changes Induced by Aphelopus thelie (Gahan). ]Journal of Morphology

XXXII: 531-636. Figures 1-54.

Lallemand, V. (1925). Zoological Results of the Swedish Expedition to Central Africa in rg2r.

Archiv for Zoologi XVIIIA : 1-8.

Lallemand, V. (1928). Liste d'Homoptéres du Portugal recueillis par M. De Seabra. Memorias e

Estudos do Museu Zoologico da Universidade de Coimbra I : 28. r-10.

Lallemand, V. (1929). Voyage au Congo de S. A. R. le prince Leopold de Belgique (1925). Rev.

Zool. Bot. Afr. XVII : I. 85-87.

Lallemand, V. (1934). Spedizione Zoologica del Marchese Saverio Patrizi nel Oltregiuba Giugno-

Agusto XII : 79-84. 1 figure.

Lamarck, Jean Baptiste (1801). Systéme des animaux sans vertébres ou tableau général des classes,

des ordres et des genres de ces animaux. 1-432.

Lamarck, Jean-Baptiste (1816). Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertébres. Volume III:

Hemiptera.

Lamb, H. N. With Snyder, Thomas E., q. v.

Lamborn, W. A. (1913). Antsand Membracidz. I» On the relationship between certain West African

Insects, especially Ants, Lycaenide and Homoptera. "Transactions of the Entomological

Society of London III : 494-498.

Laporte, F. L. De, Comte De Castelnau (1832a). Notice sur un nouveau genre de l'ordre

des Homoptéres. Annales de la Société entomologique de France I : 95-98.

Laporte, F. L. De, Comte De Castelnau (1832b). Memoire sur quelques nouveaux genres de

l'ordre des Homoptéres. Annales de la Société entomologique de France I: 221-231. plate 6.

Latreille, Pierre André (1796). Précis des charactéres génériques des Insectes, disposés dans un

ordre naturel. 1-201.

Latreille, Pierre André (1805). Histoire naturelle, générale et particuliére des Crustacés et des

Insectes. Volume III — Hemiptera. Paris 1802-1805.

Latreille, Pierre André (1807). Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum. Hemiptera, volume III.

Latreille, Pierre André (1810). Considérations générales sur l'ordre naturel des animaux composant

les classes des crustacés, des arachnides et des insectes; avectableau méthodique de leurs genres,

disposés en familles. Section II : Homoptéres. 264, 434 pages.

Latreille, Pierre André (1811). Les insectes. In Alex de Humboldt etc. Recueil d'observations de

zoologie et d'anatomie comparée, faites dans voyage aux tropiques dans les années 1799-1804.

Latreille, Pierre André (1825). Familles naturelles du régne animal; exposées succinctement et

dans un ordre analytique, avec l'indication de leurs genres. 1-570.

Lawson, Paul B. (1922). The Membracidz of Kansas (Homoptera). The Kansas University Science

Bulletin XIV : 29-110. 7 plates.

Ledig, Ruth with Johnson, Charlotte, q. v.

Lefebvre, A. (1842). Systéme ptérologique des Membracidés. Bulletin entomologique. Quatriéme

trimestre. xx-xxi. Annales de la Société entomologique de France XI.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 327

Lefroy, H. Maxwell (1909). Indian Insect Life. Pages 729-732, plate 78 (7 figures); also text figures

504, 505, 506.

Lefroy, H. Maxwell (1923). Membracidz. /» Manual of Entomology, 260-261.

Leonard, Mortimer Demarest (1928). A List of the Insects of New York. (Editor-in-Chief).

Cornell Univerity Agricultural Experiment Station Memoir, 10r. r-112r.

Lesson, René Primevere (1831). Illustrations de Zoologie ou Recueil de figures d'animaux printes

d'aprés nature. Paris.

Lethierry, Lucien (1876). Homoptéres nouveaux d'Europe et des Contrées voisines. Annales de la

Société entomologique de Belgique XIX : Plate Ixxx.

Lethierry, Lucien (1888). Notes sur les Hémiptéres intéressants du Pas-de-Calais. Mémoires de la

Société Linneanne du Nord de la France. Tome VII : r-12.

Lethierry, Lucien (1890). Hémiptéres Homoptéres du Venezuela. /1 Voyage de M. E. Simon au

Venezuela. Annales de la Société entomologique de France XVI : 147-160.

Leunis, Johannes (1886). Synopsis der Thierkunde. Pages 462, 465.

Li, Feng-Swen and Ma, Tsing-Chao (1935). A List of Cotton Insects of the World. 1934 Year

Book of the Bureau of Entomology, Hangchow, China, 245-271.

Licent, E. (rgrr). Signification de la dilatation provent iculaire chez les Homoptéres supérieurs.

Bulletin de la Société entomologique de France, 284-286.

Lima, A. da Costa (1942). Insectos do Brasil (3). Homópteros Membracoidea : 50-65.

Lindberg, Hakan (1927). Zur Kenntnis der palaarktischen Cicadina IV. Notule Entomologice

VII : 23-3o.

Linné, Carl Von (1746). Fauna Suecica sistens animalia Sueciz regni.

Linné, Carl Von (1758). Systema Nature per regna tria naturae secundum classes, ordines, genera,

species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Edito decima reformata. Tomus I.

Linné, Carl Von (1761). Fauna Suecica sistens animalia Sueciz regni; quadrupedia, aves, amphibia,

pisces, insecta, vermes distributa per classes, et ordines, genera et species, cum differentiis

specierum, synonymis autorum, nominibus incolarum, locis habitationum, descriptionibus

insectorum, 1-578.

Linné, Carl Von (1788). Systema Naturz etc. Thirteenth edition. (Gmelin). Membracids in Tome

I: Pars 3: 2092-2096.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1877a). Apple tree insects. The Country Gentleman XLII : 235.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1877b). Tree-hoppers. The Country Gentleman XLII : 563.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1879). Remarks on Dr. Fitch's collections. Psyche II : 275-276.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1880). Two-spotted tree-hopper - Enchophyllum binotatum (Enchenopa

binotata). The Country Gentleman XLV : 711.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1882). First Annual Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of the

State of New York. Albany, 1882. Membracids on pages 284, 315, 318, 331, 281-288, 319.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1887). Two marked tree-hopper. The Country Gentleman LII : 783.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1888). Fourth Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of the State of

New York. Forty-first Report of the New York State Museum of Natural History. Membracids

on pages 146, 147, 203, 208.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1890). Membracidz. Is Sixth Annual Report on the Injurious and Other

Insects of the State of New York. Page 177.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1891). Seventh Annual Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of the

State of New York. New York State Museum. Forty-fourth annual report for the year 189o.

Membracids on page 360.

328 HOMOPTERA

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1893a). Eighth Annual Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of the

State of New York. New York State Museum. Forty-fifth annual report for the year 1891.

Membracids on page 294.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1893b). Fitch's Catalogue of the Insects of the State Cabinet of Natural

History, reprinted with revisions by E. P. VanDuzee and C. V. Riley. Ninth Annual Report

on the Injurious and Other Insects of the State of New York for the year 1892. 387-392.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1895). Tenth Annual Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of the

State of New York for the year 1894. Membracids on pages 493 and 512.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1896). Eleventh Annual Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of the

State of New York. New York State Museum. Forty-ninth Report for the year 1895.

Membracids on page 270.

Lintner, Joseph Albert (1899). Fourteenth Annual Report on the Injurious and Other Insects of

the State of New York. Membracids on pages 317, 326, 336, 351, 357, 365, 380.

Lugger, Otto (1900). Bugs injurious to our cultivated plants. University of Minnesota Agricultural

Experiment Station Bulletin, No. 69: 104-114.

Lutz, Frank Eugene (1912). A Membracid and Mimicry. Journal of the New York Entomological

Society XX : 67-68.

McAtee, Waldo Lee (1918). Bird Enemies of the Tree-Hoppers (Membracide). The Auk XXXV :

373-374.

McAtee, Waldo Lee (1921). Membracida of the Vicinity of Washington, D. C. Proceedings of the

Biological Society of Washington XXXIV : 123-134.

McAtee, Waldo Lee (1926). Notes on Nearctic Hemiptera. Entomological News XXXVII : 13-16.

McAtee, Waldo Lee and Malloch, J. R. (1928). A Character for Recognition of the Family

Membracidae. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington XLI : 69-40.

Ma, Tsing-Chow with Li, Feng-Swen, q.v.

Malloch, J. R. with McAtee, Waldo Lee, q.v.

Mann, William M. (1912). A Protective Adaptation in a Brazilian Membracid. Psyche XIX : 145-

147. Plate 12 : 4 figures.

Mann, William M. (1915). Some Myrmecophilous Insects from Hayti. Psyche XXII : 161-166.

Marlatt, Charles Lester (1886). Hemiptera. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science X :

84-85.

Marlatt, Charles Lester (1894). The Buffalo Tree-hopper. Insect Life VII : 8-14.

Marshall, T. A. (1865). An Essay towards a Knowledge of British Homoptera. Entomologists'

Monthly Magazine II : 34.

Martin, Joanny with Noualhier, Martial, Jean Maurice, q.v.

Matausch, Ignaz (1909). Gynandromorphic Membracide. Journal of the New York Entomological

Society XVII : 165. Plate xiii.

Matausch, Ignaz (1910a). Observations on Membracida in the Vicinity of Elizabeth and Newark,

N.]. Journal of the New York Entomological Society XVIII : 164-171.

Matausch, Ignaz (rgrob). Smilia camelus Fabricius and some of its variations. Journal of the New

York Entomological Society XVIII : 171-172.

Matausch, Ignaz (1910c). Entylia Germar and its differnt forms. Journal ofthe New York Entomo-

logical Society XVIII: 260-263. Plate VII and one text figure.

Matausch, Ignaz (1911). The effects of parasitic castration in Membracidz. Journal of the New York

Entomological Society XIX : 194-196. Plate VI.

Matausch, Ignaz (1912a). Observations on the life history of Enchenopa binotata Say. Journal of the

New York Entomological Society XX : 58-67. Plates 5 and 6.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 329

Matausch, Ignaz (1912b). Observations on some North American Membracidz in their last nymphal

stages. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History XXXI : 331-330. Plates XXVII-

XXXII.

Matausch, Ignaz (ror2c). Observations on Micrutalis calva Say. Psyche XIX : 2. 66-69.

Matsumura, Shonen (1912). Die Cicadinen Japans II. Annotationes Zoologice Japonenses VIII :

15551.

Matsumura, Shonen (t934). Insects collected at the foot of Mt. Yatsugadake and its Environment.

Insecta Matsumurana IX : 2. 60-80.

Matsumura, Shonen (1939). Homopterous Insects Collected by Mr. Tadao Kano at Kotoshu, For-

mosa. Insecta Matsumurana XII : 4. 147-153.

Mayer, P. Matthaeus (1884). Tabellen zum Bestimmen der Familien und Gattungen der Cicadinen

von Centraleuropa. Innsbruck.

Melichar, Leopold (1902). Homopt. aus W. China, Persien und Sud-Ussuri. Ann. Mus. Zool.

Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersburg VII ; 117-118.

Melichar, Leopold (1903). Homopteren-Fauna von Ceylon. iv J- 248. 6 plates. Berlin.

Melichar, Leopold (1904). Rozbor ktísu paleartickych z celedi Membracidz Stàl a Cercopidz Stál.

Vestnik Klubu prirodovedeckeho v Prostejove IV : 3-34. 2 plates.

Melichar, Leopold (1905). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Homopterenfauna Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas. Wie-

ner Entomologische Zeitung XXIV : 279-304.

Melichar, Leopold (1914). Homopteren von Java, gesammelt von Herrn Edw. Jacobson. Notes

from the Leiden Museum XXXVI : 91-147. r1 plate.

Merian, Maria Sibylla (1705). Metamorphosis Insectorum Surinamensium. Amsterdam.

Metcalf, Zeno Payne (1915). A List of Homoptera of North Carolina. Journal of the Elisha Mit-

chell Scientific Society XXXI : 3-28.

Metcalf, Zeno Payne (1916). The Rediscovery of Membracis subulata Say, with a Description of

a New Genus (Homop.). Entomological News XXVII : 1-3. 1 plate ; 6 figures.

Metcalf, Zeno Payne (1927). Homopterological Gleanings No 2. The Types of Certain Genera of

Membracidze. Entomological News XXXVIII : 14-17.

Metcalf, Zeno Payne and Bruner, S. C. (1925). Membracidz of Cuba. Bulletin of the Brooklyn

Entomological Society XX : Plate I : figures 1-22.

Metcalf, Zeno Payne and Bruner, S. C. (1926). A Correction. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Ento-

mological Society XXI : 28.

Montrouzier, P. (1855). Essai surla Faune de l'Ile de Woodlark ou Moion (bei Neuguinea). Annales

de la Société de Agriculture de Lyon, Séries 2, Part r,

Moore, George A. (1906). Record of Captures — Hemiptera. Proceedings of the Mount Royal

Entomological Club II : 12.

Moore, George A. (1907). List of Hemiptera taken at Como, Quebec, during the Summer of 1906.

Canadian Entomologist XXXIX : 189-19r.

Moore, George A. (1944). A List of Hemiptera Taken at Hudson Heights, Quebec. Can. Ent.

LXXVI : 2. 40-44.

Morrison Harold (1913). Directions for Collecting and Preserving Insects. Sixth Annual Report of

the State Entomologist of Indiana. 106-107.

Motschulsky, Victor (von) (1859). Etudes Entomologiques VIII : 1-187. 2 plates.

Moul, Edwin T. (1943). Membracid Distribution in Pennsylvania. Proc. Penn. Acad. Sci. XVII :

23-25.

Moul, Edwin T. (1945). Notes on Arilus cristatus (Linn.) in York County, Pennsylvania and on

Its Prey. Ent. News LVI : 3. 57-59.

33o HOMOPTERA

Muir, Frederick and Kershaw, J. G. C. (1911). On the Homologies and Mechanism of the

Mouthparts of Hemiptera. Psyche XVII : 1-12. 5 plates.

Murtfeldt, Mary E. (1887). Traces of Maternal Affection in Entylia sinuata Fabr. Entomologica

Americana III : 177-178.

Murtfeldt, Mary E. (1889). Ceresa bubalus. Report of the Missouri State Horticultural Society

XXXII : 467.

Myers, J. G. (1928). Insect Exploitations of Animal Secretions. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomo-

logical Society XXIII : 4. 157-173.

Nast, Janusz (1936). Przyczynki do znajomosei fauny Homoptera Polski I. Homoptera okolic

Kasawa Pokuckiego. Fragmento Faunistica Musei Zoologici Polonici. Tom. II : No. 34.

Nast, Janusz (1939). Nowe europejskie stanowisko gatunku Ceresa bubalus (Homoptera, Membra-

cidz). Fragmenta Faunistica Musei Zoologici Polonici. Tom. IV : 4. gr-92.

Naturalist's Library (The) [Jardine] (1843). Membracide in Volume I : 285-286. Plates 24

and 25.

Needham, James George (1917). The Insect Drift of Lake Shores. Canadian Entomologist

XLIX : 129-137.

Newman, Edward (1835). The Grammar of Entomology. London. Membracide mentioned on

pages 244 and 799.

Noualhier, Martial Jean Maurice and Martin, Joanny (1904). Hémiptéres recueillies par

M. A. Pavie. Mission Pavie. Paris. III : 167-185. Plates X and XI.

Oemler, A. (1888). [Extracts from correspondence regarding a new tomato enemy in Georgia,

between A. Oemler and the Division of Entomology.] United States Department of Agricul-

ture. Division of Entomology. Insect Life V : 2. 5o.

Olivier, Antoine Guillaume (1792). Hémiptéres. I» Encyclopédie Méthodique VII : 657-669.

Plate 397.

Olsen, Chris E. (1914). Hemiptera from New York and New Jersey. Bulletin of the Brooklyn

Entomological Society IX : 43-44.

Olsen, Chris E. (1923a). Distributional Notes on Hemiptera (No. 1). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Ento-

mological Society XVIII : 163-164.

Olsen, Chris E. (1923b). Backyard collecting in Ramsey, N. J. Journal of the New York Entomo-

logical Society XXXI : 4. 171-175.

Olsen, Chris E, (1934). Dr. Frederic Webster Goding. Journal of the New York Entomological

Society XLII : 4. 443-449.

Osborn, Herbert (1884). Insects of the Orchard. Bulletin of the Iowa Agricultural College from the

Department of Entomology. 87-97.

Osborn, Herbert (1885). Classification of Hemiptera. Entomologica Americana I : 21-27.

Osborn, Herbert (1890). The Hemipterous fauna of Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of

Science I : part 1, page 49.

Osborn, Herbert (1892a). Catalogue of the Hemiptera of Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa mecs

of Sciences I : 120-131.

Osborn, Herbert (1892b). Fruit Insects. Report of the State Agricultural Society of Iowa, 665-699.

Osborn, Herbert (1893a). Zoological Explorations to the Lower Saskatchewan River. Natural His-

tory Bulletin, University of Iowa, II : 3. J

Osborn, Herbert (1893b). Fruit and Forest Tree Insects. Papers on Iowa Insects. 1893. Page 24.

Osborn, Herbert (1897). The lost ledra again. Canadian Entomologist XXIX : 89.

Osborn, Herbert (1898). Additions to the list of Hemiptéra of Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa Aca-

demy of Science V : 13

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 331

Osborn, Herbert (1899). Notes on the Hemiptera of northwestern Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa

Academy of Science VI : 36-39.

Osborn, Herbert (1900a). A List of Hemiptera collected in the vicinity of Bellaire, Ohio. Ohio

Naturalist I : 11.

Osborn, Herbert (190o0b). Remarks on the Hemipterous Fauna of Ohio with a preliminary list of

species. Eighth Annual Report of the Ohio Academy of Sciences, 62.64.

Osborn, Herbert (1904). A further contribution to the Hemipterous Fauna of Ohio. Ohio Naturalist

IV : Page roo.

Osborn, Herbert (1909). Notes on Guatemalan Hemiptera. Ohio Naturalist IX : 458-460.

Osborn, Herbert (1911). Economic Importance of Stictocephala. Journal of Economic Entomology

IV-: 137-140;

Osborn, Herbert (r921a). Two Tachigalia Membracids. Zoologica I11 : 233-234, 1 figure.

Osborn, Herbert (1921b). Hemiptera of Florida. Florida Eutomologist V 7 1-19.

Osborn, Herbert (1922a). Homoptera in the Vicinity of Cranberry Lake. Papers from the Depart-

ment of Forest Entomology. Technical Publication N*? 16 of the New York State College of

Forestry at Syracuse University XXII : 5. 87-104.

Osborn, Herbert (1922b). Life History Notes on Cranberry Lake Homoptera. Papers from the

Department of Forest Entomology. Technical Publication N? 16 of the New York State College

of Forestry at Syracuse University XXII : 24-54.

Osborn, Herbert (1926). Faunistic and Ecological Notes on Cuban Homoptera. Annals of the

Entomological Society of America XIX : 335-363.

Osborn, Herbert (1929). Notes on Porto Rican Homoptera. The Journal of the Department of

Agriculture of Porto Rico XIII : 3. 81-112.

Osborn, Herbert (1935). Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Scientific Survey of Porto

Rico and the Virgin Islands XIV : Part 2. 111-260. New York Academy of Sciences 1935.

Osborn, Herbert (1940). The Membracidz of Ohio. Ohio Biol. Surv. VII : 2 (37). 51-101. 31 figs.

Osborn, Herbert and Heidemann, Otto (1917). Rhynchota of the Isle of Pines. Annals of the

Carnegie Museum, Vol. II : Nos. 3 and 4; 346-355.

Oshanin, B. (1906). Verzeichnis der Palzarktischen Hemipteren mit besonder berücksichtigung ihrer

Verteilung im Russischen Reiche. Homoptera II : 40-45.

Oshanin, B. (1912). Katalog der palearktischen Hemipteren (Heteroptera, Homoptera-Auchenor-

hyncha und Psylloidee). 1-187.

Ouchi, Yoshio (1936). 1935 Supplement to Bibliographical Introduction to the Study of Chinese

Insects. Journal of Shanghai Science Institute, Section 3, Vol. 3: 125-220.

Ouchi, Yoshio (1938). 1936 Supplement to Bibliographical Introduction to the Study of Chinese

Insects. Journal of Shanghai Science Institute, Section 3, Vol. 3. Page 250.

Packard, Alpheus S. (1890). Membracide. /n Entomology for Beginners, Page 82.

Packard, Alpheus S. (1890). Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade Trees. Fifth Report of the

United States Entomological Commission. 1-928 pages; 40 plates.

Packard, Alpheus S. (1898). A Text-book of Entomology.

Packard, Alpheus S. (1909). Membracidze. I» A Textbook of Entomology. London.

Pallas, Peter Simon (1772). Spicilegia zoologica, quibus nova» imprimis et obscure animalium

species iconibus descriptionibus atque commentarius illustrantur. Fascicle IX.

Panzer, Georg Wolfgang Franz (1809). Faunz Insectorum Germanice initia oder Deutschlands

Insecten. Heft. I.

Peairs, Leonard Marion with Sanderson, E. Dwight, q.v.

332 HOMOPTERA

Pelaez, D. (1935). Membracideos de Fernando Po, Guinea Espanola y Camerun. Eos, Revista

Espanola Entomologia XI: t. 7-69.

Pelaez, D. (1936a). Un Nuevo Membracideo Africano del Genero « Platybelus » Stál. Boletin de la

Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural XXXVII : 193-197. 3 figures.

Pelaez, D. (1936b). Un Nuevo « Orthobelus » Americano del Grupo « Urus ». Boletin de la Sociedad

Espanola de Historia Natural XXXVI : 277-282. 3 figures.

Pelaez, D. (1940). Un Nuevo Membracídeo del Genero Spongophorus Fairm. An. Inst. Biol. XI :

I. 285-289. 3 figures.

Pelaez, D. (1940). Estudios sobre Membracídeos I. Los Estadios Ninfales de Umbonia crassicornis

Am. et Serv. (Hemiptera, Homoptera). An. Inst. Biol. XI : 2. 611-632. 3 pl.

Pelaez, D. (1941). Estudios sobre Membracideos II. Los Adultos de Crassicornis Am. et Serv. (Hemip-

tera, Homoptera). An. Inst. Biol. XII : 1. 327-344. 5 pl.

Pelaez, D. (1941). Estudios sobre Membracideos III. El genero Platycentrus Stál (Hemiptera,

Homoptera). Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat. II : 51-67, r1 pl.

Perris, Edouard (1873). On the connection of Tettigometra, Cercopis, Membracis and Fulgora

with ants. Petites Nouvelles Entomologiques. Page 336.

Perty, Maximilian (1834). Delectus animalium articulatorium, quz in itinere per Brasiliam annis

1817-1820 jussu et auspiciis Maximilian Josephi Bavarie regis augustissimi peracto, collegerunt

Dr. J. B. de Spix et Dr. C. F. Ph. de Martius; digessit, descripsit et pingenda curavit

Dr. M. Perty. 222 pages; 4o plates.

Petagna, Vincenz (1792). Institutiones entomologicz. Naples.

Pettit, Rufus Hiram (1914). Insects injurious to the apple. Michigan State Agricultural College

Experiment Station Special Bulletin No. XXIV : Entomological Department. 5-32.

Petiver, James (1711). Gazophylacii nature et artis decades 10. London, 1702-1711.

Plummer, C. C. (1935). Descriptions of New Membracidz from Mexico. Journal of the New York

Exituumological Society XLII : 4. 373-386.

Plummer, C. C. (1936). New Membracidz(Homoptera) from Mexico, with Notes on Other Species.

Annals of the Entomological Society of America XXIX : 4. 682-691, 7 plates.

Plummer, C. C. (1938). Genus Atymna Stál and a new related genus (Homoptera : Membracidz).

journal of the New York Entomological Society XLVI: 3. 235-243. 1 plate.

Plummer, C. C. (1943). Cinco nuevos Membracideos de Mexico. An. Escuela Nac. Cien. Biol. III:

I, 2. 155-161. 9 figures.

Plummer, C. C. (1945). New Membracidz from Central America. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XLVII :

2. 39-44.

Popenoe, E. A. (1883). Membracide. I» Report of the Kansas Horticultural Society for 1883.

Page 196.

Popenoe, E. A. (1885). Contribution to a knowledge of the Hemiptera-fauna of Kansas. Transac-

tions of the Kansas Academy of Science IX : 62-64.

Popenoe, E. A. (19oo). Press Bulletin No. 68. (May 14, 1900.) Kansas State Agricultural College

Experiment Station Bulletin No. 99 ; 52-53.

Poulton, Edward B. (1891). On an interesting example of Protective Mimicry discovered by

Mr. W. L. Sclater in British Guiana. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,

june 16, 1891. 462-464. Plate XXXVI ; figures 1-3.

Poulton, Edward B. (1903). Suggestions as to the meaning of the shapes and colours of the Mem-

bracida in the strugle for existence. 7/1 A Monograph of the Membracidae by George Bowdler

Buckton. 273-285.

Poulton, Edward B. (1913). Protective Resemblance and Mimicry in the Membracidz. Proceed-

ings of the Entomological Society of London, May 7, 1913. xxv-xxxviii.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 333

Provancher (L'abbé Léon) (1872). Description de plusieurs Hémiptéres nouveaux. Le Natura-

liste canadien IV : 320.

Provancher (L'abbé Léon) (1886). Petite faune entomologique du Canada. Québec. 354 pages.

Membracide : Volume III : 225-251.

Rathvon, S. S. (1869). List of Hemiptera. /» Mombert's History of Lancaster County, Pennsyl-

vania.

Rambur, J. Pierre (1842). Faune entomologique de l'Andalousie. Paris.

Reh, L. (1913). Membraciden. 7» Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten von Prof. Paul Sorauer. III :

Die tierischen Feinde. 637-638.

Retzius, Andreas Johann (1783). Caroli De Geer genera et species insectorum.

Rice, M. E. (1893). Notes on Entylia sinuata. Insect Life V : 243-245.

Richter, Leopoldo (r941). Contribución al conocimiento de los Membracidz de Colombia. Cal-

dasia 2. 67-74. 11 figs.

Richter, Leopoldo (1941). Contribución al conocimiento de los Membracide de Colombia II.

Caldasia 3. 41-48. 1o figs.

Richter, Leopoldo (1942). Contribución al conocimiento de los Membracidze de Colombia III.

Caldasia 5. 41-49. 15 figs.

Richter, Leopoldo (1946). Membracide Columbianz, Rev. de la Acad. Colombiana VI : 339-354.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1870). Insects! names. The American Entomologist and Botanist II:

245.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1870). Second annual report on the noxious, beneficial and other

insects of the State of Missouri. Fifth Annual Report of the Missouri State Board of Agricul-

ture. 136 pages.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1872a). Eggs in grape-canes and apple twigs. The American Agricul-

turist XXXI : 3o2. Figures r-7.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1872b). Membracidae. /z7 Fourth Annual Report on the Insects of

of Missouri. 119.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1873). Eggs in and on Canes and Twigs. /» Fifth Annual Report on

the Insects of Missouri V : 121-122. Figures 50-55.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1879). Report of the Entomologist. Annual report to the Commis-

sioner of Agriculture for 1878. 207-257.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1880). White waxy secretion on stems of bitter-sweet. The American

Entomologist III : New Series I : 254.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1881). Covering of egg-punctures mistaken for Dorthesia. The Amer-

ican Naturalist XV : 574.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1882). Buffalo tree-hopper injurious to potatoes. The American

Naturalist XV ; 823.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1883). Entomological Notes for the year. The Prairie Farmer LV :

42. 86-87.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1892). New Injurious Insects of a year. Insect Life V : 16-19.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1893a). The eggs of Ceresa bubalus Fab. and those of C. taurina

Fitch. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington III : 88-92.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1893b). The eggs of Ceresa bubalus Fab. and those of Ceresa taurina

Fitch. Insect Life VI : 206.

Riley, Charles Valentine (1893c). Report on a small collection of insects made during the Death

Valley Expedition. North American Fauna VII : 235-268.

Riley, Charles Valentine with Walsh, Benjamen David q.v.

Riverside Natural History (The) seeUhler, Philip Reese.

334 HOMOPTERA

Rosewall, Oscar Waldemar (1922). Insects of the Yellow Thistle. Entomological News XXXIII :

176-180.

Sahlberg, John Reinhold (1871). Ofversigt af Finlands och den Skandinaviska halfons Cicadarize.

Notiser ur Forhandlingar Sallskapets pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. Tolfte haftet. Ny serie.

Nionde haftet.

Samouelle, George (1824). Membracis genistae. The Entomologists Useful Compendium. London.

Page 438.

Sanderson, Ezra Dwight (1915). Membracide. /z Insect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard.

Pages 547-548. Figures 398,399.

Sanderson, Ezra Dwight and Jackson, C. F. (1912). Membracide. 1s Elementary Ento-

mology. Page 124.

Sanderson, Ezra Dwight and Peairs, Leonard Marion (1921). The Buffalo Tree-hopper.

In Insect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard. Second Edition. 478-479. Figures 402,403.

Saunders, William (1883). Membracida. I» Insects Injurious to Fruits. London.

Saunders, William (1904). Membracida. In Insects Injurious to Fruits. Second Edition. 1-436.

Say, Thomas (1824a). Narrative of an expedition to the Source of St Peter's River, Lake Winnepeek,

Lake of the Woods, etc., etc., Performed in the year 1823, by order of the Hon. J. C. Calhoun,

Secretary of War, under the command of Stephen H. Long, Major U. S.T. E. Compiled from

notes of Major Long, Messrs. Say, Keating and Calhoun, by William H. Keating, A. M. etc.,

Philadelphia 1824. Appendix to Volume II, Part I. Natural History. Section : Zoology, by

Thomas Say. 253-400.

Say, Thomas (1824b). Report of Long's Second Expedition. American Entomology. 199-202.

Say, Thomas (1825). Descriptions of New Hemipterous insects collected on the expedition to the

Rocky Mountains, performed by order of Mr Calhoun, Secretary of War, under command of

Major Long. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia IV : 307-345.

Say, Thomas (1831). Descriptions of new North American hemipterous insects, belonging to the

first family of the section Homoptera of Latreille. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia. Volume V : N? 6: Part 2: 235-244; 299-314.

Say, Thomas (1859). Descriptions of new North American Hemipterous Insects belonging to the

first family of the section Homoptera of Latreille. American Entomology 1859. 376-380.

Say, Thomas (1859b). The complete writings of Thomas Say on the entomology of North America,

with a memoir of the author by George Ord. 2 volumes.

Say, Thomas (1869). American Entomology (Le Conte Edition) Volume r.

Schaeffer, Jacob Christian (1779). Icones Insectorum circa Ratisbonam indigenorum coloribus

naturam referentibus expresse. 1766-1779.

Scheider. George (1914). Uber Gargara geniste Biologisches. Entomologisches Jahrbuch XXIII :

174-175.

Scheller, H. J. (1869). Drie Membraciden uit Suriname. Overgedrukt uit het Tijdschrift voor Ento-

mologie XII : 1-5. 3 plates.

Schmidt, Edmund (1906). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Membraciden. Neue Genera und Species in der

Sammlung des Stettiner Museums. Entomologische Zeitung hrsg. von dem entomologischen

Vereine zu Stettin LXVII : 359-373.

Schmidt, Edmund (r9r1a). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Membraciden. Zoologischer Anzeiger

XXXVIII: 233-243.

Schmidt, Edmund (rgrib). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Homopteren (Neue Gattungen und Arten).

Entomologische Zeitung hrsg. von dem entomologischen Vereine zu Stettin LXXII : 238-307.

Schmidt, Edmund (1924). Neue Zikaden — Gattungen und Arten. Entomologische Mitteilungen

XIII : 285-297.

MEQUE TE.

E T CETT

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 335

Schmidt, Edmund (1925). Drei neue Arten des Membraciden — Genus Sarantus Stál. Abzug aus

Societas entomologica XL : 4. 15-16.

Schmidt, Edmund (1926). Neue Membraciden. Abzug aus Societas entomologica XLI : 6. 21-24.

Schrank, Franz von Paula (1781). Enumeratio insectorum Austriz indigenorum. Page 548.

Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel (von) (1759). Nove species Insectorum. Hemiptera Il.

Schumacher, F. (1915). H. Santer's Formosa : Homoptera, Supplement Entomology IV : 108-142.

Scopoli, Johann Anton (1763). Entomologia Carniolica exhibens insecta Cornioliz indigena et

distributa in ordines, genera, species, varietates, methodo Linneana. 420 pages.

Sedgwick, Adam (1909). Membracidz. I» A Student's Textbook of Zoology III : 697.

Servadei, A. (1942). Sulla presenza in Albania della Ceresa bubalus F. e la sua diffusione in Europa.

Redia XXVIII : r-10.

Serville, Audinet with Amyot, Charles Jean Baptiste, q.v.

Sharp, David (1909). Membracidz. /» Cambridge Natural History V : 276-277.

Sharp, David (1910). Fauna Hawaiiensis. Volume II : Part 6. 555.

Severin, Harry Charles (1921). A Preliminary Report upon the Membracida of South Dakota.

'Twelfth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of South Dakota. 17-18.

Severin, Harry Charles (1923). Second Report upon the Membracida of South Dakota. Four-

teenth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of South Dakota. 27-33.

Severin, Harry Charles (1927). A Third Report upon the Membracidz (Tree-Hoppers) of South Da-

kota. Proceedings of the South Dakota Academy of Science, Series XXIX : Vol XI : No. 7.33-49.

Shelford, Victor E. (1913). Animal Communities in Temperate America. The Geographical Society

of Chicago. Bulletin No. 5. University of Chicago Press.

Shute, D. Kerfoot (1899). Membracidze. I» A First Book in Organic Evolution. Page 141. Plate

IV : 16 figures.

Siebers, H. C. (1927). Midden-Oost- Borneo- Expeditie 1925.

Signoret, Victor (1860). Faune des Hémiptéres de Madagascar. Annales de la Société ento-

mologique de France, Series 3; VIII: 177-206. Homoptéres.

Signoret, Victor (1863). Révision des Hémiptéres du Chile. Annales de la Société entomologique

de France, Series 4; III: 541-588. Plates 11-13.

Signoret, Victor with Bellier, M. E. q. v.

Signoret, Victor with Fairmaire, Leon, q. v.

Slingerland, Mark Vernon (1894). Injurious Insects. The Rural New Yorker LIII : 297.

Slingerland, Mark Vernon (1899). Membracidze. Iu The Rural New Yorker LVIII : 362.

Slingerland, Mark Vernon and Crosby, Cyrus Richard (1914). The Buffalo Tree Hopper.

In Manual of Fruit Insects 160-162. Figures 167, 167a.

Slosson, Annie Trumbull (1894). List of Insects taken in the Alpine Region of Mt Washington.

Entomological News V : 1-7.

Slosson, Annie Trumbull (1896) Additional list of insects taken in the Alpine Region of

Mt Washington. Entomological News VII : 262-265.

Smith, John Bernard (189o). List of the Insects known to occur in New Jersey. New Jersey Agri-

cultural Experiment Stations Survey.

Smith, John Bernard (19oo). Insects of New Jersey. Supplement to the twenty-seventh annual

report of the State Board of Agriculture of New Jersey.

336 HOMOPTERA

Smith, John Bernard (190o9a). Report on the Insects of New Jersey. Annual Report of the New

Jersey State Museum. 888 pages.

Smith, John Bernard (19ogb). Membracide. /» Our Insect Friends and Enemies. Page 53;

Figure 16.

Smith, Roger C. (1943). A List and Brief Description of Kansas Insects (iw Insects of Kansas).

Kans. St Bd Agri. LXII : 255. 117-414.

Snodgrass, Robert Evans (1909). The Thorax of Insects and the Articulation of the Wings.

United States National Museum; Proceedings XXXVI : 511-595.

Snow, Francis Huntington (1904). Lists of Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera and Hemiptera,

Collected in Arizona by the Entomological Expeditions of the University of Kansas in 1902 and

1903. Kansas University Science Bulletin May 1904 Vol. II : No 12. Whole Series XII : 12.

323-350. Hemiptera IV : 349.

Snyder, Thomas E. and Lamb, H. N. (1935). Membracid Girdling of Young Black- Locust Seed-

lings in Southern Louisiana and Mississippi. Louisiana Conservation Review IV : 6-9. 5 fig.

Sorenson, C. J. (1928). Treehopper Injury in Utah Orchards. Utah Agricultural Experiment Station

Bulletin 206. r-18.

Spinola, Maximilien (1850). Tavola sinottica dei genera apettanti alla classe de gli insetti arthrodig-

nati Hemiptera Linn., Latr., Rhyngota Fabr., Rhynchota Burm. 138 pages.

Spinola, Maximilien (1852). Les Hemiptera dans Gay historia fisicee de Chile. Zoologie VII : 272.

Stál, Carl (1854). Nya Hemiptera. Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar XI :

230-255.

Stáàl, Carl (1858a). Entomologiska bidrag. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens

Forhandlingar XXIV : 248.

Stál, Carl (1858b). Bidrag till Rio-Janeiro- Traktens Hemipter-fauna. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska

Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1858-1862., II : 7. 1-84; III : 6. 1-75.

Carl (1858c). Beitrag zur Hemipteren-Fauna Siberens und des russischen Nord-America. Ento.

mologische Zeitung hrsg. von dem entomologischen Vereine zu Stettin XIX : 175-198. Plate r.

Stál, Carl (1859). Hemiptera. Species novas. Kongliga Svenska Fregattens Eugenies resa omkring

Jorden, Insecter III : 219-298. Plates 3-4.

Stál, Carl (1864). Hemiptera Mexicana. Entomologische Zeitung hrsg. von dem entomologischen

Vereine zu Stettin XXV : 49-86.

Stál, Carl (1866a). Analecta hemipterologica. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift X : 386-389.

Stál, Carl (1866b). Hemiptera Africana. IV : 82-99.

Stál, Carl (1867). Bidrag till Hemipterernas Systematik. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-

Akademiens Forhandlingar XXIV : 491-560.

Stàl, Carl (1869a). Hemiptera Fabriciana. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskap-Akademiens Forhandlingar

VIII : 18-58.

Stàl, Carl (1869b). Bidrag till Membracidernas Kannedom. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska Vetens-

kaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar XXVI : 231-3oo.

Stál, Carl (1870). Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum — Bidrag till Philippinska oarnes Hemipter-

fauna. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar XXVII : 607-776.

Plates 7-9.

Standard Natural History (1884). Membracide on pages 224-226. 1 plate.

Stewart, W. (1802). Membracis geniste. 7» Elements of Natural History. London and Edinburg.

Volume II: 96.

«a

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 337

Stoll, Caspar (1780). Natuurlyke en naar 't Leven naauwkeurig gekleurde Afbeeldingen en Beschry-

vingen der Cicaden en Wanzen in alle vier Waerels deelen Europa, Asia, Africa en America

huishoudende, by een verzameld en beschreeven door C. Stoll Amsterdam. Volume I:

124 pages.

Sulzer, Johann Heinrich (1776). Abgekurzte Geschichte der Insecten nach dem Linneischen System.

Zurich.

Summer, Henry Elijah (1i90oo). Miscellaneous Insects. Iowa Agricultural College Experiment

Station. Department of Entomology. Bulletin No. 49 : 1-9. Figures 1-3.

Surface, Harvey Adam (1906). Order X. The Hemiptera. Monthly Bulletin of the Pennsylvania

Department of Agriculture. Division of Zoology IV : 48-80.

Surface, Harvey Adam (1908). Hemiptera. Monthly Bulletin of the Pennsylvania Department of

Agriculture. Division of Zoology VI : 38.

Swenk, Myron Harmon (19o7). The Buffalo Tree-Hopper. Report of the State Entomologist of

Nebraska. 21-22. 2 figures.

Swenk, Myron Harmon (1908). The principal Insects Injurious to Horticulture during 1906-1907.

Bulletin No. r9 of the Nebraska State Horticultural Society, Part I : 1-24. Figures 10-1r.

Swezey, Otto Herman (1912). Some Hitherto Unrecorded Non-Endemic Insects for the Hawaiian

Islands. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society for the Year 1910. Volume II :

No. 4.187-188.

Swezey, Otto Herman (1925). Notes and Exhibitions. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological

Society VI : 1. 25.

Swezey, Otto Herman (1928). Notes and Exhibits. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological

Society VII : 1.

Swezey, Otto Herman (1942). Membracide of Guam. Ins. Guam. I: Bishop Mus. Bull. 172. 39.

Taschenberg, E. L. (1861). Membracida. 7» Bilder aus dem Insecten- Leben. Page 541.

Thomson, James (1858). Archives Entomologiques II. Paris.

Thon, Theodor (183o). Entomologisches Archiv. 2 volumes. Jena.

Thunberg, Carl Peter (1791). Characteres Generum Insectorum variis cum adnotationibus ; denuo

editit Frid. Alb. Meyer. 48 pages.

Tigny, F. M. G. T. de (1802). Histoire naturelle des Insectes, composée d'aprés Reaumur,

Geoffroy, DeGeer, Roesel, Linné, Fabricius, etc., et rédigée suivant la méthode d'Olivier, avec

des notes, plusieurs observations nouvelles et des figures dessinées d'aprés nature. Volume X.

Paris.

"Townsend, Charles Henry Tyler (1892). Biologic Notes on New Mexico Insects. Canadian

Entomologist XXIV : 193-200.

Tucker, Elbert Stephen (1907a). Some results of desultory collecting of insects in Kansas and

Colorado. Kansas University Science Bulletin IV : 51-62.

Tucker, Elbert Stephen (1907b). Contributions toward a catalogue of the insects of Kansas.

Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science XX : Part II. 190-201.

Tucker, Elbert Stephen (1912). Further records of insects personally collected in Kansas and

Colorado. Transactions of Kansas Academy of Science XX : Part IV : 54-62.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1863). Footnotes. [7 Harris, A Treatise on some of the insects injurious to

vegetation. Edited by C. L. Flint. 220-221.

Uhler, Philip Reese. (1871). A list of Hemiptera collected in eastern Colorado and north-eastern

New Mexico by C. Thomas, during the expedition of 1869. United States Geologic Survey of

Wyoming. 471-472.

338

HOMOPTERA

Uhler, Philip Reese (1873). Hemiptera, In Packard's Record of American Entomology for the

year 1873. Sixth Annual Report of the Peabody Academy of Science. 61-114.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1875). Report upon the collections of Hemiptera made in portions of Nevada,

Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona, during the years 1871, 1873 and 1874.

Report of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories V : 829-

842. Plate 42.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1876). List of the Hemiptera of the Region west of the Mississippi River,

including those collected during the Hayden explorations of 1873. Bulletin of the United

States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories I : 269-361.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1877). Report upon the insects collected by P. R. Uhler during the explor-

ations of 1875. Bulletin the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Terri-

tories III : 355-475. j

Uhler, Philip Reese (1878). On the Hemiptera collected by Dr. Elliott Coues, U.S.A., in Dakota

and Montana, during 1873-1874. Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical

Survey of the Territories IV : 503-512.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1884). Order IV. Hemiptera. Standard Natural History II : 204-296.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1888). Order VI. Hemiptera. The Riverside Natural History 1I : Crustacea

and Insects. 204-296.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1893). Hemiptera of the Death Valley Expedition. North American Fauna

VII : 260-265.

Uhler, Philip Reese (1896). Summary of the Hemiptera of Japan, presented to the United States

National Museum by Professor Mitzukuri. Proceedings of the United States National Museum

XIX : 255-297.

Uvarov, Boris P. (1930). Un Membracid americain dans les Alpes-Maritimes. Bulletin de la Société

entomologique de France XV : 92.

Uvarov, Boris P. (1939). An American Membracid in Jugoslavia (Hendipisni Proc. Roy. Ent.

Se Lond. A. 14. 48.

Valencia, Gabriel Ruiz (1912). Cultivo y Explotacion del Aguacate. Bol. 71, Estacion Agricola

Van

Central. 70 pages. 7 figs.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1889). Hemiptera from Muskoka Lake District. Canadian Entom-

ologist XXI : 1-11.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1890). Synonymy of the Homoptera described by Say, Harris and

Fitch. Psyche V : 387-391.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1894). A List of the Hemiptera of Buffalo and Vicinity. Bulletin

of the Buffalo Society of Natural Science V : 167-204.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1895). Characters of a New Species of Thelia. Entomological News

VI: 203-204.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1902). Notes on some Hemiptera from British Guiana. Transactions

of the American Entomological Society XVII : 343-352.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1905). List of Hemiptera taken in the Adirondack Mountains. New

York State Museum Bulletin 97. Entomology 24 : 546-556.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1906). Notes on Hemiptera taken by W. J. Palmer, near Lake

'Temagami, Ontario. Canadian Entomologist XXXVIII : 406-411.

Duzee, Edward Payson (1907). Notes on Jamaican Hemiptera : Report on a Collection of

Hemiptera made on the Island of Jamaica in the Spring of 1906. Bulletin of the Buffalo

Academy of Natural Science VIII : 1-79.

jhir- anis cai D T vitis

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 339

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1908a). Studies in North American Membracida. Bulletin of the

Buffalo Society of Natural Science IX : 29-129. 2 plates.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1908b). List of Hemiptera taken by W. J. Palmer about Quinze

Lake, P. Quebec in 1907. Canadian Entomologist XL : 109-116; 157-160.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (19092). Synonymical Notes on North American Homoptera.

Canadian Entomologist XLI : 380-384.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1909b). Observations on some Hemiptera taken in Florida in the

Spring of 1908. Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Science IX : 149. 230.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1912a). Hemipterological Gleanings. Bulletin of the Buffalo Society

of Natural Science X : 509.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (19r12b). Synonymy of the Provancher Collection of Hemiptera.

: Canadian Entomologist XLIV : 317-329.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1914a). A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of San Diego County,

California. Transactions of the San Diego Society of Natural History II : 1-57.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (r914b). Nomenclatural and Critical Notes on Hemiptera. Canadian

Entomologist XLVI : 377-393.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1916a). Check List of the Hemiptera (excepting the Aphididz,

Aleurodidz and Coccida) of America North of Mexico. x -- 111 pages.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1916b). Notes on some Hemiptera taken near Lake Tahoe, Califor-

nia. University of California Publications, Technical Bulletins, College of Agriculture, Exper-

iment Station. Entomology Vol. I : No. 5: 229-249.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1917a). Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America North of Mexico

(excepting the Aphidide, Coccidz and Aleurodidz). University of California Publications,

Technical Bulletins, College of Agriculture, Agricultural Experiment Station. Entomology

Vol. II: xiv 4- 9o2 pages.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1917b). Report upon a collection of Hemiptera made by Walter M.

Giffard in rg16 and r9r7, chiefly in California. Proceedings of the California Academy of

Sciences VII : 249-318.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1923). Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the

Gulf of California in 1921. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, Fourth Series

XII : 123-200.

Van Duzee, Edward Payson (1925). New Hemiptera from Western North America. Proceedings

of the California Academy of Sciences XIV : 391-425.

Verhoeff, Karl W. (1902). Ueber Dermapteren. Zoologische Anzeiger XXV : r81-208.

Vestal, Arthur Gibson (1913). An Associational Study of Illinois Sand Prairie. Bulletin of the

Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History X : 1-96. 5 plates.

Vuillefroy, Félix de (1864). Hémipteres nouveaux. Annales de la Société entomologique de

France IV : 141-142.

Walckenaer, Charles Athanasie de (1802). Faune parisienne. Histoire abrégée des Insectes

des environs de Paris, classés d'aprés le systéme de Fabricius, précédée d'un discours sur les

insectes en. général, pour servir d'introduction à l'étude de i'Entomologie. Paris. 2 volumes.

Walden, Benjamin Hovey (1911). Guide to Insects of Connecticut. Bulletin No. 16. Connecticut

Geological and Natural History Survey. Plate III : figure 25.

Walker, Francis (1851). List of specimens of Homopterous Insects in the collection of the British

Museum. Part I1 : 472-636.

340 HOMOPTERA

Walker, Francis (1856). Catalogue of the Homopterous Insects collected at Singapore and Malacca

by Mr. A. R. Wallace, with Descriptions of New Species. Journal of the Proceedings of the

Linnean Society of London I : 82-100. Plates 3-4.

Walker, Francis (1857). Catalogue of the Homopterous Insects collected at Sarawak, Borneo, by

Mr. A. R. Wallace with Descriptions of New Species. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of London I : 141-175. Plates 6-8.

Walker, Francis (1858a) List of specimens of Homopterous Insects in the Collection of the British

Museum. Supplement. Catalogue of the British Museum. London.

Walker, Francis (1858b). Insects Saundersiana or Characters of Undescribed Insects in the Collec-

tion of William Wilson Saunders Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., etc. 117 pages.

Walker, Francis (1862). Characters of undescribed species of Homoptera in the Collection of

F. P. Pascoe, F.L.S. Journal of Entomology I : 303-319. Plate XV, figure r.

Walker, Francis (1869). Catalogue of the Homopterous Insects collected in the Indian Archipelago

by Mr. A. R. Wallace with descriptions of new species. Journal of the Linnean Society of

Zoology X : 82-193.

Walker, Francis (1872). Hemiptera, Heteroptera and Dermaptera of America to the north of the

United States. Canadian Entomologist IV : 29-31.

Walker, Fred H. Jr. (1936). Observations on Sunflower Insects in Kansas. Journal of the Kansas

Entomological Society IX : t. 16-25.

Walsh, Benjamin David and Riley, Charles Valentine (1868). The Buffalo tree-hopper.

'The American Entomologist I : 38.

Walsh, Benjamin David and Riley, Charles Valentine (18692). Grape-vine Insects. The

American Entomologist I : 248.

Walsh, Benjamin David and Riley, Charles Valentine (1869b). Lightning-hoppers. The

American Entomologist I : 250.

Walton, Alice B. (1881). Notes on Destructive Insects of 1880. Transactions of the Iowa State

Horticultural Society XV : 516-522.

Washburn, Frederick Leonard (1903). Injurious Insects of 1903. University of Minnesota Agri-

cultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 84. Division of Entomology 1-184. l'ig. 21.

Washburn, Frederick Leonard (19062). An Entomological Calendar. University of Minnesota

Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. roo. Division of Entomology. 41-54.

Washburn, Frederick Leonard (19o6b). Injurious Insects for r9o6. University of Minnesota

Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. roo. Division of Entomology. 141-166.

Washburn, Frederick Leonard (1907). An Entomological Calendar. University of Minnesota

Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. ror. Division of Entomology, 181-194.

Watson, Joseph Ralph (1918). Report of Entomologist. Report for the Fiscal Year Ending June 3o,

1917. Agricultural Experiment Station, University of Florida. 52 R-65R.

Weber, Hermann (1930). Biologie der Hemipteren. 1-543. Berlin.

Webster, Robert Lorenzo (1893). Ceresa bubalus. Report of the Ohio State Horticultural Society

XXVI: 68.

Webster, Robert Lorenzo (19092). Membracid Eggs in an Apple. Journal of Economic Entom-

ology II : 193.

Webster, Robert Lorenzo (r9gogb). Insects of the Year in Iowa. Journal of Economic Entomology

IL: 210-212;

Weed, Clarence Moores (1890a). The Buffalo Tree-Hopper. /» Insects and Insecticides. Page 36,

figure 12.

Weed, Clarence Moores (189ob). Ohio Insects. Insect Life III : 4.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 341

Weed, Clarence Moores (189oc). The Buffalo Tree-Hopper. Bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural

Experiment Station. Second Series. Vol. III : No. 4; Art. VIII : 130-132. Fig. 16.

Weed, Clarence Moores (1891). The Insect Record for 189o. Ninth Report of the Ohio Agricul-

tural Experiment Station for 1890. liii-Ixv. Fig. 5.

Weed, Clarence Moores (1894). Review of Goding's North American Membracidaz. The American

Naturalist XXVIII : 283-284.

Weed, Clarence Moores (1903). The Buffalo Tree-Hopper. Iz Insects and Insecticides. Second

Edition. 72-74. Fig. 29.

Weiss, Harry Bischoff (1915). Additions to Insects of New Jersey. Entomological News XXVI :

IOI-IO7.

Weiss, Harry Bischoff and Dickerson, Edgar L. (t921). Gargara genistc:v l'abr., a European

Membracid in New Jersey. (Homop.). Entomological News XXXII : 108-112. 1 plate; 3 figures.

Wellhouse, Walter H. (1922). The Insect Fauna of the genus Cratzgus. Cornell University

Agricultural Experiment Station Memoir 56 : 1045-1136.

Wells, Emma with Gibson, Edmund Harrison, q.v.

Westwood, John Obadiah (1837). Characters of New Insects from Manila collected by Mr. Cuming

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Page 130. Plate 5.

Westwood, John Obadiah (1840). Membracidz. /» Introduction to the Modern Classification of

Insects 1I : 432-434.

Westwood, John Obadiah (1841). Description de Amblysoma Latreille, Anodontyra tricolor,

Centrotus horrificus, Smilia bifoliata, Lycisca romandi, Tmesidera rufipennis. Magazin de

Zoologie (Guerin) III : 93.

Westwood, John Obadiah (1843). Centrotus biclavatus. Z» The Naturalists Library XXIV : 286.

Whitehead, W. E. (1920). Notes on the Life History and Nymphal Stages of Entylia bactriana

Germar. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Nova Scotia for 1919. No. 5 : 67-72.

Plate IV : Figures r-9.

Wildermuth, Vernon Leroy (1915). Three-cornered Alfalfa Hopper. Journal of Agricultural

Research. Department of Agriculture IIT : 343-362. Plate XLIII, 7 figures.

Wilson, T. Scott (1915). Two Apple and Pear Membracids. Oregon Biennal Crop Pest Report

TI: 201:

Wirtner, P. Modeste (1904). A preliminary list of the Hemiptera of Western Pennsylvania. Annals

of the Carnegie Museum III : 187-232.

Wolcott, George N. (1923). Insectze Portoricensis. The Journal of the Department of Agriculture

of Porto Rico VII : 1-312.

Wolcott, George N. (1926). Notes on the insects of the sea-grape, Cocoloba uvifera (L) Jacq. in

Porto Rico and adjacent countries. 49-52.

Woodruff, Lewis Bartholomew (1915). A new Membracid from New York (Homop.) Journal

of the New York Entomological Society XXIII : 44-47. Plates IV : figures 1-6.

Woodruff, Lewis Bartholomew (1919). A review of our local species of the membracid genus

Ophiderma Fairm.(Hemip.-Homop.). Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXVII:

249-260. Plate XXIII : figures 1-9.

Woodruff, Lewis Bartholomew (1920). Further Notes on the Membracid Genus Ophiderma

Fairm. (Hemip.-Homop.). Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXVIII : 212-214.

Woodruff, Lewis Bartholomew (1923). Supplementary Notes on Ophiderma Fairm. Journal of

the New York Entomological Society XXXI : 188-190.

342 HOMOPTERA

Woodruff, Lewis Bartholomew (1924). Critical Observations in the Membracid genus Cyrtolobus

Goding (Hemip.-Homop.) Journal of the New York Entomological Society XXXII : 1-62.

6 plates.

Wray, D. L. and Brimley. C. S. (1943). The Insect Inquilines and Victims of Pitcher Plants

in North Carolina. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. XXXVI : r. 128-137.

Yothers, Merrill Arthur (1:924). Tree-hoppers, New Orchard Pests in the Pacific Northwest.

Proceedings of the Washington Horticultural Association XX : 97.

Yothers, Merrill Arthur (1930). Tree-hoppers and their control in the orchards of the Pacific

Northwest. United States Department of Agriculture Circular 106. 1-13. 9 figures.

Yothers, Merrill Arthur (1934). Biology and Control of Tree-hoppers Injurious to Fruit Trees in

the Pacific Northwest. United States Department of Agriculture, Technical Bulletin 402.

46 pages; 8 plates; 18 figures.

Yothers, Merrill Arthur and Allen, Paul B. (1941). Observations on the Biology and Control

of the Tree-hopper, Heliria praalta (Fowler) in the Orchards of the Pacific Northwest.

U. S. Dept. Agri. Circ. 606. 1-13. 9 pl.

Note : The author, having gleaned the above bibliographical citations from many sources, including his own

not inconsiderable library, seems to have preferred to adopt the heterogeneous and individual styles of authors without

modification. The editors have respected this implied preference and have not subjected the Bibliography to a critical

styling in the interest of consistency.

abbreviata Fabricius (Erechtia).

abbreviata Walker (Polyglypta)

abbreviatus Baker (Gerridius)

abbreviatus Kirschbaum (Centrotus) .

abcisus Walker (Heteronotus)

abdominalis Fabricius (Stegaspis)

abdullah Distant (Leftocentrus) .

ABELINI Trib. nov. .

Abelus Stàál

acacie Berg (Sundarton)

acanthaspis Fairmaire (Eufatrmairia)

Acanthicus Laporte .

Acanthophyes Stil

Acanthucus Stil

Acanthusus Distant

accisa Walker (Entylia)

acclivata Emmons (Heliria)

Acentrotus Kato

acer Walker (Tricentrus)

acetus Buckton. (Spongophorus)

Aconophora Fairmaire .

ACONOPHORINI Goding .

Aconophoroides Fowler

aculeata Fairmaire (Ceresa)

aculeata Van Duzee (Ceresa) .

aculeatus Olivier (Hemicentrus) .

aculeolus Fairmaire (Camfylocentrus, .

acuminata Buckton (Hille).

ACUMINATINI Goding

acuminatus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

acuminatus Fabricius (Glossonotus)

ACUTALINI Trib. nov.

Acutalis Fairmaire

acutangula Stal (Platycotis)

acuticornis Schmidt (Hybazdoides) .

acuticornis Funkhouser (Periamaz)

acuticornis Stál (Platycentrus)

acuticornis Goding (Sertorius)

acuticornis Funkhouser (Sifylus)

acuticornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

acutior Fowler (Tropidarnis) .

acutula Fairmaire (Stictopelta)

acutus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus) .

acutus Fowler (Hebeticoides) .

addahensis Distant (Gargara)

Adippe Sil

aduncus Buckton (Cezírotypus) .

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

[-NZDSE:X

(THE SYNONYMS ARE IN ITALICS).

Pages

143

168

196

177

227

162

162, 163

251

171

: 225.1232.

:213:1226, 247

247

145

150

3oo

208

Pf eo CENE

54, 65, 84, 85

71, 84

63, 65

125

126

290

185

120

162, 171

II4

152

107, 158

83, 158, 160

107, 109

adusta Burmeister (Stictopelta)

Aechmorpha Stàl

zenea Perty (Tragopa)

vnea Distant (Gargara)

eneus Distant (Tricentrus)

znosparsa Butler (Acomophora) .

equalis Walker (Cymbomorpha)

:quicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

Aethalionidae (zoz recogn.)

ethiops Butler (Heteronotus)

affinis Haviland (4f/etea)

affinis Fairmaire (Ceresa) . . . .

affinis Fowler (Darnoides)

affinis Distant (Gargara)

affinis Distant (Parayasa) .

affinis Fowler (Polyglyptodes) .

affinis Fowler (Poffea)

affinis Buckton (Potzia)

affinis Guerin (Procyrta)

affinis Distant (Sertorius) .

affinis Fowler (Spongophorus).

affinis Fowler (Tropidaspis)

affixa Distant (Parayasa) .

africanus Distant (Platybelus)

agnatus Distant (EmAhusis)

Agondas Kirkaldy

agrandata Ball (Telamona) .

agua Fowler (Polyglypta) .

aiyuri Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

akonis Matsumura (Gargara)

alacris Burmeister (Tropidolomia) .

alata Fairmaire (Suudarion) .

alataruna Goding (Notocera) .

alatus Buckton (Centrotypus) .

alba Funkhouser (Leftocentrus) .

albescens Van Duzee (Ceresa)

albescens Funkhouser (Leptocentrus) .

albescens Funkhouser (P/atybelus) .

albescens Funkhouser (Trzcentrus)

albidorsa Fairmaire (Ezchenopa)

albidorsata Fowler (Helonzca)

albidosparsa Stál (Ceresa)

albidum Fowler (Enchophyllum) .

albidus Walker (Otinotoides)

albifascia Funkhouser (Tragopa)

albifasciata Funkhouser (Euritea) .

albifrons Kato (Sipylus)

45,

130,

199,

160,

343

344 : HOMOPTERA

Pages

albifrons Fowler (Vanduzea) . . . . . . . . . 139

albigutta Walker (Centrotus) |. . . . . . . . 196

albilatus: Walker (Gesirotus) "s.v 9 e 0S ete ue se 96

albiloba.Goding (Pop$ea) . -. . ooo eo v se 130

albimacula Germar (Tragopa) . . . . . . . . 102

albipennis Stàl (Acanthophyes) . . . . . . . . 232

albipennis Kato (Zriceirws)4. (2 i 4. 04» 209

albipes Fünkhouser (Erechtia) . 4 - 4: 2 2 «60

albipes Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . . . . 209

albivitta Fowler (Micrutalis) . . . . . . . . 160

alboapicata Distant (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 261

albofasciatus Goding (Spomgophorus) . . . . . . 53

albolimbata Fowler (Membracis) . . . . . . . 48

albolinea Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . 261

albolineatum Buckton (Mozocentrus) . . . . . . 202

albolineatus Funkhouser (Leftocentrus) . . . . . 227

albomacula Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . 26r

albomaculatus Distant (Iadicopleustes) . . . . . 233

albomaculatus Schmidt (Monocentrus) . . . . . 202

albomaculatus Distant (Oziuotus) . . . . . . . 239

albomaculatus Distant (Tricentrus) . . . 31, 209, 304

albonotata Distant (Leptocentrus) . . . . . . . 227

albopicta Buckton (Carymota) . . . . . . . . . 153

albopicta Funkhouser (Hyfsoprora) . . . . . . 55

albopleura Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . 3o2

albosignatum Distant (Pogoz) . . . . . . . . 255

albosignatus Distant (Otimotus) . . . . . . . . 239

albospinosus Haviland (Heteromotus) . . . . . . 98

albovitta- Kirkaldy (Céraos) . 4 3... 24 0.246

Alohisme- Eirkaldy. 9:306 woo. osos 27203

Alomeone Siàl ;...- 2 P doe see (eo 00$:94,: 05

alienas Walker (Msna) vc co cer A ereccr irs nr CEA

alini Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . . . 302

allabens Distant (Tricentrus). . . . . . . 209, 304

alliacea Germar (Adifpe) |. — . . - € . 109

AloblaStali TES ros e cure c s. 76

alta Walker (Geresay; | ev oe on grado aede io e s o X126

alia: Walker^ (Membracis) deserere cu ox 749

alta-Eunkhouser:(Telonaca) Lv eeu Um e ISI

álticeps Walker) (mpAusts) os me va Ld 247

alticezota Stoll Tostropsdia) «oss A esie rue 52

alticollum Stoll (Membracis) . . . . . . . . . 48

alticornis Plummer (Hyfsoprora) kcu ic cado

alticornis Jacobi (Spalirisis) . . . . . 204, 205, 304

altidorsus Funkhouser (Tricentrus). . . . . . . 209

altifrons Walker (Gelastogonia) . . . . . . . . 122

altifrons Walker (Leptocentrus) . . . . . . 226,227

altissima Fairmaire (Enchenopa) . . . . . . . 5o

altus. Ball GXautholabusy owe 2o eo udercn piede SERIA

alutacea Stál (Alobia) . . . . diu uos xr s6

AMASTRINIGOdiIng"- 5.4 LI ctas NI07. C135

Amastris Stil 7:135, 136, 141, 142

amazili Fairmaire (Umbonia) . . . . . . . . 69

amazona Stál (Cymbomorpha) .

ambigui Fairmaire (Membracis) .

Amblycentrus Fowler .

americana Nan Duzee (Tylofelta)

Amitrochates Distant

ammon Buckton (Ofiaotus)

ampelopsidis Harris (Telamona)

ampliata Ball (Palonica)

amplicornis Stál (Ceutrotypus) .

amplicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

amurensis Lindberg (Tricentrus)

anatina Fowler (Hypsofrora) .

Anchistrotus Buckton .

Anchon Buckton

Anchonoides Distant .

anchorago Guérin (Centrotypus) .

ancora Ball (Ceresa). .

ancora Germar (Lycoderes).

ancora Perty (Stylocentrus)

ancoralis Berg (Cyphonia).

andina Schmidt (Enchenopa) .

andrez Burmeister (Horiola?.

angulata Walker (Ceresa) . .

angulata Funkhouser (Pyrgauchenia) .

angulata Wildermuth (Stictocephala)

angulatus Funkhouser (Maurya)

angulatus Pelaez (Tricoceps).

angustata Fairmaire (Alchisme).

angustata Buckton (Lycoderes)

angustulus Melichar (Centrotus)

annexus Townsend (Vanduzead) . .

annulata Fabricius (Tragopa)

anomala Kato (Gargara) . . . .

Anomus Fairmaire. . . . .

ansatus Buckton (Eufrenchia)

ansera Funkhouser (Enchenofa) .

Antialcidas Distant .

Antianthe Fowler .

antica Germar (Amastris). . .

anticonigra Fairmaire (Acutalis) .

antigua Funkhouser (Umbonia).

antilope Stál (Leptocentrus)

Antonse Stál MEAS

antong Dohrn (Campylenchia) . . .

antonina Walker (Camfylenchia) .

aperta Walker (Guayaquila)

Aphetea Fowler .

apicalis Walker (Alchisme)

apicalis Stàl (Enchenopa) .

apicalis Fairmaire (Hebetica).

apicalis Walker (Hemikyptha)

apicalis Goding (Micrutalis) .

apicalis Schmidt (Sarantus) .

. 123, 127, 128, 888

Pazes

182, 190

. 195, 200, 271

239

147

e yl

253,254

s 4 w Bogl 304

209

Ec ri

- 97, 98, 99

9, 10, 195, 202, 203, 235

202

i254

125

2 uia

180, 304

s^ USE

2c CTUNRMNE

105

.' "e$

20315

s NP

ENT,

"Cl

176

196

139

. G4

s ix ow GR NEME

"EU ETSI

v" Cer EM

"NE.

v ce 1e PORA

. 2408. TIX

. 136,:303

158

HESSE.

227

147, 156

MEUEP DCN

APTA

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Pages

apicalis Stàl (Spongophorus) . . . . . . . . . 58

apicalis Germar (Sundarion) . . . . . . . . 07, 303

apicauis Walker (Vandusea), 1i etatis nI St99

apicata Melichar (Gargara) . . . . . . . . . 261

apicatus Melichar (Indicopleustes) . . . . . . . 234

appendiculata da Fonseca (Tylofeltaà) . . . . . 6&1

apriformis Walker (Hyphinot). . . . . . . . . 93

apriformis Buckton (Metcalfella). . . . . . . . 68

aralii Kato (Orfhobelus) c de cedet c potu de

arborea Funkhouser (Fwunkhouserellaà) . .— . . . , 218

arborea Funkhouser (Pyrgosota). . . . . . . . 304

Archasia:Stál s oes ueste C see E4U Ad Su.

árcuata; Walker (Enchenopa). X5 503 3 TA s o4 1:59

arcuata Fabricius (Hortolay 9 ct LLL oS

arcuata De Geer (Membracis) . . . . . . . 48, 303

arcuatus Emmons (Cvrtolobus) . . . . . . . . r15

arcuatus Funkhouser (Leptocentrus) . . . . . 227

arcuatus Lunkhbousetr:;(Otempius) 2. 607. Hioc 6339

arebiensis Goding (Mechom) : 4. 9 4 8t xo 2208

arebiensis Goding (Leftocentrus) . . . . . . . 22;

arechavelate Goding(Hebstita) X e NL m

arenatus Ball (Xaztholobus) ; 112

areolata "Walker (Entylia). o ue uat ere, MAS

areolatus Goding (Cebes) «»- - or A exc AR ue ve m42

Arpante?Sial e c UR EsrE RM. do ta E anud

aries -Tacobi (P iarybelisy mm ER PUDE EO

arietina Germaretolboera) Nd. Ds Lol ud es ug

Arimanesa' Distant. "1 5 woe 4$ 225.3230

Arisanpargara.Rato- — cese vor o ata or Sg.

arisanus Matsumura (Gargara) . e 261

arisanus: Kato J( Masa) sn us etur dott uie s quu 1307

arizona; Goding (S Pclopelta) e. ce oe es s Laur eng

arizone Ball. (6yFtolobus)o 1o mi e sry Sr veio

arizonensis Funkhouser (Xaztholobus), . . . . . 302

armata Haviland (Gerridiws); ... 2 1 20 4 08

armataoStollGPolaeiaje seed d xs td d te 70

armata Olivier-(Umbonial. 2. om ove w 9

armatus Laporte (Heteronotus) . . . . . . . . 98

arquata)saya(Vandused) cus ccu ceu nr obe vp

articularía Buckton (Umbonia) . . . . . . . . 7o

ascendens; Walker (PAUSE d esos eR er E 0199)

Aahntendes, Godinge ros o geedce ce Rose a IIS

asmodeusDistant (Centrolypus) cu s. 02cm e 5254

asodalis Goding (Platwotis) . . . . . . . . . 66

Aspasiana Distant. . 4 : 4 X . - s 225, 236

asper Buckton (Hyfsauchemia) 3 4 9 o0 3414

asperjjacobi (Négus) as e e eme sue e 1.7220):221

aspera WalkerjCASPONA) 62 oéput uses) quitter tr

aspera Haviland (Hyfsoprora) . . . . . . . - 55

asperula Walker (Gargara) . . .- : . . . 261,304

asphaltina Fairmaire (HyfAinot). . . . . . . . 93

aspidistrae Haviland' (Bolbonota); o wx 98

AsHona ial c o ones Wo rad eoe at OE Y

assamensis Fairmaire (Centrotyfus) .

assamensis Distant (Tricentrus) .

assimilis Kirkaldy (Sextiws) .

assimilis Fowler (Stictopelta) .

ataliba Fairmaire (Umbonia).

ater Buckton (Centrotypus).

aterinna Distant (Gargara)

atitla Funkhouser (Bolbonota)

atitlana Fowler (Hyphinoc)

atlas Goding (Centrodontus)

atomaria Germar (Hebetica)

atomarius Walker (Bolbonota).

atrata Fabricius (Membracis) .

atratus Walker (Leptocentrus) .

atratus da Fonseca (Spongophorus) .

atricapilla Distant (Paravasa)

atricoxis Kirby (Pogoz)

atroaptera Fairmaire (Gelastogonia) .

atromaculata Goding (CymbomorpAa)

atromaculatus Distant (Sextius).

atromarginata Goding (Atymza)

atrovena Goding (Micrutalis).

attenuata Funkhouser (Gargara)

attenuata Distant (Xiphistes) .

attenuatus Funkhouser (Aztialcidas)

attenuatus Funkhouser (Hemicentrus) .

attenuatus Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

attenuicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus).

Atymna Stál. .

Atymnina Plummer

Atypa Laporte

auirtus Ball (Microcentrus)

Aulactropis Stàl.

aurantiaca Fairmaire (Azone) .

aurea Funkhouser (Gargara) .

aurea Buckton (Mozobelus).

aureomaculatus Distant (Leptocentrus)

aureosericea Stàl (Bolbonota) .

aureosericea Fowler (Bolbonota)

auriculata Fitch (Archasia).

auriculata Funkhouser (Crypiaspidia) .

auriculata Stál (Sundarion)

auriculata Olivier (Tropidolomia) .

auriculatum Stàl (Pogoz) .

auriculatus Pelaez (Platycentrus)

auriculatus Funkhouser (Sifylus)

aurifascia Walker (Callicentrus) .

auriflua Walker (Gelastogonia)

auripennis Fairmaire (Bolbonota)

auritus Buckton (T'ricentrus) .

auropicta Buckton (Enchophyllum)

auroreus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

australasie& Distant (XzpAistes)

209

108, 113

3oo

214:98

178

sd HX

346 HOMOPTERA

Pages

australensis Goding (Sarantws) . . . . . . . . 243

australiensis Funkhouser (Gargarà) . . . . . . 261

australis Distant (Leftocentrus) . . . . . . . . 227

australis Distant (Ofinotoides) . . . . . . . . 244

australis Fairmaire (Sertorius) . . . . . . 248,249

Awüanla Distant; S6 uus us soe in 29 1273:1279

axillaris.Germat:(Gsresa) o i. row varie 1492 - 01I22

Azinia- Walkers 25.0 EU ae Lad E PIT

bactriana Goding (Ecwadoria) . . . . . . . . 119

bactriana Germar (Emstylia) . . . . . . . 145, 303

badius:Distant:(Ofisolás) - 02 b due e use 128g

bajula Goding- (Bajwlata) $2 m d mo ee euseie 140

bajulans Distant (Leptoeentrus) . . . . . . . . 227

Bajulata bal v 3103 5 SC ue ste r44 136; 140

bajulus:Germar (Z'*agobaY ss c. ere PAN ers 102

bakeri Funkhouser (Emphusis) . . . . . . . . 247

bakeri Funkhouser (Tricentrus). . . . . . . . 209

ballt-Blummetr. (I'elamosa);- - 71 rw v 348

ballista Buckton (Mierutalis) . . . . . . . . . 161

ballista Germar (Sfosgophorus) . . . . . . . . 53

balteata Fairmaire (Mierutalis) . . . . . . . . 161

balteata Distant (Telingana) . . . . . . . . . 231

panguensis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . . . 209

bantuantus Distant (Cemtrotus) . . . . . . . . 196

barbata Van Duzee (Telamona) . . . . . . . . 148

Barsumas Distant. . 5. 6. 195,201

basalis; Walker (Geresa) | s S eu Cr 12593089

basalis Walker (Tricemntrus) . . . . . . . 209, 304

Basilides Distant. (ox OU ES TUE de ay

Bathoutha Distant. :— 2.293571 2297232

Beaufortíana Distant 2: ; 2 2 1 0 9 4 o.7v. x95

beebei Haviland (Leioscyta) . . . . . . . . . 62

beltragei Sial; (Archasia): S 972 LEE o me eL SET TT55

bella.:Goding. (Micrutalis).- 7 0 m o3 wfr 6I

bellicosa Walker (Lycoderes) . . . . . . . . . 176

belliger. Butler (Hefexonoiws) .-. 2 v Vos woe 2 198

belligera Say (Platycotis) . . . . . . . . . . 66

Belus:Buckton q(OHAN0il yu ex. RT Uu. NC ipSO

Béenbhna Distaàntec(s 4 Seen x UE Qu IA

bennetti Kirby (Sposgophorus . . . . . . . . 53

bergeri Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . . 209, 304

besckii Germar (Aachistrotus) . . . . . . . . 100

órluleGoding (Smilsa)-. |. Sour e x csq c v 99

bicinctura Goding (Publilio . . . . . . . . . 146

bicinctus Kirby (Heteronotus) ... . . . . . . . 98

biclavus Westwood (Spongophorus) . . . . . . . 53

bicolor Goding (493Adea) vo v LT ox. 197

bicolor Walker/(Céutrofuswou- 2 ee eu o see ETOÉ

bicolor Westwood (Enmchemopa) . . . . . . . . 5o

bicolor; Walker (Erechisay s^ — $7. 21 edente» wr 1160

bicolor Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 261

bicolor Funkhouser (Mauwrya) . . . . . . . . 207

bicolor Walker (PAilya)

bicolor Goding (Tragopa).

bicolor Distant (Tricentrus)

bicornis Funkhouser (Emphusis)

bicornis Melichar (Hemicentrus)

bicornis Lesson (Heteronotus)

bicristata Stàl (Ecuadoria)

bicristata Fairmaire (Erechtia) . . .

bicuspis Walker (Emchenopa).

bifacies Walker (Tragopa) . . . .

bifasciata Fairmaire (Ceresa)

bifasciata Butler (RAexia)

bifasciatus Amyot & Serv. (Darnis) .

bifenestrata Funkhouser (Tritropidia)

bifida Fairmaire (Notocera)

bifoliata Westwood (Pyrgonota) .

biformis Kato (Tricentrus)

bifurca Stàl (Pyrgonota)

bifurcus Funkhouser (Ewnmonocentrus) .

bifurcus Distant (Tricentrus)

bifusifera Walker (Enchenopa)

bigibbosus Schmidt (Bocchar)

bigutta Walker (Hyphinoe)

bigutiata Fairmaire (Boéthoós)

biguttula Fairmaire (Acutalis) ..

Bilimekia Fowler. . .

bilinea Walker (Tragofa) .

bilineatus Stáàl (Anchon)

bimacula Dohrn (Camfpylenchia)

bimaculata Fairmaire (Sundarion) .

bimaculata Fairmaire (TAelia)

binaria Fairmaire (Micrutalis)

binodis Funkhouser (Funkhouserella) .

binodosa Goding (Parantone)

binotata Say (Enchenopa) .

binotata Funkhouser (Erechtia).

binotata Goding (Micrutalis) .

binotata Fairmaire (Nassumia)

binotatus Walker (Sertorius)

binsarus Distant (Oxyrhachis)

bioculatus Kirby (Ceztrotus) .

bipars Schmidt (Membracis) .

bipartita Fairmaire (Tragopa)

bipennis Walker (Mozocentrus) .

biplaga Walker (Micrutalis)

biplaga Walker (R/evia)

biplaga Walker (Xanthosiicta)

bipunctata Walker (Cymbomorpha) .

bipunctata Fairmaire (Nassunia)

bipunctata Burmeister (Stictopelta)

bisenta Distant (Oxyrhachis) .

biseratensis Distant (Polonius)

bispina Fairmaire (Nassunia)

Pages

125, 303

142, 144

. 91, 3o3

282

23;

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Pages

bispinifera Goding (Bolbonota) S AIMER EOS brevicornis Richter (Centrogonia)

bispinus:Stàl (A4canlhucus)z 3 1 emos og 4 S248 brevicornis Goding (Centrotoscelus)

bispinus Stoll (Hemicentrus) . . . . . . . . . 290 brevicornis Funkhouser (Centruchus |

Distiliata: Stal (I Nassunia) Au S onini Wu. UIS 92 brevicornis Fitch (Ceresa).

bistriata Burmeister (Tropidolomia) . . . . . . 104 brevicornis Provancher (Ceresaj

pistriea Walker HRRexsa) uv Cc A cree ure cu vro PS2 brevicornis Jacobi (Gongroneura)

bistrigata Fairmaire (Boéthoós) . . . . . . . . 138 brevicornis da Fonseca (Kronides) .

bitriangulata Funkhouser (Tragopa) . . . . . . ro2 brevicornis Funkhouser (Macherotypus) .

bituberculata Goding (Leioscya) . . . . . . . 62 brevicornis Distant (Ofizotus)

bituberculata Stab (iraAtia)-- - 9 7. so 323) 154. brevicornis Van Duzee (Platycentrus) .

bituberculata Fowler (Notoeera). . . . . . 56. 303 brevicornis Fowler (Poizia) .

biturris Walker (Cenirofus) | ur mti seen ve, 190 brevicornis Goding (Sertorius)

bivexillifer Costa (Spongophorus) . . A NP ME S 193. brevicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

Bocchar Jacobi. . . 273, 279 brevifrons Funkhouser (Periaman).

Boecydium Eateile 4) 2. 7 n7 7. 171, 179 brevifurca Funkhouser (Fuukhouserella)

Boéthoóos Kirbildy «9 o 4rd ITuN S ec BIOS brevinota Funkhouser (Pyrgauchenía) .. .

bogotensis Richter (Peuichrophorus) . . . . . . 301 brevis; Walker UAlemróne) v- 9-49. — het eoe E

bogotensis Dohrn (Polyglypta) .. . . . . . . . . 148 brevis Distant (Anchon).

Bohemzenia Stab. S Un EA 28g brevis Walker (Ceresa) .

bohemania Buckton (Coloborrhis). | . . . . . . . 289 brevis Walker (Enchenopa) .

Bolbauchenia Goding, v ed ce MIU eqs 289 brevis Goding (Erechtia)

Bolbonota Amyot & Serville . . . . . 9, 58, 5o, 62 brevis Plummer (H ypsoprora)

BOLBONOTINI Goding. 47, 58 brivis Fairmaire (Stictopelta) .

Bolbonotodes Fowler 58, 5o brevis Ball (Telamonanthe) .

Bolivar: Palaez(Depiocényyus), - 2. ue us x v 227 brevis Funkhouser (Tricentrus| . . . . . . 209,

bonwrensis Bere (Cyphomi) v o. X13 129 brevis Van Duzee (Tylofelta)

bonàasia ;babricius(Gallicentirus). o. Mou uel qe s IB9 brevispinis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . 212,

boneti;Pelaez (Awehom). 4 LIED E RO aet e 02035 304 brevispinus Funkhouser (Ceztrotoscelus)

Boeóocerug Sii]. 5 4D EAE T O4 SIS RXHOSTERS brevitylus Van Duzee (Ceresa) .

Borealis Pairmuire (Cerésa) — 2-5 mo -4. $*. I25 brevivitta Walker (Polyglypta).

borealis'Goding (Dimgkana) 5. . X. $2 xm 4x4. 274 brevivittus Walker (Ofinotoides) .

borneensis Distant (Centrochares) . . . . . . . 220 brunnea Funkhouser (Acozophora).

borneensis Funkhouser (Ceatrotoscelus) . . . . . 270 brunnza Provancher (Acutalis)

borneensis Schmidt (Hybaudoides) |... . . . . . 219 brunnea Funkhouser (Gargara) .

bos?Bbaimaire* (efiehismne) S o ee T isa 63 brunnea Funkhouser (Leioscyta)

DOS SIBDOreb (Hoe IDCEBIVNSPS UR Re ne. Dre. 227 brunnea Funkhouser (Magwuva) .

botanshana Kato (Gargara) . . . . . . . . . 261 brunnea Funkhouser (Pyrgauchenia

bovillus^Distaute(Drrcentrus) — xn s cv S09 brunuea l'unkhouser (Tragopa)

bovitanstal NUOCA ar thon e LN e SiS M O96 brunnea Funkhouser (Tyaelia)

bovinus Distant-d(Geznizolnsy os ceetelrtes are sation TOO brunnea Fowler (Vanduzea)

bowrmper Distant. (Centrotytus) 3 V ust 9 3294 brunneicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

braccata)Germar'(CybAemua)- :- o us Lures I20 brunneidorsata Funkhouser (Erecátia)

brachteata»StzleUEVoSe) Pope dest aua brunneidorsata Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . 261. 3

brachteata Labriorüus-(S/2943/35)5 001 34203 6 9. NA TERT brunneifasciata l'unkhouser (Gargara)

Braohybelus-Siàl- -. 357 9o Wb nee xou IBELSTOI brunneifrontis Funkhouser (Po/zia)

Brachycentrutus Metcalf & Bruner . 183, 19r, 103 brunneimaculata Funkhouser (Tragopa) . . .

brachycera Fairmaire (Nofocera). . . . . . . - 56 brunneipennis Funkhouser (Amastri:)

Brachytalis Metcalf & Bruüuner ;. . . - - . 73,83 brunneipennis Buckton (Telamona)

brasiliensis Stál (Acosophora) . . . . . . . . $5 brunneofasciata Fairmaire (Eumela) ,. . . . . .

braziliensis Fabricius (Hemikyptha). . . . . . . 6 brunneus Funkhouser (4zchon).

breddini Schmidt (Pyrgauchenia.) .— . . . . . . 215 brunneus Fowler (Camfpylocentrus) .

brevicornis Funkhouser (4dcomophora). . . . . . 3or brunneus Funkhouser (Ceztrotoscelus) .

brevicornis Fowler (Campylocentrus) . . . . . . 185 brunneus Distant /Centrotvypus) . .

348

brunneus Germar (Daraoides) .

brunneus Funkhouser (Flexocentrus)

brunneus Funkhouser (Leftocentrus)

brunneus Funkhouser (Macherotypus) .

brunneus Funkhouser (Ofizotoides).

brunneus Funkhouser (Pazntaleon) .

brunneus Funkhouser (Platybelus) .

brunneus Fallou (Spongophorus)

brunnicornis Germar (Ceresa)

brunnipennis Germar (Tricocefs)

brunniventris Fairmaire (Suzdarioa).

Bryantopsis Ball.

Bubalopa Stál .

bubalus Fabricius (Ceresa)

bubalus Kirby (Maarbarus)

bucephalus Distant (Sextiws). .

bucktoni Goding (Anmchistrotus) .

bucktoni Goding (4typa) .

bucktoni Distant (Centrochares) .

bucktoni nom. nov. (Eufrenchia) .

bucktoni Funkhouser (Membracis) .

bucktoni Funkhouser (Tragofa).

buctoni Goding (AmscAhon) .

buctoni Funkhouser (Polyglypta)

bufo Kato (Pamialeo) . . . .

bugabensis Fowler (Tragofa) .

bulbaceus Distant (Tiberiamus) . .

Bulbauchenia Schumacher

bulbicornis Funkhouser (Fwunkhouserella) .

bulbidorsa Goding (Poppeag) . . . . .

bulbifer Funkhouser (Emfhusis).

bulbifera Germar (Cyphonia)

bulbiturris Funkhouser (Funkhouserella) .

bulbosa Funkhouser (Azfoue) .

bulbosa Haviland (Erechtia) .

bulbosa Buckton (Hyfsauchenia)

bulbosa Funkhouser (Otizotoides)

bulbosus Funkhouser (Pazíaleon) .

bullata Stàl (Aspona)

bullifera Goding (Bocydiwm) .

bullifera Burmeister (Heteronotus)

burmeisteri Fairmaire (Lycoderes) .

celata Distant (Gargara) .

c-album Fairmaire (Membracis)

caldwelli Plummer (Hyfsoprora)

californiensis Goding (PAilya) .

caliginosa Walker (Acomophora). .

caliginosus Walker (Tricentrus) .

callangensis Goding (Mierutalis)

Callicentrus Stà] . . . . .

calva Say (Micrutalis) .

calva Ball (Telamoza) .

HOMOPTERA

«97,303

198

142, 143

90, 92

205,

281,

182,

:-39. 124, 125

235. 236

252

100

camelus Gray (Hyphinod) . . . . . . . . «.

camelus Fabricius (Smilia) .

camerani Griffini (Umbonia)

campbelli Distant (Ofinotus) .

campbelli Distant (Telingana) . .

campestris Fairmaire (Cymbomorpha) . . . . . .

47, 50,

. 182, 183,

Campylenchia Stál .

Campylocentrus Stál

canadensis Provancher (Avchasia)

canescens Buckton (Telimgama) . . . . . . 23r,

capensis Germar (Centruchus)) . . . . . . . .

capistrata Burmeister (Darnis)

capistrata Distant (Telingana) . . . . . . . .

capitata Buckton (Ewritia) . . . . . . . ..

capitata Buckton (Lycoderes) . . . "ertt

capitata Fairmaire (Notoeera) . . . . . .

capra Fabricius (Acamthophyes) . . . . .

capra Burmeister (Oyphonia) . . . . ..

capra Burmeister (Lamproftera) .

capra Goding (Microcentrus) . . . . .

capreolus Germar (Lamproptera)

capreolus Walker (Tricentrus) . . . . . . . .

capricornis Fowler (Pofpea) . .

carbonaria Distant (4spasiaua) . . . . . . . .

carbonaria Germar (Erechtia)

carinata Forster (Entylia)

carinata Stál (Evashmeadea) . . . . . . . .

carinata Funkhouser (Gargara).

carinata Funkhouser (Gongroneura)

carinata Guérin (Heliodore) . .

carinata Walker -(Ifsie) ;- 5-2 we ELO EATTHAEE

carinata Fabricius (Memoóbracis) . ;

carinata Funkhouser (Ochropepla) .

carinata Guérin (Susdario) . . . . . . . .

carinata Fabricius (Tropidaspis)

carinatus Funkhouser (Acanthucus).

carinatus Funkhouser (EbAul)

carinatus Blanchard (Melizoderes) . . . . .

carinatus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

carinatus Funkhouser (X;fhistoides)

carinulata Schmidt (Metealfiella)

carteri Funkhouser (TaAliwa)

caruata Fabricius (Membracis)

carye Fitch (Microcentrus)

Carynota Fitch .

caseoscalpris Butler (A/emeoze) . . . . . . .

cassis Stoll (Enchophyllum). .

cassis Buckton (Eutryonia) .

castanea Kato (Gargara)

castanee Fitch (Aiymsa) ; . . . 4. 4

castaneus Distant (Sertorius); m OEC Tet

caudatus Buckton (Oxyrhachis) .

cavendus Distant (Convector) .

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Pages

caviceps Fowler (Endoiastus) . 166, 304

cavicornis Stàl (Ceresa) . 126

cavipennis Fowler (Campfylocentrus). 185

Cebes Distant » 226, 241

celsa Walker (Membracis) 48

celsa Goding (Telamona) 148

celsus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus) 1I5

centralis Germar (Smilia). 109

Centrieuslus Fowler . . . . . . . . . I82, I9o

Centrochares Stàl 219

CENTROCHARESINI Goding 194, 219

Centrodontus Goding 171; 172

Centrogonia Stil. 123, 126

centromaculata Fairmaire (R/Aexia) tale. t-

Centronodus Funkhouser . AN 182, 187

CENTROTINZAE Spinola 5,13, 17, 18, 20,26, 31, 47, 162

CENTROTINI Distant e 194

centrotoides Fairmaire (A/emeone) . . . . . . 94, 95

centrotoides Walker (Centrogonia) . 127

Centrotoscelus Funkhouser . . . . . . 259, 269

Centrotus Fabricius . 194, I95

Centrotusoides Distant 194. 198

Centrotypus Stàl . 226, 253

Centruchoides Fowler . I7I, 179

Centruchus Stil 226, 249

Ceraon Buckton 226, 245

Ceratopola Stál e I1OI, 105

Ceresa Amyot &Serville . 10, 14, 41, 95, 123, 124, 133

CERESINI Goding. 107, 123

cerviceps Fowler (Notocera) 56

cervus Buckton (Elaphiceps) 224, 225

cervus Germar (Hemikyptha) 96

championi Fowler (Spongophorus) 53

championi Fowler (Stylocentrus) . 180

chapadensis Goding (Mrerutalis). 16,

Chelyoidea Buckton. IOI

chi Burmeister (Horiola) 105

chichiana Funkhouser (Aztianthe) . 3ol

chilensis Spinola (Suzdarioz) . 97

chlorizans Breddin (Gelastogonia) 121

chloroticus Fairmaire (Acanthophyes) . 232

chloroticus Walker (Acanthophyes) 232

chrysura Fairmaire (Gelastogonia) . Y2r

cicadiformis Walker (Nzlautama) 229

cicadoides Walker (Nicomia) 166

ciliata Fairmaire (Centrogonia) 127

cimicoides Fabricius (Tragofa) . 102

cinctata Haviland (T'ynelia) 137

cinctus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus) . 115

cinctus Buckton (Maarbarus) 236

cinerea Fairmaire (Metcalfielia) . 68

cinereus Emmons (OCyrtolobus). IIS

cinereus da Fonseca (Spongophorus ) 53

cingulata Germar (Membracis) .

cissi Harris (Telamonza) .

citrea Distant (Gargara)

citrina Fairmaire (Amastris) .

Cladonata Stàl :

clarus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

clavaria Fairmaire (Sfongophorus) .

clavata Fabricius (Cyphonia) .

clavata Kirkaldy (Eutryonia) .

clavata Perty (Heteronotus) .

claviger Stàl (Spongophorus)

clavigera Fabricius (Cyphonia)

Clepsydrius Fowler .

clitella Ball (Heliria)

clivulata Ball (Heliria)

Clonauchenia Funkhouser

coacta Schmidt (Stegaspis) .

coccinella Fairmaire (Tragopa) .

COCCOSTERPHINI Distant .

Coccosterphus Stál .

cochleata Schmidt (Kronides) .

coconinus Ball (XaztAolobus) .

corulea Ball (Stictopelta)

coffea Funkhouser (4Aconophora).

cognata Distant (Telingana)

colenophora Berg (Cyphonia)

colladoi Pelaez (Centrotus) .

collina Van Duzee (Stictocephala.

collina Walker (Telamona)

Coloborrhis Germar.

colon Germar (Ceresa) .

colorata Distant (Pyrgauchenia) .

Combophora Germar .

compacta Walker (A4mastris) .

compacta Gibson & Wells (OpAioderma) .

compacta Ball (T'elamona) .

completa Schmidt (Membracis) .

complicatus Melichar (Macherotypus) .

complicatus Melichar (Pogontypus) .

composiana Goding (Tomogonia)

composita Walker (Horiola) .

compressa Walker (Aconophora) .

compressa Fabricius (Membracis) .

compressa Buckton (Smilia)

compressicornis Fairmaire (Henmikyptha) .

concava Say (Publilia) .

concava Fitch (Telamona) .

concavus l'unkhouser (Centrotoscelus) .

concina Fowler (Metcalfiella) .

concinna Fowler (Adippe) .

concinna Fowler (Ceresa) .

concinna Goding (Evashmeadea) .

concinna Fowler (Poffea) .

129,

S124 128.

194,

136,

349

Pages

147

261

136

1I5

303

224

350

concinna Stál (Smiliorhachis) .

concinna Fowler (Stalotypa)

concisa Walker (Entylia) .

concisa Buckton (Metcalfiella) .

concolor Walker (4cozophora) . . .

concolor Fairmaire (Enmchenofa) .

concolor Buckton (Notocera)

concolor Walker (Ochropepla) .

concolor Buckton (Xiphistes).

conficita Walker (Nassumia) .

confinis Buckton (Membracis) .

confusa Distant (Gargara) .'.

confusa Distant (Gongroneuwra) . .

confusa Fairmaire (Membracis) .

confusus Fowler (Hebeticoides)

confusus Butler | Heteronotus)

confusus Distant (Leptocentrus

Congellana Distant

congestus Walker (Tricentrus) . . . . .

conica Fairmaire (Hle).

conica Walker (Telamona) .

conifera Butler (Aconophora) .

consanguina. Stál (4mastris) .

consentanea. Fairmaire (Anchistrctus)

consobrina Distant (Telizugana) . .

consobrinus Distant (Ewfairnairia).

consocia Walker (Gargara)

conspersa Stál (Aztonc)

conspersa Stàl (Hille) .

conspurcatus Stál (4canthuwus)| . . . .

constans Walker (Ceresa) . ;

constipata Walker (Xanthosticta

constipatus Walker (Centrotus) .

constrictus Fowler (Clepsydrius) .

conterminus Walker (Terentius) .

contorta Walker (Ceraon)

contractus Walker (Ceraon) .

contraria Distant (Gargara)

Convector Distant :

convergens Walker (Tricentrus) .

convexa Goding (Cymbomorpha! .

convexus Stàál(Terentius) . . .

convoluta Fabricius (Hebetica) .

coquilletti Goding (Telamonanthe)

coreanus Kato (Macherotypus) .

coreanus Kato (Tricenirus)

corniculata Stál (Ceratopola) .

corniculata Fairmaire (Entylia:

corniger Stàl (Lycoderes)

cornigera Stál (Dioclophara:

cornuta Distant (Centrotus) .

HOMOPTERA

225;

208,

Pages

145

cornuta Distant (Hyphinoé) .

cornuta Funkhouser (Maguva)

cornuta Funkhouser (Orekthophora) .

cornuta Plummer (Platycotis)

cornuta Goding (Pyrgauchenia)

cornuta Fowler (Stictocephala)

cornuta Haviland (Tropidaspis) .

cornutula Ball (Heliria)

cornutula Stál (Leioscyta) .

cornutulus Stál (Postanomus) .

cornutus Linnzeus (Ceztrotus)

cornutus Funkhouser (Hemicentrus)

cornutus Fowler (Microcentrus)

cornutus Goding (Multareis) .

coronata Fabricius (Hypsofrora).

coronata Ball (Telamona) .

coronatus Ball (Cyrtolobus)

corrosa Fairmaire (OcAropepla)

*corrosa Fairmaire (Metcalfiella).

corrugata Fowler (Bolbonota) .

corticina Germar (Coloborrhis

coryli Fitch (Telamona) .

Corythophora Stàl .

costalis Walker (Campylocentrus) .

costalis Walker (Centrotus) .

costalis Walker (Centrotypus |

costaricensis Goding (AIchisme) .

costaricensis Schmidt (Enchenopa) .

costata Burmeister (Polyglypta) .

costata Buckton (Spongophorus) .

costigera Butler (Gelastogonia)

costigera Butler (TAelía)

crassicornis Fairmaire (Nofocera) .

crassicornis Amyot & Serv. (Umbonia) .

crassicornis Distant (XipAistes)

crassulus Stál (Szpylus) .

crassus Distant (XifAistes)

cratzegi Fitch (Glossonotus)

cribratus Walker (Callicentrus)

cribum Fairmaire (Metcalfiella)

crinitus Buckton (OxyrAachis)

cristata Fairmaire (Heliria)

cristata Stáàl (Lamproftera) .

cristata Lethierry (Tolamia) .

cristiferus Stál (Cyrtolobus)

Crito Distant :

cruciata Fabricius (Notocera).

cruentata Burmeister (Stictopelta)

cruentatum Germar (Ezchophyllum | .

cruralis Stál (Brachybelus) .

crux Linnzus (Hemikyptha)

*Note : Page 303, please read Metcalfiella corrosa Fairm. in place of Hoplophorion corrosum.

FAM. MEMBRACID/ZE

Pages

Cryptaspidia Stàl. . . . P. m NUR. 122311227

Cryptoparma Goding. 5. e M mE Reti 259

Cryptoptera Butler; wo vis ac I LA. cer S

cucullata Perty (Anchistrotus) . . . . . . . . . 100

cucullata Burmeister (Aztranthe) |... . . . . . . tn

cucullata Van Duzee (Helonica) . . . . . . . . 149

cucullata Dohrn (Membracis) .. . . . . . . . . 48

cucullata «Buckton/Mvinisay- ee ra nue ue WU TET

cucullatus Fowler (Glischrocentrus) . . . . . 177, 178

cucullatus Fowler (Polyglyptodes) . . . . . . . 1x18

cultellata Walker (4comophora) ,. . . . . . . . 85

cuültrata "Pabricius(PolyrAyssay - xe vie E eese XI

cultrata maculata da Fonseca (Polyrhyssa) . . . . 3o2

cumulata Walker (Rhexsa) 4 m lcm ww. 82

cuneata. Fowler (A4sjosa) . .. . 2 254 77. 303

cuneata" Fowler (Bolbonota), 3 0n Rowe 199

cuneata Butler (Darunis) 72

cuneata. Butler (Hebetica) ... . . . . 5. 2. . 74

cuneata. Germar (HypAinos) o C E LAUS Su ch. 94

cuneata "Butler (Melízodexes) o o lx 70

cuneatus Distant (Centruchus) |. . . . . . . . 250

cuprea^Puukhouser (Cexesa) 27. 02m Mou Lo 129

cupreum: Kirby Pogon)-or ode DNI SE. ie dva Lun 12:95

eupreus Distant (Ew/airtidiria) 5 1 14. 9 0. 20I

turtulus" Walker(deréniius) — s Gov umor ous: 275

curvata Fabricius (Campylenchia) . . . . . . . à

curvatus Melichar (Indicopleustes) . . . . . . . 234

curvicaudus'Goding (Serloriusy) «1s uu. st. 249

curyiceps-Fowler:(Volocéra) 1. 3s Sio x 42b, 302

Gurvicorndis Stal 64me2He) dco c CHEESE g5

curvicornis Funkhouser (Centrogonia). . . . . . 3or

curvicornis Walker (Euchenopa) . . . . . . . . 5

curvicornis Stál(Eufrenchia) .. . . . . . . . . 241

curvicornis Buckton (Otinotoides) . . . . . . . . 245

CHrUcorinis Stal (DAMyaye ee ut Eee c Tu TS

curvicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . . . 210

curvidens Fairmaire (Campylocentrus) . . . . . . 185

curvidens. Distant(Q/ifAofus)— s, o2 2. ul. Sec ue ws. 240

curvilinea Walker(Ceresa) . . . . . . . . . . 126

curvilinia Walker (Membracis) . . DN E UN Sn.)

curvispina Walker (Boéthoós). . . . . . . . . 138

cürvispina: StAl CL Alinpand) (2 9 ew sr vex obra i29I

curvispina:.Distant (2 wicotefs)o 5 us m. 0 upom u, X98

CUYPISPIHa SUA (DN UOTA) edm ree e TNR d. eO.

écyanea. Burmeister(Tvagóba) vue: or s. 102

cyclops. Butler darum) t cs a e cH RD

cylindrieornis.Stal CN olorey). (io is sos uS oss 256

Cymbomorpha.Sial 12 e tes op cR eed: 170

Cyphonia Làiporiez 9 * Ee m RATIS T2

Cyphotes Burmester 4 eec IDE UIS T

Cyrtolobus Goding . 9, 108, 111, 113, 114, 134, 154

cyrtobs Fairmaire (Telamona) . . . . . . . . . 147

CyrtosiR bitch divert. uon cui EA En COUETTA

Dacartha Distant . :

damoniaca Buckton (Notocera) .

Daimon Buckton

dalmani Stál (Nassuzia)

dama Germar (Leptobelus) .

DARNINAE Stál

DARNINI Goding .

Darnis Fabricius .

Darnoides Fairmairc

darnoides Walker (Eurite«

Darthula Kirkaldy

DARTHULINI Trib. nov.

darwini Funkhouser (Orekten) .

Daunus Stàl

davidi Fallou (Gargara)

decipiens Fairmaire (Erechtia)

decipiens Matschulsky (Telingana)

decisa Walker (Entylia) .

decisus Walker (Ewfairmairia)

declivata Van Duzee (Palonzica)

declivis Distant (Umfilianus) .

decoloratus Distant (Coccosterphus) .

decorata Funkhouser (Maurya) .

decorata Ball (Telamona) .

decorata Funkhouser (Tragopa) .

decorata Walker (Umbonia)

decorata Funkhouser (Vaaduzea)

decoratum Distant (A4zchoz) . :

decoratum Erichson (Enchophyllum).

decoratus Distant (Centruchus)

Dectonura Butler

decurvatus Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

decurvatus Funkhouser (Leftobelus)

definita Woodruff (OpAiderma)

deflectens Distant (Demanga) .

degeeri Coquebert (Monobelus).

delalandei Fairmaire (Oxyrhachis) .

delalandei Jacobi (Gongroneura)

Delauneya Lethierry

deletus Melichar (Mozocentrus) .

delicata Plummer (Poffea)

delimitata Distant (Gargara) .

delineatus Walker (Heterozotus) .

delongi Plummer (Stictolobus)

Demanga Distant .

densa Walker (Campylenchia) .

denticornis Buckton (Platycentrus)

denticula Funkhouser (Maurya) .

denticulus Funkhouser (Ceztrozodus)

denticulus Fowler (Hebeticoides) .

depressa Funkhouser (Telingana)

depressicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

depressus Fieber (Centrotus)

351

Pages

225, 238

I3;

271, 72, 73,

82,

UNE US

194,

189

352

depressus Goding (Sextius)

diabolica Butler (HyfAinoé£) .

diadema Kirkaldy (Eutryonia)

diceros Say (Ceresa) .

difficilis Distant (Centrotus)

diffusa Walker (Telamona) .

digesta Buckton (Bolbonota) .

digitatus Van Duzee (Multareis) .

dilatatus Richter (Penichrophorus)

dilatatus Walker (Sipvlus).

dilaticornis Pelaez (4zchoa) .

dimidiata Fairmaire (Tragofa)

diminuta Van Duzee (Stictocephala)

Dingkana Goding. . . . .

Dioclophara Kirkaldy

dipteroides Fowler (Parantone) .

discalis Walker (Micrutalis) .

discoidalis Emmons (Cy»tolobus) .

discoidalis Fowler (Evashmeadea) .

discolor Fairmaire (Ceresa)

discontinua Walker (Anchistrotus)

discrepans Goding (Gargara) .

discrepans Goding (Poffea) .

discrepans Goding (Procyrta)

discrepans Walker (Tragofa) .

discreta Fowler (Platvcotis)

discretus Melichar (Macherotypus) .

dispar Fabricius (Boéethoós)

dispar Fowler (Polyglypta). . .

disparicornis Fowler (Aconophora) .

disparipes Fowler (Metcalfiella) .

disrubta Walker (Darnis)

dissimilis Distant (Parayasa) .

dissimilis Distant (Pogontypus)

distans Butler (Ceresa) .

distanti nom. nov. (Ceztrotus)

distincta Plummer (Atymza) .

distinctus Distant (Eufairmairia)

distinguenda Fowler (Boe!hoós) .

distinguenda Fowler (Trachytalis) .

distinguendus Fowler (Cyrtolobus) .

divergens Schmidt (Menbracis) .

divergens Bierman (Tricenutrus) .

diversa Richter (RAexia)

divisa Walker (Menmbracis).

divisus Walker (Heteronotus) .

dixianus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus)

doddi Distant (Otinotus)

dohrni Signoret (Melizoderes)

dohrni Fairmaire (Tragopa) .

donitzze Matsumura (Gargara)

donitzae testacea Kato (Gargara) .

Dontonodus Funkhouser

HOMOPTERA

279;

'COIOB, 1175

. 85,

171,

240

170

102

261

3o3

IBI

dorana Ball(Telamona) . .

dorsalis Buckton (Glossonotus)

dorsalis Fairmaire (Hille) .

dorsalis Fitch (Micrutalis) .

dorsalis Matsumura (Pantaleon) .

dorsalis Burmeister (Polyglypta) .

dorsalis Buckton (Spongophorus) .

dorsata Fairmaire (Cynbomorpha)

dorsata Funkhouser (Gargara)

dorsata Fabricius (Menmbracis)

dorsata Fabricius (PAormorphora)

dorsatus Funkhouser (Otizotoides) .

dorsimaculata Kato (Gargara)

doryensis Distant (Arzmanes) .

dromedarius Kirkaldy (Acaztucus)

dschagga Jacobi (Platybelus) .

dubia Fowler (Micrutalis).

dubia Fowler (Ocropepla) .

dubia Fowler (PAilya) .

dubia Fowler (Stictocephala)

dubia Fowler ( Thrasymedes)

dubiosa Van Duzee (Bolbonota) .

dubiosa Van Duzee (Telamona) .

dubium Fowler (Ezckophyllum)

duo-guttatus Fabricius (Monobelus)

dyaki Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

Dysyncritus Fowler

Ebhul Distant

Ebhuloides Goding .

echinatum Distant (Azchoz) .

ecuadorensis Fowler (Hille)

Ecuadoria Goding

Ecuatoriana Goding . .

egyptianus Distant (Oxyrhachis) .

ehrhorni Ball (Telamoza) .

Elaphiceps Buckton .

electa Melichar (Mzcreuue)

Electrophina Buckton.

elegans Pelaez (Azchon)

elegans Fowler (Centrogonia) .

elegans Funkhouser (Ebhul) .

elegans Kato (Gargara) .

elegantula Perty (Horiola)

elegantula Distant (Parayasa)

elephas Stál (PAilya)

elevata Goding (AIchisme) .

elevata Funkhouser (Amastris) .

elevata Funkhouser (Cryptaspidia) .

elevata Fabricius (Menmbracis) .

elevata Funkhouser (Stictocephala) .

elevatus Funkhouser (Leftobelus)

elevatus Funkhouser (Ofznotoides)

II,

213,259;

108,

Eligius Distant . . .

elle Goding (Telamona)

clongata Plummer (Atyrininaj

elongata Kato (Gargara)

elongata Fowler (Stictocephala

elongatus Distant (Ofinotus)

emarginata Fabricius (Entylia)

emarginatus Fabricius (Lycoderes

Emphusis Buckton . . . .

Enchenopa Amyot & Serville .

Enchophyllum Amyot & Serville

Enchotypa Stàl .

enderleini Schmidt (Gégaatorhabdus)

Endoiastus lowler

Ennya:;stal 7-1 re

ensata Fowler (dconophora)

ensatum Fabricius ( Eschophyllun

ensiger Ball(Bryautopsis) |. . . . .

Entylia.Germar- - . — 57. 33,

ephippiata Goding (zuchenopa)

ephibpiata Stàl (Membracis) . . . .

ephippigera Fairmaire (Maturza)

ephippium Burmeister (Micrutalis) .

Erechtia Walker . . . . .

erecta Funkhouser (Aconofhora) .

erecta da Fonseca (Hypsoprora) .

erecta Schmidt (Metealfiella)

erecta Plummer (Publilia) .

erecta Goding (Umbonia)

erectus Funkhouser (Aztialcidas

erectus Schmidt (Eumonocentrus)

erectus Distant (Leftocentrus) .

erectus Distant (Occator)

erectus Funkhouser (Stictolobus) .

erectus Distant (.Xiphtopaus

erigens Walker (EmpAusis)

ermanni Griffini (Untbonía)

Erosne Stàl . .

erythropus Burmeister (Gelastogonia)

escalerai Pelaez (Gargara).

escaleranus Distant (Platybelus) .

Eteoneus Kirkaldy .

Eualthe S:ál

euchistus Distant ( T'ricentrus

Eufairmairia Distant

Eufrenchia Godinp

Eumela Stàl. . . "es

Eumonocentrus Schmidt..

Eupantaleon ato

Euritea Stàl. . .

eurynomus Kirkaldy (AeaaztAhucus)

euryone Kirkaldy (AcantAucus)

Euryprosopum Sal

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

1; 47,440 2022

2507-40. 190

: 213

163, 166

3acI2E

ism Eco spat

117; 142, 44, 146

1229. 123

160, IOI

58, 60, 6r

I36, I4I

1291, 3O3

Eutryonia Goding. .

Euxiphopeeus Goding .

eva Schmidt (Azt022)

Evanchon Goding .

Evashmeadea Goding . . .

evelyna Plummer (Azton«)

evelyna Woodruff (Ophiderma)

exaltata Walker (Gelastogonia)

exaltata Fabricius (Melusina).

exaltata Walker (Notocera)

excelsa Fairmaire (Helonica; .

excelsior Walker (Enchenopa: .

excisus Walker (Heteronotus)

exemplificatus Distant (Zusitor) .

exigua. Buckton (M embracis)

exigua Fabricius (Scytodepsa) .

exigua Buckton (Xifhistes)

expansa Germar (Azthianthe .

expansa. Walker (Membracis)

expansicornis Fairmaire (Acneone)

extensa. Walker (Ceresa)

extensa Walker (Publilia)

extrema Distant (Gargaraj .

extrema Ball ( Telamona)

exusta Buckton (Tylopelta)

facetus Walker (Spozgophorus)

fagi Fitch (Heliria) .

fairmairei Breddin (Gelastegonia)

fairmairei Guérin (S'alotvpa) .

fairmairei Stáàl (Tricentrus)

falcata Walker (Eufrenchia)

falcatus Buckton (Eufrenchia) .

fallax Stàl (Amastris)

fallax Stàl (Eztylia) .

falleni Stal (Spongophorus).

fasceifrontis Funkhouser (Gurgara).

fasciapennis Goding (Leioscyta) .

fasciata Buckton (Adipfe)

fasciata Melichar (Coccosterphus) .

fasciata Funkhouser (Cryptaspidia) .

fasciata Butler (Cyphonia) .

fasciata Buckton (Euritea).

fasciata Kato (Gargara).

fasciata Fallou (Gelastogonia).

fasciata Buckton (Goagroneura )

fasciata Fabricius (Menbracis)

fasciata Coquebert (Menmbracis)

fasciata. Lethierry (Mozobelus)

fasciata Amyot & Serv. (Smilia) .

Jasciata. Fitch (Telamoza)

fasciata Walker (Tolazia) .

fasciata l'unkhouser (Tragofa)

193,

7.105, 112;

III,

240, 4

200

140

128

116

303

132

149

354

fasciatum. S1Àl (Membracis) .

fasciatus Fabricius (Monobelus) .

fasciatus Walker (Tolania).

fasciatus Kato (Tricentrus)

fasciifera Stàl (Iria) .

fasciipennis Funkhouser (Tricenirus) .

fascipennis Funkhouser (OfAiderma)

fastidiosa l'airmaire (Ceresa) .

felinus Haviland (Flexocentrus) .

Jelinus Germar (Tolania)

felinus Goding (Tylocentrus)

femella cornis Kato (Tricentrus) .

femoralis Stàl (Aconophora)

femoralis Stàl (Tolania) .

femorata Fairmaire (Ceresa) .

femoratus Walker (Tricentrus)

fenestrata Funkhouser (Horiola)

fenestrata Bergrath (Pyrgouota) .

fenestrata Walker (Tragopa) .

fenestratus Fitch (Cyrtolobus) .

fenestratus Funkhouser (Turis).

fenestratus Gerstacker (Umfilianus) .

ferrugata Melichar (Gargara).

ferruginata Funkhouser (Leioscvta)

ferruginea Fowler (Acozophora) .

ferruginea Walker (Enchenopa)

ferruginea. Fairmaire (Micrutalis) .

ferrugineum Melichar (Pogoz)

ferruginipennis Goding (Leioscyta) .

ferruginosa Goding (PAilya) .

ferruginosus Stàl (Ischrocentrus)

ferruginosus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

festina Say (Sticlocephala) .

festivus Distant (Acazthucus) .

festivus Distant (Crito)

fidelis Distant (Kombazana |

figurata Walker (Adippe)

fimbriata. Stàl (M etcalfiella) .

finitimus Walker (Tricentrus)

fissa Walker (Lycoderes) .

fitchi. Ball (Heliria) .

flaccida Fairmaire (45tone) .

flagellifer Signoret (Centrotus)

flava Kato (Centrotoscelus) .

flava Burmeister (Cyphonia)

flava Goding (Micrutalis) .

flava Goding (Ophiderma) .

flava Fairmaire (Suzdarion)

flaveola Fabricius (Membracis)

flavescens Distant (Ceztrotypus) .

flavescens Baker (Darnoides) .

flavescens Goding (Pogoz)

flavicans Fairmaire (Bolbonota)

HOMOPTERA

86,

. 39,

Pages

192

171

210

flavicans Fairmaire (Rhexia) .

flavicephala Goding (OpAiderma)

flaviceps Burmeister (Stictopelta)

flavicintta Germar (Hebetica)

flavidorsus Goding (Acanthucus) .

flavidus Fairmaire (Mozobelus)

flavifolia Stoll (Amastris) .

flavigaster Pelaez (Monocentrus) .

flaviguttata Goding (Ophiderma)

flavipennis Germar (Micrutalis)

flavipes Germar (Aconophora) .

flavipes Schmidt (Azchoz) .

flavipes Funkhouser (Gargara)

flavipes Kirby (Telingana).

flavipes Melichar (Tricentrus)

fllavipes Uhler (Tricentrus) .

flaviventris Lethierry (Acutalis) .

flavivitta Walker (Callicentrus)

flavocarinata Funkhouser (Gargara)

flavocostatus Haviland (Polyglyptodes) .

flavodorsata da Fonseca (Tynelia)

flavolatus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

flavolimbata Goding (Centrogonia) .

flavolineata Distant (Gargara)

flavolineatus Laporte (Heteronotus) .

flavolineatus Buckton (Periamaz) . .

flavomaculata Amyot & Serville (Polyglypta)

flavomaculatus da Fonseca (Heteronotus) .

flavomarginata Stál (TArasymedes) .

flavomarginata Fairmaire (Swndarioz).

flavopunctata Buckton (Notocera)

flavovittata Stàl (Cyphonia)

flavozonata Fairmaire (Acutalis).

flavus Goding (Centriculus).

flavus Funkhouser (Centronodus) .

flavus Signoret (P/atybelus).

flexa Walker (Membracis)

flexicorne Walker (Leptocephalus)

flexicornis Walker (Leptobelus)

Flexocentrus Goding

flexuosa Fabricius (Lycoderes) .

flexuosus Fabricius (Centrotypus).

floralis Buckton (Hypsauchenia)

forsteri Breddin (Pyrgauchenia) .

foliacea Stál (Antianthe)

foliata Linnaeus (Membracis) .

foliatus Funkhouser (Centrochares) .

foliatus Funkhouser (Spongofhorus) .

folium Olivier (Stegaspis)

formicarius Distant (Eb/iul)

formidabilis Distant (OxyrAachis)

formidenda Walker (M icreune)

Formocentrus .

Pages

231,

252

: 97,

171

. 48,

formosa Butler (CypAozia) .

formosanum Kato (A4zchon)

formosanus Kato (Leftocentrus

formosanus Matsumura (Telingana)

fornicata Germar (Eumela).

forticornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

fortis Walker (Nassunia)

fowleri Haviland (Gerridius)

fowleri Buckton (Heteronotus)

fowleri Funkhouser (Metheisa |

fragila Funkhouser (Gargara).

franciscana Stál (Stictocephala)

fraterna Distant (Gargara) .

fraterna Butler (Stictopelta)

fraterna. Stàl (Tolania)

fraternus Distant (Ewfarrmairia .

frigida Walker (Campylenchia).

frigidus Ball (Cyrtolobus)

froggatti Goding (Polonius)

fronditia De Geer (Stegasprs) .

frondosa Buckton (G:da)

frontalis Fairmaire | Tragofa) .

frustratoria Berg (Sundarion: 2

fukiensis Funkhouser (Triceutrus)

fulgida Ball (SZictocepAala)

fulgidus Funkhouser (Triceatrus)

fulicum Germar (Ezchofhyllum) |.

fuliginosus Emmons (Cyrtolobus | .

fulmeki Schmidt (Pyrrgauchenia) .

fulvovaria Fairmaire (Tragofa| .

fumipennis Kato (Gargara)

funerula Fairmaire (Tragofa,

funesta. Stà] (Umbonia)

Funkhouserella Schmidt

funkhouseri Haviland (Aastris)

funkhouseri Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

funkhouseri Goding (Gelastogonia) .

funkhouseri da l'onseca (Gozoconophora! .

furca Fairmaire (Lycoderes)

furcata Fairmaire (Bwulbalopa)

furcata Burmeister Cyphonia)

furcatus Gray (Heteronotus) .

furcicornis Germar (XipAistes

furcifer Laporte (CypAonia)

furcisbina Lethierry (Cyphonia

fusca De Geer (Membracis)

fusca. Butler (Polyglypta)

fusca Fowler (Stictocephaia

fuscata Buckton (Cyphonia)

fuscata Buckton (Lycoderes,

fuscata. Atkinson (Membracis) .

fuscata Fabricius (Stictodepsa

fuscicornis Germar (.Xiphistes) .

FAM.

MEMBRACIDZE

Pages

210,4

214,

284,

130,

13o

204

228

231

fuscipennis Germar (Centruchus, .

fuscipennis Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus).

fuscoalis Metcalf & Bruner (Brachytalis) .

fuscoapicalis Kato (T'ricentrus)

fuscodorsa Buckton (Eztylía) .

fuscolimbatus Kato (T'ricentrus) .

fuscomaculatus Kato (Indicofleustes)

fusconervosa Fairmaire (Acwtalis) .

fuscum Buckton (Monocentrus)

fuscus Metcalf & Bruner (Brachytalis) .

fuscus Laporte (Heteronotus)

fuscus Amyot & Serville (Lycoderes)

fusifera Walker (Membracis)

fusiformis Fowler (Aconofhora) .

gafía Fairmaire (Lycoderes)

galeata Fabricius (Archasia) .

galeata Walker ! Stegaspis)

galeata Olivier (Tritropidia)

galeritus Lesson (Lycoderes)

gallicus Kirschbaum (Centrotus)

gambiz Fairmaire (Oxyrhachis) .

ganglbaueri Fowler (Bolbonotodes) .

garampinus Matsumura (Gargara) .

Gargara Amyot & Serv.

gargaraformis Kato (Tricentrus) .

gargaria Distant (Kombazana)

GARGARINI Distant

gayi Blanchard (Melizederes) .

gazella Fairmaire (Leftobelus)

gazella Buckton (Leptocentrus) .

Gelastogonia Kirkaldy .

Gelastophara Kirkaldy

Gelastorhachis Kirkaldy .

gemma Ball (Heliria)

gemmata Germar (Entylia;

geniculata Stál (Acutalis)

geniculatus Stàl (XzpAopeus, .

genistz Fabricius (Gargara) .

gentilis Breddin (Nassunia)

germari Guérin (Bocydiunt)

Gerridius Fowler .

gestroi Schmidt (Azchon)

gestroi Schmidt (XzpAopeus) .

gibba Buckton (Atypa)

gibba Laporte (A/yfa) .

gibbera Goding (Gelastogonia)

gibbera Ball (Telamona)

gibbera Stàl (T'ylopelta) .

gibberata Ball (Heiiria)

gibberula Stoll (Tropidolomia.

gibberulus Stál (Nessorhinus) .

gibbocornis Walker (Campylocentrus)

. 86,

IO, 16, 31, 80, 193, 259,

194,

143,

260,

163,

356 : HOMOPTERA

Pages x Pages

Gibbomorpha Bückton .;5 - 5-4 5 5 9 s... 102 Góniolomus Stàl ; 4 4 255 5999 VI82; IA

gibbosa Walker(Afypa) . 0 8 ome 78 goniphora Say (Stictoceephala) . . . . ... . . . 134

gibbosa De Geer(EreAia) i: - — 2 e^ ow 60 Gonoconophora da Fonseca . . . . . . . . 3oo

gibbosa Distant (Hypsawchemia) . . . . . . . . 214 gounellei Fallou (Telamona) . . « 4 T v sp u£8

gibbosulus Walker (Mawurya). . . . . . . 206, 207 gourneli Fallou (Gelastogomia) . . . . . . . . 121

gibbosulus Walker(Tricenirus) |. . . . . . . . 210 gowdeyi Distant (Platybelus) « . . . . . . . . 199

gibbula Fairmaire (Boethoós) . . . . . . . . . 138 gracilà Funkhouser(Gargara) . . . . . . . . 262

gibbulus Melichar (Oxyrhachis) . . . . . . . . 282 gracilicornis Stál (Aconophora) . . . . . . . . 86

gigantea Butler (4comophora) . . . . . . . . . 86 gracilicornis Richter (Cestrogonia) . . . . . . . 301

gigantea, Plummer (478a) X, 15. v we Se e 302. gracilicornis Kato (Tricentrus) ... ... . . . .. 210

gigantea Fairmaire (Metcalfiella). . . . . . . . 68 gracilis Schmidt (A4schon) .. «5 eene OS

giganticus Goding (Sertorius). . . . . . . . . 249 gracilis Kato (Centrotoscelus) . .. . . . 5. v € 270

Gigantorhabdus Schmidt. . . . . . . 214, 215 gracilis. Germar (Eschenopa) 4 oco o1 S STATE

gigas da Fonseca (Hemikyptha) . . . . . . . . 96 gracilis Goding (Estryonsa), A. 5x vU Te PPM

gilletti Goding (Stictocephala). . . . . . . . . 134 gracilis Funkhouser (Leptocentrus) . . . . . . . 228

gilviceps Stál (Stübophora). . . . . . . . . . 104 gracilis Metcalf & Bruner (Nessorhinus) . , . . . 89

gilyifes.Stal (Meonofhora) .-—i ue oos owes ss B6 gracilis Goding (Sinenodus) . . . . . . . ... 221

gilvipes Stál (Boócerus).. . . . . . . . . 183, 184 gracilis Kato (Tricenirus) «7 7 0. 0. s cw 20

gilvitarst Goding (Erechtia) o v ovs 2.60 gracilispinus Stál (Acanthucus) . . . . . . 247,248

glabra Latreille (Tragoha) . .. -. . ..- . . —« «4 108 graciloides Dozier (Nessorhinus). . . . . . . . 89

glabrata Fabricius (Horiola) . . . . . . . . . roS grahami Distant (Amitrochates) . . . . . . 200, 201

gladiata Stal(Acosobloray s S x E Lo Dens T HB6 gramatanus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) . . . . . . . 115

gladiator Walker (Aconophoroides) . . . . . . . 65 granadensis Fairmaire (Potnia). . . . . . .65, 67

gladiator Germar (Lycoderes). . . . . . . . . 176 grandis Van Duzee (Grandolobus) . . . . . . . 114

gladius Fabricius (Ewchenopa) . . . . . . . . 51 Grandolobus Bal . . . .-. . 5 « A08; 340

gladius Fairmaire (Umbonia). . . . . . . . . 7o granulata Funkhouser (Gargarà) . . . . . . . 262

glanduliger Lesson (Heteronotus) . . . . . . . 98 granulatus Kirby (Cestrotfus) . ... . .« 4.5 5.197

Glischrocentrus Fowler . . . . . . . 171, 177 gratiosus Woodruff (Cyriolobus) . 115

globiceps Fairmaire (Hyphino£) . . . . . . . . 94 greeni Distant (Vasa) z- «9-8 8 3 i cecus an E

globifer, Pelaez (Centrotusy, (2. uS y Us cia $907 gressitti Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . - 3o2

globosa Fairmaire (Bolbonota) . . . . . . . . $59 giisea Fowler (4dippe) . . 4. . - -. o9 se MR

globosa Haviland (T35ielin) —— 1s ar rue ces ates EST grisea Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . .. 262 À

globosus Funkhouser (Emphusis) . . . . . . . 247 grisea Woodruff (Ophiderma) . . . . . . . . . 116 ^

globulare Fabricius (Bocydum) . . . .8, 179, 180, 3o4 grisea Buckton (Publiliao) . . . « . .. « X5

globuliferum Pallas (Boceydium) . . . . . . . . 180 grisea Buckton (Xazthosticta). . . . . . . . . 267

tlobus-Germat (Tkdpofa) -0.9 47 oae eoo. «X08 grisescens Germar (Aconophora) . . . 86

glochidionge Kato (Tricmtrus) . . . . . . . . 210 grisescens Funkhouser (Ceresa) . 3o1

glomiferum Germar(Bocydium) . . . . . . . . 180 griseus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus) . . . . . . . . m5

Glossonotusz Euler: 05 tous 2 1 146,152 griseus Melichar (Otinotus) . . . . . . - . . 240

gloveri Goding (Cyrtelohus) . . . . . . . . . tr15 grossa Goding (Alchisme) . . . . . . . . . 64, 3038

gloveri Goding (Metcalfella) . . . . . . . . . 68 grossus Distant (Leptocemtrus) . . . . . . . . 228

Gnamptocentrus Fowler . . . . . . . . . . 185 Gueyaquila Goding . 4 » . 4 wesssus ur CERE

gnomon Buckton (Leptocentrus) . . . . . . . . 227 guerini Fairmaire (Spongophorus) . . . . . . . 53

Goddefroyinella Distant . . . . . . . 28r, 285 guerreroensis Fowler (Godingia) |. s or coL ERN 4

Godingellae Distánt — . :.. ... 4 . s 226,243 guianze Haviland (Tvagofa). ... io esu SUB

podingi, Distant (Caes. $ vod e x og. erroe 242 guineensis Pelaez (Tricoceps). . . . . . . « . 3198

godingi Van Duzee (Glossonotus) |. . . . . . . . r58 gunni Funkhouser (4zchoz) . . . . . . . . . 204 1

Godingia-Eowler 5 9155. x. $207; BIO guttata da Fonseca (4mastris) . . . . . . . . 302

godmani- Fowler:(Alzmeone), va MA Ursi 8o 95 gullala. Pitch (Smila) «4. cw suos. aioos qa109 id

godmani Distant (Polyglypta) . . . . . . . . . 143 guttifera Walker (Platycotis) . . . . . .-. . . 6; À

gomez-menori Pelaez (Orthobelus) . . . . . . . 188 guttipes Walker (4wlosiz) »..« o Sou sess d cea 5

Gondopharnes Distant. . . . . . . . 226, 245 guttiblaga Walker (Pyrgauchenia). . . . . . . . 215 P

Gongroneura Jacobi. . . . . . . .281:, 283, 284 guttulinervis Matsumura (Sipylus) . . . . . . . 269 [

guyanensis Buckton (Erechtia)

hadina Butler (Aconophora).

haedula Stál (Notocera) . ;

hznschi Schmidt (Metealfiella)

haeretica Distant (Adippe)

hainanensis Funkhouser (Gargara) .

hamifer Fairmaire (Camfpylocentrus) .

Hamma Buckton

hamulata Stál (Gzda)

handshini Funkhouser (Ceztrotoscelus) .

hardwicki Gray (Darthula)

hardwickii Kirby (Hypsauwchenia).

harrisi Distant (Eufairmairia)

hastata Fabricius (Campylenchia)

havanensis Fairmaire (Orthobelus)

hebes Walker (Ochropepla) .

HEBESINI Goding.

Hebetica Stál

Hebeticoides Fowler.

helena Woodruff ( 4tymza;.

Heliodore Stál .

Heliria Stál..

Helonica Ball

Hemicardiacus Plummer,

Hemicentrus Melichar .

Hemikyptha Metcalf . i

HEMIKYPTHINI Trib. nov. .

Hemiptycha Germar.

Heniconotus Stàl

Heranice Stál j

herbicola Haviland (Hille )

HETERONOTINI Goding .

Heteronotus Laporte

Hille Stál . IT

hinnuleus Fowler (Stictopelta)y. . .

hippocampus Fabricius (Lycoderes) .

hirculus Jacobi (Xiphopaus)

hirsuta Haviland (Gelastogonia) .

hirsuta Buckton (HypAinoé)

hirsuta Funkhouser ( Tynelia).

hirsutus Metcalf & Bruner (Brachycenirutus)

hirsutus Ball (Xantholobus)

hirta Germar (Cyphonia)

hispida Walker (Cyphonia) .

hispida Fairmaire (Notocera) .

hispida Van Duzee (Paraztone) .

histrio Walker (Adiffe).

histrionica Stál (Platycotis)

hoffmanni Funkhouser (Gargara )

hoffmanni Pelaez (Spongophorus) .

Hoplophora Germar

Hoplophorion Kirkaldy

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Pages

262, 304

260, 27

188

162, 182

I, 73, 74

: 1. 79, 74

113

- 97, 98, 99

. 108,

301. 303

146, 149

3oo

288, 290

90, 95

137.303

192

I12

13o

129

132

109

262

3oo

64, 68

hordacea. Butler (Polyglypta)

Horiola Fairmairc.

horishana Matsumura (Gargara).

horizontalis Distant (Hybandoides

horizontalis Distant (T'riceutrus) .

horrescens Fowler (Smerdalea)

horrida Melichar (Maguva)

horridulus Walker (X7phopeus)

horridus Fabricius (Heteronotus) .

horrificus Westwood (Ceztrochares) .

horvathi Distant (Pogontypus) .

hospes Kirkaldy (Centrotypus) .

humeralis Goding (Letoscyta) .

humeralis Fairmaire (Tragopa) .

humilior Walder (Enchenopa) :

humilis Fowler (AztiantAe)

humilis Fowler (Membracis)

humilis Walker (Platycotis) .

humilis Goding (Spalirisis)

humilis Walker (Tolania)

hyalifascia Funkhouser (Gargara) .

hyalina Pelaez (DacartAa) .

hyalina Kato (Gargara).

hyalinipennis Schmidt (Mozaocentrus)

hyalinipennis Kato (Tricentrus) .

Hybandoides Distant.

Hygris Stàl . .

Hypamastris Fowler

Hypheus Stàl

Hyphinos8 Stàl.

Hypsauchenia Germar.

hypsaucheniana Distant (Monocentrus).

HYPSAUCHENINI Distant

Hypselotropis Stàl .

Hypsolyrium Schmidt

Hypsophyllium Schmidt .

Hypsoprora Stàál .

iasis Kirkaldy (Acaazthucus)

Ibiceps Buckton.

Ictaranthe Fowler.

Idioderma Van Duzee

ignidorsum Walker (Enchenopa) .

ignipes Walker (Callicentrus) .

ignipes Fowler (Paradarnoides)

igniventer Buckton (Lycoderes).

llithucia Stàl

illinoiensis Goding (Ceresa)

illinoiensis Goding (Micrutalis)

imbelle Stàl (EnchopAyllum)

imbellis Fairmaire (AconopAhora) .

imitator Kirby (T'elingaza).

imitator Buckton (Telingana) .

3579

Pages

143

IOI, 104

202, 203

219, 220

202

210

214, 219

136, 140

138

VES

- 90, 93, 94, 95

95:913» 214

202

194, 213

214, 216

215

90, 95

136, 141

189

176

[9»

[os

immaculata Funkhouser (Erechtía) .

immaculata Funkhouser (Umbonia).

impedita | Walker (Eutylia)

Imporcitor Distant

impressa Stál (Cryptaspidia)

impressus Walker (Ceztrotus) .

impressus Stál ( Darnoides)

impressus Richter (Penichrophorus) .

impunctus Buckton (Leftocentrus)

inzqualis Fowler (Adippe) .

inzqualis Fabricius (Bolbonota) .

inequalis Butler (Entylía) .

inequalis Fowler (Grandolobus)

inzqualis Fowler (OcAhropepla)

inanis Fabricius (Azchistrotus)

incerta Walker (Stictopelta)

incisa Walker (Entylia) .

incognita Buckton (Notocera).

Incolea Goding.

incongrua Walker (Omoloz)

inconspicua Fowler (AfAetea)

inconspicua Fowler (Bolbonota) .

inconspicuous Buckton (ZscAnocentrus) .

incornigera Richter (Ceatrogonia)

incrassata Fairmaire (Azona)

incultus Melichar (Bocchar)

incumbens Germar (Krozides)

incurvatum Buckton (Pogoz) .

indecisa Walker (Entylia)

indeterminata Walker (Stictopelta). .

indicans Walker (Bathoutha) .

indicans Distant : Goddefroyizella)

indicata Bierman (Gargara)

indicatus Melichar (Centrotus).

Indicopleustes Distant .

inelegans Buckton (Sfougophorus)

inermis Lethierry (Abelus) .

inermis Fairmaire (AIchisme) .

inermis Emmons (Cyrtolobus) .

inermis Laporte (Heteronotus) .

inermis Goding (Hyphinoz).

inermis Fairmaire (da)

inermis Stál (Oxyrhachidia)

inermis Fabricius (Stzctocephala) .

inermis Jacobi (Xifhistes) .

inermis Jacobi (XipAistoides) .

infantilis Ball (Ceresa) .

infantilis Ball (OpAiderma) .

infxa Walker (Darnis) .

inflata Stál (Anton).

inflata Fabricius (Gzda).

inflatus Fowler (Spongophorus)

inflatus Van Duzee (Xan/holobus)

HOMOPTERA

Pages

3or

145

225. 238

147, 155

2521233

105529. 134

174, 175

informis Westwood (Gda).

infractus Jacobi Salirisis)

inornata Ball (Acutalis).

jnornata Say (Atymnaa) .

inornata Stál (Iria) .

insignis Fowler (Bolbonota)

insignis Walker (Ceresa)

insignis Distant (Leftocentrus)

insignis Distant (Parapogon) .

insignis Distant (P/atybelus)

insignis Buckton (Stegaspis)

insignis Fowler (Tragofa) .

insibida Buckton (Alchisme)

Insitor Distant .

Insitoroides Funkhouser

insoleta Walker (Gelastogonia) .

insolitus Goding (CypAotes)

insularis Schmidt (Monocentrus) .

insularis Distant (Sertorius)

intectus Fowler (Procyrta) .

integra Walker (Ceresa)

intermedia Distant (Alchisme)

intermedia Fowler (Aspoza)

intermedia Fowler (Ceresa) .

intermedia Fowler (Dioclophara).. .

intermedia. Fairmaire (Menbracis)

intermedia N'alker (Umbonia) .

intermedius Emmons (Cyrtolobus)

intermedius Distant (Ofinotoides)

intermedius Fowler (SpatAhocentrus) .

intermedius Schmidt (Tricentrus)

interna Walker (Aconophora)

interposita Buckton (Sextus) .

interrupta. Fabricius (Boéthoós)

interrupta Fairmaire (Membracis)

interrupta Stál (Nicomia) .

interrupta Walker (Polyglypta) .

invarius Walker (Otinzotus)

involuta Fabricius (Tropidolomia)

Inia-Stàl ses

irrorata Funkhouser (Gargara)

irrorata Goding (Telamona) . . .

irrorata Goding (Tragopa). .

irroratus Metcalf & Bruner (Monobelus)

irvinei Distant (Kazada)

isabellina Fowler (Trachytalis)

Ischnocentrus Stál .

ilalicus Kirschbaum (Centrotus) .

jacobsoni Funkhouser ( Leptocentrus)

jaculus Fabricius (Potnia)

jansoni Fowler (Potnia)

Janthe Siàl

Pages

[R27 832;

205

158

javanensis Fairmaire (Centrotypus) .

javanensis Funkhouser (ElafAiceps) .

javanensis nom. nov, (Evanchon)

Jessica Goding (Membracis) .

jubata Goding (Tropidaspis) .

jucundus Walker (Callicentrus)

jugalis Buckton (Cyphonia)

jugata Osborn (Telamona) .

jugifera Stoll (Ceresa)

juguluta Buckton (Pyrgauchenia).

juncta Walker (Membracis) .

juniperinus Ball (Stictolobus) .

Kallipterygia Kirkaldy.

kamaonensis Distant (T ricentrus).

Kanada Distant.

kandyiana Distant (Parafogon)

kartabensis Haviland (R/Aexia)

kawakamii Matsumura (Gargara)

kempi Distant (Hyfsauchenia).

kerenianus Distant (Otizotus)..

kershawi Goding (Acaz'tAucus)

kinabalense Breddin ( Pyrgauchenia)

Kleidos Buckton .

Kombazana Distant .

koshuensis Matsumura (Centrotoscelus)

kotoinsulanus Kato (T'ricentrus) .

kriegeli F'unkhouser (Triceatrus)

Kronides Kirkaldy

kuranda Kirkaldy (Sextius)

kuyanianus Kato (Tricentrus)

labatus Buckton (Orthobelus) .

labatus Buckton (Oxyrhachis) .

lacca Burmeister (Eumela) .

leta Walker (Lyvcoderes) .

leta Goding (Vanduzea)

levigata Fairmaire (Eualthe) .

levipennis Fairmaire (Stegaspis).

lagoensis Distant (XifAistes) .

Lallemandia Funkhouser

lama Signoret (Leptocentrus)

lamborni Distant (Eumonocentrus)

lamborni Distant (OxvrAachis)

laminata l'airmaire (Aconophora)

laminifer Walker (Centrotypus)

laminifer Buckton (Ewfrenchia)

Lamproptera Germar

lanceolata Stoll (Enchenofa;

laporti Germar (Helzodore) .

laporti Germar (Sundarion)

lata Walker (Aconophoroides) .

lata Walker (Alcneone) .

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 359

Pages Pages

254 lata .FPunkhouser(Gargara)e o o m de. vi *202

225 lata Walkers (Hémikybtha) .- v. V na es sociis 9D

200 lata/Goding (Mycrulalis) ioo: UA se os. CIÓI

49 Tata Sal CErBEODU) Qn Ete eu E CAD da LC PIEREOS

165 lateralis Babricius (Darme) V ue eR. 72, 3o3

189 Jatezalis/Stal (Monuobelusy) 4. m eot poe a ou s. 1102.

130 lateralis Funkhouser (Stictolobus) . . . . . . . 135

148 lateralis Van Duzee (Xaztholobus) . . . . . . . r12

126 laticapitata, Kato: (Gargara) --- -. EV. S ee Ww Ve 262

215 laticauda Fairmaire (Darnis) . HS ep

48 laticornis Walker (4conophora) . . . . . . . 86, 303

135 laticornis Funkhouser (Alehisme) . . . . . . . 3oo

laticornis Funkhouser (Ceztrotypus). . . . . . . 254

56 laticornis Fowler (Centruchoides). . . . . . . : 179

210 laticornis Funkhouser (Centruchus) . . . , . . . 250

256, 259 laticornis Funkhouser (Eufairmairia) . , . . . . 251i

234 laticornis Schmidt (Hybaaudoides) . . . . . . . 219

82 laticornis Kato (Zmporcitor) . . . . . . . . . 239

262 laticornis Schmidt (Mozocentrus) . . . . . . . 202

214 Jaticornis" StAl CS MIdari0n)s. e eS. te ee ETT

240 laticornis Funkhouser (Trícentrus) . . . . . . . 21O

248 latifasciatus: Kato (Srpylus) Vs. ex Rr sores 269

215 JaiironseWalker(Horiola)s e sg va Fuse Nr Ms noe s i02

234 latifrons Fowler (Zclaranthe) . . . . . . . . 75, 303

260, 270 latitrons-Stal (SPongopMorus) s ee oes RES I Up 29

270, 304 latilinea Walker (Stictopelta) . . . . . . . . 75, 303

210 latimargo Walker (Centrotypus) . . . . . . . . 254

210 latior. POWICr UDIEHIS) e SA ere ST 29

35, 87 laispenmis; Walker (Iycodeves)| «2, 0549 Ce IL Er SETO:

252 latipes:. Say (Campylenclta) 2 o ORI mm 92

209 latipes Buckton (Oxyrhachis) . . . . . . . . . 282

latura» Walker (Unbodia)s de e eeaartiet rs Tuus e 69

188 latus. Eüunkhouser (ritenirus) | | 2s e. ou 9L us. 210

, 282 laxatus; Distant (Cesfrofus)« vae exi desee i X9

81r lee Goding (Eufrenchia) . . . . . . E. UN II

176 Jeda Kürkaldy (Gero) x o2 cR s epi s x 24D.

139 lefebvrei Fairmaire (Membracis). . . . . . . . 49

9I lefroyi Distant (Oxyrkachis) . . . . . . . . . 282

177 Wibechi KGodinp» UMScVOCOM Vus). S n xi s os mr W78

285 leighi Distant (Monocentrus) . . . . . . . . . 202

136, 139 Leioscyta LPowler5. 94. e woo» 28v 0:5 62

228 lemniscata- Stal ANJronfid]as e 2.5 19 09109. 9 08. rs. 10D

212 lepida Walker (Cymbóomorpha) . . . . . . . « « 79

3. e 541282 Leptobelus; Stil «Pe on rto IS eere A22

85, 86, 303 leptocentraria Distant (JCssaka) . . . . . . . eis)

254 LEPTOCENTRINI Distant 194, 225

241 Lepteocentrus Stal. 3 E UILUCUK 1295:1226

163, 168 eptostictR Stolen Lc E e 23195

51 lethierryi Goding (Heteronotus) .. . . . . . . . 98

99 lethierryi bünkbouser (55a). 9 35e 0S da e tenue BE

99 leucaspis Walker (Leptoeentrus) . . . . . . . . 228

65 leucotelus Walker (Heteronotus) . . . . . . . . 98

95 leucotelus Walker (Heteronotus) . . . . . . . . 98

36o

lignicola Buckton (Otinotus)

ligustri Matsumura (Gargara)

limacodes Burmeister (Hebetica).

limbata Burmeister (Stictocephala)

limbatum Schmidt (A4zchoz) .

limbatus Fairmaire (Darnoides) .

limbatus Walker (Periamanz) .

limbipennis Jacobi (.Leptocentrus)

limus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus)

lineata Kato (Gargara pallida).

lineata Burmeister (Polyglyfta)

lineatus Funkhouser (A2z:choz)

lineatus Goding (Procyrta)

lineatus Kato (Szpylus) .

lineifrons Fowler (Stzctofelta) .

lineola Fairmaire (Horiola).

lineola Walker (T/rasymedes) .

lineolata Fabricius (Hor:iola)

lineosa Walker (Gelastogonia) .

lineosa Walker (Platycotis) .

liniola Walker (Thrasymedes) .

Lirania Stál . does

litterata Fairmaire (Acutalis) .

littuus Fowler (PAilya) .

lividus Buckton (Spongophorus)

lloydi Funkhouser (Maturna).

lobatus Stàl (Lycoderes)

lobulatus Stál (Spongophorus) .

locomotiva Breddin (Sfongophorus .

longa Funkhouser (Cryptaspidia) .

longa Walker (Erechtia)

longa Funkhouser(Tragopa) .

longicollum Olivier (Enchenopa)

longicornis Vuillefroy (Centirotypus) .

longicornis Plummer (Pofpea)

longicornis Fairmaire (Suzdarion) .

longicornis Distant (XifAistes)

longinotum Kirkaldy (Sextius).

longispinus Distant (Leftocentrus)

longiturris Funkhouser (Pyrgonota).

longula Burmeister (Tyzelia).

Lophuca Stàl.

Lophyraspis Stál.

lowryi Plummer (PAilya) .

Lubra Goding

lucidus Buckton (Acutalis).

Lucilla Stàl :

lucilloides Fowler (MetAeisa) .

luconica Fairmaire (Gargara).

luctans Stál (Lycoderes) .

luctuosus Stàl (Abelus) .

ludicrus Walker (Sfonzgophorus) .

lugubrina Stàl (Micrutalis)

HOMOPTERA

Pages

I6I,

240

262

lugubris Ball ( Telamona; .

luise Berg (Stictopelta)

lunata Fabricius (Membracis) .

lustra Funkhouser (Cryptaspidia ;

lutea Funkhouser (Acozophora) .

lutea Funkhouser (Bolbonota) .

lutea Funkhouser (Ceztrogonia) .

lutea Walker (S/ictocephala)

lutea Funkhouser (Umbonia) .

luteimaculata Funkhouser (Ceresaj .

luteimaculata Funkhouser (Tragofa)

luteinervis Funkhouser (Gargara)

luteinervis Funkhouser (Leftocenirus; .

luteipennis Funkhouser (Gargara) .

luteostrigata Goding (PAormorphora)

luteus Funkhouser (Centrotoscelus)

luteus Funkhouser (Coccosterphus)

luteus Funkhouser (Pl/atybelus)

luteus Buckton (Sertorius) .

luzonica Buckton (Xazhosticta) .

lycioda Ball (Amastris) .

Lycoderes Germar

lynx Ball (Microcentrus).

maacki Funkhouser (T'riceatrus) :

Maarbarus Distant .

mabirensis China (Amitrochates) .

mabirensis China (Hanna)

Machsaerotypus Uhler

machinula Breddin (Soagophorus) .

macrocerus Pelaez (Platybelus)

macularum Buckton (Micreune) .

maculata Distant (Adifpe) .

maculata Fowler (Adippe) . . . .

maculata Funkhouser (Amastris).

maculata Guérin (Azchistrotus) . .

maculata Funkhouser (AffAetea) .

maculata Funkhouser (Carynota)

maculata Buckton (Cyrtolobus) .

maculata Funkhouser (Erechtia).

maculata Funkhouser (Gargara).

maculata. Olivier (Hemikyptha) .

maculata Funkhouser (Maturzna)

maculata Burmeister (Polyglypta) .

maculata Funkhouser (Pofnia)

maculata Funkhouser (RAexia)

maculata Van Duzee (Telamona)

maculata Stál(Tragopa) . .

maculata Funkhouser (Tragopa) |.

maculatum. Buckton (EuchopAyllum) .

maculatus Funkhouser (Evazchon) .

maculatus Funkhouser (Stzictolobus) .

maculatus Funkhouser (Triceutrus).

I33.

395; 207;

135,

maculicornis Fairmaire (I1/lle)

maculidorsa Funkhouser (Tragopa).

maculifolia Stoll (Membracis) .

maculifrontis Emmons (C»rtolobus) .

maculinervis Stàl (Iria)

maculipennis Funkhouser (Centrotoscelus).

maculipennis Funkhouser (Eóhul) .

maculipennis Funkhouser (Gargara)

maculipennis Funkhouser (Parayasa) .

maculipennis Funkhouser (X:fAistes) .

maculiscutum Amyot & Serville (UroxipAus).

maculosa Walker (Notocera) .

maculosa. Distant (Parayasa) .

Maerops Buckton

magellani Fairmaire (Centrotus).

magna Funkhouser (Cryftaspidia)

magna Goding (Scytodepsa)

magniloba Goding (Helozica) .

Maguva Melichar . .

major Fowler (Polyglypta) .

major Distant (Sextius) .

major Fowler (T7rasymedes)

majus Emmons (Carynota)

majuscula Distant (Gargara) .

majusculum. Distant (Spalirisis)

makalake Distant (Gargara) .

malaleucum Walker (Enchophyllun)

malayus Stàl (Gargara)

malina Germar (Ceresa).

malleator Walker ( Emphusis)

malleifera Fowler (Micrutalis)

malleonata Fairmaire (Menmbracis)

malleus Walker (EmpAusis)

mangiferana Distant (OxyrAachis)

manilaénsis Funkhouser (Leftocentrus)

manilaénsis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

manni Distant (Hvfsauchenia).

margherita Distant (Parayasa)

marginalis Fallou ( HyfAino£ )

marginalis Schmidt (Sarantus)

marginalis Walker (Sfegaspis)

marginata Walker (Aconofhora) .

marginata Kato (Ceztrotoscelus). .

marginata Kato (Gargara) .

marginata Fabricius (Hemikypha) .

marginatus Funkhouser (Stictolobus)

maritimus Van Duzee (Platycotis)

marmorata Say iCaryaota) .

marmorata Goding (Stictopelta) .

marmorea Fairmaire (Tragofa) .

marquarti Laporte (JNotocera).

Marshallella Goding

marshalli Distant (Cenutrotus) .

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

195,

183,

Pages

120

130

matsumurai Kato (Cenzirotoscelus).

matsumurai Kato (Gargara)

Maturna Stál

maura Fabricius (P/Atormorphora)

Maurya Distant ;

maxima Goding (Guayaquila) .

mayana Funkhouser (Vanduzea) .

media Walker (Umbonia)

megaceros Walker (Orthobelus) .

Megaloschema Buckton

melamna Germar (Bolbonota)

melanocephala Fowler (RAexia) .

melanogaster Osborn (Ceresa) .

melanogramma Perty (Micrutalis) .

melanopetalus Olivier (Stegaspis)

melanostigma. Perty (Tragopa).

Melicharella Goding

melichari Goding (Coccosterphus) .

Melizoderes Blanchard.

Melusina Stál 4

Membracidoidea Goding .

MEMBRACIN/AE Stàl . . . .15,

MEMBRACINI Goding .

Membracis Fabricius

Mendicea Goding. :

mephistopheles Buckton (Leftocentrus)

mera Say (Carynota) .

merinjakensis Distant (Centrotypus) .

Mesocentrus Funkhouser .

metagensis Distant (Ceztrotus)

Metcalfiella Goding .

Metheisa Fowler .

metuenda Walker (Micreuze) .

mexicana Stál (Aconophora)

mexicana Plummer (Ceresa)

mexicana Stál (Heliria) .

mexicana Guérin (Menmbracis).

micans Stàl (Campylenchia) .

micans Buckton (Menmbracis) .

Micreune Walker.

MICREUNINI Distant

Microcentrus Stál

Microschema Stàl

Micrutalis l'owler.

midas Buckton (Ofzaotus) .

militaris Gibson & Wells (Ceresa)

militaris Buckton (Membracis)

militaris Buckton (Tritropidia)

miltoglypta Fairmaire (Herazice)

mimica Walker (Membracis)

mimicus Distant (Ofinotus).

Mina Walker.

minamen Buckton (Lveoderes)

«163,169, 177

124, 132

108, 123

16, 18; 25,26, 47

26, 47, 48, 54

14751196

38, 153

273, 278

ume. 19

. 64, 66, 68

; 109. $17. ^43

222

221, 222

194, 221

177, 178

63, 64

158, 160

240

126

362

minans Fairmaire (Campylenchia) . .

minax Goding (Platycotis) .

minima Goding (Le?oscyta;

minitus Funkhouser (Tricentrus).

minor Fairmaire (Azchistrotus)

minor Melichar (Azchoz) .

minor Fowler (Bilimekia, .

minor Fowler (Bolbonota) . . . .

minor Fowler (Ceresa)

minor Buckton (Erechtia; . . . . . .

minor Funkhouser (Gargara| .

minor Fowler (PAilya) .

minor Schmidt (Tricentrus)

minor Haviland (Tropidaspis).

minor Fowler (Vazduzea) .

minuscula Walker (Gargara) . . . . .

minuta Fowler (4conophora) .

minuta Funkhouüser (Amasíris)

minuta Funkhouser (Cryptaspidia) . . .

minuta Funkhouser (Erechtia).

minuta Funkhouser (Gargara;

minuta Kato (Gargara)

minuta Funkhouser (Sictocephala) .

minuticornis Funkhouser (O/inotoides).

minuticornis Kato (T'ricentrus)

minutispina Funkhouser (Nzlautama) .

minutispinus Funkhouser (Acanthucus)

minutissima Goding (Erechtia) . . . .

minutus Goding (Centrotypus).

minutus Fabricius (Coccosterphus)

minutus Melichar (Coccosterphus) .

minutus Funkhouser (Evazchon )

minutus Buckton (Mierutalis)

minutus Ball (Sealmorphus)

minutus Kato (Szpylus) .

mira Butler (Eztylia) . . .

mirabilis Funkhouser (Bulbauchenia)

mirabilis Fairmaire (Sfozgophorus! .

mirucornua Goding (Guayaquila)

mitratus Germar (Lycoderes! . . . . .

mixta Stàl (Dioclophara)

mixta Buckton (Gargara) .

modesta Stàl (Acutalis) .

modesta Distant (Parayasa!

modesta Uhler (Publilia)

modesta Goding (Telamonanthe) .

moesta Buckton (Entylia) .

masia Stà] (Micrutalis) .

mojiensis Matsumura (Tricentrus, .

molaris Butler (Telamonza) .

Monobelus Stál .

Monocentrus Moelichar.

monoceros Germar (Enchenopa) .

HOMOPTERA

Pages

14.5:136:7303

120, 303

- 148

183, 192

»195, 201, 222

Pages

monogramma Germar (Metcalfella . . . . . . . 68

monstrifera Walker (Eutryonia) . 223, 224

monstrosa Fairmaire (Tylopelta) . . . . . . . . 6t

montana Kato (Centrotoscelus). . . . . . . . "à 270

montanus Jacobi (Bochar) . . . . . . . . . 280

monticola Fabricius (Telamona) . . . . . . . . 148

montifer Walker (Pastaleow) . .. ... 4 « . : «4 205

morto Stab (Hiphinol) -- uoo um Re cus T69B

morio Fairmaire (Zlifhuia) . . . . . . . . . 128

moro Fabricius (T*agoba) xu E no fa ul a03

mounseyi Distant (Eufrenchia) . . . . . . . . 241

mucronata Buckton (Alchisme) . . . . . . . . 64

mucronicollis Motschulsky (Coceosterphus) . . . . 259

muirl Distant (Cenivolusoídes) 2... . - . . X98

Multareis Goding 92:757

multicarinata Fowler(Emchemnopa) . . . . . . . 51

multiformis Walker (Umbonia) . . . . . . . . 70

multilineata da Fonseca (Matwza). . . . . . . 302

munda. Walker (Euwritea) . 6 5 4; 4 REN

munda Fowler(Pobpea). . .. . . o o9 € M

mus Fowler (Obhiderma) ... . 2: 4 s 3; JREMI

muscaria Fabricius (Lamfroptera) . . . . . . . 169

mushaénsis Kato (Tricenirus). . . . . . . - . 21

muskokensis Goding (Carynota) |. . . . . . . . 153

mutabilis Fowler (Micrutalis) . . . . . . . . . 161

muticus Fabricius (Xastholobus). . . . . . . . i12

mutilus Distant (Ceniruhus) . . —- . . s. . «72398

myitte Distant(Gargara) . . . . . « .« « . «208

naifunpoénsis Kato (Tricentrus) . . . . . . . . 21I

nandidrugana Distant(Gargara) . . . . . . . 263

riasalis SU (Cyplosid) "vov ais duri i NEM

Nassunia Stál . 90, 91

nasuta Stál (Centrogonia) 127, 303

nasa Ball(Palonica) . uuu v III oM n ME

nasutus Stàl (Monobelus) 2 : 5 2 20 € 3 198

naturalis Distant (Tshaka). . . . . . . . 236,23

nebulosa Breddin (Gelastogonia) . . . . . . . . 12:

nebulosa Fowler (Membracis) . . . . . . . . - 49

nectaris Buckton (Oxyrhachis) .. . . . . . . . . 283

neglecta Haviland (Erechtia) . . . . . . . . . 60

neglecta Buckton (Ewfrenchia) . . . . . . . . 241

Negus-Jacobl . 4 $02 05 5t ox RR EON

neivai da Fonseca (Leioseyta). . . . . . . . . 3o0

Neoxiphistes Distant 4. : 4. 4: wow 2 7 029

nervosa Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 263

nervosa Fairmaire (Melwina). . . . . . . . . 132

nervosa Buckton (SZctocephala) . . . . . . . . 134

nervosus Motschulsky (Centrotus) BP XU dT 0

Nessorhinus Amyot&Serville . . . . . . 85, 89

neuter Fairmaire (Centrotypus) . . . . . . . . 254

nichoh Ball 9M3Icrocesirus) 2 o Su Sui abest AS

Nicomia Stál 163, 165

aigela Vairmaire (Polyglyfta) .

niger Stál (Zscnocentrus)

niger da Fonseca (Leioscyta) .

niger Metcalf & Bruner (Monobelus)

niger Funkhouser (Tereatius).

nigerrima Richter (Centrogonia) .

nigerrima Fowler (Hyfsofrora)

nigra Stàl (Aconophora) .

nigra Kato (Centrotoscelus) .

nigra Goding (Ceresa) :

nigra Funkhouser (Cryptaspidia) .

nigra Goding (Cyrtolobus)

nigra Funkhouser (Gargara! .

nigra Goding (Leroscyta)

nigra Funkhouser (Maguva)

nigra Olivier (Membracis) .

nigra lFunkhouser (Parayzargara).

nigra Funkhouser (Tyzelia)

nigrata Funkhouser (Bolbonota) .

aigrata Amyot & Serville (Umbonia]

nigrieans Laporte (Heteronotus)

nigricans Van Duzee (Stictocephala).

nigricebhala Emmons (Atymna)

nigriceps Bierman (Gargara) .

nigricornis Fowler (Aconophora! .

nigricornis Fowler (Ceresa)

nigricosta Goding (TArasymedes).

nigridorsa Funkhouser (Polyglypta) .

nigridorsis Fowler (Polyglypta)

nigridorsum Goding (Publilia) .

nigrifolia Stoll (Membracis)

nigrifrons Kato (Centrotoscelus)

nigrifrons Fowler (Stictopelta).

nigrinervis Fowler (Acutalis) .

nigripes Stàl (Euritea)

nigris Funkhouser (Camfylocentrus) .

nigris Funkhouser (Centrotypus) .

nigris Funkhouser (Leptobelus)

nigris nom. nov. (Spalirisis) . .

nigris Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

nigrvientris Funkhouser (Melusina).

nigriventris Fairmaire (Polyglyfta)

nigro-albomaculata Stoll (Membracis). .

nigroapicalis Funkhouser (Tricentrus).

nigro-apicata Stàl ( Darnoides) .

nigro-apicata Stal (Emchenopa) . .

nigroapicata Funkhouser (Gargara)

nigrocarinata l'airmaire (Alchisme).

nigrocarinata Funkhouser (Gargara)

nigrocincta Van Duzee (OpAiderma)

nigrocincta Ball ( Xaztholobus)

nigrocruciata Stoll (Notocera)

nigrocuprea Walker (Enchenopa)

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Pages

143

DIT? 182. 195

uigrocuprea Walker (Enchophyllum)

nigrodorsis Fowler (Polyglypta)

nigrofascia Funkhouser (Nassuzia).

nigrofasciata Fairmaire (Cymbomorpha) .

nigrofasciata Stáàl (Gargara) .

nigrofrontis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

nigrolineata Stáàl (Micrutalis) .

nigrolineata Provancher (Platycotis) .

nigroluteum Funkhouser (EnchopAhyllum) .

nigromaculata Funkhouser (Gargava),.

nigromaculata Provancher (Platycotis)

nigromaculata Funkhouser (Suzdarton)

nigromaculatum. Schmidt (Metcalfiella)

nigromarginata l'unkhouser (Mzerutalis) .

nigronervosa Kato (Gargara) .

nigropicta Funkhouser (AfPAetea)

nigropictus Distant (Oxyrhachis).

nigropunctata Goding (Aztona) .

nigrorubra Funkhouser (Adippe).

nigrorufa Walker (Pl/atycotis) .

nigrorufus Distant (O£inotus) .

nigrostrigata Buckton (Alchisme) .

nigrovittata Walker (Campylenchia) .

nigrovittata Richter (Centrogonia)

nigrovittata Fowler (Ceresa) .

nigrovittata Fairmaire (ErecAtia)

Nilautama Distant

nilgiriensis Distant (Parayasa)

nimbata Fabricius (Tritropidia) .

nimbulatus Ball (Glossonotus) .

nisus Germar (Bolbonota) .

nitens Buckton (Ceresa).

nitida Fowler ( Aconophora)

nitida Kato (Ceztrotoscelus) .

nitida Funkhouser (Evanchon)

nitida Fowler (Lezoscyta)

nitida Funkhouser (Poffea). .

nitida Germar (Tragopa)

nitida Buckton (Tragofa) .

nitida Funkhouser (Tyzelia) .

nitidipennis Funkhouser (Cymbomorpha)

nitidipennis Funkhouser (Gargara)

nitidula Fabricius (Szilbophora) .

nitidus Funkhouser (Stictolobus) .

nitidus Funkhouser (Trzcentrus) .

nitidus Van Duzee (Xaatholobus)

nitobei Matsumura (Centrotus)

nivalis Distant (Acanthucus)

niveiplaga Walker (Campylocentrus)

nivis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

nobilis Kirkaldy (Saraztus)

nodicornis Germar (Zzchoz) .

nodinervis Funkhouser (Gargara)

263,

264,

364 HOMOPTERA

Pages

nodipennis Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . 2064

nodipennis Funkhouser (Sipylus) |. . . . . . . . 269

noditurris Funkhouser (Pyrgonota . . . . . . . 217

nodosa Funkhouser (d»íong). . . . . . . . . 128

nodosa-Buürmeister-(Cyphotes).- 51 2s aic em mee

nodosa Funkhouser (Lallemandia) . . . . . . . 140

nodosis Buckton (Spongophorus) |. . . . . . - - 94

nodosus. Godin e (Anchow) -.- o remus s. ice 204

nodosus Buckton (Cestruchus). . . . . . ... . 250

nodosus Buckton: (Hasta) c Cave E ue E 2A

nodosus Germar (Heteromotus) . . . . . . . «98

nodulata Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 3o2

nodulatus- Pelaez(Cénirotis): 4 0 Eu. ca a LEO

nogolata Ball'(Hy$sobrova) v.v s ue o

nokazatd. Kato(Gargaray i. us ex S f eipess (204

fipmarBall-(Eandusea] e re Lc En Mo see EO

nominatus Distant (Promisiory: x «v. vos Ue y vm 271

notandus Fowler (Ophicentrus) . . . . . . . . 186

notata Walker" (Erosneys «voce SV trcs dee ione 142

siolatz Buckton GHnle) 9. Ve os et rs neos T20

notatipennis Fowler (Mierutalis). . . . . . . . 16r

notatus Funkhoüset (E0Buly v cu rd aU S 29 0:267

Notocera Amyot &Serville . . . . . . . 52,56

NOTOCERINI-Trib/nov-- Lcd so uev td 092

nova: Goding: (S/ictopellay o oos spine Ue 178

nox Buckton (Nofocera). . ow rre rus um 90

nubifascia Walker (Terentius) . . . . . . . . 275

zubilisz Goding (Procyriayev- «ss cte tore os BA

awtans Germar (Campylenchia). . . . . . . . . 52

stans tal Cap ece S Lr rr IO

nuwarana Distant (Macherotypus) . . . . . . . 208

nyanzai Funkhouser(Gargara) . . . . . . . E 264

nyasana. Distant (Dacartbay s Sn A SR D a3B

obesa BucktongZ'omogontn) ze qu 9 bee s use 2

obesa Goding (Tragopa) . . . . . 9 22073 ere (Us)

obesus Buckton (Asehistrotus) . . . . . . . . 100

obesus Fairmaire (Emphusis) |. . . . . . . 246,247

obesus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .. . . . . . . . 3o2

obfuscata Buckton (Acomophora). . . . . . . . 86

obfuscata Buckton (zizchistrotus) . . . . . . . 100

obliqua Walker (Hyphinot). . . . . . . . . . 94

obliqua. Walker (Nrcomia). .. «2 nou 2 24 160

obliqua Germar (Tropidolomia) . . . . . . . . 104

obliquus Walker (Leptocentrus) . . . . . . . . 228

oblongatus Ball(Cyrtelebuws . . . . . . . . . r5

obortus. Distant(Leptocenirusi o vv ow x0 228

obortus Distant (Tszaka) . . . . . . $233, 304

obscura Walker (Alhisme) . . . . . . . 64, 303

obscuricornis Stál(Bwbalopu). . . . . . . . . 93

obscuripennis Stáàl (Campylocentrus) . . . . . . 188

obscurus Distant (Coccosterphus) .. .. . . . . . . 256

obscurus Germar(Tolasia) . . . . . IP SESTO

obsoleta Ball (Telamona).

obstans Walker (Sertorius) .

obtecta Fabricius (Hemiftycha) .

obtegens Fabricius (Amastris)

Obtileta Stàl . s

obtusa Walker (Aconophora)

obtusa Buckton (Alchisme) .

obtusa Fowler ( Alchisme) :

obtusa. Fabricius (Cymbomorpha) .

obtusa Stál (Metcalfiella)

obtusa Fowler (Tolaaia)

obtusiceps Stál (Cryptaspidia:.

obtusiceps Stál (Mozobelus)

obtusicornis Stál (Platycentrus)

obtusiuscula Fowler (Acomophora) .

obtusus Kirkaldy (Acanthucus)

obtusus Fieber (Centrotus)

Occator Distant :

occidentalis Schmidt (Bocchar)

occidentalis Goding (EmpAusis) .

occidentalis Goding (Micrutalis).

occidentalis Jacobi (Sextius) .

occulta Haviland (Tragopa)

ocellata Buckton (Adipfe)

ochracea Fowler (HyfAinoé)

Ochrolomia Stàál .

Ochropepla Stál

octilinea Stàl (Smiliorhachis) .

octolinea Goding (Umbonia) .

CEda Amyot & Serville

«dipus Buckton (Eníylia)

ogloblina da Fonseca (Kronides)

ohansiana Schmidt (Metcalfiella) .

okamotoi Kato (T'ricenutrus).

olivacea Fabricius (Cymbomorpha) .

olivacea Fabricius (Darzis)

olseni Goding (Gwayaquila)

Omolon Walker.

oneratus Walker (Ofinotus ;.

opaca Funkhouser (Gargara). .

opacus Schmidt (Monocentrus

Ophicentrus Fowler.

Ophiderma Fairmaire

ophthalmica Fairmaire (Erechtia)

opponens Walker (Tolania)

oppugnans Walker (Centruchoides) .

orcus Buckton (T'ricentrus).

Orekthen Funkhouser

Orekthophora Funkhouser

orientalis Funkhouser (Gargara).

orientalis Schumacker (Leftocentrus)

orientalis Funkhouser (Trzcentrus) .

orientalis Funkhouser (Xrfhistes)

170

277

192

188

248

273, 280

280

247

161

.59

103

c4 WE

71, 73

. 63, 64, 68

97. 99

240

264

202

182, 186

116

170, 304

179

nowcuirt

163, 169

85, 87

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

orizabze Fowler (Unbonia).

orizimbo Fairmaire (Umbonia).

ornamentata Stoll (Procyrta)

ornanda Distant (Telingana) .

ornata Laporte (CyPAonia) .

ornata Provancher (Cyrtolobus)

ornata Funkhouser (Gargara).

ornata Buckton (Gongroneura)

ornata Plummer (Paraztoae) .

ornata Fairmaire (Platycotis) .

ornatus. Funkhouser (Tricentrus) |... 2. v o oc

Orthobelus Stall o vC IE I qa2:

lages

188

Orthoplophora Fowler. . . . . . . . . 66,6;

ortus Distant (Centrotypus) . 255

osborni Funkhouser (Orektiez) 169

Otaris Buckton 208

Otinoides Distant a de 244

Otinoteides Distánt —. — . 5... 220, 244, 245

Otinotus' Bücktón 55. 5 3/9v1295223::230),244; 222

Otionotus Mclichar . 230

Ouranorthus Buckton . 281

ovalis Burmeister (Tragofa) 103

ovatus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus) 115

Oxygoma banmaire 5 26 des V rue EOS I21

Oxyrhachidia Melichar. . . . . . . . 281,287

Oxyrhachis Germar . . . . . I8, 20, 281, 284, 287

OXYRHAGHISENT-Distants) 4:219 31$ 4 194, 28I

pacifica Funkhouser (Amastris) . 3o2

pacifica Fairmaire (Hille) . 120

pacifica Van Duzee (Stzctocephala) 134

pacificata Buckton (Ilithucia) . 128

pacificus Gerstaecker (Centrotus). 167

pactolus Buckton (Ceatrotypus) 255

pallens Germar (Ceresa) . 126

pallens. Fowler (Micrslalis) |. vs ou X161, 303

pallens Stál (OchropeHa) . 64

pallescens Stál (Aconophora) . . . . . . . . 86, 303

pallescens Fabricius (Darazis) 23

pallescens Distant (Macherotypus) 208

pallescens Distant (Ofnotws) . 240

pallescens Fabricius (Aexia) 82

pallescens Stàál ( TArasymedes) . 159

pallida Fairmaire (ArcAasia) . 155

pallida Kato (Gargara) . 264

pallida Van Duzee (Ophiderma) 116

pallidifrontis Emmons (Cyrtolobus) . 115

pallidipennis Stàl (Leroscyta) . 62

pallidipennis Walker (PAilya) 55

pallidus Walker (Ceztrotus) 197

pallipes Goding (Leioscyta) 62

pallipes Walker (Otinotoides, . 244

pallipes Distant (Otinotus) . 240

ballipes Burmeister (Polyglypta)

pallipes Stàl ( Telingaua)

pallipes Kato (T'ricentrus).

palmatus Buckton (XipAtopeus)

palmeri Van Duzee (Ceresaj .

Palonica Ball . ES

paludatus Distant (Coccosterphus)

palus Buckton (OxyrAachis)

panayensis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

panda Ball (OfAiderna) .

pandatus Distant (Oxyrhachis)

Pantaleon Distant

papuaénsis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

Paradarnoides Fowler

paradoxus Lethierry (Maurya)

paradoxus Germar (Spozgophorus)

Paragargara Goding

parallela Fowler ( Micrutalis)

Parantonae Fowler

Parapogon Distant

Paratricentrus Kato

Paraxiphopeeus Gcding

Parayasa Distant .

pardalina Fowler (Adipfe).

paria l'airmaire (Telingana) .

parishi Funkhouser (Tragopa)

Parmula Fairmaire .

partita Walker (Darnis)

parva Goding (AMierutalis) .

parvimosca Stoll (LopAyrasfis)

parvinodes Butler (Heteronotus) .

parvula Fabricius (Dioclophara) .

parvula Lindberg (Gargara) .

parvula Fabricius (Maturaza) .

parvula Buckton (Monobelus)

parvulus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

parvulus Buckton (Sponzgophorus) .

parvus Funkhouser (Ceztrotypus)

pasadena Ball (Telozaca)

patruelis Stàl (Coloborrhis) .

patruelis Stal (Ceresa)

patruelis Stal (Gargara)

patruelis Stàl (Gelastogonia)

pattersoni Distant (Hamma)

pauperata. Berg: (Ceresa) .

pectoralis l'abricius (Procyrta)

pectoralis Stàl ( Tonogonia)

Pedalion Buckton

pehlkei. Schmidt (.Notocera) .

pellicolor Buckton ( Tropidarnis)

penangi Funkhouser (Gargara) .

Penichrophorus Richter .

peracatus Distant (Leptocentrus) .

146,

366

Pages

peracea. Griffini (Umbonia) . 69

perakensis Distant (Ceztrotypus) . 255

perarmatus Distant (Emphusis) . . 247

perdita Amyot & Serville (Microcentrus) 178

perfecta Walker (Hille). 121

Periaman Distant. . : 226, 252

peripharia Fairmaire (Membracis) 48

permutata Van Duzee (Enchenopa) . 51

perobtusa Fowler (Potmia). . . . . 65

perpolita Distant (Gargara) 264

persistans Walker (Cymbomorpha) . 79

personata Stál (Euritea). . . 160

perspicillaris Germar (ColoborrAis) . 290

pertusa Germar (Metealfiella) . 68

peruana Schmidt (Membracis). 49

peruviana Funkhouser (Amastris) 3o2

peruviana Fairmaire (Membracis) . 49, 303

peruviana Funkhouser (Tragofa) 103

petasus Fairmaire (Lycoderes). 176

Phacusa Stààl . . . . 159

Phzeronoftus Buckton . 256

Phzrofus Buckton . sd 256

phantasma Signoret (XipAopeus) . 234, 235

phasianus Fowler (Lycoderes) . 176

Phaulocentrus Fowler. . 178

philippina Stál (Pyrgonota) re 15218

Philya Walker . 52:554. ./58..97

Phormophora Stàl 147, 157

Phyllotropis Siàl 48

Physoplia Amyot & Serville . 69

picea Fairmaire (Alemeone) 95

picea Kato (Gargara) . 264

piceola Melichar (Gargara) 264, 304

piceus Walker (Centrotus) 245

piceus Walker (Gozdopharnes) 245

picina Stàl (Aztone). 128

picta. Provancher (Carynota) 153

picta Coquebert (Horiola) . 105

picta Osborn (Idioderma) . 141

picta Walker (Umbonia). 69

pictipennis Fairmaire (Boibonota) 59

pictipennis Walker (Terentius) . 275

pictus Van Duzee (Cyrtolobus ) 115

pieli Funkhouser (Tricentrus) 21I

pieltaini Pelaez (Leptocentrus) 228

pigmaa Fabricius (LopAhyraspis) . 167

pileata Fairmaire (Hyfsoprora) 55

pileatus Fowler (Microcentrus) 179

pileolum Fairmaire (Lyecoderes) . . . . 176

pilinervosa Funkhouser (Gargara) . 264

pilinervosus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . 21I

pilosa Funkhouser (Atymza) . 113

pilosa Funkhouser (Cryf/aspidia) 277

HOMOPTERA

pilosa Funkhouser (Gargara) .

pilosa Fairmaire (Polyglypta) .

pilosella SGSU (rid). o m

pilosum Walker (Azchoz) .

pilosus Funkhouser (Leftocentrus) .

pilosus Funkhouser (Ofizotus)

pilosus Distant (Periamaz)

pilosus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

pinguicornis Funkhouser (Alchisme)

pinguicornis Funkhouser (Centrogonia)

pinguidorsis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

pinguis Fowler (Aconophora) .

pinguis Funkhouser (Gargara)

pinguiturris Funkhouser (Funkhouserella).

placida Germar (Hyphinoé) . . .

plagiata Stál (Acutalis) .

plana Walker (Ceresa)

Planecornua Goding

planeflava Fairmaire (Heranice)

planifrons Van Duzee (Multareis)

Platybelus Stá] . . . . .

Platycentrus Stà] , .

Platyceras Schmidt . :

platycerus Walker (Callicentrus) .

PLATYCOTINZAE Subf. nov. .

PLATYCOTINI Trib. nov.. .

Platycotis Stál.

plicata Buckton (Bolbonota)

plicatus Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

pecila Germar (Erechtia) .

poénsis Pelaez (Azchon)

poeyi Fairmaire (Orthobelus) .

Pogon Buckton .

Pogontypus Distant .

polita Butler (Stictopelta)

Polocentrus Buckton

Polonius Distant

Polyglypta Burmeister

POLYGLYPTINI Goding

Polyg!yptodes Fowler .

Polyrhyssa Stál

pondifer Walker (Eutryonia)

Poppea Stál. . . . .

porosa Walker (Metcalfiella)

porphyrea Fairmaire (Carynota)

porrecta Walker (Platycotis)

porrecta Fowler (Publilia).

porrectus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

portolo Ball (Paloaica) .

Postanomus Nom nov. dns

postfasciata Amyot & Serville (Ceresa)

postica Buckton (Centrochares)

posticus Buckton (Ceatrochares) .

. 195,

15, 26, 47, 63

*« 9,

142,

. 107,

2:86;

199,

182,

Pages

264

143

304

228

304

253

211

3oo

127

211

303

264

218

158

126

204

122

201

187

219

189

63, 65

65, 66, 67, 68

204,

226,

273,

2255

143,

142,

108,

124,

171,

Potnia Stàl

POTNIINI Goding

praecox Burmeister (Stictopelta, .

prasina Germar (Cymbomorpha) .

prasina Fairmaire (Darnis)

prealta Fowler (Heliria)

primus Distant (Barsumas)

proboscidea Burmeister (Membracis)

proclivis Distant (Hyphinoe ) .

Procyrta Stà] . . . . .

productus Osborn (Ezdoiastus

projecta Funkhouser (Aconophora, .

projecta Funkhouser (Aconophoroides) .

projecta Funkhouser (AIchism) .

projecta Funkhouser (Amastris) .

projecta Funkhouser (Ceresa) .

projecta Funkhouser (Gargara) .

projecta Butler (Helonica) .

projectus Funkhouser (P/atybelus)

projectus Funkhouser (Sextius) .

projectus Distant (Tricentrus).

prolixus Stál (Lyeoderes)

prominens Walker (T'ynelia) .

Promintor Distant

pronotalis Distant (Centrotypus) .

pronus Distant (Tricentrus)

proprius Distant (Tricentroides) .

Proterpia Stál . :

provittata Buckton (Membracis)

proxima Guérin (Cyphonia)

proxima Pelaez (Gargara) .

proxima Walker (Metcalfieila)

proxima (Smiliorhachis) .

proximus Signoret (A4zchoz)

proximus Fowler (Microcentrus) .

pruinitia Butler (Mcozofhora).

pruinosa Haviland (Erechtia).

pruinosa Van Duzee (Telamona)

pseudocornis Funkhouser (Gargava)

pseudocornis Funkhouser (Xazthosticta) .

Psilocentrus Fowler.

PEOSPVEIRV. (o sS

pubera Stál (Cryptaspidia) .

pubescens Walker (Aconofhora) .

pubescens Fowler (Amblycentrus ).

pubescens Walker (Hyphinoe)

pubescens Funkhouser (Leftocentrus) .

pubescens Buckton (Metcalfielia).

pubescens Emmons (OpAiderma) .

pubescens Funkhouser (Otizotoides)

pubescens Funkhouser (Tragofa)

pubescens Funkhouser (Tricentrus).

pubescens Fabricius (Tyzelia)

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

l'ages

63, 64. 65, 67, 68

e MOS.

:726, 303

183, 186

«0, 56, 219

277

pubipennis Fairmaire (Tricoceps)

Publilia Stàál.

pugionata Germar (Aconophora) .

p"gnax Germar (Aconophora) .

pulchella Goding (Erechtia)

pulchella Funkhouser (Gargara).

pulchella Funkhouser (Gelastogonia)

pulchella Funkhouser (Leioscyta)

pulchella Ball (Stictopeita).

pulchella Ball (T'elamonanthe).

pulchella Funkhouser (Tritropidia)

pulchellus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus).

pulchra Goding (Telamonanthe)

pulchripennis Stál (Gargara) .

pumicata Stàl (Tragofa)

pumilis Ball (Glossonotus univ.)

punctata Funkhouser (4f/Aetea) .

punctata Fabricius (Hemikyptha)

punctata Fowler (Sictopelta) .

punctata Metcalf & Bruner (Tolania) .

punctatissima Fairmaire (Tragopa)

punctatissimus Stál (Terentius) .

punctatus Metcalf & Bruner (Brachycentrutus

punctatus Kato (Tricentrus)

punctellatus Stál |.Darnoides) .

puncticeps Stál (Ceresa)

puncticeps Goding (Erechtia)

punctifera Walker (Mierutalis:

punctifrontis Goding (Cyrtolobus) .

punctipennis Buckton (Gozgroneura) .

punctipennis Funkhouser (Vanduzea) .

punctorum Buckton (H»vpAnoé) .

punctum Stál (Eualthe) .

junctum. Fairmaire (Ochropepla)

punctuosa Buckton (Notocera) .

punitia Buckton (Aconophora) .

puritanus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus) .

purpureus Funkhouser (Leftocentrus) .

purpureus Funkhouser (Trzcentrus)

purulensis Fowler (Hyphinoc)

pusilla Fairmaire (Bolbonota).

pusillus Fairmaire (Canfylocentrus) .

pusio Germar (Bolbonota) .

pygmaa Walker (Gargara:

hygmaa Buckton (Hyfsauchenia; .

pygmaa Fabricius (Lamproptera)

pygmaea Fabricius (Lophyraspis)

Pyramba Buckton :

pyramidalis Fairmaire (Umbonia)

pyramidata Plummer (Hyfsoprora) .

pyramidata Uhler (Palozica) .

pyramidatus Funkhouser (Acazthucus)

pyramidatus Funkhouser (Mesocentrus)

$;33, 117, 142, 3142;

HOMOPTERA

368

Pages

byramidoides Smith (Glossonotus) . 153

Pyranthe Stál 96

Pyrgauchenia Breddin . 214,215

Pyrgolyrium Breddin . ; 215

Pyrgonota Stil. . 9. 214, 217, 218

Pyrgophyllium Bieddin . 215

pyrgopinus Distant (Periaman) . 253

quadricolor Walker (Enchenopa). 51

quadricornis Funkhouser (Tylocentrus) 173

quadridens Fairmaire (Notocera) 57

quadrilinea Walker (Micreune). 222

quadrilineata Germar (Platycotis) . 67

quadrimaculata Walker (Ezchenofa) 51

quadrimaculata Buckton (Hyfhinoé) . 94

quadrimaculata da Fonseca (Leioscyta) z 25300

Quadrinaria Goding . ; 183, 193

quadrinodosus Fairmaire (Heteronotus | . 98, 3o3

quadripunctata Buckton (Bolbonota) 59

quadripunctatus Stál (Centronotus) . 197

quadrivittata Stàl (Adippe) 109

quadrivittata Say (Platycotis) . 66

queenslandensis Distant (Godingella) 2-243

querci Fitch (Atymna) . 113,308

querci. Fitch (Telamona) . 148

querini Comstock (Spongophorus) . 23

quinquelineata Buckton iBolbonota) 59

quinquemaculatum Fairmaire (Enchophyllun) 5o

quinquenodosus StÀl (Heteronotus) ... . . 98

quinquetuberculata Fairmaire (Noftocera). $7

Rabduchus Buckton 226

ramivitia Walker (Ofinotoides) . 244

ramona Ball (Telonaca) . 151

ramosicornis Plummer (Platycentrus) 188

ramosus Distant (Centrotus) 197

reclinata Germar (Umbozia) 7o

reclivata Glover (Heliria) 150

reclivata Fitch (Telamona). 148

recta Walker (Ceresa) 126

rectangulatum Kirby (Anchoz) 204

vectidorsum Buckton (Campylenchia) . 52

rectidorsum Funkhouser (Periaman) 253

rectispina Funkhouser (Aconophoroides) 65

rectispina Fairmaire (Poffea) 130

vectisbina Stàl (Umbonia) . . . 69

rectospina Lethierry (Iscehnocentrus) 185

recurva Stàl (Alchisme) . 64

recurva Funkhouser (Hypsauchenia) 214

recurvata Distant (Telingana) 232

recurvus Distant (Otinotus) 240

reductà Walker (Entylia;. 145

reducta Walker (Umbonia) . a 70

reductus Walker (Terentius) .

refexa Butler (Polyglypta) .

regalis Goding (Lwbra) .

relatum Distant (Azchoz) .

relatus Distant (Ewfairmatria).

remigium Buckton (Anchoz) .

repandus Distant (T'ricentrus) .

reponens Walker (Leptocentrus) .

resectus Distant (Tricentrus) .

reticulata Ball(Atymza) .

reticulata Fabricius (BoétAioós)

reticulata Burmeister (Heteronotus)

reticulata Walker (Hille) .

reticulata Fowler (Poppea) .

reticulata Van Duzee (Pwblilia) .

reticulatus Fairmaire (Postanomus) .

reticulatus Fowler (Scalmorphus)

reticulatus Distant (Sextius) .

reticulatus Van Duzee (T'vlocentrus)

retractus Walker (Terentius) .

retrospina Lethierry (Nicomia).

retusus Distant (Hemicentrus).

reversa Walker (Antianthe)

Rhexia Stál. .

Rhyparoptera Stál . ;

richteri da Fonseca (Menbracis).

ridiculus Walker (Spongophorus) .

ridleyanus Distant (Centrochares)

rigidus Stál (Spongophorus). .

rileyi Goding (Enchophyllum) .

rileyi Goding (Telamonanthe) .

rivulata Distant (Gargara, .

robine Goding (Glossonotus)

robusta Butler (Ceresa) .

robusta Distant (Gargara) . .

robustulus Fowler (Spongophorus)

robustus Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

robustus Buckton (Tropidarnis) .

rolandi Distant (Terentius).

roreriana Goding (Guayaquila)

rosea. Fairmaire (Membracis) .

rotundata Van Duzee (Ceresa). . . .

rotundata Stál (Stictocephala) .

rotundatus Funkhouser (Sifylus).

rotundicornis Pelaez (Monocentrus) .

rotundicornis Fairmaire (Proterpia).

rubens Pelaez (Gargara) .

rubicunda Buckton (Nofocera)

rubidella Ball (Heliria).

rubofenestrata Richter (RAexia) .

rubra Funkhouser (Ceresa).

rubridorsa Buckton (Cebes) . :

rubridorsa Goding (Membracidoidea) .

290

111, 303

72, 81

265

150

3o1

242

.. 123

rubridorsatum Buckton (Ceraoz).

rubrilineus Buckton (Sexius).

rubrinigris Funkhouser (Stylocentrus) .

rubripes Goding (MarsAallella)

rubripes Funkhouser (Metcalficlla) .

rubritarsa Buckton (Bolbonata)

rubrivittata Walker (Platycotis)

rubrocassis Stoll (Tritropidia).

rubrocostata Spinola (AIchisme) .

rubrogranulata Bierman 'Gargara).

rubronigris Funkhouser (Macherotyfus)

rubropedalis Buckton (Cymbomorpha).

rudis Walker (Oxyrhachis) .

rufescens Butler (Ceresa) .. .

rufescens Distant (Otnotus)

rufescens Walker (Oxyrhachis) .

rufescens da Fonseca Spongophorus )

ruficarinata Fowler (Telamona) .

rufidorsa Goding (Leioscyta)

rufiglobum Fairmaire (Bocydium)

rufipennis Buckton (Leptocentrus)

rufipennis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

rufipes Fairmaire (Gelastogonia) .

rufiventris Walker (4canthucus) .

rufiventris Germar (Gelastogonia)

rufivitta Walker (Stictocephala).

rufomaculata Fallou (Gelastogonia) .

rufonotata Fowler (Bolbonota).

rufospinus Funkhouser (Leftocentrus) .

rufotestaceus Fowler (Centriculus)

rufula Funkhouser (Gargara)

rufulus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus | .

rufus Buckton (Oxyrhachis)

rugifrons Berg Melusina).

rugonervosa Funkhouser (Gargara)

rugosa Fowler (Canpylenchia) .

rugosa da Fonseca (Taunaya).

rujgosa Funkhouser (Tricoceps) .

rugosis Funkhouser (EmfAusis) .

rugosus Buckton (Centrotus)

rugosus Montrozier (Cenírotus)

vupricapra Fabricius (Leptocentrus).

rustica Distant (Parayasa) .

sabulosa Funkhouser (Amastris)

sacrata Burmeister (Trofidolomia)

sagata Germar (Hyphinoé) .

sagittata Germar (Platycotis)

salamandra Fairmaire (OpAiderma),.

sallei Fowler (Erechtia)

sallei Stál (Ceresa)

salvini Fowler (Ortoplofhora)

salvini Distant (Telamona)

FAM MEMBRACID/E

Pages

. 246

252

3o2

193

359

502551303

samai Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

sanguino-apicalis Goding (Stictocephala

sanguinolenta Fairmaire (Erechtia)

sanguinoplaga Schmidt (Membracis) .

sangwinosa Fairmaire (Metealfiellaj

Sarantus Stàl . 3 :

sarasinorum Breddin (Pyrgauchenia)

Sarritor Distant .

satanas Lesson (Notocera) .

saturalis Berg (CypAhonia) .

satyrus Buckton (Darnon)

satyrus Fowler (Palonica) .

saundersi Plummer (Hemicardiacus)

sauteri Schumucher (Leftobelus) .

scabricula Walker (Bolbonota)

scalaris Fairmaire (Heliria) .

Scalmorphus Fowler . . . .

scaphiformis Fowler (Polyglyptodes)

scaphoidea Goding (Mendicea)

Scaphula Fairmaire :

scenica. Dohrn (Enchophyllum) .

schafferi Goding (Dontonodus)

schmidti Funkhouser (Menmbracis;

schubotzi Jacobi (.Azchon) .

sculpta Fairmaire (Cyrtolobus) .

scutata Stàl (Tolania)

scutellaris Olivier (Ceztrotus) .

scutellaris Buckton (Tragopa)

scutellata Fabricius (Lamfroptera) .

scutellata Fabricius (Lophyraspis)

scutellata China (Telingana)

scutellatus Fowler (Gerridius)

scutellatus Distant (Leptocentrus)

scutelligera Lesson (Hemikyptha) .

Scytodepsa Stàl

securis Buckton (Ceztrotypus) .

segmentata Fowler (Vanduzea)

selangori Funkhouser (Gargara).

selenus Buckton (Tricentrus) .. .— -

sellata Burmeister (BoétAoós) .

sellata Germar (Eumela)

sellatus Uhler (Macherotyfus).

semiacuta Stál (Eumela)

semiatra Fairmaire (RZexia) .

semibrunnea. Buckton (Ceresa) .

semibrunnea Funkhouser (Gargara)

semibrunnea Buckton .Stictocephala)

semiclusus Walker (Otinotoides)

semicrema Say (Acutalis) .

semicrema Provancher (Ceresa)

semicrema Baker (Monobelus)

semifascia Walker (Gargara) .

semifascia Walker (Cyrtolobus) .

369

Pages

226,

52;

162,

211

134

242

215

290

130

190

151

3o1

223

ISO

118

156

370 HOMOPTERA

Pages 2 Pages

semilucida Goding (Tolania) . . . . . . . « . 1I sinuata Funkhouser (Fuzukhouserell) . . . . . . 218

semilucidus Walker (Ofznotoides). . . . . . . . 244 sinuata Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 265

seminulum Fabricius (Stilbophora).. . . . . . . 104 sinuatasFowler (Heliria)- v 4e sea der T90

semipallida Stal(zcufalis):. «0 1v em om - 1139 sinudila Funkhouser (Magwuva), . . . . ... . . 203

semipellucida Stál(Tolauia) . . . . . . . 170, I7I sinuata--«Buckton-(M elhessa).- oma RT areis: oc ERO

semitecta Walker (Metcalfiella) . . . . - . . . 69 sinuwala FPuüukhouser (Meiheisa) . x. x02 7€ 4348

semivitrea Walker(Garrara) s. uv. cw ow e ers) 202 sinuatus Fowler (Campylocentrus). . . . . . . . 185

semivitta. Walker (Daksosdes) «um eui os vo eom s 83 sinuatus Funkhouser (Evazchon). . . . . . . . 200

semperLStab(Pyrgünoia)g s SW SS EL as E 2I sinuosus Distant (Platvbelus) . . . . . . . 199, 304

senegalensis Fairmaire (4uchom) . . . . . . . 204 Sipylus- Stil c X. eu nA oh oem 250,208

septemfasciata Goding (Stictelobus) . . . . . . . 135 Smerdalea Powler 4. 4 4 4 x 0e X o9 171,481

sericatus Richter (Peniclirobhorus) Sos eee sie 3OI Smilla;Germar.. ecu ie twntoT, 08; E13 TT

sericea Walker (Enchemoa) . ... . . . . 4 . — 5I SMILIINA- Stk 6 13,315,331, 47; 107

sencexDistautGurpara e s mil rr ML HEE200 SMEDE PENA Godifgus t we Uu. od TN TOY STER

sericeus Funkhouser(Sipylu). . . . . . . . . 269 Smiliorhachis Fairmaire . . . . . . . . 72, 82

serpentarius Buckton (Ofinotoides) . . . . . . . 245 sobria Walker (Hille) |... 89 e use eet cst ed SERE

serpentinus Funkhouser(Evazchon). . . . . 199, 200 sobrina Stàl (Coloborrhis) .. . « 4 9 0. 9o ox 290

serraticornis Funkhouser (Dontouodus) . . . 181, 182 sobria SiabHslle) s S d LUE neto ERE

serraticornis Fowler (Lycoderes) . . . . . . . . 176 sobrinus StAl PYicetllrus y aoo cL I ERE

serricorne Walker (Daimom) . . . . . . . . . 190 sodalis Goding (Ceratopola) . . . . . . . . . 106

Sentoriu& Sal; 1 e S ax nor p48 screlangena Bierman (Gargara) . . . . . . . 265

setosa Funkhouser (Gargara). . . das edoriksshe-e 205 solanofilus da Fonseca (Stictolobus). . . . . . . 3ot

setosa: Howler (PoPenl- 2 wish ci ae ee LOT solomonensis Distant (Ofinotoides) . . . . . . . 245

severini Fowler (Paradarnoides) . . . . . . . 78,79 solus Goding (Centrodontus) . . . . . . . . « 173

sex-maculata Walker(Membracis) . . . . . . . . 49 scoknana Distant(Demanmga) . . . . . . . . . 279

Sextius-Stil di c RS I EC EGER 220 31 sordida Funkhouser (Gargaraà) . . . . . . 265, 304

shelfordi Distant (Centrotypts) . . . . . . . . 255 sordida Funkhouser (Magwva) . . . . . . . . 203

shinchicuna Kato (Ceztrotoscelus) . . . . . . . 304 sordida Germar (Metcalfella) . . . . . . . . « | 69

shinchicung Kato(Gakeara)- v 8 eo pee eR 2205 sordida Goding (Umbonia). . . . . . . . . . 70

stioanusc Distant (Genirolus) c e rc iE 107 sordidus Fowler (Microcentrus) .. . . . . . . « 179

siamensis Distant (Centrotypus) . . . . . . . . 255 Spalirisis Distant? 5. : wc: D vos A99 RD

sibericus Lethierry (Maurya). . . . . . . . . 207 spalhata Butler (Acomophora) . . . . . . . . «86

sicula Amyot & Serville(Polygiypta) . . . . . . 143 Spathocentrus Fowler. . . . . . . . 182, 184

siculus Kirschbaum (Centrotus). . . . . . . . . 196 spatulatus Fairmaire (Spongophorus) . . . . . « -« 53

signata Germar (GelastógoWsa) «x S v x X22 spatulosa Buckton (Hemikyptha) . . . . . .« . . 96

signatus Burmeister (Heteronotus) . . . . . . . 98 speciosa Goding (Cemtrogonia) . . . . . . . . 127

signoreti Fowler (Metealfella) . . . . . . . . 69 Sphserocentrus Fowler . . . . . . .« - «-* 185

signoreti Fairmaire (Umbonia) . . . . . . . . 7o Spheronotus Laporte... . . . 4 s: ss s M79

sikhimensis Distant (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 265 spicatus Distant (O/inotoides). . . . . - - * - 245

silvsiri: Matausch(Sesay 5.05 $5319 4 9: 4300 spinicornis Stab (Cenixolis): c er des c vete en EE

similis Walker (Cymbomorpha). . . . . . . . . 39 spinicornis Walker(Lubra) . . . . . «* * * - 242

similis Schmidt (SaFantus). v. on x vou Re tie 243 spinicornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . . . 211

simillima Stál (4mastris) . . . . . . . - . « 137 Spinidarnoides Funkhouser . . . . . . . 85 89

simplex -vamibuzeec(diymnay orcs ioc uet TIS spinidorsa Goding (Notocera) . . . . « - «- 57

simplex Van Duz2ee(Hy$soprora) 2 — 2 ee eim 92 spinidorsis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)) . . . . . . 2H

simplex- Walker (UroripAws) 2. S oeque E AA spinifera Fairmaire (Ceres) . . . . s s 126

simulans Stál UEIChap yos PCR SEL 5o spiniferus Funkhouser (Centrochares) . . . « . . 220

sinanjensis Fowler (Acomophora). . . . . . . 86, 3o3 spiniger Haviland (Telamona) . . . . « « « -* 148

Sinenodus!Godins 7.5. ec LAT gi 921 spinigera Walker (Cymbomorpha) . . . . « « - «979

sinensis Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . . . . . . 265 spininervis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . - - 211

sinepsis Linnzus (Hemikyptha). . . . . . . . . 96 spinis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) . . . . . - . . ?12

simüuatayjbabrieius (Eutuhap e p M TT spinole Fairmaire (Lycoderes) |... . . . . . . 176

sinuata Funkhouser (Evanchon) . . . . . . . . 200 spinosa Funkhouser (Alchisme) . . . . . . « - 3oo

spinosa Funkhouser (Mizd)

spinosa Fabricius (Umbonia) .

spinosus Laporte (Heteronotus

spinula Buckton (Ceztrochares)

spiralis Haviland (Leioscyta) .

spissus Walker (Terentius) .

splendidula Distant (Gargara)

Spongophorus Fairmaire .

spreta Goding (PAormorphora)

spreta Goding (Platycotis) .

spreta Goding (Telamona) .

spretus Buckton (Sextius) .

squamigerum Linnaeus (Enchophyllum)

squarus Fairmaire (Stictopelta)

stabilis Walker (Aconophora)

stalii Goding (Ceresa)

Stalotypa Metcalf .

Stegaspis Germar

stictica Stàl (Iria)

Stictocephala Stál

Stictodepsa Stál .

Stictolobus Metcalf .

Stictopelta Stál

Stilbophora Stál .

stimulea Van Duzee (Ceresa)

stipatus Goding (Heteronotus) .

stipulipennis Buckton (Coccosterphus)

stipulipennis Buckton (Mizcrualis) .

stolida Fairmaire (Membracis)

stonei Ball (OpAiderma) .

straminea Walker (Polyglypta)

straminicolor Stál (Platycotis).

strigata Buckton (Polyglypta) . .

sirigata Walker (Polyglypta)

strigatum Buckton (Monocentrus)

strigatus Walker (Otinotoides)

strigifrons Fairmaire (Stictopelta)

strigosa Fabricius (Horiola ) .

strigosus Butler (Heferonotus).

strigulata Buckton (PAilya) . .

strigulosa Walker (Horiola)

strombergi Goding (Carynota) .

strombergi Goding (Heliria) .

stupida Walker (Caryzota).

stylata Buckton (Miza). . .

styliformis Fowler (Bzlimekía)

Stylocentrus Stál. . . . .

subangulata Walker (Enchenofa)

subangulatus Distant (Triceutrus)

subclivata Buckton (Umbonia) .

subcristata Stàl (Dioclophara).

suberecta Distant (Pyrgauchenia)

subfalcata Van Duzee (Telasona)

FAM.

MEMBRACIDZ:

Pages

167

126

66, 67

9. I7I,

30. 3135533) 91,0124, 1395» 194

176

162, 163

124,

134

71, 79, 24,79

IOI,

171,

104

126

subfasciata Stàl ( N /comia).

subflavipes Walker (O/znotoides) .

subflavus Noualhier & Martin (Leftocentrus).

subfusca Buckton (Hyphinoe)

subfusca Buckton (Hyfsauchenia) .

subinermis Stàl (Aconofhora) .

subinermis Lindberg (Tricentrus)

subjecta Walker (OxyrAhachis) .

submaculata Buckton (Alchisme)

subiminax Walker (Lycoderes) .

subnodosus Jacobi (Ceztrotus)

Subrincator Distant.

subrugosa Fowler (Popfea)

subserrata Walker (Oxyrhachis) .

subsimilis Walker (Ceztrotus).

subsimilis Walker (Notocera)

subspinosus Fairmaire (Campylocentrus)

substitutus Walker (Leptocentrus)

substriata Walker (S/ictocephala) .

subtecta Buckton (Menmbracis) .

subtrigona Walker (ErecAtiía) .

subulatus Say (Stictolobus) .

succedanii Buckton (Erechtia)

succinea Buckton (Poppea) . .

succisus Buckton (Ceraon). . . .

sufusa Buckton (Membracis)

suffusa Walker (Sextius)

suigensis Kato (Gargara) . . . - .

sulcicornis Thunberg (Xiphistes)

sulfurus Goding (Guayaquila).

snlphurea Butler (Hill) . .

suluensis Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

sumatrensis Funkhouser (Hybazudoides)

sumbawz Funkhouser (Gargara) .

Sundarion Kirkaldy .

surgeus Walker (Aconophora)

surgens Dohrn (Membracis) .

suturalis Germar (Ochrolomia)

lacta Walker (Ceresa).

tagalica Stál (Cryptaspidia).

taihokunis Kato (Gargara).

taikomontana Kato (Gargara) .

taipinensis Kato (Tricentrus) .

taitoensis Kato (Gargara)

takachihonus Kato (OrtAobelus)

takahashii Kato (Gargara) .

takaoénsis Kato (Trzcentrus)

Takliwa Funkhouser .

Taloipa Buckton .

talpula Stoll (Aconophora) .

talumensis Distant (Centrotus)

Tambusa Distant.

259,

281,

125

277

265

212

266

3o2

212

286

208

197

372

Tambusana Distant . :

tangenensis Buckton (XipAistes) .

tappanus Matsumura (Gargara) .

tarandus Fabricius (OxyrAachis) .

tarandus Buckton (Xifhistes)

tarda Ball (Telamona)

tartarea Say (Acutalis) . :

tartaredoides Goding (Micrutalis)

tasmania Fairmaire (Ceraon) .

tau Fowler (Hyphinoc)

tau Goding (Micrutalis) .

Taunaya da Fonseca . :

tauriformis Distant (Centrotyfus) .

taurifrons Walker (Ceatrotus) .

taurina Fitch (Ceresa) .

taurinus Ball (Pjatycentrus)

Tauriona Buckton .

tauris Distant (Centrotypus).

taurus Fabricius (Leftocentrus)

taurus Funkhouser (Tricentrus) .

tectiforma Funkhouser (Gargara)

tectigera Stoll (Membraeis).

tectigera Fowler (Tropidarnis) Ao

Telamona Fitch 8, ro, 78, 110, 146,

Telamonanthe Baker

TELAMONINI .

teligera Germar (Aconophora) .

Tet!ingana Distant.

Telonaca Ball . -

temaxia Fowler (Aconophora) .

Temogonia Goding.

templa Ball (Amastris) .

tenebrosus Walker (Oxyrhachis) .

tenuicornis Walker (Aconophora)

tenuicornis Funkhouser (Leptocentrus)

tenuicornis Buckton (Noftocera) .

tenuis Goding (Sextius)

tenuispina Pelaez (Ceatrotus) .

tepperi Goding (Sertorius)

Terentius Stál . :

terminalis Walker (Acwtalis) .

terminalis Walker (Leptocentrus)

terminata Fairmaire (Ceresa)

terribilis Walker (Alchisme)

tesselata Buckton (Enchenopa)

testacea. Fairmaire (Alchisme) .

testacea Fairmaire (Ceresa)

testudina Funkhouser (Tragofa)

testudinea Haviland (Vanduzea)

testudo Buckton (Adippe) .

teter Buckton (Hypsoprora)

Tetraplatis Walker .

tetyrides Walker ( Tragopa)

147. 149,

EDS

HOMOPTERA

Pages

197

285

266

, 283

285

148

159

161

246

161

58, 62

*.39.

188,

- 49,

150,

107,

234,

273.

255

197

126

304

255

229

3o2

266

303

154

126

3o1

IIO

103

Thelia Amyot & Serville

thelwalli Distant (Leftocentrus)

tholoidea Goding (Paragargara) .

thoracata Distant (Hyphinoé )

Thrasymedes Kirkaldy

Thuris Funkhouser OE

tiawanensis Schumacher (Bulbauchenia)

Tiberianus Distant

tibialis Walker (Otinotoides)

tigrina Fairmaire (Azt0ne)

tigrina Ball (Telamona) .

tigris Funkhouser (Gargara) . . . ,

tilie Ball (Telamona)

tincola Buckton (Horiola) .

tinctoria Buckton (Tricentrus)

tintinnabuliferum Lesson (Bocydium) .

togatus Woodruff (Cyrtolobus)

Tolania Stál .

Tomogonia Stil :

tonkinensis Distant (Subrincator)

tonkini Funkhouser (Gargaxra)

torta Buckton (Lycoderes)

torva Fitch (E»tyia) . . . . .

torva Germar (Erechtia)

torva Fowler (Popfea)

Trachytalis Fowler

Tragopa Latreille .

TRAGOPINAE Stil

transiens Walker (Cebes)

transiens Fowler (Erechtia)

transversalis Walker (Procyrta)

transversus Distant (Otinotus)

transversus Distant (Tricentrus) .

travancorensis Distant (Telingana) .

tredecemcostata Fairmaire (Polyglypta)

tremolaris Goding (Krozides) .

tremulata Ball (Palonica) .

triangularum Buckton (Metealfiella) .

triangulata Funkhouser (Gargara) .

triangulata Funkhouser (Lycoderes) .

triangulata Germar (Metealfieila).

triangulata Buckton (Tragopa) .

tricarinata Funkhouser (Scytodepsa;.

tricarinatus Fabricius (Erechtra) .

Tricentroides Distant

Tricentrus Stál

tricincta Goding (Cyrtolobus)

tricincta Burmeister (Ochrolomia)

tricincta Ball (Ophiderma) .

Tricoceps Buckton

tricolor Fairmaire (Membracis)

tricolor Butler (Polyglypta) .

tricorniger Stál (Goniolomus) .

. 195, 208, 237, 269

Pages

16, 146, 149, 151

229

79, 80

. 158, 159, 160

180

115

163, 170

90, 92

268

124,

. IOI, 103,

23, 24, 47,

241,

os. VOU

195, 212

115

117

197

143

$183

194,

tricornis Dohrn (Leftocentrus)

iricornis Melichar (Nilawama) . . .

tricostata Germar (Erechtia) .

tridens Burmeister (Heteronotus).

tridens Walker (Onoloz)

tridentata Fairmaire (Alchisme)

trifasciata Fabricius (Darzis)

trifasciata Stàl (Membracis).

trifida Fabricius (Cyfphonia)

trifoliaceus Walker (Aztialcidas)

trifoliata Funkhouser (Cryftaspidia).

trifurcata Goding (Micrutalis)

trigona Walker (Horiola) . .

triguttata Burmeister (Vazduzea)

trilineaia Say (Xantholobus).

trilineatus Funkhouser (Stictolobus .

trimaculata da Fonseca (Erechtia). .

trimaculata Funkhouser (Leíoscyta) .

trimaculata Fairmaire (Membracis) .

trimaculata Schmidt (Membracis) .

trimaculatum Stál (Enchophyllum

trinodosus Butler (Hfeteronotus)

trinodosus Lethierry (Heteronotus)

trinotata Funkhouser (Erechtía) .

trinotata Distant (Gargara)

trinotata Goding (Leroscyta)

tripartita Walker (Carynota)

tripartita Fairmaire (Stzlbophora)

tripodia Fairmaire (Notocera).

tripunctata Fairmaire (Vanduzea) .

tripustulatum. StÀl (Enchophyllum) .

Triquetra Fairmaire

trisignata Stàl (Membracis) .

trispinifer Fairmaire (Acantheus)

Tristan Kirkaldy.

triste Buckton (Gongroneura

tristis Fitch (Telamoza).

Tritropidia St3]

trituberculata Stál (Hypsoprora) .

trivialis Buckton (Xazthosticta)

Tropidarnis Fowler .

Tropidaspis Sta!

Tropidocera Stàl.

Tropidolomia Stál.

Tropidoscyta Stàl

truncata Fairmaire (ErecAtía).

truncaticornis Germar (Alchisme)

truncaticornis Walker (Ceraon).

truncaticornis Walker (Hemikyptha) .

truncaticornis Goding (Proterpia)

truncaticornis Funkhouser (Sipylus)

truncaticornis Funkhouser (Tricentrus)

truncaticornis Goding (Trofidaspis)

FAM. MEMBRACIDZE

Pages

. 98,

153

104

139

truncatulus. SAÀ] (Lycoderes).

trux Breddin (Nassuzia)

Tshaka Distant .

Tsunozemia Kato. E

tuberculata Fabricius (Bolbonota)

tuberculata Funkhouser (Gargara) .

tuberculata Fairmaire (P/atycotis) .

tuberculatus Motschulsky (Coccosterphus) .

tuberculatus Walker (OxyrAhachis)

Tuberculocentrus Goding.

Tubercunota Goding

tuberosa Stál (Hyfsoprora).

tuberosa Fairmaire (Notocera;

tuberosus Fairmaire (Cyrtolobus ).

Tumayana Schmidt .

Tumecauda Goding .

tumescens Buckton (Ceraoz) .

tumescens Buckton (Emphusis: .

tumida Melichar (Gargara:

tumida Stàál (Pyrgonota).

tumidus Walker (Xantholobus)

tumulata Buckton ( T'yzelia;

turbida Goding (Ceresa) .

iureicus Kirschbaum (Cenztrotus) |.

turgescens Fowler (Aspoza)

turquinensis Metcalf & Bruner (Mozobelus). . . . 192

turriculatus Emmons (Glossonotus) .

turrita Germar (Alchisme) .

turrita Butler (Eztylia) .

turritella Buckton (T'elamoza)

Tylocentrus Van Duzee

Tylopelta Fowler

Tyneiia Stàl .

typica Distant (/Awazia)

typica Distant (Maguva)

typica Distant (Nzlautama

typica Distant (Parayasa) .

typicus Distant (Zmporcitor)

typicus Funkhouser (Jzsiforoides) . .

typicus Kato (Szfylus)

typicus Distant (Tiberianus) .

typus Funkhouser (Ceztrotoscelus)

typus Funkhouser (Spinodarnoides) .

u-flava Goding (Quadrinaria)

ugandensis Distant (Leptocenirus )

uhleri Stál (TAelía)

ulniforme Buckton (Azchoz) .

Umbonia Burmeister

Umtilianus Distant

uncatus Melichar (OxyrAachis)

uncicornis Fowler (Ceresa)

uncinata Stál (Hypsolyrium) . . ,

127

181

245, 246

247

266

217, 218

112

137

125

196

145

148

171, 173

. 58, 60, 61

135, 137

279

203

229

193

229

152

204

- 9, 66, 67, 69

260, 272

283

126

374

undulatus Walker (Spongophorus)

undulatus Distant (T'shaka)

unguicularis Stàl (Centrogonia) .

unicarinata Stàl (Hygrís) .

wnicolor Signoret (Alchisme)

unicolor Fairmaire (Lycoderes)

unicolor Fowler (Metcalfiella) .

unicolor Fitch (Telamona)

unicolor Walker (Xiphistes) . . .

uniformis Funkhouser (EbAul)

uniformis Fowler (Erechtia) .

uniformis Fairmaire (Stictocephala) .

unistriga Goding (Alemeone) .

univittatus Harris (Glossonotus) .

Urophora Gray .

uropigii Buckton (Nofocera) . .

UROXIPHINI Goding .

Uroxiphus Amyot & Serville .

ursus Fairmaire (Hyfheuws).

uruguayensis Berg (Ceresa) .

urus Fairmaire (Orthobelus)

ustulata Fairmaire (Alchisme).

ustulata Fairmaire (Ceresa)

ustus Buckton (Leftocentrus) .

ulahensis Goding (Enchenopa) .

vacca Fowler (Ceresa)

vacca Germar (Lampfroptera) .

vaginata Germar (Cymbomorfha)

valida Walker (Hyphinoé) .

validicornis Stál (Xiphopaus)

Vanduzea Goding .

vanduzei Goding (Cyrtolobus) .

varia Walker (Hypsoprora) .. . .

varia Van Duzee (Idioderma)

varia Walker (Maturna)

variabilis Fowler (Ceresa) .

variabilis Berg (Micrutalis)

varians Walker (Enchenopa)

varians Fowler (Stictofelta)

variata Fowler ( TArasymedes) .

varicolor Stàl (Gargara)

varicosa Butler (RAexia)

variegata Signoret(Gargara). . .

variegata Goding (Incolea)

variegata Funkhouser (Maguva)

variegata Fairmaire (Metcalfiella)

variegata Funkhouser (Orekthen)

variegata Fairmaire (Smiliorkachis)

variegata Fowler (Vanduzea) .

variegata Plummer(Xolonia) . :

variegatus Matsumura (Ceatrotoscelus)

variegatus Funkhouser (Evanchon)

HOMOPTERA

235

135, 138, 140

115

14I

123

126

161

variipennis Fowler (Aconofphora) .

varipennis Signoret (Centrotus)

varipennis Distant (Platybelus)

varipes Walker (T'elingana)

varius Walker (EbAwl) .

varius Walker (Omolon)

vau Say (Cyrtolobus) . . . .

venosa Walker (Campylenchia) .

venosa Walker (Gargara) . .

venosa Walker (Hille)

venosa Walker (Horiola)

venosa Germar (Potzia)

vera Goding (Carynota)

vergens Buckton (Membracis) .

verrucus Kato (Tricentrus)

versicolor Distant (OxyrAhachis)

vertebralis Fairmaire (Boéthoós)

veruta Fowler (Alehisme) . . .

vespiformis Haviland (Heteronotus)

vestigia Plummer (Poffea)

vestita Ball (T'elamona)

vestita Goding (Vanduzea) .

vetusta Walker (Oxyrhachis) .

vexator Goding (Guayaquila) .

vexilliferus Goding (Spongophorus) .

vicarius Walker (Leptocentrus)

vicina Goding (4wania) .

vicina Fairmaire (Metcalfiella)

vicinus Signoret (Anchon) .

virescens Fairmaire (Alchisme)

virescens Fowler (Cyrtolobus)

virescens Funkhouser (Gargara)

virescens Van Duzee (Idioderma)

virescens Butler (Oc/»olomia)

virescens Fairmaire (Sextius)

virescens Funkhouser ( TArasymedes)

virgata Fairmaire (AIchisme) .

viridescens Walker (Platycotis)

viridia Ball (Palonica) .

viridicollis Fowler (Micerutalis) .

viridimacula Fairmaire (Polyglypta) .

viridis Emmons (Cyrtolobus) .

viridis Goding (Incolea)

viridis Plummer (Polyglyptodes) .

viridis Goding (Smilia) .

viridis Funkhouser (Sfegaspis) .

viridis Goding (Stictocephala) .

viridis Funkhouser (Stictolobus) .

viridissima Walker (Az£ianthe) .

viridissima Walker (Hyphinoe)

viridistrigata Walker (HyfAeus) .

viridolineata Funkhouser (Ceresa) .

viridula Fowler (Aconophora) .

251,

III,

viridula Fairmaire (Dioclophara ..

vismize Haviland (Amastris)

vitreipennis Fowler (Camfylocentrus )

vitreipennis Fowler (PAilya) .

vitta Walker (Ceraon)

vittata Buckton (Entylia)

vittata Olivier (Lofhyrasfis)

vittata Fabricius (Pla/ycotis) .

vitlata Buckton (Publilia)

vittata Amyot & Serville (SSmilia)

vittatipennis Fowler (Cyrtolobus).

vittatipennis Fairmaire (T'omogonia

vitulus Fabricius (Ceresa) .

vitulus Lindberg (Macherotypus).

vomeris Buckton (Xiphopeus)

vulnerans Germar (Heteronotus) .

vulpecula Fowler (Hyfhinoé).

vulpeculus Breddin (Gargara)

vulpes Amyot & Serville (Nessorhinus

walbergi Stàl (Lycoderes) .

w-album Buckton (Aconophora) .

walkeri Funkhouser (Acazthophyes)

walkeri Funkhouser (Ceztrotus) .

walkeri Goding (Tolania) .

wallacei Distant (Periamanz)

wallacei Breddin (Pyrgauchenia) .

wallacei Stál (Sarantus).

wealei Distant (Centrotusoides j.

westcotti Goding (Telamona) .

wickhami Van Duzee (Stictocephala

wolcotti Goding (Orthobelus) .

MEMBRACIDZE

Pages

120

rjv

186

246

145

167

146

109

116

woodruffi Ball (Cyrtolobus) .

woodruffi Ball (T'elamona) .

xantha Buckton (Sextius)

xanthocephala Germar (Siilbophora)

xanthographa Germar (Suadarion) .

Xantholobus Van Duzee

xanthomelas Walker (Heteronotus

Xanthosticta Buckton

xautipe Fowler (Psilocentrus) .

xiphias Fabricius (Aconophora) .

Xiphidia Goding

Xiphistes Stàl .

xiphistes Kato (T'rzcenirus;.

Xiphistoides Goding.

Xiphopoeus Stál

Xolonia Plummer .

yagoi Kato (Tricentrus) o

yaguachiensis Goding (Hyp^inoé)

Yasa Distant.

yatsugadakensis Matsumura (Tricentrus |.

yerburyi Distant (Oxyrhachis)

Zanophara Kirkaldy

zebra Goding (Tragopa)

zebrina Fairmaire (Adippe)

zebrina Funkhouser (Poffea) .

zeteki Goding (Micrutalis) .

zimmermanni Fairmaire (Smilia).

zonata Matsumura (Gargara) .

zonata Fairmaire (Membracis)

zonifera Butler (Stictopelta)

SU 352

108,

259,

285, 2

28I,

223,

124.

236;

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 377

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PIEAJDESrI

Membracis foliata Linngus.

*Membracis beruana. Schmidt.

Enchenopa monoceros Germar.

Camfpylenchia curvata Fabricius.

Tritropidia galeata. Olivier.

Spongophorus ballista Germar.

Philya californiensis Goding.

Hyfsoprora coronata Fabricius.

Notocera. bituberculata Fowler.

GN dr MCA qo LN)

Scalmorphus | veiiculatus Fowler.

Multareis cornutus Goding.

Bolbonota pictibennis Fairmaire.

[a]

DUAE 2

Fig. 1:3. Bolbonotodes ganglbaueri Fowler.

— 14. Evechtia succedanii Buckton.

— 15. Tywlofelta gibbera Stál.

— 16. Letoscyla ferruginipennis Goding.

— 17. Taunaya rugosa da Fonseca.

— 18. Alchisme grossa Fairmaire.

— I9. Ochrofefla corrosa Fairmaire.

— 20. Aconophoroides gladiator Walker.

— 21. Peotnia venosa Germar.

— 22. Platycotis viltata Fabricius.

— 23. Onthofplophora salvini Fowler.

— 24. Metalfiella fertusa. Germar.

— 25. Umbonia spinosa Fabricius.

TAIDASTIBSS 03:

Fig. 26. Darnis partita Walker.

— 27. Hiebeticoides acutus Fowler.

— | 28. Ovhrolomia tricincta Burmeister.

— 29. Sticlofella acutula Fairmaire.

— . 3o. Asfonma turgescens Fowler.

— 3r. Hyjpheus ursus Fairmaire.

— 32. Paradarnoides severini Fowler.

— . 33. Cymbomorpha amazona Stàl.

* Note: A later record places this species, Membracis peruana Schmidt, under genus Ezchofhyllum for the second time.

378

34.

33:

36.

34:

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

45.

46.

47-

48.

49-

5o.

HOMOPTERA

Iria lethierryi Funkhouser.

Rhexia pallescens Fabricius.

Smiliorhachis octilinea. Stàl.

Darnoides brunneus Germar.

Brachytalis fuscus Metcalf & Bruner.

Procyría. intectus Fowler.

Aconophora laminata Fairmaire.

Kronides incumbens Germar.

PLATE 4.

Orekthophora cornuta. Funkhouser.

NNessorhinus vulpes Amyot & Serville.

Spinodarnoides typus Funkhouser.

Proterpia votundicornis Fairmaire.

Eualthe Punctum. Fairmaire.

Nassunia bipunciata Fairmaire.

Tomogonia villatipennis Fairmaire.

Bubalopa furcata Fairmaire.

Hyphinod bigutla Walker.

PIATE:.. 5.

Alcmeone ficea. Fairmaire.

Ictavauthe latifrons Fowler.

Hemikyptha. marginata. Fabricius.

Sundarion flava Fairmaire.

Helevonotus iridens Burmeister.

Heliodore laporti Germar.

Anchistrolus maculata Guérin.

Tvagopa brunneimaculata Funkhouser.

Tropidolomia auriculata Olivier.

Horiola picta Coquebert,

PIATE- 6.

Smilia camelus Fabricius.

Adipfe zebrina Fairmaire.

Godingia guerreroensis Fowler.

Telamonanthe pulchella Ball.

Antianthe expansa Germar.

Xantholobus muticus Fabricius.

Evashmeadea. concinna. Goding.

Atymna castaneg. Fitch.

Fig. 69.

— 70.

— 7r.

— 72.

— 73.

iow 74.

— 35.

— 76.

aa t Es

— 58.

Eus MÁS

— . 8o.

Fig. 8r.

— 82.

— 83.

— 84.

-— 85.

— . 86.

— 85.

20:88.

— . 89.

— go.

AE OI:

— ga.

— 93.

X NMQULE

— 95.

— 96.

mu EO

— 98.

PME

— (19007

mIUOLD

E TO2.

— 103.

Fig. 104.

— IO5.

— 106.

— 107.

Note : Mention of fig. 103, Bilimekia styliformis Fowl., has been omitted in the text (p. 144).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E

Grandolobus grandis Van Duzee.

Cyrtolobus vau Say.

Ophiderma salamandra. Fairmaire.

Polyrhyssa cultrata Fabricius.

Metheisa lucillodes Fowler.

Polyglyptodes cucullatus Fowler.

Ecuadoria bicristata Stàl.

Dioclophara viridula Fairmaire.

Hille sobria Walker.

Gelastogonia chrysura Fairmaire.

Heranice milloglypta Fairmaire.

Maturna parvula Fabricius.

PTSAUDES S7:

Ceresa bubalus Fabricius.

Centrogonia ciliata Fairmaire.

Antong incrassata Fairmaire.

Xolonia variegata Plummer.

Cyphonia trifida Fabricius.

Poppea capricoruis Fowler.

Clepsydrius constrictus Fowler.

Parantong dipleroides Fowler.

Melusina nigriventris Funkhouser.

Stictocephala inermis Fabricius.

Stictolobus trilineatus Funkhouser.

Trachytalis distinguenda Fowler.

Amastris obtegens Fabricius.

Tynelia brunnea. Funkhouser.

Boéthoós veticulata Fabricius.

Vanduzea arquata Say.

Lallemandia nodosa Funkhouser.

Bajulata bajula Goding.

Hygris unicarinata. Stàl.

Idioderma viresceus Van Duzee.

Erosne notata Walker.

Polyglypta costata Burmeister.

Bilimekia styliformis Fowler.

PIATE.S

Entylia sinuata. Fabricius.

Publilia concava Say.

Telamona amfelopsidis Harris.

Helonica excelsa Fairmaire.

379

380 HOMOPTERA

Fig. 108. — Heliria cristata Fairmaire.

— rog. Telonaca ramona Ball.

— rro. Palonica pyramidata. Uhler.

— 11r. — Thelia bimaculata. Fabricius.

— 112. Glossonotus acuminatus Fabricius.

— 113. Carymota mera Say.

— i14. — Tropidarnis tectigera. Fowler.

— 115. Avchasia galeata. Fabricius.

— 116. Afhelea inconspicua Fowler,

— rig. Phormofhora maura Fabricius.

— 118. Aculalis semicrema Say.

— 119. Thrasymedes lineola Walker.

— 120. Eurilea albifasciata Funkhouser.

— 121. Micrulalis ephippium. Burmeister.

PLATE 9.

Fig. 122. — Abelus luctuosus Stàl.

— 123. Scytodepsa exigua. Fabricius.

— 124. Trofidaspis carinata Fabricius.

— 125. Enmdoiastus cavicepbs Fowler.

— 126. Mina spinosa Funkhouser.

— 127. Gerridius scutellatus Fowler.

— 128. JLamfroplera cristata. Stàl.

— 129. Ovrekthen osborni Funkhouser.

— 190. Melizoderes carinatus Blanchard.

— 18r. Tolamia opponens Walker.

— 132. Centrodontus atlas Goding.

— 133. Tylocentrus veticulatus Van. Duzee.

— 134. Flexocentrus brunneus Funkhouser.

— 135. QGEda inflata Fabricius.

— 136. Lycoderes gaffa Fairmaire.

— 137. Siegaspis insignis Buckton.

— 138. Glischrocentrus cucullatus Fowler.

— 139. Microcenirus carye Fitch.

— 140. Ceniruchoides oppugnans Walker.

— 141. Bocydium globulare Fabricius.

— 142. Stylocentrus ancora Perty.

— 143. Smerdalea horrescens Fowler.

BIA r9:

Fig. 144. . Dontonodus serraticornis Funkhouser.

— 145. Goniolomus tricorniger Stàl.

— 146. Boócerus gilvipes Stàl.

— 147. Ischnocentrus inconspicuous Buckton.

FAM. MEMBRACID/E 381

Fig. 148. — Campylocentrus nigris Funkhouser.

— 149. Obhicentrus uolandus Fowler.

— 150. Cenironodus denticulus Funkhouser.

— 15r. Platycentrus acuticornis Stàl.

— 152. "Orthobelus havauensis Fairmaire.

— 153. Callicentrus aurifascia Walker.

— 154. Daimon satyrus Buckton.

— 155. | Amblycentrus pubescens Fowler.

— 156. Ceutriculus rufotestaceus Vowler.

— 15g. | Brachybelus cruralis Stál.

— 158. Brachycentrutus bunctatus Metcalf & Bruner.

— 159g. JMomobelus fasciatus Fabricius.

— 16o. Mavshallella rubripes Goding.

— 16r. Cenírotus cornutus Linné,

E T MT. icoceps pubipennis Fairmaire.

— 163. Centrotusoides muiri Distant.

— 164. Platybelus sinuosus Distant.

— 165. Evwanchon serpentinus Vunkhouser.

— 166.. Amitrochates grahami Distant.

PLATE.ri.

Fig. 167. | Barsumas primus Distant,

— 168. Monocentrus fuscum. Buckton.

— 169. "Evanchon javanensis V'unkhouser.

— 17g0. Amuchon ulniforme Buckton.

— 171. Spalirisis nigris Funkhouser.

— 172. | Pum!íaleon brunneus Funkhouser.

— 173. Antialcidas trifoliaceus Walker.

— 174. Maurya paradoxus Lethierry.

— 175. | Macherotypus rubronigris Funkhouser.

— 176. Tricentrus convergens Walker.

— 177. Tricentroides proprius Distant.

— 178. | Eumonocentrus bifurcus Funkhouser.

— 179. Crito festivus Distant.

— 180. Hypsauchenia hardwickii Kirby.

— 181. Pyrgauchenia brumnea. Funkhouser.

— 182. Gigantorhabdus enderleini Schmidt.

— 183. Hyfsolyrium. uncinata Stál.

— 184. Pyrgonota bifoliata Westwood.

* Note: (1) Plate ro, fig. 152, please read Fairmaire in place of Stàál.

(2) Maguva serpentina was removed by Goding and made the type of genus Evazchos. "To this group the

author also assigned M. sizuata, which he later considered a synonym of Mazwva nigra Funkhouser. His notes show that

a still later decision was to place it under Evaachom in which sizwatus was preoccupied by an African species, making

necessary the new name, Evaachoz javanensis.

382

* Note :

Fig. 185.

— 186.

Fig. 187.

— j188.

— 189.

— I19Oo.

— Ir.

— I92.

— 193.

— I94.

— 195.

— 196.

22 97.

— 198.

— 1/190:

— 200.

— 20I.

— 202.

— 203.

— 204.

— 205.

— 206.

— 207.

— 208.

— 209.

— 210.

Ing 2r5

— 212.

— 213.

— 214.

— 215.

— 216.

— 217.

— 218.

— 219.

— 220.

— 221.

— 222.

— 223.

— 224.

HOMOPTERA

Funkhouserella. bulbiturris Funkhouser.

Hybandoides sumatrensis Funkhouser.

PLATE 12.

Centrochares horrificus Nestwood.

Negus asper Jacobi.

Micreune formidenda Walker.

Leptobelus dama Germar.

Eutryonia monstrifera Walker.

Elaphiceps cervus Buckton.

Leptocentrus veponens Walker.

Nilautama minutisbina Funkhouser.

Arimanes doryensis Distant.

Convector caveudus Distant.

Telingana balteata Distant.

Acanthophyes walker Funkhouser.

Bathoutha indicans Walker.

Indicopleustes albomaculatus Distant.

Parafogon insignis Distant.

Xiphopeus erectus Distant.

* Maarbarus bubalus Kirby.

Aspasiana carbonaria Distant.

Tshaka oborlus Distant.

Polonius biseratensis Distant.

Dacartha. hyalina. Pelaez.

Imfporcitor typicus Distant.

Otinotus kerenianus Distant.

Eufrenchia bucktoni Funkhouser.

PEATE:13.

Cebes transiens Walker.

Savantus wallacei Stàl.

Otinoloides spicatus Distant.

Ceraon vitia Walker.

Emjphusis malleus Walker.

Acanthucus gracilispinus Stál.

Sertorius australis Fairmaire.

Centruchus brevicornis Funkhouser.

Eufairmairia acanthaspis Fairmaire,

Sextius virescens Fairmaire.

Periaman flavolineatus Buckton.

Centrotypus amplicornis Stàl.

Pogon auriculatum. Stál.

* Coccosterphus tuberculatus Motschulsky.

(1) On plate, please read Maarbarus bubalus Kirby.

(2) On plate, please read Coccosterphus tuberculatus Motschulsky.

FAM. MEMBRACID4ZE 383

Fig. 225. | Parayasa typica. Distant.

— 226. Insitor exemplificatus Distant.

— 227. Yasa greemni Distant.

— 228. Kanada irvinei Distant.

— 229. Gargava geniste Fabricius.

— 23o. | Xanlhosticta Pseudocornis Funkhouser.

— 2331. Ebhul varius Walker.

— 232. Sifylus dilatatus Walker.

— 233. Centrotoscelus typus Funkhouser.

PLATE 14.

Fig. 234. — Kombazana fidelis Distant.

— 235. Promintor nominatus Distant.

— 236.. Hamma mabirensis China.

— 235g. Tiberianus typicus Distant.

— 238. | Uvoxiphus maculiscutum Amyot & Serville.

— 239. Dingkana borealis Goding.

— 240. . Terentius volandi Distant.

— 241. dnusitoroides tybicus Funkhouser.

— 242. Pogontypus complicatus Melichar.

— 243. Cryplaspidia lagalica Stál.

— 244. Mesocentrus fyramidatus Vunkhouser.

— 245. Demanga soohnana Distant.

— 246. Auwania vicina Goding.

— 247. Bocchar montauus Jacobi.

— 248. Occator erectus. Distant,

— 249. Oxyrhachis tarandus Fabricius.

— 250. QGongroneura brevicornis Jacobi.

— 251. — Xiphistes furcicornis Germar.

— 252. Bulbauchenia mirabilis Funkhouser.

53. Takliwa carteri Funkhouser.

— 254. Omyrhachidia inermis Stàl.

55. "*Xiphistoides carinatus Funkhouser.

— 2356. Darthula hardwicki Gray.

— 25g. | Hemicentrus vetusus Distant.

* Note : On plate, please read X/pAistoides carinatus.

"» E

] *

] 4

À Mn 2 ]

EL ! B

e M * »

: : Y

1 ! lv

TAA j )

n E [^ ; E rus

L ! " ] ;

ir ] - ;

N n D E

] , y

x Ct

B SACRE

z & v

nad 1d r Am

É M :] p

TE 7 J "

E , " k

P 0H

Ur E

| au t

mo S )

E Lo!

m m

Vodee

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

2. — Membracis peruana

Scuuipr (x 10).

1. — Membracis foliata

L. (x5).

59. — Tritropidia galeata

3. — Enchenopa monoceros Or. (x 10).

GERM. (x10).

8. — Hypsoprora coronata

3 F. (x6 env.).

9. — Notocera bituberculata

Fowr. (x10).

12. — Bolbonota pictipennis

FArnRM. (x0).

11. — Multareis cornutus Joesedqi hus reticulatus Fowr. (x10).

6. — Spongophorus ballista GERM. (x5). Gopa. (x10). ii E dra ( !

FAM. MEMBRACIDE, SUBF. MEMBRACINZE

à E

B E M D

PI. II

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

14. — Erechtia succedanii 16. — Leioscyta ferruginipennis

Buckr. (x10). Gopa. (x 10).

13. — Bolbonotodes ganglbaueri

Fowr. (x10).

21. — Potnia venosa

GERM. (x5).

18. — Alchisme grossa FAtRM. (x5).

20. — Aconophoroides gladiator

WALK. (x5).

19. — Ochropepla corrosa

FArnRM. (x0).

15. — Tylopelta gibbera

STAL (x10).

; 23. — Orthoplophora salvini Fowr. (x5).

24. — Metcalfiella pertusa

GERM. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. MEMBRACINZE & PLATYCOTINZE

PI. III

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

28. — Ochrolomia tricincta

BunM. (x5).

26. — Darnis partita WALK. (x5). (x10)

29. — Stictopella acutula 30. — Aspona turgescens Fowr. 31. — Hypheus ursus

FAIRM. (x5). (x10). FArIRM. (x5).

32. — Paradarnoides severini

Fowr. (x5).

34. — Iria lethierryi

Fuwkn. (x10).

33. — Cymbomorpha amazona VON

STÁL (565)

T5065):

36. — Smiliorhachis octilinea

SrÁL (x5) 37. — Darnoides brunneus

Rc GERM. (x10).

38. — Brachytalis fuscus

M. & B. (x10).

39. — Procyrta intectus Fow. 40: — Aconophora laminata 41. — Kronides incumbens

(x 10). FARM. (x5). GERM. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. DARNINZE

pu i Pap ^" 2^9 « S - 2 D - 2 z*

J , o & Ay i h : E E [ B zs i

LS LA

ve.

»:

" E "* :

I 2:0 "os

Pl. IV

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

M ideis je iE 43. — Nessorhinus vulpes

A. & S. (x10).

44. — Spinodarnoides typus

Fuwkn. (x10).

45. — Proterpia rotundicornis

FAIRM. (x5).

46. — Eualthe punctum

FAIRM. (x5).

50. — Hyphinoé bigutta

WALK. (x5).

47. — Nassunia bipunctata

FaArRM. (x5).

49. — Bubalopa furcata

FAIRM. (x5). 48. — Tomogonia vittatipennis

FA1nM. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. DARNINZE

Pl. V

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

52. — Ictaranthe latifrons

FowLr. (x5).

51. — Alcmeone picea FAIRM. (x5).

54. — Sundarion flava

FAIRM. (x5).

55. — Heteronotus tridens 57. — Anchistrotus maculata

BunM. (x5). GuÉR. (x5).

58. — Tragopa brunneimaculata es TA UT NU s

Fuwkn. (x10).

— Horiola picta GoQUEB. (x10).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. DARNINJE & TRAGOPINZE

PL VI

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

62. — Adippe zebrina 63. — Godingia guerreroensis 1

FAIRM. (x5). FowL. (x5). 64. d erri pulchella

61. — Smilia camelus

65. —

Antianthe

no 65 Maniholobus 67. — Evashmeadea 68. — Atymna castaneae

ERM. muticus F. (x5). concinna Gopa. (x5). FrrcH (x5).

(x5).

70. — Cyrtolobus vau

SAY (x5).

69. — Grandolobus grandis

71. — Ophiderma salamandra

VAN Duvz. (x5).

FAIRM. (x5).

74. — Polyglyptodes cucullatus

72. — Polyrhyssa cultrata Fowr. (x5).

F. (x10).

76. — Dioclophara viridula —

FAIRM. (x5). — M

75. — Ecuadoria bicristata

STAL (x5).

78. — Gelastogonia chrysura 79. — Heranice miltoglypta FAtrnM. (x5). 80. — Maturna parvula F. (x10).

FAIRM. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDZ, SUBF. SMILIINZE

Pl. VII

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

82. — Centrogonia 83. — Antonae incrassata 84. — Xolonia variegata

ciliata FAIRM. (x5). FAIRM. (x5). PLUM. (x5).

E (x5).

86. — Poppea 87. — Clepsydrius 88. — P. , j hu

capricornis Fowr. (x5). constrictus Fowr. (x5). dipteroides PONI GUY 89. — uA AU

Ie.) es.

à — Ra oos

90. — Stictocephala 91. — Stictolobus 99: — Trachutalis dish. d

F. (x5). inermis F. (x5). trilineatus WI. CR e e

FuNxnH. (x5).

94. -—

Tynelia brunnea FUNK. (x5). 95. — Boéthoós reticulata 96. — Vanduzea arquata

F. (x5). SAY (x5).

F. (x5).

Nom BH nanus need 5 98. — Bajulata bajula 99. — Hygris unicarinata 100. — Idioderma

: DE Gopa. (x10). STAL (x 10). virescens VAN DUz.

(x5).

103. — Bilimekia styliformis

101. — Erosne notata WALK. (x 10). 102. CU costata FOowL. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACID/E, SUBF. SMILIINZE

. L &* i

» Uva

XE ^

Pl. VIII

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

106. — Telamona

ampelopsidis

HaR. (x5).

110. — Palonica pyramidata

Unr. (x5).

E we.

109. — Telonaca ramona Barr (x5).

111. — Thelia bimaculata

E7565).

114. — Tropidarnis tectigera

B2(x5)y Fowr. (x5).

F. (x5).

116. — Aphetea inconspicua

Fowr. (x10).

118. — Acutalis semicrema 119. — Thrasymedes 120. — Euritea 121. — Micrutalis ephippium

SAY (x10). lineola WALK. (x5). albifasciata Bunw. (x10).

FUNKH. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDA, SUBF. SMILIINZE

Pl. IX

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

122. — Abelus luctuosus STAL 123. — Scytodepsa 124. — Tropidaspis 125. — Endoiastus caviceps

(x10). exigua F. (x10). carinata F. (x5). FowL. (x0).

128. — Lamproptera cristata 129. — Orekthen osborni

STAL (x 5). FUNKH. (x5).

126. — Mina spinosa 127. — Gerridius scutellatus

FuNxkn. (x5). Fowr. (x5).

130. — Melizoderes 131. — Tolania opponens 132. — Centrodontus atlas 133. — Tylocentrus

carinatus BLANcR. (x5). WALK. (x5). Gopa. (x 10). reticulatus VAN DUz.

(x5)

134. — Flexocentrus

brunneus FUuNKH. (x5).

137. — Stegaspis insignis

Buckr. (x5).

140. — Centruchoides oppugnans

138. — Glishrocentrus cucullatus WALK. (x5).

Fowr. (x5).

e. ; 142. — Stylocentrus ancora 143. — Smerdalia horrescens

141. oe d Vno PERDEDO. Fowt.(&5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDJE, SUBF. CENTROTIN4E

Pl. X

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

145. — Goniolomus

tricorniger STAL (x5). 146. — Boócerus

gilvipes STAL (x5). 147. — Ischnocentrus inconspicuous

Buckr. (x5).

144. — Dontonodus serraticornis

FuNkn. (x5).

IN das diecd t Rad 149. — Ophicentrus notandus

Fowr. (x10).

150. — Centronodus denticulus

Fuwxn. (x5).

153. — Callicentrus 154. — Daimon satyrus

151. — Platycentrus acuticornis aurifascia WALK. (x5). Bucxkr. (x5).

STAL (x5). 152. — js ic EN

TAL (x5).

156. — Centriculus

rufotestaceus FowL. (x5).

155. — Amblycentrus 158. — Brachycentrutus punctatus

pubescens Fownr. (x10). 157. — Brachybelus M. & B. (xI0).

cruralis STAL (x 10).

159. — Monobelus

fasciatus F. (x5). — ES 3 o ^ 162. — Tricoceps

160. — Marshallella rubripes 161. — Centrotus pubipennis FA1RM. (x5).

Gopa. (x5). cornutus L. (x5).

163. — Centrotusoides 164. — Platybelus 165. — Evanchon 166. — Amitrochates

muiri Disr. (x5). sinuosus DIST. (x5). serpentinus FUNKH. (x5). grahami Disr. (x 10).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. CENTROTIN/AE

Pl. XI

GENERA INSECTORUM

HOMOPTERA

is (7 EAS 168. — Monocentrus fuscum

Bucxkr. (x5).

169. — Evanchon javanensis

FuwknH. (x5).

170. — Anchon ulniforme

Buckr. (x5).

NN $705 — m.

Pantaleor brunneus 173. — Antialcidas trifoliaeeus 174. — Maurya paradoxus

FUNKH. (x5). WALK. (x5). uem. LETH. (x5).

171. — Spalirisis nigris

FuNknR. (x5).

Machaerotypus rubronigris 176. — Tricentrus convergens

WALK. (x5).

177. — Tricentroides proprius

FuNkn. (x5). Disr. (x5).

178. — E

Eumonocentrus bifurcus

FuNwxn. (x5).

— ] ,

180. — Hypsauchenia hardwickii

Kins. (x5).

179. — Crito festivus

Disr. (x0).

RR RACE GR SEMMMMEI

vens

181. —

Pyrgauchenia brunnea

FUNKAH. (x5).

C NN. à

184. — Pyrgonota bifoliata

Wesrw. (x5).

182. — Gigantorhabdus enderleini Scuw.

(x5)

185. — Funkhouserella 186. — Hybandoides sumatrensis

bulbiturris FUNKH. (x5). FUNKH. (x5).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. CENTROTINZE

Pl. XII

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

188. — Negus asper

187. — Centrochares . JACOBI

190. — Leptobelus dama

189. — Micreune formidenda GERM. (x5).

WALK. (x5).

horrificus

WESTW.

(x5).

191. — Eutryonia monstrifera 192. — Elaphiceps cervus

194. — Nilautama 193. — Leptocentrus reponens

WALK. (x5). : Buckr. (x5). n r

minutispina WALK. (x5).

Funxna. (x5).

198. — Acanthophyes

197. — Telingana balteata walkeri FuNkn. (x5).

195. — Arimanes doryensis 196. — Convector Disr. (x5).

Disr. (x5). cavendus DisT.(x5).

Et indi 201. — Parapogon 202. — Xiphopoeus

2 Fg ar DM 200. — Indicopleustes insignis Disr. (x5). erectus De c5).

NE albomaculatus Dis. (x5).

205. — c à 206. — Polonius biseratensi

203. — Maarbarus bubalus 204. — Aspasiana carbonaria 205. Drs 206 EE Nu: ensis

Disr. (x5). Disr. (x5). ; à

208. — Imporcitor typicus 209. — Otinotus

: 210. — E hi

207. — Dacartha hyalina DiIST..(x5). kerenianus DisrT. (x5). Pedum EL

PELAEZ (x5). :

à FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. CENTROTINAE

PI. XIII

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

] ; 213. — Otinotoides ;

211. — Cebes transiens 212. — Sarantus wallacei s 214. — Ceraon vitta

WALK. (x 5). SML (5) spicatus DisrT. (x5). WALK. (x5).

216. — Acanthuchus 218. — Centruchus brevicornis

215. — Emphusis malleus gracilispinus STAt. 217. — Sertorius australis POE

WALK. (x5). (x5) FArIRM. (x5).

PES EL

219. — Eufairmairia acanthaspis ^ 220, . Sextius virescens 221. — Periaman flavolineatus

FarnM. (x5). FAIRM. (x5). Buckr. (x5). 222. — Centrotypus

amplicornis STAL

(x5)

«€ 3 . 226. — Insitor exemplificatus

? 3 Disr. (x5).

223. — Pogon auriculatum 224. — Coccosterphus 225. — Parayasa typica

STAL (x5). tuberculatus WALK. (x10). Disr. (x 10).

227. — Yasa greeni

Disr. (x5).

: oq 229. — Gargara genistae : :

228. — Kanada irvinei F. (x5). 230. — Xanthosticta pseudocornis

Disr. (x10). FuNkn. (x10).

231. — Ebhul varius 232. — Sipylus 233. — sag Ade typus

WALK. (x 10). dilatatus N'ALK. (x10). UNKH. (x 10).

FAM. MEMBRACIDJE, SUBF. CENTROTINZE

PI. XIV

GENERA INSECTORUM HOMOPTERA

irs 235. — Promintor

234. — Kombazana fidelis nominatus Dis. (x5).

Disr. (x5). 236. — Hamma mabirensis

CHINA (x 10).

; - 239. — Dingkana . ; —

NEC ciphor macutiseutum borealis GopG. (x5). 240. — Terentius rolandi Disr.

241. — Insitoroides typicus

FUNknH. (x5).

: 244. — Mesocentrus 245. — Demanga sooknana

242. — Pogontypus complicatus 243. — Cryptaspidia tagalica pyramidatus Disr. (x5).

Mzr. (x 10). Sri (x10) FuNxna. (x5).

246. — Awania vicina 247. — Bocchar montanus 248. — Occator erectus

Goo. (x5). Jaconr (x5). DISTANT (x5). 249. — Oxzyrhachis tarandus

F. (x5).

250. — Gongroneura brevicornis

JAconiI (x5). 251. — Xiphistes furcicornis

GERM. (x5).

252. — Bulbauchenia mirabilis

FUNK. (x5).

254. — Ozyrhachidia

inermis STAL (x5).

253. — Takliwa carteri

FuNkK. (x5).

255. — Xiphistoides 257. — Hemicentrus retusus 256. — Darthula hardwicki

carinatus FUNKH. (x5). Disr. (x5) GRAY (X3 env.).

FAM. MEMBRACIDAE, SUBF. CENTROTIN/E

D IJd«c EE A

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

Dol p E RN

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

par E. SÉGUY

AVEC 44 FIGURES, PAR E. SÉGUY

A famille des Scatophagides réunit les Myodaires inférieurs, Acalyptéres ou Haplostomates,

aux Myodaires supérieurs, Calyptéres ou Thécostomates.

Cette famille, ordinairement placée parmi les Acalyptéres. présente quelques

soies croisées, cuilleron thoracique non saillant, aile avec les nervures 3 et 4 (M r et M 2) paralléles ou

caractéres communs avec les autres familles de ce groupe : bande médiane frontale sans

divergentes à l'apex, abdomen formé de cinq segments visibles au moins, une, deux ou trois soies ster-

nopleurales. La définition des Scatophagides ainsi réduite autorise leur introduction parmi les Acaly-

pteres. Cependant la conformation de plusieurs organes importants permettrait le déplacement de cette

famille et son introduction parmi les Myodaires supérieurs : trompe avec une capsule chitineuse interne

sur le clypéus (fulcrum), deuxiéme article antennaire fendu sur toute sa longueur, stigmates abdomi-

naux placés sur le bord des tergites, nervure costale non brisée prés de la nervure humérale, toujours

deux gonapophyses sensorielles sur l'appareil copulateur des máles.

L'ensemble de ces caractéres rapproche la famille des Scatophagides des Muscides inférieurs :

Fucelliinés et Coenosiinés. Ces Myodaires présentent en commun les caractéres suivants

Yeux largement séparés dans les deux sexes. Ailes : nervures 3 et 4 ordinairement paralléles ou

divergentes à l'apex. Cuilleron thoracique plus ou moins réduit. Pénis court.

Les caractéres secondaires peuvent se schématiser dans un tableau comme il suit :

I (2). Abdomen avec 5 segmenis visibles au motns. Une, deux ou trois

sotes sternopleurales. Bande médiane frontale sams sotes croisées,

Efhynescostale-mulle- cae er e gs uS cese Se S SCATOBHAGIDES:

2 (1). Abdomen formé de 4-5 segments visibles. Trois soies sternopleurales

au moins.

3 (4). Bande médiane frontale sanus sotes croisées. Une faire de. sotes. dorso-

centrales présulurales (antérieures), quelquefois tàés. courtes, ou le

thorax noir (Q). Yeux ovalaives. Nervure costale non visiblement

spinuleuse daus la moitié basilaire .. .. . . . . . . . . Muscidés (Corgxosus£s).

4 (3). Bande médiane frontale avec. des soies croisées. Deux. patres de. sotes

dorsocentrales présuturales, la baire antérieure parfois courte, jamais

piliforme ou nulle. Yeux ronds. Nervure costale avec des spinules

Swy-la molte Dasale.-.. En IRE S TE RE en i os Nee AMdscidés: (BUCEDLHNES):

2 DIPTERA

Les Muscidés, qui ont été traités séparément ici méme (fasc. 205), auraient pu comprendre les

Scatophagidés. Mais étant donné le polymorphisme remarquable dont sont affectés les représentants

de ce groupe, il semble plus commode de les considérer comme une famille indépendante dont les

caractéres sont résumés ci-dessous. D'ailleurs la valeur des caractéres propres aux familles et aux sous-

familles dépend de l'appréciation personnelle des auteurs. Au surplus, j'ai suivi le conseil de L. Cuénot

qui admet que « dans le doute il vaut mieux étre diviseur ».

L'étude des mouches de la famille des Scatophagides présente quelques difficultés, car elle

comprend un certain nombre de genres formés d'espéces dont la taille, la chétotaxie et les caracteres

chromatiques sont variables. D'autres espéces peuvent présenter un dimorphisme sexuel étendu —

oü des espéces systématiquement voisines ont une biologie tout à fait différente.

Les difficultés d'études, qui se multiplient à mesure que l'on avance dans la connaissance du

groupe, ne sont cependant pas insurmontables.

On prendra garde que certains travaux récents (e. g. Sack, Cordyluride, publiés dans l'excellente

encyclopédie diptérienne paléarctique de M. le Dr E. Lindner) sont des ceuvres superficielles suscep-

tibles de prolonger des erreurs. On n'y trouve pas trace des rectifications svstématiques données, par

exemple, par Hendel, pas plus que d'examens critiques.

Cette remarque, dont il ne faut pas exagérer la portée, me conduit à répéter quelques principes

qui m'ont constamment guidé dans mes recherches systématiques. Le systématicien, obligé d'étudier

des insectes desséchés, plus ou moins bien conservés ou préparés, est, par ce fait, ordinairement dés-

avantagé sur le biologiste qui a le loisir d'étudier des animaux vivants, souvent mis en grand nombre

à sa disposition. Le systématicien utilise dans ses études un plus ou moins grand nombre de caractéres

qu'il est obligé de considérer comme fixes, ou dont il admet empiriquement la fixité.

Pour obtenir un minimum de sécurité dans les rangements spécifiques, j'ai constamment admis

avec le R. P. J. de Joannis, que toute modification squelettique importante (e. g. apparition d'un macro-

chéte articulé ou d'une apophyse quelconque, modification dans la forme ou la puissance des organes

considérés comme sensoriels, etc.) était suffisante en soi pour imposer une dénomination à une forme

distincte. Il est évident que la morphologie essentielle ne peut elle seule exprimer la valeur spécifique

et que les caractéres biologiques peuvent étre déterminants. On connait l'histoire de deux Mouches vertes

trés voisines, Lucilia bufouivora, espéce biologique qui s'oppose à celle du Lucilia sylvarum, espéce mor-

phologique. On sait également qu'il est difficile de séparer morphologiquement ces deux espéces. Au

contraire, les Musca nebulo, vicina et domestica, ou les Lucilia argyrocephala et sericata qu'il est facile d'isoler

d'aprés les caractéres extérieurs peuvent, en liberté, se réunir et donner des descendants féconds (Mac-

kerras, Saccà). On verra plus loin que les Scofeuma scybalarium, suillum, lutarium, inquinatum, espéces

morphologiquement différentes, peuvent aussi s'accoupler entre elles. Malheureusement le résultat n'est

pas connu.

En résumé le Muscidologue se trouve en présence d'espéces de structure différente, identifiées

d'aprés les méthodes classiques reconnaissant à des caracteres extérieurs une valeur prépondérante. Ces

mémes espéces (observées en liberté ou prisonniéres dans une étuve de laboratoire) accusent souvent des

comportements différents qui font douter de la valeur des critéres d'identification systématique habituel-

lement utilisés. |

C'est tout le probléme de la définition de l'espéce qui se trouve mis en cause. En ce qui concerne

les représentants de la famille des Scatophagides, insectes éminemment sauvages et irréductibles, il

semble que l'expérience sur des individus captifs, méme bien traités, ne puisse donner que des résultats

incomplets dont l'interprétation serait nuisible. Nous sommes donc obligés d'utiliser (sans contróle et

sans réserves) les caractéres traditionnels qui — malgré leur insuffisance dans l'étude d'une famille dont

les représentants sont aussi polymorphes — sont les seuls que nous ayions aujourd'hui à notre disposition.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 3

CARACTERES DES SCATOPHAGIDES

IMAGOS, — Téte ronde en profil, parfois élargie de face. Yeux largement séparés dans les deux

sexes. Quatre soies orbitales au moins, les inférieures proclinées. Triangle ocellaire jamais prolongé

en pointe antérieure. Pas de soies frontales croisées. Face plane : carénes latérales dénudées; caréne

interantennaire mince ou nulle. Une ou plusieurs grandes vibrisses accompagnées ou non de petites

vibrisses, quelquefois une ou plusieurs fortes soies érigées sur l'angle postérieur du péristome. Barbe

toujours médiocre (sauf Pogonota), le plus souvent formée de cils blanchátres. Occiput couvert de soies

plus ou moins épaisses et dressées, spiniformes (Norvellia). Trompe gréle ou trés épaisse, à labelles sail-

lants et larges, armés de fortes dents propres à dilacérer et à triturer (Scatophagides zoophages et chas-

seurs). Palpes toujours bien développés, parfois plus longs que la trompe (Hexamilocera, Pselaphephila,

Cosmetopus dentimanus), filiformes (Leftofa), cylindriques, spatulés ou foliacés (Acerocnema), velus ou armés

de petites soies noires spinuliformes placées à l'extrémité supérieure, un macrochéte apical ou non. Base

des palpes avec un petit renflement cilié ou non (palpifer et soies palpiférales). Antennes : chéte robuste,

velu, cilié ou plumeux, deuxiéme article parfois long ou courbé, troisiéme effilé en aléne ou épaissi en

fuseau à la base. — Thorax épais, hérissé de macrochétes sensoriels plus ou moins développés, parfois

décolorés comme chez certains Asilides. Soies scapulaires robustes; soies acrosticales piliformes (sauf

la paire préscutellaire), plus ou moins réguliérement rangées; cinq ou six soies dorsocentrales (2-3--3),

plus faibles sur la partie antérieure du mésonotum (sauf Norellia qui présente 1--1), une ou deux in-

traalaires (nulles chez les Coniosteruum) ; soies supraalaires et postalaires toujours présentes; s'il y a deux

aca cu et,

Fig. 1.

Thorax d'un Scatophagide montrant l'emplacement des macrochétes.

a. vue de profil; — 5. vue dorsale.

4cd, soies acrosticales antérieures; — acf, soies acrosticales postérieures; — dca, dorso-

centrales antérieures; — def, dorsocentrales postérieures; — m, soies humérales; — ia,

soies intraalaires; — »», mésopleurales; — fo, soies notopleurales; — f, posthumérale;

— ra, préalaire; — fre, présuturale; — fro, propleurale; — sta, postalaires; — sa, soies

supraalaires; — scf, soie scapulaire (chéte antérieur); — scu, scutellaires; — s/, sterno-

pleurale; — s/g, stigmatique.

4 DIPTERA

postalaires, la postérieure est plus robuste; une ou deux humérales, une faible et une forte; une post-

humérale; deux notopleurales plus ou moins développées. Quatre soies scutellaires également dévelop-

pées ou deux scutellaires subapicales fortes et deux apicales ciliformes. Une soie propleurale, protho-

racale ou prothoracique, parfois quelques cils satellites et une soie stigmatique (sauf Scopeuma), au moins

une mésopleurale, cinq au plus; une, deux ou trois sternopleurales. Villosité fine, nulle sur les pleures,

sauf chez les Scatophagine. Mésophragme trés développé, parfois bombé et saillant; postscutellum bien

visible, toujours petit. Pattes longues et gréles, velues, ciliées ou armées de macrochétes plus ou moins

développés, parfois remplacés par des épines ou par des brosses de soies raides placées sur la partie

antéro-interne des fémurs. Hanches I grandes, souvent jaunes; les hanches I1 et III grises; fémurs

exceptionnellement trés épaissis (Bostrichopyga), fémurs et tibias I nus ou couverts d'une longue villosité

serrée en fourrure, indépendante des soies normales, exceptionnellement des encoches ou des denticu-

lations (Cosmetopus, Pogonota, Staegeria, figs. 31, 82, 36); renflés ou déformés (O£eniella, fig. 35),

tibias avec d'autres soies en dehors des soies apicales ou préapicales; tibias II gréles, munis de longues

soies basales externes (S/aegeria) ; tarses normaux, les antérieurs plutót courts, habituellement sans orne-

mentation spéciale. Griffes et pelotes médiocres, seulement bien développées chez les espéces zoophages.

Ailes longues, à membrane épaisse, fortement irisée, exceptionnellement tachée (Ernoneura, fig. 38),

couverte de microtriches serrés; brisure costale à l'apex de sc 1 peu visible ou nulle, négligeable dans

tous les cas; ordinairement pas d'épine costale; 3* et 4* nervures (Mr et M2) plus ou moins divergentes

à l'apex ou légérement rapprochées (Hydromyza, Scopeuma scybalaríum), ou la cellule apicale, limitée par

ces nervures, rétrécie à l'apex (Lasioscelus, fig. 33). ou rétrécie à la base (ScoliapAleps, fig. 15); 4* ner-

vure (M2 a4-b) rectiligne, rarement sinueuse (Cosmetopus, fig. 31) ou envoyant vers Mr des prolonge-

ments ou des nervures transverses supplémentaires (Pogonola, fig. 36); transverses rectilignes ou peu

courbées; cellules basales fermées antérieurement par les nervures y et z (fig. 2); 6* nervure (A1) pro-

longée au bord de l'aile, ou épaissie à la

base et n'atteignant pas la marge posté-

rieure; 7* nervure (A2) plus ou moins

développée, toujours visible sous forme

de pli. Cuillerons subégaux. — Abdomen

souvent cylindrique, rarement aplati à la

base (Hydromyza), plus ou moins allongé,

formé de six segments prégénitaux, les

deux premiers soudés comme d'habitude;

premiers segments visibles normalement

Fig. 2.

développés, munis de macrochétes mar-

Aile d'un Scatophagide montrant la position des nervures. ginaux, dressésou non, noirs ou décolorés

4 1,2, anales; — Cu r, cubitale antérieure (haute); E rie :

— Cu 2, cubitale postérieure (basse); — /, humérale; — comme la pilosité du fond.

M 1,2, 2atb, nervures médianes antérieures (hautes); Femelle. — Extrémité de

— HM 2c, médiane transverse; -— MP a, b, médianes ; " MESA ^

postérieures (basses); — R r, radiale antérieure (haute); l'abdomen parfois epi latérale-

— R2t3, R 4,5, radiales postérieures (basses); — sce, ment, les derniers sternites plus ou moins

Sous-costale; — x, transverse médiane; — vw, transverse développés (Parallelomma Nortcllia) ou

médiocubitale; — z, transverse cubito-anale. :

aplatis en lame tranchante et brillante,

saillante (Parallelomma, fig. | O), inerme ou armée de spinules (Myxocordylura, fig. T).

Mále. — Segments abdominaux apicaux plus épais; sternite prégénital fendu ou non, à lobes

latéraux dressés en bas ou étalé en bouclier et portant de longues soies pendantes, couchées ou frisées

au bout (Pogonota, Okeniella, Bostrichobyga, figs 34, 3b et 36) ou les lobes dénudés et rabattus (Tri-

chopalbus, Acanthocnema, Lasioscelus); parfois deux petits lobes plus ou moins épineux, dressés au centre,

^i AMA

"aes

P TENE

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/ZE 5

entre les lobes latéraux plus épais (Scofeuma). Appareil copulateur plus ou moins développé suivant les

espéces. Segment IX visible, en dessus seulement, par le tergite en bouclier; le sternite correspondant

forme le « sternite génital ». Tergite X renflé dorsalement, profondément divisé sur la ligne médiane

longitudinale qui est occupée par la membrane conjonctive. Le tergite X est prolongé en dessous par le

forceps externe dont les branches, plus ou moins longues, sont parfois élargies et rabattues sur la face

sternale (Lastoscelus, Cochliarium, fig. 33); le forceps interne (sternite X), à branches courtes, protége

l'anus situé à sa partie supérieure. Le pénis est relié à son apodéme et au sternite génital par la

« theca » et ]a membrane basale; sur la theca, ou bulbe, s'accroche le paraphallus divisé lui-méme en

deux piéces latérales plus ou moins épaissies (Cordylura) et plus ou moins écartées de l'hypophallus

qu'elles protégent.

Diptéres errants, allotropes, phytophages, saprophages, coprophages ou zoophages, chassant et

dévorant les petits insectes à téguments mous, communs ou trés communs dans les endroits humides

ou marécageux, sur les fleurs et les feuillages ou sur les excréments des grands Vertébrés (cf. Hobby,

1931). Plusieurs espéces sont exclusivement littorales.

PARASITES. — [es imagos portent souvent des larves de Trombidíum ou de Gamasus, des Acariens

divers : Parasitus, Pediculoides, Holastopella, Alliphis, etc. Le Cordylura pubera (L.) a été signalé comme

hóte du Mermis albicans v. Siebold (von Linstow, 1898).

Le Scatophaga (Scopeuma) merdaria peut étre attaqué par des Champignons (Phycomycétes Ento-

mophthorinées) du genre Emfusa (Giard, 1888).

RÉPARTITION GÉOGRAPHIQUE, — Les Scatophagides forment un groupe essentiellement

septentrional, quelques rares représentants du genre Scofeuma vivent sous les tropiques.

L'ubiquiste Scopeuma stercorarium a. été signalé de l'Afrique australe et il n'existe que trois ou

quatre espéces du Nouveau-Monde qui dépassent au sud la frontiére méridionale des Etats-Unis, une

se trouve au Pérou et une autre en Colombie.

Au contraire de nombreuses espéces sont répandues dans toute la région holarctique..

CEUFS. — Allongés, d'un blanc d'ivoire ou jaunátres, renflés sur une face, aplatis sur l'autre qui

préserte deux bourrelets plus ou moins étendus et recourbés sur l'axe longitudinal. Coque lisse (Prosa),

ou couverte d'une réticulation hexagonale saillante et visible, surtout aux deux extrémités, laissant voir

un tégument plus mince, favorable aux échanges gazeux nécessaires à l'embryon (Cnemofogon, Cordylura,

Scopeuma) (figs 1 1, 13, 21, 44).

LARVES. — Corps cylindrique, rigide et nu. Pseudocéphalon petit et rétractile, crochets buccaux

bien développés, organes sensoriels réduits comme chez les larves d'Anthomyiaires. Stigmates protho-

raciques saillants en éventail, portant sur leur bord libre un certain nombre d'encoches ou de renfle-

ments perméables. Bourrelets locomoteurs de la face sternale plus ou moins développés ou couverts de

spinules. Dernier segment abdominal tronqué, terminé par six ou huit tubercules charnus, portant des

organes sensoriels. Stigmates postérieurs nus et libres, ou enfoncés dans une caverne stigmatique peu

profonde, ou saillants et protégés par des cónes charnus ou chitineux (fig. 4-4).

Insectes zoophages, coprophages (Scopeuma), saprophages, phytophages et mineurs des feuilles

ou des tiges des végétaux (Chylizosoma, Clidogastra, Hydromyza), peut-étre parasites occasionnels de larves

d'insectes phytophages (Cuemofogon).

6 DIPTERA

GENRES ET ESPEÉCES DOUTEUX

Un certain nombre de genres ou d'espéces ont été incorporés aux Scatophagides avec plus ou

moins de raisons, par divers auteurs. On trouvera ci-dessous la liste des formes les plus importantes,

avec les remarques suggérées par leur position. Les espéces décrites par J. W. Zetterstedt dans sa

« Monographia Scatophagarum Scandinavie », publiée dans les Annales de la Société entomologique de

France (tome IV, 1835, p. 175-189) et qui se rapportent généralement à la famille des Psilides, n'ont

pas été mentionnées.

1. Ambopogon hyperboreus Greene, Proceed. entom. Soc. Wash., Vol. 21, p. 126-129, figs. (1919).

C'est un Piophilide du genre Amfhipogon, probablement l'A. spectrum Wahlberg.

2. Chaetura rufipes Macquart, Dipt. exot., Vol. 4, 2* partie, p. 244, pl. 25, fig. 3 (1850).

C'est un Muscide du genre Cznosia. Urugay (Muséum).

3. Oleigaster longicornis Macquart, Dipt. exot., Vol. 2, 3e partie, p. 340 (183), pl. 26, fig. 3 (1843).

Sénégal (Muséum et coll. Macquart). La collection du Muséum ne conserve plus qu'un débris

innommable qui se rapporte peut-étre à un Ceenosiine. M. van Emden (1941 : p. 254) croit que c'est un

Anafhalanthus pennatus Loew.

4. Cordylura aricina Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2034 (1846);

Becker, Katal., Vol. 4, p. 1; Sack, Cordyl., p. 18 (1937).

C'est un Hylemyia (Phorbia, Adia Schnabl) teste Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 159 (1936).

La description de M. P. Sack, (l. c.) est la traduction de la diagnose latine de Zetterstedt.

5. Cordylura geniculata Macquart, Dipt. exot., Vol. 4, 2? partie, p. 244, pl. 25, fig 2 (1850).

Amérique, Matto Grosso (de Castelnau, 12. 47) (Muséum). En mauvais état. C'est trés probable-

ment un Muscide du genre PAyllogaster (Ccenosiine).

6. Cordylura qualis Say, Journ. Acad. Sc. Phil., Vol. 6, p. 176 (1830); Osten-Sacken, Catal., p. 173.

Indiana. N'est probablement pas un Cordylura, teste Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

7. Gordylura rufina van der Wulp, Biol. centr. Amer., Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 349 (1897).

Mexique. Correspond probablement au Scatophaga reses Giglio- Tos ( Boll. R. Univ. Torino, Vol. 8,

p. 158 et Ditt. del Messico, Vol. 34, p. 34), qui provient également du Mexique. Van der Wulp soup-

conne ce 7eses d'étre un Cordylura (cf. Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt,, p. 569, 1905).

Dans le doute ces deux noms (rufina et veses) n'ont pas été mentionnés dans les listes suivantes.

8. Eugenacephala salsa Johnson, Occ. Pprs Boston Soc. N. H., Vol. 5, p. 22, figs (1922) et Vol. 7,

p. 243 (1925); id., Biol. Survey Mt. Desert Region, I, p. 213 (1927); Procter, Biol. Survey Mt. Desert

Région, Pt. VII, p. 414 (1946).

— rufipes Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 57, p. 25 (1925); Johnson, Psyche, Vol. 36, p. 145 (1929).

Nord des Etats-Unis d'Amérique. Labrador.

C'est l'Orygma luctuosa Meigen. — Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 310 (1934). teste Sabrosky,

Canad. Entom., Vol. 81, p. 303 (1949).

9. Eupteromyia Bigot, Revue et Mag. de Zoologie (Guérin), n? 7, p. 6 (1859).

« G. Sapromyza proximum. Oblonga. Alis paulo angustis; abdomine valde longioribus. Capite

hemispherico, thorace vix latiore. Facie et epistomate proeminentibus. Antennis, articulo tertio secun-

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 7

do non duplo longiore, ovali; apice, paulo attenuato. Stylo longe ciliato, ciliis inferis, brevibus. Abdo-

mine ovali, subpetiolato, thorace parum breviore, bis tribus segmentato. Tibiis intermediis, apice,

spinis longiusculis instructis » (Bigot).

Typus generis. — E.ftrivittata Bigot

E. trivitlata Bigot, Rev. et Mag. Zool., n?7, p. 6 (1859) et Catal. Dipt. Orient. Reg., Journ. Asiat.

Soc. Bengal, vol. 61, n? 2, p. 207 (1892).

« Nigra, fronte, facie antennisque testaceis. Epistomate nitido, violaceo. Genis nigris. Thorace

testaceo pallide trivittato, vitta intermedia usque ad scutelli apicem prolongata, Sterno, ventreque basi,

testaceis. Pedibus brunneis, basi testaceis. Alis brunneo-nigris, margine interiore albido. — Long.

rr millim.» (Bigot).

Birmanie.

10. Gymnomera Pinocheti Bréthes.

D'aprés J. Bréthes il n'est pas certain que cette espéce soit bien à sa place dans le genre Gymao-

mera. Elle a cependant été maintenue dans la liste avec un point de doute.

11. Orthostylum Macquart, Dipt. exot., Suppl., Vol. 4, 2, p. 245 (272) (1850);

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905).

« Trompe et palpes retirés dans la cavité buccale. Face inclinée en arriére; épistome saillant, sans

soies. Front du mále large, saillant, nu. Yeux ovales, nus. Antennes couchées, n'atteignant pas l'épi-

stome; les deux premiers articles fort courts; troisiéme prismatique, six fois plus long que le deuxieme;

style nu, assez épais jusqu'au milieu, droit, formant un angle droit avec le troisiéme article. Thorax sans

soles. Abdomen assez court, recourbé, de six segments, terminé en massue. Pieds nus. Cuillerons

petits. Ailes : nervure médiastine double, les transversales assez distantes, la deuxiéme située au delà

du tiers entre la premiére et l'extrémité.

» La réunion de ces caractéres nous détermine à former ce genre, qui se rapproche des Cordylures

par la conformation de l'abdomen. Le nom générique exprime le style droit des antennes». (J. Macquart).

Type du genre. — Orvrihostylum rufipes Macquart.

O. rufibes Macquart , Dipt. exot., Suppl. 4, 2. p. 246 (273) (1850).

« Flavido-cinereum. Antennis fuscis, basi rufis. Pedibus flavis.»

« Long. 1 1/2 l. (3,40 millim.). Face jaune, à duvet blanc. Front à bande testacée et cótés blan-

chátres. Antennes: les deux premiers articles fauves; troisiéme d'un brun noirátre. Thorax d'un gris

noirátre à lignes brunes peu distinctes. Abdomen d'un gris également jaunátre. Pieds jaunes, tarses

bruns. Ailes claires, un peu jaunátres; nervures páles.» (Macquart).

Egypte.

12. Sargella Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 674 (1830).

« Antennes assez longues, obliques; le troisiéme article triple du second, prismatique et assez

épais : chéte nu.

» Front allongé; face trés oblique; cuillerons manifestes; corps allongé, cylindrique, à teintes

noires.

» Le corps effilé, cylindrique et porté sur de longues pattes, nous offre la véritable image de ces

Sargus verdoyants qui courent sur la surface de l'eau. La forme des antennes m'engage à placer la Sar-

gelle dans la présente section; mais ses cuillerons un peu développés pourraient tendre à en faire un

genre de la tribu des Aricines littorales ». (Robineau-Desvoidy).

8 DIPTERA

Type du genre. — Sargella cylindrica R.-D.

S. cylindrica Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 675 (1830).

« Longueur, 3lignes. lace blanchátre, avec les cótés blancs : front noir, mais jaune au sommet;

corselet noir; abdomen cylindrique, d'un noir brillant; pattes longues, noires, avec les genoux et les

tibias jaunes; ailes claires, sans tache.

» J'ai trouvé cette espéce, dés le premier printemps, parmi des plantes aquatiques à Saint-Sau-

veur ». (Robineau- Desvoidy).

13. Scatophaga calcarata Macquart, Dipt. exot., Vol. IV, 2* partie, p. 246, pl. 25, fig. 5 (1850).

Ce Diptére est en réalité un Hylemyia dont la description peut étre complétée et rectifiée comme

il suit. Il doit étre ajouté à la liste des Hylemyia (Genera Insectorum, fasc. 205, p. 81).

Hylemyia calcarata (Macquart). — (fig. 3).

Type Q'. — Téte rousse, longuement trapézienne en profil, espace interoculaire plus large que

l'aeil vu de face; des soies croisées, quatre microchétes postocellaires, six soies orbitales, les trois supé-

rieures courbées en dehors; quelques microchétes

au niveau de la base des antennes. Joues deux fois

plus larges que l'antenne, péristome aussi large

que l'eeil; cinq ou six soies péristomales faibles,

"A. | vibrisses médiocres, trois vibrissales. Trompe

normale; palpes en baguettes jaunes, longuement

ciliés. Antennes rousses, troisiéme article brun,

B: ; subégal aux deux précédents; chéte à pubescence

J | microscopique, pratiquement nu (fig. 3). — Corps

TAN Esto gris, incisures étroitement roussátres; acrosticales

l SN piliformes, irréguliéres,disposées en deux rangées,

9 222 j préscutellaires chétiformes; cinq soies dorsocen-

! NNSS trales (2--3); scutellum avec quelques cils discaux

Z S a b dressés, quatre macrochétes marginaux. Préalaire

aussi forte que la premiére dorsocentrale présutu-

Fig. 3. rale. Cinq mésopleurales, trois sternopleurales

Hylemyia calcarata Macquart mále. (24-1). Pattes rousses; fémurs I largement noi-

a. téte vue de profil; — 5. tibia postérieur, rátres, genoux jaunes; fémurs II avec une rangée

inibi Lu son d interne de spinules disposés en peigne sura moitié

apicale du membre; tibias II avec deux chétules postérieurs et deux soies externes plantées au méme

niveau, à la partie moyenne; tibias III avec deux paires de soies externes, un fort aiguillon sinueux

planté au niveau de l'union du tiers moyen et du tiers apical de la face externe, quelques spinules satel-

lites à la base de cet aiguillon, sur la face postérieure du tibia (fig. 3). Balanciers jaune-citron. Ailes

légérement brunies, épine costale longue. — Appareil copulateur petit, globuleux; forceps externe et

interne à branches épaisses, courtes et arrondies, couverts de longs cils pendants, un peu frisés.

Long. du corps : 5 mm., de l'aile : 5,5 mm.

Chili (M. Pissis), 124 : 38 (Museum, Paris).

I4. Scatophaga ceparum Westwood, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 7. p. 425 (1834).

Correspond au Muscide Hylemyia antiqua (Meigen). Ce nom doit étre ajouté à la liste des syno-

nymes de cette espéce (cf. Séguy, Muscides, Genera Insectorum, fasc. 205, p. 76, (1937).

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE 9

I5. Scatophaga formosa Wiedemann, Ausser. Zweifl. Insecten, Vol. 2, p. 447 (1830).

— Dryomyza maculipennis Macquart. Dipt. exot., suppl. 4, p. 273, 1 (1850); D. gigas Vollenh.,

Versl. meded. K. Akad. Wetensch , Vol. 15, 18, p. 12, fig. 7, qui habite les Indes orientales etle Japon,

est un Dryomyzide du genre Eggisoneura (Wulp, Catal., p. 163).

16. Seatophaga saniosa Westring, K. Vet. Akad. Handlgr. Stockh., p. 51 (1814).

C'est un Muscide (Fannia).

17. Tapigaster Macquart (emend. Bezzi). — Tafeigaster Macquart, Dipt. exot., 2e supplém., p. 102

(1846); Bezzi, Austral. Zool., Vol. 3. p. 72 (1923); Séguy. Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 648 (1934);

— Sciomysoplera Hendel, Deutsche entom. Zs., p. 46 (1917).

Les espéces du genre, exclusivement australiennes, ont été placées successivement parmi les Scio-

myzides, prés des Dryomyzes par Macquart et parmi les Scatophagides par M. Bezzi, qui en fait une

sous-famille spéciale, celle des Tafirasterine. J'ai moi-méme adopté autrefois les idées de Bezzi à ce sujet

(Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 648. 1934). M. J. R. Malloch (Ann. Mag. N. H., (10), vol. 8, p. 425, 1931)

revient à l'opinion de Macquart et range les Tapigaster parmi les Neottiophilide. F. Hendel, lors de la

description du genre Sciomyzoptera, est embarrassé pour lui assigner une place systématique; ille croit

voisin des Orygnma,

Les caractéres du genre Tapigaster, tels qu'ils sont résumés ici, montrent que les espéces du genre

sont plus voisines de celles des Neottiophilidz que de celles des autres familles d'Acalyptéres, et qu'il faut

se ranger à l'opinion de M. J. R. Malloch.

Caracteres. — Téte arrondie, yeux courtement ovalaires. Plaque occipitale courte, étendue

sur la moitié de la longueur de la bande médiane frontale. Deux soies orbitales supérieures réclinées,

une ou deux inférieures proclinées, verticales interne et externe rapprochées à la base, convergentes à

l'apex : verticales postérieures présentes. Face courte, épistome saillant. Occiput gonflé, partie supé-

rieure à soies fortes, dressées, villosité inférieure fine. Vibrisses fortes. Trompe robuste, à labelles élargis.

Palpes non dilatés, jamais aplatis, sans soie terminale. Antennes courtes ou moyennes, étendues sur

presque toute la longueur de la face; troisiéme article ovalaire; chéte allongé, à pubescence courte, ou

nu. — Mésonotum bombé, scutellum triangulaire; une soie humérale, trois supraalaires (14-2), deux

dorsocentrales, quatre scutellaires. Mésopleure nu, une sternopleurale placée au milieu du bord supérieur

du sternopleure. Pattes épaisses, tous les fémurs avec deux rangées d'épines fortes sur la face interne de

la moitié apicale; tibias avec une soie préapicale, tibias intermédiaires avec deux éperons. Ailes : pre-

miére nervure longitudinale (Rr) nue. Aile: costale inerme ou courtement épineuse sur son tiers apical;

membrane nue et brillante. Cuillerons trés petits, négligeables ou nuls. — Abdomen court, largement

ovalaire, cinq tergites dépourvus de macrochétes. — Femelle: ovipositeur avec deux lamelles termi-

nales; mále : hypopyge épais, ovalaire, parfois tuberculé en dessous. Long. 6-8 millim.

Types des genres. — Tafeigaster, type : T. annulipes Macquart. — Sciomyzoptera, type :

S. annulata Hendel.

LISTE DES TAPIGASTER

a. T. annulipbes Macquart, Dipt. exot., 2? suppl., p. 102. Australie.

annulata Hendel, Deutsche entom. Zs., p. 47 (1917).

(Seiomyzoptera); teste Bezzi, Austr. zool., Vol. 3, p. 72 (1923).

b. T. argyrosbila Bezzi, Austral. Zool., Vol. 3, p. 77 (1923). Australie.

[e]

. T. luteipennis Bezzi, l. c., p. 76 (1923). Australie.

d. T. marginifrons Bezzi, l. c., p. 74 (1923). Australie.

IO DIPTERA

18. Volusia Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 674 (1830).

« Antennes raccourcies, le troisiéme article cylindrique; chéte tomenteux. Front et face trés

resserrés; face trés oblique; corps allongé, d'un beau noir ».

Type du genre, — Volusia nitida Robineau-Desvoidy.

Volusia nitida Robineau-Desvoidy, l. c., p. 674 (1830).

« Longueur, 3 lignes 1/2 à 4 lignes. Tout le corps d'un beau noir luisant; face, cótés du front,

vertex, argentés; les cótés du corselet glacés d'un cendré moiré; pattes longues, jaunes, avec les tarses

noirs, et un peu de noir au-dessus des genoux antérieurs.

» Cet insecte est excessivement rare; je n'en posséde qu'un individu trouvé parmi des plantes

riveraines à Saint-Sauveur » (Robineau-Desvoidy).

Incorporé avec doute dans la famille des Scatomyzides par Th. Becker dans son Catalogue, le

Volusia nitida correspond au Tanyfeza longimana Fallén (Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 216, 1934;

vide etiam Hendel, Wien. ent. Ztg., Vol. 29. p. 308, 1910).

TABLEAU DES SOUS-FAMILLES

I (2). Fémurs I avec une double rangée de longues épines sur la. face in-

lerne; libias I avec des chétes-épines en vangée interne simple ou

double. Soies propleurales ciliformes ou nulles |... . . . NORELLUNX.

2 (r). Fémurs I et tibias I. avec tout au. plus un seul rang de sotes ou de

chétes-épines dressés sur la face interne.

3 (4). Propleure avec une ou plusieurs soies flus ou moins développées. Si

les soies bropleurales sont piliformes ou nulles, la chétotaxie méso-

notale est lacunaire, ciliforme ou nulle. De une à cinq. paires. de

soies dorsocentrales (0-1, 0-2, 0-3, 143, 243); une, deux ou

trois soies sternopleurales.| Scutellum. avec. deux ou quatre. sotes

marginales ou latérales. — Ailes arroudies à l'apex, parfois

raccourcies.

— Face allongée; palpes minces ou. filiformes plus ou moins

dilatés à l'apex, rarement élargis, avec ou sans longue soie

aficale, Antennes bien. développées, plutót longues; chéte

nu, pubescent ou plumeux. Espéces plutót robustes, à chéto-

laxte bien dévelobpée —-.— . . 2 2 0. 2 2 2 . ./ CORDYLURINE.

— Face courte. Palpes courts, filiformes, dépourvus de macro-

chéte ou de soie apicale. Antennes courtes, chéte nu, tout

au Dlus-DuDeSCENT. 1S o on oet Ne To TRI er I CDURUINENZ:

4 (3). Profleure sans soies ou macrochétes dvessés, exceptiounellement quel-

que pilosité ciliforme ou piliforme. Une (ou deux) soies sterno-

pleurales ou non, daus ce cas les steruites sont munis d'une longue

pilosité.. Mésonotum avec cing ou six sotes dorsocentrales (2, 3-3),

ou les dorsocentrales moins. nombreuses, mais les palpes sont

élargis. Quatre soies scutellaives au moius.. Ailes normales, plu-

tót allongées, ou courtes, mais l'abdomen étroit et long.

— Téte élargie. Palpes élargis à l'apex, foliacés ow coch-

léariformes. Mésonotum aplati et la. chélotaxie lacunaire,

ou le mésonotum normal, mais la pilosilé non serrée en

VOHPKHEC A rra HR duda dero de tL EIVDROMYOENI

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E II

— Téte arrondie, non particuliérement élargie. Palpes fili-

formes, ou faiblement dilatés, rarement vubanés. Mésono-

tum bombé, la pilosité souvent développée en fourrure... ScATOMYZINAX.

TABLEAUX DES GENRES

Les caractéres donnés dans les tableaux ci-dessous n'ont pas toujours été répétés intégralement

dans les diagnoses des genres que l'on trouvera dans les catalogues qui suivent.

JSPéveS GUEC AY DIS sotesSleVtiopleuvales 0o co e SomcdR uec iqL S PRDABISEPAUG. A.

Especes) auc) deux sotes Stextióblenrales.- os qu cou ce ue icon cL T TPABIEBRAU.B.

Espéces avec une soie. sternopleurale.

-— Dityohleure octo T o dre ERE SOR Amtes eese CTTACBIZEISATEG:

x ODISFOPÍeU MS os Tr S UR E em esL RM a esi eru aes eis aet a ZR ED EGENT Ds

TABLEAU A

'Trois soies sternopleurales.

1 (2). Scutellum avec six soies marginales. Palpes avec un. macrochéte

ACal- dua cur MEN a c SC DDETHOCHASLASGOquillett:

2 (r). Scutellum avec quatre soies marginales, Palpes sans macrochéte

apical.

3 (4). Aile : premiére longitudinale (Rer) sétuleuse sur le tiers apical.

— Scutellum : quatre soies subégales. .— .. . . . . . OmrHocuxrA Becker.

— Scutellum. : deux marginales vobustes, deux apicales cili-

Joymes- o oe M Le eto Mp cea Ute eat ts sr E OONEMOPOGONA Onda

4 (3). Aile : premiére longitudinale nue.

5 (6). Fémurs antérieurs avec. de forles sores. plantées sur la face anté-

Yieurt) P ropleuse Cuts ee ox esa ccm, ta np E CANAGROSOMAVIBecker:

6 (5). Fémuvs antérieurs sans fortes soes sur la face antérieure,

(8). Pales courts, normaux.

— Antennes : troisióme article anguleux à l'apex antérieur ;

ehdlesconde (fig. li.) eco TL cc E ESGONARGTICUS ROndani:

— Anlennes : troisiàme article arrondi ou. obtusément angu-

leux à l'apex; chéte non coudé .— . . . . . . . MersauyijA Malloch.

8 (7). Pales longs ou trés longs. Chéle antennaire non coudé.

— Yeux à peiue plus longs que larges. Antennes prolongées

jusqu'à l'épistome, arrondies à l'apex antérieur. Pales

minces à la base (fig. | Qa). Abdomen tris court... .. SrATHEPHILUS Becker.

— Yeux ovalaires, moitié plus longs que larges. Antenues

n'atleignant pas. l'épistome, anguleuses. antérieurement.

Palpes élargis à la base (fig. | Ob)... . « . « PsELAPHEPHILA Becker.

TABLEAU B

Deux soies sternopleurales.

I (2). Antennes : troisiéme article arrondi à. l'apex (fig. 16).

Deux soies scutellaives marginales latérales.

— Deux soies dovsocentrales fostérieures .— .. . . . . DkrwaA Rob. Desv.

— Trois soies dorsocentvales postérieures —..— . . . . . HtExawMiTOCERA. Becker.

I2 DIPTERA

(1). Antennes :. troisióme. article arrondi à. l'apex. (fig. 1 9 et 28).

Quatre soies scutellaires.

3 (4). Chéte antennaire épaissi sur le quart basal, son. pénulliéme. segment

court. Antennes. n'altetgnant fas. l'épistome. Palpes. dilatés

(fig.Q8) - - 1 149 cope x o9 b om owe um avt REIOHORALEUS Rondanm,

(s. g. CHaETOSA Coq.)

(3). Chéte antennaire épaissi sur la moitié basale, son pénulliéme segment

beaucoup plus long que large.

— Plusieurs vibrisses ou vibrissales. Antennes prolongées jus-

qu'à l'épistome; chite coudé. Palpes minces . .. .. . . GoNATHERUS Rondani.

— Une seule vibrisse, Antennes n'attetgnant. pas l'épistome;

chéte non coudé. Palpes normaux élargis sur toute leur

longueur (fig. L9) o nomo ros was PSELAPHEPHILDA: Becker.

TABLEAU C

Une soie sternopleurale ou non. Ptéropleure cilié.

I (2). Tibias I : face interne avec de nombreux sétules noirs... . . ArLoMvELLA Malloch.

2 (r). Tibias I : sans sétules noirs sur la. face interne.

(4). Aile : premiere neroure (R1) sétuleuse apicalement; sixiéme. ner-

vure non prolongée à la marge... . . . . . . . DasvrrEURoN Malloch.

4 (3) Premiere nervure nue.

5 (6). Aile avec plusieurs taches brunes. Pas de soies sternopleurales

(fig;38) «o uu T uon M ELE I dM ERNONEURA BeGEEE:

6 (5). Aile non tachée. Une soie sternopleurale.

— Soie propleurale longue et forte. Chéte antennaire. court,

plumeux sur loute sa longueur... . . . . . MezcarurHALMOIpES Ringdahl.

— Soie propleurale faible ou nulle. Chéte antennaire allongé, bs

nu, pubescent ou plumeux (fig.43) . . . . . . . ScoprEUMA Meigen.

TABLEAU D

Une soie sternopleurale. Ptéropleure nu.

I (8). Téte, en profil, nettement plus longue que haute; face trés oblique.

2 (3). Chéte autennaire à pubescence trés fine ( pratiquement nu) (fig. 22) CocurianiuM Becker.

3 (2). Chéte antennaire plumeux.

47^ (5). -Soteshigmatique forle... v i-o ose oos. os Ve vse sc IPARATIDIA.-Malloch:

5 (4). Soie stigmatique nulle.

6 (7). Antenne : face externe du troisiéme article avec une soie. longue. et

fine, blantée bris de l'insertion du chéle (fig. 8) . . . . . AcicEPHara Coquillet.

7 (6). Troisiéme article antennaire sans soie supplémentaire. . . . . PsEUDACICEPHaLA Malloch.

8 (1). Téte plus haute que large.

9 (r0). Téte triangulawe eu profil, face trés oblique. Palpes en. massue

elargié (ligi Toc ree d co er Ue ERU S SEMTXZOSORDVEURAS JOH Oel:

1o (g). Téte à Profil quadrangulaire, aussi haute que longue; face médio-

crement oblique.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

. Soles orbilales trés courtes, espace interoculaire. pratiquement. nu

Uecdon o Pul D Mr Ne M

. Soies orbitales longues.

. Tibias I avec une épine courte et forte à l'apex de la face interne,

ou la face interne avec une. série longitudinale de spinules courtes

dAsposées cti -desone (igo ay o lv e os S

. Tibias I sans épine apicale interne.

. Fémurs el tibias I avec de fortes soies plantées sur la face antéro-

interne.

. Fémurs I avec une seule rangée de forles soies.. Antennes. longues

(fig. 1 1)

. Fémurs I avec une double vangée de fortes soies ou d'épines antéro-

internes. Antennes courtes.

— Aile : sixiéme nervure (Ar) prolongée en pli au bord de

l'aile. Tibia I avec deux rangées internes de longues épines

(fige ape mer A Is

— Alile : sixióme nervure courte, tronquée, son extrémité large-

ment séparée du bord de l'aile. Tibia [ avec une rangée de

quatre longues épines dressées (fig.5) . . .

. Fémurs et tibias I sans fortes soies.

. Fémurs I avec des apophyses, épineuses ou non, dressées sur la face

interne. Aile : quatriéme nervure longitudinale sinueuse à l'apex

(fig. 31)

. Non el non.

. Soie propleurale toujours brésente, habituellement une soie stigma-

lique.

. Palpes longs et minces, munis d'une longue soie apicale.

Atle : troisiéme nervure sinueuse (fig. 15). . . . . .

. Aile : troisiéme nervure vectiligne.

zoSote'stiematique forte (fig A3): 50 wo iem oy

. Soie stigmatique faible, ou piliforme, ou nulle.

sYeuxcon enargines postemeurement Sos o T de ue n

. Yeux avec une légàre émargination sur la. moitié. postéro-inférieure.

. Nervure anale atteignant pratiquement le bord de l'aile (fig. 8).

— Quatre scutellaires .

DÉC SSCUTE LLILEE S e Asta M e S ser ul. Les

. Nervure anale n atleignant pas le bord de l'aile.

— Chile antennaire. plumeux ou. (vis longuement. pubescent

Gig zh cx e ce Sn

— Chiéte pubesceut (fig. 9) . . . .

. Palpes plus ou moins élargis, sans soie apicale saillante ou dressée.

. Antennes Lrés épaisses, brolongées jusqu'au bord du péristome(fig. 29)

. Non.

. oues plus larges que la moitié de la hauteur de l'ail. Face légére-

ment oblique et. plus. courte que le. front. Quatre. scutellaives.

Sortes intraalaires nulles.

Hvpnzowvza Fallén.

ACANTHOCNEMA Becker.

Punosia Rob.-Desv.

NonELLISOMA Hendel.

NonELLIiA Rob.- Desv.

CosMETOPUS Becker.

ScoLraPHLEPS Becker.

ConpvLuma Fallén.

NEoGYMNOMERA Malloch.

AcHXETELLA Malloch.

LrePTOPA Zetterstedt.

PaARALLELOMMA Becker.

CnuvLizosoMA Hendel.

ACEROCNEMA Becker.

DIPTERA

— Pales étroits.. Aile : nervures 3 et 4 nom. courbées. posté-

rieurement, 2 ou 3 dorsocentrales (fig. 24.). GvMNoMERA Rondani.

— Palfes dilatés à l'apex. Nervures 3 et 4 courbées postérieure-

ment. 5 dorsoceutrales (fig. 32). SraAEGERIA Rondani.

(34). foues habituellement moins larges que le tiers de la hauteur de l'eil.

Face aussi longue que le front ou presque.

(37). Fémurs épaissis, tibias I courbés chez le mále (fig. 34.) BosrRicHoPvca Becker.

(36). Non et non.

(41). Aile : bremióre nevvure sétuleuse dans la moitié apicale.

(40). Scutellum avec six soies. . BucePHaLINA Malloch.

(39). Quatre sores. scutellaires.

— Palfes étroits (fig. 12) . MrecoPrHTHALMA Becker.

— Pales élavgis et spatulés . ComRbYLURELLA Malloch.

(38). Aile : premiere nervure nue.

(43). Nervure anale n'atteignant fas le bord de l'aile.

— Antennes : lroisióme article moins de trois fois aussi long

que large. ConpvrLURELLA Malloch.

— Antennes : iroisiàme article quatre fois aussi long que large

(fig. 1 4) p M cr m ru MicRoPSELAPHA Becker.

(42). Nervure anale prolongée jusqu'au bord de l'aile (fig. V 3).

(45). Soies acrosticales nulles ConpvLuna Fallén.

(44). Deux rangées de soies acrosticales au moins.

— Deux vangées de soies acrosticales. Orsiouyia. Coquillett.

— Plus de deux rangées de soies acrosticales CERATINOSTOMA Meade.

(21). Soies Propleurale et stigmatiques nulles.

(56). Antenne : troisióme article anguleux à l'apex antérieur (fig. 2T).

(49). Soies acrosticales piliformes disposées en plusieurs rangées SPATHIOPHORA Rondani.

(48). Soies acrosticales disposées en deux ou quatre rangées.

(51). Tibias I sans sétules internes.

— Palfes en forme de cuiller, vétrécis basalement . PsEupoPocoNoTA Malloch.

— Palfes non fortement vétrécis à la base (fig. 28) . 'TRIcHoPALPUS Rondani.

(5o). Tibías I : face interne armée de sétules noirs réunis en série plus

0u moins servée.

(53). Gf. Ailes émarginées entre l'apex des quatriéme et cinquiéme longitu-

dinales (fig. 30) . PrEuROcuxTA Becker.

(52). g'. Ailes non émavginées.

(55). Prosternum nu. Qy. Ailes : des trausverses supplémentaires entre

les troisióme et quatrióme nervures longitudinales (fig. 38) . Pocowora Zetterstedt.

(54). Prosternum cilié.

— Q'. Ailes : bord costal avec une série de longs cils courbés

sur la section comprise entre l'abex de sc et. Rr (fig. 35) OxeNigLLA Hendel.

— Qf. Ailes normales, parfois un court. rameau vécurrent à

l'apex de R245. OxrENiNA Malloch.

(47). Autenue : troisiéme article arrondi apicalement.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E I

57 (58). Mésopleure cilié sur la blus grande partie de sa surface.

— Soies propleurales nulles. | Péristome à soies faibles mais

distinctes des soles vibrissales (fig.43). . . . . . ScorEguwA Meigen,

— Soies fropleurales plus ou moins développées, mais toujours

distinctes, Sotes péristomales disposées en vangée continue

(diga n M EGCATUMYZANDAIGDS

58 (57). Mésopleure Plus ou moins largement dénudé antérieurement.

39 (60). Aile : troisiéme et quatriéme longitudinales trés vapprochées à l'apex

(fig. 33). LasroscELus Becker.

60 (59). Troisiéme et quatriéme longitudinales non vapprochées (fig. 2 8).

61 (62). Tibias I avec une rangée de spinules courtes étendue sur toute la lon-

gueur de la face interne... . . . . . . . . . MicRoPgROsoPA Becker.

62 (61). Tibias I sans spinules rangées en série interne. ;

63 (66). Aile : nervure anale. longue, atteignant. pratiquement. le. bord. de

l'aile (fig. 8).

64 (65). Deux sotes sculellaives . . . . . . . . . . . . . LzPTOPA Zetterstedt.

65 (64). Quatre soies scutellaires.

— Pas de verticales postérieuves .. . . . . . . . . AcHxETELLA Malloch.

— Verticales fostérieures bien développées... . . . CowNrosrERNUM Becker.

66 (63). Aile: nervure anale courte, n'atteignant pas le bord del'aile(fig. | O)

— Chéte antennaive blumeux ou cilié —..— .— . . . . . PaARALLELOMMA Becker.

— Chéte antennaire pubescent —-.. . . . . . . . . CmYvrizosoua Hendel.

SuBFAM. NORELLIINZE

Caractéres. — Yeux ronds. Occiput gonflé, partie supérieure à soies fortes, dressées ; villosité

inférieure longue et fine, plus ou moins touffue et pendante. lace courte, épistome non ou peu saillant,

une vibrisse. Trompe épaisse; palpes filiformes, sans soie apicale manifeste. Antennes courtes : apex du

troisiéme article arrondi, atteignant la moitié de la hauteur de la face; chéte cilié, velu ou non. —

Thorax : soie propleurale piliforme; soie stigmatique avortée. Fémurs antérieurs et souvent les tibias

correspondants armés d'une double rangée de fortes soies ou d'épines. Ailes : nervure Rr dénudée à la

face supérieure ou portant seulement quelques cils isolés.

Diptéres à corps nu, étroit et allongé, roux, jaune ou noir à pruinosité grise ou blanchátre plus ou

moins épaisse.

TABLEAU DES GENRES

— Ale: sixióme nervure (Ar) prolongée en pli au bord de l'aile

(fig. 4). T'ibias antérieurs avec deux rangées iutevnes de longs

CACLESSEPATZS EE nrc ud qe e d Nar cde x Ia Ha tNORELEISOMA sELendel:

— Alle : sixiàme nervure courte, tronquée, son extrémité largement

séParée du bord de l'aile (fig. b). Tibias antérieurs avec. une

rangée de quatre longs chétes-ébines dressés ..— .. . . . . 2. NoRELLIA Robineau-Desvoidy

16 DIPTERA

1. GENUS NORELLISOMA HENDEL

Norellisoma Hendel, Wien. ent. Ztg., Vol. 29, p. 308 (1910); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS,

P. 492 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 652 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., vol. 57

p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 66 (1937).

Norellia auct. (sec Robineau-Desvoidy). — Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 13 (1905); Yerbury,

Entom, Mag., vol. 36, p. 199 (1900).

Caractéres généraux. — Téte trapézienne en profil, un peu allongée; yeux ronds, quatre ou

six paires de soies orbitales. — Thorax : soie scapulaire bien développée; soies acrosticales microscopi-

ques ou nulles, sauf la paire préscutellaire piliforme; quatre ou cinq soies dorsocentrales (242-3); la

Fig...

Norellisoma spinimanum (Fallén), à droite profil du màle

x 12; — à gauche, oviscapte de la femelle x r5.

premiere présuturale et la rétrosuturale anté-

rieure plus faibles; une soie humérale, une

présuturale; deux supraalaires : l'antérieure

plus faible; deux postalaires; une ou deux

mésopleurales, une sternopleurale. Scutel-

lum avec deux ou quatre soies : deux pré-

apicales robustes, apicales piliformes. Pattes

antérieures avec une ciliation interne ro-

buste; tibias antérieurs avec deux rangées

internes de longs chétes-épines; pattes inter-

médiaires et postérieures à soies plus faibles.

Aile : sixiéme nervure prolongée en pli

jusqu'au bord. Mále: appareil copulateur

épaissi et renflé (fig. 4).

Long. 6-ro mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura nervosa

Meigen.

Répartition géographique, —

Région paléarctique.

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

I. N. alpestre (Schiner), F. A., Vol. 2, p. 6 (1864) [Norellia]; Alpes.

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 127, pl. 9 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 13 (1905) [Norellia]; Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 3o2 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat.,

Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 653 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 67, pl. 5 (1937).

Bertei Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 7 (1866) [Norellia].

2. N. armifpes (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 234 (1826) Europe, Sibérie, Afrique sept.

[Cordylura] ; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 6 (1864); Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 127 (1894) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 13 (1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 173

(1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o2 (1906); Bezzi, Bull.

M NITE

CE CU mI mcm

adio 2e cR

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/ZE

Soc. entom. ital., A, Vol. 39, p. 121 (1908); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 653 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 67 (1937).

flava von Róser, Würrtemb. Corrbl., p. 59 (1840) [Cordylura].

flavicauda Meigen (»ec Macquart), System. Beschr., Vol. 6, p. 235

(1826) [Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 384 (1835)

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 127 (1894) et

Acta Soc. scient. Fennicz, p. 53 (1900) et Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt.,

Vol. 2, p. 213 (1902); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o2 (1906);

Bezzi, Bull. Soc. entom. ital., A, Vol. 39, p. 121 (1908).

Roseri Rondani, Prodr., Vol 7, Scatophag., p. 17 (1866).

ruficauda Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 733 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol.

5, p. 2055 (1846) [Cordylura].

3. N. femorale (Loew), Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 18 Alpes.

(1864) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 129, pl. 9 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 13 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3or (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 653 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 68 (1937).

4. N. Lesgie (Becker), Berlin. entom. Zs., vol. 39, p. 129 (1894) Caucase.

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 13 (1905) [Norellia]; Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 302 (1906) [Norellia]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 69

(1937).

5. N. lituratum (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 238 (1826) Europe cent. et sept., Sibérie.

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 387 (1835)

[Cleigaster]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2056 (1846)

[Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 7 (1864) ([Norellia];

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 128 (1894) et Acta Soc.

scient. Fennica, Vol. 26, p. 53 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 13 (1905) [Norellia]; Pandellé, Revue Entom., p.324

(1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 302 (1906); Bezzi, Mem.

Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 654 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr,,

Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 69 (1937).

flavicornis Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 239 (1826) [Cordylura];

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 13 (1905) [Norellia].

opaca Loew, Wien. ent. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 19 (1864) [Cordylura ].

spinigera Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 733 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 2054 (1846) [Cordvlura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 128 (1894) et Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 214 (1902)

| Nor«llia].

6. N. nervosum (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 234, pl. 45 Europe, Sibérie.

(1826) [Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Butf., Vol. 2, p. 383 (1835)

[Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, 5 (1864) [ Norellia]; Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 126 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4. p. 13 (1905) [Norellia]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag.,

p. 173 (1899); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 324 (19ot) [Norel-

lia]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3or (1906); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 653 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 69 (1937).

7. N. occidentale (Malloch), Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc., Vol. 9, p. 311 Orégon.

(1919) [Norellia].

8. N. septentrionale Hendel, Ark. Zool., Vol. 21, A, n? 18, p. 2 Kamtchatka : Petropavlovsk.

(1930).

9. N. spinimanum (Fallén), Dipt. Suec. Scatom., p. 7 (1819) Toute l'Europe, Laponie,

[Cordylura]; Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 235 (1826) Arkhangel.

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 383 (1835)

[Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2007 (1846)

18 DIPTERA

[Cordylura]; Schiner, EF. A., Vol. 2, p. 7 (1864) [Norellia];

Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 17 (1866); Gercke,

Verh. Ver. naturw. Unterh. Hamburg, Vol. 6, p. 46, pl. 2

(1880); Brauer, Zweifl. K. Mus. Wien, p. 93 (1883); Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 127 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt..

Vol. 4, p. 14 (1905) [Norellia]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag.,

p. 173 (1899); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 324 (1901) [Norel-

lia]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o2 (1906); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 654, fig. (1934); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 70, pl. 3 et

4 (1937).

semiflava Pauzer, Fauna Germ., Vol. 59, p. 19 (1798) [Musca].

Larve dans la tige d'un Runex aquaticus L. (Gercke, 1880). Cette espéce

aurait été obtenue d'une larve d' « Azthomyia versicolor » (von Oken, Isis,

p. 173 (1846) cité par Brauer, 1883).

IO. N. striolatum (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 235 (1826) Europe cent. et mérid.

[Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 6 (1864) [Norellia];

Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 16 (1866); Becker,

Beilin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 127 (1894) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt., Vol. 4, p.14 (1905) [Norellia]; Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 323 (19or) [Norellia]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o2

(1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. IX, p. 56

(1918); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 653 (1934);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 70 (1937).

striata Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 383 (1835) [Cordylura].

Ir. N. Zellerstedtii (Gimmerthal), Corresp. v. Riga, Vol. 1, p. 104 Russie.

(1846); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 14 (1905).

2. GENUS NORELLIA ROBINEAU-DESVOIDY

Norellia Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 673 (1830); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 127 z

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 13 (1905) [p. p.]; Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 322 (1898); 3

Stackelberg, Mouchesdel'URSS, p.493

(1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 1

28. p. 656 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 7o 1

(1937).

Acantholena Rondani, Prodr., Vol. r, p. 101

(1856); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol.4,

p. 14 (1905); Séguy, Enc. Ent., Dipt.,

11, V.01- 6; p. 351-

Caractéres. — Front saillant, trois ou

quatre orbitales. Soies occipitales plus fortes

que chez les Norellisoma. Une vibrisse. Chéte

antennaire pratiquement nu. Deux soies scapu-

laires, l'interne plus robuste. — Soies acrosti-

Fig. 5.

cales nulles; soies dorsocentrales: une ou deux

Norellia spinipes (Meigen), à droite profil du mále x 12; — PE distinctes : une antérieure et une poste

à gauche, oviscapte de la femelle x 20. rieure préscutellaÀire; humérales nulles; une

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E I9

notopleurale; une supraalaire: une postalaire robuste; présuturales et intraalaires nulles; une propleurale;

une petite mésopleurale. Scutellum avec deux soies apicales croiséóes. Hanches antérieures avec une

petite soie antéro-externe et une externe subbasale. Fémurs antérieurs et intermédiaires armés d'une

double rangée interne de courtes soies. Tibias antérieurs avec une rangée de quatre longs chétes-épines

dressés. Ailes vitreuses, à membrane brillante; sixiéme nervure courte, tronquée, son extrémité

largement séparée du bord de l'aile (fig. 5).

Long. 5-9 mm.

Types des genres. — Norellia : Cordylura spinipes Meigen; Acantholena : A. maculipennis Rondani.

Répartition géographique. — Europe centrale et méridionale, Afrique septentrionale.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. N. longipennis (Séguy), Encycl. ent., Dipt., B II, Vol. 6, p. 152. Algérie.

(1932) et Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 656 (1934) [Acantholena].

2. N. melaleusaa (Loew), Europ. Dipt., Vol. 3, p. 248 (1873) Europe occid. et mérid., région

[Cordylura]; Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 656 (1934). méditerranéenne, Algérie.

spinipes auct. (nec Meigen), Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 325 (19or).

flavicauda Macquart (»ec Meigen), ap. Lucas, Explor. Sc. Algérie,

p- 495 (1849).

3. N. sbinipes (Meigen), Syst. Beschr.. Vol. 5, p. 237 (1826) Europe cent. et mérid.

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 386 (1835)

[Clergastra]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 7 (1864) [Norellia];

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 131 (1894) et Katal.

Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 14 (1905); Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 325 (1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 293 (1906); Bezzi,

Mem. Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56(1918); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 657 (1934); Sack. Cordyl., p. 71

(1937).

maculipennis Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 18 (1866) (Acan-

tholena).

*seudonarcissi Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 673 (1830).

SuBFAM. CORDYLURINZE

Caractéres. — Imagos. Espace interoculaire plus ou moins saillant et renflé. Face étroite,

plane, ou légérement déprimée. Trompe épaisse; palpes en baguette fine portant souvent un macro-

chéte apical allongé. Si les palpes sont foliacés, on observe toujours des soies propleurales et stigma-

tiques bien développées. Antennes prolongées jusqu'à l'épistome ou non, le troisiéme article peut porter

une grande soie sensorielle plantée prés de la base du chéte antennaire. — Soies propleurales fortes et

noires, au moins une soie stigmatique : ces deux groupes de soies rarement piliformes; une, deux ou

trois soies sternopleurales; une-cinq dorsocentrales; deux-quatre scutellaires. Pattes longuement ciliées,

fémurs armés ou non de spinules courtes, rangées en peigne ou disposées en brosse. Ailes : membrane

épaisse : premiere nervure radiale (F7) plus ou moins ciliée ou velue à l'apex. — Abdomen cylindrique

ou légérement aplati à la base, renflé à l'apex chez les máles, gonflé latéralement chez les femelles, les

cerques transformés en lames coupantes.

Dipteres zoophages sur de petits insectes à téguments mous, ou Diptéres saprophages, occasion-

nellement coprophages sur des excréments de petits vertébrés (micromammiféres ou oiseaux), communs

dans les endroits humides ou marécageux des prairies, des bois et des foréts. Les lieux élevés et les

hautes montagnes sont habités par des Cordylurines particuliers.

CEufs allongés, à coquille dure et luisante, d'un blanc crayeux, couverte d'une réticulation

hexagonale plus ou moins marquée, réguliérement bombés sur la face dorsale, aplatis sur la face ven-

trale qui est munie de deux bourrelets longitudinaux repliés sur la face interne, ou de deux ailes foliacées,

DIPTERA

étroites et minces.

Larves. — Corps allongé, pointu à l'apex, tronqué à la partie postérieure. Téte petite, armée

(chez les larves du troisi&me àge) d'un complexe buccal robuste, uni- ou pluridenté; organes sensoriels

céphaliques rudimentaires. Stigmates prothoraciques saillants, formés de cinq-treize papilles courtes,

étalées en éventail. Segments thoraciques et abdominaux garnis de courtes spinules rangées en plages

sternales, pleurales et parfois tergales. Stigmates postérieurs placés dans une caverne peu profonde

formée par les protubérances sensorielles de la partie postérieure du corps — oü les stigmates sont

portés par un renflement plus ou moins épaissi et allongé; chambre feutrée courte (fig, 4.4).

Larves zoophages, coprophages ou saprophages, souvent phytophages et mineuses de feuilles.

Pupe libre dans la terre, parfois retenue par les tissus des végétaux creusés par les larves.

1 (32). Une soie sternopleurale.

2 (31). Ptéropleure nu.

3 (6). Téte en brofil nettement plus longue que haute, face trés oblique.

Chéte antennaire plumeux.

quo) Soft SamauduelYories ose Su REL Ne Ut 3:32 103:

5. (4). Sore stigmatique nulle.

— Anlennes : face externe du. troisiéme article avec une soie

plantée prés de la base du chéte (fig. 8). . . . . . 2.

— Antennes : troisiéme article sans soie supplémentaive ..— ..— 1.

(3). Téte plus haute que longue.

(8). Téte triangulaire, face trés oblique. Pales en massue élargie .— .— 4.

8 (7). Téte quadrangulaire aussi haute que longue; face médiocrement

oblique.

9 (10). Fémurs et tibias I avec une vangée de fortes soies ou chétes-épines ..— 9.

10 (9). Fémuvs et tibias I saus chétes-épines.

11 (14). Pas de soie propleurale ni de stigmatique — | ou la soie stigmalique

seule présente.

12 (13). Aile : nervure anale prolongée jusqu'au bord.

UIDES Sdtesisultellaites e S ce E E LINES

— Quatre soies sculellaires

13 (12). Aile : nervure anale courte n'atteignant pas le bord.

T—UCht anitiaire Bubestenty. S So Lp TI T T

— Chéle antennaire Bplumeux ou cilié . . . . . . . 8.

14. (11). Une soie bropleurale et habituellement une soie stigmatique.

15 (22). Palpes plus ou moins élargis, saus soie apicale saillante ou dressée.

16 (19). Aile : nervure Rr sétuleuse apicalement.

17-18) A SCHÍEL IM BRE STA SOM E o RT SITIO DCN RUIT OU SS DES

18 (17). Scutellum avec deux ou quatre soies.

TABLEAU DES GENRES

E EMPESOLEOMS, s ro RR at aee Poo ed VIO

—Palbtselargis'ebspalulés .- «co CUL ED e T3

PanariDiA Malloch.

AcICEPHALA Coq.

PsEUDACICEPHALA Malloch.

MixocogpynLURA Hendel,

PunosiA R.-D.

LEPToPA Zett.

6. AcHxTELLA Malloch.

CuvLizosouA Hendel.

PARALLELOMMA Becker.

Bucs&PHALINA Malloch.

. MEGoPHTHALMA Becker.

. ConpyLURELLA Malloch.

dumm

BEC AE E TR H0 NEN

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/;/E

19 (16). Aie : nervure Fez nue.

(21):

(20).

(34).

(33).

(36).

(35).

(38).

(37).

(40).

(39).

Nervure anale prolongée jusqu'au bord de l'aile ..— . . . . .

Nervure anale courte n'attezgnant pas le bord de l'aile.

— Anleuues : lroisiéme article moins de trois fois aussi long

que large. . .

H . . . H H " . . . .

— Troisiéme article autennaire. quatre. fois aussi long que

lakge Lx

. . H . H H H . . .

Palfes longs et minces, munis d'une longue soie apicale.

Ale : troisióme nervure (M1) sinueuse, . . 0... 2. X

Troisiàme nervure rectiligne.

Sow stigmalique forie; d cou e E S

Soie stigmatique faible ou piliforme.

Yeux non émarginés postérieurement 2 0. 0...

Yeux légérement émarginés postérieurement.,

Aile : neroure anale prolongée au bord de l'aile.

— Sculellum avec deux sotes. .

— Scutellum avec quatre sotes

Nervure anale n'atteignant pas le bord de l'aile.

— Chéte antennaire pubescent.

— Chéte antennaire plumeux ou longuement pubescent (fig. | O)

Ptéropleure cilié.

— Aile :

courte, non prolongée à la marge .

nervure Rr sétuleuse apicalement; nervure. anale

— Aile : nervure Rr nue, nevvure anale prolongée à la marge.

. Deux ou trois soies sternopleurales.

Deux sotes sternopleurales.

— Secutellum avec deux sores marginales. Antennes : troisióme

article arrondi à l'apex

— Scutellum avec quatre soies marginales. Antennes : troi-

siéme article anguleux à l'apex.

— Palpes minces .

— Palfes élargis .

Trois soies sternopleurales.

Scutellum avec six. soies marginales. Palpes avec un. macrochéte

UICE DUNS rA E on Ups IDE ME be es dE e)

Scutellum avec quatre soies marginales. Palpes sans. macrochéte

apical. Chéle antennaire uon coudé,

Aile : Rez sétuleuse apicalement.

— Seulellum : quatre soies subégales .. . . . . s.

— Scutellum : deux soies marginales vobustes, deux. aftcales

ciliformes — .

Aile : R1 nue.

Fémuvrs I avec de forles sores antérieures. Propleure. cilié

Fémuvrs I sanus fortes soies antérieures.

I2.

I4.

I2.

16.

20.

26.

2I.

27.

28.

ConDpvyLunma Fallén.

CoRDvLURELLA Malloch.

MicgopsELAPHA Becker.

. ScoLiaPHLEPSs Becker.

ConpvLumA Fallén.

NEOGYMNOMERA Malloch.

LEPTOPA Zett.

ACH;ETELLA Malloch.

CuvLizosoMaA Hendel.

PaRaLLELOMMA Becker.

DasvPLEURON Malloch.

MEGAPHTHALMOIDES Ring.

HEXAMITOCERA Becker,

GoNATHERUS Rondani.

PsELAPHEPHILA Becker.

PrETHocuxTA Coq.

OnrHocH;TA Becker.

CwNEMOoPOGON HRdi.

22. AMaAUROsOMA Becker.

22 DIPTERA

41 (42). Pales courts, normaux.

— Antennes. : iroisióme article anguleux à l'apex antérieur ;

ChelGCOMUÓ e. os sv LII OD UR P. TE. S cer (aA TONARCTIIQUS: cROBBDI,

— Anlennes : troisióme article arvondi à l'apex; chéte non

COMdA - C4. 2 ud RT SES AQ NY o e e ee verom 424 SM ESAMYIESMAHOGR.

42 (41). Palfes longs ou trés longs. Chéte antennaire non. coudé,

— Yeux à peine plus longs que larges. Antennes. prolongées

jusqu'à l'épistome . . . 4 0... s... . 25. SPATHEPHILUS Becker.

— Yeux ovalaires, plus longs que larges. Antennes n'attei-

gnant pas l'ébistome, . . . 4... . « « . 26. PsELAPHEPHILA Becker.

1. GENUS PSEUDACICEPHALA MALLOCH

Pseudacicephala Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 432 (1931); Curran, North Amer.

Dipt., p. 387 (1934).

Acicephala Curran (uec Coquillett), Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 259 (1927).

Caractéres. — Trés voisin du genre AcicefAala, en différe par l'absence de la fine soie sur la

face externe du troisiéme article antennaire. Deux profondes dépressions antennaires sur la moitié

supérieure de la hauteur de la face. Téte allongée, triangulaire, occiput gonflé postérieurement et en bas.

Trompe épaisse; palpes spatulés, armés d'une longue soie apicale. Chéte antennaire plumeux. Soies

verticales postérieures réduites ou nulles. — Soie stigmatique nulle.

Long. 5-7; mm.

Type du genre. — Acicefhala pilosella Coquillett.

Répartition géographique. — Amérique septentrionale.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. P. alberta (Curran), Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 259 (1927) Alberta.

[Acicephala].

2. P. marginata Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 432 Nevada.

(1931).

3 P. pilosella (Coquillett), Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 163 Colorado, Nevada.

(1898) [Acicephala]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566

(1905).

2. GENUS ACICEPHALA COQUILLETT

Acicephala Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 163 (1898); Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt.,

p. 566 (1905); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exp., p. 76 C (1919) et Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10),

vol. 8, p. 431 (1931); Curran, Canad. Entom. Vol. 59, p. 259 (1927) et North Amer. Dipt., |

p. 387 (1934).

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 23

Caractéres. — Téte allongée, subtri-

angulaire, face oblique, entiérement couverte

d'une pruinosité grise; occiput gonfléà la partie

inférieure, trés élargi en arriére des yeux.

Antennes : troisiéme article avec un long cil

planté prés de la base du chéte antennaire, ce

dernier plumeux (fig. 6). Soies verticales

postérieures microscopiques ou nulles. — Soie

stigmatique nulle.

Fig. 6. Long. 5 mm.

Acicephala polita Coquillett, profil de la téte et antenne Type du genre. — Acicephala polita

du mále (selon J. R. Malloch). Coquillett :

Répartition géographique

I. 4. folita Coquillett, Journ, N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 163 Amérique sept. et boréale.

(1898); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt. p. 566 (1905).

3. GENUS PARATIDIA MALLOCH

Paratidia Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 432 (1931); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

p. 387 (1934).

Caractéres, — Téte allongée, subtriangulaire. Face trés oblique, entiérement couverte d'une

pruinosité épaisse, fossettes antennaires réduites ou nulles; soies verticales postérieures médiocres;

occiput gonflé à la partie inférieure. Antennes normales, chéte plumeux. — Soie stigmatique bien deve-

loppée. Ptéropleure nu (Malloch).

Type du genre. — Acicephala intermedia Curran.

Répartition géographique :

I. P. intermedia (Curran), Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 259 (1927) Manitoba.

[Acicephala].

4. GENUS MIXOCORDYLURA HENDEL

Mixocordylura Hendel, Deutsch. Entom. Zs., p. 777 (1909).

Caractéres. — Femelle. Téte triangulaire en profil; yeux ronds, joues et péristome larges,

face étroite; espace interoculaire légérement bombé; soies orbitales inférieures internes proclinées;

deux orbitales externes également proclinées; une orbitale supérieure ciliforme réclinée; ocellaires

longues et fortes; occipitales fortes, les internes croisées, les externes divergentes; verticales postérieures

longues, rapprochées à la base, trés divergentes à l'apex; péristomales faibles, en rangées réguliéres.

Trompe médiocre, trés fortement chitinisée, labelles petites. Palpes en massue élargie, couverts d'une

ciliation serrée. Antennes gréles, plantées au niveau du milieu de la hauteur des yeux. Chéte nu, épaissi

àla base. — Cinq ou six soies dorsocentrales (2-3--3), acrosticales ciliformes, disposées en deux rangées,

24 DIPTERA

une paire préscutellaire, deux humérales, une posthumérale, une présuturale, une soie plantée sur le

calus postalaire, quatre soies supraalaires en deux rangées; quatre scutellaires, les apicales croisées. Une

propleurale et une stigmatique;

trois mésopleurales, une sterno-

pleurale. Mésopleure et sternopleure

ciliés, ptéropleure nu. Pattes robus-

tes, fémurs épaissis; tibias anté-

rieurs avec deuxsoies postéro-exter-

nes, face postéro-interne avec une

rangée longitudinale de longues

soies sur l'aréte externe et une villo-

sité épaisse et longue sur l'aréte

interne. Aile: costale armée d épines

courtes, troisiéme «et quatriéme

longitudinales légérement diver-

gentes, transverse postérieure recti-

ligne, un peu plus courte que le

segment de la quatriéme nervure

compris entre les deux transverses.

— Abdomen légérement plus long

Fig. 7. que le thorax, en ovale allongé, six

segments visibles, extrémité trian-

Mixocordylura longifacies Hendel femelle. gulaire, un peu renflé en dessous.

a. profil dela téte; — 5. téte vue de face; — c. aile; — Cerques ovalaires, plaque génitale

d. extrémité de l'abdomen x 20.

épineuse (fig. 7).

Long. 7-9 mm.

Type du genre. — Mixocordylura longifacies Hendel.

Répartition géographique

1. M. longifacies Hendel, Deutsche Entom. Zs., p. 782 (1909). Mongolie sept.

5. GENUS LEPTOPA ZETTERSTEDT

Leptopa Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 698 (1839); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 308 (1898): Becker,

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Stackelberg,

Mouches de l'URSS, p. 490 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 668 (1934); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 33 (1937).

Caractéres. — Yeux allongés. Joues et péristome étroits; front saillant, occiput gonflé en

arriére et en bas. Angle postérieur du péristome avec une série de fortes soies noires; vibrisse forte.

Palpes filiformes, terminés par une soie apicale de couleur pàle. Antennes courtes; troisiéme article

arrondi à l'apex; chéte couvert d'une pubescence microscopique. — Corps gréle, soies scapulaires

robustes; soies acrosticales piliformes, disposées en deux ou trois rangées irréguliéres ; trois ou quatre

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 23

paires de soies dorsocentrales; scutellum :

soies intermédiaires trés fortes; deux cils

apicaux; ptéropleure nu, une mésopleurale,

propleurales irréguliéres, une sternopleu-

rale. Tibias postérieurs avec deux macro-

chétes à l'union du tiers moyen et du tiers

basal et deux autres à l'union du tiers moyen

et du tiers apical, et sur les faces antéro-

externe et postéro-externe. Ailes : premiere

nervure longitudinale nue, nervure anale

prolongée au bord de l'aile (fig. 8).

Long. 4-5 mm.

Type du genre. — LL. fliformis

Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique :

Fig. 8.

Leptopa filiformis Zetterstedt femelle.

à gauche, profil x 12; — à droite, téte vue de face x 40.

1. L. filiformis Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 698 (1839) et Dipt. Europe cent. et sept., Laponie,

Scand. Vol. 5, p. 1794 (1846); Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 1 Arkhangel.

(1864); von Róder, Wien. entom. Zs., Vol. 12, p. 81 (1893);

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 105, pl. 6 (1894) et

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905); Meade, Entom.

mon. Mag., p. 170 (1899); Pandellé, Revue Entom., Vol. 20,

P. 3o9 (1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 669 (1934); Sack, Cordyl.,

p- 34 (1937).

fia Haliday, Entom. Mag., Vol. 4. p. 150 (1837) [Cordylura].

flaveola Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 735 (1838) [Cordylura].

pallida var. b minor Fallén, Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz., p. 8, 4 (1819)

[Cordylura].

6. GENUS ACH/ETELLA MALLOCH

Achaetella Malloch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 140 (1923); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934).

Caractéres. — Différe des genres Pavallelomma et Americina par l'absence des soies verticales

postérieures. La soie préalaire est bien développée et généralement aussi la notopleurale postérieure.

Soies propleurale et stigmatique nulles. Ptéropleure nu. Quatre soies scutellaires. Aile : sixiéme nervure

longitudinale prolongée à la marge.

Long. 7-8 mm.

Type du genre. — Lissa varifes Walker.

Répartition géographique. — Le type provient de l'Ohio. L'Achetella varifes a. été signalé

depuis dans le New-Jersey, le Wisconsin, l'Illinois et à Montréal (Canada). Cette espéce parait commune

et répartie dans l'Illinois, et dans les Etats atlantiques des U. S., au sud du district de Columbia

(Malloch).

26 DIPTERA

1. A. varipes (Walker), List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 1046 Amérique sept.

(1872) [Lissa]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

bimaculata (Loew), Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 4, p. 81 (1860) et

Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 40 (1863) [Cordylura].

maculipennis (van der Wulp), Tijdschr. v. Ent., Vol. 10, 152 (1867)

[Cordyluwa]; Loew, Zs. Ges. Naturwiss., Vol. 36, p. i16 (feste

Aldrich, 1. c.).

7. GENUS CHYLIZOSOMA HENDEL

Chylizosoma Hendel, Ent. Mitt., Vol. 13, p. 83 (1924); Vimmer, Sbornik ent. Odd. narod. Mus. Praze,

Vol. 4 (35), p. 119 (1926); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 665 (1934); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 25 (1937).

Americina Malloch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 139

(1923); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389

(1934).

Caractéres. — Chéte antennaire pubes-

cent. — Mésonotum couvert d'une fine pilosité

dressée; quatre ou cinq soies dorsocentrales

(1-243). Ptéropleure nu; une soie mésopleurale;

une soie sternopleurale trés longue. Pattes

allongées, à soies faibles et villosité éparse; griffes

et pelotes réduites. Ailes amples à membrane

Fig. 9. fortement irisée; premiére nervure longitudinale

Chylizosoma Paucheti Séguy, profil de la femelle x 12 (Rr) à pilosité fine dans la moitié apicale; région

distale de la quatriéme nervure (M2a4£) courte et

rectiligne; nervure anale courte. — Abdomen aplati, renflé à l'apex; tergite I avec des macrochétes

discaux latéraux; sternite prégénital profondément fendu, lobes élargis non saillants (fig. 9).

Long. 4,5-6 mm.

Types des genres. — Chylizosoma, type : Parallelomma medium Becker. — Americina, type :

Cordylura adusta Loew.

Biologie. — Les larves de plusieurs espéces de CAylisosoma creusent des mines dans l'épaisseur

des feuilles de certaines Liliacées et Orchidées. Aux plantes citées plus loin il faut ajouter le Convallaria

majalis L.., les Veratrum album L., lobelianum. Bern. et l'Orchis fusca Jacq.. sur les feuilles desquels on a

observé des larves de Chylizosoma dont l'espéce n'a pas été déterminée. C'est probablement à une espéce

de ce genre qu'il faut rapporter l'observation de Kaltenbach relative à un « Cordylura albipes » obtenu des

feuilles du Convallaria majalis L. et du Polygonatum multiflorum L. (Pflanzenf., p. 714, 1 et 724,5).

Répartition géographique. — Régions tempérées de la zone holarctique.

Classification. — F. Hendel divise le genre CAylizosoma en deux sous-genres en utilisant les

caractéres suivants :

— Anlennes ;. lvoisióme article à feu prés deux fois aussi loug

que large. Chéte antennaive à bubescence longue, plus de la

moitié de la largeur du iroisiéme article antennaire.. —

5 L

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

Deux soies supraalaires, la premiére (préalaire) courte.

Thorax : bleuves uniformémen! jaundtres. Fémurs sans tache

Bréapicale sombre. Nervure anale n'atteignant pas le bord

de l'aile .

— Antennes : troisiéme article tris beu plus long que large.

Cháéte anlennaire à pubescence courte, égalant à feu prés la

moitié de la largeur du iroisiéme article autennaire, —

Une seule soie supraalaire, la deuxiéme (la préalaire

manque). Pleures avec ume bande transversale moire.

Fémurs intermédiaires et. postérieurs avec une tache pré-

apicale sombre. Nervure anale prolongée à la marge de

l'aile, au moins sous forme de pli .

En plus des formes américaines le sous-genre Americina comprend les

espéces des groupes vilattum et paridis,

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

. adustum (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 41

(1863); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905); Mal-

loch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 139 (1923) [Americina].

. Beckeri Séguy, Enc. ent., B. II, Diptera, Vol. 6, p. 153

(1932) et Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 665 (1934).

. flava Szilady, Aun. Hist. nat. Mus. hung., Vol. 36, p. 180

(1943).

. inermis (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. 88

(1869) [Cordylura]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565

(1905) [Cordylura]; Malloch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 140

(1923).

nudicormis Cresson, Ent. News, Vol. 29, p. 135 (1918) [Paralleloma],

teste Malloch, l. c. p. 140.

. medium. (Becker), Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 96 (1894)

et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905) [Parallelomma|; Win-

gate, Durham Dipt., p. 299 (1906); Hendel, Entom. Mitt.,

Vol. 13, p. 83 (1924) ; Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 666

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 26 (1937).

La larve mine les feuilles du Maianthemum bifolium L. et des Polygona-

tum multiflorum AIl., offcinale L. et veriicillatum L. (Hendel, Hering).

. Paridis Hering, Deutsche ent. Zs., p. 200 (1923); Hendel,

Entom. Mitteil., Vol. 13, p. 84 (1924); Séguy et Pauchet,

Bull. Soc. linn. Nord de la France, Vol. 24, n? 418, p. 47

(1929); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 666 (1934); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 25 et 26 (1937); Hering, Blattminen, p.350 (1936).

La larve mine les feuilles du Paris quadrifolia L.

. Paucheti Séguy, Enc. ent., Série B. II, Diptera, Vol. 6,

p.153 (1932); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 666,

fig. 864 (1934).

paridis Séguy et Pauchet (uec Hering) Bull. Soc. linn. Nord de la

France, Vol. 24, n? 418, p. 47 (1929), teste Séguy.

La larve mine les feuilles du Paris quadrifolia L. et du Polygonatum

multiflorum All.

s. g. CHvLIZOSOMA S.S

S. g. AMERICINA Malloch

Amérique sept.

Dorpat.

Carpathes sept.

New Hampshire, Idaho,

Etats-Unis d'Amérique.

Europe cent. et sept.

Europe cent. et boréale.

Europe occid.

28 DIPTERA

8. C. villatum (Meigen), Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 236 (1826) Europe cent. et sept.

[Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 729 (1839) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2019 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 96 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

P. 4 (1905) [Parallelomma]; Meade, Ent. mon. Mag., p. 5

(1899) [Cleigastra]; Pandellé, Rev. Entom. p. 31:8 (1gor)

[Mosina]; Hering, Deutsch. ent. Zs., p. 136 (1920); Hendel,

Ent. Mitteil., Vol. 23, p. 84 (1924) [Americina] et Blattminen-

kunde Europas, p. 51 (1926); Robbins, London Natur., p. 77

(1929); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 665, fig. 846

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936);

Hering, Blattmin., p. 141, 165, 190, 210, 258, 308, 320, 346,

350 (1836) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 26 (1937).

? albipes Kaltenbach, Pflanzenfeinde, p. 714 et 724 (1874) [Cordylura].

albipes var. bilineata Brischke, Blattminierer in Danzigs Umgebung,

p. 52 (1880).

La larve mine des feuilles des Polygonatum officinale All. et multiflorum

All., du Paris quadrifolia L., ou de certaines orchidées : Lístera ovata R.

Br., Epipactis latifolia All., E. palustris Krantz, Cephalanthera rubra Rich.,

Gymnadenia conopsea L., Platanthera bifolia L., Ophrys arachnites Murr.,

Orchis mascula L., Cvpripedium calceolus L.

8. GENUS PARALLELOMMA BECKER

Parallelomma Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 94 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 290, 298, 486 (1906);

Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919) et

Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 139 et 175 (1923); Hendel,

Ent. Mitt., Vol. 13, p. 83 (1924) et Arkiv Zoologi,

Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 5 (1930); Curran, North Amer.

Dipt., p. 389(1934); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS,

p. 489 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, p. 664 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 23 (1937).

Mosina Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 670 (pars) [1830];

Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 318 (19or).

Caractéres. — Téte arrondie, occiput gonflé.

Trompe épaisse, palpes légérement plus courtsque la trompe,

renflés à l'apex, à soies longues. Antennes courtes, chéte

longuement cilié. — Mésonotum avec des chétules dispersés

sur le fond en dehors des grandes soies sensorielles; deux

soies humérales, deux intraalaires, deux postalaires; deux

scutellaires marginales fortes et deux chétules apicaux; une

ou deux mésopleurales, une sternopleurale, soie propleurale

irréguliére. Ptéropleure nu. Pattes longues et gréles. Ailes :

nervure anale courte. — Femelle: cerques chitinisés, dernier

Fig. 10. sternite abdominal corné, robuste, aplati en soc de charrue

Parallelomma albipes (Fallén), profil de la ou en bec coupant (fig. I 0).

femelle x 12, Long. 5-7 mm.

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE

Types des genres. — Parallclomma, type : Cordylura albipes Fall. — Mosina, type : M. fulva R.-D.

Répartition géographique. — La majorité des espéces connues habitent l'Amérique septen-

trionale ou boréale, trois espéces se trouvent en Europe centrale, septentrionale et boréale, quatre vivent

en Europe occidentale ou méridionale, et une à Formose.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

albipes (Fallén), Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p. 9 (1819) [Cordy-

iura], Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 233 (1826)

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff, Vol. 2, p. 383 (1835)

(Cordylura]: Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 726 (1839) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5. p. 2004 (1846) [Cordylura]; Walker, Ins. Brit.,

Vol. 2. p. 150 (1850) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 4

(1864) [Cordylura]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 4

(1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 95 (1894) et

Acta Soc. scient. Fennicz, Vol. 26, p. 48 (1900) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt.. Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 320

(1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 299 (1906) ; Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 664, figs. (1934); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 59, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 24 (1937).

bilineata Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 340 (1838) [Cordylura];

teste Becker, Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 216 (1902).

filipes Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 673 (1830) [Mosina].

. Banksi Malloch, Entom. News, Vol. 34, p. 180 (1923).

. deceplivum (Malloch), Entom. News, Vol. 34, p. 180 (1923)

[Cordylura].

. dimidiatum Cresson, Entom. News, Vol. 29, p. 135 (1918);

Malloch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 178 (1923).

. emarginatum Malloch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 179 (1923).

var. dorsalis Malloch, l. c., p. 180 (1923).

. flavovarium Coquillett, Canad. Entom., Vol. 42, p. 44

(1910).

. fulvum (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 672 (1830)

[ Mosina].

fuscipes (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 726 (1839) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2006 (1846) [Cordylura]; Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936).

dispar Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand. Vol. 5, p. 2012 (1846) [Cordylura];

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.. Vol. 39, p. 95 (1894) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt., Vol. 4. p. 3(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 298 (1906);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28. p. 664 (1934); Ringdahl, En-

tom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 24 (1937).

. fuscitibia (Rondani), Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 14, 7

(1866) et Atti Soc. ital. Sc, nat., Vol. ro, p. 99 (1867) [Cordy-

lura]; Becker, Berlin, entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 95 (1894) et

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 299 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p.665

(1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 25 (1937).

10. P. Aispanicus Czerny af. Czerny et Strobl, Verh. z.-b. Ges.

DI.

Wien, Vol. 59, p. 247 (1909).

. lougicormis Hendel, Suppl. entom., Berlin, Vol. 2, p. 77

(1913).

Europe, Laponie, Sibérie.

New-York.

Michigan.

Pensylvanie, Maryland.

Amérique sept., Etats-Unis, Vir-

ginie.

Pensylvanie.

France.

Europe sept., Suéde, Laponie.

Alpes, Italie, Corse.

Algésiras.

Formose.

I2.

DIPTERA

P. mundum (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. gr Canada, New Hampshire, Was-

(1869) [Cordylura]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt. p. 565 hington.

(1905); Malloch, Entom. News, Vol. 34, p. 179 (1923).

13. P. nigriseia (Rondani), Prodr., Vol, 7, Scatophag., p. r4 Italie.

(1866) [Cordylura].

14. P. ochraceum Hendel, Arkiv. Zoologi, Vol. 21 A, n^ 18, p. 6 Kamtchatka : Petropavlovsk.

(1930).

15. P. Bleuriticum (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 42 Amérique sept., Canada.

(1863) [Cordylura]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565

(1905); Malloch, Ent. News, Vol. 34, p. 178 (1923).

Slossong Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 164 (1898)

[Cordylura] ; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905); teste

Malloch, 1. c., p. 178.

vicina Cresson (o2 van der Wulp), Ent. News, Vol. 29, p. 136 (1918);

teste Malloch, l. c., p. 178.

16. P. setipes Coquillett, Canad. Entom., Vol. 42, p. 43 (1910). Pensylvanie.

17. P. similata Malloch, Entom. News, Vol. 34, p. 178 (1923). Canada, New Hampshire.

18. P. tarsalis Malloch, Entom. News, Vol. 34, p. 177 (1923). Canada, Virginie.

19. P. unicoler (Loew), Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 17 Espagne.

(1864) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 93

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905) [Cordylura]:

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 298 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 659 (1934) [Cordylura]; Sack, Cordyl..

p. 25 (1937).

9. GENUS PHROSIA ROBINEAU-DESVOIDY

Phrosia Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 669 (1830); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 291 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 489 (1933); Séguy,

Phrosia albilabris (Fabricius), profil dela femelle

x I2; — à gauche ceuf.

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 667 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163

(1936); Sack, Cordyl.. p. 27 (1937).

Ocyptera Fabricius (5. ?.), System. Antl., p. 315

(1805).

Caractéres. — Téte subquadrangulaire.

Yeux trés grands, leur bord inférieur séparé de la

marge du péristome par un espace subégal à la

largeur du troisiéme article antennaire. Front avec

six paires de soies orbitales. Une vibrisse faible, .

mais différenciée. Trompe courte, épaisse; palpes

gréles, en massue étroite, ciliéssurle bord inférieur,

une longue soie apicale. Antennesà peu prés aussi

longues que la face, troisiéme article prés de deux

fois et demie plus long que le deuxieme : chéte

antennaire plutót épais, velu jusqu'à l'apex. —

Thorax : cinq paires de soies dorsocentrales fines

ou piliformes, sauf les paires présuturale et

préscutellaire plus robustes; une soie humérale,

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 31

deux posthumérales; deux scutellaires latérales fortes et deux apicales ciliformes; soies propleurales et

stigmatiques réduites à des chétules : une mésopleurale plantée sur la suture, ptéropleure nu, une

sternopleurale. Pattes longues, griffes et pelotes courtes. Fémurs antérieurs avec cinq-sept macrochétes

en rangée réguliére, dressée sur la face interne; fémurs intermédiaires et postérieurs avec une soie

caractéristique plantée sur la face interne, à la base; fémurs postérieurs avec une soie préapicale; tibias

postérieurs avec trois paires de soies externes; tibias antérieurs et intermédiaires avec deux soies internes.

Ailes aussi longues que l'abdomen, arrondies àl'apex. — Abdomen aplati à la base. Oviscapte conformé

comme celui des Cordylura (fig. | 1).

Long. 6-8 mm.

Type du genre. — PArosia scirbi Robineau-Desvoidy (— albilabris Fabricius).

Biologie. — Les larves sont peut-étre phytophages et mineuses de végétaux. L'espéce P/rosia

convallarie K., rétablie par M. Sack, citée ici pour mémoire, représente peut-étre un CAylisosoma.

Répartition géographique. — Europe.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. P. albilabris (Fabricius), Syst. Antl., p. 315 (1805) [Ocyptera]; Europe.

Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 233 (1826) [Cordylura];

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 282 (1835) [Cordylura]; Zetter-

stedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2003(1846) [Cordylura]; Schiner,

F. A., Vol. 2, p. 4 (1864); Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scato-

phag., p. 14 (1866) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.,

Vol. 39, p. 97 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905);

Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 319 (19o1); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 291 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 668

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 27 (1937).

scirbi Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 669 (1830).

2. P. comvallarie (Kaltenbach), Pflanzenf., p. 724 (1874) et Verh. Allemagne.

naturf. Ver. d. Preuss. Rheinl., Vol. 16, p. 273 [Cordylura];

Becker, Katal. Pal., Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 28 (1937).

La larve mine les tiges du Polygonatum multiflorum. All.

3. P. incisa (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 340 (1838) Allemagne.

[Cordylura]; Becker, Katal, Pal. Dipt,, Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905)

[Cordylura]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 28 (1937).

10. GENUS MEGOPHTHALMA BECKER

Megophthalmum (Becker), Hendel, Wien. ent. Ztg., 29, p. 3o7 (1910) non Megophthalmus Curtis,

Guide British Ins. (7), p. 193 (1831) et Entom. Mag., Vol. r, p. 193 (1833); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 669 (1934).

Megaphthalma Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 105 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6

(1905); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905) et Smithson. Miscell. Coll., Vol. 46, p. 567

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exp., p. 76 (1919);

Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 490 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 387, 389 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 34 (1937).

32 DIPTERA

Caractéres. — Yeux trés grands, allongés, séparés des bords du péristome par un espace égal

à la moitié de la largeur du troisiéme article antennaire. [oues étroites. Occiput gonflé en arriére et en

bas. Angle postérieur du péristome avec une grande soie noire; angle vibrissal saillant, soies médiocres

ou nulles ou deux soies : la vibrisse et une soie accessoire. Trompe mince; palpes épais, étroits. Chéte

antennaire trés long, réguliérement épaissi en fuseau à la base, pratique-

ment nu (fig. 12). — Thorax couvert d'une fine pilosité noire, plus visible

sur le mésonotum. Cinq paires de soies dorsocentrales, une humérale,

deux posthumérales, une présuturale. Deux scutellaires. Trois ou quatre

mésopleurales, deux ou trois propleurales, une stigmatique, une forte

sternopleurale, ptéropleure dénudé. Fémurs postérieurs avec une rangée

interne de cils réguliérement disposés en ligne, tibias sans soies. Aile:

premiére nervure (Rr) ciliée, épine costale nulle. — Abdomen légérement

aplati à la base, bord postérieur des tergites avec des soies médiocres.

Long. 4-6 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordyluxa pallida Fallén.

Répartition géographique. — Région holarctique.

Pip.uro.

Classification. — Le Megophthalma americanum Malloch qui est

Megophthalma pallidum (Fallén),

inclus dans ce genre est remarquable par le chéte antennaire muni de

profil dela téte du mále x 15. : s 8 3 P

longs cils, par la chétotaxie de l'appareil ambulatoire, par la premiere

nervure longitudinale ciliée dans sa moitié apicale, par le scutellum muni de deux soies seulement.

Nous n'avons pas de données sur la répartition des soies céphaliques et thoraciques chez cette espéce :

si cette chétotaxie est différente de celle qui est donnée ici, le M. americanum doit former un autre genre.

1. M. americanum Malloch, Pan-Pacific Ent., Vol. r, p. 14 (1924). Oregon.

2. M. pallidum (Fallén), Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz, p. 8,4 (1819) Europe cent. et sept., Laponie,

[Cordylura]; Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 242 (1826) Amérique sept.

[Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 720 (1839) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2008 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 3o, p. 106, pl. 6 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 6 (1905); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565

(1905) [Cordylura]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 669 (1934); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr; Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 34

(1937).

11. GENUS BUCEPHALINA MALLOCH

Bucephalina Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exp., p. 76 c et 77 c (1919) (non Bucephalinus Koch,

1934, Coleopt.); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., 389 (1934).

Caractéres. — Téte grande, face courte, péristome à bords obliques; joues étroites munies de

nombreuses et longues soies plantées à la partie inférieure. Orbitales longues. Palpes couverts de cils

noirs mais sans longue soie apicale. Antennes : troisiéme article oblong, arrondi à l'apex; chéte nu.

— Ptéropleure nu. Scutellum avec six soies. Soies propleurale et stigmatique bien développées. Fémurs

antérieurs épaissis. Aile : premiére nervure longitudinale ciliée dans sa moitié apicale. — Abdomen

court.

Long. 5 mm.

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE 33

Type du genre. — Cordylura megacephala Loew.

Répartition géographique :

I. B. megacephala (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent., Vol. 9, Amérique sept., Colombie, Illi-

p. 183 (1869) [Cordylura]; Aldrich, Catal., p. 565 (1905); nois, Maryland.

Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77 c (1919).

12. GENUS CORDYLURA FALLÉN

Cordylura Falién, Spec. ent. nov. Dipt., p. 15(1810); Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 229 (1826);

Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 1 (1864); Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prodr., Vol. 7, p. 11 (1866); Townsend,

Canad. Entom., Vol. 23, p. 155 (1891); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 88 (1894) et

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 1(1905); van der Wulp, Biol. Centr. Amer., Vol. 2, p. 348 (1898);

Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 318 (19or); Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer., Dipt. p. 565 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 290 (1906); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919), N. Amer. Fauna,

Vol. 46, p. 198 (1923), Ent. News, XXXIV, p. 175 (1923) et Pan-Pacific Ent., Vol. r, p. 14

(1924); Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 59, p. 258 (1927) et North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934); Stackel-

berg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 488 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 659 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 16 (1937).

Lissa Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 1047 (1849).

Mosina Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 670 (1830) [p.p.]

Caractéres. — Face couverte d'une

épaisse pruinosité blanche; deux grandes soies

vibrissales et plusieurs petites plus ou moins

développées. Occiput à pruinosité blanche ou

argentée, — Une soie propleurale et un macro-

chéte stigmatique. Ptéropleure nu. Pattes :

fémurs Iavec les soies internes et externes bien

développées, fémurs II avec des soies antéro-

internes, ces soies parfois confondues chez les

máles avec la villosité du fond; tibias I munis

d'une soie subdorsale antérieure et d'une soie

médiane subdorsale postérieure; bord interne

sans soies; tibias III avec des soies subdorsales

antérieures et des soies internes; partie posté-

rieure avec des soies subdorsales. Aileslongues,

nervure anale prolongée au bord de l'aile,

nervure transverse M2c rectiligne, prolonge-

ment idéal dela petite transverse médiane dirigé

au devant de l'apex dela premiere longitudinale

(Rr). Balanciers jaunes ou roux. — Femelle,

dud Abdomen allongé : oviscapte robuste, com-

Cordylura pubera (Linné), profil du màle x 15; — à gauche, primé latéralement (fig. 13).

ceuf du Cordylura picipes Meigen; — à droite, oviscapte

du Cordylura umbrosa Loew femelle. Long. 7-11 mm.

34 DIPTERA

Types des genres. — Cordylura, type : Musca fubera Linné. — Lissa, type : L. carbonaria

Walker. — Mosina, type : M. fubera L.

Biologie. — Diptéres communs ou trés communs dans les endroits humides, sur les feuillages

et les herbes dans les marais ou au bord des étangs.

Classification. — Le scutellum avec deux ou quatre soies marginales, la villosité du chéte

antennaire, la forme du troisiéme article des antennes, la couleur du corps et des pattes, la pruinosité

plus ou moins étendue sont les principaux caractéres qui permettent de distinguer les espéces.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. C. aberrans Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 91 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 1 (1905); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 et 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 18

(1937).

rufimana Zetterstedt (non Meigen), Ins. Lapp. p. 726 (1838) et Dipt.

Scand.. Vol. 5, p. 2001 (1846).

2. C. acuticornis Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX. p. 94

3. C. adregans Cresson, Ent. News, Vol. 29, p.

(1859); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt, p. 565 (1905).

135 (1918).

4. C. ea Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 978

5. C. albería Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 6r, p. 132 (1929). Banff : Alberta.

6. C. albofasciata Gimmerthal, Bull. Nat. Moscou, 4 Beitrag.p. 190,6 Russie.

(1847); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. t (1905). j

7. C. angustifrons Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 45 Wisconsin.

(1863); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

8. C. apicata Hendel, Ark. Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 4 (1930). Kamtchatka : Petropavlovsk.

9. C. aricioides Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand.; Vol. 12, p. 4765 (1855); Suéde.

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 1 (1905).

IO. C. atrata Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2002 (1846); Europe cent. et sept., Laponie.

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 91 (1894) et Acta Soc.

scient, Fenn., p. 48 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 1

(1905); Wingate, Durham JDipt., p. 297 (1906); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 661 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 18 (1937).

nigra Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 671 (1830) [Mosiza]; Mac-

quart, S. à Buffon, Vol. 2, p. 381 (1835).

picipes Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 232 (1826) [Q mec cy], teste

Becker, Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 213 (1902).

II. C. beringensis Malloch, N. Amer. Fauna, Vol. 46, p. 198 (1923). Iles Pribiloff.

12. C. Bezzii Sack, ap. Lindner, Fliegen pal. Reg., Vol. 62, Cordyl., Alpes.

p. 18 (1937).

13. C. bicoler Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. g74 Canada.

(1849); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

I4. C. bisignata Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., Vol. 4, p. 142, Macassar.

157 (1859); Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 161 (1896).

15. C. brevicornis van der Wulp, Biologia, Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 349, Mexique.

.. pl 9; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

16. C. Browni Curran, Amer. Mus. Nov., n? 492, p. 12, figs (1931). Canada, Québec.

(1849); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

Scandinavie, Laponie.

Territ. dela Baie d'Hudson.

Etats-Unis d'Amérique.

Canada.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

17. C. carbonaria (Walker), List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4,

p. 1047 (1849) [Lissa]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565

(1905).

gagatina Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. 93 (1869).

18. C. ciliata Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 231 (1826); Macquart,

S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 381 (1835); Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand.,

Vol. 5, p. 1999 (1846); Schiner, F. A., Vol.2, p. 3(1864);

Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatoph., p. 13 (1866); Becker,

Berlin, entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 91 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 1 (1905); Meade, Ent. mon. Mag., p. 172 (1899);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 297 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc.

ital. Sc. nat., Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918) ; Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 661 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 19 (1937).

I9. C. confusa Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 43

(1863); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

latifrons Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. 92 (1869).

pubera Walker (nec Linné), List Dipt. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 972 (1872).

20. C. cornua Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 48

(1863); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

21. C. Criddlei Curran, Canad. entom., Vol. 61, p. 131 (1929).

22. C. cupricrus Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 974

(1872); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt. 565 (1905).

23. C. Dejeani (Robineau Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 671 (1830) (Mo-

sina); Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 382 (1835); Meigen,

Syst. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 340 (1838); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905).

24. C. fasciventris Curran, Canad. entom. Vol. 59, p. 258 (1927).

var. fulvithorax Curran, Canad. entom, Vol. 61, p. 131 (1929).

25. C. flava Wiedemann, Ausser. zweifl. Ins., Vol. 2, p. 446 (1830);

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Bezzi, Bull.

Soc. entom. Ital., A, Vol. 39, p. 121 (1908).

26. C. flavipennis Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 975

(1872); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p., 565 (1905).

27. C. flavipes Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 46

(1863); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

28. C. flavovenosa Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 92 (1894)

et Katal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 297 (1906); Sack, Cordyl., p. 19 (1937).

29. C. fuscipennis Gimmerthal, Bull. Moscou, Vol. 4, p. 190 (1847);

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905).

3o. C. gilvipes Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 49

(1863); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

31. C. glabra Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. 9o (1869);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

32. C. gracilipes (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept, ind., Cent. IX, p. 87

(1869) [Parallelomma]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565

(1905).

33. C. imperator Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 975

(1872); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

Amérique sept., Canada.

Europe cent. et sept.

Canada.

Amérique sept., NicolaB. C.

Canada.

France.

Amérique sept., Agassiz B. C.

Mt. Washington N. H.

Banff, Alberta.

Egypte.

Canada.

Amérique sept.

Pologne.

Russie.

Canada.

Amérique sept.

Canada.

36 DIPTERA

34. C. inversa Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 6r, p. 131 (1929). Amérique sept. Oliver B. C.

35. C. latigenis Hendel, Ark. Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 3(193o). Kamtchatka: Petropavlovsk.

36. C. Latreillei (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 671 (1830) France.

[Mosina]; Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905).

37. C. longa Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 976 Canada, Martin Falls.

(1872); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

38. C. lutea Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept, ind., Cent. X, p. 75 (1872); Arch. Alexandre: Sitka.

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

39. C. lutecla Malloch, Pan-Pacific Ent., Vol. t, p. 14 (1924). Oregon.

40. C. marginipennis Gimmerthal, Bull. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 2, Russie.

p. 189 (1847); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905).

41. C. masconina Curran, Amer. Mus. Nov., n? 492, p. ir, figs. Canada: Québec.

(1931).

42. C. nana (Loew). Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. V, p. 94 (1864) Canada, New Hampshire,

[Scatophaga]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905). White Mountains.

43. C. nigripila Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. r4, 6328 (1860); Laponie.

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Ringdahl, Ent.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936).

44. C. uigrithorax Hendel, Ark. Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 5 Kamtchatka : Petropavlvosk.

(1930).

45. C. ontario Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 6r, p. 132 (1929). Ottawa : Ontario.

46. C. passiva Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 6r, p. 130 (1929). Colorado.

47. C. picipes Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 232 (g* nec Q) Europe cent. et occid.

[1826]; Becker, Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 213 (1902);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 661i (1934); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 19 (1937).

biseta Loew, Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol.8, p. 21 (1864); Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 93 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 1 (1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag. p. 172 (1899):

Pandellé, Revue Entom. p. 322 (1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 298 (1906).

48. C. piclicornis Loew, Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 22 Sibérie.

(1864); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 93 (1894) et

Acta Soc. Scient. Fenn. Vol., 26, p. 48,81 (1900) et Katal.

Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 297 (1906); Sack, Cordyl., p. 20 (1937).

49. C. pictibennis Loew, Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 22 Sibérie, Amérique boréale.

(1864); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905).

5o. C. preusia Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. V, p. 93 New Hampshire, Alaska : Berg

(1864); Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 456 Bay.

(1900); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905); Mal-

loch, Ent. News, XXXIV, p. 175 (1923).

51. C. Proboscidea Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 728 (1838) et Dipt. Laponie.

Scand. Vol. 5, p. 2027 (1846); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.,

Vol. 39, p. 92 (1892) et Acta Soc. Sc. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 48

(1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 298 (1906); Ringdahl. Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 20 (1937).

. Bubera (Linné), Fauna Suec.. 1855 (1761) [Musca]; Fabri- Toute l'Europe, Arkhangel, Si-

cius, Spec. Ins , Vol. 2. p. 44 (1781) [Musca]; Gmelin, Syst. bérie.

Nat., Vol. 5. p. 2850 (1788) [Musca); Fabricius, Syst. Antl.,

939.6.

Ion

56:6.

DOW

39516G:

IAM; SCATOPITAGIDZE

p. 315 (1805) [OcyPtera]; Fallén, Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz., p. 6

(1819); Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 230 (1826); Ro-

bineau-Desvoidy, M yodaires, p. 671(1830) [Mosina]; Macquart,

S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 381 (1835); Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp.,

p. 725 (1839) et Dipt. Scand. Vol. 5, p. 1995 (1846); Schiner,

EF. A., Vol. 2, p. 2 (1864); Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scato-

phag.. p. 13 (1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

P. 91 (1894) et Acta Soc. scient. Fennicz, Vol. 26, p. 48 (1900)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 2 (1905); Meade, Entom. mon.

Mag., p. 171 (1899); Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 320 (19or);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 297 (1906); Séguy. Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 662 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 21 (1937).

rufpes Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 232 (1826); Becker, Zs.

Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol, 2, p. 213 (1902); Pandellé, Rev. Entom.

p. 351, var. 7 (19o1).

budica Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 231: (1826);

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 382 (1835); Schiner, F. A.,

Vol. 2, p. 2 (1864); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 171 (1899);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 297 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 663 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 21 (1937).

geniculata Zetterstedt (nec Macquart), Ins. Lapp., p. 725 (1838) et

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1997 (1846).

var. impudica Rondani, Prodrom., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 13 (1866),

teste Sack., l. c., p. 22.

. rubrifrontata Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 9:

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 22 (1937).

. rufimana Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 232 (1826);

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 382 (1855); Schiner, F. A.,

Vol. 2, p. 3 (1864); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. ot

(1894) et Acta Soc. Sc. Fennicz, Vol. 26, p. 48(1900) et Katal.

Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3(1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 171

(1899); Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 321 (rigor); Wingate,

Durham Dipt, p. 298 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 66r (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 22 (1937).

aberrans Pandellé (uec Becker), Rev. Entom., p. 321, var. 4 (19or).

incerta Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 690 var. (1839! [Anthomyza].

tibialis Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 725 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p- 2000 (1846); Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 3 (1864).

scapularis Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. 89

(1869); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

selosa Loew, Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 4, p. 8r,

(1860) et Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 44 (1863);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

similis Siebke, Nyt. Mag., p. 54,333 (1842) et Catal. Dipt.

Norveg., p. 140 (1877); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3

(1905).

socialis Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 9o (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 297 (1906); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl. p. 23 (1937).

pudica Zetterstedt (non Meigen), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1998 (1846) ;

Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 14 (1866).

Toute l'Europe, Arkhangel?

Italie.

Irkoutsk (Kultuk).

Europe cent. et sept., Sibérie,

Laponie suédoise.

Canada.

New Jersey.

Norvége.

Scandinavie.

60.1 6«

61,6,

62:165

63:56:

64. C.

65.

66.

Cc)

68. C.

69:6:

70. C.

DIPTERA

tenuior Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, p. 977

(1872); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

terminalis Loew, Dipt, Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IIT, p. 39

(1803); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

tricincla (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. 83

(1869) [Coenosia]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566

(1905); Frost, Entom. News, Vol. 43, p. 75 (1932).

fÜlavida Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 23, p. 61:2 (19ori)

[Hexamitocera]; Aldrich, l. c., p. 567 (1905), feste Curran af. Frost,

1:64. 5p:79:(1992];

La larve mine les feuilles du Smilacina racemosa Desf., et peut-étre celles

du Polygonatum commutatum A. Dietr. (giganteum A. Dietr.).

umbrosa Loew, Europ. Dipt., Vol. 3, p. 246 (1873); Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 93 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.

Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 171 (1899);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 298 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 663 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 23 (1937).

variabilis Loew, Zs. Ges. Naturwiss., p. 326 (1876); Ald-

rich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

. varicoruis Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 61, p. 13o (1929).

. Vierecki Cresson, Entom. News, Vol. 29, p. 134 (t918).

67: C.

vicina v. d. Wulp, Biologia Centr. Amer., Dipt. II, p. 35o

(1897); Aldrich. Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

vittibes Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. X, p. 74 (1872);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

volucricaput Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4,

p. 977 (1872); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 566 (1905).

Zelterstedii Gimmerthal, Bull. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 4, p. 190,4

(1847); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 3 (1905).

Canada, Martin Falls.

Pensylvanie.

Amérique sept., Etats-Unis.

Europe cent. et occid., Angle-

terre

Etats-Unis d'Amérique.

Alberta : Banff.

Etats-Unis d'Amérique.

Mexique, Guerrero.

Sitka, Alaska, zone de l'Hudson.

New Hampshire : White Mts.

Russie.

13. GENUS CORDYLURELLA MALLOCH

Cordylurella Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 c, 78 c (1919); Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 6r,

p. 133 (1929) et North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934).

Caractéres. — Téte subsphérique vue de dessus, légérement aplatie postérieurement; espace

interoculaire égal au moins au tiers de la largeur de la téte; orbites différenciées. Chétotaxie céphalique

bien développée, comparable à celle des Cordylura. Antennes légérement plus courtes quela face;

troisiéme article arrondi apicalement; chéte pubescent. Palpes élargis, dépourvus de forte soie apicale.

— Chétotaxie thoracique et pattes comme chez les Cordylura. Ailes : premiére nervure normalement nue,

exceptionnellement ciliée, sixiéme non prolongée à la marge (Malloch).

i23

Long. 6-8 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura uebulosa Coquillett.

Répartition géographique. — Amérique septentrionale et boréale.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

costalis Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 61, p. 133 (1929).

nebulosa (Coquillett), Journ. N. Y. ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 164

(1898) [Cordylura]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565

(1905), teste Malloch, 1. c., p. 78 c.

Canada : Covey Hill, Que.

Illinois, Algonquin.

ET y RUFEN Wn RIPE EP RE

COO PNNENUERTRNERHEEUENS.

FAM, SCATOPHAGID/E 39

€. C. rufula Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 257; (1927). Canada: Aylmer, Que.

4. C. subvittata Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 78c (1919). Canada, N. O. Détroit de l'Union

et du Dauphin, Port Bernard.

14. GENUS MICROPSELAPHA BECKER

Micropselapha Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39. p. 108 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 49:

(1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28. p. 670

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 36 (1937).

Caractéres. — Téte subquadrangulaire en profil. Yeux trés grands, occupant presque toute la

téte. Espace interoculaire saillant, sept ou huit paires de soies orbitales fines. Face légérement enfoncée,

bords du péristome peu saillants, angle vibrissal nul : une seule vibrisse. Palpes trés petits, filiformes.

Antennes à peu prés aussi longues que la face; troisiéme article au moins quatre fois aussi long que le

deuxiéme, arrondi à l'apex; chéte épaissi à la base, à pilosité rase. — Thorax avec quatre paires de

dorsocentrales (1--3); une soie et

une douzaine de chétules satellites

sur le calus huméral, deux post-

humérales, trois supraalaires; scu-

tellum avec deux soies médianes et

deux cils apicaux; une ou deux

mésopleurales faibles, deux pro-

pleurales, une sternopleurale. Ptéro-

Fg: pleure nu. Pattes dénudées; tibias

Micropselapha filiformis (Zetterstedt), aile et téte du màle x 8. postérieurs avec une paire de soies

externes. — Abdomen court

Long. 4-6 mm. (fig. 1 4).

Type du genre. — Cordylura filiformis Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Europe centrale et septentrionale. Amérique septentrionale.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. M. albifacies Johnson, Occ. Pprs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 5, Amérique sept., Maine.

p:23:(1022).

2. M. filiformis (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2025 (1846) Bohéme, Silésie, Scandinavie,

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.. Vol. 39, p. 109, pl. 5 Laponie.

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6 (1905); Wingate, Dur-

ham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 670 (1934); Sack, Cordvl., p. 36 (1937).

15. GENUS SCOLIAPHLEPS BECKER

Scoliaphleps Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 98 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905);

Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exp., p. 76 (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 489 (1933).

Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 388 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 670 (1934) ;

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 28 (1937).

40 DIPTERA

Caractéres. — Palpes longs et minces. Deuxiéme article de l'antenne à peine saillant sur le

troisiéme. Chéte antennaire court. — Mésonotum couvert antérieurement d'une pruinosité légére; cinq

soies dorsocentrales, trois supraalaires, deux

intraalaires; quatre scutellaires; propleurale cili-

X forme; une ou deux fines mésopleurales; une

sternopleurale. Ptéropleure nu. Ailes légérement

brunies à l'apex : premiére nervure radiale forte,

troisiéme et quatriéme longitudinales formant une

large fourche; petite nervure transverse réduite

à une bride; nervure transverse apicale (Mac)

Fig. 15. courbée et rapprochée du bord de l'aile. Corps

d'un noir brillant, à villosité forte et soies robustes

Seoliaphleps ustulata (Zetterstedt), profil dela téte du màle 1

etaile x 9 (fig. I b).

Long. 7,5 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura ustulata./ Zetterstedt.

Repartition géographique. — Europe centrale et septentrionale.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES 3

1. S. melanacra (Loew), Europ. Dipt., Vol. 3, p. 247 (1873) [Cordy- Europe cent. et sept.

lura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 99 (1899) et

Katal, Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905) [S. melaneura]; Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 29: (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 670 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 29 (1937).

2. S. ustulata (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 727 (1839) et Dipt. Europe cent. et sept., Laponie.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2013 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 98 (1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt.

p. 291(1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 671 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 29 (1937).

var. hvalinipennis Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., vol. 57, p. 163 (1936). Europe sept.

16. GENUS NEOGYMNOMERA MALLOCH

Neogimnomera Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 36 (1920); Curran, North Amer.

Dipt., p. 388 (1934).

Caractéres. — Téte subrectangulaire. Yeux arrondis. Palpes munis d'une longue soie apicale.

Chéte pubescent. — Soies propleurales bien développées. Soie stigmatique nulle. Soies intraalaires

courtes, mais distinctes. Ptéropleures nus. Aile : troisiéme nervure longitudinale rectiligne. — Femelle :

abdomen non comprimé latéralement à l'apex (Malloch).

Type du genre. — Cordylura amans Cresson.

Répartition géographique :

1. N. amans (Cresson), Entom. News, Vol. 29, p. 134 (1918) Etats-Unis d'Amérique : Oregon.

[Cordylura].

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 41

17. GENUS DASYPLEURON MALLOCH

Dasypleuron Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76c et 79c (1919); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

p. 387 (1934).

Caractéres. — Téte comme chez les Cordylurella, chéte antennaire pubescent. Chétotaxie thora-

cique semblable à celle du Cordylura coufusa Loew; partie centrale du ptéropleure avec de nombreuses

et longues soies molles. Pattes normales. Aile : premiére nervure ciliée sura partie apicale; sixiéme

nervure courte, n'atteignant pas la marge de l'aile. — Abdomen court, épais, hypopyge étendu sur plus

de la moitié de la face sternale, forceps chitinisé, épais, semblable à celui du Cordylurella subviltata, mais

plus développé (Malloch).

Long. 4-5 mm.

Type du genre. — Dasypleuron tibialis Malloch.

Répartition géographique :

1. D. tibialis Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 79 c (1919). Alaska.

18. GENUS MEGAPHTHALMOIDES RINGDAHL

Megaphthalmoides Ringdahl, Ent. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 161, 164 et 179 (1936).

Caractéres. — Chéte antennaire à villosité épaisse. Ptéropleure à villosité antérieure manifeste ;

soie stigmatique antérieure nulle ; deux longues soies mésopleurales. Scutellum triangulaire, avec quatre

longues soies. Tibias antérieurs avec une soie médiane ; tibias intermediaires avec une soie interne. Ailes:

bord costal cilié, une petite épine costale; premiére nervure longitudinale nue (Ringdahl).

Long. 5 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura unilineata Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Région holarctique.

1. M. unilineata (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lappon., p.727 (1839) et Dipt. Europe cent. et boréale, Laponie

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2010 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. Amérique sept., Alaska.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 107 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt. Vol. 4,

p. 6(1905); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905)

[Megophthalma]; Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 6690,

nota (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 179 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 35 (1937) [Megophthalma].

19. GENUS HEXAMITOCERA BECKER

Hexamitocera Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 107 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6

(1905); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906);

Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 490 (1933);

Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 390 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 669 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 35 (1937).

DIPTERA

Caractéres. — Téte quadrangulaire; front saillant, six soies orbitales; occiput fortement gonflé.

Angle vibrissal à soies faibles, toujours deux vibrisses bien développées, angle péristomal postérieur

a. Hexamitocera loxocerata (Fallén), profil de la

téte du màle x 9;

b. Gonatherus planiceps (Fallén), profil de la

téte du mále x 12.

avec une seule forte soie. Palpes aussi longs ou plus longs

que la trompe, nus et sans soie apicale. Antennes minces,

aussi longues que la face, troisiéme article arrondi à l'apex;

chéte antennaire gréle et nu, épaissi àla base. — "Thorax:

quatre paires de soies dorsocentrales (22-2), deux humé-

rales, deux posthumérales, une présuturale, trois supra-

alaires, deux intraalaires; scutellum avec deux fortes soies

marginales et deux cils apicaux. Deux mésopleurales,

deux sternopleurales, une propleurale. Ptéropleure cilié.

Tibias postérieurs avec deux paires de soies externes.

Ailes : premiére nervure (Rr) ciliée. — Abdomen étroit,

allongé; tergites bordés avec de fortes soies marginales

(fig. 1 6).

Type du genre. — Cordylura loxocerata Fallén.

Répartition géographique. — Région holarctique.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. H. coruuta (Walker), List spec. Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., Vol. 4, Canada : Martin Falls, Alaska.

p. 1047 (1849) [Cordylura] ; Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc.,

II, p. 456 (1900); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567

(1905).

2. H. loxocerata (Fallén), Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz., Suppl.2, p. r2. Europe cent. et sept., Laponie.

(1819) [Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2029

(1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 108

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6(1905); Wingate, Dur-

ham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital, Sc. nat.

Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p.670 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 35 (1937).

longifrons Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 729 (1838) [Cordylura ].

3. H. villata Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 165 Colorado.

(1898); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905).

2O. GENUS GONATHERUS RONDANI

Gonatherus Rondani, Prodromus, Vol. t, p. 99 (1856) et Vol. 7, p. 9 (1866); Becker, Katal. Pal.

Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct.

Exp., p. 76 (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'U RSS, p. 490 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

P. 391 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 649 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 3r (1937).

Caractéres. — Front saillant, face oblique. Yeux arrondis. Une grande vibrisse et trois ou

quatre soies plus courtes dans l'angle vibrissal, un autre macrochéte dans l'angle péristomal postérieur.

Trompe mince; palpes étroits, légérement dilatés à l'extrémité. Antennes : troisiéme article anguleux à

EVEN NITSPDUES Mr CUBO NINTH VRSEETV CREE NES EIER

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 43

l'apex antérieur; chéte coudé, deuxiéme article allongé, légérement courbé, article apical épaissi à la

base (fig. 1 8). — Thorax : cinq dorsocentrales, deux humérales, deux posthumérales, une présuturale,

deux intraalaires, trois supraalaires; quatre scutellaires; une soie propleurale, trois mésopleurales, deux

sternopleurales. Ptéropleure cilié. Tibias postérieurs munis de trois paires de soies externes, Ailes

courtes, arrondies à l'apex.

Long. 3-5 mm.

Type du genre. — Covdylura planiceps Fallén.

Répartition géographique. — Régions boréales de la zone holarctique.

LISTE DES ESPECES

1. G. atricornis Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77 (1919). Canada sept., Détroit de l'Union

et du Dauphin.

2. G. fumipennis Hendel, Ark. Zool. Vol. 21, n9 18, p. 7 (1930). Kamtchaka : Klutchi.

3. G. planiceps (Fallén), Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz., Suppl. 2, p. 12 Europe cent. et sept., Laponie.

(1819) [Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 732 (1839) et

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2058 (1846) [Cordylura]; Rondani,

Prodrom., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 10 (1866); Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 102 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 292 (1906);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 674 (1934); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 32.

Friesi Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 729 (1838) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 2057 (1846) et Vol. 8, p. 3337 (1849) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F.A.,

Vol. 2, p. 11 (1864) [Cleigastra].

21. GENUS PLETHOCH/ETA COQUILLETT

Plethochazta Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 23, p. 613 (1901); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct.

Exped., p. 76 (1919); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 390 (1934).

Caractéres. — Partie inférieure de la téte avec une dizaine de longues soies disposées en frange

péristomale. Trompe courte, subégale à la moitié de la hauteur de la téte. Palpes munis d'une longue

et forte soie apicale noire. Antennes étendues sur les trois-cinquiémes de la hauteur de la face; troisiéme

article légérement plus long que le second. Chéte nu. — Trois sternopleurales. Scutellum avec six soies

marginales. Ptéropleure cilié. Ailes : costale inerme, sans spinules; nervure anale prolongée à la marge.

Long. 8 mm.

Type du genre. — Pletocheta varicolor Coquillett.

Répartition géographique :

1. P. varicoler Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 23, p. 614 Colorado, Pensylvanie.

(1901); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 570 (1905).

DIPTERA

22. GENUS AMAUROSOMA BECKER

Amaurosoma Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 109 (1894) et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6(1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 299 (1906); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919) et

Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., Vol. 17, p. 77 (1922); johnson, Psyche, Vol. 34, p. 100 (1927);

Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 59, p. 293 (1927) et North Amer. Dipt., p. 390 (1934); Hendel, Ark.

Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 9 (1930); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 491 (1933); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 677 (1934): Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 36 (1937).

Caractéres. — Téte trapézienne en profil, yeux en ovale court, péristome subégal à la largeur

du troisi&me article antennaire. Espace interoculaire légérement renflé, cinq ou six oirbitales courtes et

fines : deux supérieures, quatre inférieures; verticale interne forte; soies occipitales faibles. Face plane,

la marge inférieure formant un angle aigu avec le péristome. Une grande vibrisse et deux-quatre péristo-

Fg. 1754

Amaurosoma — fasciatum

(Meigen), profil de la

téte du mále x r2.

males fines. Occiput renflé. Trompe gréle; palpes allongés, réguliérement et

progressivement renflés vers l'apex. Antennes longues, troisiéme article prés

de trois fois plus long que large; chéte allongé, pratiquement nu ou couvert

d'une pubescence trés courte (fig. 1 7). — Cinq soies dorsocentrales (24-3);

acrosticales piliformes, deux humérales, deux posthumérales, quatre supra-

alaires, deux intraalaires. Scutellum avec deux longues soies latérales et deux

cils apicaux. Une ou deux propleurales; stigmatique chétiforme; trois ou

quatre mésopleurales et quelques cils décolorés; deux ou trois sternopleu-

rales. Ptéropleure cilié. Tibias postérieurs avec deux soies plantées au méme

niveau sur la partie moyenne de la face externe; griffes et pelotes courtes ou

trés courtes. Ailes : nervures transverses rapprochées, troisiéme et quatriéme

longitudinales paralléles à l'apex; premiére nervure radiale nue; premiere

nervure anale prolongée au bord de l'aile, au moins comme trace.

Mále. — Abdomen couvert de macrochétes blancs et noirs dressés ;

apex légérement renflé; lamelle prégénitale à lobes plus ou moins développés

et pendants.

Femelle. — Macrochétes noirs plus nombreux; oviscapte peu saillant ou rétracté.

Long. 4-7 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura flavipes Fallén.

Biologie. — Les larves connues sont nuisibles à certaines Graminées. Les imagos sont antho-

philes.

Répartition géographique. — Toute la région holarctique, surtout dans les contrées boréales.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. A. Albería Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 293 (1927). Alberta.

2. A. albibilum Ringdahl, Ent. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 177 (1936). Suéde.

3. A. armillatum (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2069 (1846) Europe cent. et sept.

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 120 (1894)

et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6, (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 3or (1906); Sorauer-Reh, Pflanzenkrankheiten,

RTT LE

"wr .P

NOM, MB

AUT PELA Ret

IO.

II.

I2.

"n.

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE

Vol. 5, p. 32 (1932): Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 678

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 38 (1937).

obscura var. 2, Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 305 (19or).

Larve nuisible au PAleuii prateuse L. et au Secale cereale L.

. articulatum. Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. r17

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 6 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 678 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 37 et 39 (1937).

. atripbes Malloch, Ann. Mag. N. H., (10), Vol. 8, p. 436

(1931).

. bisbinosum. Malloch, Ohio Jl. Science, Vol. 20, p. 285 (1920).

. brevifrons (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 729 (1839) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2062 (1846) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A.,

Vol. 2, p. 11 (1864) [Cleigastra]: Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.,

Vol. 39. p. 115 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4. p. 7 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 299 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 678 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 39 (1937).

. brunneicosta Johnson, Psyche, Vol. 34, p. 100 (1927).

. carbonarium. Hendel, Ark. Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. ir

(1930).

. cinerellum (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2070 (1846)

[Cordylura]; Becker. Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 119 (1894) et

Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 3oo (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 677 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl:i;p:..38 (1937).

. fasciatum. (Meigen), Syst. Beschr.. Vol. 5, p. 238 (1826)

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 387 (1835) [Ciei-

gastra]; Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 118 (1894) et

Kat. Pal. Dipt , Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Meade, Ent. mon. Mag.,

p. 217 (1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 677 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936); Sack. Cordyl., p. 39 (1937).

brevipenne Curtis, Brit. Entom., p. 405,28 (1832) [Cordvlura]; teste

Verrall, List of Brit. Dipt., p. 29-36 (19or).

flavipes var. 2, Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 305 (1901) [Czemopogon].

obscura Meigen (ec Fallén), Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 240 (1826) [Cor-

dylura]; teste Becker, Zs. Hym. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 215 (1902).

. flavipes (Fallén ), Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz.. p. 9 (1819) [Cor-

dylura]; Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 5, p. 239 (1826) [Cordylura] ;

Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 73o (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 2059 (1846) [Cordylura] ; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 11 (1864)

[Cleigastra]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, p. 20 (1866) [Clergastra];

Lindeman, Bull. Soc. imp. Natur. Moscou, p. 199 (1887);

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 114 (1894) et Acta

Soc. scient. Fenn., Vol. 26, p. 48 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Reuter, Acta Soc. Fauna Flora Fenn.,

Vol. 16, p. ror (1900); Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 305 (1901)

[Cuemopogon]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Korff,

Nachrich. deutsch. Pflanzensch., Vol. r, p. 13 (1921); Kar-

Europe cent.

Ile Herschell.

Alaska.

Europe cent. et sept., Arkhangel.

Etats- Unis d'Amérique.

Kamtchatka : Klutchi.

Europe cent. et sept.

Europe, Sibérie.

13.

I4.

I9.

20.

2I.

22.

DIPTERA

powa, lIzwiestia Prikla. Entom., Vol. 4, 2. p. 431 (1930);

Sorauer-Reh, Pflanzenkrank., Vol. 5, p. 32 (1932); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 678 (1934); Balachowsky et

Mesnil, Ins. nuis., p. 1053 (1935); Barnes, Ann. appl. Biol.,

Vol. 22, p. 259 (1935) ; King, Meikle et Broadfoot, Ann. appl.

Biol, Vol. 22, p. 267 (1935); Oettingen, Nachr. Schàdl.,

Vol. ro, p. 62 (1935); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57.

p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 40 (1937); Wahl, Arb. phys.

angew. Ent. Berlin- Dahlem,Vol. ro, p. 90(1943); Golebiowska,

Ann. Univ. Mariz Curie, E., Vol. 4, p. 1 (1949).

flavipes var. 1, Pandellé, Revue Entom. p. 305 (1901) [Cnemopogon].

*rontale Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 387 (1835) [Clesgastra]; Meigen,

Syst. Beschr. Vol. 7, p. 341 (1838) [Cordylura]; Becker, Zs. Hyme-

nopt. Dipter., Vol. 2, p. 216 (1902) ; Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 683 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 96 (1937).

trilineata Meigen, System, Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 341. (1838) [Cordylura].

Larve nuisible au P/Aleum pratense L. et au Secale cereale L..

. inerme. Becker, Berlin. entom, Zs., Vol. 39, p. 119 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 3o1 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p.680

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 178 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 4o (1937).

. kamischatkense Hendel, Ark. Zool. Vol. 2r, A, n? 18, p. 9

(1930).

var. variofemoratum Hendel, l. c., p. 10 (1930).

. hatmaiense Malloch, Ohio Journ. Sc., Vol. 20, p. 284 (1920).

. Klickai Vimmer, Acta Soc. ent. Cech., Vol. 34, p. r18

(1937).

. leucochetum de Meijere, Tijdschr. Ent., Vol. 5o, p. 180 (1907).

. leucostoma (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5. p. 2063 (1846).

(Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 117 (1894)

et Acta Soc. scient. Fenn., Vol. 26, p. 48 (1900) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (19906); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3oo

(1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 678 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 40 (1937).

. longicorue (von Róser), Wurttemb. Corrbl., p. 59 (1840)

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 115 (1894)

et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, vol. 28, p.678

(1938) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 41 (1937).

. mensuratum. Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 119

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 3or (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 680 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 41 (1937).

. ninutum Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 116 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28

p. 678 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 41 (1937).

. nigrifrontatum Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 120

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 3or (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 680 (1934); Sack, Cordyl. p. 42 (1937).

Europe cent. et orient.

Kamtchatka ; Klutchi.

Alaska.

Bohéme.

Hollande.

Europe cent. et sept., Arkhangel,

Sibérie.

Europe cent.

Europe cent. et orient.

Tyrol mérid.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 47

23. A. uigrifes (Zetterstedt), Dipt., Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2026 (1846) Suéde.

[Cordylura] ; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 117 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol, 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 677 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 164

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 42 (1937).

24. A. nigriventre (Loew), Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. rg Allemagne.

(1864) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 116

(1894) et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Dur-

ham Dipt., p. 3oo (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 681 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 42 (1937).

25. A. nudum Malloch, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., Vol. 17, p. 78 Amérique sept.

(1922).

26. A. nulans Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 120 (1894) et Carinthie..

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 3o1 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p.678

(1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 43 (1937).

27. A. pallidipbes Malloch, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., Vol. 17, p. 7; Amérique sept.

(1922).

28. A. puberulum Becker, Berlin, entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 114 (1894); Bohéme.

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 299 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 678 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 43 (1937).

29. A. tibiellum (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 731 (1839) [Cordylura] et Europe cent. et sept.

Dipt. Scand , Vol. 5, p. 2068 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Ber-

lin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 121 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 7 (1905) ; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag , p. 218(1899);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3or (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 681 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 178 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 43 (1937).

3o. A. unispinosum Malloch, Ohio Jl. Science, Vol. 20, p. 285 (1920). Alaska.

23. GENUS GONARCTICUS BECKER

Gonarcticus Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 103 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 291 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 490 (1933); Ring-

dahl, Entom. T'idskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 32 (1937).

Caractéres. — Cinq ou six paires de soies orbitales, doublées d'une deuxiéme rangée au-dessus

des antennes. Face longue et droite, légerement oblique. Deux vibrissales. Palpes courts. Antennes

comme chez les Gonatherus ; chéte antennaire coudé, épais, nu, le deuxiéme article

légérement plus long chez les máles. — Cinq dorsocentrales (2-3); deux humé-

rales, deux posthumérales, une présuturale, deux intra-humérales, deux intra-

alaires, trois ou quatre supraalaires, trois propleurales, quatre scutellaires margi-

nales. Trois sternopleurales. Ptéropleure cilié. Tibias postérieurs avec trois

paires de soies externes. Ailes : premiére nervure (Rr) finement ciliée à l'apex.

(fig. 18).

Long. 3-5 mm.

Fig. 18.

Gonarcticus antennatus Type du genre. — Scatomyza antennata Zetterstedt.

(Zetterstedt), profil 3

dela téte du màle x 8. Répartition géographique. — Europe boréale.

48 DIPTERA

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

1. G. abdominalis (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p: 1080 (1846) Suéde, Laponie.

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 104 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 5(1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 291 (1906); Sack, Cordyl., p. 32 (1937).

2. G. antennalus (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lappon., p. 724 (1839) et Dipt. Europe boréale, Laponie.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1981 (1846) [Scatemyza]; Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 103 (1894)et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 5 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 291 (1906); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 33

(1937).

validicornis Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2065 (1846) [Cordylura].

24. GENUS MESAMYIA MALLOCH

Mesamyia Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 437 (1931); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

p. 391 (1934).

Caractéres. — Espace interoculaire élargi; deux soies orbitales supérieures; quatre ou cinq

soies orbitales inférieures. Joues subégales à la largeur du troisiéme article antennaire. Palpes courts,

armés d'une soie apicale. Antennes étendues au-dessous du milieu de la hauteur de la face; troisiéme

article subarrondi à l'apex antérieur; chéte pubescent. — "Thorax : cinq soies dorsocentrales (243);

scutellum avec deux longues soies marginales et deux cils apicaux; propleure dénudé au centre; deux

soies propleurales et une soie stigmatique bien développées; quatre soies mésopleurales fortes; trois

sternopleurales, la postérieure plus longue. Ptéropleure cilié. Fémur antérieur dénudé sur la face antéro-

interne. Ailes : premiére nervure non ciliée à l'apex; sixieme nervure prolongée à la marge, au moins

comme trace (Malloch).

Long. 5-6 mm.

Type du genre. — Mesamyia teslacea Malloch.

Répartition géographique :

1. M. teslacea. Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), vol. 8, p. 437 Colorado.

(1931).

25. GENUS SPATHEPHILUS BECKER

Spathephilus Decker, Beilin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 121 (1894); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS,

p- 492 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 648 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 43 (1937).

Caractéres. — 'Téte subquadrangulaire; yeux arrondis; espace interoculaire peu saillant, six

paires de soies orbitales irréguliéres, face longue et droite, peu enfoncée. Une vibrisse. Palpes allongés,

dilatés en spatule à l'extrémité. Antennes prolongées jusqu'à l'épistome; troisiéme article arrondi

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 49

à l'extrémité; chéte nu, — Thorax : cinq soies dorsocentrales (243); deux soies

humérales, deux posthumérales, deux supraalaires, une préscutellaire; deux

scutellaires fortes; deux soies propleurales, une ou deux mésopleurales, trois

sternopleurales. Ptéropleure cilié. Pattes sétuleuses; tibias postérieurs avec trois

paires de soies externes. Ailes petites et courtes; premiére longitudinale non

ciliée. — Abdomen trés court (fig. | 9a).

Type du genre. — Cordylura breviventris Loew.

; Répartition géographique :

Fig. 19a.

Spathephilus breviventris 1. S. breviventris (Loew), Europ. Dipt., Vol. 3, p. 250 (1873) [Cor- Sarephta.

Loew, profil de la/téte dylura); Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 122 (1894); Sack,

du mále x 12. ^

Cordyl., p. 44 (1937).

26. GENUS PSELAPHEPHILA BECKER

Pselaphephila Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 122 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 8

(1905); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 293 (1906);

Malloch, iRep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 492

(1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 390 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 681

(1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 44 (1937).

Caractéres. — Téte quadrangulaire; front non saillant, cinq ou six soles

orbitales; face longue, un peu enfoncée, grande vibrisse forte, vibrissales petites,

faibles; soie péristomale postérieure médiocre. Palpes gréles, allongés, élargis.

Antennes : troisiéme article anguleux apicalement, n'atteignant pas l'épistome.

Chéte antennaire épaissi à la base, dénudé, deuxiéme article légérement épaissi,

allongé. — Thorax : cinq dorsocentrales (24-3); deux humérales, deux posthumé-

rales, une présuturale, une intrahumérale, deux intraalaires, trois supraalaires,

quatre scutellaites : deux subapicales et deux apicales ciliformes; un chétule stig-

Fig. 19U matique, une propleurale, deux mésopleurales, deux ou trois soies sternopleurales.

: - Ptéropleure cilié. Tibias postérieurs avec trois paires de soies externes (fig | 9b).

Pselaphephila Loewi ! P P z

Becker, profil de la tu ;

téte du mále 12. Type du genre. — Pselaphephila Loewi Becker.

Répartition géographique. — Europe centrale, Amérique septentrionale, Groénland.

LISTE DES ESPECES

I. P. arctica Becker af. Nielsen, Medd. Groénl. Kobenhavn, Vol.29, | Groenland occid.

P- 412 (1909).

2. P. argyriceps Curran, Canad. entom., Vol. 59, p, 254 (1927). Ontario : Ottawa.

3. P. Loewi Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 121 (1894); Silésie.

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 293 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 681 (1934); Sack. Cordyl., p. 44 (1937).

4. P. similis Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 25, p. 124 Massachusetts.

(1903); Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905).

50 DIPTERA

27. GENUS ORTHOCH/ETA BECKER

Orthochata Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 1or (1894) [Orthocheta] et Katal. Pal. Dipt., j

Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., j

P. 291 (1906); Malloch, Report Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 75 (1919); Johnson, Psyche, Vol. 34,

p. ror (1927); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 490 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

p. 390 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 671 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 31 (1937).

Caractéres. —- Téte quadrangulaire;

occiput fortement gonflé à la partie inférieure;

péristome subégal à la largeur de l'antenne.

'Trompe mince et longue; palpes gréles dépourvus

de soie apicale.Antennes aussi longues que la face,

le troisiéme article deux ou trois fois plus long que

le deuxiéme; chéte antennaire pubescent, non

coudé, — Thorax: soies acrosticales piliformes;

deux supraalaires, la postérieure trés longue;

quatre scutellaires subégales; trois sternopleurales.

Ptéropleure cilié. Tibias postérieurs avec trois

paires de soies externes et un macrochéte interne:

Aile: premiére nervure longitudinale sétuleuse

apicalement. — Abdomen à macrochétes mar-

ginaux gréles (fig. 20).

Orthocheta pilosa (Zetterstedt), profil du mále x r2.

Long. 4-6 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura pilosa Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Europe et Amérique boréales.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. O. amena Cresson, Ent. News, Vol. 29, p. 133 (1918). Pensylvanie.

2. O. brunneifennis johnson, Psyche, Vol. 34, p. 102 (1927). Etats-Unis d'Amérique. .

3. O. dissimilis Malloch, Psyche, Vol. 3r, p. 194 (1924). Illinois.

4. O. fuscipennis Hendel, Ark. Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 8 (1930). Kamtchatka : Klutchi.

5. O. hirtibes Johnson, Psyche, Vol. 34, p. 103 (1927). Etats-Unis d'Amérique.

6. O. pilosa Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 732 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Europe cent. et sept., Arkhangel,

Vol. 5, p. 2064 (1846) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, Laponie, Alaska.

p. 12 (1864) [Cleigastra]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. ror (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 5 (1905); Pan-

dellé, Revue Entom., p. 306 (19o1) [Cnemopogon]; Aldrich,

Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 291 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 671 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl, p.31.(1937):

7. O. strigipes Johnson, Psyche, Vol. 34, p. 102 (1927). Etats-Unis d'Amérique.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 51

28. GENUS CNEMOPOGON RONDANI

Cnemopogon Rondani, Prodromus, Vol. 1, p. 99 (1856) et Vol. 7, p. 3(1866); Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 3o4 (1901); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 291:

(1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 490 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 671 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 162 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 3o (1937).

Caracteres. — Téte trapézienne; face oblique. Yeux atteignant presque le niveau de l'épistome

en bas. Occiput légérement gonflé à la partie inférieure, aplati à la partie supérieure. Trompe mince et

longue; palpes gréles, munis de soies courtes. —

Soies acrosticales ciliformes; deux soies supra-

alaires : la postérieure trés longue. Ptéropleure

cilié; scutellum avec deux soies marginales robus-

tes et deux cils apicaux; trois soies sternopleu-

rales. Fémurs épais, longuement et densément

ciliés; tarses courts; griffes et pelotes médiocres.

Ailes : premiére nervure longitudinale (Fr) sétu-

E : RU

leuse apicalement. — Abdomen hérissé de macro-

chétes robustes (fig. 2 1).

Long. 4-7 mm.

Cuemopogon apicalis (Wiedeman), femelle; — a. cuf; APA

— b. oviscapte; — c. téte x 20. Type du genre. — Cordylura aficalis

Wiedemann.

Biologie. — Larves commensales, probablement saprophages. Imagos phytophiles ou antho-

philes.

Répartition géographique :

I. C. aficalis (Wiedemann) af. Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5,

p. 236 (1826) [Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 384

(1835) [Cleigastra]; Boie, Króyer Naturh. Tidskr., Vol. 2,

p. 240 (1838) [Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 2023 (1846) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, 10 (1864)

[Cleigastra]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 3 (1866);

Kaltenbach, Pflanzenfeinde, p. 348 (1872) [Cordylura]; Gercke,

Verh. d. Ver. naturw. Unterh. Hamburg, Vol. 6, p. 6 (1880)

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 100 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 4 (1905); Meade, Entom. mon.

Mag., p. 174 (1899); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 306 (1rgor);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 291 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 671 (1934); Ringdahl, Ent. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 163 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 3o (1937).

Kertészi Szilady, Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. hung., Vol. 36, p. 180 (1947)

[Gonarcticus].

Larve dans la galle formée par les Lipara tomentosa Macq. et lucens

Meigen sur l'A4rundo phragmites L. Elle a aussi été observée dans la tige

de la cime de l'Achillée (Kaltenbach), et dans la tige du Reumex aquaticus L.

(Gercke, Verh. des Vereins naturw. Hamburg, Vol. 5, 1882, p. 68 et sq.).

Boie aurait également obtenu ce Diptére de la chenille d'un « Noct

phragmitidis ».

Europe cent. et sept., Arkhangel.

52 DIPTERA

SuBFAM. DELININZE

Clidogasterinze auct.

Caractéres. — Petites espéces à corps allongé, brillant ou mat et couvert d'une pruinosité grise

plus ou moins épaisse. Téte ronde et face courte. Une ou plusieurs soies vibrissales. Palpes petits,

légérement spatulés ou renflés à l'apex, sans soie apicale et dépourvus de villosité saillante. Antennes

petites, arrondies à l'apex, n'atteignant pas l'épistome; chéte nu ou pubescent. — Quatre ou cinq soies

dorsocentrales (1-24-3), et une, deux ou trois sternopleurales. Ordinairement une soie propleurale plus

ou moins développée; si cette soie propleurale est faible, les dorsocentrales présuturales sont ciliformes

ou nulles, ou le mésonotum subquadrangulaire est couvert d'une villosité épaisse. Deux ou quatre scu-

tellaires. Pattes robustes; fémurs épaissis. Ailes plutót courtes. Abdomen cylindrique chez les máles,

légérement courbé postérieurement,

Long. 3-8 mm.

Les imagos sont phytophiles ou anthophiles. Les larves connues sont phytophages.

TABLEAU DES GENRES

Y (2p Detto soiesisternóplettrales, io o amer Ce E EL T eS NA vnde COH CDRLINA tob; s Desv:

2 (1). Une soie sternopleurale.

S (4). Téte plus longue que haute. Chéle anteunaire nu (fig. 22) . . . 1. CocurraguM Becker.

4 (3). Téte plus haute que longue. Chéle antennatre pubescent ou. pratique-

mentstit(fig oO gy cS su cce eg dou cec 29- GYXMNOMERS FRondatus

1. GENUS COCHLIARIUM BECKER

Cochliarium Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 183 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20

(1905); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 498 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 684 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 161 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 97 (1937).

Rhopochilus Enderlein, Tierwelt Mitteleuropas, Vol. 6, III, 2, p. 136 (1936).

Caractéres. — Cinq soies orbitales. Péristome avec de nombreuses soies. Antennes : chéte

pratiquement nu. — Une seule paire de soies dorsocentrales : la préscutellaire. Scutellum avec deux ou

quatre soies; soies humérales nulles ou trés faibles; deux soies posthumérales;

trois soies supraalaires; présuturale et intraalaires nulles; une soie mésopleurale,

une soie sternopleurale et une soie propleurale faible ou ciliforme. Fémurs et

tibias à pilosité faible. Ailes courtes et larges; nervures épaisses. — Abdomen

dénudé. Hypopyge peu saillant, à forceps allongés, dilatés et aplatis, rabattus

sur la face sternale comme chez les Gymnomera (fig. 22).

Long. 3-5 mm.

Types des genres. —— Cochliarium, type : Cordylura cuneiventris Zetter-

Fig. 22. stedt. — Rhofochilus, type : Cochliarium lasiostoma Becker.

Cochliarium | lasiostoma » PTS z E gx ,

Répartition géographique. — Régions montagneuses de l'Europe

Becker, profil de la

téte dela femelle x 15. centrale et boréale.

"T TRPE

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE 53

Classification. — G. Enderlein (VI : 136) propose une nouvelle coupe générique aux dépens

des Cochliarium ; les caractéres préconisés ont tout au plus une valeur sous-générique qui peut s'exprimer

comme il suit :

TABLEAU DES SOUS-GENRES

— Seulellum avec quatre soies marginales. Péristome avec une vibrisse

el. tte otirols mibrissáless seo UR usi sa CCOCHETARIUM- Sv" S:

— Stultellum avec deux. soies marginales. Péristome avec quatre ou

CHIQUSOIES ro xc pce Eus Ae fuc. de A cu s oa tO C INHOPOGHIEUSPEDGerlein

SuBGENUS COCHLIARIUM s.s.

LISTE DES ESPECES

I. C. (C.) albipilum (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2021(1846) Suéde.

[Cerdylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 185

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 308 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p 684 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 98 (1937).

2. C. (C.) castantpes Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 185 Alpes suisses.

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt , Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905); Wingate,

Durham, Dipt., p. 308 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat.,

Vol. 9, p. 56(1918); Séguy, Faune de l'rance, Vol. 28, p. 684

(1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 98 (1937).

3. C. (C.) cuneiventre (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2020(1846) Suéde.

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., p. 184 (1894) et Ka-

tal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 308 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 684 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 98 (1937).

SuBGENUS RHOPOCHILUS ENDERLEIN

4. C. (R.) lasiostoma Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 184 Alpes suisses.

(1894); Wingate, Durham Diptera, p. 308 (1906); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 685 (1934); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 98 (1937).

2. GENUS GYMNOMERA RONDANI

Gymnomera Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 21 (1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.. Vol. 39,

p. 182 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 293 (1906) ;

Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919); Hendel, Konowia, Vol. 9, p. 79 (1930);

Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 498 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 672 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 99 (1937).

54 DIPTERA

Gymnomera (auct.), Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 36 (1920). '

Paragymnomera IIendel, Konowia, Vol. 9, p. 80 (1930).

Caractéres. — Yeux arrondis. Occiput gonflé. Une seule vibrisse. Quatre soies orbitales

faibles. Chéte antennaire pratiquement nu ou pubescent. — Deux ou trois soies dorsocentrales : une ou

plusieurs antérieures subciliformes, mais toujours distinctes de la

pilosité du fond; une paire préscutellaire; deux rangées d'acrosti-

cales; une humérale (chez le Gymnomera farsea les calus huméraux

sont hérissés de nombreux microchétes noirs); deux posthumé-

rales; une présuturale; quatre supraalaires; les soies intrahumé-

rales et intraalaires manquent; quatre scutellaires subégales, les

deux apicales fortes, croisées. Une propleurale, une ou deux

mésopleurales et une sternopleurale. Ptéropleure nu ou velu.

Pattes normales à soies faibles. Ailes normales, transverse apicale

placée dans la partie moyenne de l'aile; premiére nervure longi-

tudinale (Rr) nue ou ciliée à l'apex. — Abdomen (c) raccourci.

Hypopyge peu saillant; forceps à branches dilatées, appliquées

Gymnomera tarsea (Fallén), profil du contre la face sternale comme chez les Corchliarium. Oviscapte

corps du màále x 12. triangulaire, comprimé latéralement (fig. 23).

Long. 3-6 mm.

Types des genres. — Gymnomera, type : Cordylura larsea Fallén. — Paragymnomera, type :

Cordylura dorsata Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Europe centrale (Tyrol), septentrionale et boréale. Sibérie.

? Chili.

Biologie. — Les imagos sont herbicoles. La larve d'une espéce attaque les fleurs d'une Pédi-

culaire.

Classification. — Deux sous-genres sont reconnus par Hendel (1930, p. 79) à l'intérieur du

genre Gymnomera, Le sous-genre Paragymmomera (type dorsata) est caractérisé par la premiére nervure

longitudinale (Rr) nue à l'apex et par la premiere anale (1A) prolongée à la marge.

Le sous-genre Gymnomera (type /arsea) présente une premiére nervure longitudinale ciliée et la

premiére anale courte.

Le ptéropleure cilié, caractere important dans d'autres groupes de Muscides, parait étre ici un

caractere lacunaire. Il s'observe chez le Gymnomera hiria Hendel comme chez certaines espéces d'Allo-

myella. M. Malloch (193r. p. 186) croit qu'il y a une certaine correspondance entre les deux formes.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. G. atriyrors Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 37 (1920). Etats-Unis d'Amérique, Minne-

sota.

2. G. dorsala (Zetterstedt,) Ins. Lapp., p. 735 (1839) et Dipt. Scand. Suéde, Norvége, Laponie, Russie

Vol. 5, p. 2079 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., arctique, Tyrol, Suisse.

Vol. 39, p. 182, pl. 9 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20

(1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 177 (1899); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 308 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat.,

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE 55

Milan, Vol. 9, p. 57 (1918); Hendel, Konowia, Vol. o, p. 79

(1930) [Paragymuomera]; Séguy, l'aune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 673 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169,

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 99 (1937).

pectoralis Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 734 (1838) [Cordylura].

3. G. fasciventris Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 38 Etats-Unis d'Amérique, Illinois.

(1920).

4. G. hirla Hendel, Konowia, Vol. 9, p. 79 (1930); Rydén, Ent. Suéde.

Tidskr., Vol. 54, p. 49 (1933); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936).

La larve mine les fleurs du Pedicularis sceeptrum-carolinum Miq. (gloriosa

Bis. et M.).

. G, incisurata Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 37(1920). Etats-Unis d'Amérique, Illinois.

. G. mellina Becker, Acta Soc. scient. Fennicm, Vol. 26, p. 57 Sibérie.

(1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 1oo (1937).

7.? G. Pinocheti Bréthes, Rev, Chil. Hist. nat., Vol. 28, p. 107 (1924). Chili.

8. G. larsea (Fallén), Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p. 8(1819) [Cordylura]; Europe cent. et sept., Russie

Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 242 (1826) [Cordylura]; Zet- arctique, Laponie.

terstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 735 (1839) et Dipt. Scand. Vol. 5,

p. 2078 (1846) [Cordylura]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scato-

phag., p. 21 (1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 183 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905); Meade,

Entom. mon. Mag., p. 177 (1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 308 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 672, fig.

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p, 169 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 10o (1937).

OV tA

3. GENUS DELINA ROBINEAU-DESVOIDY

Delina Robineau-Desvoidy (sec Blanchard 1852 [Hemift.]), Myodaires, p. 669 (1830); Hendel, Ark.

Zool., Vol. 21 A, n? 18, p. 9 (1930).

Cleigaster Macqua:t, Mém. Soc. Sc. Lille, p. 340 (1842).

Cleigastra Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 384 (1835); Townsend, Canad.

Entom., Vol. 23, p. 155 (1891); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 390

(1934).

Clidogaster (Macquart), Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 303, 307 (1901).

Clidogastra (Macquart), emend. Agassiz, 1846, Nomencl. Zool.; Becker,

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 293.

307 (1906); Hendel, Konowia, Vol. 4, p. 3or (1925); Stackelberg,

Mouches de l'URSS, p. 498(1933); Séguy, Faune de F'rance, Vol. 28,

p. 682 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936);

Fig. 24. Sack, Cordyl., p. 10 et 94 (1937).

rem iaa c ien Caractéres. — Six ou sept soies orbitales : deux supérieures, quatre

profil de la téte du màle

x 20. ou cinq inférieures, Une vibrisse et une soie accessoire. Antennes : troisiéme

56 DIPTERA

article étendu jusqu'au milieu de la hauteur de la face, chéte pubescent. — Thorax court, à macrochétes

robustes ; cinq soies dorsocentrales (2-3); deux soies scutellaires submarginales, deux chétules apicaux;

quatre supraalaires; deux intraalaires; une présuturale; deux ou trois mésopleurales; deux sternopleu-

rales. Pattes à soies fortes; tibias I1I avec deux paires de soies externes. — T'ergites abdominaux à soies

marginales. Corps luisant ou couvert d'une pruinosité plus ou moins épaisse (fig. 24)

Long. 3,5 -8 mm.

Types des genres. — Delina, type : D. Dejeani Rob.-Desv. — Cleigaster, Cleigastra, Clidogastra,

type : Cordylura nigrita Fallén. ;

Biologie. — Imagos phytophiles ou anthophiles.

Les larves sont probablement mineuses des feuilles des végétaux. Une espéce de Baviére (veratr;) a. été observée

sur les feuilles d'une Liliacée. Une larve de Clidogaster indéterminée spécifiquement a été signalée par Vimmer (1931) sur

les Polygonatum offcinale Al. et latifolium Desf.

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

. D. anthrax (Schiner), F.-A., Vol. 2, p. 12 (1864); Becker, Berlin. Alpes cent.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 181 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, :

p. 19 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o8 (1906); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 682 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p.95

(1937) [Clidogastra]. ;

2. D. bicolor (Macquart), S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 387 (1835) [Clidega- France.

stra]; Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 342 (1838) [Cordylura]; - :

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1905); Séguy, Faune -

de France, Vol. 28, p. 682 (1934) [Clidogastra ].

3. D. carbonaria (Pokorny), Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, Vol. 37, p. 411 "Alpes.

(1887); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 180 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 308 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, ..

Vol. IX, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 682 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 95 (1937) [Clidogastra].

4. D. Derani Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 670 (1830); France.

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1903). n

- D. erythrocebhala (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol.7, p. 340,39 Allemagne.

(1838) [Cordylura]; Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt, VO0l..4,-p. 19

(1905) [Clidogastra]. e

6. D. flavicebs (Vimmer), Ent. Listy, Vol. I, p. 29 (1938). 'Tchécoslovaquie.

7. D. nigriceps (Becker). Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 181 (1894)et. Suisse, Sibérie.

Acta Soc. scient. l'enn., Vol. 26, p. 56 (1900) et Kat. Pal.

Dipt.,. Vol. 4, p.. r9 [FUROR Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 307

(1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 682 (1934); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 96 (1937) [Clidogastra].

8. D. nigrita (Fallén), Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p.1o (1819) (Cordylura] ;! Europe cent. et sept.. Alpes, Si-

Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 240 (1826) [Cordylura]; bérie.

Macquart, S., à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 384 (1835) [Clergastra]; Zet-

terstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 728 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 2031,30 (1846) [Cordylura]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Sca--

toph., p. 20 (1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

P. 180 (1849) et Acta Soc. scient. Fenn., Vol. 26, p. 57 (1900)

et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1905); Meade, Ent. mon.

Mag., p. 176 (1899); Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 308 (1901);

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 57

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 307 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc.

ital. Sc. Nat., Milan, Vol. 9, fasc. zr, p. 56 (1918); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 682 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936); Hering, Blattminen., p. 346 et

384 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 96 (1937) [Ciidogastra].

La larve mine les feuilles de certaines Orchidées (Pla/Ahantera, Orchis).

9. D. nitida (van der Wulp), Tijdschr. EEntom., (2), Vol. 6, p. 186 IFollande.

(1871); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4. p. 20 (1905) [Clido-

gastya.

10.? D. subntgripes (IKarsch), Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 31, p. 380 (1887) Afrique orient.

[Clidogastra].

1r. D. fibialis Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 669 (1830); France.

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 20 (1905).

12. D. veralri (Hendel), Konowia, Vol. 4, p. 3or (1925); Séguy, Europe cent,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 684 (1934); Sack, Cordyl.,

P. 97 (1937) [Clidogastra].

La larve mine les feuilles du Veratrum album Linné,

SuBFAM. HYDROMYZINZE

Caractéres. — Péristome élargi, soies péristomales distinctes, au moins une vibrisse et une

Soie accessoire; parfois des cils allongés réunis en touffe formant une « barbe » pendante (Pogonota).

'Trompe comprimée ou cylindrique, longue; labelles toujours épais, fortement dentés. Palpes plus ou

moins élargis, spatulés ou foliacés. Antennes médiocres (sauf Acerocnema), le troisiéme article avec une

petite fossette sensorielle ou un chétule peu apparent prés du chéte antennaire; chéte nu, velu ou plu-

meux, — Soies propleurales présentes ou non, parfois une pilosité propleurale; soies scapulaires bien

développées ; soies acrosticales piliformes; cinq ou six dorsocentrales (2-33); deux humérales; deux

posthumérales ; deux intraalaires; deux postalaires, l'antérieure plus courte ; au moins quatre scutellaires

fortes; une ou deux sternopleurales. Pattes robustes à soies fortes ou couvertes d'une pilosité fine, assez

longue; fémurs gréles ou fortement renflés (Bostrichopyga, Staegería), armés de dents ou d'épines (Cosme-

topus, Pogonola).

Ailes normales sauf deux cas :

I» la quatriéme nervure (M2 a^), courbée sur la troisiéme, rétrécit la cellule 2Mr au bord de

l'aile (Lasioscelus) (fig. 33).

II? le bord antérieur de l'aile est fortement courbé, l'épaississement costal dépasse largement la

pointe de l'aile et la section apicale de la quatrieme nervure (M2a4-£) est sinueuse (Cosmetofus) (fig. 3 1).

Exceptionnellement des taches sombres sur la membrane [ Ernoneura] (fig. 38). Premiere nervure

(£r) dénudée à la face supérieure.

Mále. — Appareil copulateur bien développé, quelquefois saillant, — ou les segments génitaux

couverts de longues soies (Ozenzella, Pogonota), — ou présentant les forceps dilatés en lames aplaties

étendues sur la face sternale (Lasioscelus).

Femelle. — Cerques rarement transformés en lames coupantes.

Diptéres zoophages comme les Cordylurines, exceptionnellement saprophages ou coprophages.

Larves. — Coprophages ou saprophages, — ou phytophages et mineuses de feuilles.

(1).

3 (4)

16 (11).

17 (18).

18 (17).

19 (20).

20 (t9).

21522):

22- (21).

. Soies orbitales longues ; espace interoculaire à chétotaxie normale.

DIPTERA

TABLEAU DES GENRES

. Deux soies slernopleurales. Palpes dilatés. Antennes. n'atlezgnant

pas l'épistome; chéle antennaire ébaissi sur le quart basal (fig. 28)

Une soie sternopleurale.

Ptéropleure cilié.

— Tibias I avec de nombreux sétules noirs sur la face interne.

Ailes non tachées ;

— Tibias z sans sétules noirs sur la face interne. Ailes avec

plusieurs taches brunes (fig. 38)

. Pléropleure nu.

. Soies orbitales trés. courles; espace | intevoculaire — pratiquement

nu (fig. 39) .

. Tibias I avec de nombreux. sétules noirs flautés sur la face interne,

ou avec une épine apicale interne (fig. 3T) .

. Tibias I saus sélules internes ou sans épine apicale interne saillante,

. Fémurs I avec des apophyses, épineuses ou non, dressées sur la face

interne, Ailes : 4* longitudinale sinueuse (fig. 3 1)

. Non el non.

Soies propleurales toujours présentes; habituellement une soie stig-

matique.. Palfes dilatés à l'apex.

Antennes tris ébaisses, prolongées jusqu'au péristome (fig. 29) .

Non.

Péristome plus large que la moitié de la hauteur de l'oeil. Face légi-

rement oblique et lus courte que le front. Ailes : nervures 3 el

4 courbées postérieurement. Cinq soies dorsocentrales (fig. 32).

Péristome habituellement moins large que le tiers de la. hauleur. de

l'eil. Face aussi longue que le pront ou presque.

— Fémuvs I et III épaissis et courbés; tibias I courbés ches

le mádle. Trompe nue (fig. 34) . . . . IS

— Fémuvrs II et III épaissis, non courbés. Tibias I rectilignes.

Trompe : théca avec un pinceau de poils .

Pas de soies propleurales ou sttigmatiques, Palfes dilalés à l'apex ou

non.

Autennes : 3* article arrondi apicalement,

— Alles : 3* et 4* longitudinales pavalliles (fig. 286) .

— Ailes : 3e eb 4€ longitudinales convergentes à. l'afex

(fIpsggivcwoe ET SI

Aulennes : 3e article anguleux à l'apex antérieur.

Soies acrosticales piliformes disposées en plus de 2 ou 4 vangées.. .

Soies acrosticales disposées en 2 ou 4 rangées seulement,

Tibias I sans sétules internes.

— Palfes cochléariformes, vélrécis basalement..

— Palfes uon distinctement dilatés (fig. 28) .

Tibias I : face interne avec des sétules noirs.

'TRIcHOoPArPUS Rondani.

I. "ALLOMYELLA Malloch.

18.

16.

II.

IO.

EnNoNEURaA Becker.

Hvnpnowvza Fallén.

ACANTHOCNEMA Becker.

. CoswEToPus Becker.

. AcEROCNEMA Becker.

. SraEGERIA Rondani.

BosrRicHoPYGA Becker.

. OrsiouviA Coquillett.

. MicRoPROosopPA Becker.

LasrosckLus Becker.

SPATHIOoPHORA Rondani.

. PskvDpoPocoNora Malloch.

. TRicHoParPus Rondani.

NONE

PIT T

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 59

23(24). M11e$ emargtnées (fig; 80, ex) vedo So. 7 PEEUROCHATA. Becker.

24 (23). Ailes non émarginées.

25 (26). Ailes : des transverses supplémentaires entre les 3* et. 4€ nervures

longstudinales (fig. 38)... . . s 4 . 315. PocoNora Zetterstedt,

26 (25). Non.

— Ailes : bord costal longuement cilié prés de Rr. (fig. 35) 12. OxgNIELLA Hendel.

— Ales: bord écostal noytial. ... 4. u^ 29. x 3. OkENINA Malloch;

1. GENUS ALLOMYELLA MALLOCH

Allomyella Malloch, N. Amer. Fauna, Vol. 46, p. 199 (1923) ; Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 59. p. 260

(1927) et North Amer. Dipt., p. 387 (1937). !

Allomyia Malloch, sec Banks, 1916 (Trickopt.), nec Felt, 1918 (Dift.), Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped.,

p. 77 6,80 c (1913).

Caractéres. —— Soies orbitales plutót faibles. Joues subégales au quart de la hauteur de l'oeil.

Antennes grandes : troisiéme article deux fois plus long que le deuxiéme, subanguleux à l'apex anté-

rieur; chéte nu, épaissi sur le tiers basal.

Cinq soies dorsocentrales; ptéropleure

cilié au centre; quatre scutellaires, quel-

ques courts cils discaux; sternopleure

cilié, une longue sternopleurale. Pattes :

b » tibias antérieurs avec de courtes épines

a : T 2

internes, plus une soie antéro-externe et

rt une ou deux postérieures; tibias intermé-

"ig. 25. E : :

diaires avec une soie antéro-externe, une

Allomyella unguiculata (Malloch), màle; — a. segments apicaux postéro-externe et une postérieure; tibias

de l'abdomen vus de face; — b. id., profil; — c. antenne 3 e : FP

" ; postérieurs avec deux soies antéro-inter-

(selon J. R. Malloch).

nes préapicales, deux antéro-externes et

une postéro-externe. — Màle : abdomen subcylindrique, étroit; plaque prégénitale à branches latérales

bifides (fig. 25).

Long. 3,5-4 mm.

Type du genre. — Allomyia unguiculata. Malloch.

Répartition géographique. — Amérique boréale et arctique

Classification. — Correspond peut-étre au Gymnomera hirta Hendel, qui présente également un

ptéropleure cilié et qui habite l' Europe arctique.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

t. A. borealis Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 59, p. 260 (1927). Alaska.

2. A. brevibennis Malloch, N. Amer. Fauna, Vol. 46, p. 199 (1923). Iles Pribilof.

3. A. robusta Curran, Canad. Ent., Vol. 59, p. 260 (1927). Alberta.

4. A. unguiculata (Malloch), Rep. Canad. Arct. Exp., p. So c (1919) Canada arctique.

[Allomyia].

60 DIPTERA

2. GENUS MICROPROSOPA BECKER

Microprosopa Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 147 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 18

(1905); Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 296 (1906);

Malloch, Report Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77 (1919) et Psyche, Vol. 31, p. 193 (1924); Curran,

Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 256 (1927) et North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934); Stackelberg, Mouches

de l'URSS, p. 495 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 685 (1834); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 161 et 167 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 9o (1937).

Paramicroprosopa Ringdahl, Tidskr. Entom., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936).

Caractéres. — léte quadrangulaire, face courte; péristome à soies rares, une vibrisse et plusieurs

soies satellites. Palpes élargis en lancette. Antennes courtes : troisiéme article tout au plus deux fois

Fig. 26.

Microprosopa hemorrhoidalis (Meigen), máàle; —

a. profil dela téte; — b». aile; — c. profil de

l'extrémité de l'abdomen.

plus long que large, arrondi à l'apex; chéte

pratiquement nu. — "Thorax: soies scapulaires

réduites; deux humérales; deux posthumérales;

une présuturale; cinq dorsocentrales (24-3) ; soies

, acrosticales piliformes disposées en deux rangées;

quatre scutellaires; une ou deux intraalaires; une

préalaire courte, chétiforme; quatre supraalaires;

deux postalaires; une ou trois mésopleurales; une

sternopleurale. Fémurs antérieurs épais, lesautres

robustes, à pilosité faible. Ailes normales. —

Abdomen court; oviscapte robuste, triangulaire;

lamelle sternale aplatie, bord supérieur saillant.

Hypopyge mále: forceps externeà branches robus-.

tes, repliées et collées sur la face sternale. parfois

cachées par le sternite prégénital (fig. 26).

Long. 3-6 mm.

Types des genres. — Microfrosopa : Cordylura. hemorrhoidalis Meigen. — Paramicroprosopa :

P. subarctica Ringdahl.

Répartition géographique. — Zones boréales de la région holarctique.

Classification. — Dans ce genre M. O. Ringdahl distingue deux sous-genres en utilisant le

caractére suivant :

— Tibias antérieurs avec de courtes soies sur la face interne... . MicROPROSOPA S. S.

— Tibias antérieurs avec des soies longues et fines plantées en série sur

la face interne.

PanawicnoPROsoPA Ringdahl.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

SuBGENUS MICROPROSOPA s.s.

1. M. (M.) albipennis (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lappon., p. 729 (1839) et Europe sept., Sibérie.

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2017 (1846) (Cordylura); Becker, Ber-

lin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 151 (1894) et Acta Soc. scient.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

Fennicz, Vol. 26, p. 53(1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 18 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1906); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 686 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom.

'l'idskr., Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cordyl , p. 91 (1937).

niveipbalpis Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2044 (1846) [Cordylura].

2. M. (M.) arctica Malloch, Ohio Jl. Sciences, Vol. 20, p. 285 (1920).

3. M. (M.) crinipes Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 49, p. 21 (1928)

et Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936).

4. M. (M.) dissimilis Malloch, Ohio Jl. Sciences, Vol. 20, p. 286

(1920).

5. M. (M.) diversipes Curran, Canad. entom., Vol. 59, p. 256 (1927).

6. M. (M.) flavinervis Malloch, Psyche, Vol. 3r, p. 193 (1924).

7. M. (M.) frigida Holmgreen, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 4, p. 176

IO.

II.

(1880); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 18 (1905); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 9r (1937).

M. (M.) fulvipes (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lappon., p. 732 (1839) et

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2052 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 152 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 18 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1906);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dylp»92 (1937).

M. (M.) hemorrhoidalis (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 237

(1826) (Cordylura); Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 731r (1839) et

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2047 (1846) (Cordylura) ; Becker, Ber-

lin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 149 (1894) et Acta Soc. scient.

Fennicz, Vol. 26, p. 53 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 18 (1905); Lundbeck, Dipt. Groenl., Vol. 2, p. 290 (1900);

Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 310 (19or) [Trichopalpus]; Ald-

rich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 685 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 92 (1937).

lividipes Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2042 (1846) [Cerdylura].

pallipes Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 732 (1838) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p- 2049 (1846) [Cordylura].

M. (M.) heleromysina (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 723 (1839) et

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1978 (1846) ([Scatoemyza]; Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 152 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 18 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o2 (1906);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 92 (1937).

M. (M.) lacteipeusis Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 41, p. 38

(1920) et Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936).

. M. (M.) lineata (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 732 (1839) et Dipt,

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2051 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin.

entom, Zs., Vol. 39, p. 152 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 5,

p. 19 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1906); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 39 (1937).

. M. (M.) lucida Becker, Acta Soc. scient. Fennicz, Vol. 26,

p. 53 (1900) et Katal, Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1905); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr,, Vol. 57, p. 168 et 169 (1936); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 93 (1937).

Alaska.

Scandinavie, Laponie.

Alaska.

Canada, Banff : Alberta.

Massachusetts.

Nouvelle-Zemble, Détroit de

Matotshkin.

Suede.

Europe cent., et sept., Sibérie,

Groénland, Etats-Unis, New

Hampshire.

Laponie.

Suéde, Laponie.

Laponie.

Sibérie.

62 DIPTERA

14. M. (M.) obscurella (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2043 Suéde, Laponie.

(1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p.153

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1905); Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1906); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936) ; Sack, Cordvyl., p. 93 (1937).

15. M. (M.) fallicauda (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p.733 (1839) et Dipt. Europe cent. et boréale, Sibérie.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2035 (1846) [Cordylura] ; Becker, Berlin. en-

tom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 150 (1894) et Acta Soc. scient. Fennicz,

Vol. 26, p. 53 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. r9 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1906); Ringdahl, Entom.

Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 168 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 93 (1937).

16. M. (M.) triseta Malloch, Ohio J1. Sciences, Vol. 20, p. 286(1920). Alaska.

17. M. (M.)varicoruis Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 257(1927). Colombiebritannique, Okanagan.

18. M. (M) varitibia Becker, Mém. Acad. Sc. St. Pétersb., p. 400(5), Nouvelle-Zemble.

4 (1897) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 19 (1905); Ringdahl,

Ent. Tidskr., Vol. 52, p. 174 (1931); Sack, Cordyl., p. 94 (1937).

SuBGENUS PARAMICROPROSOPA RINGDAHL

I9. M. (P.) frontata (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 724 (1839) et Dipt. Suéde, Laponie.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1979 (1846) [Scatomyza]; Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 36, p. 153 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p- 18 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o2 (1906); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936) [ Paramicroprosopa];

Sack, Cordyl , p. 91 (1937).

strigifrons Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 728 (1839) et Dipt. Scand.,

Vol. 5, p. 2028 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. p. 19 (1905); Sack, Cordyl., p. 94 (1937); teste Ringdahl,

Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936).

20. M. (P.) subarctica Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 177 Laponie.

(1936).

3. GENUS SPATHIOPHORA RONDANI

Spathiophora Rondani (emend.) Prodr., Vol. 2, p. 13 (1857); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 158 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 18 (1905); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 311 (1901);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 296 (1996); Malloch

Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77 (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'U RSS, p. 495 (1933); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 686 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 88 (1937).

Spaziphora Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 1, p. 99 (1856) et Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 7 (1866); Curran, North

Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934).

Caractéres. — Tétesubquadrangulaire; yeux ovalaires; espace interoculaire légérement saillant ;

huit-dix soies orbitales en deux rangées irréguliéres, les orbitales inférieures proclinées. Joues aussi

larges que le troisiéme article antennaire; péristome ézal à la moitié de la hauteur de l'ail, trois vibrisses

et quelques vibrissales, quelques cils péristomaux et deux ou trois soies péristomales. Trompe médiocre;

palpes élargis, spatulés, munis de quelques soies marginales. Antennes étendues sur un peu plus de la

FAM.

Fig. 27.

Spathiophora hydromyzina (Fallén), profil du màle x 12.

SCATOPHAGID/E

moitié de la hauteur de la face, troisiéme

article subtronqué à l'apex; chéte nu,

légérement épaissi à la base. — Thorax :

cinq dorsocentrales; soies acrosticales

plus développées chez les máles, dispo-

sées en plusieurs rangs; deux humérales ;

deux posthumérales; une présuturale;

deux intraalaires ; trois supraalaires ;

quatre soies scutellaires; deux ou trois

mésopleurales; une soie sternopleurale.

Pattes fortes; fémurs gonflés dans leur

partie moyenne, à pilosité fine et soies

rares; tibias postérieurs avec deux soies

externes. Ailes étroites et longues, mem-

brane fortement ciliée, transverse apicale

placée dans la partie moyenne de l'aile; cellule discoidale élargie en avant, troisiéme et quatriéme longi-

tudinales divergentes à l'apex (fig. 27).

Long. 4,5-7 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura hydromyzina Fallén.

Biologie. — Les larves sont aquatiques, subaquatiques ou amphibies. Elles sont zoophages et

dévorent de petites larves de Diptéres (Psychodides, Tendipédides) ou des Oligochétes. Les imagos sont

également zoophages ; ils capturent de petits moucherons qu'ils dévorent (Lloyd).

Répartition géographique. — Europe centrale et septentrionale. Amérique du nord.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. S. cincla (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 47 (1863);

Amérique sept.

Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905) [Cordylura].

var. littoralis Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 59, p. 256 (1927).

2. S. fascipes Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p.

160 (1894) et

Ontario, Ottawa, Britannia.

Europe cent. et sept.

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 18 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 303(1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p.687,

nota (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 89 (1937).

hydromyzina var. b, Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p 2037 (1846)

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 385 (1835) [Cleigastra];

teste Becker, l. c., Katal., p. 18 et Ringdahl, l. c., p. 167.

3. S. hydromyzina (Fallén), Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p. 7 (1819) [Cordy-

lura]; Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 242 (1826) [Cordylura];

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 385,6 (1835) [Cieigastra]; Zet-

terstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2037, var. a (1846) [Cordylu-

ra]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 2 (1866); Bec-

ker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 160 (1894) et Acta Soc.

scient. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 51 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 18(1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 223 (1899)

[Scatophaga]; Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 312 (1901); Win-

Europe cent. et sept., Sibérie.

64 DIPTERA

gate, Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 686 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr. Vol. 57,

p. 167 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 90 (1937); Lloyd, Graham et

Reynoldson, Ann. Appl. Biol., Vol. 27, p. 136 (1940).

albitarsis Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 728 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 2017 (1846) [Cordylura]; teste Becker, l. c., Katal. p. 18; teste

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936).

Falleni Schiner, F.-A., Vol. 2, p. 14 (1864) [Hydromyza ].

4. GENUS OPSIOMYIA COQUILLETT

Opsiomyia Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 162 (1898); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt.,

p. 567 (1905); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77 (1919) et Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10),

Vol. 8, p. 433 (1931); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934).

Caractéres. — Face à peu prés aussi longue que le front. Trompe : théca avec un fascicule de

longs cils jaunes. Palpes plus ou moins élargis à l'apex, sans soie apicale. — Deux rangées de soies acros-

ticales. Fémurs intermédiaires et postérieurs épaissis chez le mále; tibias intermédiaires avec une soie

submédiane antéro-interne présente dans les deux sexes. Ailes : nervure anale étendue à la marge, pre-

miére nervure (Rr) nue.

Long. 4-6 mm.

Type du genre. — Opjsiomyia palpalis Coquillett.

Répartition géographique. — Amérique septentrionale et boréale.

1. O. falfalis Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 162 Amérique sept., Alaska, Alberta,

(1898); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905) ; Mal- Manitoba.

loch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 433 (1931).

nigribasis Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 5o, p. 255 (1927) [Trichofal-

jus], teste Malloch, 1. c.

5. GENUS TRICHOPALPUS RONDANI

Trichopalpus Rondani (emend.), Prodr., Vol. r, p. 100 (1856) et Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 22 (1866);

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 157 (1905); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct, Exp., p. 76 et

77 (1919) et Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 433 (1931); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS,

p. 495 (1933); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 675 (1934); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

p. 389 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 87 (1937).

Tricopalpus Rondani, l. c., Becker, Katal., p. t7.

Chzaetosa Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 163 (1898); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt.,

p. 566 (1905); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919) et Ann. Mag. N. H. (ro), Vol. 8,

p. 433 (1931); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 495 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

P. 390 (1934); Ringdahl, Ent. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936).

Cleigastra auct. 5. 5. (uec Macquait).

Clidogaster Pandellé 5. f.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 65

Caractéres. — Téte anguleuse en avant, espace interoculaire bombé, quatre soies orbitales

proclinées, Yeux ovalaires; péristome quatre fois plus large que les joues. Soies péristomales fortes et

dressées en rangées plus ou moins réguliéres et continues. Trompe courte, épaisse, noire et luisante;

palpes comprimés et foliacés. Antennes courtes, n'atteignant pas l'épistome,

troisiéme article anguleux antérieurement ou faiblement mucroné; chéte

nu, épaissi sur le quart basal. — Soies scapulaires robustes; soies acros-

ticales piliformes, disposées en deux rangs; cinq soies dorsocentrales (24-3).

Macrochétes scutellaires apicaux presque aussi développés que les inter-

médiaires. Une soie propleurale et une stigmatique subégales. Ptéropleure

nu. Trois ou quatre mésopleurales, une ou deux sternopleurales. Fémurs

antérieurs et postérieurs avec une rangée de petites soies externes. Tibias

postérieurs avec deux soies externes. Ailes longues, troisiéme et quatriéme

nervures paralléles à l'apex. — Abdomen: tergites à soies marginales

faibles. Appareil copulateur peu saillant (fig. 28).

Long. 4-5 mm.

Fig. 28.

Toeiáljsr frati (Morgen): Types des genres. — T»richopalpus, type : Cordylura fraterna. Mei-

profil dela téte du màle x 20. gen. — Chuetosa, type : Cordylura punctibes Meigen.

Biologie. — Les larves du Trichofalpus punctipes sont nuisibles à certaines Graminées, Les ima-

gos sont herbicoles.

Répartition géographique. — EIurope, Sibérie. Amérique septentrionale.

Classification. — La présence d'une ou deux soies sternopleurales a fait diviser les représen-

tants de ce genre en deux sections. Mais il a été reconnu que ce caractere est inconstant: le sternopleure

pouvant présenter une soie d'un cóté et deux de l'autre, et la sternopleurale antérieure étant encore de

développement variable. On peut cependant considérer les espéces à deux sternopleurales comme appar-

tenant à un sous-genre particulier.

TABLEAU DES SOUS-GENRES

LU NE Soie Slermoplelirales aos ooo e c sace oue E T RICHOBADBUSSS:/S:

— Deus soles slernopleurales 4.2. 0. s. 2 4 4 V 3e * s. CHETOSA Coquillett

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

SuBGENUS TRICHOPALPUS s. s.

Caractéres. — Màále. Sept ou huit soies orbitales (344.5). Verticales externes trés courtes.

Deux ou trois vibrisses robustes; cils vibrissaux chétiformes. Joues subégales à la moitié de la largeur

du troisiéme article antennaire; trois ou quatre péristomales robustes. Palpes avec deux ou trois cils

décolorés apicaux. Antennes: troisiéme article anguleux à l'apex antérieur. — Sternopleure cilié, une

sternopleurale; quatre mésopleurales inégales.

Type du sous-genre. — Cordylura fraterua Meigen.

I. T. (T.) frateruus (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 243 (1826) Europe.

[Cordylura]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2038 (1846)

DIPTERA

[Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A., Vol 2, p. 14 (1864) [Hydromyza];

Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scat., p. 22 (1866); Becker, Berl.

entom. Zs., vol. 39, p. 157 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 17 (1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 176 (1899); Pan-

dellé, Revue Entom., p. 311 (1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 303 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 675 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 88 (1937).

SuBGENUS CH/ETOSA COQUILLETT

Caractéres. — Mále. Six soies orbitales (2-4). Verticales externes faibles. Deux vibrisses

robustes ; trois cils vibrissaux. Joues linéaires. Péristome aussi large que le troisiéme article antennaire;

trois ou quatre péristomales, Palpes avec un cil apical. Antennes :troisiéme article faiblement mucroné.

— Sternopleure cilié; deux sternopleurales, l'antérieure faible; macrochétes scutellaires subégaux ; quatre

mésopleurales inégales.

ae Ts;

3 d.

VIR TTC

Type du sous-genre. — Cordylura punctipes Meigen.

(C.) Churchilli Malloch, Ann. Mag. N.H., (10), Vol. 8, p. 434

(1931).

(C.) pilirostris Ringdahl, Ent. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 178 (1936).

(C.) punctipes (Meigen), System. Beschr.; Vol. 5, p. 239 (1826)

[Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 386 [1835] [Ciei-

gastra] ; Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 731 (1839) et Dipt. Scand.,

Vol. 5, p. 2046 (1846) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F. A,, Vol. 2, p.

10 (1854) [Cleigastra]; Rondani, Prodromus, Vol. 7, Scato-

phag.. p.23 (1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 158 (1894); Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6,

p. 163 (1898); Meade, Ent. mon. Mag., p. 217 (1899) [Cleigas-

tra]; Becker, Acta Soc. scient. Fenn., Vol. 26, p. 51 (1900) et

Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 17 (1905); Pandellé, Rev. Entom.,

p. 307 (19or) [Clidogaster]; Aldrich. Catal. N. Amer. Dipt.,

p. 303 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 303 (1996); Lind-

roth, Zool. Bidr., Vol. 13, p. 3o4 (1934); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 675 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 178 (1936); Balachowsky et Mesnil, Insectes nui-

sibles, p. 1053 (1935); Sack, Cordyl., p. 88 (1937).

flaavipes Meigen (mec Fallén), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 239 (1826)

(Cordylura), teste Becker, Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 214

(1902); Konopka, S. B. z.-b. Wien, Vol. 23,9 (1873) ; Lindeman,

Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou (n. s.), Vol. 1, p. 199 (1887).

La larve serait nuisible au PAleun fratense L. en Europe occidentale,

au Secale cereale en Russie.

Manitoba.

Suéde.

Toute l'Europe, Sibérie, Amé-

rique boréale.

6. GENUS ACEROCNEMA BECKER

Acerocnema Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 154,28 (1894) et Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 17

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 296 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 495 (1933);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 689 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 86 (1937).

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 67

Caractéres. — Téte trapézienne; yeux ronds; front rectiligne; joues étroites; péristome moins

large que l'antenne. Sept ou huit soies orbitales fines; face longue, droite en profil, anguleuse en bas;

une ou deux vibrisses. Trompe gréle, pointue; palpes

plus longs que la partie chitineuse de la trompe,

gréles à la base, trés largement dilatés dans leur

partie distale. Antennes épaisses et longues, leur

extrémité séparée de l'épistome par un espace qui

n'égale pasla longueur du deuxiéme article; troisiéme

article une fois et demie plus long que large, Chéte

en aléne mince, courtement pubescent (fig. 29). —

Cinq dorsocentrales (2-3) fines; deux humérales,

deux posthumérales, une présuturale et trois supra-

Acerocnema macrocera (Meigen), femelle; — a. profil : ed Ju d 3

qénutE- 50) euni deTestrénittda Ta bdo alaires; une seule intraalaire: la premiére; quatre

scutellaires. Une mésopleurale, une sternopleurale.

— Abdomen : lames prégénitales épaisses chez le mále. Chez la femelle l'abdomen est épaissi à l'apex;

cerques en lames triangulaires, écourtés; plaque génitale robuste, terminée par une lame de serpe courte.

Long. 3-5 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura breviseta. Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Europe centraie et septentrionale.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. 4. macrocera (Meigen), Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 241 (1826) [Cordy- Europe cent. et sept.

lura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 385 (1835) [Clergastra];

Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 17 (1905); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 690 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 84 (1937).

breviseta Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2022 (1846) [Cordylura] ;

Mik, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 37, p. 186 (1887) ; Becker,

Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 154 (1894) et Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt.,

Vol. 2, p. 215 (1902).

latipalpis Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 241 (1826) [Cordylura];

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 385 (1835) [Cleigastra ].

magnicornis Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2032 (1846) [Cordy-

lura].

2. A. Pokornyi Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 157 (1894) et Europe cent. et sept.

Kat. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 17 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 296 (1906); Sack, Cordyl., p. 87 (1937).

macrocera Schiner (uec Meigen), Fauna Austriaca, Vol. 2, p. 10 (1864)

[Cleigastra].

3. A. Tiefi Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 155 (1894) et Kat. Europe cent. et sept.

Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 17 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 296 (1906); Sack, Cordyl., p. 86 et 87 (1937).

breviseta Mik (aec Zetterstedt), Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 186

(1887) [Clidogastra].

fulvipes Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 341 (1838) [Cordylura]; Mik,

Wien, ent. Ztg., Vol. 8, p. 233 (1889) ; Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt ,

Vol. 4, p. 19 (1995); Sack, Cordyl., p. 96 (1937).

68 DIPTERA

7. GENUS PLEUROCH/ETA BECKER

Pleurochzeta Becker, Mém. Acad. imp. Sc. Petiograd, Vol. 28, n? 7, p. 63 (1915); Malloch, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 435 (1931); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936).

Caractéres. — Mále. Téte aussi haute que longue. Antennes : troisiéme article anguleux à

l'apex antérieur. — Thorax : deux rangées d'acrosticales. Soies propleurale et stigmatique nulles; pté-

ropleure dénudé. Fémurs antérieurs trés épais, dépourvus de soies antéro-internes, mais avec une

courte apophyse subapicale hérissée de soies molles; face

postéro interne avec plusieurs séries de courts sétules

plantés sur la partie moyenne; fémurs intermédiaires

médiocrement épaissis. Ailes en faucille large à l'extré-

mité; troisiéme et quatriéme nervures fortement courbées,

bord compris entre l'apex des quatriéme et cinquiéme

Fig. 3o nervures longuement cilié; nervure transverse apicale

perpendiculaire à la cinquiéme nervure (fig. 30). —

Pieurochata simplicipes Becker, aile du màle : es 5

id'aprés Maftaehi) Abdomen : bords latéraux des troisiéme, quatriéme et

cinquiéme segments abdominaux hérissés de longues soies

jaunes, plus longues et pendantes sur les troisiéme et quatriéme segments. Hypopyge avec une apophyse

semblable à celle des Okeniella.

Femelle. Palpes spatulés. Fémurs antérieurs robustes, dépourvus de chétules internes; tibias

antérieurs avec de courts sétules internes comme chez le mále. Ailes normales, quatriéme nervure légé-

rement courbée en bas de l'apex.

Long. 5-6 mm.

Type du genre. — Pleurocheia fulviseta Becker.

Répartition géographique :

rt, P. simplicipes Becker, Acta Soc. scient. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 5o Sibérie, Laponie, Canada arcti-

(1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905) [Cosnmetopus]; que : ile Herschel.

Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8, p. 435 (1931);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 85 (1937) [Cosmetopus ].

fulviseta Becker, Mém, Acad. imp. Sc., Pétrograd, Vol. 28, p. 63

(1915); feste Malloch, 1. c., /es/e Ringdahl,l c.

8. GENUS COSMETOPUS BECKER

Cosmetopus Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 146 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 295 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 495 (1933);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 84 (1937).

Caractéres. — Espace interoculaire élargi, cinq soies orbitales. Péristome avec deux macro-

chétes dressés, un troisiéme planté sur la caréne génale, à l'union du tiers moyen et du tiers basal.

Barbe à soies éparses. Palpes allongés, chez le mále parfois en rubans trés longs (C. dentimanus Z.), ou

filiformes et l'apex dilaté en cuiller (C. Bergro!4i Beck.). Antennes courtes, troisiéme article arrondi à

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE

Fig:

Cosmetopus dentimanus Zetterstedt, profil du màle x 15 '(reconstitué

d'aprés Th. Becker).

Type du genre. — Cordylura dentimana | Zetterstedt.

l'extrémité; chéte légérement épaissi

à la base, à pilosité courte. — Tho-

rax normal, 4-5 paires de soies dor-

socentrales dressées, soies acrosti-

cales négligeables ; deux humérales,

deux posthumérales, trois supra-

alaires, une présuturale, trois intra-

alaires. Quatre scutellaires margi-

nales. Une mésopleurale et une

sternopleurale. Pattes à chétotaxie

et villosité éparses. Fémurs anté-

rieurs des máles avec de fortes soies

ou leurs parties moyenne et interne

avec des apophyses dressées, épi-

neuses ou non; tibias antérieurs

avec des apophyses similaires (C.

dentimanus Zett., fig. 31). Ailes à

forme et nervation caractéristiques

(fig. 31). — Abdomen aplati à la

base, renflé en massue à l'apex;

sternite IV avec une lamelle dressée,

pendante,

Long, 5-6 mm.

Répartition géographique — Parties boréales de la région holarctique et terres polaires arc-

, tiques,

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. C. Bergrothi Becker, Acta Soc. scient. lennica, Vol. 26, p. 48 Sibérie, Finlande.

(1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 84 (1937).

2. C. Bryauti Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. ro, p. 303 Canada, N. W. T. Aklavik.

(1932).

3. C. dentimanus (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 73o (1839) et Dipt. Suéde, Laponie, Arkhangel.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2033 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Be:lin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 147 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 16 (1905); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166

(1936); Sack. Cordyl., p. 85 (1937).

9. GENUS STAEGERIA RONDANI

Staegeria HRondani, Prodr., Vol. r, p. 99 (1856) et Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 3 (1866); Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 144 (1894); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 494 (1933); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167 (1936); Sack, Cordyl.. p. 83 (1937).

7o DIPTERA

Caractéres. — Téte trapézienne en profil, yeux courtement ovalaires, espace interoculaire

bombé, cinq ou sept soies orbitales courtes, ocellaires réduites, verticales longues; joues égales à la

largeur du troisiéme article antennaire; face légérement enfoncée; péristome subégal à la largeur de

l'oeil, couvert sur sa partie postérieure comme sur

locciput de petits chétules serrés; deux vibrisses

ac m faibles, soies vibrissales et péristomales marginales

[XE ciliformes. Trompe médiocre; palpes trés élargis

Yc * et spatulés à l'apex. Antennes courtes, l'extrémité

i Ü

m »

: tronquée est séparée de l'épistome par prés de deux

j NS fois la largeur du troisiéme article; chéte court, à

(p (" E pubescence trés courte. — Thorax : cinq dorsocen-

; i Real o, trales peu visibles dans la pilosité du fond; une soie

i y ! humérale, deux posthumérales, une présuturale,

j "| : quatre ou cinq supraalaires, quatre scutellaires. Une

d soie dans l'angle supérieur du mésopleure, une ster-

SS:

nopleurale; partie inférieure du sternopleure, prés

Fig. 32. i .

j de la base du fémur intermédiaire, avec une longue

Staegería. Kuntzei Zetterstedt, profil schématique pilosité peu serrée. Ailes courtes chez le mále, plus

du mále x 15 (reconstitué d'aprés Th. Becker). co à

longues chez la femelle, les troisiéme et quatriéme

nervures subparalléles à l'apex et courbées postérieurement, nervure transverse apicale (M 2c) subrec-

tiligne; sixiéme nervure longue, n'atteignant pas la marge de l'aile. —— Abdomen trés long, étroit, le

segment basal allongé. Hypopyge peu saillant, dernier tergite muni d'une touffe de soies dressées;

sternite prégénital avec deux lamelles saillantes (fig. 32).

Long. 7.8 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura Kuntzei. Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique :

I. S. Kuntzei (Zetterstedt), Iter Lapp., Vol. 1, p. 263 (1822) et Ins. Suéde; Jemtland, Laponie.

Lappon., p. 728 (1839), et Iter Jemtland., p. 518 (1840) et

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2016 (1846) [Cordylura]; Rondani,

Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 3 (1866); Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 295 (1906); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 167

(1936) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 83 (1937).

1O. GENUS LASIOSCELUS BECKER

Lasioscelus Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 143 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16

(1995); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 295 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 494 (1933);

Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 81 (1937).

Caractéres. — 'Téte ronde; yeux grands; face longue, rectiligne, anguleuse en bas. Six soies

fronto-orbitales, six ou sept fortes vibrissales. Palpes épaissis en massue. Antennes longues, troisiéme

article coupé obliquement à l'apex; chéte antennaire légérement épaissi à la base. Chétotaxie thoracique

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 71

semblable à celle des Okeniella et des

Pogonota. Fémurs antérieurs des máles

épaissis à la base, simples chez les

lemelles. Ailes rétrécies à l'apex, la

quatriéme nervure (Mr) courbée et

dirigée surla troisiéme (R2-5) à l'apex.

Abdomen des máles épaissi à l'apex,

forceps trés développés, recourbés sur

la face sternale; sternite prégénitalavec

deux longues apophyses latérales. l'e-

melles : ovipositeur comme chez les

espéces du genre Pogonota (fig. 3 3).

Fig. 33. Type du genre. — Cordylura

clavatla. Zetterstedt.

Lasioscelus clavatus Zetterstedt, profil schématique du máàle x 15

(reconstitué d'aprés Th. Becker).

Répartition géographique —

Suéde. Sibérie. Russie asiatique.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. L. clavatus (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2041 (1846) (Cor- Suede, Laponie, Sibérie.

dylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 144 (1894) et

Acta Soc. scient. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 51 (1900) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 295

(1906); Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 7, p. 186

(1931); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936);

Sack, Cordyl., p. 81 (1937).

immunda Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 207t (1846) [Cordvlura].

2. L. nigricans (Loew), Europ. Dipt., Vol. 3, p. 251 (1873) [Cordy- Russie asiatique.

lura]; Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 82 (1937).

3. L. Sahlbergi Becker, Acta Soc. scient. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 51 Sibérie.

(1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 82

(1937).

1. GENUS BOSTRICHOPYGA BECKER

Bostrichopyga Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 142 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 295 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'U RSS, p. 494 (1933);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 80 (1937).

Caractéres. — Téte ronde en profil, yeux pratiquement ronds; péristome subégal à la largeur

du troisiéme article antennaire; joues plus étroites. Espace interoculaire bombé; trois ou quatre orbitales

longues, en antéversion ; verticales externes fortes; soies occipitales faibles. Face un peu concave, for-

mant un angle émoussé avec la marge péristomale, deux grandes vibrisses. Occiput renflé. Trompe

72 DIPTERA

Cs gréle, palpes progressivement élargis en massue étroite.

: Antennes courtes, troisiéme article légérement plus long

que large; chéte allongé, pratiquement nu. — Cinq

dorsocentrales; une humérale, deux posthumérales,

trois supraalaires, une présuturale; quatre scutellaires ;

une propleurale et une sternopleurale. Fémurs épaissis

dans leur partie moyenne.

Máles : fémurs antérieurs et postérieurs cour-

bés; tibias antérieurs renflés et ciliés dans leur partie

distale interne. Abdomen épaissi à l'extrémité, lamelle

prégénitale avec un pinceau de longues soies courbées

(fig. 34).

Long. 4,5-6 mm.

Fig. 34.

Bostrichopyga crassipes Zetterstedt, profil sché- ,

matique du màle x 1o (imité de Th. Becker). Type du genre. — Cordylura crassifes Zetter-

stedt.

Répartition géographique. — Europe boréale

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. B. borealis Hendel, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 53, 7, p. 385 Norvége.

(1903); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905).

2. B. crassipes (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 734 (1839) [Cordylura] et Suéde.

Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2077 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Ber-

lin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 143 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 295 (1906);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166(1936); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 8o (1937). :

12. GENUS OKENIELLA HENDEL

Okeniella Hendel, Wien. entom. Ztg., Vol. 26, p. 98 (1907) et Vol. 29, p. 3o8 (1910); Stackelberg,

Mouches de l'URSS, p. 494 (1933); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 79 (1937).

Okenia Zetterstedt (uec Leuckart, 1826, Mollusca), Ins. Lapp., p. 734 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

P. 1994 (1846); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 141 (1894); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 295 (1906).

Caractéres. — Téte subquadrangulaire, yeux grands; cinq soies orbitales; face longue, péri-

stome une fois et demie plus large que le troisiéme article antennaire; angle vibrissal saillant, muni de

quelques soies. Palpes légérement dilatés à l'apex. Antennes presque aussi longues que la face, troisieme

article trois fois et demie ou quatre fois plus long que le second; chéte épaissi à la base, pubescent. —

"Thorax avec cinq paires de soies dorsocentrales, deux humérales, deux posthumérales, une présuturale,

trois ou quatre supraalaires, quatre scutellaires; prosternum cilié; une mésopleurale et une sternopleu-

rale. Pattes antérieures : fémur courbé à la base, longuement cilié à partir du milieu, une apophyse

FAM. SCATOPHAGID.E 73

mousse sur la face interne, à l'union

du tiers moyen et du tiers apical ; tibie

épaissi à l'extrémité, une soie interne

médiane et quatre ou six soies externes

plantées sur la moitié apicale de la face

externe. Ailes élargies, bord apical ar-

rondi; chez le mále, le bord costal,

entre l'apex de sc et de Rr, porte de

longs cils courbés. — Abdomen court,

tergites basaux sans soies marginales,

mais chez le mále l'appendice latéral

des forceps porte de longues soies

dressées en haut (fig. 35).

CIURREUN « Long. 4-6 mm.

Fig. 35. Types des genres. — Ozeniella :

Cordylura caudata. Zetterstedt. — Oke-

keniell ; Z ste àle x 2 'onstitué ; z

Okeniella caudata (Zetterstedt), profil du máàle x 20 (reconstitué sia C: enudaln Zetteretedi.

d'aprés Th. Becker).

Répartition géographique. — Europe septentrionale. Sibérie. Amérique arctique.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. O. caudata (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 734 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Europe sept., Laponie, Sibérie.

Vol. 5, p. 2075 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom.

Zs.. Vol. 39, p. 1i41 (1894) et Acta Soc. scient. Fenn.,

Vol. 26, p. 51 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15 (1905)

[Okenia]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 295 (1906) [Okenia];

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936) ; Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 79 (1937).

melanura Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 731 (1839) [Cordylura] (teste Zet-

terstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2076).

2. O. dasyfrocta (Loew), Wien. entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 25 Europe sept., Laponie, Sibérie.

(1864) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 142

(1894) et Acta Soc. scient. Fennicz, Vol. 26, p. 51 (1900) et

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 16 (1905) [O£entia]; Wingate,

Durham Dipt., p. 295 (1906); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 166 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 8o (1937).

3. O. Kincaidi (Coquillett), Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 455 Iles Pribiloff, Churchill Man.

(1900) [Pogonota]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567

(1905) [Pogonota]; Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8,

p. 430 (1931).

13. GENUS OKENINA MALLOCH

Okenina Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8, p. 427 (1931).

Caractéres. — Appartient au méme groupe que les Pogonota et les Okeniella. Les espéces du

genre Okenina se distinguent des Pogonofa par le prosternum cilié, par les ailes à nervation normale dans

^ DIPTERA

les deux sexes, sans nervures transverses réunissant les troisiéme et quatriéme nervures longitudinales.

Le mále del'O. fulvibarba peut cependant présenter un trés court rameau récurrent sur la face postérieure,

à l'apex de la deuxiéme nervure longitudinale, comme certains máles de Pogonota; la quatriéme nervure

longitudinale est légérement courbée en avant et à l'apex dans les deux sexes.

Long. 8-9 mm.

Type du genre. — Cordylura fulvibarba Loew.

Répartition géographique. — Canada.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. O. fulvibarba (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. X, p. 76(1872) Canada arctique.

[Cordylura]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905)

[Cordylura]; Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8,

p. 429 (1931).

2. O. pallida Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8, p. 429 Canada : Ottawa.

(1931).

14. GENUS PSEUDOPOGONOTA MALLOCH

Pseudopogonota Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 35 (1920); Curran, North Amer. Dipt.,

p. 389 (1934).

Caractéres. — Téte subrectangulaire, moins de deux fois aussi large que haute. Orbites

linéaires; huit soies orbitales (3-5); face oblique; parafaciaux étroits; joues subégales au tiers de la

hauteur de l'eeil, garnies de quelques cils sur la moitié supérieure; angle vibrissal avec cinq-huit soies.

'lTrompe mince; palpes spatulés, garnis de nombreuses et courtes soies noires. Antennes : troisiéme

article anguleux à l'apex antérieur; chéte antennaire à cils aussi longs que le troisiéme article antennaire.

Thorax : acrosticales antérieures courtes, disposées en quatre rangées; soies dorsocentrales courtes,

distinctes; soies stigmatique et propleurales faibles ou nulles; ptéropleure nu. Pattes minces, fémurs

dépourvus de macrochétes. Aile : premiére nervure longitudinale nue; troisiéme et quatriéme subparal-

leles apicalement, sans transverses supplémentaires chez le mále; sixiéme nervure (A41) compléte et

prolongée à la marge. — Abdomen mince, élargi chez la femelle, pratiquement dépourvu de macro-

chétes; deuxiéme tergite allongé chez le màle. Hypopyge trés développé; forceps externes à branches

plus de deux fois plus longues que larges, arrondies à l'apex et munies sur le bord interne de longs poils

hérissés; cinquieéme sternite avec deux apophyses submédianes courtes, verruciformes, armés latéra-

lement d'une touffe de longues soies noires (Malloch).

Long. 7-8 mm.

Type du genre. — Pseudopogonota Aldrichi Malloch.

Répartition géographique :

t. P. Aldrichi Malloch, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 35(1920). Amérique sept., Idaho, Colorado

pallida Malloch, 1l. c., p. 36 (1920).

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 75

15. GENUS POGONOTA ZETTERSTEDT

Pogonota Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 735 (1838); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39. p. 138 (1894);

Coquillett, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 456 (1900); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 313 (1901);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Malloch,

Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919) et Ann.

Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 494 (1933)

Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8, p. 426 (1931);

; Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 689 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 77 (1937).

Caractéres. — Máàles. Téte subquadrangulaire, face oblique, peu enfoncée; péristome élargi,

saillant; quelques soies vibrissales; partie inférieure de l'occiput avec de longs cils pendants, égalant

ou dépassant l'extrémité dela trompe. Cinq ou six orbitales. Trompe gréle; palpes allongés, légérement

Pogonola hircus Zetterstedt, profil du màle x 12.

spatulés. Antennes étroites, leur extrémité

atteignant le niveau du bord inférieur de l'ceil;

chéte nu ou finement pubescent. — Thorax ;

cinq dorsocentrales (24-3); une-trois humérales,

deux posthumérales, une présuturale, trois ou

quatre supraalaires; quatre scutellaires; une

mésopleurale, une longue sternopleurale ;

ptéropleure nu. Fémurs antérieurs épaissis,

portant une chétotaxie et une pilosité parti-

culiéres; tibias antérieurs avec une longue

soie externe; tibias intermédiaires avec deux

soies plantées dans la partie moyenne externe

et interne Ailes étroites et longues, premiére

nervure longitudinale (Rz) nue; deuxiéme

nervure (2) avec un rameau récurrent (R53);

troisiéme et quatriéme nervures (Mr et 2) avec

deux rameaux supplémentaires formant des

nervures transverses; sixieme nervure (4r)

longue (fig. 36).

Deux espéces : P. barbata et P. hircus, habitent les régions boréales de la zone holarctique. Le

mále du P. barbata se distingue du P. hircus par l'hypopyge fortement caréné, entiérement jaune, à

longues soies blanchátres; sternite prégénital gris à lobes moins saillants.

Femelles. Aileà nervation normale. Oviscapte court, triangulaire, aplati, à lamelles petites,

conformé comme chez les PArosia et les Parallelomma.

Long. 6-8,5 mm.

Type du genre. — Pogonota hircus Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Régions boréales de la zone holarctique.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. P. barbata Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 734 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Europe sept., Suéde boréale.

Vol. 5, p. 2074 (1846); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

26 DIPTERA

p. 140 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15 (1905); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57. p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 78 (1937).

2. P. hircus Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 735 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Europe sept. et boréale, Alaska.

Vol. 5, p. 2072 (1846); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 139 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15(1905); Meade, |

Entom. mon. Mag., p. 175 (1899); Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 313 (1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Mal-

loch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8, p. 427 (1931); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 689 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 78

(1937); Cheetham, Naturalist, no 807, p. 129 (1943).

sponsa Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 735 (1838) [Cordylura].

16. GENUS ACANTHOCNEMA BECKER

Acanthocnema Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 136 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76

(1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'U RSS, p. 494 (1933); Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 6r, p. 132

(1929) et North Amer. Dipt., p. 388 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 687 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 75 (1937).

Clinoceroides lIIendel, Deutsche entom. Zs., 1917, p. 36.

Spathiophora Pandellé (uec Rondani).

Caractéres. — Téte arrondie, front légerement bombé; soies orbitales longues ; péristome deux

ou trois fois plus large que l'antenne ; deux vibrisses. Palpes spatulés, sans pilosité particuliére. Antennes

médiocres; apex du troisiéme article arron-

di, séparé dela grande vibrisse par un espace

égal à la largeur de l'antenne; chéte nu ou

pubescent. — Cinq dorsocentrales (24-3);

acrosticales piliformes, plantées en rangées

irréguliéres; une ou deux humérales, trois

supraalaires et deux intraalaires ; quatre scu-

tellaires, toutes également développées, deux

chétules apicaux. Une ou deux mésopleu-

rales, une sternopleurale; une propleurale

et une stigmatique piliformes. Pattes fortes;

fémurs antérieurs légérement gonflés; tibias

NU intermédiaires avec une soie antéro-externe

Ji iN et une postéro-interne plantées au méme

Y niveau. Ailes longues et larges : troisiéme et

is quatri&me longitudinales un peu courbées.

Acanthocnema glaucescens Loew, profil du màle x i2. — Abdomen : soies tergales marginales

faibles dans les deux sexes.

Máles. — Parfois les tibias antérieurs portent, sur la face antéro-interne, une série longitudinale

de spinules courtes disposées en peigne; une épine robuste peut étre dressée perpendiculairement sur la

face interne à l'apex. Sternite prégénital à lobes écartés, divergents et rabattus; forceps peu saillants

(fig. 37).

Long. 4-7 mm.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

Types des genres. — 4canthocuema, type : Cordylura nigrimana Zetterstedt. — Clinoceroides,

type : Cordylura glaucescens Loew. — Spathiophora, twpe : Cordylura glaucescens Loew.

Répartition géographique — Les représentants du genre Acanthocnema, tel qu'il est défini ici,

habitent surtout les régions septentrionales de la zone holarctique, sauf l'A. glaucescens qui semble assez

largement répandu dans toute l' Europe, mais est cependant rare partout; les autres espéces, également

peu communes, sont caractéristiques des régions boréales.

Classification. — Les espéces de ce genre paraissent trés voisines les unes des autres. En 1917,

Hendel a tenté une coupure en établissant un genre Clinoceroides pour I A. glaucescens dont voici les carac-

teres :

Verticales postérieures nulles. Trois soies orbitales courbées extérieurement sur les yeux. Toutes

les soies et les cils gréles. Ailes: deuxieme, troisiéme et quatriéme nervures divergentes; dernier segment

de la quatriéme longitudinale plus court que le précédent. |

Ces caractéres, qui affectent partiellement d'autres espéces que glaucescems, sont tout au plus

d'ordre spécifique. Il semble préférable de conserver le groupement préconisé par Th. Becker.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. A. albibarba (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. IX, p. g6(1869) Amériquesept., New Hampshire.

[Cordylura]; Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905);

Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 61, p. 133 (1929).

2. A. capillatum (Loew), Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. X, p. 77 Floride, New Hampshire.

(1872) [Cleigastra] ; Aldrich, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905)

[Cordylura] ; Curran, Canad. Entom. Vol. 6r, p. 133(1929).

3. A. glaucescens (Loew), Wien, entom. Monatschr., Vol. 8, p. 23 Europe cent. et occid.

(1873) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 138

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15 (1905); Pandellé,

Rev. Entom., p. 312 (1901); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294

(1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 688(1934); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 76 (1937).

4. A. latipenue Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 138 (1894) et Europe cent. (Silésie) et occid.

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 687 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 77 (1937).

5. A. nigrimanum Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2040 (1846) Europe cent.

[Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 137 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15 (1905); Wingate, Durham

Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 687

(1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936);

Sack; Gordyl.. ps72:(1937).

Tie Mik, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. Vol. 23, p. 252 (1883) [H»-

dromyza].

6. A. nigripes Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 175, figs. (1936). Europe sept.

7. A. ruficauda Curran, Canad. Entom., Vol. 6t, p. 133 (1929). Etats-Unis d'Amérique, Colo-

rado.

17. GENUS ERNONEURA BECKER

Ernoneura Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 135 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 15

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 80 c

78 DIPTERA

(1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 493 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 387

(1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 649 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 75 (1937).

Caractéres. — Yeux subovalaires, légérement plus longs que larges. Six paires de soies fronto-

orbitales. Deux soies vibrissales et plusieurs chétules. Palpes en massue allongée. Antennes étendues

jusqu'au milieu de la face, troisiéme article

arrondi à l'extrémité; chéte court, pratiquement

nu. — Thorax à soies faibles; cinq paires de

soies dorsocentrales (243); une ou deux humé-

7^) rales; deux posthumérales, une présuturale,

^ trois supraalaires, intrahumérales et intraalaires

nulles; quatre scutellaires marginales. Une ou

deux mésopleurales; une sternopleurale ou

non; sternum avec une épaisse et longue villo-

sité molle; ptéropleure cilié, deux fines soies

propleurales. Fémurs dépourvus de macro-

Ernoneura Argus Zetterstedt, aile et téte du mále x 15. chétes, mais couverts d'une villosité fine; tibias

postérieurs avec deux paires de soies externes.

Ailes à nervation dirigée comme chez les Cordylura, mais la troisiéme nervure avec des rameaux récur-

rents, perpendiculaires, irréguliers; membrane avec des taches rondes irréguliéres (fig.88). — Abdomen:

derniers tergites abdominaux seulement munis de soies.

Long. 5 mm.

Type du genre. — S:aptomyza Argus Zetterstedt.

Répartition géographique. — Régions arctiques de la zone holarctique.

I. E. Argus (Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 727 (1838) et Dipt. Scand., Europe arctique, Laponie, Cana-

Vol. 5, p. 1980 (1846) [Scapiomyza]; Becker, Berlin. entom. da arctique, Détroit de l'Union

Zs., Vol. 39, p. 136 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. t5 et du Dauphin.

(1905); Riedel, Allgem. Zs. Entom., Vol. 6, p. 152 (19or);

Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 8o (1919); Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 75

(1937).

18. GENUS HYDROMYZA FALLÉN

Hydromyza Fallén, Dipt. Suec., Hydromyz., Vol. r, p. 1 (1823); Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 13(1864);

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 132 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 14 (1905);

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294 (1906); Malloch,

Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 76 (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 493 (1933); Cur-

ran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 387 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 649 (1934); Ring-

dahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 74 (1937).

Nupharia Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 785 (1823).

Caractéres. — Téte plus haute que large. Espace interoculaire et joues larges; péristome égal

à deux fois la largeur de l'antenne. Orbites étroites. Soies orbitales petites (3.4); une verticale, soies

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE

occipitales réduites; une vibrissale et quelques petites soies accessoires. Trompe épaisse, courte; palpes

aplatis, à soies latérales plus développées. Antennes courtes, troisi&me article arrondi ; chéte antennaire

nu, épaissi à la base. — Thorax: soies scapulaires remplacées par un groupe de spinules, soies acrosticales

et dorsocentrales indiquées par une ligne serrée de

chétules dressés; une paire de soies dorsocentrales

préscutellaires courtes. Scutellum tronqué à l'apex, avec

quatre soies et deux épines prébasales. Une soie humé-

rale, deux posthumérales, deux notopleurales, deux

supraalaires, deux postalaires, un chéte propleural,

une soie sternopleurale et une ou deux mésopleurales,

ptéropleure nu. Fémurs antérieurs épais; tibias posté-

rieurs dilatés à l'apex; tarse : cinquiéme article dilaté.

Ailes longues, étroites; troisieme et quatriéme nervures

légérement convergentes, — Abdomen aplati à la base.

Fig. 39.

Hydromyza livens (Fabricius), à gauche profil de

Hypopyge mále petit.

Long. 6-9 mm.

la téte du mále x 20 (orig.); — à droite

schéma d'une feuille de Nuphar montrant Types des genres. — Hydromyza : Musca liveus

les galeries larvaires (selon. M. Hering). Fabricius, — Nupharia : N. rivularis R.-D.

Biologie. — Les larves des Hj'dromyza minent les feuilles des Nymphéacées. (fig. 39).

Répartition géographique, — Régions septentrionales de la zone hola:rctique.

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

I. H. confluens Loew, Dipt. Amer. sept. ind., Cent. III, p. 5o (1863);

Aldrich, Catal, N. Amer. Dipt., p. 567 (1905); Needham af.

Hankinson, Biol. surv. Walnut Lake, p. 270 (1909); Welch,

Ann. ent.50c.-4mer. Vol 7, 135 (rgr4)' et" Vol 19, p. 35

(1917) [/iol., ovum]; Hickman, Proc. Ind. Acad. Sc., Vol. 44,

p. 212 (1935) [larva].

La larve est mineuse et cécidogéne sur les pétioles du Nufphar advena

Aiton (N.ympAea americana Provancher).

H. liveus (Fabricius), Ent. Syst., Vol. 4, p. 345 (1794) [Musca];

Fallén, Dipt. Suec., Hydromyz., Vol. z, p. 1 (1823); Curtis,

Brit. Ent., p. 485 (1832); Meigen, Syst., Beschr., Vol. 5,

p. 243 (1826) [Cordylura]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 386

(1835) (Cleigastra]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2035

(1846) [Cordylura]; Schiner, F.A., Vol. 2, page 14 (1864);

Gercke, Verh. Vereins nat. Unterh. Hamburg, Vol. 4, p. 229

(1881); Brauer, Denkschr. Akad. Wissens., Vol. 47, p. 93

(1883); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 135 (1894) et

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 14 (1905); Meijere, Tijdr. v. En-

tom., Vol. 38, p. 65 (1895) et Entom. Bericht der Ned.

Entom. Ver., Vol. 1o, p. 220 (1940); Meade, Entom. mon.

Mag., p. 175 (1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 294 (1906);

Hendel, Blattminen., p. 76, n? 245 (1928); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 690 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr..

Canada, Michigan.

Europe cent. et sept., Laponie.

8o DIPTERA

Vol. 57, p. 165 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 74 (1937); Hering,

Blattminen., p. 341 (1937).

rivularis Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 785 (1830) [NwpAaria ].

La larve mine les tiges et les feuilles du NwpAhar luteum Sibth. et Sm.

et du Nymphea alba L. (fig. 39).

SuBFAM. SCATOMYZINZE

Caractéres. — Imagos. — Téte arrondie. Espace interoculaire large et aplani. Palpes

étroits, non spatulés. Antennes courtes, n'atteignant pas l'épistome. — Soies propleurales ciliformes,

parfois décolorées ou nulles. Cinq ou six soies dorsocentrales (2.3--3). Soies acrosticales disposées en

deux rangées ou plus, réguliéres ou non. Quatre scutellaires au moins. Une soie sternopleurale. Corps

souvent couvert d'une fourrure láche, formée de poils fins, un peu frisés, plus épais et serrés sur l'ab-

domen. Pattes robustes, armées de macrochétes épais. Ailes longues; premiére nervure radiale (Rz)

nue; troisiéme et quatriéme nervures (Mr, M2a«£) paralléles ou divergentes, exceptionnellement con-

vergentes (Scopeuma scybalarium). — Abdomen légérement renflé à l'apex chez les máles, conique chez

les femelles. Cerques petits, peu chitinisés, sternite prégénital parfois saillant en soc de charrue.

Diptéres fimicoles et zoophages, prédateurs, occasionnellement coprophages ou saprophages,

exceptionnellement anthophiles.

Certaines espéces de cette sous-famille présentent un dimorphisme sexuel étendu. Chez d'autres

on observe un comportement inhabituel : Robineau-Desvoidy (Myodaires, p. 625) signale l'accouple-

ment du mále du Scatophaga scybalaría avec la femelle du S. nemorum (suilla). M. H. Audcent m'a signalé

autrefois avoir observé l'accouplement des S. /ufaria et inquinata. Si ces faits se confirment, la liste des

espéces de Scofeuma donnée ci-dessous devra étre revisée, et l'étude de leur biologie permettra sans doute,

en réduisant leur nombre, d'augmenter celui des synonymes.

(Eufs. — Allongés, à coquille dure et luisante, d'un blanc crayeux, couverte d'une réticulation

hexagonale plus ou moins marquée, élégante; légérement aplatis sur la face ventrale, portant à une

extrémité deux dilatations aliformes étroites et minces.

Larves. — Corps allongé, légérement aminci en avant. Peau épaisse, plus ou moins transpa-

rente; mandibules robustes; organes sensoriels céphaliques trés développés. Abdomen : segments

munis de bourrelets locomoteurs formés de spinules épaisses. Stigmates prothoraciques formés de lobes

nombreux; stigmates postérieurs saillants ou non. La partie postérieure du corps présente toujours des

protubérances sensorielles plus ou moins nombreuses.

Larves zoophages, coprophages ou saprophages.

TABLEAU DES GENKES

I (2). Téte élargie. Antennes : 3e article court, tronqué à l'apex, 2€ article

épais, saillant. sur le troisiéme (fig. 40) .. . . . . . . . 1. CERATINOSTOMA Meade.

2 (x). Téte subsphérique. Antennes : 3* article allongé, arrondi à l'extrémité

(fig. 41-43).

3 (4). Tibias II el III dépourvus de soies internes aptcales courbées (éperons).

Abdomen à segments scalariformes .— .. . . . . . . . . 2. CowtosrkRNUM Becker.

4 (3). Tibias II et III avec un groupe de fortes. soies noires courbées, plan-

iées à l'apex de la face interne. Segments abdominaux non scalari-

formes.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 81

5 (6). Soies propleurales faibles ou ciliformes, mats toujours distinctes. Péri-

stome avec une ou plusieurs soies latérales en dehors des vibrissales

(fig. 42). pr Dg it : 3. Scarowvza Fallén.

6 (5). Soies bropleurales nulles. Péristome sans. macrochéles en. dehors. des

Wiss (fip 49). o vu UU S IIS TASSSEOREUMA-Melgen:

1. GENUS CERATINOSTOMA MEADE

Ceratinostoma Meade, Ent. mon. Mag., Vol. 22, p. 152 (1885-86); Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 12 (1905); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77 c (1919); Stackelberg, Mouches de

l'URSS, p. 497 (1933); Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 389 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 692 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 171 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 64

(1937). .

Fig. 40.

Ceratinostoma | ostiorum

Haliday, profil de la

téte du màle x 20.

Caractéres. — Occiput aplati en haut; face inclinée; épistome non

saillant; vibrisses fortes. Trompe allongée, robuste, à labelles petites; palpes

allongés, épaissis à l'extrémité, jaunes, couverts de petites soies noires sur

toute la longueur de la face supérieure; face inférieure à pilosité plus fine et

plus longue, formée de poils jaunes et noirs. Chéte antennaire cilié. — Méso-

notum sans soie scapulaire. Soies propleurales et stigmatiques faibles ou

piliformes, mais bien visibles; soies dorsocentrales faibles, sauf les préscu-

tellaires; au moins trois mésopleurales. Quatre scutellaires : les apicales

plus robustes; scutellum cilié sur toute sa surface. Fémurs et tibias à soies

fortes; tibias antérieurs avec une soie antéro-interne, deux soies antérieures

et trois postérieures longues; fémurs intermédiaires avec une forte soie

antéro-médiane. — Abdomen à pilosité courte, raide et couchée, non dressée

en fourrure (fig. 40).

Long. 6-8 mm.

Type du genre. — Scatophaga ostiorum Haliday.

Biologie. — Diptéres thalassophiles, scatophages ou saprophages.

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

I. C. nudiseta Becker, Mém. Acad. Sciences St-Pétersbourg, Vol. 15, Presqu'ile de Jaimyr.

10, p. 4 (1907).

2. C. ostiorum (Haliday), Curtis, Brit. Entom.. p. 405 (1832) [Scate- Toute la région holarctique.

haga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 218 (1899); Becker,

Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 12 (1905); Johnson, Psyche,

Vol. 17, p. 234 (1910); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28,

p. 692 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 171

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 48 et 64 (1937).

borealis Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 721 (1839) et Dipt Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 1971 (1846) [Scatomyza] ; teste Róder, Wien. entom Zt , Vol.3,

P- 290 (1884), teste Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 171

(1936).

lestremensis Bigot, Ann. Soc. ent. France (6), Vol. 4, p. 292 (1884)

[Lispa].

maritimum Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., Vol. 22, p. 152 et 178 (1885);

von Róder, Wien. ent. Ztg., Vol. 3. p. 290 (1884); Becker, Berlin.

entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 170 (1894) [Scatophaga].

oceana Macquart, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr., Vol, 7, p. 423 (1838) [Scatophaga],

teste Róder, 1l. c.; Harris, Science Goss., Vol. 23, p. 15211887).

82 | DIPTERA

2. GENUS CONIOSTERNUM BECKER

Coniosternum Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 176 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 12

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 297 (1906); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 497 (1933);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 691 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 62 (1937); Tiensuu, Ann. ent. Fenn., Vol. 12, p. 7

(1948).

Caractéres. — Trois soies vibrissales. Palpes petits, non élargis. Antennes :

chéte épaissi à la base, à pubescence fine. — Soies acrosticales piliformes; prothoracale

nulle; une ou deux mésopleurales. Scutellum cilié sur toute sa surface, quatre soies

marginales. Fémurs épaissis, sans soies; tibias III avec deux ou trois paires de soies

externes. — Abdomen légérement aplati (fig. 41).

Long. 5-6 mm.

Fig. 41.

Type du genre. — Cordylura obscura. Fallén.

Coniosternum obs-

curum. Fallén, " e " : X :

profil de la téte Répartition géographique. — Europe centrale et septentrionale. Laponie.

du mále x r5.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

I. C. infumatum Becker, Ann. Mus. Zool., Vol. 12, p. 256 (1907). Tibet oriental.

2. C. lapponicum Ringdahl, Entom, Tidskr., Vol. 41, p. 39 (1920) et Laponie.

Vol 57, p. 169 (1936); Tiensuu, Ann. entom. Fennici, Vol. 12,

p. 7 (1946).

3. C. ntgrohirtum Czerny ap. Czerny et Strobl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Espagne.

Wien, Vol. 59, p. 248 (1909).

4. C. obscurum (Fallén), Dipt. Suec., Scaptom., p. 9 (1819) [Cordylura]; Europe cent. et sept.

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 385 (1835) [Clergastra]; Zetter-

stedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 2066 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker,

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 177 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 12(1905); Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 177 (1899)

[Cleigastra]; Pandellé, Rev. Entom., p. 3o5 (19or) [Cordyluxa]:

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 307 (1906); Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 691 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 63 (1937); Tiensuu,

Ann. entom. Fennici, Vol. 12, p. 7 (1946).

5. C. tinclinervis Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 178, 115 Europe centr. et sept., Finlande,

(1894); Sack, Cordyl., p. 64 (1937); Tiensuu, Ann. entom.

Fennici, Vol. 12, p. 6 (1946).

3. GENUS SCATOMYZA FALLÉN

Scatomyza Fallén, Spec. entom. nov. Dipt., p. 4 (1810) et Scatom. Suec., p. 4 (1819); Zetterstedt,

Ins. Lapp., p. 727 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1957 (1846) [p.p.]; Séguy, Enc. ent. (B), II,

Diptera, Vol. 6, p. 179 (1932); Sack, Cordyl., p. 61 (1937).

Scatophagella Szilady, Ann. Mus. nat. Hung., Vol. 24, p. 596 (1926).

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/;E 83

Scatophaga (auct.) et Séguy (uec Meigen), Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 692 (1934).

Caractéres. — Une grande vibrisse et quelques petites vibrisses accessoires. Barbe fine.

'Trompe mince, subcylindrique. Antennes : apex du troisiéme article arrondi, séparé de la grande vibrisse

par un espace égal à la largeur de l'antenne; chéte antennaire pratiquement nu,

pubescent à une forte amplification (fig. 42). — Soie scapulaire robuste. Soies

acrosticales piliformes, disposées en deux rangées réguliéres, la paire préscutellaire

plus forte; au moins une soie mésopleurale.Scutellum dénudé sur la ligne médiane ;

quatre ou six soies marginales, deux soies discales faibles; soie propleurale longue,

stigmatique fine; une forte sternopleurale. Ptéropleure hérissé de cils dressés,

Fémurs intermédiaires avec une rangée antérieure de soies gréles, ces soies plus

fortes chez les femelles; soie antéro-médiane avortée. Tibias antérieurs avec une

soie postérieure submédiane; soies antérieures avortées ou nulles. — Abdomen

couvert d'une pilosité fine, longue, dressée, un peu frisée.

Long. 5-8 mm.

Fig. 42. Types des genres. — Scatomyza, type : S. litorea Fallén. — Scatophagella,

type : S. Pubescens Szilady. — Scatophaga, type : Scatomyza lilorea Fallén.

Sceatomyza impudica

(Reiche), profil de

latas maieued. Biologie. — La larve du Scatomysza islandica (impudica) a été trouvée dans

un amas de débris de Buccins (Villeneuve, Bull. Soc. ent. France, p. 309. 1917).

Les imagos sont des mouches littorales.

LISTE DES ESPÉCES

1. S. fontauale (Rondani), Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatoph., p. 3o(1866)[Sca- Italie, Europe mérid.

tina]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 222 (1899) [ScatopAhaga];

Sack, Cordyl., p. 62 (1937).

2. S. hyperborea Boheman, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Fórh., Vol. 22, Spitzberg.

p. 5272 (1866).

3. S. impudica (Reiche), Bull. Soc. ent. France (3), Vol. 5, p. IX, 5 Nouvelle-Zemble, Islande, Iles

(1857) [Anthomyia]; Loew, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 2, p. 347 Feroé, Labrador, Alaska, Iles

(1858); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 565 (1905) [Cordy- Pribilof et du Commandeur.

lura]; Séguy, Enc. ent. (B), II, Dipt., Vol. 6, p. 179 (1932) et

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 693 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 61

(1937).

islandica Becker, Berlin. ent. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 175 (1894) et Mém. Acad.

Sc. St-Pétersb., p. 396,1 (1897) [Seatophaga]; Coquillett, Dipt.

Commander Ids., p. 345 (1899) et Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2,

P- 454 (1900); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 569 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 307 (1906) ; Mercier, Bull. Soc. en-

tom. Belgique, Vol. 65, p. 177 (1925); Lindroth, Zool. Bidr.,

Vol. 13, p. 303 (1931); Collin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol.15,

P. 377 (1935).

4. S. fanmayeni Séguy, Enc. ent., (B), II, Dipt., Vol. 9, p. 109. Ile Jan Mayen.

(1938).

5. S. litorea Fallén, Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p. 4 (1819); Meigen, Europe, Nouvelle-Zemble, Lapo-

Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 254 (1826); Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., nie, Groénland.

p. 722 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1975 (1846); Staeger,

Naturh. Tidskr., (2), Vol. 1, p. 360 (1845); Schiner, F. A.,

Vol. 2, p. 18 (1864) [Scatophaga]; Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt.,

84 DIPTERA :

Vol. 2, p. 155 (1853); Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag.,

p. 29 (1866) [Scatina]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 172 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 9 (1905) [Scato-

jhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 223 (1899); Lundbeck,

Vidensk. Medd., p. 296 (1900); Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 310 (1898) [Leftopa]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 569

(1905) [Scatophaga]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 307 (1906);

Mercier, Bull. Soc. entom. Belgique, Vol. 65, p. 177 (1925);

Lindroth, Zool. Bid., Vol. 13, p. 303 (1931); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 693 (1934) [Scatophaga]; Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. r7o (1936); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 62 (1937).

nigripes Holmgreen, Klg. Vet. Akad. Handl., Vol. 8, p. 5 (1869) et

Klg. Vet. Forh., n? 6, p. 103 (1872) et Entom. Tidskr., p. 172

(1880) [Scatophaga] ; teste Becker, Katal., p. 9 (1908) ; /este Collin,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 7, p. 9o (1931) [Scatofhaga] ;

Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 442 (1931).

6. S. nigricornis (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p.627 (1830) [Sca- France sept.

tophaga]; Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 694 (1934) [Sca-

tophaga].

litorea var. nigricornis Sack, Cordyl., p. 62 (1937).

rufiventris Villeneuve, Bull. Soc. ent. France, p. 308 (1917); teste

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 694 (1934).

7. S. obscura Boheman, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Forh., Vol. 22, Spitzberg.

p. 573 (1866).

8. S. £allifes (Szilady), Ann. Mus. Nat. hung., Vol. 24, p. 597(1926) Tunis.

[Scatophagella].

9. S. pubescens (Szilady), Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Vol. 24. p. 5956 Hongrie.

(1926) (Scatophagella).

10. S. Stuxbergi Holmgreen, Entom. Tidskr., p. 174 (1880) et Nov. Iles Feroé, Nouvelle-Zemble.

sp. Ins., p. 24 (1880); Sack, Cordyl., p. 62 (1937). |

It. S. fessellata (Macquart), Ann. Soc. ent. France, Vol. I, p. 7(1822) France.

[Scatophaga]; Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 694 (1934).

4. GENUS SCOPEUMA MEIGEN

Scopeuma Meigen, Nouvelle Classific., p. 36 (1800); Stackelberg, Mouches de l'URSS, p. 496 (1933);

Curran, North Amer. Dipt., p. 387, 389 (1934); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 694 (1934);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 46 (1937).

Amina Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 629 (1830).

Pyropa Say, Journ. Acad. Sci. Phil., Vol. 3, p. 98 (1823).

Scathophaga Meigen, Mag. Insekt. (Illiger), Vol. 2, p. 277 (1803).

Scatina Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 628 (1830); Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, p. 5 (1866); Séguy,

Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 7o1 (1934).

Scatophaga Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol, 5, p. 246 (1826); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 29, p. 161

(1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 8 (1905); Van der Wulp, Biologia C. A., Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 348

(1898); Pandellé, Revue Entom., p. 312 et 314 (1901); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568

(1905); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 296 et 3o4 (1996); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 77

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 85

et 81 (1919) et N. Amer. Fauna, Vol. 46, p. 201 (1923) et Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 8,

P- 439 (1931) et Vol. 15, p. 242 (1935); Hobby, Proc. ent. Soc. Lond., Vol. 6, p. 47 et Trans.

ent. Soc, S. Engl., Vol. 7, p. 35 (1931) et J. Ent. Soc. S. Engl., Vol. 1. p. 74 et 106 (1933);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 692 (1934): Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 169 (1936).

Tomella Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 63o (1830).

Caractéres. — Occiput gonflé en haut; épistome légérement saillant en avant. Barbe plus ou

moins touffue et pendante. Une grande vibrisse et quelques petites vibrissales. Trompe noire, robuste,

plus ou moins comprimée latéralement; palpes jaunes ou blanchátres, plus

courts que la trompe en extension, sans longue soie apicale, mais couverts

d'une fine pilosité plus longue en bas, et de petites soies noires réunies dans

la partie apicale seulement. Chéte antennaire nu, pubescent ou cilié (subplu-

meux). — Une soie supraalaire, au moins une soie mésopleurale ; scutellum

dénudé sur la ligne médiane; quatre ou six macrochétes. Soies propleurales

et stigmatiques non ou peu différenciées de la pilosité adjacente. Une seule

soie sternopleurale forte : la troisiéme. Certains groupes d'espéces de ce

genre présentent une pilosité ptéropleurale ou prosternale, d'autres possédent

une pilosité dressée sur le calus supraspiraculaire du métathorax; ces carac-

téres importants et constants dans quelques genres de Myodaires supérieurs,

sont ici assez décevants. Hanches antérieures avec ou sans macrochétes

apicaux externes; fémurs antérieurs dépourvus de soies antéro-internes;

tibias antérieurs sans sétules internes courtes et fortes, et sans soie antéro-

interne préapicale bien développée ; une seule longue soie postérieure; soies

antérieures avortées ou nulles; fémurs intermédiaires avec une rangée de

soies gréles ou la soie antéro-médiane avortée. Ailes : premiére nervure lon-

Scopeuma. stercorarium

(Linné), profil de la téte

du mále x r5, d'une pilosité fine et dressée en fourrure, sans soies plus robustes chez les

gitudinale (Rr) nue, sixiéme nervure compléte. — Abdomen souvent couvert

máles; cette pilosité couchée, bordée de soies marginales robustes chez les

femelles. Bande médiane frontale rouge, orange ou jaune. Dalanciers roux. lHypopyge máile sans

longues soies (fig. 43 et 44). La couleur, la taille et la densité du revétement pileux, la pruinosité, la

chétosité acrosticale, sont variables d'une espéce à l'autre.

Types des genres. — Scopeuma, type : Musca stercoraria Linné. — Amina, type : A. parisiensis

Rob.-Desv. — Pyropa, type : P. furcata Say. — Scathophaga, type : Musca merdaria Fabricius. —

Scatina, type : S. claripeumis Rob.-Desv. — Scatophaga, type : Musca merdaria Fabricius. — Tomella,

type : T. Guerini Rob.-Desv.

Biologie. — Diptéres prédateurs et zoophages, occasionnellement saprophages ou coprophages

sur les excréments des grands Vertébrés. Chassent les insectes à téguments mous qui vivent dans le móme

milieu. Rarement sur les fleurs au soleil.

CEufs. — Allongés, à coquille dure et lisse, d'un blanc jaunátre, finement réticulée au póle anté-

rieur, la partie apicale et ventrale munie de deux prolongements aliformes étendus jusqu'à la moitié de

leur longueur ou plus (fig. 44).

Larves. — Corps mou, cylindrique, blanchátre, à téguments transparents, formé de onze seg-

ments. Téte petite, rétractile; organes antenniformes biarticulés, placés sur deux grandes apophyses

coniques, dressées de chaque cóté du segment céphalique; mandibules robustes, en crochets étroits:;

86 DIPTERA

piéce intermédiaire grande, rectangulaire. Stigmates prothoraciques saillants, portant 9-16 prolonge-

ments digitiformes. Dernier segment abdominal bordé par 8-12 tubercules coniques : ceux du bord supé-

rieur parfois réduits ou nuls. Stigmates postérieurs saillants ou non; chambre feutrée courte. Bord anté.

rieur des segments abdominaux armé de spinules microscopiques. Des bourrelets locomoteurs ou non.

Long. 7-13 mm.

ZA2Wrn t

iocapeni

Lo io n

Fig. 44.

Scopeuma stercorarium (Linné). — a. Màle x 4; — b. ceuf; — c. larve au troisiéme àge; — d. pseu-

docéphalon de la larve montrant les mandibules et les organes sensoriels (vu de 3/4); —

e. partie antérieure du corps de la larve montrant le stigmate prothoracique; le contour de

l'appareil buccal est indiqué par un pointillé; — f. extrémité postérieure du corps de la larve

vue de face pour montrer les stigmates postérieurs.

Insectes coprophages et zoophages. La métamorphose a lieu dans la terre à peu de profondeur.

Au printemps et en été elle dure prés d'un mois.

Répartition géographique. — La majorité des espéces habite l'hémisphére boréal oü certaines

sont trés répandues. Quelques rares espéces se trouvent dans les régions froides ou montagneuses de

l'hémisphére austral.

LISTE DES ESPEÉCES

1. S. alatum (Becker), Ann. Soc. ent. France, Vol. 83, p. 127 (1914) Afrique orient., Mont Kénya.

et Voy. Alluaud et Jeannel, Afr. orient., Dipt., 5, p. 171

(1905) [Scatophaga]; van Emden, Bull. ent. Res., Vol. 32,

P. 254 (1941) et Ruwenzori Exped., Vol. 2, 6, p. 335 (1951).

2. S. albidohirtum (Becker), Ann. Mus. zool. St-Pétersbourg, Vol. 12, Tibet.

p- 254 (1907) [Scatophaga].

3. S. amplipenne (Portschinsky), Hore Soc. ent. Ross., Vol. 21, Asiecent., Tibet.

P- 199 (1887) [Scatophaga]; Becker, Ann. Mus. Zool. St-Péters-

bourg, Vol. 12, p. 253 (1907); Aldrich, Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus., Vol. 81, p. 13 (1932); Sack, Cordyl., p, 49 (1937).

4. S. anale (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 251 (1826) [Scafe- Europe cent.

. fhaga]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 393 (1835) [Seatofhaga] ;

Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 16 (1864) [Scatophaga]; Becker,

IO.

I2.

13.

I4.

15.

16.

Iv.

18.

I9.

20.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 169 (1894); Meade, Entom.

mon. Mag., p. 221 (1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o5

(1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 697 (1934); Sack, Cor-

dyl., p. 49 (1937).

. arcticum (Becker), Mém. Acad. Sc. St-Pétersb., Vol. 2, p. 398

(1897) [Scatophaga]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 5o (1937).

. arrogans (Haliday),a$. Curtis, Brit. Entom., p. 405 (1832) [Sca-

lobhkaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag. p. 223 (1899) [Scatopha-

£a]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 306 (1906) [ScatopAaga].

. bicolor Collart, Bull. Mus. H. N. Belg., Vol. 18, n? 63, p. 3

(1945).

. bicolor (Walker), List. Dipt. Ins., Vol. 4, p. 982 (1849) [Scato-

fhaga]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905).

. bipunctatum Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 395 (1835) [Scato-

fhaga]; Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 343 (1838) [Sca-

tobhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 222 (1899) [Scatopha-

£2]; Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 701 (1934).

. calidum (Haliday), af. Curtis, Brit. Entom., p. 405 (1832) [Sca-

tobhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 223 (1899) [Scatofha-

ga].

. canadense (Walker), Trans. ent. Soc. Lond., (n. s.). Vol. 4.

p. 218 (1858) [Scatobhaga]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt.,

p. 568 (1905).

. capense (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 625 (1830) [Scato-

phaga].

. carolinense (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 629 (1830) [Sca-

tophaga].

. cereum (Coquillett), Proc. ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. 9, p. 146

(1908) [Scatophaga cerea].

. chinense Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 15, p. 260

(1935) [Scatophaga].

. eimerarium (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 251 (1826)

[Scatophaga]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 171 (1894)

[Scatophaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 221 (1899) [Sca-

tophaga]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 306 (1906); Bezzi, Mem.

Soc. ital, Sc. nat. Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 38, p. 697 (1934) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 5o (1937).

var. melanum Séguy, Enc. entom., S. B., II, Diptera, Vol. 9, p. 109

(1938).

. cenosum (Giglio-Tos), Boll. R. Univ. Torino, Vol. 8, n? 158

(1893) et Ditteri del Messico, Vol. 4, p. 34 (1895) [Scatophaga];

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905).

. cordylurinum (Holmgreen), Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 4, p. 173

(1880) [Scatomyza]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 51 (1937).

. erinitum (Coquillett), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol, 23, p. 612

(1901) [Scatophaga]; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568

(1905).

. dasythrix (Becker), Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 173 (1894)

[Scatobhaga]; Coquillett, Dipt. Commander Ids., p. 345

(1899); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 51 (1937).

Nouvelle-Zemble.

Angleterre.

Europe cent., Transylvanie.

Canada, New Hampshire.

France.

Angleterre.

Canada, New Hampshire.

Cap.

Etats-Unisd'A mérique, Caroline

New Jersey.

Chine.

Europe cent. et occid., Alpes.

Mexique, Popocatepetl.

Ile Waigatsch.

Détroit de Bering.

2I.

22.

235:

24.

28.

DIPTERA

S. decipieus (Haliday), ap. Curtis, Brit. Entom., p. 405 (1832)

[Scatophaga]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 306 (1906); Mercier,

Bull. Soc. ent. Belg., Vol. 65, p. 177 (1925); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 701 (1934) [Scatina]; Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 51 (1937).

dalmatica Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 3o, p. 176 (1894) [Scato-

phaga], teste Becker, Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Vol. 2, p. 124

(1903).

fluvialis Pandellé (uec Rondani), Revue Entom. p. 314 (1901) [Scato-

j^aga].

S. erythrostomum. (Holmgreen), Entom. Tidskr., p. 176 (1880)

[Scatomyza].

S. estotilandicum (Rondani), Dipt. exot., Arch. Canestrini, Vol. 3,

p. 35 (1863) [Scatina) ; Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568

(1905) [Scatophaga].

S. eximium (Haliday), ap. Curtis, Brit. Entom., p. 405 (1832)

[Scatophaga ].

. S. exolicum (Wiedemann), Ausser. Zweifl., Vol. 2, p. 448 (1830)

[Scatophaga]; Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 22,

p. 257 (1900); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905).

. S. fascifrons Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 174 (1836).

27.

S. fluviale (Rondani), Prodrom., Vol. 7, Scatoph., p. 29 (1866)

[Scatina]; Bezzi, Bull. Soc. ent. ital., Vol. 39, p. 121 (1908)

[Scatophaga]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 52 (1937).

S. frigidum (Coquillett), Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 454

(1900) [ScatopAhaga].

.. S. furcatum (Say), Journ. Acad. Sc. Phil., Vol. 3, p. 98 (1823);

[Piropa] et Compl. Works, Vol. 2, p. 85 (1859); Wiedemann,

Ausser. Zweifl., Vol. 2, p. 449 (1830); Howard, Proc.,

Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 598 (1900); Aldrich, Catal. N.

Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905); Malloch, Rep. Canad. Arct. Ex-

ped., p. 81 (1919) et Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8,

P- 440 (1931) [Scatophaga] et (10), Vol. 12, p. 261 (1935);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 702 (1934) [Scatina];

Ringdahl, Entom., Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 171 (1936).

apicalis Curtis in Ross Exped., LXXX (1931) [Scatophaga].

fuscinervis Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 733 (1838) (Cordylura) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1974 (1846) [Scatomyza]; teste Ringdahl, Entom.

"Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 171 (1936).

nigricans Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol 7, p. 342 (1838) [Scatophaga] ;

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 395 (1835) [Scatophaga]; teste

Becker, Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 219.

septentrionalis Becker, Mém. Acad. Sc. Saint-Pétersb., p. 2 (1897)

[Scatophaga]; teste Becker, Katal. Pal. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 12 (1905).

squalida Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 252 (1826) [Scatophiaga];

Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 394 (1835); Zetterstedt, Ins.

Lapp , p. 721 (1839) et Dipt. Scand , Vol. 5, p. 1972 (1846) [Sca-

tomyza]; Staeger, Naturhist. Tidskr., Vol 2, p. 366 (1845); Wal-

ker, Ins. Brit. Dipt., Vol. 2, p 155 (1835) [Scatophaga]; Schiner,

F.-A., Vol. 2, p. 18 (1864) [Scatophaga]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7,

Scatophag., p. 29 (1866) [Scatina]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.,

Vol. 39, p. 172 (1894) et Katal Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 11 (1905)

[Scatophaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag.. p. 223 (1899); Lund-

beck, Vidensk. Medd., p 295 (1900); Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 315 (19o1); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 306 (1906); Bezzi,

Mem. Soc ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Collin,

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 7, p. 89 (1931) |Seatophaga];

Europe cent. et mérid., Afrique

sept.

Nouvelle-Zemble.

Labrador.

Angleterre.

Louisiane, Porto- Rico.

Laponie.

Europe mérid., Afrique min.,

Canaries.

Baie Kukak et Ile Popof, Alaska.

Région holarctique, zone com-

prise entre les 40? et 70? paral-

léles. Quelques stations au nord -

du 70? parallele.

3o.

38.

39.

42:55

43.

PAM. SCATOPIIAGIDZE

Lindroth, Zool. Bidr., Vol. 13, p. 3o1 (1931); Sack, Cordyl.,

p. 57 (1937).

suisterci Townsend, Canad. Entom., Vol. 23, p. 153 (1891)[Cieigastra].

varipes Holmgreen, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 4, p. 175 (1880) | Scatophaga];

Sack, Cordyl., p. 59, (1937), teste Collin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

(10), Vol. 7, p. 89 (1931).

'. fuscicorne (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 343 (1838)

[.Dryomyza], teste Becker, Zs. Hymenopt. Dipt., p. 220 (1902);

Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 696 (1934); Sack, Cor-

dyl.; p:52. (1632);

? claripennis Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 629 (1835) [Scatina ].

'. futilis (Malloch), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 15, p. 264

(1935) [Scatophaga]; Collin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10),

Vol. 15, p. 379 (1935).

. giganteum (Aldrich), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 8r, n" 2932,

p. 11 (1932) [ScatopAaga ].

var. obscura. Aldrich, 1l. c.

. griseum (Malloch), Proc. ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 22, p. 34 (1920)

[Scatophaga].

. Guérini (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 630 (1830) | To-

mella]; Froggatt, Austral. Ins., p. 310 (1907).

. Helene (Thomson), Eugenies Resa, p. 562 (1868) [Scatophaga].

. Horvathi (Szilady), Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Hung., Vol. 24,

p. 596 (1926) [Scatophaga ].

. holtentota (Macquart,) Dipt. exot., Vol. 2, part. 3, p. 342 (185)

(1843) [Scatophaga].

stercoraria. auct. var.. teste van Emden, Bull. ent, Res., Vol. 33,

p- 254 (1941).

'. incola (Becker), Acta Soc. scient. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 54

(1900) (Scatophaga]; Sack, Cordyl.. p. 52 (1937).

. inquinatum (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 250 (18:6)

[Scatophaga]; Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1963 (1846)

[Scatomyza]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 17 (1864); Rondani,

Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 26 (1866); Becker, Berlin. en-

tom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 168 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 9 (1905) (Scatobhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 222

(1899); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 305 (1906); Bezzi, Mem.

Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, l'aune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 697 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. T'idskr.,

Vol. 57, g. 171 (1936); Sack, Cordyl.. p. 53 (1937).

thoracica Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 626 (1830) [ScatopAaga].

y. intermedium (Walker), List Dipt. Ins., Vol. 4, p. 980 (1849)

[Scatophaga] ; Coquillett, Dipt. Commander lds., p. 345 (1899)

et Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 454 (1900); Aldrich,

Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 568 (1905).

. lanatum (Lundbeck), Vidensk. Medd., p. 294 (1900) [Scatopiaga];

Sack, Cordyl., p. 53 (1937).

laterale(Meigen), Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 251 (1826) [Scatophta-

ga]; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 18 (1864); Becker, Berlin. en-

tom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 172 (1894) [Scatophaga]; Wingate, Dur-

ham Dipt., p. 3o7 (1906); Sack, Cordyl., p. 53 (1937).

. limbatum (v. Róser), Württemb. Corrbl., p. 59 (1840).

Europe cent. et occid.

[les Herschell.

'T1bet.

Amérique sept., Utah, Nevada.

Australie, Port Jackson, N.S.W.

Ile Ste-Héléne.

Hongrie.

Cap.

Sibérie, Kantaika, Ile Nikander.

Europe.

Nouvelle-Ecosse,Ile Bering, Alas-

ka, New-Hampshire.

Groénland.

Allemagne.

DIPTERA

44. S. luridum(Schiner). F. 4., Vol. 2, p.4 (1864) [Cordylura]; Becker,

4999.

46.

47:

48.

49:

50.

2T;

54-

99.

542

995

[6]

Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 170 (1894) [Scatophaga] ; Win-

gate, Durham Dipt., p. 306 (1906); Bezzi, Mem. Soc. ital.

Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9. p. 56 (1918); Séguy, l'aune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 698 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 53 (1937).

lutarium (Fabricius), Entom. Syst., Vol. 4, p. 344 (1794)

[Musca]; Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 249 (1826)

[Scatophaga]; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 393 (1835);

Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 720 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5,

p. 1962 (1846) [Scatomyza] ; Walker, Ins. Brit., Dipt., Vol. 2,

p. 154 (1853); Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 17 (1864); Rondani,

Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag,, p. 26 (1866); Becker, Berlin. en-

tom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 169 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4,

p. 9 (1905) [Scatobhaga]; Meade, Ent. mon. Mag., p. 222

(1894); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 305 (1906); Bezzi, Mem.

Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Malloch, Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 441 (1931); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 698 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 171 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 54 (1937); Collart,

Bull. Mus. H. N. Belgique, Vol. 18, n? 63, p. 3 (1945).

suilla var. a, Fallén, Dipt. Suec., Scatomyz,, p. 3 (1819) [Scatophaga ].

. maculibenne Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 175 (1936).

. maculibes (Zetterstedt), Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1964 (1846)

(Scatomyza); Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 27,5

(1866) [Scatophaga]; Holmgreen, Entom. Tidskr., p. 172 (1880);

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 168 (1894) [Scato-

phaga]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 304 (1906); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 698 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 170 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 54 (1937).

suilla var. b., Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. p. 720 (1838) [Scatomyza].

magnipenne (Portschinsky), Hore Soc. ent. Ross., Vol. 21,

p. 198 (1887) [Scatophaga] ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 54 (1937).

. mellibes (Coquillett), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 21, p. 335

(1898) [ScatopAhaga].

. merdivora (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 626 (1880) [Sca-

tobhaga]; van Emden, Bull. ent. Res., Vol. 32, p. 255 (1941).

. molle (Becker), Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol.39, p. 171 (1894) [Sca-

tobhaga]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 55 (1937).

. monticola ( Malloch), Psyche, Vol. 31, p. 195 (1924) [Scatophaga].

multisetosum (Holmgreen), Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 4, p. 174

(1880) [Scatomyza]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 55 (1937).

nigripalbis Becker, ap. Nielsen, Medd. Groenl. Kobenhavn,

Vol. 29, p. 413 (1909).

nigrolanatum (Cresson), Ent. News, Vol. 29, p. 136 (1918) [Scatho-

phaga).

56. S. nubiferum (Coquillett), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 23, p. 612

(19o1) [Scatopkaga].

57. S. obscurinervis(Becker), Acta Soc. scient. Fennica, Vol. 26, p. 55

(1900) [Scatophaga]; Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 171

(1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 55 (1937).

58. S. ochrocephalum (Brullé), Expéd. de Morée, Vol. 3, p. 320 (1832)

[Scatophaga].

Alpes cent. et orient.

Europe.

Suéde.

Toute l'Europe, Nouvelle Zem-

ble, Tunisie, Algérie, Syrie.

Asie centrale.

Japon.

Cap.

Sibérie.

New Hampshire.

Ile Waigatsch.

Groénland occid.

Groenland.

Alaska.

Sibérie, Laponie.

Gréce.

L-

60.

61.

62.

70.

71.

74-

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

. S. orcase (Malloch), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 15, p. 265

(1935).

S. ordinatum (Becker), Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 168 (1894)

[Scatopbhaga]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o4 (1906); Szilady,

Ann. Mus. nat. hung., Vol. 24, p. 596 (1926); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol, 28, p. 698 (1934); Sack, Cordyl., p. 56 (1937).

S. pallidum (Walker), List Dipt. Ins., Vol. 4, p. 981 (1849) [Scato-

hhaga|; Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 441.

nigrolimbata Cresson, Ent. News, Vol. 29, p. 137 (1918) [Scathophaga ].

S. palpalis (Malloch), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 443

(193r) [Scatophaga].

. S. farvicebs Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 175 (1936).

. S. perfectum (Becker), Mém. Acad. Sc. St-Pétersbourg, Vol. 18,

10, p. 5 (1907).

. S. ficipes (Malloch), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 15, p. 263

(1935).

. S. pictipenue (Oldenberg), Deutsche Ent. Zs., p. 307 (1923) [Scato-

phaga]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 56 (1937).

. S. pubescens (Walker), List Dipt. Ins., Vol. 4, p. 982 (1849) [Scato-

jhaga).

. S. rubicundum (Malloch), Rep. Canad. Arct. Exp.. p. 81 c (1919)

et Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), vol. 15, p. 247 (1935) [Scato-

fhaga].

. S. rudis (Haliday), ap. Curtis, Brit. Entom., p. 405 (1832) [Scato-

bhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 224. (1899).

S. rufipes (Meigen), System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 253 (1826) [Scato-

fhaga]|; Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 395 (1835).

S. scybalarium (Linné), Fauna Suec., p. 1860 (1761) [Mtsca]; Fa-

bricius, Spec. Ins., Vol. 2, p. 449 (1781) [Musca]; Fallén, Dipt.

Suec.. Scatom., p. 3 (1819) [Scatomyza]; Meigen, System. De-

schr., Vol. 5, p. 247 (1826); Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires.

p. 624 (1830); Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 392 (1835)

[Scatobhaga]; Zetterstedt, Ins. Lappon., p. 720 (1839) et Dipt.

Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1960 (1846) [Scatomyza]; Schiner, EF. A,

Vol. 2, p. 17 (1864) [Scatophaga]; Rondani, Prodr., Vol. 7,

Scatophag., p. 25 (1866); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p. 166 (1894) et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 10 (1905) [Scato-

fhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 221 (1899); Pandellé,

Revue Entom., p. 316 (1898); Wingate, Durham Dipt.,

p. 304(1906); Séguy, Faune de France, Vol. 28, p. 695 (1934);

Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 15, p. 257 (1935);

Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 170 (1936); Sack,

Cordyl., p. 57 (1937).

. S. semialrum. de Meijere, Tijdschr. Entom., Vol. 5o, p. 18:

(1907).

.. S. socium (Becker), Ann. Soc. ent. France, Vol. 83, p. 125 (1914)

et Voy. Alluaud et Jeannel, Afr. orient., Dipt. 5, p. 72 (1015)

[Scatophaga]; van Emden, Bull. ent. Res., Vol. 32, p. 254

(1941).

S. soror ( Wiedemann), Aussereurop. Zweifl., Vol. 2, p. 447 (1830)

[Scatophaga].

? scybalaria auct. (nec Linné), feste van Emden, Bull. ent. Res., Vol. 32.

p. 254 (1941).

Washington, Ile Orcas.

Angleterre, Alpes, Corse, Tuni-

sie.

Groénland, Canada, New Jersey,

New Hampshire.

Canada : Alberta.

Suéde.

Embouchure de la Lena.

Ile Éierschell.

Alpes.

Canada, Martin Falls.

Canada, cóte arctique (N.O.)

Angleterre.

Allemagne.

Europe, Laponie, Mongolie.

IIollande.

Kilimandjaro, Afrique orient.

Cap.

DIPTERA

75. S. stercorarium (Linné), Fauna Suecica, p. 1861 (1763) [Musca];

Réaumur, Mém., Vol. 4, p. 9 (1738); Degeer, Ins., Vol. 6,

p. 88 (1776) [Musca]; Fallén, Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p. 4

(1819) [Scatomyza]; Meigen, System. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 248

(1826); Bouché, Naturg., p. 93 (1834); Macquart, S. à Buff.,

Vol. 2, p.. 393 (1835) [Scatophaga]; Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp.,

p. 721 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1968 (1846) [Scato-

myza)] ; Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 18 (1864); Rondani, Prodr.,

Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 25 (1866); Holmgreen, Entom. Tidskr.,

p. 173 (1880); Brauer, Zweifl. Mus. Wien, p. 87 (1883);

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 169 (1894) et Acta

Soc. scient. Fennice, Vol. 26, p. 53 (1900) et Katal. Pal.

Dipt.. Vol. 4, p. 11 (1904) [Scatobhaga]; Meade, Entom. mon.

Mag., p. 220 (1899); Scholtz, Zs. Entom. Bresl., Vol. 1-3,

p. 10; Coquillett, Dipt. Commander Ids., p. 345 (1899) et

Proc. Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2. p. 453 (1900); Howard, Proc.

Wash. Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 599 (1900); Pandellé, Revue En-

tom., p. 316(1901); Wesché, Journ. Quekett microsc. Club, (2),

Vol. 8, p. 411(1903); Poulton, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond., p. 323

(1906); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 305 (1906) ; Shipley, Proc.

zool. Soc. London, p. 323 (1909); Hewitt, Canad. Entom.,

Vol. 46, p. 2 (1914); Cotterell, Proc. zool. Soc. London.,

p. 629 (1920); Austen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9), Vol. 8,

p. 118 (1921); Frey, Acta Soc. Fauna Flora fennica, Vol. 48,

p. r (1921); Rabaud, Bull. Soc. ent. France, p. 167 (1923);

Szilady, Ann. Mus. nat. hung., Vol. 24. p. 593 (1926) [Scato-

phaga]; Lindroth, Zool. Bidr., Vol. 13, p. 3or (1931); Hobby,

Journ. Ent. Soc. S. Engl., p. 12 (1933): Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 699 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr.,

Vol. 57, p. 171 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 58(1937); Hammer,

Vidensk. Meddels. Dansk. Natur. For., Vol. 105, p. 111 (1941);

van Emden, Bull. ent. Res., Vol. 32, p. 255 (1941) et Ruwen-

zori Exped., Vol. 2, n? 6, p. 335 (1951).

claripennis Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 628 (1830) [Scatophaga];

Macquart, S. à Buffon, Vol. 2, p. 394 (1835) ; Meigen, Syst. Be-

schr., Vol. 7, p. 342 (1838) [Seatophaga]; Sack, Cordyl., p. 5o

1937).

XE Nobnedi-Descoldy, Myodaires, p. 628 (1830) [Scatophaga].

ichneumonea. Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 680 (1830) [Chione] ;

teste Séguy, Ent. enc., (B), II, Vol. 6, p. 180 (1932).

scybalaria Schrank (mec Linné), Ins. Austr., p. 468 (1781) et Fauna

Boica, Vol. 3, p. (2499) (1802) [Scatophaga].

var. alpestre Sack, Cordyl., p. 58 (1937).

var. merdarium (Fabricius), Ent. Syst., Vol. 4, p. 344 (1794) [Musca]; Mei-

gen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p. 249 (1826) ; Macquart, S. à Buff.,

Vol. 2, p. 294 (1835); Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5. p. 1970

(1846) [Scatomyza]; Lucas, Expl. sc. Algérie, Vol. 3, p. 495 (1849) ;

Schiner, F.A., Vol. 2, p. 18 (1864); Jaennicke, Abhandl. Senck.

Ges., Vol. 6, p. 312 (1867) ; Giard, Bull. Scient. Nord de la Fr.,

p 308 (1888); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 169 (1894)

et Katal. Pal. Dipt., Vol. 4, p. 10 (1905;; Meade, Entom. mon.

Mag., p. 221 (1899); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt.. p. 569 (1905);

Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 305 (1906); Bezzi, Bull. Soc. entom.

ital., Vol. 39, p. 122 (1908) et Broteria, Zool., Vol. 8, p. 62 (1909)

et Mem. Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Sack,

Cordyl.. p. 59 (1937).

var. nigricans (Szilady), Ann. Mus. nat. Hung., Vol. 24, p. 595 (1926) (Sca-

tophaga).

Toute la région holarctique, La-

brador, Asie cent., Cap, Nou-

velle-Calédonie.

Alpes.

Région holarctique.

Islande.

78.

79.

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDZE

var. Parisiense (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p. 630 (1830) [Amina];

Macquart, S. à Buffon, Vol. 2, 394 (1835) ; Meigen, Syst. Beschr.,

Vol. 7, p. 342 (1838) [ScatopAhaga].

ab. astichum (Szilady), Ann. Mus. nat. Hung., Vol. 24, p. 594 (1926).

ab. distichum (Szilady), Ann. Mus. nat. Hung., Vol. 24, p. 594 (1926) [Sca-

tophaga].

ab. folystichum (Szilady,) Ann. Mus. nat. Hung., Vol. 24, p. 594 (1926)

[Scatophaga].

. subfolitum Malloch, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. r5,

p. 262 (1935) [Scatofhaga].

. Suillum (Fabricius), Ent. Syst., Vol. 4, p. 343 (1794) [Musca];

Fallén, Dipt. Suec. Scatomyz., p. 3 (1819) [Scatomyza]; Zet-

terstedt, Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1965 (1846) [Scatomyza];

Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 167 (1894) et Acta

Soc. scient. Fenn., Vol. 26, p. 53 (1900) et Katal. Pal. Dipt.,

Vol. 4, p. 11 (1905) [ScatofAaga]; Coquillett, Proc. Wash.

Acad. Sc., Vol. 2, p. 454 (1900); Pandellé, Revue Entom.,

p. 316 (1901); Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 569 (1905)

[Scatophaga]; Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o4 (1906); Bezzi,

Broteria, Zool., Vol. 8, p. 62 (1909) et Mem. Soc. ital Sc.

nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918) [Scatobhaga]; Malloch, Rep.

Canad. Arct. Exped., p. 81 (1919); Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 700 (1934); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 170 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 59 (1937).

glabrata Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 721 (1838) [Scatomyza ].

incisa Macquart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 394 (1835) [Scatophaga] ; Meigen,

Syst. Beschr., Vol. 7, p. 342 (1838) ; teste Becker, Zs. Hymenopt.

Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 219 (1902); /este Séguy, Faune de France,

Vol. 28, p. 700 (1934).

nemorosa Robineau-Desvoidy, Myodaires, p. 625 (1830) [ScatopAaga].

scatomyzoides Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 727 (1838) et Dipt. Scand.,

Vol. 5, p. 2011 (1846) [Cordylura]; Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs.,

Vol. 39, p. 167 (1894) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 57 (1937); teste Ringdahl,

Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57, p. 170 (1936).

spu'ca Meigen, Syst. Beschr., Vol. 5, p 250 (1826) [Scatophaga]; Mac-

quart, S. à Buff., Vol. 2, p. 393 (1835); Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp.,

p. 720 (1839) et Dipt. Scand., Vol. 5, p. 1967 (1846) [Scatomyza];

Schiner, F. A., Vol. 2, p. 17 (1864) [Scatophag4]; teste Becker, Zs.

Hymenopt. Dipt., Vol. 2, p. 217 (1902); íeste Séguy, Faune de

France, Vol. 28, p. 700 (1934).

var. mexicanum (Malloch), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 15, p. 258 (1935)

[ Scatophaga]

var. serotinum (Perris), Ann. Soc. ent. France, Vol. r, p. 8(1832) [Scato-

phaga]; Brauer, Zweifl, Mus. Wien, p. 87 (1883); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 701 (1934) ; Sack, Cordyl., p. 59 (1937).

Leniopus (Rondani), Prodr., Vol. 7, Scatophag., p. 27 (1866)

(Scatophaga); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39, p. 166

(1894); Wingate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o4 (1906); Bezzi, Mem.

Soc. ital. Sc. nat., Milan, Vol. 9, p. 56 (1918); Séguy, Faune

de France, Vol. 28, p. 701 (1934); Sack, Cordyl. p. 59 (1937).

thinobia (Thomson), Eugenies Resa, p. 563 (1868) [ScatopAaga];

Aldrich, Catal. N. Amer. Dipt., p. 570 (1905) [Scatophaga].

. S. tropicalis (Malloch), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10), Vol. 8, p. 443

(1931), mom. nov.

lanata Szilady (nec Lundbeck, 1900), Ann. Mus, Nat. Hung., Vol. 24,

P- 595 (1926) [Scatophaga ].

. S. turpis (Haliday), ap. Curtis, Brit. Entom. p. 405 (1832) [Scato-

fhaga ].

France.

Tunisie, Caucase.

Hongrie.

Ile Herschell.

Région holarctique, Sibérie, La-

ponie, Canada arctique.

Mexique.

France.

Europe cent. et mérid., Alpes,

Angleterre.

Californie.

Bolivie.

Angleterre.

82.

83.

84.

85.

86.

DIPTERA

. umbrarum (Robineau-Desvoidy), Myodaires, p.626 (1830) [Sca-

tophaga ].

. villifes(Zetterstedt), Ins. Lapp., p. 722 (1838) et Dipt. Scand.,

Vol. 5. p. 1977 (1846) [Scatomyza]; Hansen, Nat. Tidskr., (3),

Vol. 13, p. 264 (1881); Becker, Berlin. entom. Zs., Vol. 39,

p- 173 (1894) et Acta Soc. scient. Fenn., Vol. 26, p. 55 (1900)

[Scatophaga]; Meade, Entom. mon. Mag., p. 224 (1899); Win-

gate, Durham Dipt., p. 3o7 (1906); Lindroth, Zool. Bidr.,

Vol. 13, p. 3o4 (1931); Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 57,

p. 171 (1936); Sack, Cordyl., p. 60 (1937).

. villosiventre Ringdahl, Entom. Tidskr., Vo01.58, p. 38 (1937)

Hom. nov,

vulbinum. Ringdahl (2ec Coquillett 1905), 1. c , Vol. 57, p. 73 (1936).

. vitlatum (van der Wulp), Biologia Centrali Amer., Dipt., Vol. 2,

p. 350 (1897) [Scatophaga].

. vulbinum (Coquillett), Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Vol. 6, p. 162

(1898) [Scatopaga).

France.

Norvége, Laponie, Sibérie.

Laponie.

Mexique.

Alaska : Pt Barrow.

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E 95

BIBLIOGRAPHIE

Aldrich, J. M. (1905). A Catalogue of North American Diptera. Washington Smithsonian Miscella-

neous Collections XLVI n? 1444, 680 p.

Austen, E. E. (1921). The prey of the yellow Dung-fly, ScafopAaga stercoraria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,

(9) VIII p. 118-123.

Balachowsky, A. et Mesnil L. (1935). Les insectes nuisibles aux plantes cultivées, leurs moeurs,

leur destruction. Paris (Busson) I, p. XVI-1137, II, p. XI-1141-1921, 1355 figs.

Becker, Th. (1894). Dipterologische Studien, I. Scatomyzide. Berlin. entom. Zs,, XXXIX, p. 77-196,

pl. IV-IX.

Becker, Th. (1899). Beitráge zur Dipteren-Fauna Sibiriens. Nordwest-Sibirische Dipteren gesammelt

von Prof. John Sahlberg aus Helsingfors im Jahre 1876 und Dr. E. Bergroth aus Tammerfors

im Jahre 1877. Acta Soc. Sc. Fennice, T. 26, no 9, 66 p., 2 Taf.

Becker, Th. (1905). Katalog der palüarktischen Dipteren. Bd. IV. Cyclorrhapha Schizophora : Holome-

toba. Budapest.

Becker, Th. (1907). Zur Kenntnis der Dipteren von Central-Asien. I. Cyclorrhapha Schizophora Holome-

toba und. Orthorrhapha Brachycera. Annuaire Musée Zoologique Acad. Sc., St.Pétersbourg, XII,

p..253-317,.2 pl.

Becker, Th. (1907). Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dipterenfauna Nordsibiriens. Mém. Acad. Sc.

St. Pétersbourg (8), Vol. 18, p. 1-6. Aussi Résultats scientifiques de l'Expéd. Polaire Russe en

1900-1903. Sect. E. Zoologie, I, 10.

Bezzi, M. (1918). Studi sulla Ditterofauna nivale delle Alpi italiane. Mem. Soc. Ital. Sc. nat., IX,

p. I-164, figs., 2 pls.

Bezzi, M. (1923). Note on the Australian genus Tafeigaster Macq. with descriptions of new species.

Australian Zoologist, Sydney, III, p. 72-78.

Bigot, J. M. F. (1888). Mission scient. Cap Horn, VI, Diptéres, p. 1-45, pl. I-IV. Notice par Mr,

Wien. entom. Ztg., VII, p. 164 (1888).

Boheman, C. H. (1866). Spetbergens Insekt-Fauna. Ofvers, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Fórh., XXII (1865)

p:3363-577;

Brischke, G. (1880). Die Blattminierer in Danzigs Umgebung. Danzig, p. 1-58. (Eine zweite

Ausgabe i1 Schrift. naturforsch. Ges. Danzig, 188r).

Cockerell, T. D. A. (1916). Some american fossil insects. P. U. S. nat. Mus. Washington, Vol. LI,

n? 2146, p. 89-106, pl. II.

de Transylvanie. Bull. Mus. N. H. Belgique, XVIII, n? 63, p. 2 (figs.).

Coquillett, D. W. (1898). On the Dipterous family Scatophagide. Journ. N. Y. ent. Soc., Vl, p. 160-

165.

Coquillett, D. W. (1899). Report on Diptera of the Commander Islands, from « 'The Fur Seals and

Fur Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean ». (Washington), IV, p. 341-346.

Coquillett, D. W. (19oo). Diptera of the Harriman Alaska Expedition. Proc. Washington Acad. or

Sciences, II, p. 389-464.

Coquillett, D. W. (19or). New Diptera in the United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat.

Mus., XXIII, p. 593-618.

Coquillett, D. W. (1908). New genera and species of Diptera. Proc. entom. Soc. Washington, IX,

(1907), p. 144-148.

96 DIPTERA

Coquillett, D. W. (1910). New species of North American Diptera. Canad. Entom., XLII, p. 41-46.

Cotterell, G. S. (1920). The life-history and habits of the yellow dung-fly (Scatophaga stercoraria), a

possible blow-fly check. Proc. zool. Soc., London, p. 629-647.

Cresson, E. T. (1918). New North American Diptera (Scatophagide). Ent. News, XXIX, p. 133-137.

Cuénot, E. (1936). -'espéce; Paris (Doin), 319 p., figs.

Curran, C. H. (1927). Some new Canadian Scatophagide. Canad. Entom., LIX, p. 253-261.

Curran, C. H. (1929). New species of ScaloPAagide. Canad. Entom., Vol. 61, p. 130-134.

Curran, C. H. (1934). The Families and Genera of North American Diptera. New-York.

Czerny, L. et Strobl, G. (1909). Spanische Dipteren. III Beitrag. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien,

LIX, p. 121-3or.

Emden, F. I. van (1941). Keys to the Muscide of the Ethiopian Region : Scatophagine, Anthomyiine,

Lispiue, Fanniine. Bull. ent. Res., XXXII, pt. 3, p. 251-275.

Emden, F. I. van (1951). Ruwenzori Expedition, 1934-35. Vol. II, n. 6. Muscide. C. Scatophagine,

Anthomytine, Lispine, etc., p. 334-335.

Enderlein, G. (1936). Zweiflügler, Diptera in Brohmer, P., Ehrmann, P., Ulmer, G., Die Tier-

welt Mitteleuropas. Insekten 3. Teil, XVI, p. 1-259, 317 figs. Leipzig (Quelle et Meyer).

Fallén, C. F. (1810). Specimen entomologicum novam Diptera disponendi methodum exhibens.

Dissert. Lund. Berling. resp. Rhode, p. 1-26, c. tab.

Fallén, C. F. (1819). Scatomyzides sueciz, resp. J. M. Roselius. Lund (Berling), 10 p.

Frey, R. (1918). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dipterenfauna des Nórdl. Europaischen Russlands.

II. Dipteren aus Archangelsk. Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fennica, XLVI, n? 2, p. 1-32.

Frev, R. (1921). Studien über den Bau des Mundes der niederen Diptera Schizophora nebst Bemer-

kungen über die Systematik dieser Dipterengruppe. Acta Soc. Fauna et Flora Fennica,

XLVTII, n. 3, p. 1-247, 10 pl.

Frost, S. W. (1932). Cordylura tricincía Loew, a leaf-miner on Smilacina racemosa (L.) Desf. Entom.

News, XLIII, p. 75-76.

Gercke, G. (1879). Ueber die Metamorphose der Hydromyza livens Fall. Verh. d. Ver. f. naturwiss.

Unterhalt. Hamburg, IV (1877), p. 229-234, 1 pl.

Giard, A. (1888). Sur quelques Entomophthorées. Bull. scient. Nord de la France et Belgique, (3),

I, p. 298-309.

Giglio-Tos, E. (1892-1895). Ditteri del Messico. Memoria della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di

Torino, (2), XLIII (1892), XLIV (1893) et XLV (1895).

Gimmerthal, B. A. (1845-1847). Erster Beitrag zu einer Künftig zu bearbeitenden Dipterologie

Russlands. Bull. Soc. imp. Naturalistes Moscou, t. 18 (1845), n? 4, p. 287-33r. Zweiter

Beitrag, l. c., t. 19 (1846), P. 2, p. 3-82. Dritter Beitrag, 1l. c., t. 20 (1847), P. 1, p. 175-223.

Vierter Beitrag, 1. c., t; 20 (1847), P. 2, p. 140-208.

Golebiowska, Z. (1949). The Biology of Timothy grass-fly (Amaurosoma flavipes Fall.) with special

consideration of its importance in Poland. Annales Univers. Mariz Curie-Sklodowska, Lublin,

E, Vol. 4, t, p. 1-35, figs. (en polonais, résumé anglais).

Greene, C. T. (r9gr9). A new genus in Scatophagide. Proc. ent. Soc. Washington, XXI, p. 126-129.

Hammer, O. (1941). Biological and Ecological Investigations on Flies associated with pasturing

Cattle and their excrement. Vidensk. Meddels. fra Dansk Natur. For., CV, p. 1-257, 5o figs.

IHHendel, Fr. (1907). Nomina nova für mehrere Gattungen der Acalyptraten Musciden. Wien. entom.

Ztg., XXVI, p. 98.

Hendel, Fr. (1908). J. G. Meigen : Nouvelle classification des mouches à deux ailes (Diptera L.).

Verth. z. bot. Ges., LVIII, p. 43-69.

FAM. SCATOPHAGIDJAE 97

Hendel, Fr. (1909). Uber eine neue palaatktische Cordylurinen-Gattung. Deutsche entom. Zs.,

p. 777-782, 4 figs.

Hendel, Fr. (1910). Ueber die Nomenklatur der Acalyptratengattungen nach Th. Becker, Katalog

der Palàáarktischen Dipteren, Bd. 4. Wien. entom. Ztg., XXIX, p. 307-313,

Hendel, Fr. (1917). Beitráge zur Kenntnis der acalyptraten Musciden. Deutsche entom. Zs., p. 33-47.

Hendel, Fr. (1922). Die palaarktischen Muscide acalyptrate Girschn. Haplostomota Frey nach ihren

Familien und Gattungen. I, Die Familien. Konowia, I, p. 145.

Hendel, Fr. (1924). Ueber das genus Parallelomma Beck. und seine Verwandten in Europa. Entomo-

log. Mitteilungen, XIII, p. 82-84.

Hendel, Fr. (1926-28). Blattminenkunde Europas. I. Die Dipterenminen. Wien (Wagner), Lief 1-2.

Hendel, Fr (1928). Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 6. Teil, Zweiflüger oder Diptera II : Allgemeiner

Teil (Iena, Fischer).

Hendel, Fr. (1930). Entomologische Ergebnisse der schwedischen Kamtchatka-Expedition 1920-1922.

28. Diptera Brachycera. 2. Fam. Cordyluride und Dryomyzide. Ark. Zool., Vol. 21 A, n918, p. 1-12.

Hendel, Fr. (1930). Eine neue Gymnomera-art aus Schweden. Konowia, IX. p. 79-80.

Hendel, Fr. (1937). af. W. Kükenthal. Handbuch der Zoologie, IV, 2. Diptera. Berlin (de Gruyter).

Hering, M. (1935-37). Die Blattminen Mittel. und Nord-Europas. Neubrandenburg (G. Feller),

p. XII-631,500 figs., 7 pls.

Hewitt, C. G. (1914). On the predaceous habits of ScatopPhaga : a new enemy of Musca domestica.

Canad. Entom., XLVI, p. 2-3.

Hickman, C. P. (1935). External features of the larva of Hydromyza confluens. Proceed. Indiana

Acad. Sc., XLIV (1934), p. 212-216, 5 figs.

Hobby, B. M. (1931). The prey of Dung-flies (Cordyluride). Proc. Ent. Soc. (London), VI, p. 47-49.

Hobby, B. M. (193r). A list of the prey of Dung-flies (Cordyluride). Trans. Ent. Soc. S. Eng., VII,

p. 35-39.

Hobby, B. M. (1933). Prey of Scatofhaga stercoraría L. Journ. Ent. Soc. S. Eng., XII.

Holmgreen, A. E. (1872). Insekten fra Nordgrónland,samlade af Prof. A. E. Nordenskióld ar 1870.

Kongl. Vetenskap. Fórhandlungar, n? 6, p. 97-105.

Holmgreen, A. E. (1880). Illustrissimo viro A. E. Nordenskióldio in patriam reduci salutem dicit

plurimam Novas species insectorum cura et labore A. E. Nordenskióldii e Novaia Semlia

coactorum descripsit. Holmiz : 1880, 24 p. (Festschrift).

Johnson, C. W. (1922). New genera and species of Diptera. Occasional Papers of the Boston

Society of Natural History, V, p. 21-26, figs.

Johnson, C. W. (1927). New species of Scatophagidz. Psyche, Boston, XXXIV, p. 100-103.

Kaltenbach, J. H. (1874). Die Pflanzenfeinde aus der Klasse der insekten. Stuttgart (Hoffmann),

p. VII1I-848, 420 figs.

Lindeman, K. (1887). Entomologische Beitráge. Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou (n. s.) I, p. 199-205,

figs. (larve).

Lindroth, C. H. (1931). Die Insektenfauna Islands und ihre Probleme. Zoologiska Bidrag fràn

Uppsala, Bd. XIII (1930), p. 105-589, 9 pls.

Lloyd, L. L., Graham, J. F. et Reynoldson, T. B. (1940). Materials for a study in animal

competition. The fauna of the sewage Bacteria beds. Ann. appl. Biology, XXVII, p. 122-150.

Loew, H. (1860). Diptera americana ab Osten-Sackenio collecta, decas prima. Wien. entom. Monat-

schr., IV, p. 79-84.

Loew, H. (1861-1872). Diptera Americe septentrionalis indigena. Berlin. entom. Zs., Centuria I:

186r. Ii: 1862. III et IV-:1863. V : 1864. VI : 1865. VII : 1866. VIIT-et XIL :/1869..X :

1872 (Egalement publié à part en deux volumes).

98 DIPTERA

Loew, H. (1864). Acht neue Cordylura-Arten. Wien. Entom. Monatschr. VIII : p. 17-26.

Lundbeck, W. (1898-1900). Diptera Groenlandica. I. Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjóben-

havn, 1898 : p. 236-314,2 pls. II : Ibid. 1900.: p. 281-316, figs.

Mackerras, M. J. (1933). Observations on the life-history, nutritional, requirements and fecundity

of Blowflies. Bull. Ent. Res., XXIV, p. 353-362.

Macquart, J. (1834-35). Histoire naturelle des Insectes Diptéres : Suites à Buffon, édit. Roret, Paris,

2 vols. et pls.

Macquart, J. (1838). Notice sur trois Diptéres nouveaux des genres Medeterus et Scatophaga. Ann. Soc.

entom. France, VII, p. 421-424.

Macquart, J. (1840-1855). Diptéres exotiques ou peu connus. Mém. Soc. Sc. Lille, 1838-1855 et

Paris (Roret).

Malloch, J. R. (1919). Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913-18. Vol. III. Insect. part.

C. Diptera, excluding the T?ulide and Culicide, p. 34-90. 3 pls.

Malloch, J. R. (rgr9). New species of flies from California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc., San Francisco,

IX, p. 297-312.

Malloch, TJ. R. (1920). Scientific results of the Katmai expeditions of the national geographic Society.

XII. Descriptions of Diptera of the families Anthomyide and. Scatophagide. Ohio TJ. Sci. Colum-

bus, XX, p. 267-288, pl. 1I-IV.

Malloch, J. R. (1920). Description of new genera and species of Scatopkagide. Proc. entom. Soc.

Washington, XXII, p. 34-38.

Malloch, J. R. (1923). The Cordylurid genus Paralleloma and its nearest Allies. Ent. News, XXXIV,

p. 139-140 et 175-180.

Malloch, J. R. (1924). The new Cordylurid flies from the Pacific Coast. Pan-Pacific Ent., I, p. 14-15.

Meade, R. H. (1899). A descriptive list of the British Cordyluride. Entom. mon. Mag., (2), Vol. X

(XXXV), p. 169-177 et 217-224

Meigen, TJ. W. (1800). Nouvelle classification des mouches à deux ailes (Diptera L.) d'aprés un plan

tout nouveau. Paris. An VIII (1800). Fuchs, p. 1-40. (Voyez Hendel, 1008).

Meigen, J. W. (1803). Versuch einer neuen Gattungseintheilung der Europàáischen zweiflügligen

Insekten. Magazin f. Insektenk. (K. Illiger), II, p. 259-281.

Meigen, J. W. (1818-1838). Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten Europáischen zweiflügligen

Insekten. Aachen et Hamm. 7 fascicules.

Meijere, TJ. C. H. de (1907). Eerste supplement op de Nieuwe Naamlijst van Nederlandsche

Diptera. Tijd:chr. Entom. 's Gravenhage, L, p. 151-195. r pl.

Meijere, J. C. H. de (1940). Hydromyza livens Fall. en Notiphila brunnipes Rob. Desv., twee Dipteren,

wier levenswijze verband houdt met NymfAea alba L. Entomologischen Berichten der Nederl.

Entom. Vereenig. X, p. 220-222, fig. 1-6.

Mercier, L. (1925). Diptéres de la cóte du Calvados. Ann. et Bull. Soc. entom. Belgique, LXV,

p. 173-182.

Needham, J. G. (1908). Notes on the aquatic Insects of Walnut Lake. Appendix III. State Board of

Geological Survey, as a part of the Report for 1907, p. 252-271.

Needham, J. G. (19098). An aquatic gall on the yellow waterlily, Ny»Ahea advena ap. Hankinson

(T.L.) A biological survey of Walnut Lake, Michigan, 1908, p. 270-271.

Nielsen, I. C. (1907). The Insects of East-Greenland. Medd. Grónl., Kobenhavn, Heit 29, p. 363-

409. Appendix : Becker (Th.), Beschreibung von 3 neuen Dipteren aus Ost-Grónland, l. c.,

p. 4II-414.

Pandellé, L. (1888-1902). Etudes sur les Muscides de France. Revue d'Entomologie, 1888, p. 258-

362 (Introduction) et t. XX (190r), p. 303-325 (Scatophagines).

Portschinsky, J. (1887). Diptera europza et asiatica nova aut minus cognita (cum notis biologicis).

V.- Horz entom. Rossice, XXI, p. 3-20, pl. I et VI, et p. 176-200, pl. VII.

l'AM. SCATOPHAGID/E 99

Poulton, E. B. (1906). Predaceous Insects and their Prey. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, part. III,

p. 323-409.

Rabaud, E. (1923). Sur le comportement de SeafofAaga sfercoraría L. Bull. Soc. entom. l'rance,

p5167:

Ringdahl, O. (1920). Neue Skandinavische Dipteren. Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 41, p. 24-40.

Ringdahl, O. (1936). Anteckningar till svenska arter av familjen Scopeumatide. Entom. Tidskr., LVII,

p. 158-179, figs.

Robineau-Desvoidy, A. J. B. (1830). Essai sur les Myodaires. Mémoires présentés par divers

savants à l'Académie royale des Sciences de l'Institut de France, II, p. 1-813.

Rondani, C. (1856-1859). Dipterologiz Italice Prodromus, Parma, Stocchi, t. I, 1856, 226 p., t II,

18575264: D.-5 T4plS E HTT,-1859, 243/55, 1c DJ:

Rondani, C. (1865-1870). Diptera Italica non vel minus cognita descripta vel annotata observationibus

nonnullis additis. Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. nat., Vol. 8 : 1865, p. 127-146. II x ibid., p. 194-231. fasc.

III : ibid., vol. II : 1868, p. 21-54. fasc. IV : Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., II : 1870, p. 317-338.

Rondani, C. (1866). Scatophaginz italice collect: distinctz?e et in ordinem dispositz.. Pars. VII,

fasc. I, p. 1-52 et Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. nat., vol. X : 1867, p. 85-135.

Sabrosky, C. W. (1949). Orygma luctuosa Àn North America. Canadian Entom., LXXXI, p. 303-304.

Saccá, G. (1950). Esperienze d'incrocio fra Musca. domestica L., Musca vicina Mq., Musca nebulo V.

Rivista di Parassitologia, XII, p. 47-52.

Sack, P. (1937). Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region (E. Lindner). 62. Cordyluride, p. 1-103,

21 figs., 6 pl.

Say, T. (1829-3o). Description of North American Dipterous Insects. Journ. Acad. oi Nat. Sc. Phila-

delphia, V1, p. 149-178 et 183-188.

Séguy, E. (1933-34). Contribution à l'étude des Mouches phytophages de l'Europe occidentale. II.

Enc. ent., Diptera, VII, p. 167, 210, 233.

Séguy, E. (1934). Faune de France, XXVIII, Diptéres, Muscide acalyptere et Scatophagide. Varis

(Lechevalier), 832 p., 27 pls.

Séguy, E. (1937). Genera Insectorum. l'asc. 205. Diftera fam. Muscide, Bruxelles. (Wytsman).

Séguy, E. (1937). Faune de la France de Rémy Perrier, tome VIII. Diptéres. Paris (Delagrave),

vi-216 p., 844 figs.

Séguy, E. et Pauchet L., (1929). Etude sur le CAylizosoma $aridis. Bull. Soc. linn. Nord de la

France, n^? 418, p. 47.

Shipley, A. E. (1909). The ectoparasites of the red grouse (Lagofus scolicus). Proc. Zool. Soc. London,

p. 309-334, pl. XXXV-XLVII.

Sorauer, P. (1932). Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten. Bd. V, von L. Reh, p. 32, fig. 14, Berlin

(Parey).

Stackelberg, A. v. (1933). Les mouches de la partie européenne de l'URSS. Tableaux analytiques

dela Faune de l'URSS publiés par l'Insitut zoologique de l'Académie des Sciences, Lenin-

grad, p. 1-742, 3og figs.

Staeger, C. (1845). Forsóg til en nójagtigere Bestemmelse of Scatophaga spurcea Meigen. Króyer's

Naturh. Tidskr., (2), 1, p. 36-38.

Staeger, C. (1845). Groenland's Antliater. Króyer's Naturh. Tidskr., (n. s.), Vol. I, p. 346-369.

Strobl. GS, voip Czermy, «L;

Szilady, Z. (1926). Dipterenstudien. 1l. Bemerkungen über einige Scatophagiden des Ungarischen

National-Museums. Ann. Musei Nationalis Hungarici, XXIV, p. 593-597.

Szilady, Z. (1943). Bemerkungen über Cordyluriden und Lauxaniiden. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. hung.,

Budapest, XXXVI, p. 179-184, 3 figs.

100 DIPTERA

Thomson, C. G. (1868). Kongliga Svenska l'regatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden. Vetenska-

pliga Jakttagelser. II. Zoologi. I. Insekta. Hàft r2. Diptera, p. 443-614, taf. IX. Stockholm,

1868 (1869-70).

Tiensuu, L. (1946). Coniosternum tinctinervis Becker in Finnland. Ann. ent, Fenn. Helsinki, XII,

p. 6-9, 4 figs.

Townsend, C. II. T. (1891). Description of a Muscid bred from swine dung, with notes on two

Muscid Genera. Canadian Entom., Vol. 23, p. 152-155.

Vimmef, A. (1931). O Larvách musich (Diptera) které skodi v Ceskoslovensku rostlinám vyhlodóvá-

nim podkopenek cili hy ponomu. Archiv pro prirodov edecky vyzkum Cech., Dil XVIII, Cis. r$

III, p. 1-160, 243 figs.

Wahl, B. (1943). Ueber Timotheegrasfliegen (Diptera Cordyluride). Arb. physiol. angew. Entom.,

Berl. Dahlem, to, p. 90-104

Walker, F. (1848-1855). List of the specimens of Dipterous Insects in the collection of the British

Museum London. Part I, 1848; II, III, IV, 1849; Suppl. I, II, 1854; III, 1855.

Welch, P. S. (1914). Observations on the Life-history and Habits of Hydromysa confluens Loew. Ann.

Ent. Soc. Amer., VII, p. 135-147.

Welch, P. S. (1917). Further studies on Hy'dromysa coufluens Loew. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Colom-

bus, -X;:p.:35-45, pl. ILE:

Wesché, W. (1903). The male organs of the flies ScatoPAaga lutaria and S. stercoraria. Journ. Quekett

microsc. Club (2), VIII, p. 411-416, pl. XXII.

West, T. (1866). On the structure of the Egg in ScafoPhaga. Trans. Microsc. Soc. Lond., (n. s.),

XIV, p. 67-68, figs.

Westring, J. P. (1814). Om ett slags Flug-larver i sár, och deras fórvandling anmárkte och beskrifne

(Scatophaga saniosa). K. Vet. Akad. Handlgr. Stockholm, p. 51-56, figs.

Wiedemann, C. R. W. (1828). Aussereuropaische zweiflügelige Insecten, als Fortzetzung des Mei-

genschen Werkes. Hamm (Schulz), 2 vol. t. I, 1828, p. 32-608, 7 pls; t. II, 183o, p. 12-684,

5 pls.

Wingate, W. J. (1906). A Preliminary List of Durham Diptera, with Analytical Tables. Trans.

Natur. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne. (N. s.), vol. 2,

p. I-419, 7 pls. ;

Wulp, F. M.v.der (1867). Eenige noordamerikaansche Diptera. Tijdschr. voor Entom., X,

p. 1235-164, 3 pls.

Wulp, F. M. v. der (1888-1899). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Diptera, Vol. 2, London

(R. H. Dulau, Porter & C^), 416 p., 11 pls., Id., 1900, p. 417-428, I pl., 6 figs (Cordylurine,

p. 348 et sq., sept. 1897).

Wulp, F. M. van der (1896). Catalogue of the described Diptera of South Asia. Dutch Entomolo-

gical Society, 's Gravenhage (M. Nijhof), p. 1-220.

Zetterstedt, J. W. (1822). (Iter Lapponicum). Resa genom Sveriges och Norriges Lappmarker

Lund, 2 vols., figs.

Zetterstedt, TJ. W. (1833). Resa genom Umea EABpreHRCES Vesterbottens làn. Oerebro 1:833,

18.398 p , t pl., 2 cartes.

Zetterstedt, J. W. (1837). Conspectus familiarum, generum et specierum Dipterorum in Fauna

Lapponica descriptorum. Isis, I, p. 28-67.

Zetterstedt, J. W. (1840). Insecta Lapponica descripta. Lipsic (Voss), p. 1-1140 (Diptera, 1839).

Zetterstedt, J. W. (1842). (Iter Jemtlandicum). Resa genom nágra provinser af nordling Skandi-

navien och sardeles Jàmtland. Ársber. Vat. Akad., 1842.

Zetterstedt, J. W. (1846). Diptera Scandinaviz disposita et descripta. Lundze, tomus quintus,

p. 1957-208r.

abdominalis (Gozaarcticus) . . .

aberrans Becker (Cordylura) . . .

aberrans Pandellé (Cordylura) ...

Acanthocnoma- nuc ens

Acantholena .

Acerocnema .

FAM.

Kohsaetella/-— 500v IE 413: 15,20;

Acicephala . .

acuticornis (Cordylura |

adrogans (Cordylura) . . .

adustum (Chylizosooma) . . . . . .

za (Cordylura) . . .

alatum» Scnpenmaycs c e NEC E oU

alberta (Asa osaHa) s. «c se ues ts

alberta (Cerdylura) . .

alberta (PseudacicepAhala) .

albibarba (deanthocuema)

albidohirtum (Scopeuma). . . . . .

albifacies (Micropselapha)

albilabris (P/rosia)

albipennis (Mcroprosofa)

albipes-(Govdyluray s te s nee

albipes (Parallelomma

albipilum (Amawrosoma). . . . . . .

albipilum (Cochliarium) . . . .

albitarsis (Cordylura)

albofasciata (Cordylura)

aldrichi (Pseudopogonota).

Allomyelía.

AMilóomylas-.. 7. uv wm

alpestre (Norellisoma)

alpestre LScopeWuia) m) o DO S sedie

amans (.Veogymnomera)

Amaurosoma

Ambopogon . . . .

americanum (Megopthalma; . . . .

Americina. .

y yir ERR NN E curn CE:

amoena (Qritocheta y. o. tese ner Re

Amphipegon-. 2 300941. 2 2235

amplipenne:(Szopeuma]t s 2. AC oes

anale (Scobeuna) um As LS

Anaphalanthus | — C E

angustifrons (Cordylura) . . . . .

annulata. (Sciomyzoptera)

annulipes (Tuapigaster) . .

antennátus (Gonarcticus): i. o

SOATIOEEIAGEDZS

LN DE X

(Les NOMS EN ITALIQUE SONT LES SYNONYMES).

Pages

antbras (Delia) | nr Mo Ce eU US

antiqua (Hylemyia). |...

apicalis (Cuenopogon) .

upitalis (Scalophusqy c. s cu TE ens II de

apicata (Cordylura)

arctica (Microprosopa).. . . .

arctica (Pselaphephila) .

arcticum (Scopeuma) . . . .

argus (Eraoneura) .

argyriceps (Pselaphephila) . .

arpyrospila (T'apigasteg) vue 4s

FIERA GO Tura e Sees oe LEE 2

aricioides (Cordylura) .

armillatum (4»maurosona)

armipes (Norellisoma).

arrogans (Scopeunu)

articulatum ;|4iaurosoma) |.

astichum (Scopeuma) . . .

atrata. (Cordvlura)

atricormis (Gonatheyus) o s I der le te

atrifrons (Gymanomerd) |... . . .

auapes" Dbutagrosomi) odo sees estes ee OST E

banissis(U2 mu e(oHL HINTS o IET NT Nae LIS a

barbata (Pogonola)* we cl eU ee eX. qe

Deckeri-(GAylizosona)-.- oz uu ee e e e

bergrothi (Cosmetopus) . . . . .

beringensis (Cordvlura) . . .

bertei (Norellia) .

bezzii (Cordylura

bicolor (Gorgdylkyu)e n: d RUE qu d is

bicolor Delia) Ad eode td seen o Ve]

bicolor Collart (Scopeuma)

bicolor Walker (Scofeuma) .

biliueata (Cordvlura)

bilineata. (Chylizosoma).

bimaculata (Cordylura) .— .

bipunctatum (Scopeuma) . .

[TIT VAR TOITTHAEI 208 ua eM t M E M MEC

bisignata (Cordylura) .

bispinosum (nuaurosona)

boseahis; (Gdilonyelia)! «e $5 vom s

borealis (Bostrichopyga) . . . . .

borealis (Scatomyza)

Bostrichopyga .

brevicornis (Cordylura) . . .

brevifrons (-I1maurosonu).

IOI

14, 58,

DIPTERA

IO02

Pages

brevipenne (Cordylura) . 45

brevipennis (AJHomyella) . 5o

breviseta (Clidogastra) . 67

breviseta (Cordylura) 67

breviventris (Sfathephilus) . 49

browni (Cordylura) . . : 34

brunneicosta (Amatrosoma) . : 45

brunneipennis (Orthocheta) . 5o

bryanti (Cosnetopus) 60

Buoephaling ... . .- « 0 7 0/5 € 3429,32

calcarata (Hylemyia) E INDE

calcarata (Scatophaga) . . 8

calidum (Scopeunma) 8;

canadense (Scopeuma) . GT

capense (Scopeuma) 87

capillatum (Acanthocnema) 77

carbonaria (Cordylura) 35

carbonaria (Delina) 56

carbonarium (A4mawrosoma). . . A 45

carolinense (Scopewma) . : 87

castanipes (Cochliarium) . MI eR

caudata (Okeniella). ? 73

ceparum. (Scatophaga) s; SOM.

Ceratinostoma . E .14, 8o, 81

cereum (Scopeuma) . ou By

Chastosa 79 ^1 T P Me it ea 12, 64 - 66

Chetura . : d 6

chinense (Scopeuma) $28 87

churchilli (CAetosa) : vs Md e06

Chylizesoma: 7. za 13:15: 120:,21:26

ciliata (Cordylura) . . . . . .. M 35

cincta (Spathiophora) . 63

cinerarium (Scopeuma) 87

cinerellum (A»taurosoma 45

claripennis (Scatina) 89

claribennis (Scatophaga) . As . 92

clavatus (Lasioscelus) . QUT

Cleigaster . . . . v 06255

Cleigastra 55, 64

Clidogaster . 55, 64

Clidogastra . 55

Clidogasterinze . : 52

Ciinoceroides . . . . 76

Cnemopogon ^ L0 si rur es II,»22,51

Cochllarlum: 1 ud eU on Mer d Sa 83

Cccnosum (Scopeuna) . : PER sers 87

confluens (Hydromyza) 5 ; . 79

confusa (Cordylura) E 35

Coniosternum z ^ 15, 80, 82

convallarig (PArostu) . SH 3i

Cordylura . D: ob35014: 7212. 33

Cordylurella . 14, .20;/21, 38

CORDYLURINJE -— ox ws

cordylurinum (Seopeuma) . . . .

cornuta (Cordylura) . .

cornuta (Hexamiltocera)

Cosmetopus . . . . .

costalis (Cordylurella) :

crassipes (Bostrichopyga) . . . . . .

criddlei (Cordylura) . . .

crinipes (Microprosopa) . . . . .

crinitum (Scopeuma) . . . .

cuneiventre (Cochliarium)

cupricrus (Cordylura) .

cylindrica (Sargella)

dalmatica (Scatophaga) . . . . . . .

Dasypleuron. . . . ..

dasyprocta (Okeniella) . . . . . .

dasythrix (Scopeuma) . . . . . .

deccptivum (Parallelomma) . . . .

decipiens (Scopeuma) . . . . .

dejeani (Cordylura)

dejeani (Delina). . . . . .

Delina de ERA ed

DELININAES . ^ quts UM

dentimanus (Cosmetopus) . . . .

dimidiatum (Parallelomma) . . . .

dispar (Cordylura) . . . .

dissimilis (Microprosopa) . . . . . .

dissimilis (Orthocheta) . . . .

distichum (Scopeuma) .

diversipes (Microprosopa)

dorsalis (Parallelonma)

dorsata (Gymnomera) .

Dryomyza . . . .

Eggizoneura .

emarginatum (Parall-lomma)

Ernoneura. SOM is Ics

erythrocephala (Delima) . . . . . .

erythrostomum (Scopeuma) .

estotilandicum (Seopeuma) . . . . .

Eugenacephala . . . « «s -

Eupteromyia .

eximium (Scopeuma)

exoticum (Scopeuma)

falléni (Hydromyza) .

fasciatum (Amaurosona) .

fascifrons (Scofeuma) .

fascipes (Spathiophora) . . .

fasciventris (Cordylura) . . . . .

fasciventris (Gymnomera)

femorale (Novellisoma) . . .

I5.

12,

58,

10,

21;

58,

filiormis (LeMopa). . . . .

filiformis (Micropselapha). .

flipes (Mosina) . .

flava (Chylizosoma). . .

flava Wiedemann (Cordylura) .

flava Haliday (Cordylura) |.

flava von Róser (Cordywra) . .

flaveola | Cordylura) . :

flavicauda (Norelia) . . . .

flavicauda (Cordylura) . . . .

flaviceps (Delina) . . . .

flavicornis (Cordylura) .

flavida (Hexamitocera) .

flavinervis (Microprosopa) .

flavipennis (Cordylura)

flavipes ( Amaurosoma) :

flvipes Pand. (Cuemopogon). .

flavipes Loew (Cordylwa) . .

flavipes Meigen (Cordylura) ...

flavovarium (Parallelomma) .. .

flavovenosa (Cordylura) . . .

fluviale (Scofewiia) .

flwvialis (Scatophaga) . . .

fontanale (Scatomyza) . . . .

formosa (Scaophaga) . . .

fraternus (Trichopalpss: . . .

friesi (Cordylura) .

frigida (Microprosofa)

frigidum (Scopewna)

frontale (Cleigastra).

frontata (Paramicroprosopa) .

fulvibarba (Okenina)

fulvipes (Cordylura) .

fulvipes (Microprosofa

fulviseta (Pleurocheta) .

fulvithorax (Cordyhea) . . .

fulvum (Pavrallelomma

fumipennis (Gonatherus) .

furcatum (Scopeuma) .

fuscicorne (Scopeuma) . . .

fuscinervsis (Cordylnura) . . .

fuscipennis (Cordylura) . . .

fuscipennis (Or/Zocheta) .

fuscipes (Parallelomma) . . .

fuscitibia (Paralleomma). . .

futilis (Scopeuma) . .

gagatina (Cordylura) . . .

geniculata Macquart (Cordylura)

geniculata Zetterstedt (Cordylura) .

giganteum (Scopewma) . . .

gigas (Dryomyza) .

gilvipes (Cordylura) . . .

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

Pages

glabra (Cordylura

glabrata. (Scatomyza)

glaucescens (Acanthocnema ;

Gonarcticus

Gonatherus

gracilipes (Cordylura) .

griseum (Scopeuma) . .

guerini (Scofpeunma) .

Gymnomera

haemorrhoidalis (Microfrosopa

helenz (Scofeuna) .

heteromyzina (Microprosopa)

Hexamitocera . . .

hircus (Pogonota)

hirta (Gynnuomera) .

hirtipes (Ort4ocheta,

hispanicus /Parallelonma)

horvathi (Scopeuma) . .

hottentota |Scopeuma) .

humilis (Scatophaga) — .

Hydromyza . . .

Aydromyzina Zetterstedt (Cordylura)

hydromyzina Fallén (Spathiophora)

HYDROMYZINZE .

Hylemyia . . .

hyperborea /Scatomyza)

hyperboreus. (.1mbopogon)

ichnecumonea (Chione) .

immunda (Cordylura)

imperator (Cordvlura) .

impudica (Seafomyza). .

impudica (Cordviura) .. .

incerta (Authomvza)

incisa (PArosia) .

incisa (Scatophaga) . . .

incisurata (Gymuomera,

incola (Scopeuma) . . .

inerme (.Imuaurosoma) ...

inermis (CAvlizosona) .

infumatum :Coaiosterntun

inquinatum (Scofeuna)

intermedia. ( Paratidía)

intermedium (Scopeuma, .

inversa (Cordylura i...

islandíca (| Scatophaga)

janmayeni. (Scatonmyza

kamtschatkense (4maurosoma) .

katmaiense (2zmaurosona)

hertézsi (Gonarcticus

I04

kincaidi (OReuiella) . . . .

klickai (4maurosoma) . . . .

kuntzei (Stegeria) .

lacteipennis (Microfrosopa) .

lanata (Scatophaga) .. . .

lanatum (Scofeuna)

lapponicum (Conaiosternum) .

Lasioscelus . .

lasiostoma (Cochliarium) . .

lasiostoma (Rhopochilus) .

laterale (Scopeuma). .

latifrous (Cordylura) . . . .

latigenis (Cordylura) . . .

latipalpis (Cordylura)

latipenne (Acanthocnema)

latreillei (Cordylura)

Leptoepa. — - .

lesgize (Norellisoma) . . .

lestremensis (Lispa) .

leucochaztum (Anmaurosoma). .

leucostoma (4maurosonma)

limbatum (Scopeuma) . . . .

lineata (Microprosopa). . . .

EISSR.. 10 0:258 LEA EX 2UAS

litorea (Scatomyza) .

lituratum (Norellisoma) . .

livens (Hydromyza). . .

lividipes (Cordylura).

loewi (Pselaphephila)

longa (Cordylura) . . .

longicorne (4maurosoma). . .

loungicorais (Cleigaster).. . . .

longicornis (Parallelomma) .

longifacies (Mzxocordylura) .

lougifrons (Cordylura) . . . .

longimana (Taayfeza).

longipennis (Norellia)

loxocerata (Hexamitocera)

lucida (Microprosopa). . . .

luctuosa (Orygma) .

luridum (Scopeuma)

lutarium (Scopeuma) . . .

lutea (Cordylura)

luteipennis (Tafigaster) .

luteola (Cordylura). . . .

macrocera Meigen (Acerocnema)

macrocera Schiner (Cleigastra) .

maculipenne (Scopeuma) .

maculipennis (Dryomyza)

maculibennis (Acantholena)

maculibennis (Cordylura) |.

13,

DIPTERA

Pages

15, 20,21,

maculipes (Scopeuma). .

magnicornis (Cordyluraà) . .

magnipenne (Scopeuma) . .

marginata (Pseudacicephala) .

marginifrons (Tapigaster)

marginipennis (Cordylura) .

maritimum (Scatophaga) . .

masconina (Cordylura).

medium (CAylizosoma) . .

megacephala (Bucephalina) .

Megaphthalmoides . .

Megophthalma. . . .

Megophthalmum . .

melaleuca (Norellia) . . .

mclanacra (Scoliaphleps) .. .

melanum (Scofpeuma) .

melanura (Cordylura) . . .

mellina (Gvmzomera) . . .

mellipes (Scofeuma)

mensuratum (Amaurosoma) .

merdarium (Scofeuma)

merdivora (Scopeuma). . .

Mesamyia.

mexicanum (Scopeuma) . .

Microprosopa . . . ..

Micropselapha. . .

minor (Cordylura) . . .

minutum (Amaurosomd) . .

Mixocordylura . . . .

molle (Scopeuma) . . . .

monticola (Scatophaga) .

MOSIBA Lodo re ms

multisetosum (Scopeuma). .

mundum (Parallelomma) .

nana (Cordylura)

nebulosa (Cordylurella )

nemorosa (Scatophaga) :

Neogymnomera

NEOTTIOPHILIDZE . .

nervosum (ANorellisoma) .

sigra (Mosina). — d.

nigribasis (Trichopalpus) .

nigricans (Lasioscdlus) . .

nigricaus (Scatophaga) . . .

nigricans (Scopeuma) .

nigriceps (Delina) .

nigricornis (Scatoniyza)

nigrifrontatum (Amaurosoma)

nigrimanum (4canzthocnema)

nigripalpis (Scopeuma) . .

nigripes (Acanthocnema) .. .

nigripes (Amaurosoma)

nigripes (Scatophaga)

nigripila (Cordylura) . .

nigriseta (Parallelomma) .. .

nigrita (Delina). . . .

nigrithorax (Cordvlura) .

nigriventre (4 maurosonq)

nigrohirtum (Coniosternum) .

nigrolanatum (Scopeuma). .

nigrolimbata (Scathophaga)

nitida (Delina) . . .

nitida (Volusia) . . . .

niveipalHis (Cordylura) . . .

Norellla .. 3

NORELLIINAE . . .

Norellisoma . .

nubiferum (Scopeuma). . .

nudicornis (Parallelomma)

nudiseta (Cera/inostoma) .

nudum (A4maurosoma). . .

Nupharin. : 4 9^

nutans (Anmuaurosomad) . . .

obscura (Cordylura) .. . .

obscura (Scatomyza) .

obscura (Scopeuma) . . .

obscurella (Microprosopa) |.

obscurinervis (Scopeuma) — .

obscurum (Coziosternuum) — .

occidentale (Norellisoma) — .

oceana. (Scatophaga).

ochraceum (Parallelomma)

ochrocephalum (Scopeuma) .

Ocyptera. . « - . «

ORGNR: oU x ID o

Okeniella

Okenina. -. .--

ontario (Cordylura ...

opaca (Cordylura) . . . .

Opsiomyia. . .

orcasze (Scopeuma) .

ordinatum (Scopeuma). .

Orthocheeta . . .

Orthostylum . . . .

Orygma.

ostiorum (Ceratznostona) .

pallicauda. (Microprosopa)

pallida (OReniua) .

pallida (Pseudofogonota)

pallidipes (/4maurosoma)'.

pallidum (Megophthalmaj. .

pallidum (Scopeuma)

pallipes (Cordvlura) .

FAM. SCATOPHAGID/E

IO2

l'ages

pallipes (Scatomyza) . . . 3 84

palpalis (Opsromyia) à 64

palpalis (Scopeuma) AS * 9I

Paragymnomera . . . . . 54

Parallelomma t AordT T3635 20,21. 08

Paramicroprosopa MCI . 60, 62

Paratidia . . SORS TI EON SEMES VV EROS

paridis Heriny (CAhylizosoma) . . ; 27

Paridis Séguy et Pauchet (CAylizosoma; |. . 27

parisiense (Scopeuma) . . . . . . 93

parviceps (Scopeuma) . : . us 9I

passiva (Cordvlura). . . . $ 36

paucheti (Chylizosoma) 7 5 ; 27

pectoralis (Cordylura) . . . 59

pennatus (Anuaphalanthus) . . . . . . .. 6

perfectum (Scopeuma) .. . . . . OI

Phrosia. . : : 13. 20:730

Phyllogaster . : C SET ULM o)

picipes màle (Cordylura). . . 36

picipes femelle (Cordylura) . ; OMS : 34

picipes (Scofeuma . S esi o rra ha 9I

picticornis (Cordylura) . . . . ; 36

pictipenne (Scofeuma). ; 9I

pictipennis (Cordylura) ; 36

pilirostris (CAetosa) . 25360

pilosa (Or/Aochata) . ; en $550

pilosella (Pseudacicephala) : : E 22

pinocheti (Gvnauomera) EA P 7. 53

planiceps (GozatAerus) s d ; 43

Plethochasta o x t LI. 21 043

pleuriticum (Parallelomma) . . . . dO:

Pléurochasta "1 MEC Ss 147: 99,68

Pogonota i16 Ug Pee x W4s 59, 79

pokornmyi (Acerocuena) ooo mur eme 67

polita (Aeiceplala) s: s os : 23

polystichum (Scopeuma) . . . . . . . : 93

presta (Gurdwura) eo eve ; 36

proboscidea (Cordylura) . . . . . SED 36

Pselaphephlla- c. 2 mos o3 1122129421: :22:40

Pseudacloephala .. — i 2: 2412,20; 22

fsoidondycissp ON OFellum)t s. e eaim s re IO

Pseudopogonota: 9 od LR Re METTUS EU

pubcras LEinnérIGordyilura). V. qs cep ure uve SY s 36

pubeara Walker (Gordylurza) 9 wo S oue 35

puberulum (A4maurosona) me vi

pubescens (Scufomyza) . 84

pubeseenswv5copelna) ovt Re ce soe 9I

pudica Meigen (Cordylura) . . . . . . . 37

fudica Zetterstedt (Cordylura) . . . - . 37

purchpesetOeiosa) so su senes Ce ene $66

Pyropat e ee Sce ALIE eor 84

qualis-(Cordylurdy -- vo v eid oet we cet ces doe

106

reses (Scatophaga) . .

Rhopochllus. ; - ; 325

rivularis (Nupharia) .

robusta (Allemyela) . . . .

roseri (Norcllisoma).

rubicundum (Scopeuma) . . .

rubrifrontata (Cordylura). . .

pudissiScobenni), 0-9 oe S

ruficauda (A4canthoenema) . .

ruficauda (Cordylura) . . .

rufimana Meigen (Cordylura) .

rufimana Zetterstedt (Cordylura)

rufina (Cordylura) .

rufpes (CAZIura) - . v

ruffes (Cordylura) .

rufipes (Eugenacephala). .—.

rufipes (Orthostylum) . . . .

rufipes (Scopeuma) . .

rufiventris (Scatomyza) . .

rufula (Cordyluella) . . . .

sahlbergi (Lasioseclus) . .

salsa. (Ewgenacephala) .—.

saniosa (Scatophaga) .

Sargella — .

scapularis (Cordylura ;.

Scatina

Scatomyza doe

SOQGXDLOMYZINZS a

scatomyzoides (Cordylura) .. .. .

Scatophaga .

Scatophagella . . . . . .

Sciomyzoptera. . . . .

seéirhe (Phostd). 2 e o pus

Scoliaphleps. . . .

Soopesuma. UL

scybalaría auct. (Seatophaga) |.

scybalaria Schrank (Scatophaga)

scybalarium (Scopeuma) .

semiatrum (Scofeuma)

semiflava (Musca)

septentrionale (Norellisoma)

septentrionalis (Scatophaga) .

serotinum (Scofeuma) .

setipes (Parallelomma)

setosa (Cordy'ura) .

similata (Parallelonma) |.

similis (Cordvlura) .

similis (Pselaphephila) .

simplicipes (Pleurocheta)

slossone (Coi dylura)

socialis (Cordylura)

socium (Scofeuma) .

DIPTERA

Pages

..52,.53

T. 150

I M D LUEOT

T2235.

37. exc ag cn OU

eiue dT

soror (Scopeuma) . .

Spathephilus. . . .

Spathiophora . . ..

Spaziphora . . . . .

spinigera (Cordylura) .

spinimanum (Norellisoma) .

spinipes Meigen (Norellia) .

spinipes auct. (Norellia) .

spousa (Cordylura) . . . .

spurca (Scatophaga). .

squalida (Scatophaga) . . .

Stegeria . . . - .

stercoraria (Scatophaga)

stercorarium (Scopeuma). .

siriata (Cordylura) .

strigifrons (Cordylura) .. . .

strigipes (Or/hocheta). . .

striolatum (Norellisoma) .

stuxbergi (Scatomyza). .

subarctica (Paramicroprosopa) .

subnigripes (Delina) .

subpolitum (Scopeuma) .

subvittata (Cordylurella) .

suilla Falén (Scatophaga)

suilla Zetterstedt (Scatomyza)

suillum (Scopeuma). . . .

suisterci (Cleigastra)

taeniopus (Scopeuma) .

Tanypera-. . . v

Tapelgaster .. 5 55

Tapigaster. DUE

TAPIGASTERINJE. . .

tarsalis (Parallelomma) . .

tarsea (Gymauomera)

tenuior (Cordylura). . . .

terminalis (Co: dylura)

tessellata (Scatomyza). . .

testacea (Mesamyía) . . .

thinobia (Scopeuma)

thoracica (Scatophaga) . . .

tibialis (Cordylura). . . .

tibialis (Dasypleuron) .

tibialis (Delia). . . . .

tibiellum (Amaurosoma) .

tiefi (Acerocuema) SANT

tiefi (Hydromyza) . . . .

tinctinervis (Coniosteruum) .

Tomella . . . . . . .

Trichopalpus . . . .

tricincta (Cordylura) . . .

Tricopalpus. . * . -» .

triliueata (Cordylura) .

525

14, 58, 64,